DENIOS Main Catalogue

HAZARDOUS MATERIAL STORAGE
HANDLING HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
TANKS AND CONTAINERS
WORK SAFETY EQUIPMENT
CLEANING AND WASTE DISPOSAL
PRODUCTION AND OPERATION EQUIPMENT
PRODUCT INDEX A-Z

Y O U R S O L U T I O N S F O R P R O T E C T I O N A N D S A F E T Y – O U R M I S S I O N F O R M O R E T H A N 3 7 Y E A R S D E A R C U S T O M E R S A N D B U S I N E S S P A R T N E R S , We at DENIOS have always pursued one major goal: to better protect people and the environment. We do this on the one hand through our wide range of products, with which you are optimally equipped in the areas of hazardous mate- rials storage. On the other hand, thanks to our decades of experience, we offer you know-how that is at your side in all areas of work: Advice, product, service – DENIOS is your contact for everything. In our new catalogue, more than 20,000 articles are waiting to make your work as safe as possible. Visit our online shop for even more information! And: Contact us if you would like us to advise you personally. We will find solutions together for every challenge you face. Marcus Schmitt Director Catalogue Products Maik Rodenberg Head of Sales Catalogue Products

T H E D E N I O S R A N G E O F S E R V I C E S Our aim is to offer our customers a 360-degree solution, from concept to completion and beyond: We advise, develop and manufacture the right product and the best possible solution for each customer. We take care of the professional delivery, assembly and commissioning and offer a comprehensive service in the areas of maintenance and servicing. D E N I O S – W E P R O T E C T L I V E S A N D T H E E N V I R O N M E N T C O N S U L T A T I O N P R O D U C T Personal advice on site, via hotline or online via e-mail or social media | Extensive FAQ's, tutorials and instructions on our website | Interdisciplinary cooperation W Legally compliant W Practical W Solution-oriented Wide range with > 20,000 products and > 70 well-known brands in the field of environmental protection and safety | In-house Innovation, engineering and production | Certified quality management W Innovative W Diverse W Safe S E R V I C E Full service for storage of hazardous materials | Maintenance and service | International Service locations | Certified technicians | Free tools & knowledge formats W Reliable W Field-tested W Certified www.denios.co.uk/consultation www.denios.co.uk/shop www.denios.co.uk/services D I G I T A L | H O L I S T I C | I N T E R N A T I O N A L | S U S T A I N A B L E 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 | W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

C O N T E N T S 6 H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S T O R A G E 1 Spill trays for small containers in steel and stainless steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Spill pallets in steel and stainless steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Dispensing stations with steel spill pallet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Surface protection systems in steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Polyethylene spill trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Spill pallets in plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Dispensing stations with plastic spill pallet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Surface protection systems in plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Shelving racking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Chemicals cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Acids and alkalis cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Hazardous materials cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Bunded drum cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Gas cylinder storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Hazardous materials storage containers with shelving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Compact hazardous materials stores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Walk-in hazmat store . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Walk-in fire rated storage cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Compact fire-rated storage containers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Fire-rated storage containers with shelving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Heating chambers and boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 2 3 7 H A N D L I N G H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S 2 Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Pump Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Mixers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Heating jackets and drum heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Heating belts and base heating plates for drums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Earthing cables and earthing systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Sampler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Drum dollies and drum trolleys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Barriers for doors and gates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Drum tongs and drum hangers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Forklift attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 Drum lifters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 Drum lifters with explosion p rotection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Gas cylinder handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 DENSORB absorbent materials and oil barriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 DENSORB leak emergency spill kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 SpillGuard® hazardous substance leak warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 Drain sealing system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 Leak containment systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 Spill trays and door seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 Safety drums and drum overpacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 Barriers for doors and gates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 3 6 5 T A N K S A N D C O N T A I N E R S 3 Storage and waste tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368 Mobile fuel tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Stationary fuel tanks for diesel and petrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 Chemical and collection tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 IBC in plastic and stainless steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383 Drums and canisters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388 Narrow and wide necked bottles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396 FALCON safety jugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 Storage container for lithium-ion batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406 Transport containers for hazardous materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410 4

4 1 3 W O R K S A F E T Y E Q U I P M E N T 4 VARIO Flow containment systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 VARIO Flow hazardous materials workstations GAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 Work tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 At source capture and extraction benches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 Safety glasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426 Head protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427 Breathing protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428 Hearing protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 Protective gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432 Protective clothing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434 Fall protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436 First aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440 Emergency showers and eye wash stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444 Workplace matting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462 4 7 3 C L E A N I N G A N D W A S T E D I S P O S A L 5 bio.x solvent-free parts cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476 Ultrasound cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480 Industrial parts cleaning with cold cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484 FALCON dip tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486 FALCON plunger cans and spray cans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487 FALCON Immersion containers and dip tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489 Cleaning wipes and cloths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490 Magnetic collectors for metal scrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494 Liquid vacuum cleaners, oil tape skimmers and safety vacuum cleaners . . . 496 Waste oil and hazardous materials collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502 Waste collectors and recyclable materials sorters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516 Safety waste paper baskets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525 Waste sacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526 Waste collectors and baskets for outdoor use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528 Smokers shelters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531 5 3 3 P R O D U C T I O N A N D O P E R A T I O N E Q U I P M E N T 6 Lifting equipment and lifting technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550 Tipping skips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556 Mesh box pallet and accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562 Used battery container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564 Aluminium boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570 Open-fronted storage bins and shelf bins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572 Big Bags and accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574 Grit bins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576 Storage shelves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580 Equipment cabinets and social room facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584 Work chairs and stools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590 Safety barriers and impact protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597 Hose and cable bridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618 Industrial and traffic mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620 Security and locking equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628 Access control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 630 Helmet lamps and torches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634 Scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636 Spark-free tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640 Signs and markings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644 P R O D U C T I N D E X A - Z 6 4 9 5

D E N I O S – W E P R O T E C T L I V E S A N D T H E E N V I R O N M E N T T R A N S P A R E N C Y Our processes and communication are always clear, sincere, straight- forward, candid. V I S I O N The world leader in safe solutions for handling hazardous materials. M I S S I O N We deliver know-how and products for protecting our customer’s business. S T A B I L I T Y We challenge ourselves by setting ambitious targets and are proud of continuous growth based on our strong family foundation. I N N O V A T I O N We create future-oriented products and solutions for our customers. R E L I A B I L I T Y Our customers trust in our solutions and we trust in each other. E X P E R T I S E We know what we are doing and share our expertise to support our customers worldwide. 6

1 H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S T O R A G E The range includes various options, from small container spill trays to walk-in fire-rated stores. DENIOS offers customised solutions for the safe storage of hazardous substances, regardless of their properties and the required storage size. Spill trays for small containers in steel and stainless steel 12 166 Bunded drum cabinets 13 Spill pallets in steel and stainless steel 180 Gas cylinder cabinets and stores 30 Dispensing stations with steel spill pallet 44 Surface protection systems in steel 50 51 Polyethylene spill trays Spill pallets in plastic 184 Gas cylinder storage Hazardous materials storage containers with shelving 196 202 Compact hazardous materials stores 206 Walk-in hazmat store 68 Dispensing stations with plastic spill pallet 214 Walk-in fire rated storage cabinets 76 Surface protection systems in plastic 218 Compact fire-rated storage containers 82 Shelving racking 222 Fire-rated storage containers with shelving 104 Chemicals cabinets 232 Heating chambers and boxes 114 Acids and alkalis cabinets 122 Hazardous materials cabinets 8 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

N E W P R O D U C T S F O R 2 0 2 5 Safety throughout the year - with numerous new solutions and services, and new products from the DENIOS world! Here's an overview of the highlights in this chapter. Visit our digital showroom and discover the DENIOS Download Center with a wide range of free specialist publications. Electrically dissipative spill trays for small containers DENIOS pro-line 1 See page 57 DENIOS classic-line surface protection system in plastic See page 76 H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S T O R A G E Safety for people and the environment is the top priority when storing hazardous substances. Since 1986, DENIOS has been offering certified, tried-and-tested solutions that are legally compliant and of high quality. Whether water-polluting, corrosive, harmful, flammable or toxic substances - we have the right storage solution for you. Our product range extends from drip pans and hazardous substance cabinets to customised large- scale storage systems that are perfectly tailored to your needs. E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 9

D E N I O S M A G A Z I N E A L L Y O U N E E D T O K N O W A B O U T S P I L L P A L L E T S As a supplier and manufacturer of the largest range of spill pallets in Europe, we are experts when it comes to storing hazardous substances with spill pallets. The DENIOS magazine contains interesting information and useful practical tips on the topic of spill pallets. G U I D E S C H E C K L I S T S A R T I C L E S V I D E O S F A Q W H I T E P A P E R S I N T E R V I E W S A N D M U C H M O R E ! www.denios.co.uk/magazine G U I D E S G U I D E S M E D I A R E S I S T A N C E L I S T T H E P E R F E C T S P I L L P A L L E T : The corrosion resistance of the materials used to make the spill pallet and their compatibility with the substances stored must be demonstrated. Steel spill pallets (1.0038) can be used for many chemical substances. Plastic (polyethylene) spill pallets are frequently required if corrosive substances (acids / alkalis) are being stored. Stainless steel offers the best protection, especially against many aggressive liquids. If no specific information is provided in the resistance lists, your spill pallet can be made of the same material as your transport container. 3 questions you should ask yourself before buying. W What substance do you want to store? W What collection volume do you need? W Do you need special functionality? It's easy to find the right spill pallet. www.denios.co.uk/media-resistance www.denios.co.uk/spillpallets-faqs S P I L L G U A R D C O N N E C T ® S E C U R E LY N E T W O R K E D , I N N O V A T I V E , D I G I T A L L E A K M A N A G E M E N T Use the advantages of digitalisation for your leak management 4.0: with the new, innovative SpillGuard® connect leak detector, you can monitor your spill pallets centrally via web app and are alerted in real time in the event of a leak. S P I L L P A L L E T F I N D E R D O N ’ T S E A R C H , F I N D ! Find the right product - quickly and easily, with just a few clicks. www.denios.co.uk/spillguard www.denios.co.uk/spillpallets 10

S T E E L S P I L L P A L L E T S – A D V A N T A G E S 4 5 6 1 3 2 Certificate of com- pliance (ÜHP) 1 Removable grid in hot-dip galvanised steel Welded steel design – safe and durable Optimised foot design – for easier handling with a pallet truck or forklift Galvanised or powder-coated – for optimum corrosion protection Leak testing with factory certification 100 mm ground clearance 2 3 4 5 6 100% Manufacturer quality O U R M A N U F A C T U R E R L I N E S A T A G L A N C E Available immediately! DENIOS warranty 2 years DENIOS warranty 5 years DENIOS warranty 10 years Do you use hazardous substances at your business? Is your top priority to store them in compliance with the legal requirements – as affordably as possible? Are you looking for tailor-made solutions for your individual application that will enable you to fulfil all the requirements of your storage task to the highest of standards? Looking for even more? Greater convenience, more practical features, special services? Then what you need is the complete package. 11

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H IN STEEL AND STAINLESS STEEL for small containers See page 16 DENIOS warranty 5 years Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 7 250 x 400 x 95 11 250 x 600 x 95 15 500 x 400 x 95 22 500 x 600 x 95 29 987 x 400 x 95 44 987 x 600 x 95 See page 16 DENIOS warranty 5 years Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 25 392 x 392 x 200 38 584 x 392 x 200 50 774 x 392 x 200 76 774 x 584 x 200 102 774 x 774 x 200 See page 17 DENIOS warranty 5 years Version Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Grid Not accessible 80 635 x 785 x 178 without Accessible underneath 80 635 x 785 x 278 without Not accessible 80 635 x 785 x 178 galvanized Accessible underneath 80 635 x 785 x 278 galvanized See page 20 DENIOS warranty 5 years See page 17 DENIOS warranty 10 years Grid Sump Volume [l] Features Tyres External dimensions W x D x H [mm]* *Overall height including handle without 80 4 swivel castors Polyamide 1275 x 635 x 890 galvanized 80 4 swivel castors Polyamide 1275 x 635 x 890 See page 17 without 80 4 swivel castors Anti-static 1275 x 635 x 890 galvanized 80 4 swivel castors Anti-static 1275 x 635 x 890 DENIOS warranty 10 years Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 7 250 x 400 x 95 11 250 x 600 x 95 15 500 x 400 x 95 22 500 x 600 x 95 29 987 x 400 x 95 44 987 x 600 x 95 12 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

IN STEEL for 1 to 4 x 205 litre drums See page 18 Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Grid Version Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 1 galvanized – 238 885 x 815 x 473 1 galvanized Handle, 2 swivel castors, 2 fixed castors 238 1350 x 815 x 995 2 galvanized – 235 1236 x 815 x 350 See page 20 DENIOS warranty 2 years 4 galvanized – 270 1236 x 1210 x 285 DENIOS warranty 5 years Version Grid Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Accessible underneath without 1 225 866 x 866 x 423 Not accessible without 1 238 885 x 815 x 378 Not accessible galvanized 1 238 885 x 815 x 378 Accessible underneath without 1 238 885 x 815 x 478 Accessible underneath galvanized 1 238 885 x 815 x 478 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H See page 20 Version Grid Number of 200 litre drums Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm]* *Overall height including handle See page 21 on wheels galvanized 1 238 1350 x 815 x 995 DENIOS warranty 5 years on wheels galvanized 2 235 1700 x 815 x 995 DENIOS warranty 5 years Version Grid Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Not accessible without 1 235 1236 x 815 x 255 Not accessible galvanized 2 235 1236 x 815 x 255 Accessible underneath without 1 235 1236 x 815 x 355 Accessible underneath galvanized 2 235 1236 x 815 x 355 See page 22 See page 23 DENIOS warranty 5 years Version Grid Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Accessible underneath galvanized 3 386 2010 x 815 x 355 Not accessible galvanized 4 265 1236 x 1210 x 190 Accessible underneath galvanized 4 265 1236 x 1210 x 290 Not accessible galvanized 4 485 1240 x 1210 x 330 Accessible underneath galvanized 4 485 1240 x 1210 x 430 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 13

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H IN STEEL AND STAINLESS STEEL for 1 to 12 x 205 litre drums See page 24 DENIOS warranty 5 years Grid Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] galvanized 4 280 1600 816 x 2470 x 250 103 galvanized 4 480 1600 2470 x 816 x 355 117 galvanized 8 425 3200 2455 x 1210 x 250 160 galvanized 12 650 4800 3670 x 1210 x 250 250 See page 25 Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Storage capacity alternative - Euro pallets Storage capacity alternative - chemical pallets Grid Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] See page 26 4 2 1 galvanized 460 2000 1300 x 1780 x 343 DENIOS warranty 5 years 8 3 2 galvanized 700 3000 1300 x 2680 x 343 DENIOS warranty 10 years Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Grid Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 2 galvanized 235 800 1236 x 815 x 355 4 galvanized 265 1600 1236 x 1210 x 290 4 galvanized 280 1600 816 x 2470 x 250 8 galvanized 425 3200 2455 x 1210 x 250 See page 27 DENIOS warranty 10 years See page 29 DENIOS warranty 10 years Number of 200 litre drums Grid Design Tyres Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm]* *Overall height including handle 1 galvanized 2 galvanized Handle, 2 swivel castors, 2 fixed castors Anti-static 238 400 1350 x 815 x 995 Anti-static 235 800 1700 x 815 x 995 Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 1 229 600 2 225 900 4 268 1400 870 x 865 x 425 1340 x 850 x 325 1340 x 1260 x 270 14 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

See page 35 DENIOS warranty 2 years See page 36 See page 39 DENIOS warranty 5 years IN STEEL AND STAINLESS STEEL for 1 to 3 IBCs IBC storage capacity Features Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] See page 37 1 2 With support profiles With support profiles 1180 3600 1100 1800 1 1 With grid With dispensing platform 1100 2000 1100 2000 1 With grid 675 1200 1 1 With grid With dispensing platform 1100 2000 1100 2000 1120 x 1300 x 1038 2200 x 1300 x 590 1120 x 1300 x 1040 1120 x 1300 x 1493 1104 x 1722 x 540 1350 x 1650 x 710 1350 x 1650 x 1180 See page 39 DENIOS warranty 5 years 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H IBC storage capacity Features Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] See page 38 2 2 2 With grid With dispensing platform With two drum mounts 1180 4000 2200 x 1300 x 1050 1180 4000 2200 x 1300 x 1050 1180 4000 2200 x 1300 x 590 2 2 2 With grid With dispensing platform With two drum mounts 1295 4000 2680 x 1650 x 885 1295 4000 2680 x 1650 x 885 1295 4000 2680 x 1650 x 415 DENIOS warranty 5 years IBC storage capacity Features Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 3 With grid 1200 6000 3280 x 1300 x 430 3 With dispensing platform 1200 6000 3280 x 1300 x 883 3 With two drum mounts 1200 6000 3280 x 1300 x 883 3 With three dispensing platforms 1200 6000 3280 x 1300 x 883 See page 40 DENIOS warranty 10 years IBC storage capacity Features Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 1 With grid 1100 2000 1350 x 1650 x 707 1 With dispensing platform 1100 2000 1350 x 1650 x 1172 2 With grid 1180 4000 2200 x 1300 x 590 2 With dispensing platform 1180 4000 2200 x 1300 x 1045 2 With two drum mounts 1180 4000 2200 x 1300 x 1045 See page 42 IBC storage capacity Features Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 3 3 3 3 With grid With dispensing platform With two drum mounts With three dispensing platforms 1200 6000 3280 x 1300 x 883 1200 6000 3280 x 1300 x 883 1200 6000 3280 x 1300 x 883 1200 6000 3280 x 1300 x 420 See page 43 DENIOS warranty 10 years 1 With grid 1170 2000 1300 x 1350 x 918 2 With grid 1100 4000 2680 x 1300 x 485 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 15

Spill trays for small containers DENIOS classic-line, 7 to 44 litre containment volume 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Without cover Order number With galvanised perforated plate 7 250 x 400 x 95 250-830-JC 250-836-JC 11 250 x 600 x 95 250-831-JC 250-837-JC 15 500 x 400 x 95 250-832-JC 250-838-JC 22 500 x 600 x 95 250-833-JC 250-839-JC 29 987 x 400 x 95 250-834-JC 250-840-JC 44 987 x 600 x 95 250-835-JC 250-841-JC Spill trays for small containers DENIOS classic-line, 25 to 102 litre containment volume Can be optimally combined on Euro or chemical pallets. Store hazardous substances directly where they need to be used. Sturdy plastic feet protect industrial or laboratory floors and prevent corrosion. All products for Spill trays for small containers in steel can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12806 All products for Spill trays for small containers in stainless steel can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12808 Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Without grid Order number With plastic grid Order number With galvanised perforated plate 25 392 x 392 x 200 250-676-JC 250-688-JC 250-693-JC 38 584 x 392 x 200 250-679-JC 250-689-JC 250-694-JC 50 774 x 392 x 200 250-681-JC 250-690-JC 250-697-JC 76 774 x 584 x 200 250-684-JC 250-691-JC 250-695-JC 102 774 x 774 x 200 250-687-JC 250-692-JC 250-696-JC 16 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Spill trays for small containers DENIOS classic-line, for up to 2 x 60 litre drums Especially compact and space saving. Version Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Grid Order number powder coated Order number galvanized Not accessible Accessible underneath 80 400 635 x 785 x 178 without 259-367-JC 259-368-JC 80 400 635 x 785 x 178 galvanized 259-371-JC 259-372-JC 80 400 635 x 785 x 278 without 259-369-JC 259-370-JC 80 400 635 x 785 x 278 galvanized 259-373-JC 259-374-JC Mobile spill pallets DENIOS classic-line and DENIOS pro-line Grid Storage capacity Features Tyres Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm]* Order number powder coated Order number galvanized *Overall height including handle without galvanized without galvanized 60 litre drums 4 swivel castors Polyamide 80 300 1275 x 635 x 890 259-375-JC 259-376-JC Polyamide 80 300 1275 x 635 x 890 259-377-JC 259-378-JC Anti-static 80 300 1275 x 635 x 890 259-379-JC 259-380-JC Anti-static 80 300 1275 x 635 x 890 259-381-JC 259-382-JC Spill trays for small containers DENIOS pro-line stainless steel, 7 to 44 litre containment volume Ideal for use in the workplace, e.g. on the workbench. Store hazardous substances directly at the place of use. In rust-free stainless steel, long term corrosion protection even when storing aggressive chemicals. The sturdy plastic feet protect against corrosion and prevent damage to worksurfaces and flooring. Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Without cover Order number With stainless steel perforated plate 7 250 x 400 x 95 250-842-JC 250-848-JC 11 250 x 600 x 95 250-843-JC 250-849-JC 15 500 x 400 x 95 250-844-JC 250-850-JC 22 500 x 600 x 95 250-845-JC 250-851-JC 29 987 x 400 x 95 250-846-JC 250-852-JC 44 987 x 600 x 95 250-847-JC 250-853-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 17

Spill pallet DENIOS base-line, for up to 4 x 205 litre drums The cost-effective alternative for legally-compliant storage. DENIOS base-line - your basic equipment for the storage of hazardous substances. Mobile spill pallet DENIOS base-line, for 1 x 205 litre drum 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors in polyamide (PA) 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Grid Features Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm]* Order number *Overall height including handle Mobile spill pallet DENIOS base-line, for 1 x 205 litre drum 1 galvanized 2 swivel castors, 2 fixed castors 238 330 1350 x 815 x 995 255-188-JC Accessories Drum support for 2 x 60 l/ 205 l drums Drum support for 3 x 60 l drums Drum support for 1 x 60/ 205 l drum Cover for spill pallets with 2 x 205 litre drums Cover for spill pallets with 4 x 205 litre drums Order number 114-527-JC 114-530-JC 114-524-JC 136-463-JC 136-465-JC 18 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H SpillGuard® hazardous substance leak warning system See page 346 ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Earthing set for spill pallets in steel For quick, easy and safe attachment to all spill pallet edges Order no. 285-830-JC Stainless steel lifting aid for grids in steel and stainless steel 2 units = 1 pack Order no. 285-739-JC Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Grid Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number powder coated Spill pallet DENIOS base-line, for up to 4 x 205 litre drums 1 galvanized 238 330 885 x 815 x 473 255-187-JC 2 galvanized 235 660 1236 x 815 x 350 255-189-JC 4 galvanized 270 1320 1236 x 1210 x 285 255-190-JC 4 galvanized 485 1320 1240 x 1210 x 425 255-191-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 19

Spill pallets DENIOS Classic-line, for 1 x 205 litre drum The especially compact, space-saving design and optimised foot construction simplify handling using a pallet truck or forklift and make internal transport easy. 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Version Grid Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Design Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number powder coated Order number galvanized Not accessible without 1 – 238 400 885 x 815 x 378 259-294-JC 259-295-JC galvanized 1 – 238 400 885 x 815 x 378 259-296-JC 259-297-JC Accessible underneath without 1 – 238 400 885 x 815 x 478 259-298-JC 259-299-JC galvanized 1 – 238 400 885 x 815 x 478 259-300-JC 259-301-JC without 1 Integral drum support 225 450 866 x 866 x 423 182-582-JC 159-068-JC Mobile spill pallets DENIOS classic-line With wheels in polyamide (PA). The hand- le guarantees safe internal transport of hazardous substances. ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Top frame for steel tray 800x1200 mm Order no. 285-829-JC Load securing for 2 drums Load securing set, includes a safety strap and support for 2 drums Grid Number of 200 litre drums Features Tyres Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm]* Order number powder coated Order number galvanized *Overall height including handle galvanized 1 2 swivel castors, 2 fixed castors Polyamide 238 400 1350 x 815 x 995 259-337-JC 259-338-JC galvanized 2 Polyamide 235 800 1700 x 815 x 995 259-339-JC 259-340-JC Order no. 229-527-JC 20 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

HELP IS AT HAND Mobile spill pallet includes hot dip galvanised drum support for 1 x 205 litre drum Order no. 259-771-JC Mobile spill pallet includes mounting frame and belt as transport safety device for 2 x 205 litre drums Order no. 259-770-JC Spill pallets DENIOS classic-line, for up to 2 x 205 litre drums The especially compact, space-saving design and optimised foot construction simplify handling using a pallet truck or forklift and make internal transport easy. 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H BESTSELLER Version Grid Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number powder coated Order number galvanized Not accessible without 1 235 800 1236 x 815 x 255 259-302-JC 259-303-JC galvanized 2 235 800 1236 x 815 x 255 259-304-JC 259-305-JC Accessible underneath without 1 235 800 1236 x 815 x 355 259-306-JC 259-307-JC galvanized 2 235 800 1236 x 815 x 355 259-308-JC 259-309-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 21

Spill pallets DENIOS classic-line, for up to 3 x 205 litre drums The especially compact, space-saving design and optimised foot construction simplify handling using a pallet truck or forklift and make internal transport easy. 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Stainless steel lifting aid for grids in steel and stainless steel 2 units = 1 pack Order no. 285-739-JC 100 mm ground clearance Version Grid Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number powder coated Order number galvanized 22 Accessible underneath without 2 386 1200 2010 x 815 x 355 259-310-JC 259-311-JC galvanized 3 386 1200 2010 x 815 x 355 259-312-JC 259-313-JC W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

Spill pallets DENIOS classic-line, for up to 4 x 205 litre drums Spill pallets without grid available in the online shop. ORDER AT THE SAME TIME SpillGuard® hazardous substance leak warning system See page 346 SpillGuard® SpillGuard® connect Order no. 271-433-JC Order no. 276-016-JC 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Earthing set for spill pallets in steel For quick, easy and safe attachment to all spill pallet edges Order no. 285-830-JC Version Grid Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number powder coated Order number galvanized Not accessible galvanized 4 265 1600 1236 x 1210 x 190 259-318-JC 259-319-JC galvanized 4 485 1600 1240 x 1210 x 330 259-326-JC 259-327-JC Accessible underneath galvanized 4 265 1600 1236 x 1210 x 290 259-320-JC 259-321-JC galvanized 4 485 1600 1240 x 1210 x 430 259-328-JC 259-329-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 23

Spill pallets DENIOS classic-line, for up to 12 x 205 litre drums Excellent for storing large quantities. Especially easy to load and unload thanks to low height of 250 mm. The optimised foot design simplifies handling using a pallet truck or forklift, making internal transport easy. DENIOS classic-line - solutions for every application, e.g. storing up to 12 drums on a spill pallet, protecting large surface areas or dispensing hazardous substances. 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Very low construction height: 250 mm ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Earthing set for spill pallets in steel For quick, easy and safe attachment to all spill pallet edges Stainless steel lifting aid for grids in steel and stainless steel 2 units = 1 pack Polyethylene (PE) drum mounts W With 180° rotation for 60- and 200-litre drums W External dimensions W x D x H (mm): 475 x 620 x 390 Order no. 285-830-JC Order no. 285-739-JC Order no. 114-904-JC Grid Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] Order number powder coated Order number galvanized 4 280 1600 816 x 2470 x 250 103 259-330-JC 259-331-JC galvanized 4 480 1600 2470 x 816 x 355 117 259-332-JC 259-333-JC 8 425 3200 2455 x 1210 x 250 160 259-334-JC 259-335-JC 12 650 4800 3670 x 1210 x 250 250 259-336-JC – 24 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

Spill pallets DENIOS classic-line, for up to 8 x 205 litre drums Storage capacity for Euro pallets or chemical pallets. Extension for existing pallet racks. W Acid-resistant spill pallet insert in polyethylene (PE) available as an option 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Storage capacity alternative - Euro pallets Storage capacity alternative - chemical pallets Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number galvanized Accessories Order number 4 2 1 460 2000 1300 x 1780 x 343 114-375-JC Plastic inlay spill pallet 114-332-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 8 3 2 700 3000 1300 x 2680 x 343 114-377-JC 114-336-JC 25

Spill pallets DENIOS pro-line, for up to 8 x 205 litre drums Electrically conductive plastic feet in polypropylene (PP) protect from corrosion and damage, protecting high value industrial flooring and saving space by allowing stacking. The optimised foot design simpli- fies handling using a pallet truck or forklift, making internal transport easy. 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Removable hot dip galvanised grid as storage surface 100 mm ground clearance Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Sump Volume [l] Grid Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number powder coated Order number galvanized 1 238 galvanized 400 885 x 815 x 485 259-343-JC 259-344-JC 2 235 galvanized 800 1236 x 815 x 355 259-347-JC 259-348-JC 4 265 galvanized 1600 1236 x 1210 x 290 259-353-JC 259-354-JC 4 280 galvanized 1600 816 x 2470 x 250 259-355-JC 259-356-JC 8 425 galvanized 3200 2455 x 1210 x 250 259-357-JC 259-358-JC 26 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Mobile spill pallets DENIOS pro-line, with electrically conductive wheels With wheels in electrically conductive plastic. The handle guarantees safe internal transport of hazardous substances. ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Earthing set for spill pallets in steel For quick, easy and safe attachment to all spill pallet edges Order no. 285-830-JC Top frame for steel tray 800x1200 mm Order no. 285-829-JC Load securing for 2 drums Load securing set, includes a safety strap and support for 2 drums Order no. 229-527-JC Number of 200 litre drums Sump Volume [l] Features Tyres Grid Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm]* Order number powder coated Order number galvanized *Overall height including handle 1 238 2 swivel castors, 2 fixed castors Anti-static galvanized 400 1350 x 815 x 995 259-359-JC 259-360-JC 2 235 galvanized 800 1700 x 815 x 995 259-361-JC 259-362-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 27

Spill pallets DENIOS pro-line stainless steel, for up to 4 x 205 litre drums Welded design in rust-free stainless steel - safe and long lasting. Long lasting corrosion protection even when storing aggressive chemicals. Forklift pockets allow easy internal transport using a forklift or pallet truck. 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Grids either in hot dip galvanised steel or stainless steel Long lasting rust-free stainless steel Stainless steel spill pallets for IBCs See page 43 Stainless steel drums See page 388 28 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Earthing set for spill pallets in steel For quick, easy and safe attachment to all spill pallet edges Order no. 285-830-JC Stainless steel lifting aid for grids in steel and stainless steel VE = 2 Stück Order no. 285-739-JC Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Grid: galvanized Order number Grid: stainless steel 1 229 600 870 x 865 x 425 130-055-JC 128-287-JC 2 225 900 1340 x 850 x 325 130-056-JC 128-288-JC 4 268 1400 1340 x 1260 x 270 130-057-JC 128-289-JC 4 465 1400 1340 x 1260 x 390 178-410-JC 178-409-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 29

Stacking racks as dispensing stations for 60 and 205 litre drums W Approved for the storage of materials in all water hazard classes and flammable liquids (H 224-226) W Sturdy, galvanised stacking shelf with spill pallet in steel W Safe dispensing over the protruding spill pallet W With forklift pockets for easy handling W Delivered flat packed for self assembly Create your hazmat shelving / dispen- sing station from our modular system according to your individual operational requirements. See page 91 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H 5 1 ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Dispensing tray in steel, dimensions W x D x H (mm): 280 x 270 x 300 Dispensing tray in PE, dimensions W x D x H (mm): 270 x 270 x 300 Drum roller for horizontal drums Drum tap with 2” thread Brass drum tap 3/4“ Order no. 114-543-JC Order no. 114-902-JC Order no. 114-542-JC Order no. 117-105-JC Order no. 117-132-JC 30 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Stacking shelves as dispensing stations - space-saving and secure, drums can not only be stored, but are ready for dispensing at any time. Dispensing stations with plastic spill pallet See page 69 4 3 2 1 2 3 4 5 Storage capacity Number External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Sump Volume [l] Number of storage levels Overall load capacity [kg] Order number 60 litre drums 2 1049 x 1236 x 837 890 x 646 235 1 435 291-778-JC 60 litre drums 3 1429 x 1210 x 837 1270 x 646 265 1 700 291-787-JC 205 litre drums 1 1049 x 1236 x 837 890 x 646 235 1 435 291-776-JC 205 litre drums 2 1429 x 1210 x 837 1270 x 646 265 1 700 291-782-JC 205 litre drums 4 1429 x 1210 x 1637 1270 x 646 265 2 1400 291-784-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 31

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Model p2-o for up to 4 x 205 litre drums W Approved for storing flammable liquids (H224-226) and substances in all water-polluting classes W Can be stacked 3 high W In steel with splashguard on 3 sides W Removable hot dip galvanised grid as storage surface W Accessible underneath by pallet truck and forklift Shelf fitting for drum storage unit Hazardous material depot 2 P2-O, galvanised, for 2 x 205 litre drums Hazardous material depot 4 P2-O-V50 for 4 x 205 litre drums Order no. 114-484-JC Order no. 178-413-JC Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number painted Order number galvanized 2 2 P2-O 1390 x 900 x 1440 240 935 150 114-612-JC 114-484-JC 4 4 P2-O 1390 x 1310 x 1380 260 1400 205 114-614-JC 114-486-JC Accessories Grid, full width, for inserting on to shelf cross members Grid, half width, for inserting on to shelf cross members Drum support, 60 litre, for inserting on to shelf cross members 1 pair shelf pins for inserting shelf cross members 1 pair shelf cross members, for inserting grids / drum rails Protective hoop, folding, for transport safety Cover for 2 P2-O / -R, offering protection from dirt and weather Cover for 4 P2-O / -R, offering protection from dirt and weather ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Covers W Protection against dirt and the weather W High-quality fabric cover W Integral A4 document pocket W Long side can be opened up, with Velcro fasteners 4 4 P2-O-V50 1390 x 1310 x 1505 465 1400 275 178-413-JC 178-414-JC Order number 101-114-JC 101-115-JC 114-546-JC 114-544-JC 114-545-JC 114-562-JC 136-470-JC 136-471-JC Hazardous material depot 2 P2-O, painted, with shelf for small containers Order no. 122-720-JC Cover for 2 P2-O / -R Order no. 136-470-JC Cover for 4 P2-O / -R Order no. 136-471-JC 32 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

Model p2-p, and p2-r for max. 4 x 205 litre drums W Approved for storing flammable liquids (H224-226) and substances in all water-polluting classes W Non-stackable W In steel, open on 3 sides W Removable hot dip galvanised grid as storage surface W Accessible underneath by pallet truck and forklift W Special cover to protect from contamination and weather, available as an option 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H 2 Hazardous material station model 2 P2-R, painted, stackable, for 2 x 205 litre drums (folding protective hoop optional) Order no. 114-606-JC Folding retaining bar for transport safety (optional) Order no. 114-562-JC 3 Drum storage unit type 4 P2-R, galvanized, stackable, with optional 260 or 280 litre sump capacity Order no. 114-480-JC 1 Hazardous material station 4 P2-P-V50, painted, for 4 x 205 litre drums (image shows folding protective hoops, available separately) Order no. 178-415-JC 1 2 3 Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Model Stackable External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number painted Order number galvanized 2 2 P2-P No 1355 x 865 x 935 240 935 120 128-290-JC 128-291-JC 4 4 P2-P No 1355 x 1270 x 870 260 1400 148 128-292-JC 128-293-JC 4 4 P2-P-V50 No 1355 x 1270 x 1000 465 1400 161 178-415-JC 178-416-JC 2 2 P2-R yes 1390 x 900 x 1440 240 935 136 114-606-JC 114-478-JC 4 4 P2-R yes 1390 x 1310 x 1380 260 1400 164 114-608-JC 114-480-JC 4 4 P2-R-V50 yes 1390 x 1310 x 1505 465 1400 161 178-417-JC 178-418-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 33

Spill pallet DENIOS base-line, for up to 2 x 1000 litre IBCs The cost-effective alternative for legally-compliant storage. W With support profiles as storage level 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Dispensing tray, galvanised, ensures liquids flow back into the spill pallet Spill pallet covers, for 1 IBC Order no. 274-148-JC Order no. 136-466-JC Galvanised splashguard, for spill pallets with a width of 1120 mm Order no. 274-122-JC Galvanised splashguard, for spill pallets with a width of 2200 mm Order no. 274-123-JC Plastic spill pallet insert, for spill pallets L x W (mm): 1120 x 1300 Plastic spill pallet insert, for spill pallets L x W (mm): 2200 x 1300 Order no. 274-118-JC Order no. 274-119-JC 34 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Earthing set for spill pallets in steel For quick, easy and safe attachment to all spill pallet edges DENIOS base-line - your basic equipment for the storage of hazardous substances. Order no. 285-830-JC 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Also approved for the storage of flammable liquids (H224-226) Storage capacity for 1000 litre IBCs Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number powder coated 1 1100 1800 1120 x 1300 x 1038 273-859-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 2 1180 3600 2200 x 1300 x 590 273-860-JC 35

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Spill pallets DENIOS classic-line, for 1 x 1000 litre IBC Especially space-saving design. Optimised foot design simplifies handling using a pallet truck or forklift and makes internal transport easy. W Can support for dispensing tasks available as an option W With dispensing platform for use as dispensing or dosing station W 3 part galvanised splash protection optionally available W For storing aggressive media such as acids and alkalis the spill pallets can be fitted with a highly resistant inlay in polyethylene (PE) ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Earthing set for spill pallets in steel For quick, easy and safe attachment to all spill pallet edges Order no. 285-830-JC Stainless steel lifting aid for grids in steel and stainless steel 2 units = 1 pack Order no. 285-739-JC 100 mm ground clearance IBC See page 385 Features Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number powder coated Order number galvanized With grid 1100 2000 1120 x 1300 x 1040 273-863-JC 273-864-JC With dispensing platform 1100 2000 1120 x 1300 x 1493 273-865-JC 273-866-JC Accessories Order number Galvanised splashguard, for spill pallets with a width of 1120 mm Order number Plastic spill pallet insert, for spill pallets L x W (mm): 1120 x 1300 Order number Dissipative plastic spill pallet insert, for spill pallets L x W (mm): 1120 x 1300 Order number Dispensing tray, galvanised, with direct discharge into the spill pallet 274-122-JC 274-118-JC 274-120-JC 274-148-JC 36 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Spill pallets DENIOS classic-line, for up to 2 x 1000 litre IBCs Suitable for storing 2 IBCs. Optimised foot design simplifies handling when using a pallet truck or forklift and makes internal transport easy. W Can support for dispensing tasks available as an option W With dispensing platform for use as dispensing or dosing station W 3 part galvanised splash protection optionally available W For storing aggressive media such as acids and alkalis the spill pallets We recommend the use of plastic spill pallets to store aggressive chemicals can be fitted with a highly resistant inlay in polyethylene (PE) See page 70 Also suitable for storing flammable liquids (H224-226) in accordance with the (German) Water Resources Act Features Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number powder coated Order number galvanized Accessories plastic inlay spill pallet Dissipative plastic spill pallet insert Splashguard wall Dispensing tray, galvanised, with direct discharge into the spill pallet With grid 1180 4000 2200 x 1300 x 590 273-867-JC 273-868-JC 274-119-JC 274-121-JC 274-123-JC 274-148-JC With dispensing platform 1180 4000 2200 x 1300 x 1050 273-869-JC 273-870-JC 274-119-JC 274-121-JC 274-123-JC 274-148-JC With two drum mounts 1180 4000 2200 x 1300 x 1050 273-871-JC 273-872-JC 274-119-JC 274-121-JC 274-123-JC 274-148-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 37

Spill pallets DENIOS classic-line, for up to 3 x 1000 litre IBCs Suitable for storing 3 IBCs. The optimised foot design simplifies handling using a pallet truck or forklift and makes internal transport easy. W Can support for dispensing tasks available as an option W With dispensing platform for use as dispensing or dosing station W For storing aggressive media such as acids and alkalis the spill pallets can be fitted with a highly resistant inlay in polyethylene (PE) 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Also suitable for storing flammable liquids (H224-226) in accordance with the (German) Water Resources Act ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Earthing set for spill pallets in steel For quick, easy and safe attachment to all spill pallet edges Stainless steel lifting aid for grids in steel and stainless steel 2 units = 1 pack Dispensing tray, galvanised, with direct discharge into the spill pallet Order no. 285-830-JC Order no. 285-739-JC Order no. 274-148-JC Features With grid With dispensing platform With two drum mounts Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number powder coated Order number Hot dip galvanised Accessories plastic inlay spill pallet Dissipative plastic spill pallet insert Dispensing tray, galvanised, with direct discharge into the spill pallet 1200 6000 3280 x 1300 x 430 273-873-JC 273-874-JC 274-191-JC 274-192-JC 274-148-JC 1200 6000 3280 x 1300 x 883 273-875-JC 273-876-JC 274-191-JC 274-192-JC 274-148-JC 1200 6000 3280 x 1300 x 883 273-877-JC 273-878-JC 274-191-JC 274-192-JC 274-148-JC With three dispensing platforms 1200 6000 3280 x 1300 x 883 273-879-JC 273-880-JC 274-191-JC 274-192-JC 274-148-JC 38 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

Spill pallets DENIOS classic-line with dispensing area, for up to 2 x 1000 litre IBCs With dispensing area for increased safety when dispensing and filling. The optimised foot design simplifies handling using a pallet truck or forklift and makes internal transport easy. W With dispensing platform for use as dispensing or dosing station W 3 part galvanised splash protection optionally available W For storing aggressive media such as acids and alkalis the spill pallets can be fitted with a highly resistant inlay in polyethylene (PE) Space-saving solution especially for 600 litre IBCs Also suitable for storing flammable liquids (H224-226) in accordance with the (German) Water Resources Act Dispensing platform Splash protection optionally available 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Additional dispensing area for increased safety when dispensing and filling With grid 1295 4000 2680 x 1650 x 415 259-391-JC 259-392-JC 114-568-JC 114-436-JC 270-792-JC 114-566-JC With dispensing platform 1295 4000 2680 x 1650 x 885 259-393-JC 259-394-JC 114-568-JC 114-436-JC 270-792-JC 114-566-JC With two drum mounts 1295 4000 2680 x 1650 x 885 259-395-JC 259-396-JC 114-568-JC 114-436-JC 270-792-JC 114-566-JC Features With grid With grid 675 1200 1104 x 1722 x 540 304-676-JC 304-677-JC 1100 2000 1350 x 1650 x 710 259-383-JC 259-384-JC With dispensing platform 1100 2000 1350 x 1650 x 1180 259-385-JC 259-386-JC Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number powder coated Order number galvanized Accessories Splashguard wall plastic inlay spill pallet Dissipative plastic spill pallet insert Add on dispensing tray 114-567-JC – – 114-566-JC 114-567-JC 114-433-JC 270-790-JC 114-566-JC 114-567-JC 114-433-JC 270-790-JC 114-566-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 39

Spill pallets DENIOS pro-line, for 1 x 1000 litre IBC Increased awareness when loading and transporting with reflectors in warning colours. W Optimised foot design simplifies handling using a pallet truck or forklift, making internal transport easy W Can support for dispensing tasks available as an option W With dispensing platform for use as dispensing or dosing station W 3 part galvanised splash protection optionally available W For storing aggressive media such as acids and alkalis the spill pallets can be fitted with a highly resistant inlay in polyethylene (PE) 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Reflectors - increased awareness when loading and transporting 100 mm ground clearance Galvanised or powder coated - for optimum corrosion protection Features Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number powder coated Order number Hot dip galvanised With grid With dispensing platform 1100 2000 1100 2000 1350 x 1650 x 707 1350 x 1650 x 1172 273-881-JC 273-882-JC 273-883-JC 273-884-JC Accessories Order number Plastic spill pallet insert, for spill pallets L x W (mm): 1350 x 1650 Order number Dissipative plastic spill pallet insert, for spill pallets L x W (mm): 1350 x 1650 Order number Galvanised splashguard, for spill pallets with a width of 1350 mm Order number Dispensing tray Order number Spill pallet covers, for 1 IBC 114-433-JC 270-790-JC 114-567-JC 114-566-JC 136-466-JC 40 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Earthing set for spill pallets in steel For quick, easy and safe attachment to all spill pallet edges Stainless steel lifting aid for grids in steel and stainless steel 2 units = 1 pack Dispensing tray, galvanised, with direct discharge into the spill pallet Order no. 285-830-JC Order no. 285-739-JC Order no. 114-566-JC 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Also suitable for storing flammable liquids (H224-226) in accordance with the (German) Water Resources Act Features Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number powder coated Order number Hot dip galvanised Accessories plastic inlay spill pallet Dissipative plastic spill pallet insert Splashguard wall Dispensing tray, galvanised, with direct discharge into the spill pallet With grid 1180 4000 2200 x 1300 x 590 273-885-JC 273-886-JC 274-119-JC 274-121-JC 274-123-JC 274-148-JC With dispensing platform 1180 4000 2200 x 1300 x 1045 273-887-JC 273-888-JC 274-119-JC 274-121-JC 274-123-JC 274-148-JC With two drum mounts 1180 4000 2200 x 1300 x 1045 273-889-JC 273-890-JC 274-119-JC 274-121-JC 274-123-JC 274-148-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 41

Spill pallets DENIOS pro-line, for up to 3 x 1000 litre IBCs Increased awareness when loading and transporting with reflectors in warning colours. W Optimised foot design simplifies handling using a pallet truck or forklift, making internal transport easy W Can support for dispensing tasks available as an option W With dispensing platform for use as dispensing or dosing station W 3 part galvanised splash protection optionally available W For storing aggressive media such as acids and alkalis the spill pallets can be fitted with a highly resistant inlay in polyethylene (PE) Also suitable for storing flammable liquids (H224-226) in accordance with the (German) Water Resources Act 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Reflectors - increased awareness when loading and transporting Accessories Order number Plastic spill pallet insert, for spill pallets L x W (mm): 3280 x 1300 Order number Dissipative plastic spill pallet insert, for spill pallets L x W (mm): 3280 x 1300 Order number Dispensing tray, galvanised, with direct discharge into the spill pallet 274-191-JC 274-192-JC 274-148-JC 100 mm ground clearance Optimised foot design - simplifies handling with a pallet truck or forklift Features Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number powder coated Order number Hot dip galvanised With grid 1200 6000 3280 x 1300 x 420 273-891-JC 273-892-JC With dispensing platform 1200 6000 3280 x 1300 x 883 273-893-JC 273-894-JC With two drum mounts With three dispensing platforms 1200 6000 3280 x 1300 x 883 273-897-JC 273-898-JC 1200 6000 3280 x 1300 x 883 273-895-JC 273-896-JC 42 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

Spill pallets DENIOS pro-line stainless steel, for up to 2 x 1000 litre IBCs Welded design in rust-free stainless steel - safe and long lasting. Long term corrosion protection even when storing aggressive chemicals. Also approved for the storage of flammable liquids (H224-226) Long lasting rust-free stainless steel 1.4301 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Removable grid in stainless steel 1.4301 or hot dip galvanised steel as storage surface ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Earthing set for spill pallets in steel For quick, easy and safe attachment to all spill pallet edges Stainless steel lifting aid for grids in steel and stainless steel 2 units = 1 pack Order no. 285-830-JC Order no. 285-739-JC Storage capacity for 1000 litre IBCs Storage capacity alternative - for 205 litre drums Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number with grid stainless steel Order number with grid galvanized 1 4 1170 2000 1300 x 1350 x 918 128-286-JC 130-054-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 2 8 1100 4000 2680 x 1300 x 485 128-285-JC 130-053-JC 43

Spillage decking elements DENIOS classic-line, with an especially low height of 78 mm For protecting larger areas, simple to combine. For legally-compliant storage and safety when dispensing and filling. W Easy to load with optional access ramps W Welded design - safe and long lasting W Galvanised for optimum corrosion protection W Approved for storing flammable liquids (H224-226) and substances in all water-polluting classes W Sealing test with material certificate Drum pumps See page 244 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Height: 78 mm Spillage decking elements DENIOS classic-line - make existing rooms into legally-compliant hazardous materials stores. Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D [mm] Load capacity [kg/m²] Order number* Wheel load: 450 kg Order number* Wheel load: 2000 kg *Ground element 200 x 200 mm 44 132 1362 x 1362 5000 115-128-JC 120-233-JC 181 1862 x 1362 5000 115-130-JC 120-234-JC 248 1862 x 1862 5000 168-966-JC 195-305-JC 278 2862 x 1362 5000 115-132-JC 120-235-JC 381 2862 x 1862 5000 115-134-JC 120-236-JC W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Hazardous substance racking See page 80 For storing aggressive chemicals we recommend plastic spillage decking elements See page 76 ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Stainless steel lifting aid for grids in steel and stainless steel 2 units = 1 pack Order no. 285-739-JC ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Joining elements External dimensions W x D [mm] Order number Access ramps External dimensions W x D [mm] Order number Securing elements External dimensions W x D [mm] Order number VE 14 1320 x 45 115-158-JC VE 19 1820 x 45 115-159-JC AR 14 1320 x 720 115-164-JC AR 19 1820 x 720 115-165-JC AR 29 2820 x 720 115-166-JC Corner ramp 730 x 730 115-171-JC Spacer connector 25 x 120 115-169-JC Edge fastener 20 x 80 115-170-JC VE 29 2820 x 45 115-160-JC Ramp connector 67 x 721 272-373-JC Cross connector 130 x 130 115-167-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 45

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Spillage decking elements DENIOS classic-line, with an especially low height of 123 mm For protecting larger areas, simple to combine. For legally-compliant storage and safety when dispensing and filling. W Easy to load with optional access ramps W Welded design - safe and long lasting W Galvanised for optimum corrosion protection W Approved for storing flammable liquids (H224-226) and substances in all water- polluting classes W Sealing test with material certificate ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Stainless steel lifting aid for grids in steel and stainless steel 2 units = 1 pack Order no. 285-739-JC Height: 123 mm Sump Volume [l] Load capacity [kg/m²] External dimensions W x D [mm] Order number* Wheel load: 450 kg Order number* Wheel load: 2000 kg *Ground element 200 x 200 mm 46 28 5000 500 x 500 115-137-JC 115-149-JC 57 5000 1000 x 500 115-139-JC 115-150-JC 115 5000 1000 x 1000 115-141-JC 115-151-JC 230 5000 2000 x 1000 115-143-JC 115-152-JC 144 5000 2500 x 500 115-145-JC 115-153-JC 290 5000 2500 x 1000 115-147-JC 115-154-JC W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

Spillage decking elements DENIOS classic-line - make existing rooms into legally-compliant hazardous materials stores. Hazardous substance racking See page 80 For storing aggressive chemicals we recommend plastic spillage decking elements See page 76 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Joining elements External dimensions W x D [mm] Order number Access ramps External dimensions W x D [mm] Order number Securing elements External dimensions W x D [mm] Order number VE 5 470 x 45 115-172-JC VE 10 970 x 45 115-173-JC VE 20 1970 x 45 115-174-JC VE 25 2470 x 45 115-175-JC AR 5 AR 10 AR 20 AR 25 Corner ramp Ramp connector 450 x 1120 950 x 1120 1950 x 1120 2450 x 1120 1140 x 1140 115-176-JC 115-177-JC 115-178-JC 115-179-JC 115-181-JC 75 x 1120 272-375-JC CORNER ramp Order no. 115-181-JC Spacer connector Edge fastener Cross connector 25 x 120 115-182-JC 20 x 80 115-183-JC 130 x 130 Cross joiner 115-167-JC Order no. 115-167-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 47

D E N I O S M A G A Z I N E A L L Y O U N E E D T O K N O W A B O U T P E S P I L L P A L L E T S Water-polluting substances or aggressive materials, such as acids and alkalis, are stored on a plastic (PE) spill pallet. All DENIOS PE spill pallets are available in versions for drums, IBCs, small containers or Euro pallets. Our spill pallets in polyethylene have been tested and approved by the DIBt (German Institute for Civil Engineering) and are also available as mobile spill pallets. G U I D E S C H E C K L I S T S A R T I C L E S V I D E O S F A Q W H I T E P A P E R S I N T E R V I E W S A N D M U C H M O R E ! www.denios.co.uk/magazine A R T I C L E S C H E C K L I S T F R O M I N I T I A L I D E A T O P R O D U C T : T H I S I S H O W A P L A S T I C S P I L L P A L L E T I S C R E A T E D P R O F E S S I O N A L S P I L L P A L L E T I N S T A L L A T I O N A N D M A I N T E N A N C E Take a look behind the scenes at DENIOS! Have you ever thought about how a plastic spill pallet can make your business safer? Many standard products on the market today were originally developed at DENIOS. Today, we focus on the customer to make the storage of hazardous substances even safer, simpler and more functional. High quality standards are a top priority in both development and production. This free DENIOS checklist gives you: 9 important basic rules when installing spill pallets to avoid subsequent damage. Which statutory inspection periods must be complied with. What must be observed when maintaining spill pallets. How to deal with damage and when to replace a spill pallet. www.denios.co.uk/spillpallet www.denios.co.uk/spillpallet-maintenance S P I L L G U A R D C O N N E C T ® S T O R A G E A N D P R O C E S S T E C H N O L O G Y S E C U R E LY N E T W O R K E D , I N N O V A T I V E , D I G I T A L L E A K M A N A G E M E N T Benefit from the advantages of digitalisation for your leak management 4.0: with the new, innovative SpillGuard® connect leak detector, you can monitor your spill pallets centrally via web app and are alerted in real time in the event of a leak. L O O K I N G F O R A L A R G E R S O L U T I O N ? We also have solutions for larger requirements. You can find more information under the heading Storage & Process Technology. www.denios.co.uk/spillguard www.denios.co.uk/process-technology 48

S P I L L P A L L E T S I N P E – A D V A N T A G E S 1 Sturdy grid with ergonomic handles, easy to remove, e.g. for visual inspection and/or cleaning 2 3 4 5 6 Grid supports moulded into spill pallet body for optimised load capacity Spill pallet and grid made entirely in chemical- resistant polyethylene (PE) with DIBt certification Leak indicator in signal red for improved safety and convenience Seamless and completely watertight, with modern design Built-in forklift pockets for access from all sides for placement and transport 3 1 1 4 5 6 2 4 O U R M A N U F A C T U R E R L I N E S A T A G L A N C E Available immediately! DENIOS warranty 2 years DENIOS warranty 5 years DENIOS warranty 10 years Do you use hazardous substances at your business? Is your top priority to store them in compliance with the legal requirements – as affordably as possible? Are you looking for tailor-made solutions for your individual application that will enable you to fulfil all the requirements of your storage task to the highest of standards? Looking for even more? Greater convenience, more practical features, special services? Then what you need is the complete package. 49

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H IN PLASTIC for small containers See page 54 DENIOS warranty 2 years Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 6 398 x 200 x 160 16 400 x 398 x 160 33 800 x 400 x 160 74 800 x 782 x 160 See page 55 Design Containment volume [L] Grid External dimensions W x D x H [mm] See page 56 Grid Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] See page 56 Grid Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] See page 57 Design Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] DENIOS warranty 5 years Without feet 69 galvanized 69 without 69 plastic 71 without With feet 71 galvanized 71 plastic With castors 69 galvanized 69 without 69 plastic 645 x 795 x 210 645 x 795 x 210 645 x 795 x 235 645 x 795 x 300 645 x 795 x 300 645 x 795 x 325 645 x 795 x 315 645 x 795 x 315 645 x 795 x 340 DENIOS warranty 10 years without 24 plastic 24 without 35 plastic 35 without 48 plastic 48 400 x 400 x 180 400 x 400 x 180 592 x 400 x 180 592 x 400 x 180 784 x 400 x 180 784 x 400 x 180 DENIOS warranty 10 years without 97 plastic 97 without 135 plastic 135 without 205 plastic 205 784 x 784 x 180 784 x 784 x 180 1170 x 785 x 180 1170 x 785 x 180 1168 x 1168 x 180 1168 x 1168 x 180 DENIOS warranty 10 years With DIBt approval Electrically conductive 26 33 40 52 26 33 40 52 995 x 395 x 90 1265 x 395 x 90 995 x 595 x 90 1265 x 595 x 90 995 x 395 x 90 1265 x 395 x 90 995 x 595 x 90 1265 x 595 x 90 50 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H See page 58 IN PLASTIC for 1 to 4 x 205 litre drums DENIOS warranty 2 years Grid Version Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] without Accessible underneath 1 240 760 galvanized Accessible underneath 2 240 760 plastic Accessible underneath 2 240 760 without on wheels – 240 360 galvanized on wheels 2 240 620 plastic on wheels 2 240 620 865 x 1245 x 350 865 x 1245 x 350 865 x 1245 x 375 865 x 1245 x 1060 865 x 1245 x 1060 865 x 1245 x 1060 See page 59 Grid Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] without 4 295 950 1235 x 1235 x 275 galvanized 4 295 950 1235 x 1235 x 275 See page 60 DENIOS warranty 2 years plastic 4 295 950 1235 x 1235 x 305 DENIOS warranty 5 years IBC storage capacity Grid Sump Volume [l] Maximum load [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 1 galvanized 245 400 760 x 910 x 500 1 plastic 245 300 760 x 910 x 525 2 without 280 600 900 x 1300 x 350 2 galvanized 280 800 900 x 1300 x 350 2 plastic 280 600 900 x 1300 x 375 2 plastic pallets 280 600 900 x 1300 x 470 See page 61 DENIOS warranty 5 years Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Grid Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 4 without 415 1000 1300 x 1300 x 350 4 galvanized 415 1600 1300 x 1300 x 350 4 plastic 415 1000 1300 x 1300 x 375 4 plastic pallets 415 1000 1300 x 1300 x 470 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 51

1 IN PLASTIC for 2 to 10 x 205 litre drums See page 62 See page 63 DENIOS warranty 5 years Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Grid Sump Volume Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 4 4 4 4 4 4 without 540 1200 2520 x 900 x 350 galvanized 540 1600 2520 x 900 x 350 plastic 540 1200 2520 x 900 x 350 without 455 1200 1720 x 1300 x 350 galvanized 455 1600 1720 x 1300 x 350 plastic 455 1200 1720 x 1300 x 350 See page 65 DENIOS warranty 5 years 2 without 240 800 2 galvanized 240 800 2 plastic 240 800 2 plastic pallets 240 800 4 without 250 1600 4 galvanized 250 1600 4 plastic 250 1600 4 plastic pallets 250 1600 1330 x 930 x 385 1330 x 930 x 385 1330 x 930 x 410 1330 x 930 x 500 1330 x 1330 x 295 1330 x 1330 x 295 1330 x 1330 x 320 1330 x 1330 x 410 DENIOS warranty 5 years 4 1 1 4 1 1 5 – – 5 – – 6 2 1 6 2 1 10 3 2 10 3 2 galvanized 287 800 plastic 287 800 1500 x 1500 x 150 1500 x 1500 x 150 galvanized 280 800 3000 x 790 x 150 plastic 280 800 plastic 580 800 3000 x 790 x 150 2200 x 1500 x 150 2200 x 1500 x 150 3000 x 1500 x 150 3000 x 1500 x 150 galvanized 423 800 plastic 423 800 galvanized 580 800 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H See page 64 Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Grid Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] See page 66 Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Storage capacity alternative - Euro pallets Storage capacity alternative - chemical pallets Grid Sump Volume [l] Load capacity [kg/m²] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] See page 67 Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Sump Volume Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 52 2 250 800 918 x 1314 x 400 DENIOS warranty 10 years 4 390 1600 1314 x 1349 x 400 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

See page 70 Design Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] See page 71 For storage 1 1197 2000 1380 x 1575 x 760 IN PLASTIC for 1 to 3 IBCs 1 DENIOS warranty 2 years For storing and dispensing 1 1250 2000 1380 x 1800 x 760 DENIOS warranty 5 years E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H IBC storage capacity Sump Volume [l] Loading surface Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 1 660 galvanized 1200 977 x 1380 x 910 1 660 plastic 1200 977 x 1380 x 929 1 660 plastic pallets 1200 977 x 1380 x 1027 1 1100 plastic pallets 2000 1430 x 1430 x 965 2 1100 without 4000 2260 x 1430 x 720 2 1100 plastic pallets 4000 2260 x 1430 x 730 See page 73 Design Storage capacity for 1000 litre IBCs Grid Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] See page 74 DENIOS warranty 5 years For storage For storing and dispensing 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 without 1100 galvanized 1100 plastic without 1100 1100 galvanized 1100 plastic without 1150 1100 galvanized 1150 2 3 3 plastic without 1750 1150 galvanized 1750 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 4000 4000 4000 6000 6000 3 plastic 1750 6000 1280 x 1660 x 870 1280 x 1660 x 895 1280 x 1910 x 860 1280 x 1910 x 885 2460 x 1800 x 460 2460 x 1800 x 485 3640 x 1800 x 450 3640 x 1800 x 475 DENIOS warranty 10 years Storage capacity for 1000 litre IBCs Grid Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 1 1 2 2 3 3 galvanized 1050 2000 1370 x 1980 x 690 plastic 1050 2000 1370 x 1980 x 720 galvanized 1050 4000 2530 x 1320 x 580 plastic 1050 4000 2530 x 1320 x 610 galvanized 1500 6000 3737 x 1402 x 486 plastic 1500 6000 3737 x 1402 x 517 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 53

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Spill trays for small containers DENIOS base-line, 5 to 70 litre containment volume Ideal for use in the workplace, e.g. on a workbench W For the safe storage of small containers W Dimensions to suit Euro pallets - for numerous combination options W High chemical resistance to acids, alkalis and other aggressive liquids W With practical drain corner for clean emptying of the tray Moulded recessed grips for easy removal of the plastic shelves Practical drain corner for safe emptying of the spill pallet Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Without standing surface Order number With plastic standing surface Order number With galvanised standing surface 6 398 x 200 x 160 290-871-JC 290-885-JC 290-889-JC 16 400 x 398 x 160 290-872-JC 290-886-JC 290-890-JC 33 800 x 400 x 160 290-873-JC 290-887-JC 290-891-JC 74 800 x 782 x 160 290-874-JC 290-888-JC 290-892-JC 54 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

Spill trays for small containers DENIOS classic-line, for up to 2 x 60 litre drums Store hazardous substances legally directly where they need to be used. W Highly resistant to oils, acids, alkalis and other aggressive substances W Sturdy design with good impact and shock resistance even under high temperature variations W In corrosion-free polyethylene (PE) ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Handle Order no. 130-627-JC 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Design Containment volume [L] Grid External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Without feet 69 galvanized 69 without 69 plastic 645 x 795 x 210 645 x 795 x 210 645 x 795 x 235 645 x 795 x 300 645 x 795 x 300 645 x 795 x 325 645 x 795 x 315 645 x 795 x 315 645 x 795 x 340 129-163-JC 71 galvanized 71 without 129-044-JC 129-161-JC 69 without 114-689-JC 130-427-JC 129-043-JC 107-262-JC 114-687-JC 69 plastic 71 plastic With castors 69 galvanized 129-162-JC With feet Spill trays for small containers DENIOS classic-line, 130 litre containment volume The spill trays in impact-resistant, seamless polyethylene (PE) can be inserted into any mesh box or wooden pallet with stacking devices. Mesh boxes and accessories See page 563 W With type approval for the storage of hazardous substances W High chemical resistance to acids, alkalis and other aggressive media W Easy to clean W Also available as a set in a mesh box Small container spill pallet DENIOS classic-line Order no. 114-758-JC HELP IS AT HAND Mesh box incl. small container spill pallet DENIOS classic-line Order no. 129-049-JC ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Mesh box pallet lid Order no. 106-176-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 55

Spill trays for small containers DENIOS pro-line Ideal for use right next to the working area. Store hazardous substances legally, directly where they need to be used. W NEW: spill pallets in 4 sizes in electrically conductive material W With sturdy, removable grid as an option, incl. warning red leak indicator W Spill pallets and grids can be recycled and can be stacked inside each other for storage and transport. 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H The bright red leak indicator signals that there is fluid in the spill pallet. This means the grid does not have to be cleared and removed from the spill pallet to inspect it. Sump Volume [l] Grid Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 24 without 400 x 400 x 180 248-037-JC 24 plastic 400 x 400 x 180 248-041-JC 35 without 592 x 400 x 180 248-038-JC 35 plastic 592 x 400 x 180 248-042-JC 48 without 784 x 400 x 180 248-039-JC 48 plastic 784 x 400 x 180 248-043-JC 97 without 784 x 784 x 180 248-040-JC 97 plastic 784 x 784 x 180 248-044-JC Sump Volume [l] Grid Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 135 without 1170 x 785 x 180 264-513-JC 135 plastic 1170 x 785 x 180 264-514-JC 205 without 1168 x 1168 x 180 264-515-JC 205 plastic 1168 x 1168 x 180 264-516-JC 56 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

I N N O V A TI O The grid module can be removed quickly and easily so that containers can be stored in the base of the spill pallet. N 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 26 995 x 395 x 90 266-369-JC 33 1265 x 395 x 90 266-371-JC 40 995 x 595 x 90 266-370-JC 52 1265 x 595 x 90 266-372-JC Accessories Order number 266-799-JC PE grid with leak indicator 266-802-JC 266-801-JC 266-803-JC NEW NEW Design Sump Volume [l] Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 26 995 x 395 x 90 276-237-JC 33 1265 x 395 x 90 276-238-JC 38 995 x 495 x 90 311-785-JC 40 995 x 595 x 90 276-235-JC 48 1265 x 495 x 90 311-786-JC 52 1265 x 595 x 90 276-236-JC Electrically conductive E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 57

Spill pallets DENIOS base-line, for up to 4 x 205 litre drums The cost-effective alternative for legally-compliant storage. L-ring drums See page 391 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Load securing set, includes a safety strap and support for 2 drums Polyethylene (PE) drum mounts With 180° rotation for 60- and 200-litre drums Stainless steel lifting aid for plastic grids Pack = 2 pieces Stainless steel lifting aid for grids in steel and stainless steel 2 units = 1 pack Order no. 229-527-JC Order no. 114-904-JC Order no. 215-854-JC Order no. 285-739-JC Grid Version Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 58 without galvanized plastic Accessible underneath Accessible underneath Accessible underneath 2 240 760 865 x 1245 x 375 267-371-JC 2 240 760 865 x 1245 x 350 267-368-JC 1 240 760 865 x 1245 x 350 267-365-JC without on wheels – 240 360 865 x 1245 x 1060 267-375-JC galvanized on wheels 2 240 620 865 x 1245 x 1060 267-377-JC plastic on wheels 2 240 620 865 x 1245 x 1060 267-380-JC W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

ORDER AT THE SAME TIME SpillGuard® hazardous substance leak warning system INNOVATION See page 346 SpillGuard® SpillGuard® connect Order no. 271-433-JC Order no. 276-016-JC 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Grid Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number without 4 295 950 1235 x 1235 x 275 267-382-JC galvanized 4 295 950 1235 x 1235 x 275 267-415-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 plastic 4 295 950 1235 x 1235 x 305 267-417-JC 59

Spill pallets DENIOS classic-line, for 205 litre drums Forklift pockets in the base enable it to be safely transported and loaded by drum lifters, pallet trucks and forklifts W Special compact and space-saving design 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Drums delivered on pallets can be placed directly on the spill pallet - no time-consuming relocation necessary IBC storage capacity Grid Sump Volume [l] Maximum load [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 1 galvanized 245 400 760 x 910 x 500 162-311-JC 1 plastic 245 300 760 x 910 x 525 162-309-JC 2 without 280 600 900 x 1300 x 350 252-581-JC 2 galvanized 280 800 900 x 1300 x 350 162-287-JC 2 plastic 280 600 900 x 1300 x 375 162-286-JC 2 plastic pallets 280 600 900 x 1300 x 470 160-729-JC 60 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Stainless steel lifting aid for grids in steel and stainless steel 2 units = 1 pack Order no. 285-739-JC Stainless steel lifting aid for plastic grids Pack = 2 pieces Order no. 215-854-JC Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Grid Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 4 without 415 1000 1300 x 1300 x 350 252-584-JC 4 galvanized 415 1600 1300 x 1300 x 350 162-290-JC 4 plastic 415 1000 1300 x 1300 x 375 162-289-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 4 plastic pallets 415 1000 1300 x 1300 x 470 160-730-JC 61

Spill pallets DENIOS classic-line, for up to 4 x 205 litre drums Forklift pockets in the base enable it to be safely transported and loaded by drum lifters, pallet trucks and forklifts SpillGuard® hazardous substance leak warning system See page 346 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Grid Sump Volume Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 62 4 without 540 1200 2520 x 900 x 350 236-310-JC 4 galvanized 540 1600 2520 x 900 x 350 236-312-JC 4 plastic 540 1200 2520 x 900 x 350 236-311-JC W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Stainless steel lifting aid for plastic grids Pack = 2 pieces Order no. 215-854-JC Stainless steel lifting aid for grids in steel and stainless steel 2 units = 1 pack 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Order no. 285-739-JC Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Grid Sump Volume Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 4 without 455 1200 1720 x 1300 x 350 236-313-JC 4 galvanized 455 1600 1720 x 1300 x 350 236-315-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 4 plastic 455 1200 1720 x 1300 x 350 236-314-JC 63

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Spill pallets DENIOS classic-line, for up to 4 x 205 litre drums Forklift pockets in the base enable it to be safely transported and loaded by drum lifters, pallet trucks and forklifts from all 4 sides. W Special compact and space-saving design ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Stainless steel lifting aid for plastic grids Pack = 2 pieces Stainless steel lifting aid for grids in steel and stainless steel 2 units = 1 pack Order no. 215-854-JC Order no. 285-739-JC With grid in galvanised steel Without grid for direct storage of Euro pallets Grid Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number without 240 800 1330 x 930 x 385 265-412-JC galvanized 240 800 1330 x 930 x 385 267-495-JC plastic 240 800 1330 x 930 x 410 267-499-JC plastic pallets 240 800 1330 x 930 x 500 267-501-JC 64 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

ORDER AT THE SAME TIME SpillGuard® hazardous substance leak warning system SpillGuard® connect - for safe and easy remote monitoring via narrowband IoT SpillGuard® Order no. 271-433-JC Order no. 276-016-JC 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H With accessible plastic pallet as a loading surface Grid Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number without 250 1600 1330 x 1330 x 295 265-413-JC galvanized 250 1600 1330 x 1330 x 295 267-553-JC plastic 250 1600 1330 x 1330 x 320 267-554-JC plastic pallets 250 1600 1330 x 1330 x 410 267-555-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 65

Spill pallets DENIOS classic-line, for up to 10 x 205 litre drums The low construction height simplifies internal logistics, regardless of whether individual drums or fully laden Euro or chemical pallets are stored. 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Storage capacity alternative - Euro pallets Storage capacity alternative - chemical pallets Grid Sump Volume [l] Load capacity [kg/m²] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 4 1 1 4 1 1 galvanized 287 800 plastic 287 800 1500 x 1500 x 150 1500 x 1500 x 150 267-986-JC 267-985-JC 5 – – galvanized 280 800 3000 x 790 x 150 267-989-JC 5 – – 6 2 1 6 2 1 10 3 2 10 3 2 plastic 280 800 plastic 580 800 3000 x 790 x 150 2200 x 1500 x 150 2200 x 1500 x 150 3000 x 1500 x 150 3000 x 1500 x 150 267-993-JC galvanized 423 800 galvanized 580 800 plastic 423 800 267-991-JC 267-987-JC 267-988-JC 267-992-JC 66 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Spill pallets DENIOS pro-line, for up to 4 x 205 litre drums With innovative leak indicator for even more safety and convenience in the legally compliant storage of hazardous substances W Including sturdy grid with ergonomic handles for easier handling during visual inspection and cleaning W Grid supports integrated in the spill pallet body for optimised loading I N N O V A TI O N Ergonomic handles for easier Ergonomic handles for easier visual inspection and cleaning visual inspection and cleaning Leak indicator for improved Leak indicator for improved safety and convenience safety and convenience Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Sump Volume Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 2 250 800 918 x 1314 x 400 265-674-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 4 390 1600 1314 x 1349 x 400 265-675-JC 67

Stacking racks as dispensing stations for 60 and 200 litre drums W For the storage of substances in all water hazard classes W Sturdy, galvanised stacking rack with spill pallet in polyethylene (PE, highly resistant to many aggressive chemicals such as acids and alkalis) W Safe dispensing over the protruding spill pallet W With forklift pockets for easy handling W Delivered flat packed for self assembly Create your hazmat shelving / dispen- sing station from our modular system according to your individual operational requirements. See page 91 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H 2 1 ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Dispensing tray in steel, dimensions W x D x H (mm): 280 x 270 x 300 Dispensing tray in PE, dimensions W x D x H (mm): 270 x 270 x 300 Drum roller for horizontal drums Drum tap with 2” thread Brass drum tap 3/4“ Order no. 114-543-JC Order no. 114-902-JC Order no. 114-542-JC Order no. 117-105-JC Order no. 117-132-JC 68 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Stacking shelves as dispensing stations - space-saving and secure, drums can not only be stored, but are ready for dispensing at any time. Dispensing stations with steel spill pallet See page 31 4 3 5 Storage capacity Number External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Sump Volume [l] Number of storage levels Overall load capacity [kg] Order number 1 2 3 4 5 60 litre drums 2 1049 x 1245 x 837 890 x 646 240 1 435 291-779-JC 60 litre drums 6 1429 x 1235 x 1637 1270 x 646 295 2 1400 291-788-JC 205 litre drums 1 1049 x 1245 x 837 890 x 646 240 1 435 291-777-JC 205 litre drums 2 1429 x 1235 x 837 1270 x 646 295 1 700 291-783-JC 205 litre drums 4 1429 x 1235 x 1637 1270 x 646 295 2 1400 291-786-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 69

Spill pallets DENIOS base-line, for 1 x 1000 litre IBC W Includes storage mount in PE with protective edge to prevent IBC sliding off 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H 2 4 1 3 SpillGuard® hazardous substance leak warning system See page 346 IBC See page 385 1 2 3 4 Edge to prevent IBC sliding off Integrated dispensing station with surface for small containers Stable design with wall thickness up to 8 mm Forklift pockets for pallet truck and forklift Platforms can be bought individually upon request Order no. 136-140-JC Design Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 70 For storage 1197 2000 1380 x 1575 x 760 267-502-JC For storing and dispensing 1250 2000 1380 x 1800 x 760 267-503-JC W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

Spill pallets DENIOS classic-line, for up to 2 x 1000 litre IBCs W Stable storage surface for safe placement of IBCs ORDER AT THE SAME TIME IBC dispensing tray with 2 legs W As an extension for safe, clean, dispensing W With practical area for putting lids, funnels or cloths Order no. 267-911-JC 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H IBC storage capacity Sump Volume [l] Loading surface Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number 1 660 galvanized 1200 977 x 1380 x 910 304-681-JC 1 660 plastic 1200 977 x 1380 x 929 304-679-JC 1 660 plastic pallets 1200 977 x 1380 x 1027 304-680-JC 1 1100 plastic pallets 2000 1430 x 1430 x 965 148-303-JC height adjustable dispensing tray 2 1100 without 4000 2260 x 1430 x 720 149-460-JC 2 1100 plastic pallets 4000 2260 x 1430 x 730 149-461-JC 236-741-JC 236-741-JC 236-741-JC 236-741-JC 267-911-JC 267-911-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 71

Spill pallets DENIOS classic-line, for up to 3 x 1000 litre IBCs Excellent price/performance ratio for almost all requirements. W With protected dispensing area if required 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Protected dispensing area so any drips are safely collected in the spill pallet General Construction Approval is required for all spill pallets in polyethylene. In order to obtain this, the safety of the spill pallet must be tested with a load 4 times their normal load capacity. This test is carried out by the German Institute for Civil Engineering (DIBt) in Berlin. Spill pallets from DENIOS have successfully passed this loading test. Order at the same time Dispensing tray for IBC spill pallets Height adjustable dispensing tray for safe, clean dispensing operations at IBC stations, with practical space for lids, funnels, gloves and cloths for example Extension tap for IBC W Length (mm): 250 IBC lid opener W In galvanised steel W Available in 2 sizes Order no. 236-741-JC 72 Order no. 117-254-JC Order no. 185-786-JC DN 150 DN 225 Order no. 185-787-JC W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H SpillGuard® hazardous sub- stance leak warning system See page 346 Design Storage capacity for 1000 litre IBCs Grid Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number For storage For storing and dispensing 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 without galvanized plastic without galvanized plastic without galvanized plastic without galvanized 1100 2000 1100 2000 1100 2000 1100 2000 1100 2000 1100 2000 1150 4000 1150 4000 1150 4000 1750 6000 1750 6000 3 plastic 1750 6000 1280 x 1660 x 870 1280 x 1660 x 895 1280 x 1910 x 860 1280 x 1910 x 885 2460 x 1800 x 460 2460 x 1800 x 485 3640 x 1800 x 450 3640 x 1800 x 475 267-588-JC 267-589-JC 267-590-JC 267-604-JC 267-605-JC 267-606-JC 267-609-JC 267-611-JC 267-613-JC 267-614-JC 267-615-JC 267-616-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 73

Spill pallets DENIOS pro-line, for up to 2 IBCs Increased awareness when loading and transporting with reflectors in warning colours. 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H The front section of the 3-part grid can be quickly and easily removed to give access to the integral dispensing area. For 1 IBC, for storing and dispensing - with integral dispensing area ORDER AT THE SAME TIME IBC lid opener W Ring wrenches for conveniently opening IBC screw caps W In galvanised steel W Available in 2 sizes DN 150 DN 225 Order no. 185-786-JC Order no. 185-787-JC Extension tap for IBC Order no. 117-254-JC Storage capacity for 1000 litre IBCs Grid Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 1 galvanized 1050 2000 1370 x 1980 x 690 267-655-JC 1 plastic 1050 2000 1370 x 1980 x 720 267-657-JC 74 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

ORDER AT THE SAME TIME SpillGuard® hazardous substance leak warning system INNOVATION SpillGuard® SpillGuard® connect Order no. 271-433-JC Order no. 276-016-JC For 2 IBCs, for storing - can be extended with IBC dispensing tray for dispensing 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H For storing 3 IBCs - can be extended with IBC dispensing tray for dispensing (see table) Storage capacity for 1000 litre IBCs Grid Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number 2 galvanized 1050 4000 2530 x 1320 x 580 267-658-JC 2 plastic 1050 4000 2530 x 1320 x 610 267-659-JC 3 galvanized 1500 6000 3737 x 1402 x 486 267-182-JC 3 plastic 1500 6000 3737 x 1402 x 517 267-181-JC height adjustable dispensing tray Dispensing tray for dispensing operations 267-911-JC 267-911-JC 236-743-JC 236-743-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 75

Spillage decking elements DENIOS classic-line in PE, with an especially low height of 125 mm Can be combined in many ways for the protection of larger areas. Designed for legally-compliant storage and for safety during filling and dispensing operations. NEW W All three elements are adapted to Euro or chemical pallet formats and have an anti-slip surface. W Connecting elements to cover the transitions to all neighbouring elements are included in the scope of delivery, in sufficient quantity. W Easy loading with containers thanks to particularly low overall height of 125 mm W A practical access ramp with ergonomically optimised gradient (can also be used with a pallet truck) is optionally available. W The easily removable shelf allows for quick and thorough cleaning. W High impact and shock resistance as well as chemical resistance to acids, alkalis and other aggressive substances W In environmentally friendly polyethylene (PE) - easy to handle thanks to low weight 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Steel spillage decking elements are available for the storage of flammable liquids See page 44 Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Maximum load [kg] Wheel load [kg] Order number Accessories Wheel load [kg] Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 90 800 x 1200 x 125 700 200 292-967-JC With DIBt approval 135 1200 x 1350 x 125 1200 200 292-968-JC Without DIBt approval 295 1200 x 2700 x 125 3500 200 292-969-JC 90 800 x 1200 x 125 500 140 295-196-JC 135 1200 x 1350 x 125 840 140 295-197-JC 295 1200 x 2700 x 125 2450 140 295-198-JC Access ramp for plastic spillage decking height 125 mm 200 1000 x 1174 x 149 292-858-JC 200 1000 x 1174 x 149 292-858-JC 200 1000 x 1174 x 149 292-858-JC 200 1000 x 1174 x 149 292-858-JC 200 1000 x 1174 x 149 292-858-JC 200 1000 x 1174 x 149 292-858-JC 76 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

ORDER AT THE SAME TIME SpillGuard® hazardous substance leak warning system INNOVATION See page 346 SpillGuard® SpillGuard® connect Order no. 271-433-JC Order no. 276-016-JC 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Quickly and easily removable surface Positioning option for the SpillGuard® leak warning system ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Ramp for floor elements in polyethylene (PE) W Ergonomically optimised with particularly low angle of incline W With anti-slip surface W Raised edge areas help prevent sideways slips W Including connecting element for secure fixing to the surface protection system Order no. 292-858-JC Ramp for PE spillage decking, 1000 x 1174 x 149 mm E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 77

D E N I O S M a g a z I N E a L L Y O U N E E D T O K N O W a B O U T H a z M a T S H E L V I N g Hazmat shelving is designed for the storage of substances in all water hazard classes or flammable liquids in accordance with regulations. They have a spill pallet in steel or plastic and enable space-saving storage of hazardous substances in small containers, drums or IBCs. They can be extended as required by base and extension shelf units and can be individually adapted to the available storage space on site. We offer a wide range of shelving for the safe and economical storage of hazardous substances in your company. G U I D E S C H E C K L I S T S A R T I C L E S V I D E O S F A Q W H I T E P A P E R S I N T E R V I E W S A N D M U C H M O R E ! www.denios.co.uk/magazine G U I D E S S P I L L G U A R D C O N N E C T ® M E D I A R E S I S T A N C E L I S T The corrosion resistance of the materials used to make the spill pallet and their compatibility with the substances stored must be demonstrated. Steel spill pallets (1.0038) can be used for many chemical substances. Plastic (polyethylene) spill pallets are frequently required if corrosive substances (acids / alkalis) are being stored. Stainless steel offers the best protection, especially against many aggressive liquids. If no specific information is provided in the resistance lists, your spill pallet can be made of the same material as your transport container. S E C U R E L Y N E T W O R K E D , I N N O V A T I V E , D I G I T A L L E A K M A N A G E M E N T Benefit from the advantages of digitalisation for your leak management 4.0: with the new, innovative SpillGuard® connect leak detector, you can monitor your spill pallets centrally via web app and are alerted in real time in the event of a leak. www.denios.co.uk/media-resistance www.denios.co.uk/spillguard F A Q W H I T E P A P E R A N Y O N E W H O H A N D L E S , U S E S O R " O N L Y " S T O R E S H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S C A N N O T A V O I D I T A S S E M B L I N G S T A C K I N G R A C K S I N C O M P L I A N C E W I T H T H E L A W A N D U S I N G T H E M S A F E L Y The risk assessment. It has been the central element in occupational safety and health for 25 years. In our FAQ we have compiled the ans- wers to the most frequently asked questions on the subject of "risk assessment for hazardous materials". A step-by-step guide incl. checklist for safe filling at the stack- ing rack This free DENIOS whitepaper contains: W A guide to planning the stacking rack according to needs and in compliance with the law W Useful installation tips www.denios.co.uk/faq-risk-assessment www.denios.co.uk/whitepaper-stacking-racks 78

S H E L V I N G R A C K I N G Certificate of compliance (ÜHP) F O R S A F E A N D S P A C E - S A V I N G S T O R A G E O F H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S I N S M A L L C O N T A I N E R S , D R U M S O R I B C S R A C K I N G F O R S M A L L C O N T A I N E R S A N D D R U M S W I T H H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S Sturdy, galvanised steel racks for the storage of hazardous materials in small containers. The storage levels are equipped with grid floors or shelves and a spill pallet made of steel or plastic. Hazardous materials racking is also available with a spill pallet on each storage level. For particularly aggressive chemicals, small container racks are also available in stainless steel. Stacking racks offer a wide range of combination options for the horizontal storage of canisters, 60 and 200 litre drums and small containers, equipped with a protruding spill pallet made of steel or plastic for the safe storage and filling of hazardous substances. The various shelf designs are available in 2 sizes and can be stacked 3 times high. Stacking racks of the same size can be flexibly combined with each other, available as ready-made sets or individually assembled. www.denios.co.uk/small-container-shelving www.denios.co.uk/drum-storage-racking H A Z M A T P A L L E T R A C K I N G C O N T A I N M E N T S H E L V I N G For compact storage of IBCs or upright drums on Euro- or chemical pallets on 2 or 3 storage levels. The sturdy, galvanised pallet racks with clearly visible orange crossbars have a high load capacity and are equipped with a steel or plastic spill pallet for the safe storage of hazardous materials. For existing pallet racking systems that are used as hazardous materials storage and are to be converted in compliance with regulations. Containment sheves can be placed on the floor under the shelving or suspended in the shelving. Made of steel or plastic, suitable for all common shelf standard shelf widths. www.denios.co.uk/pallet-racking www.denios.co.uk/containment-shelving 79

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Hazardous materials small container shelving with 4 painted steel spill trays See page 83 Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Equipment - shelves Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 1000 x 400 4 x spill pallets, painted 1000 x 600 4 x spill pallets, painted 1300 x 400 4 x spill pallets, painted 1300 x 600 4 x spill pallets, painted 1060 x 437 x 2000 1060 x 637 x 2000 1360 x 437 x 2000 1360 x 637 x 2000 1012 x 437 x 2000 1012 x 637 x 2000 1312 x 437 x 2000 1312 x 637 x 2000 Hazardous materials small container shelving with 3 grids and painted steel spill pallet See page 84 Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Equipment - shelves Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 1000 x 400 3 x grid, galvanised 1000 x 600 3 x grid, galvanised 1300 x 400 3 x grid, galvanised 1300 x 600 3 x grid, galvanised 1060 x 437 x 2000 1060 x 637 x 2000 1360 x 437 x 2000 1360 x 637 x 2000 1012 x 437 x 2000 1012 x 637 x 2000 1312 x 437 x 2000 1312 x 637 x 2000 Hazardous materials small container shelving with 4 grids and steel floor spill pallet See page 85 Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Equipment - shelves Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 1000 x 400 4 x grid, galvanised 1000 x 600 4 x grid, galvanised 1300 x 400 4 x grid, galvanised 1300 x 600 4 x grid, galvanised 1156 x 526 x 2000 1156 x 726 x 2000 1456 x 526 x 2000 1456 x 726 x 2000 1006 x 526 x 2000 1006 x 726 x 2000 1306 x 526 x 2000 1306 x 726 x 2000 Hazardous materials small container shelving with 3 grids and plastic spill pallet Bay dimensions W x D [mm] 1000 x 400 3 x grid, galvanised 1000 x 600 3 x grid, galvanised See page 86 1000 x 600 1300 x 600 3 x grid, plastic 3 x grid, plastic 1300 x 400 3 x grid, galvanised 1300 x 600 3 x grid, galvanised Equipment - shelves Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 1060 x 437 x 2000 1060 x 637 x 2000 1360 x 437 x 2000 1360 x 637 x 2000 1060 x 637 x 2000 1360 x 637 x 2000 1012 x 437 x 2000 1012 x 637 x 2000 1312 x 437 x 2000 1312 x 637 x 2000 1012 x 637 x 2000 1312 x 637 x 2000 Hazardous materials small container shelving with 4 plastic spill trays See page 87 Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Equipment - shelves Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 1000 x 400 4 x spill pallet, plastic 1000 x 600 4 x spill pallet, plastic 1300 x 400 4 x spill pallet, plastic 1300 x 600 4 x spill pallet, plastic 1060 x 437 x 2000 1060 x 637 x 2000 1360 x 437 x 2000 1360 x 637 x 2000 1012 x 437 x 2000 1012 x 637 x 2000 1312 x 437 x 2000 1312 x 637 x 2000 Hazardous materials small container shelving in stainless steel See page 88 Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Equipment - shelves 550 x 250 3 x perforated plate, stainless steel 850 x 250 3 x perforated plate, stainless steel 850 x 450 3 x perforated plate, stainless steel 1150 x 250 3 x perforated plate, stainless steel 1150 x 450 3 x perforated plate, stainless steel Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 600 x 300 x 1800 900 x 300 x 1800 900 x 500 x 1800 1200 x 300 x 1800 1200 x 500 x 1800 575 x 300 x 1800 875 x 300 x 1800 875 x 500 x 1800 1175 x 300 x 1800 1175 x 500 x 1800 80 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Hazardous materials small container shelving for safety when dispensing See page 89 Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Equipment - shelves Spill pallet: Galvanised External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Spill pallet: painted External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 1000 x 600 4 x grid, galvanised 1000 x 600 8 x grid, galvanised 1000 x 600 4 x shelf, galvanised 1000 x 600 8 x shelf, galvanised 1236 x 816 x 2100 2470 x 816 x 2100 1236 x 816 x 2100 2470 x 816 x 2100 1236 x 816 x 2100 2470 x 816 x 2100 1236 x 816 x 2100 2470 x 816 x 2100 Stacking racks for safe storing and dispensing of hazardous substances See page 91 Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Storage capacity Number Equipment - shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 890 x 646 890 x 646 890 x 646 880 x 1115 1270 x 646 1270 x 646 1270 x 646 1220 x 1115 30 litre canister 3 Canister support 60 litre drums 2 Drum supports 205 litre drums 1 Drum supports Small container – Grid 30 litre canister 4 Canister support 60 litre drums 3 Drum supports 205 litre drums 2 Drum supports Small container – Grid 1049 x 682 x 837 1049 x 682 x 837 1049 x 682 x 837 1049 x 1130 x 837 1429 x 682 x 837 1429 x 682 x 837 1429 x 682 x 837 1429 x 1130 x 837 Hazardous materials pallet racking with frame depth 1100 mm, with steel spill pallet See page 98 Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Number of storage levels Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 1825 x 1100 2 1825 x 1100 3 2700 x 1100 2 2700 x 1100 3 3300 x 1100 2 3300 x 1100 3 2025 x 1300 x 2700 2025 x 1300 x 3800 2900 x 1300 x 2700 2900 x 1300 x 3800 3500 x 1300 x 2700 3500 x 1300 x 3800 1925 x 1300 x 2700 1925 x 1300 x 3800 2800 x 1300 x 2700 2800 x 1300 x 3800 3400 x 1300 x 2700 3400 x 1300 x 3800 Hazardous materials pallet racking with frame depth 1300 mm, with steel spill pallet as lowest storage level See page 101 Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Number of storage levels Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 1400 x 1300 2 1600 x 1300 x 3300 1500 x 1300 x 3300 2700 x 1300 2 2900 x 1300 x 3300 2800 x 1300 x 3300 All products for Hazmat shelving can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12759 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 81

Hazardous materials small container shelving with 4 painted steel spill trays W 4 steel spill trays as shelves W For the storage of liquids in all water-polluting classes W Type-separated storage with spill tray at every storage level W Galvanised frame W All racking is galvanised for optimum corrosion protection W Sturdy construction with reinforcing crossbars W Shelving height can be adjusted in 25 mm increments W Can be expanded at any time W Delivered flat packed with instructions for easy self assembly 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Detailed illustration: grids as storage surfaces Hazardous materials small container rack with 4 painted spill trays, compartment dimensions (WxD) 1300 x 400 mm All products for Hazmat shelving can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12759 FALCON safety jugs See page 400 82 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Additional surface Hazardous materials small container rack with 4 painted spill trays, compartment dimensions (WxD) 1000 x 600 mm, basic shelf unit and extension shelf unit Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Equipment - shelves Load [kg] Rack load [kg] Containment volume [L] Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number 1000 x 400 4 x spill pallets, painted 200 1000 4 x 24 1060 x 437 x 2000 199-566-JC 1012 x 437 x 2000 199-567-JC Additional surface 199-599-JC 1000 x 600 4 x spill pallets, painted 200 1000 4 x 36 1060 x 637 x 2000 199-564-JC 1012 x 637 x 2000 199-565-JC Additional surface 199-597-JC 1300 x 400 4 x spill pallets, painted 200 1000 4 x 31 1360 x 437 x 2000 199-570-JC 1312 x 437 x 2000 199-571-JC Additional surface 199-603-JC 1300 x 600 4 x spill pallets, painted 200 1000 4 x 47 1360 x 637 x 2000 199-574-JC 1312 x 637 x 2000 199-575-JC Additional surface 199-605-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 83

Hazardous materials small container shelving with 3 grids and painted steel spill pallet W 1 steel sump and 3 galvanised grid shelves as storage levels W For storing flammable liquids W Galvanised frame W Sturdy construction with reinforcing crossbars W Shelving height can be adjusted in 25 mm increments W Can be expanded at any time W Delivered flat packed with instructions for easy self assembly W All racking is galvanised for optimum corrosion protection 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Detailed illustration: grids as storage surfaces Hazardous materials small container rack with 3 grids and painted spill pallet, compartment dimensions (WxD) 1300 x 400 mm, basic shelf unit and extension shelf unit Hazardous materials small container rack with 3 grids and painted spill pallet, compartment dimensions (WxD) 1000 x 600 mm Order no. 199-560-JC Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Equipment - shelves Equipment - lower shelf Load [kg] Rack load [kg] Sump Volume [l] Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number 1000 x 400 3 x grid, galvanised 1 x spill pallet, painted 200 1000 24 1060 x 437 x 2000 199-562-JC 1012 x 437 x 2000 199-563-JC Additional surface 199-598-JC 1000 x 600 3 x grid, galvanised 1 x spill pallet, painted 200 1000 36 1060 x 637 x 2000 199-560-JC 1012 x 637 x 2000 199-561-JC Additional surface 199-596-JC 1300 x 400 3 x grid, galvanised 1 x spill pallet, painted 200 1000 31 1360 x 437 x 2000 199-568-JC 1312 x 437 x 2000 199-569-JC Additional surface 199-602-JC 1300 x 600 3 x grid, galvanised 1 x spill pallet, painted 200 1000 47 1360 x 637 x 2000 199-572-JC 1312 x 637 x 2000 199-573-JC Additional surface 199-604-JC 84 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

Hazardous materials small container shelving with 4 grids and steel floor spill pallet W 1 floor spill pallet manufactured from galvanised steel and 4 galvanised grids W For storing flammable liquids W Galvanised frame W Sturdy construction with reinforcing crossbars W Shelving height can be adjusted in 25 mm increments W Can be expanded at any time W Delivered flat packed with instructions for easy self assembly W All racking is galvanised for optimum corrosion protection 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Hazardous materials small con- tainer rack with 4 grids and steel floor spill pallet, compartment dimensions (WxD) 1000 x 600 mm Order no. 199-716-JC Hazardous materials small con- tainer rack with 4 grids and steel floor spill pallet, compartment dimensions (WxD) 1300 x 600 mm Order no. 199-720-JC Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Equipment - shelves Equipment - lower shelf Load [kg] Rack load [kg] Sump Volume [l] Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Hazardous materials small container rack with 4 grids and steel floor spill pallet, compartment dimensions (WxD) 1000 x 400 mm, basic shelf unit and extension shelf unit 1000 x 400 4 x grid, galvanised 1 x spill pallet, galvanised 200 1000 39 1000 x 600 4 x grid, galvanised 1 x spill pallet, galvanised 200 1000 54 1300 x 400 4 x grid, galvanised 1 x spill pallet, galvanised 200 1000 50 1300 x 600 4 x grid, galvanised 1 x spill pallet, galvanised 200 1000 70 1156 x 526 x 2000 199-714-JC 1006 x 526 x 2000 199-715-JC Additional surface 199-598-JC 1156 x 726 x 2000 199-716-JC 1006 x 726 x 2000 199-717-JC Additional surface 199-596-JC 1456 x 526 x 2000 199-718-JC 1306 x 526 x 2000 199-719-JC Additional surface 199-602-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 1456 x 726 x 2000 199-720-JC 1306 x 726 x 2000 199-721-JC Additional surface 199-604-JC 85

Hazardous materials small container shelving with 3 grids and plastic spill pallet W 1 polyethylene (PE) spill pallet and 3 grid shelves in PE or galvanised steel as storage levels W For the storage of aggressive chemicals for example acids or alkali and substances in all water-polluting classes W Galvanised frame W Sturdy construction with reinforcing crossbars W Shelving height can be adjusted in 25 mm increments W Can be expanded at any time W Delivered flat packed with instructions for easy self assembly W All racking is galvanised for optimum corrosion protection 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Hazardous materials small container rack with 3 grids and spill pallet in plastic, compart- ment dimensions (WxD) 1300 x 400 mm, basic shelf unit and extension shelf unit Hazardous materials small container rack with 3 grids and spill pallet in plastic, compartment dimensions (WxD) 1000 x 600 mm Order no. 273-917-JC Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Equipment - shelves Equipment - lower shelf Load [kg] Rack load [kg] Sump Volume [l] Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number 1000 x 400 3 x grid, galvanised 1 x spill pallet, plastic 200 1000 26 1000 x 600 3 x grid, galvanised 1 x spill pallet, plastic 200 1000 40 1300 x 400 3 x grid, galvanised 1 x spill pallet, plastic 200 1000 33 1300 x 600 3 x grid, galvanised 1 x spill pallet, plastic 200 1000 52 1000 x 600 3 x grid, plastic 1 x spill pallet, plastic 200 1000 40 1300 x 600 3 x grid, plastic 1 x spill pallet, plastic 200 1000 52 1060 x 437 x 2000 273-902-JC 1060 x 637 x 2000 273-917-JC 1360 x 437 x 2000 273-904-JC 1360 x 637 x 2000 273-919-JC 1060 x 637 x 2000 273-921-JC 1360 x 637 x 2000 273-923-JC 1012 x 437 x 2000 273-903-JC Additional surface 199-598-JC 1012 x 637 x 2000 273-918-JC Additional surface 199-596-JC 1312 x 437 x 2000 273-905-JC Additional surface 199-602-JC 1312 x 637 x 2000 273-920-JC Additional surface 199-604-JC 1012 x 637 x 2000 273-922-JC Additional surface 199-600-JC 1312 x 637 x 2000 273-924-JC Additional surface 199-606-JC 86 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

Hazardous materials small container shelving with 4 plastic spill trays W 4 polyethylene (PE) spill trays as storage levels W For the storage of aggressive chemicals for example acids or alkali and substances DIBt approved grid with leak indicator available as an option in all water-polluting classes W Type-separated storage with spill tray at every storage level W Galvanised frame W Sturdy construction with reinforcing crossbars W Shelving height can be adjusted in 25 mm increments W Can be expanded at any time W Delivered flat packed with instructions for easy self assembly W All racking is galvanised for optimum corrosion protection See page 57 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Hazardous materials small container rack with 4 spill trays in plastic, compartment dimen- sions (WxD) 1300 x 600 mm Order no. 273-927-JC ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Spill tray in polyethylene (PE) as additional storage level Hazardous materials small container rack with 4 spill trays in plastic, compartment dimensions (WxD) 1300 x 600 mm Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Equipment - shelves Load [kg] Rack load [kg] Containment volume [L] Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number 1000 x 400 4 x spill pallet, plastic 200 1000 4 x 26 1000 x 600 4 x spill pallet, plastic 200 1000 4 x 40 1300 x 400 4 x spill pallet, plastic 200 1000 4 x 33 1300 x 600 4 x spill pallet, plastic 200 1000 4 x 52 1060 x 437 x 2000 273-906-JC 1060 x 637 x 2000 273-925-JC 1360 x 437 x 2000 273-908-JC 1360 x 637 x 2000 273-927-JC 1012 x 437 x 2000 273-907-JC Additional surface 273-910-JC 1012 x 637 x 2000 273-926-JC Additional surface 273-929-JC 1312 x 437 x 2000 273-909-JC Additional surface 273-911-JC 1312 x 637 x 2000 273-928-JC Additional surface 273-930-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 87

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Hazardous materials small container shelving in stainless steel W 1 spill pallet in stainless steel and 3 perforated stainless steel plates as storage surfaces W For storing flammable liquids, aggressive chemicals and all classes of water-polluting substances W Easy to clean and hygienic W Quality product in stainless steel 1.4301 W High stability with bolted crosspiece W With adjustable feet for use on uneven surfaces W Shelving height can be adjusted in 150 mm increments W Can be expanded at any time W Delivered flat packed with instructions for easy self assembly Hazardous materials small container rack in stainless steel, compartment dimensions (WxD) 1150 x 450 mm Order no. 181-455-JC Hazardous materials small container rack in stainless steel, consisting of basic shelf unit, compartment dimensions (WxD) 550 x 250 mm, and extension shelf unit, compartment dimensions (WxD) 1150 x 250 mm Hazardous materials small container rack in stainless steel, compartment dimensions (WxD) 1150 x 250 mm Order no. 181-453-JC Detailed illustration: perforated stainless steel shelf as storage surface Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Equipment - shelves Equipment - lower shelf Load [kg] Rack load [kg] Sump Volume [l] Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number 550 x 250 3 x perforated plate, stainless steel 1 x spill pallet, stainless steel 150 1200 24 850 x 250 3 x perforated plate, stainless steel 1 x spill pallet, stainless steel 150 1200 37 850 x 450 3 x perforated plate, stainless steel 1 x spill pallet, stainless steel 150 1200 55 1150 x 250 3 x perforated plate, stainless steel 1 x spill pallet, stainless steel 100 1200 50 1150 x 450 3 x perforated plate, stainless steel 1 x spill pallet, stainless steel 100 1200 69 600 x 300 x 1800 181-447-JC 575 x 300 x 1800 181-448-JC Additional surface 181-942-JC 900 x 300 x 1800 181-449-JC 875 x 300 x 1800 181-450-JC Additional surface 181-943-JC 900 x 500 x 1800 181-451-JC 875 x 500 x 1800 181-452-JC Additional surface 181-944-JC 1200 x 300 x 1800 181-453-JC 1175 x 300 x 1800 181-454-JC Additional surface 181-945-JC 1200 x 500 x 1800 181-455-JC 1175 x 500 x 1800 181-456-JC Additional surface 181-946-JC 88 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

Hazardous materials small container shelving for safety when dispensing W Overhanging spill pallet ensures safe dispensing W Approved for storing flammable liquids (H224-226) and substances in all water hazard classes W Galvanised frame W Sturdy construction with reinforcing crossbars W Shelving height can be adjusted in 25 mm increments W 100 mm ground clearance for transport with a forklift and to avoid corrosion W Delivered flat packed with instructions for easy self assembly W All racking is galvanised for optimum corrosion protection Hazardous materials small container rack for dispensing activities, with 8 grids, compartment dimensions (WxD) 1000 x 600 mm Order no. 199-662-JC 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Shelves on every storage level Grids on every storage level Hazardous materials small container rack for dispensing activities, with 4 shelves, compart- ment dimensions (WxD) 1000 x 600 mm, painted spill pallet Order no. 199-663-JC Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Equipment - shelves Load [kg] Rack load [kg] Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Spill pallet: painted Order number Spill pallet: Galvanised Accessories Order number Hazardous materials small container rack for dispensing activities, with 4 grids, compart- ment dimensions (WxD) 1000 x 600 mm, galvanised spill pallet Order no. 199-583-JC 1000 x 600 4 x grid, galvanised 200 800 235 1236 x 816 x 2100 199-661-JC 199-583-JC Additional surface 199-596-JC 1000 x 600 8 x grid, galvanised 200 800 280 2470 x 816 x 2100 199-662-JC 199-584-JC Additional surface 199-596-JC 1000 x 600 4 x shelf, galvanised 150 800 235 1236 x 816 x 2100 199-663-JC 199-585-JC Additional surface 199-608-JC 1000 x 600 8 x shelf, galvanised 150 800 280 2470 x 816 x 2100 199-664-JC 199-586-JC Additional surface 199-608-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 89

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Stacking racks for safe storing and dispensing of hazardous substances W Sturdy, galvanised stacking shelf W Can be stacked 3 high W For the safe storing and dispensing of hazardous substances in conjunction with a spill pallet W Spill pallet available in steel or plastic, grid optional W Horizontal storage and dispensing for 60 and 205 litre drums, 20, 30 and 60 litre canisters, can also combine storage of small containers W Practical modular system: various shelving designs and numerous combination options allow flexible adaptation to operational requirements W Steel spill pallet: for the legally-complaint storage of substances in all water hazard classes and flammable liquids (H224-226) W Plastic spill pallet: for the legally-complaint storage of substances in all water hazard classes, highly resistant to many aggressive chemicals such as acids and alkalis W With forklift pockets for easy handling W Delivered flat packed for self assembly Create your hazmat shelving / dispensing station from our modular system according to your individual operational requirements. ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Dispensing tray in steel, dimensions W x D x H (mm): 280 x 270 x 300 Dispensing tray in PE, dimensions W x D x H (mm): 270 x 270 x 300 Drum roller for horizontal drums Drum tap with 2” thread Brass drum tap 3/4“ Order no. 114-543-JC Order no. 114-902-JC Order no. 114-542-JC Order no. 117-105-JC Order no. 117-132-JC 90 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Storage capacity Number Equipment - shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Order number Small container – Grid 1049 x 1130 x 837 880 x 1115 435 291-770-JC 30 litre canister 3 Canister support 1049 x 682 x 837 890 x 646 435 291-771-JC 60 litre drums 2 Drum supports 1049 x 682 x 837 890 x 646 435 291-769-JC 205 litre drums 1 Drum supports 1049 x 682 x 837 890 x 646 435 291-768-JC Suitable spill pallets External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l] Order number Suitable grids for spill pallets Grid material Order number Grid material Order number In plastic 865 x 1245 x 350 240 227-273-JC Steel 291-763-JC Plastic 291-762-JC In steel 1236 x 815 x 255 235 259-302-JC Steel 291-761-JC – – Storage capacity Number Equipment - shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Order number Small container – Grid 1429 x 1130 x 837 1220 x 1115 700 291-774-JC 30 litre canister 4 Canister support 1429 x 682 x 837 1270 x 646 700 291-775-JC 60 litre drums 3 Drum supports 1429 x 682 x 837 1270 x 646 700 291-773-JC 205 litre drums 2 Drum supports 1429 x 682 x 837 1270 x 646 700 291-772-JC Suitable spill pallets External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l] Order number Suitable grids for spill pallets Grid material Order number Grid material Order number In plastic 1235 x 1235 x 275 295 216-659-JC Steel 291-767-JC Plastic 291-766-JC In steel 1236 x 1210 x 190 265 259-314-JC Steel 291-764-JC – – E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 In steel 1240 x 1210 x 330 485 259-322-JC Steel 291-765-JC – – 91

Stacking racks for safe storing and dispensing of hazardous substances W Approved for the storage of materials in all water hazard classes and flammable liquids (H 224-226) W Sturdy, galvanised stacking shelf with spill pallet in steel W Safe dispensing over the protruding spill pallet W With forklift pockets for easy handling W Delivered flat packed for self assembly 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H 5 1 Storage capacity Number Additional storage capacity Equipment - shelves External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Sump Volume [l] Number of storage levels Overall load capacity [kg] Order number 92 3 4 4 60 litre drums 3 – Drum supports 1429 x 1210 x 837 1270 x 646 265 1 700 291-787-JC 5 205 litre drums 4 – Drum supports 1429 x 1210 x 1637 1270 x 646 265 2 1400 291-784-JC W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P 2 1 2 3 Small container – – 2 x grid, galvanised 1429 x 1210 x 837 1220 x 1115 265 2 1400 291-789-JC 30 litre canister 3 Small container Canister support and grid 1049 x 1236 x 1637 890 x 1115 235 2 870 291-780-JC 30 litre canister 4 Small container Canister support and grid 1429 x 1210 x 1637 1220 x 1115 265 2 1400 291-791-JC

Stacking racks for safe storing and dispensing of hazardous substances W For the storage of substances in all water hazard classes W Sturdy, galvanised stacking rack with spill pallet in polyethylene (PE, highly resistant to many aggressive chemicals such as acids and alkalis) W Safe dispensing over the protruding spill pallet W With forklift pockets for easy handling W Delivered flat packed for self assembly 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H 2 1 3 4 5 Storage capacity Number Additional storage capacity Equipment - shelves External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Sump Volume [l] Number of storage levels Overall load capacity [kg] Order number 1 2 3 4 5 Small container – – 2 x grid, galvanised 1429 x 1235 x 837 1220 x 1115 295 2 1400 291-790-JC 30 litre canister 3 Small container Canister support and grid 1049 x 1245 x 1637 890 x 1115 240 2 870 291-781-JC 30 litre canister 4 Small container Canister support and grid 1429 x 1235 x 1637 1220 x 1115 295 2 1400 291-792-JC 60 litre drums 6 – Drum supports 1429 x 1235 x 1637 1270 x 646 295 2 1400 291-788-JC 205 litre drums 4 – Drum supports 1429 x 1235 x 1637 1270 x 646 295 2 1400 291-786-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 93

Containment racking in plastic for storage W For existing shelving systems, which are to be used for hazmat storage W Approved containment racking for all standard bay widths W Base spill pallet for setting under existing pallet racks W For the storage of aggressive chemicals for example acids or alkali and substances in all water-polluting classes W Manufactured from environmentally friendly polyethylene (PE) W 100 mm clearance between base and floor for handling and loading with forklift trucks 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Containment racking in plastic (PE) for placing under existing shelving systems, available in 6 dimensions. The containment racking can easily be transported indoors using a forklift. Spill tray in plastic (PE) for shelf widths of 2700 mm, containment volume 1000 litres Spill tray in plastic (PE) for shelf widths of 3300 mm, containment volume 1000 litres Order no. 201-369-JC Order no. 201-373-JC Order no. 291-049-JC For shelves with width [mm] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l] Order number 1400 1390 x 1315 x 315 330 201-369-JC 1800 1780 x 1315 x 315 450 201-370-JC 2200 2180 x 1315 x 315 520 201-371-JC 2700 2680 x 1315 x 315 600 201-372-JC 2700 2680 x 1315 x 490 1100 201-373-JC 3300 3280 x 1315 x 490 1000 291-049-JC 94 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

Containment racking in steel for storage W For existing shelving systems, which are to be used as a hazardous materials store and converted to be legally compliant W Approved containment racking for all standard bay widths W Base spill pallet for setting under existing pallet racks W Approved for storing flammable liquids (H224-226) and all substances in all water-polluting classes W Welded steel design W 100 mm clearance between base and floor for handling and loading with forklift trucks W Acid-resistant spill pallet insert in polyethylene (PE) available as an option 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Galvanised containment racking for placing under existing shelving systems, available in 6 sizes, PE inliners and loading grids also available as optional extras. Acid resistant polyethylene (PE) spill pallet inliner available as an accessory Spill tray for positioning underneath the rack in galvanised steel, for shelf width 1800 mm Spill tray for positioning underneath the rack in galvanised steel, for shelf width 2700 mm Spill tray for positioning underneath the rack in painted steel, for shelf width 3300 mm Order no. 108-972-JC Order no. 108-974-JC Order no. 273-996-JC For shelves with width [mm] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l] Surface Order number Accessories Order number 1800 1780 x 1300 x 345 530 galvanized 108-972-JC plastic inlay spill pallet 114-332-JC 2700 2680 x 1300 x 345 810 galvanized 108-974-JC plastic inlay spill pallet 114-336-JC 2700 2680 x 1300 x 486 1200 painted 260-448-JC plastic inlay spill pallet 114-437-JC 3300 3280 x 1300 x 420 1200 painted 273-996-JC plastic inlay spill pallet 180-335-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 95

Containment racking in plastic to fit on shelf cross members W For existing shelving systems, the simple,economic way to convert to legally-compliant hazardous materials stores W Space saving containment racking for fitting in pallet racks W Highly resistant to aggressive chemicals such as acids or alkali W In polyethylene (PE) W The containment racking rests securely on the cross beams W Removable grid either in steel or plastic Containment racking in steel to fit on shelf cross members W For existing shelving systems, the simple, economic way to convert to legally-compliant hazardous materials stores W Containment racking for fitting in pallet racks, space saving W Approved for storing flammable liquids (H224-226) and all substances in all water-polluting classes W Welded steel design W Corrosion protection with high-quality paint, gentian blue (RAL 5010) W The containment racking rests securely on the cross beams W Removable hot dip galvanised grid as a storage surface 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Spill tray in plastic (PE) to be placed on cross members Spill tray in painted steel to be placed on cross members A = external width, B = internal depth, C = external depth Material Grid* Width, external [mm] Length, external [mm] Depth, internal [mm] Height, external [mm] Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] Order number *Plastic grid for storing containers on pallets Steel galvanized 1780 1300 900 185 220 2000 115-106-JC Steel galvanized 2580 1300 900 145 220 3000 115-109-JC Steel galvanized 2680 1300 900 140 220 3000 115-111-JC Plastic galvanized 1780 1300 900 250 235 800 179-585-JC Plastic plastic 1780 1300 900 275 235 800 179-586-JC Plastic galvanized 2680 1300 900 190 235 800 179-587-JC Plastic plastic 2680 1300 900 215 235 800 179-588-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 97 BCA

Hazardous materials pallet racking with frame depth 1100 mm, with steel spill pallet W For storing flammable liquids and all categories of water-polluting substances W Shelving frame galvanised, cross members powder coated red-orange (RAL 2001) W Adjustable shelf height through hole distance of 50 mm W Shelf guard on every storage level W Galvanised spill pallet in steel W 100 mm ground clearance to avoid corrosion W Can be expanded at any time W Delivered flat-pack, with instructions for assembly 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Hazardous materials pallet rack with 2 storage levels, galvanised spill pallet, basic and extension shelf units (without collision protection corners), compartment dimensions (WxD) 2700 x 1100 mm Hazardous materials pallet rack with 2 storage levels, galvani- sed spill pallet, basic shelf unit (without collision protection cor- ners), compartment dimensions (WxD) 3300 x 1100 mm Order no. 199-723-JC Grids (available as an option) can also be used for storing individual containers, mesh boxes or drum supports for horizontal drums in the rack. Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Storage capacity - Euro pallets Storage capacity alternative - chemical pallets Load [kg] Rack load [kg] Sump Volume [l] Number of storage levels Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number 1825 x 1100 4 1825 x 1100 6 2700 x 1100 6 2700 x 1100 9 3300 x 1100 6 3300 x 1100 9 2 2200 4400 530 2 3 2200 6600 530 3 4 3540 7080 810 2 6 3540 10620 810 3 6 3780 7560 1200 2 9 3430 10290 1200 3 2025 x 1300 x 2700 266-311-JC 2025 x 1300 x 3800 266-313-JC 2900 x 1300 x 2700 199-629-JC 2900 x 1300 x 3800 199-631-JC 3500 x 1300 x 2700 199-723-JC 3500 x 1300 x 3800 199-725-JC 1925 x 1300 x 2700 266-312-JC Grids / shelves, galvanised 200-237-JC 1925 x 1300 x 3800 266-314-JC Grids / shelves, galvanised 200-237-JC 2800 x 1300 x 2700 199-630-JC Grids / shelves, galvanised 120-232-JC 2800 x 1300 x 3800 199-632-JC Grids / shelves, galvanised 120-232-JC 3400 x 1300 x 2700 199-724-JC Grids / shelves, galvanised 145-616-JC 3400 x 1300 x 3800 199-726-JC Grids / shelves, galvanised 145-616-JC 98 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

Hazardous materials pallet racking with frame depth 1100 mm, with plastic spill pallet W For the storage of aggressive chemicals for example acids or alkali and substances in all water-polluting classes W Shelving frame galvanised, cross members powder coated red-orange (RAL 2001) W Cross members height adjustable in 50 mm increments W Shelf guard on every storage level W Polyethylene (PE) spill pallet, with high resistance to aggressive chemicals such as acids or alkali W 100 mm ground clearance for ease of transport W Can be expanded at any time W Delivered flat-pack, with instructions for assembly 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Hazardous materials pallet rack with 2 storage levels, plastic spill pallet, basic shelf unit, compartment dimensions (WxD) 2700 x 1100 mm Order no. 201-633-JC ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Collision protection CORNER Hazardous materials pallet rack with 3 storage levels, plastic spill pallet, basic shelf unit, compartment dimensions (WxD) 3300 x 1100 mm Order no. 203-606-JC Order no. 305-697-JC Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Storage capacity - Euro pallets Storage capacity alternative - chemical pallets Load [kg] Rack load [kg] Sump Volume [l] Number of storage levels Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number 1825 x 1100 4 1825 x 1100 6 2700 x 1100 6 2700 x 1100 9 3300 x 1100 6 3300 x 1100 9 2 2200 4400 450 2 3 2200 6600 450 3 4 3540 7080 1100 2 6 3540 10620 1100 3 6 3780 7560 – 2 9 3430 10290 – 3 2025 x 1315 x 2700 266-315-JC 2025 x 1315 x 3800 266-317-JC 2900 x 1315 x 2700 201-633-JC 2900 x 1315 x 4400 201-635-JC 3500 x 1315 x 2700 305-695-JC 3500 x 1315 x 3800 305-697-JC 1925 x 1315 x 2700 266-316-JC Grids / shelves, galvanised 200-237-JC 1925 x 1315 x 3800 266-318-JC Grids / shelves, galvanised 200-237-JC 2800 x 1315 x 2700 201-634-JC Grids / shelves, galvanised 120-232-JC 2800 x 1315 x 4400 201-636-JC Grids / shelves, galvanised 120-232-JC 3400 x 1315 x 2700 305-696-JC Grids / shelves, galvanised 145-616-JC 3400 x 1315 x 3800 305-698-JC Grids / shelves, galvanised 145-616-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 99

100

Hazardous materials pallet racking with frame depth 1300 mm, with steel spill pallet as lowest storage level The hazardous materials pallet racking can be used for the safe storage of up to 4 IBCs. The racks have been optimised in terms of shelf and bay loads so that media with higher densities can now also be stored safely. Create your own individual hazmat shelving by arranging basic and extension shelf units from these shelving types to suit your needs. W For storing flammable liquids W Shelving frame galvanised, cross members powder coated red-orange (RAL 2001) W Storage levels with galvanised grid shelves, the bottom one has a spill pallet W Galvanised spill guards, around 3 sides of each storage level, optionally available W Suitable for storing Euro or chemical pallets W Adjustable shelf height through hole distance of 50 mm W Can be expanded at any time W Delivered flat-pack, with instructions for assembly 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Hazardous materials pallet rack with 2 storage levels, consisting of basic shelf unit, compartment dimensions (WxD) 3300 x 1300 mm, and extension shelf unit, compartment dimensions (WxD) 2700 x 1300 mm (collision protection corners optional) Hazardous materials pallet rack with 2 storage levels and painted spill pallet, basic shelf unit, compartment dimensions (WxD) 1400 x 1300 mm 100 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

101

ORDER AT THE SAME TIME SpillGuard® hazardous substance leak warning system Plastic spill pallet inserts are recommended for storing acids and alkalis, see the "accessories" table. See page 346 INNOVATION SpillGuard® SpillGuard® connect Order no. 271-433-JC Order no. 276-016-JC 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Hazardous materials pallet rack with 2 storage levels, consisting of basic shelf unit, compartment dimensions (WxD) 2700 x 1300 mm, and extension shelf unit, compartment dimensions (WxD) 2700 x 1300 mm (Spill guards sets and collision protection corners optional) Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Storage capacity for 1000 litre IBCs Load [kg] Rack load [kg] Spill pallet load capacity [kg] Sump Volume [l] Number of storage levels Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Spill pallet: painted Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Spill pallet: painted Accessories plastic inlay spill pallet Order number Spill guards set per storage level Order number 1400 x 1300 2 1670 1670 2000 1120 2 1500 x 1300 x 3300 305-415-JC 1600 x 1300 x 3300 305-414-JC – 305-420-JC 2700 x 1300 4 3000 3000 4000 1200 2 2800 x 1300 x 3300 209-420-JC 2900 x 1300 x 3300 209-419-JC 114-437-JC 281-842-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 101

102

D E N I O S M A G A Z I N E A L L Y O U N E E D T O K N O W A B O U T H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S C A B I N E T S Hazardous materials cabinets and safety cabinets enable the safe storage of hazardous materials in small containers near the workplace or directly in the laboratory. Hazardous materials cabinets and safety cabinets meet the requirements for a wide range of hazardous materials. Unsure which type of cabinet you need for your media? Our DENIOS expert team would be happy to advise you! G U I D E S C H E C K L I S T S A R T I C L E S V I D E O S F A Q W H I T E P A P E R S I N T E R V I E W S A N D M U C H M O R E ! www.denios.co.uk/magazine I N F O G R A P H I C G U I D E S W H I C H T Y P E O F C A B I N E T D O Y O U N E E D ? W H A T T Y P E O F E Q U I P M E N T D O Y O U N E E D ? W What hazardous substance do you want to store? W What quantities do you want to store? W Do you store by type or is there combined storage? W What technical ventilation is required? W Shelves or slide-out spill trays? W Which door solution offers the best support in practice? We're here to help! With us, it's easy to find the perfect cabinet. www.denios.co.uk/safety-cabinets www.denios.co.uk/3questions-cabinet G U I D E S S T O R A G E A N D C H A R G I N G O F L I T H I U M - I O N B A T T E R I E S . O U R T I P S A N D H E L P Based on the proven technology of our hazardous materials cabinets, we have developed a sophisticated system to address the special potential risks associated with the storage of lithium-ion batteries. As a pioneer in the market, DENIOS not only offers a comprehensive product range, but also the appropriate expertise. L I T H I U M - I O N B A T T E R I E S : F U N C T I O N , H A Z A R D S , S T O R A G E A N D T R A N S P O R T . All the important information from functionality and dangers to tips for use, storage and transport. C H A R G I N G L I T H I U M B A T T E R I E S : D O Y O U K N O W Y O U R D U T I E S O F C A R E ? We have summarised your 4 most important duties of care - so that you can be completely safe. www.denios.co.uk/lithium-batteries-lock- away-the-risk www.denios.co.uk/lithium-duties 102

103

T H E R I G H T H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S C A B I N E T F O R A N Y J O B Huge selection: W Customised, safe, certified. W Reliable protection against all hazards and audits. Cutting-edge production processes for guaranteed quality Extended warranty (depending on model, up to 10 years) available when concluding a maintenance contract Delivery free to door: W No hidden costs W Transparency and planning security for your purchase Doors close automatically in the event of a fire For safe storage of flammable liquids with 90-minute fire protection in accordance with the legal requirements: HSG71 and EN 14470-1 Tested in accordance with the highest European requirements (GS and CE conform) With watertight, tested floor spill pallet in powder-coated sheet steel, incl. perforated grid cover as additional storage level 9 l e d o M 3 l e d o M 0 30 minute fire protection 0 90 minute fire protection Tested in accordance with EN 14470-1 Tested in accordance with EN 14470-1 100% Manufacturer quality 103 Fire-resistant hazardous substances cabinet G 1201 with 3 shelves and swing doors Order no. 116-979-JC

104

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H W Wing doors have a cylinder lock and covered locking bar W Full specification with spill trays W Sturdy sheet steel design W Height-adjustable spill trays W Body in fine steel sheet with sturdy, quality paintwork, body gentian blue (RAL 5010), doors light grey (RAL 7035) W Permanent air exchange via ventilation grid in the doors W Supplied ready assembled Chemicals cabinet with wing doors and sumps Safe, legally compliant storage of water-polluting, non-flammable liquids and toxic substances in workrooms in accordance with HSG71 ORDER AT THE SAME TIME SpillGuard® hazardous substance leak warning system INNOVATION SpillGuard® SpillGuard® connect Order no. 271-433-JC Order no. 276-016-JC The height-adjustable spill trays are sealed by welding and safely contain any fluid leaks that occur, model CS 104 TOP PRODUCT Order no. 201-960-JC The practical 1100 mm height (model CS 102) enables it to be placed under windows or shelves for example Model Features Door version External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Spill pallet load capacity [kg] Spill pallet capacity [l] Spillage decking capacity [l] Order number Accessories Order number Additional spill tray Order number PE inlay spill pallet for spill tray Order number Perforated metal insert for floor spill pallet Order number PE inlay sump for spillage decking CS 104 protect 3 spill trays, 1 spill pallet hinged door 1000 x 500 x 1950 75 30 20 201-960-JC 273-934-JC 274-022-JC 273-935-JC 274-005-JC CS 102 protect 1 spill tray, 1 floor spill pallet hinged door 1000 x 500 x 1100 75 20 30 202-147-JC 206-324-JC 207-326-JC 202-146-JC 207-325-JC 104 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

105

View chemical cabinets Acrylic glass doors give a quick overview of contents EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Good looks and safety go hand in hand - the view chemicals cabinet has a sturdy steel design and includes doors with acrylic glass inserts ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Perforated metal inserts protect sto- red items from any escaping liquids (cannot be used in combination with PE inlay spill pallets) PE inlay sump for safe storage of aggressive liquids E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 Model Features Door version External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Spill pallet load capacity [kg] Spill pallet capacity [l] Spillage decking capacity [l] Order number Accessories Order number Additional spill tray Order number PE inlay spill pallet for spill tray Order number PE inlay sump for spillage decking Order number Perforated metal insert for floor spill pallet CS 104G View 3 spill trays, 1 spill pallet hinged door with glass insert 1000 x 500 x 1950 75 20 30 219-291-JC 206-324-JC 207-326-JC 207-325-JC 202-146-JC 105

106

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H 106 Chemicals cabinets with sliding doors - offering a large storage area with little space required For safe, approved storage of water-hazardous, non-flammable liquids and toxins in work areas W Space saving storage thanks to sliding doors W Quick, easy access to stored goods W Sturdy sheet steel design W Body in fine steel sheet with sturdy, quality paintwork, body gentian blue (RAL 5010), doors light grey (RAL 7035) W Permanent air exchange via ventilation grid in the doors W Supplied ready assembled W Spill tray height can be adjusted in 25 mm increments Smooth-running sliding doors on roller bearings with a cylinder safety lock ensure secure storage of hazardous materials With one movement you gain access to everyt- hing inside the cabinet. Adapt the height of the spill tray shelves to the size of the containers being stored In this way both small and large containers can be stored in one cabinet ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Type CS-P small container sump. W Inlay sumps provide corrosion protection from aggressive hazardous materials W Leakages can be dealt with easily and safely Small container sumps made of polyethylene (PE), Order no. 207-332-JC W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Spill pallet load capacity [kg] Spill pallet capacity [l] Spillage decking capacity [l] Order number Accessories Order number Additional spill tray Order number Perforated insert for sumps and base sump Order number PE inlay spill pallet for spill tray Order number PE inlay sump for spillage decking CS 124 3 spill trays, 1 spill pallet (1 cabinet bay) 1200 x 500 x 1950 75 20 20 201-639-JC CS 184 6 spill trays, 2 spill pallets (2 cabinet bays) 1800 x 500 x 1950 75 39 30 201-640-JC 211-270-JC 202-118-JC 207-328-JC 207-329-JC 211-271-JC 202-119-JC 207-330-JC 207-331-JC

107

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Profi dispensing cabinet For safe, approved storage of water-hazardous, non-flammable liquids and toxins in work areas W Body and doors in fine sheet steel with sturdy, quality paint finish in gentian blue (RAL 5010) W Tested spill pallet W Permanent air exchange via ventilation grid in the doors W Standard equipment: 1 removable spill pallet, 1 shelf, 3 slide out shelves each for 3 x 20 litre canisters or 5 x 10 litre canisters Canisters available as an option W Safety device prevents several shelves being pulled out at once W Mounting kit for wall mounting included W Pull-out shelf dimensions: W 890 x D 420 mm W The Profi dispensing cabinet offers safety combined with functionality. 1 2 1 2 The slide-out shelves make it easier to insert and remove the containers Secure handling of stored canisters The slide-out floor spill pallet safely holds any drips Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Load capacity pull-out shelf [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Order number Accessories Order number Small container sumps made of polyethylene (PE) Uwa-a 1000 x 550 x 1950 75 120 39 201-937-JC 207-320-JC ORDER AT THE SAME TIME PE canister, 10 and 20 litres Extra wide mouth (80 mm) W With pressure release valve and PE foam seal in the lid W For transporting, storing, dispensing and filling W Made from food-safe and chemical resistant polyethylene (PE) Suitable for Profi dispensing cabinet 10 L and 20 L PE canister, available with or without 3/4" tap Canisters have a wide mouth The canister lid is fitted with a poppet valve Capacity [l] Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 10 Without Tap 170 x 280 x 270 211-363-JC 10 With Tap 170 x 300 x 270 207-398-JC 20 Without Tap 258 x 292 x 360 211-364-JC Plastic tap 3/4" for PE canister 20 With Tap 280 x 292 x 390 207-399-JC Order number 207-202-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 107

108

1 e g a r o t s l a i r e t a m s u o d r a z a H W Maximum capacity 50 litres per cabinet for highly flammable or extremely flammable materials W Fully diecast handles W Labelled flammable and flammable liquid W Powder coated, 'HI-VIZ' yellow finish or grey, please specify at time of order W Robust steel construction with reinforced doors and secure locking W Designed to provide safe and secure storage of chemicals, paints and many other hazardous substances W Stands available as an optional extra Mini hazardous storage cabinets Model Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Number of storage levels Spill pallet capacity [l] Order number Order number: extra tray Order number: stand HZ11 915 x 381 x 610 1 HZ12 457 x 457 x 610 1 15 157-728-JC – – 10 157-731-JC 119-341-JC 119-344-JC Mini Hazardous Storage Cabinet model HZ11 Hazardous storage bins and cabinets HZ13 1 HZ7 460 x 305 x 460 1170 x 460 x 610 – 30 119-338-JC – 5 157-734-JC – – – HZ8 381 x 510 x 510 – 15 119-339-JC – – Model Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Number of storage levels Spill pallet capacity [l] Order number Order number: extra tray Order number: stand HZ1 915 x 457 x 1830 3 36 119-332-JC – – HZ3 460 x 460 x 910 1 15 119-334-JC 119-341-JC 119-344-JC HZ4 915 x 460 x 1000 1 30 119-335-JC – – HZ5 355 x 305 x 710 1 5 119-336-JC – – HZ6 915 x 457 x 710 1 30 119-337-JC – – HZ9 570 x 225 x 850 1 HZ10 457 x 305 x 710 1 – 131-182-JC – – 10 157-725-JC – – 108 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s H o p

109

Mobile hazardous storage cabinet W Mobile hazardous storage cabinets combine safe storage with manoeuvrability Ideally suited to janitorial use or where flexibility of storage is required within a constant moving environment. This upgraded model now includes a larger spill tray, offering better all round protection. W Large diameter wheels with rubber tyres for easy handling W Removable spill trays W Base has four lockable swivel castors 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Mobile hazardous storage cabinet model HZ6-M Order no. 131-187-JC Model Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Number of storage levels Spill pallet capacity [l] Order number HZ4-M 900 x 460 x 900 1 14 131-185-JC HZ6-M 900 x 460 x 700 1 14 131-187-JC COSHH cabinets W Powder coated, grey finish W Fully diecast handles W Maximum capacity 50 litres W Stands available as an optional extra W Robust steel construction with reinforced doors and secure locking W Designed for the storage of all hazardous materials, but ideally suited to those applications where additional segregation is required away from flammable materials Model Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Number of storage levels Spill pallet capacity [l] Order number CSH1 915 x 457 x 1830 3 36 167-270-JC CSH2 915 x 457 x 915 1 30 167-271-JC CSH3 457 x 457 x 915 1 15 167-272-JC CSH4 457 x 305 x 710 1 10 167-273-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 109

110

Systema was developed to offer practical, professional solutions for the wide-ranging requirements of hazardous materials storage. Systema brings order and safety to hazardous substance storage in the workplace. The variation within the range offers many solutions. Just call us if you need more solution suggestions. W Door solutions available: wing doors = quick access to all contents folding doors = take up minimal space when open wing doors with glass inserts = see the cabinet contents at a glance W The single-door chemical cabinets (W 545 mm) can also be supplied on request with the door opening right W Tested spill pallet Systema chemical cabinets, with folding doors and shelves 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H The compact chemical cabinet can be supplied with 2 shelves and a tested spill pallet, in this picture model CS-102 Chemical cabinet model CS 52 with wing door Chemical cabinet model CS 52 with wing door and integral glass insert Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Door hinge Order number hinged door Order number hinged door with glass insert Accessories Order number Additional shelf Order number Perforated metal insert for floor spill pallet 2 shelves, floor spill pallet 545 x 520 x 1105 486 x 493 x 990 50 19 left 202-549-JC 202-621-JC 2 shelves, floor spill pallet 810 x 520 x 1105 751 x 493 x 990 60 28 both sides 202-581-JC 202-653-JC 2 shelves, floor spill pallet 1055 x 520 x 1105 996 x 493 x 990 100 28 both sides 202-597-JC 202-669-JC 202-801-JC 202-809-JC 202-802-JC 202-810-JC 202-803-JC 202-811-JC 110 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

111

Available in 7 RAL colours Please specify required door colour when ordering. Body colour: anthracite grey Systema chemical cabinets with shelves, height 1950 mm EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << Ventilation fittings, extraction fans and additional accessories can be found See page 146 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Wing doors with glass inserts offer a handy view of the cabinet contents, model CS-53L Chemical cabinet with 3 shelves (adjustable in 25 mm increments), floor spill pallet, model CS-103, perforated metal insert optional Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Door hinge Order number hinged door Order number hinged door with glass insert Accessories Order number Additional shelf Order number Perforated metal insert for floor spill pallet 3 shelves, floor spill pallet 545 x 520 x 1950 486 x 493 x 1835 50 19 left 202-565-JC 202-637-JC 3 shelves, floor spill pallet 810 x 520 x 1950 751 x 493 x 1835 60 28 both sides 202-589-JC 202-661-JC 3 shelves, floor spill pallet 1055 x 520 x 1950 996 x 493 x 1835 100 27 both sides 202-605-JC 202-677-JC 202-801-JC 202-809-JC 202-802-JC 202-810-JC 202-803-JC 202-811-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 111

112

Systema chemical cabinets W Safe, legally compliant storage of water-polluting, non-flammable liquids and toxic substances in workrooms in accordance with HSG71 W With slide-out shelves, (height adjustable in increments of 25 mm), with water-tight PP spill pallet W The slide-out shelves offer a secure storage place for small containers and need only minimum force to pull them out W The single-door chemicals cabinets (W 545 mm) can also be supplied on request with the door opening right W Door solutions available: wing doors = quick access to all contents folding doors = take up minimal space when open wing doors with glass inserts = see the cabinet contents at a glance Systema chemical cabinets with pull-out shelves, height 1105 mm 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H The slide-out shelves offer a secure storage place for small containers and need only minimum force to pull them out Storage of hazar- dous materials in the minimum space, model cs-52 Wing doors with glass inserts offer rapid orientation and are visually appealing, model CS 102 Organised, clear storage Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door hinge Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Slide-out spill pallet capacity [l] Order number hinged door Order number hinged door with glass insert Accessories Order number Additional slide-out shelf 2 pull-out shelves 545 x 520 x 1105 486 x 493 x 990 left 30 11 208-617-JC 208-669-JC 2 pull-out shelves 810 x 520 x 1105 751 x 493 x 990 both sides 30 22 208-644-JC 208-686-JC 2 pull-out shelves 1055 x 520 x 1105 996 x 493 x 990 both sides 30 33 208-653-JC 208-699-JC 3 pull-out shelves 545 x 520 x 1105 486 x 493 x 990 left 30 11 208-832-JC 208-707-JC 3 pull-out shelves 810 x 520 x 1105 751 x 493 x 990 both sides 30 22 208-852-JC 208-808-JC 3 pull-out shelves 1055 x 520 x 1105 996 x 493 x 990 both sides 30 33 208-862-JC 208-818-JC 210-388-JC 210-389-JC 202-804-JC 210-388-JC 210-389-JC 202-804-JC 112 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

113

Available in 7 RAL colours Please specify required door colour when ordering. Body colour: anthracite grey EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << Systema chemical cabinets, with slide-out shelves, height 1950 mm Ventilation fittings, extraction fans and additional accessories can be found See page 146 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H RECOMMENDED BY PROFESSIONALS 6 slide-out shelves give easy access and help you keep numerous small containers in order The size and number of the containers you need to store define the choice of hazardous materials cabinet you will need With 4 slide-out shelves (model 104) for storing containers of different sizes Additional slide-out shelves may be fitted as an option Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door hinge Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Slide-out spill pallet capacity [l] Order number hinged door Order number hinged door with glass insert Accessories Order number Additional slide-out shelf 4 pull-out shelves 545 x 520 x 1950 486 x 493 x 1835 left 30 11 208-879-JC 208-905-JC 4 pull-out shelves 810 x 520 x 1950 751 x 493 x 1835 both sides 30 22 208-896-JC 208-926-JC 4 pull-out shelves 1055 x 520 x 1950 996 x 493 x 1835 both sides 30 33 202-613-JC 202-685-JC 6 pull-out shelves 545 x 520 x 1950 486 x 493 x 1835 left 30 11 209-057-JC 209-025-JC 6 pull-out shelves 810 x 520 x 1950 751 x 493 x 1835 both sides 30 22 209-075-JC 209-041-JC 6 pull-out shelves 1055 x 520 x 1950 996 x 493 x 1835 both sides 30 33 209-084-JC 209-049-JC 210-388-JC 210-389-JC 202-804-JC 210-388-JC 210-389-JC 202-804-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 113

114

PolySafe acid and alkali cabinets PolySafe acid and alkali cabinets are suited to practical use in laboratories, workshops, production or maintenance W For the safe and legally compliant storage of aggressive liquids W Liquids according to the media list 40-1.1 from the DIBt with a reduction ratio A2≤1.1 as well as liquids in the following substance groups may be stored: Aqueous solutions of organic acids up to 10% Mineral acids up to 20% Inorganic alkalis as well as alkali hydrolysing salts in aqueous solution (pH > 8), except for ammonia solutions and oxidising solutions of salts (e.g. hypochlorite) Solutions of inorganic non-oxidising salts with a pH value between 6 and 8 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Discreet and contemporary appearan- ce. Wing doors in light grey, body in anthracite grey Practical: the cabinet floor is also a water- tight spill pallet Model Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Load capacity PE slide-out spill tray [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number PS 1220-4 4 PE slide-out spill pallets 1225 x 640 x 1990 1130 x 410 x 1750 50 75 95 281-504-JC ORDER AT THE SAME TIME fan for SL cabinet Polystore W Safely extracts any gases or vapours from the inside of the cabinet Order no. 212-190-JC 114 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

115

W Cabinet in highly resistant plastic (polyethylene), slide-out spill pallets also in plastic, hinges in glass-fibre reinforced plastic W Connection option for fan (for tall cabinets, H 1990 mm) W Certified quality - General Construction Approval Z-40.22-543 W Temperature range for use -20°C to 40°C EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H The visible floor spill pallet gives you an overview of its condition at any time, e.g. during a safety inspection. Any leaks can therefore be quickly detected. INNOVATION SpillGuard® hazardous sub- stance leak warning system See page 346 SpillGuard® SpillGuard® connect Order no. 271-433-JC Order no. 276-016-JC Model Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Load capacity PE slide-out spill tray [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number PS 620-4 4 PE slide-out spill pallets 610 x 640 x 1990 520 x 410 x 1750 50 35 55 281-505-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 115

116

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H W Acids and alkali can be safely stored, separated from each other W For the storage of aggressive, non-flammable hazardous substances in workrooms W Removable plastic spill trays Cabinet height 600 or 800 mm W Underbench cabinets made from highly resistant melamine-resin-coated special material plates W Doors locked by cylinder lock, lock indicator (red/green) W Uniform ventilation of the chamber with air vent units (NW 50) on the cabinet rear wall Height 600 mm Height 800 mm W For storing large containers (2.5 l) 1 3 2 Acids and alkalis cabinet model SL 62 with 2 slide-out shelves (base frame optionally available) Acids and alkalis cabinet model SL 112 with 1 slide-out shelf per chamber (base frame optionally available) Order no. 158-061-JC Order no. 136-862-JC The new height of 800 mm is really practical, model SL 602 4 5 6 Acids and alkalis cabinet model SL 114 with 2 slide-out shelves per chamber (base frame optionally available) Order no. 136-864-JC 4 slide-out trays, with additional square compart- ment for material placement, Model SL 1404 Compact dimensions - a height of 800 mm gives better access to small containers, model SL 1104 Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door design Slide-out spill pallet capacity [l] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number Door hinge: left Order number Door hinge: right Order number Door hinge: both sides Accessories Order number Base frame, height 30 mm 1 2 3 4 5 6 SL 62 2 pull-out shelves 590 x 570 x 600 1-wing 11 25 46 158-061-JC 158-064-JC – SL 602 2 pull-out shelves 590 x 570 x 800 1-wing 11 25 58 – 235-880-JC – SL 112 2 pull-out shelves 1100 x 570 x 600 2 wing doors 11 25 64 – – 136-862-JC SL 114 4 pull-out shelves 1100 x 570 x 600 2 wing doors 11 25 74 – – 136-864-JC SL 1404 4 pull-out shelves 1400 x 570 x 600 2 wing doors 11 25 112 – – 235-878-JC SL 1104 4 pull-out shelves 1100 x 570 x 800 2 wing doors 11 25 90 – – 235-879-JC 158-071-JC 158-071-JC 133-467-JC 133-467-JC 133-471-JC 133-467-JC 116 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

117

Cabinet height 1970 mm W Body in powder coated fine sheet steel, RAL 7035 (light grey) W Complete closing mechanism is mounted outside the storage room W Uniform ventilation of the chambers via an air vent unit (NW 75) W Corrosion resistant metal-free ventilation ducts W Lockable with profile cylinder lock (lock system compatible) W Integral adjusting feet for adjustment for uneven floor surfaces EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Acid and alkalis cabinet model SL 1208 / 1212, either with 8 or 12 slide-out shelves Acids and alkalis cabinet model SL 606 - incl. 6 Slide-out shelves Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door design Slide-out spill pallet capacity [l] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number Door hinge: left Order number Door hinge: right Order number Door hinge: both sides SL 604 4 pull-out shelves 597 x 603 x 1965 1-wing 11 25 156 117-052-JC 117-053-JC – SL 606 6 pull-out shelves 597 x 603 x 1965 1-wing 11 25 166 117-054-JC 117-055-JC – SL 1208 8 pull-out shelves 1197 x 603 x 1965 2 wing doors 11 25 255 – – 158-058-JC SL 1212 12 pull-out shelves 1197 x 603 x 1965 2 wing doors 11 25 275 – – 158-059-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 117

118

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H W Acids and alkali can be safely stored, separated from each other W For the storage of aggressive, non-flammable hazardous substances in workrooms W Removable plastic spill trays Acid and alkali cabinets Model SL Plus, with compartment for hydrofluoric acid Acid and alkali cabinets for the storage of aggressive, non-flammable hazardous substances in workrooms. Includes separate compartment for hydrofluoric acid. Hydrofluoric acid must always be stored separately and under lock and key. The storage of acids and alkalis in workrooms must be in storage cabinets (e.g. acid and alkali cabinets) W Body in powder coated fine sheet steel, RAL 7035 (light grey) W Complete closing mechanism is mounted outside the storage room W Corrosion resistant metal-free ventilation ducts W Lockable with profile cylinder lock (lock system compatible) The hydrofluoric acid compartment is also marked with an acute toxicity pictogram Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door design Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Slide-out spill pallet capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number Door hinge: left Order number Door hinge: right 3 slide-out shelves, 1 hydrofluoric acid compartment 597 x 603 x 1965 1-wing 25 11 158 266-878-JC 266-881-JC 4 slide-out shelves, 1 hydrofluoric acid compartment 597 x 603 x 1965 1-wing 25 11 163 266-879-JC 266-882-JC 5 slide-out shelves, 1 hydrofluoric acid compartment 597 x 603 x 1965 1-wing 25 11 168 266-880-JC 266-883-JC 118 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

119

Slide-out shelves including spill trays W Additional built-in compartment with integrated spill tray in polypropylene W Safe storage of hydrofluoric acid, 1 litre containers can be removed upright from the compartment W Built-in compartment can be locked separately, incl. locking indicator (red/green) and marking W Ventilation from the built-in compartment via the extraction system present inside the cabinet 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Clear, separated storage of hazardous substances Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door design Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Slide-out spill pallet capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number Door hinge: both sides 8 slide-out shelves, 1 hydrofluoric acid compartment 1197 x 603 x 1965 2 wing doors 25 11 265 266-884-JC 9 slide-out shelves, 1 hydrofluoric acid compartment 1197 x 603 x 1965 2 wing doors 25 11 270 266-885-JC 11 slide-out shelves, 1 hydrofluoric acid compartment 1197 x 603 x 1965 2 wing doors 25 11 280 266-886-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 119

120

D E N I O S M A G A Z I N E A L L Y O U N E E D T O K N O W A B O U T D I N E N 1 4 4 7 0 - 1 Hazardous materials cabinets should be fitted with technical ventilation. In these cases, Ex zones in and around the cabinet are generally not needed. G U I D E S C H E C K L I S T S A R T I C L E S V I D E O S F A Q W H I T E P A P E R S I N T E R V I E W S A N D M U C H M O R E ! www.denios.co.uk/magazine G U I D E S I N F O G R A P H I C E N 1 4 4 7 0 - 1 - W H A T I T ' S A L L A B O U T . K E Y F A C T S If you choose a fire-rated safety cabinet from the DENIOS range, you can be sure that it has been type-tested in accordance with EN 14470- 1. But what exactly does EN 14470-1 say and what load tests must a hazardous materials cabinet pass? We have summed it up for you! Special standards and regulations apply to the storage of flammable liquids in workrooms. We have compiled the most important key facts for you in our infographic. www.denios.co.uk/en-14470-1 www.denios.co.uk/en-14470-1 C A S E S T U D Y H A Z A R D O U S S U B S T A N C E S A N D C H E M I C A L S I N S T O R A G E R O O M S Ecolab has set the industry standard since 1923 for innovation and cost effectiveness in professional cleaning and disinfection and associated services. The company offers integral hygiene solutions, linking chemicals, technology and service efficiently and in a cost-effective manner, both in the industrial and institutional markets as well as the health industry. www.denios.co.uk/ecolab 120

121

D E F I N I T I O N O F Z O N E S The definition of zones in and around hazardous materials cabinets depends on various factors. The framework conditions are explained in detail in DGUV regulation 113-001 EX-RL examples 2.11.2 . No zone Definition of zones for hazardous materials cabinets (DGUV Regulation 113-001) A) The LEL (lower explosion limit) is safely undercut as the flashpoint of the flammable liquid is sufficiently higher than the storage temperature (see TRGS 720 ff., Part 1, item 3.2 (3)) or B) The flashpoint is not sufficiently above the storage temperature (See TRGS 720 ff. Part 1, Point 3.2 (3)) Hazardous materials cabinet with technical ventilation is present and the following conditions are met: W Containers are tightly closed and regularly checked to ensure sealing W The containers are not opened (no dispensing or filling, no sampling) W Containers are set down without external wetting with combustible liquids Definition of zones for avoidance of sources of ignition in accordance with TRGS 720 ff. Part 3 Protective measures to: TRGS 720 ff. Part 2, Point 2.3.2 (for A) TRGS 720 ff. Part 2, Point 2.4.4.3 (for B) TRGS 720 ff. Part 4, none (for A and B) Zone 2 inside the cabinet No zone outside The flashpoint is not sufficiently above the storage temperature (See TRGS 720 ff. Part 1, Point 3.2 (3)) C) Hazardous materials cabinet with technical ventilation is present, the conditions for defining zone 1 (B) are not met for all points, containers are however tightly closed or D) Hazardous materials cabinet with natural ventilation is present and the following conditions are met: W Containers are tightly closed and regularly checked to ensure sealing W The containers are not opened (no dispensing or filling, no sampling) W Containers are set down without external wetting with combustible liquids Definition of zones for avoidance of sources of ignition in accordance with TRGS 720 ff. Part 3 Protective measures to: TRGS 720 ff. Part 2, Point 2.4.4.3 (for C) TRGS 720 ff. Part 2, Point 2.4.4.2 (for D) TRGS 720 ff. Part 4, none (for C and D) Zone 1 inside the cabinet Zone 2 outside the cabinet The flashpoint is not sufficiently above the storage temperature (See TRGS 720 ff. Part 1, Point 3.2 (3) E) Hazardous materials cabinet with natural ventilation the conditions for defining zone 2 (D) are not met for all points, containers are however tightly closed Protective measures to: TRGS 720 ff. Part 2, Point 2.4.4.2 (for E) TRGS 720 ff. Part 4, none (for E) 2.5 m 5 . 0 m Definition of zones for avoidance of sources of ignition in accordance with TRGS 720 ff. Part 3 121

122

Systema-Plus chemical cabinet with Type 30 hazmat box Incl. hazardous materials box Type 30 for safe and legally compliant storage of flammable liquids in accordance with EN 14470-1 and HSG71 in single-walled sheet steel cabinets W No separate cabinet required for storing flammable liquids W Safety box with spill pallet, self-closing doors and extractor connection W Natural ventilation via ventilation opening at the bottom W Small volumes of flammable liquids (paint cans, touch-up pencils, spray cans, etc) are stored in the type 30 safety box safely and in compliance with regulations (NW 75) W Body in fine sheet steel with sturdy, high quality painted finish W Integrated adjustable feet - easy cabinet set up on uneven floors W Wing doors with cylinder lock 1 e g a r o t s l a i r e t a m s u o d r a z a H Systema-Plus chemical cabinet CS-30-T is user friendly with pull-out shelves Small quantities of flammable liquids can be safely stored in the type 30 safety box So the Systema-Plus type CS-30 chemical cabinet affords protection for flammable and water-polluting fluids Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Slide-out spill pallet capacity [l] Spillage decking capacity [l] Order number Accessories Order number Additional shelf Order number Perforated metal insert for floor spill pallet Order number Additional slide-out shelf CS-30-T 3 pull-out shelves 1055 x 520 x 1950 – 30 34 – 219-292-JC – – 202-804-JC CS-30 Available in 7 RAL colours 2 shelves, 1 spill pallet 1055 x 520 x 1950 100 – – Please specify required door colour when ordering. Body colour: anthracite grey 27 219-293-JC 202-803-JC 202-811-JC – 122 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s H o p

123

Chemical cabinet with Type 30 hazmat box Includes Type 30 hazardous materials box in accordance with EN 14470-1 for the legally compliant storage of flammable liquids (H224-226) in single-walled sheet steel cabinets W No separate cabinet required for storing flammable liquids W Safety box with spill pallet (5 litre), self-closing doors and extractor connection (NW 75) W Small volumes of flammable liquids (paint cans, touch-up pencils, spray cans, etc) Are stored in the type 30 safety box safely and in compliance with regulations W Chemical cabinet with 2 spill trays and 1 tested, water-tight spill pallet (galvanised sheet steel) W Sturdy, powder coated sheet steel construction EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Detailed section: ventilation slits in the cabinet front Ideal for the storage of very small quantities of flammable hazardous substances Model Features Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Spill pallet load capacity [kg] Body colour Door colour Order number PSM 19 P 2 spill trays, 1 floor spill pallet doors with ventilation slits 950 x 500 x 1950 50 Green Green 165-279-JC UWS 19 P 2 spill trays, 1 floor spill pallet doors without ventilation slits 950 x 500 x 1950 50 Blue Red 165-277-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 123

124

Basis-Line fire-rated hazardous materials cabinets with 30 minutes fire protection, shelf and base spill pallet W For the safe and legally compliant storage of flammable liquids with 30 minute fire protection in accordance with HSG71 and EN 14470-1 W Easy-open doors remain open at any angle, automatic closure in the event of a fire W Integral base, accessible underneath, making it easy to change location (base can be closed off by optional panel) W Air extraction connection (NW 75) fitted in the roof of the cabinet 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H l e n a p e s a b l a n o i t p o h t i w i t e n b a c s w o h s e g a m I Accessible base for secure transport Basis-line hazardous materials storage cabinet, model 30-123, body anthracite grey (RAL 7016), doors in light grey (RAL 7035), optional ventilation kit Info for type 30 cabinets: (extract from HSG71, Appendix 1) type 30 fire resistance is authorized provided only 1 cabinet is placed in each unit/fire compartment. If this fire compartment is larger than 100 m², one cabinet is permitted per 100 m². Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number Door hinge: left Order number Door hinge: right Order number Door hinge: both sides Accessories Order number Additional shelf Order number Plinth panel Order number Plastic inlay spill pallets 30-63 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover 564 x 620 x 1947 450 x 519 x 1626 75 22 180 218-311-JC 218-319-JC – 30-93 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover 864 x 620 x 1947 750 x 519 x 1626 75 23 235 218-327-JC 218-335-JC – 30-123 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover 1164 x 620 x 1947 1050 x 519 x 1626 75 33 280 – – 218-343-JC 116-987-JC 219-570-JC 133-976-JC 133-979-JC 219-572-JC 133-978-JC 116-975-JC 219-573-JC 116-939-JC 124 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

125

Basis-Line fire rated hazardous materials cabinets with 30 minutes fire protection, slide-out spill trays and floor spill pallet W For the safe and legally compliant storage of flammable liquids with 30 minute fire protection in accordance with HSG71 and EN 14470-1 W Tested spill pallet EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << Available in 7 RAL colours Please specify required door colour when ordering. Body colour: anthracite grey Ventilation fittings, extraction fans and additional accessories can be found See page 146 ORDER AT THE SAME TIME l e n a p e s a b l a n o i t p o h t i w i t e n b a c s w o h s e g a m I 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Slide-out spill trays guarantee easy, visible storage. The floor spill pallet safely contains any leaked fluids Hazardous materials storage cabinet Basis-Line Model 30-66, with 6 slide-out spill trays and one floor spill pallet The hazardous materials cabinet is sup- plied complete with accessible base. This can be covered with the optionally available base panel. Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Slide-out spill pallet capacity [l] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number Door hinge: left Order number Door hinge: right Order number Door hinge: both sides Accessories Order number Plastic inlay spill pallets Order number Plinth panel 30-64 4 slide-out spill trays 564 x 620 x 1947 450 x 519 x 1626 25 4 11 190 218-351-JC 218-359-JC – 148-590-JC 219-570-JC 30-66 6 slide-out spill trays 564 x 620 x 1947 450 x 519 x 1626 25 4 11 204 218-391-JC 218-399-JC – 148-590-JC 219-570-JC 30-124 4 slide-out spill trays 1164 x 620 x 1947 1050 x 519 x 1626 60 30 33 311 – – 218-383-JC 148-583-JC 219-573-JC 30-126 6 slide-out spill trays 1164 x 620 x 1947 1050 x 519 x 1626 60 30 33 343 – – 218-423-JC 148-583-JC 219-573-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 125

126

Fire-rated hazardous materials cabinets Edition G with slide out spill trays W For the safe and legally compliant storage of flammable liquids with 90 minute fire protection in accordance with HSG71 and EN 14470-1 W Inner surfaces have a highly chemical-resistant, impact and scratch-proof plastic coating, easy to clean W Tested floor spill pallet. Cabinets with slide-out spill trays are supplied with an additional floor spill pallet Ventilation fittings, extraction fans and additional accessories can be found See page 146 Tested spill pallet 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H The number and size of the containers to be stored is important to know for hazardous materials storage With 4 slide-out sumps you'll have more choice of small container sizes while 6 slide-out spill trays are ideally suited to small containers ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Delivery free to place of use Order no. 190-347-JC Testing hazardous materials cabinet Hazardous materials cabinet annual maintenance Order no. 184-429-JC Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Slide-out spill pallet capacity [l] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number safety yellow (RAL 1004) Order number Light grey (RAL 7035) Accessories Order number Plastic inlay spill pallets Order number Transport base for hazardous materials cabinet W 1200 mm Order number Transport base for hazardous materials cabinet W 900 mm Ga-900-4 4 slide-out spill trays 896 x 616 x 1968 750 x 524 x 1742 60 19 22 391 218-431-JC 218-432-JC – – Ga-900-6 6 slide-out spill trays 896 x 616 x 1968 750 x 524 x 1742 60 19 22 418 218-433-JC 218-434-JC – – 195-611-JC 195-611-JC Ga-1200-4 4 slide-out spill trays 1196 x 616 x 1968 1050 x 524 x 1742 60 30 33 473 218-435-JC 218-436-JC 148-583-JC 165-319-JC – Ga-1200-6 6 slide-out spill trays 1196 x 616 x 1968 1050 x 524 x 1742 60 30 33 505 218-437-JC 218-438-JC 148-583-JC 165-319-JC – 126 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

127

Fire-rated hazardous materials cabinets Edition G, with shelves For the safe and legally compliant storage of flammable liquids with 90 minute fire protection in accordance with HSG71 and EN 14470-1 W Doors close automatically in the event of a fire W Air extraction connection (NW 75) fitted in the roof of the cabinet W Protection from unauthorised access EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Tested spill pallet Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number safety yellow (RAL 1004) Order number Light grey (RAL 7035) Accessories Order number Additional shelf Order number Transport base for hazardous materials cabinet W 1200 mm Order number Transport base for hazardous materials cabinet W 900 mm Order number Plastic inlay spill pallets Order number Door hold-open device E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 G-901 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover 896 x 616 x 1968 750 x 524 x 1742 75 23 357 148-564-JC 133-980-JC 133-979-JC – 195-611-JC 133-978-JC 116-977-JC G-1201 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover 1196 x 616 x 1968 1050 x 524 x 1742 75 33 435 116-979-JC 116-981-JC 116-975-JC 165-319-JC – 116-939-JC 116-977-JC 127

128

Combi hazardous material cabinets, Edition-G, multi-functional, safe hazardous material storage Based on the proven hazardous materials cabinets from the DENIOS range, this practical variant offers the possibility of storing various classes of hazardous substances (LGK) in one cabinet. W Air extraction connection (NW 75) fitted in the roof of the cabinet W Fire resistance class 90 minutes (Type 90 in accordance with EN 14470-1) W Highly flexible internal equipment, shelves (height adjustable) slide-out spill trays or metal-free spill trays W Sturdy and long-lasting: safety components are corrosion protected and fitted outside the storage area W Metal-free spill tray (for storage of small quantities of flammable, slightly aggressive hazardous substances) W Integral adjusting feet for adjustment for uneven floor surfaces W Incl. door hold-open system, doors can be locked with profile cylinder (lock system compatible) 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Separated storage = secured by solid partitions Left cabinet section with 3 shelves, 1 base spill pallet with perforated plate insert, right cabinet section with 3 metal-free spill trays and a metal-free base spill pallet Combi hazardous materials cabinet edition-g, model 1200-33 Combi hazardous materials cabinet edition-g, model 1200-63A Order no. 224-699-JC Left cabinet section with slide-out spill trays, right cabinet section with 3 metal-free spill trays and a metal-free base spill pallet Combined storage of hazardous substances: combined storage prohibition comes into force from a certain quantity, which in ge- neral is not reached for hazardous materials cabinets. Further details can be found in the HSG71 regulations. Model Cabinet partition Features Left section Right section The hazmat symbols show which liquids may be stored in which cabinet section External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Slide-out spill pallet capacity [l] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number safety yellow (RAL 1004) Order number Light grey (RAL 7035) Accessories Order number Transport base for hazardous materials cabinet W 1200 mm 600-22 Above/below 2 shelves / 2 spill trays, 1 floor spill pallet each 596 x 616 x 1968 450 x 524 x 1742 75 – – 22 291 600-32A Above/below 3 slide-out spill trays / 2 spill trays, 1 floor spill pallet 596 x 616 x 1968 450 x 524 x 1742 75 25 5 11 301 1200-33 Left/right 3 shelves / 3 spill trays, 1 floor spill pallet each 1196 x 616 x 1968 1050 x 524 x 1742 75 – – 22 474 1200-63A Left/right 6 slide-out spill trays / 3 spill trays, 1 floor spill pallet right 1196 x 616 x 1968 1050 x 524 x 1742 75 25 5 11 502 224-700-JC 224-701-JC 224-702-JC 224-703-JC 224-696-JC 224-697-JC 224-698-JC 224-699-JC – – 165-319-JC 165-319-JC 128 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

129

Fire-rated hazardous material cabinets Edition-G, one-touch, with folding doors For the safe and legally compliant storage of flammable liquids with 90 minute fire protection in accordance with HSG71 and EN 14470-1 W Incl. One-touch feature - comfortable, easy opening of the cabinet with minimal effort W Doors close automatically in the event of a fire W The doors close automatically after 60 seconds W Open two doors at the same time with one hand, doors are held by the standard door hold-open system W Air extraction connection (NW 75) fitted in the roof of the cabinet W Slide-out spill trays are easy to use and can be stopped in any position W Tested spill pallet EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H GLEICH MITBESTELLEN Lockable storage box for hazardous materials cabinet The additional floor spill pallet safely contains leaked fluids Hazardous material cabinet edition-g model GF-1201, safety yellow, with folding doors, 3 shelves, base spill pallet and perforated plate cover, door hold-open device Order no. 119-283-JC Order no. 116-982-JC (extraction units available as accessories) Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Slide-out spill pallet capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number safety yellow (RAL 1004) Order number Light grey (RAL 7035) Accessories Order number Transport base for hazardous materials cabinet W 1200 mm Order number Additional shelf Order number Plastic inlay spill pallets Gf-1201 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover 1196 x 616 x 1968 1050 x 524 x 1742 75 – 33 – 448 119-283-JC 119-284-JC 165-319-JC 116-975-JC 116-939-JC Gf-1201-4 4 slide-out spill trays 1196 x 616 x 1968 1050 x 524 x 1742 – 60 33 30 486 119-279-JC 119-278-JC 165-319-JC – 148-583-JC Gf-1201-6 6 slide-out spill trays 1196 x 616 x 1968 1050 x 524 x 1742 – 60 33 30 518 119-282-JC 119-289-JC 165-319-JC – 148-583-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 129

130

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H 130 Fire-rated hazardous materials cabinets, Edition G W For the safe and legally compliant storage of flammable liquids with 90 minute fire protection in accordance with HSG71 and EN 14470-1 W Air extraction connection (NW 75) fitted in the roof of the cabinet W Integrated adjustment aids to easily level out the cabinets on uneven floors W Water-tight, tested spill pallet, powder coated sheet steel, incl perforated grid cover as additional storage level W Protection from unauthorised access Hazardous materials cabinet Edition G-1200-F with shelves, base sump and grid A second shelf is optional Compact and space saving hazardous materials cabinets such as this model G-600-2-F, with two slide out spill trays Order no. 117-033-JC Order no. 218-459-JC Tested spill pallet Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number safety yellow (RAL 1004), door opens left Order number safety yellow (RAL 1004), door opens right Order number light grey (RAL 7035), door opens left Order number light grey (RAL 7035), door opens right Order number safety yellow (RAL 1004) Order number Light grey (RAL 7035) Accessories Order number Additional shelf Order number Door hold-open device Order number Plastic inlay spill pallets Order number Transport base for hazardous materials cabinet W 1200 mm G-600-F 1 inlay shelf, sump and grid cover 596 x 616 x 1298 450 x 524 x 1072 75 – 22 190 122-884-JC 208-518-JC 208-515-JC 208-519-JC – – 116-987-JC 116-988-JC 133-976-JC – G-600-2-F 2 slide-out spill pallets 596 x 616 x 1298 450 x 524 x 1072 – 25 11 197 218-455-JC 218-457-JC 218-459-JC 218-461-JC – – – – 148-590-JC – G-1200-F 1 inlay shelf, sump and grid cover 1196 x 616 x 1298 1050 x 524 x 1072 75 – 33 293 – – – – 117-033-JC 208-513-JC 116-975-JC 116-977-JC 116-939-JC 165-319-JC G-1200-2-F 2 slide-out spill pallets 1196 x 616 x 1298 1050 x 524 x 1072 – 60 33 333 – – – – 218-467-JC 218-469-JC – – 148-583-JC 165-319-JC W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

131

Fire-rated hazardous materials cabinets, Edition G, with ONE TOUCH doors W For the safe and legally compliant storage of flammable liquids with 90 minute fire protection in accordance with HSG71 and EN 14470-1 W 90 minute fire resistance according to EN 14470-1 One touch models offer: door hold-open device automatic door closer visual and audible warning signal for automatic door closing 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << Ventilation fittings, extraction fans and additional accessories can be found See page 146 Chemical box for separate storage of acids and alkali W The box has a lid with a flap and handles on the side W Suitable for all hazardous materials cabinets with shelves W Dimensions W x D x H (mm): 210 x 210 x 260 Hazardous material cabinet type G-600-FP with one touch Slide-out sumps are recommended especially for the storage of large numbers of small containers, as here with the type G-1200-2-FP. Order no. 158-139-JC Order no. 218-463-JC Order no. 117-020-JC Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number safety yellow (RAL 1004), door opens left Order number safety yellow (RAL 1004), door opens right Order number light grey (RAL 7035), door opens left Order number light grey (RAL 7035), door opens right Order number safety yellow (RAL 1004) Order number Light grey (RAL 7035) Accessories Order number Additional shelf Order number Plastic inlay spill pallets Order number Transport base for hazardous materials cabinet W 1200 mm G-600-FP 1 inlay shelf, sump and grid cover 596 x 616 x 1298 450 x 524 x 1072 75 – 22 191 158-139-JC 208-520-JC 208-516-JC 208-522-JC – – 116-987-JC 133-976-JC – G-600-2-FP 2 slide-out spill pallets 596 x 616 x 1298 450 x 524 x 1072 – 25 11 198 218-447-JC 218-449-JC 218-451-JC 218-453-JC – – – 148-590-JC – G-1200-FP 1 inlay shelf, sump and grid cover 1196 x 616 x 1298 1050 x 524 x 1072 75 – 33 295 – – – – 158-501-JC 208-514-JC 116-975-JC 116-939-JC 165-319-JC G-1200-2-FP 2 slide-out spill pallets 1196 x 616 x 1298 1050 x 524 x 1072 – 60 33 335 – – – – 218-463-JC 218-465-JC – 148-583-JC 165-319-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 131

132

Fire-rated hazardous materials cabinets, Edition G W For the safe and legally compliant storage of flammable liquids with 90 minute fire protection in accordance with HSG71 and EN 14470-1 W Air extraction connection (NW 75) fitted in the roof of the cabinet W Integrated adjustment aids to easily level out the cabinets on uneven floors W Protection from unauthorised access W Doors close automatically in the event of a fire W Water-tight, tested spill pallet, powder coated sheet steel, incl perforated grid cover as additional storage level 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Hazardous material cabinet Edition G 601, with shelves, sump and grid (door latch system optional). 6 slide-out sumps give sufficient storage space for a wide range of flammable hazardous substances - organisation even in the smallest space. Cabinet with folding doors Edition GF-601, with 3 shelves and base sump with grid cover. Order no. 218-443-JC Order no. 218-456-JC Hazardous material cabinets edition-g with slide out spill trays and folding doors are supplied with a door hold-open device Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number Safety yellow (RAL 1004), door opens left Order number Safety yellow (RAL 1004), door opens right Order number Light grey (RAL 7035), door opens left Order number Light grey (RAL 7035), door opens right Accessories Order number Additional shelf Order number Plastic inlay spill pallets Order number Door hold-open device G-601 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover 596 x 616 x 1968 450 x 524 x 1742 75 22 272 158-084-JC 158-088-JC 158-083-JC 158-086-JC Ga-600-4 Ga-600-6 4 slide-out spill trays 6 slide-out spill trays 596 x 616 x 1968 450 x 524 x 1742 – 11 286 218-439-JC 218-441-JC 218-440-JC 218-442-JC 596 x 616 x 1968 450 x 524 x 1742 – 11 300 218-443-JC 218-445-JC 218-444-JC 218-446-JC Gf-601 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover 596 x 616 x 1968 450 x 524 x 1742 75 22 276 218-456-JC 218-495-JC 218-460-JC 218-496-JC GF-601.4 GF-601.6 4 slide-out spill trays 6 slide-out spill trays 596 x 616 x 1968 450 x 524 x 1742 – 11 290 218-485-JC 218-487-JC 218-486-JC 218-488-JC 596 x 616 x 1968 450 x 524 x 1742 – 11 304 218-489-JC 218-491-JC 218-490-JC 218-492-JC 116-987-JC 133-976-JC 116-988-JC – 148-590-JC – – 148-590-JC – 116-987-JC 133-976-JC – – 148-590-JC – – 148-590-JC – 132 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

133

Fire-rated hazardous materials cabinets Edition G, with ONE TOUCH equipment W Doors close automatically in the event of a fire W Incl. One-touch feature - comfortable, easy opening of the cabinet with minimal effort W The doors close automatically after 60 seconds EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << Safety-tested Ventilation fittings, extraction fans and additional accessories can be found See page 146 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Hazardous material cabinet Edition G-601-6, with folding doors and 6 slide-out sumps. For storing larger containers select a hazardous materials cabinet with 4 slide out spill trays Order no. 119-261-JC Model Features Door version External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number Safety yellow (RAL 1004), door opens left Order number Safety yellow (RAL 1004), door opens right Order number Light grey (RAL 7035), door opens left Order number Light grey (RAL 7035), door opens right Accessories Order number Additional shelf Order number Plastic inlay spill pallets Gf-601 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover folding door 596 x 616 x 1968 450 x 524 x 1742 75 – 22 276 119-273-JC 119-285-JC 119-274-JC 119-286-JC 116-987-JC 133-976-JC GF-601.4 4 slide-out spill trays folding door 596 x 616 x 1968 450 x 524 x 1742 – 25 11 290 119-258-JC 119-287-JC 119-259-JC 119-288-JC – 148-590-JC GF-601.6 6 slide-out spill trays folding door 596 x 616 x 1968 450 x 524 x 1742 – 25 11 304 119-260-JC 119-272-JC 119-261-JC 119-277-JC – 148-590-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 133

134

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H W For the safe and legally compliant storage of flammable liquids with 90 minute fire protection in accordance with HSG71 and EN 14470-1 W Air extraction connection (NW 75) fitted in the roof of the cabinet. For connection of an UFA attachment or to the work's own air extraction system W With adjustable feet to be used on uneven floor surfaces W Closing mechanism and safety equipment are corrosion protected and mounted outside the storage room W With water-tight, tested spill pallet, powder coated sheet steel, incl perforated grid cover as additional storage level Select fire-rated hazardous materials cabinets, with shelves and base spill pallet Available in 7 RAL colours Please specify required door colour when ordering. Body colour: anthracite grey ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Delivery free to place of use Order no. 190-347-JC Testing hazardous materials cabinet Hazardous materials cabinet annual maintenance Order no. 184-429-JC The mover - for the easy transport of cabinets. Order no. 201-059-JC The hazardous materials cabinet is supplied complete with accessible base. This can be covered with the optionally available base panel. Tested spill pallet Model Features Door version Automatic door control External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number Accessories Order number Additional shelf Order number Plastic inlay spill pallets Order number Plinth panel W-123 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover hinged door no 1193 x 615 x 1953 1050 x 522 x 1647 75 33 470 200-987-JC 116-975-JC 116-939-JC 201-062-JC W-123-O 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover hinged door yes 1193 x 615 x 1953 1050 x 522 x 1647 75 33 473 201-478-JC 116-975-JC 116-939-JC 201-062-JC 134 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

135

W Comfortable loading and unloading W Slide-out spill trays allow a quick overview of each shelf’s contents EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << Select fire-rated hazardous materials cabinets, with slide-out spill trays and base spill pallet Ventilation fittings, extraction fans and additional accessories can be found See page 146 TOP PRODUCT 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H l e n a p e s a b l a n o i t p o h t i w s t e n i b a c w o h s ) s ( o t o h P Hazardous materials cabinet Model W-124 with 4 spill trays and Stawa-R floor spill pallet, doors in light grey (RAL 7035). Hazardous materials cabinet Model W-126 with 6 spill trays and Stawa-R floor spill pallet, doors in traffic red (RAL 3020). Model Features Door version Automatic door control External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Slide-out spill pallet capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number Door hinge: both sides Accessories Order number Plastic inlay spill pallets Order number Plinth panel W-124 4 slide-out spill trays hinged door no 1193 x 615 x 1953 1050 x 522 x 1647 60 33 30 501 201-019-JC 148-583-JC 201-062-JC W-126 6 slide-out spill trays hinged door no 1193 x 615 x 1953 1050 x 522 x 1647 60 33 30 533 201-051-JC 148-583-JC 201-062-JC W-124-O 4 slide-out spill trays hinged door yes 1193 x 615 x 1953 1050 x 522 x 1647 60 33 19 503 201-510-JC 148-583-JC 201-062-JC W-126-O 6 slide-out spill trays hinged door yes 1193 x 615 x 1953 1050 x 522 x 1647 60 33 19 535 201-542-JC 148-583-JC 201-062-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 135

136

Select fire-rated hazardous materials cabinets, with shelves and base spill pallet W Doors of the hazardous materials cabinet remain open at any opening angle (automatic closure in the event of a fire) W Air extraction connection (NW 75) fitted in the roof of the cabinet. For connection of an UFA attachment or to the work's own air extraction system W With adjustable feet to be used on uneven floor surfaces W Closing mechanism and safety equipment are corrosion protected and mounted outside the storage room W With water-tight, tested spill pallet, powder coated sheet steel, incl perforated grid cover as additional storage level 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H t e l l a p l l i p s d e t s e T Hazardous materials cabinet Model W 93, W 893 mm, doors in safety yellow Hazardous material cabinet model w-63l, W 60 cm body colour: anthracite grey (RAL 7016), door in safety yellow (RAL 1004). Model Features Door version Automatic door control External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number Door hinge: left Order number Door hinge: right Order number Door hinge: both sides Accessories Order number Additional shelf Order number Plinth panel Order number Plastic inlay spill pallets W-63 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover hinged door no 599 x 615 x 1953 450 x 522 x 1647 75 22 314 200-960-JC 200-971-JC – 116-987-JC 201-060-JC 133-976-JC W-63-O 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover hinged door yes 599 x 615 x 1953 450 x 522 x 1647 75 22 315 201-454-JC 201-462-JC – 116-987-JC 201-060-JC 133-976-JC W-93 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover hinged door no 893 x 615 x 1953 750 x 522 x 1647 75 23 389 – – 200-979-JC 133-979-JC 201-061-JC 133-978-JC W-93-O 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover hinged door yes 893 x 615 x 1953 750 x 522 x 1647 75 23 389 – – 201-470-JC 133-979-JC 201-061-JC 133-978-JC 136 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

137

Select fire-rated hazardous materials cabinets, with slide-out spill trays and base spill pallet W For the safe and legally compliant storage of flammable liquids with 90 minute fire protection in accordance with HSG71 and EN 14470-1 W Comfortable loading and unloading W Slide-out spill trays allow a quick overview of each shelf’s contents EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << Available in 7 RAL colours Please specify required door colour when ordering. Body colour: anthracite grey l e n a p e s a b l 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H a n o i t p o h t i w s t e n i b a c w o h s ) s ( o t o h P ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Hazardous material cabinet model w-64l, W 60 cm. Body colour: anthracite grey (RAL 7016), door in safety yellow (RAL 1004) Hazmat cabinet Model W 96, doors in light grey, with additional floor spill pallet (included in the delivery) The hazardous materials cabinet is sup- plied complete with accessible base. This can be covered with the optionally available base panel. Model Features Door version Automatic door control External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Slide-out spill pallet capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number Door hinge: left Order number Door hinge: right Order number Door hinge: both sides Accessories Order number Plastic inlay spill pallets Order number Plinth panel W-64 4 slide-out spill trays hinged door no 599 x 615 x 1953 450 x 522 x 1647 25 11 5 324 200-995-JC 201-003-JC – 148-590-JC 201-060-JC W-66 6 slide-out spill trays hinged door no 599 x 615 x 1953 450 x 522 x 1647 25 11 5 338 201-027-JC 201-035-JC – 148-590-JC 201-060-JC W-94 4 slide-out spill trays hinged door no 893 x 615 x 1953 750 x 522 x 1647 60 22 19 418 – – 201-011-JC – 201-061-JC W-96 6 slide-out spill trays hinged door no 893 x 615 x 1953 750 x 522 x 1647 60 22 19 445 – – 201-043-JC – 201-061-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 137

138

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H 138 Fire-rated hazardous materials cabinets with two compartments W Two compartments (vertical division) allow separate storage of different hazardous substances in a cabinet W Extensive interior design for the clear storage of small containers W For the safe and legally compliant storage of flammable liquids with 90 minute fire protection in accordance with HSG71 and EN 14470-1 W Air extraction connection (NW 75) fitted in the roof of the cabinet. For connection of an UFA attachment or to the work's own air extraction system W Sturdy, high quality, scratch-resistant outer body with powder coated surface, 3 point door mounting W With adjustable feet to be used on uneven floor surfaces TOP PRODUCT 1 Equipment: 3 shelves, 1 floor spill pallet incl. perforated plate insert (powder coated sheet steel) 3 spill trays, 1 floor spill pallet (PP) 2 Equipment: 6 slide-out spill trays, 1 floor spill pallet (powder coated sheet steel), 3 spill trays, 1 floor spill pallet (PP) Ventilation fittings, extraction fans and additional accessories can be found See page 146 Available in 7 RAL colours Please specify required door colour when ordering. Body colour: anthracite grey External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Load capacity, spill trays [kg] Slide-out spill pallet capacity [l] Spillage decking capacity [l] Containment volume of floor spill pallet plastic [l] Weight [kg] Order number Accessories Order number Plinth panel 1 2 1193 x 615 x 1953 1050 x 522 x 1647 75 – 50 – 22 11 478 266-821-JC 1193 x 615 x 1953 1050 x 522 x 1647 – 25 50 5 11 11 506 266-829-JC 201-062-JC 201-062-JC W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

139

Select fire-rated hazardous materials cabinets, with folding doors W For the safe and legally compliant storage of flammable liquids with 90 minute fire protection in accordance with HSG71 and EN 14470-1 W Doors of the hazardous materials cabinet remain open at any opening angle (automatic closure in the event of a fire) W Air extraction connection (NW 75) fitted in the roof of the cabinet. For connection of an UFA attachment or to the work's own air extraction system W Sturdy, high quality, scratch-resistant outer body with powder coated surface, 3 point door mounting W 2-tone modern look: Body in anthracite grey (RAL 7016), doors available in many colours 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Space saving folding doors: require very little space in front of the cabinet when the doors are open Model Features Door version External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Slide-out spill pallet capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number Doors in safety yellow (RAL 1004) Order number Doors in light grey (RAL 7035) Accessories Order number Plinth panel Order number Additional shelf Order number Plastic inlay spill pallets W-123F 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover folding door 1193 x 615 x 1953 1050 x 522 x 1647 75 – 33 – 462 233-801-JC 233-802-JC 201-062-JC 116-975-JC 116-939-JC W-124F 4 slide-out spill trays folding door 1193 x 615 x 1953 1050 x 522 x 1647 – 60 33 30 500 233-803-JC 233-804-JC 201-062-JC – 148-583-JC W-126F 6 slide-out spill trays folding door 1193 x 615 x 1953 1050 x 522 x 1647 – 60 33 30 532 233-805-JC 233-806-JC 201-062-JC – 148-583-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 139

140

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H DENIOS also offers hazardous materials cabinets which meet the FM 6050 and UL/ULC 1275 test standards. These cabinet ranges meet the requirements of NFPA Code 30, NFPA 1 Fire Code, OSHA. Our specialists will be happy to help you with these international standards. W Integral base, accessible underneath, making it easy to change location (base can be closed off by optional panel) W Extremely robust construction with scratch- proof paint Triple certified hazardous materials cabinets, with 30 minute fire protection Storing of hazardous materials with attractive price/ performance ratio W 2-tone unique modern look: body in anthracite grey (RAL 7016), doors in safety yellow (RAL 1004) or light grey (RAL 7035) Info for type 30 cabinets: (extract from HSG71, Appendix 1) type 30 fire resistance is authorized provided only 1 cabinet is placed in each unit/fire compartment. If this fire compartment is larger than 100 m², one cabinet is permitted per 100 m². Order no. 238-942-JC Model Features Door hinge External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number Door colour: Grey Order number Door colour: Yellow Accessories Order number Additional shelf Order number Plastic inlay spill pallets Order number Plinth panel FM 30-63l 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover left 564 x 620 x 1947 450 x 519 x 1626 75 22 180 238-934-JC 238-935-JC 116-987-JC 133-976-JC 219-570-JC FM 30-63r 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover right 564 x 620 x 1947 450 x 519 x 1626 75 22 181 238-936-JC 238-937-JC 116-987-JC 133-976-JC 219-570-JC FM 30-93l 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover left 864 x 620 x 1947 750 x 519 x 1626 75 23 235 238-938-JC 238-939-JC 133-979-JC 133-978-JC 219-572-JC FM 30-93r 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover right 864 x 620 x 1947 750 x 519 x 1626 75 23 236 238-940-JC 238-941-JC 133-979-JC 133-978-JC 219-572-JC FM 30-123 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover both sides 1164 x 620 x 1947 1050 x 519 x 1626 75 33 281 238-942-JC 238-943-JC 116-975-JC 116-939-JC 219-573-JC 140 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

141

W Closing mechanism and safety equipment are corrosion protected and mounted outside the storage room W Incl. 3 shelves (height-adjustable in increments of 32 mm) and tested spill pallet with grid cover W Smooth-operation wing door(s) with high-quality, oil pressure damping door closer and door hold-open system, locked door(s), automatic closing in case of fire EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << Triple certified hazardous materials cabinets, with 90 minute fire protection For the safe, legally compliant and unlimited storage of flammable liquids (H224-226), in accordance with HSG71 ORDER AT THE SAME TIME The hazardous materials cabinet is supplied com- plete with accessible base. This can be covered with the optionally available base panel. 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H The single door hazardous materials cabinet is available with either a right or left hand opening door Order no. 238-929-JC 3 shelves and a grid cover for the floor spill pallet offer storage room for a range of small containers Order no. 238-933-JC Model Features Door hinge External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number Door colour: Grey Order number Door colour: Yellow Accessories Order number Additional shelf Order number Plastic inlay spill pallets Order number Plinth panel FM w-63l 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover left 599 x 615 x 1953 450 x 522 x 1647 75 22 314 238-926-JC 238-927-JC 116-987-JC 133-976-JC 201-060-JC FM w-63r 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover right 599 x 615 x 1953 450 x 522 x 1647 75 22 314 238-928-JC 238-929-JC 116-987-JC 133-976-JC 201-060-JC FM W-93 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover both sides 893 x 615 x 1953 750 x 522 x 1647 75 23 390 238-930-JC 238-931-JC 133-979-JC 133-978-JC 201-061-JC FM W-123 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover both sides 1193 x 615 x 1953 1050 x 522 x 1647 75 33 471 238-932-JC 238-933-JC 116-975-JC 116-939-JC 201-062-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 141

142

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Scoper is unique! The first hazmat cabinet with practical vertical pull-out technology. SCOPER combines innovative, modern technology with maximum com- fort and safety. When the number of substances needed increases, but the individual quantities reduce, finding the right storage solution can be difficult. SCOPER slim: the same storage volume as standard cabinets, just half the width. At just 45 cm wide, roughly the same quantity of hazardous substances can be stored in a SCOPER hazardous materials cabinet as in a 90 cm wide cabinet with slide-out shelves. This means you’ll use your space efficiently The cabinet is available with either one (SCOPER slim, W 45 cm) or two vertical pull-outs (SCOPER wide, W 81 cm). Each vertical pull-out has either 4 or 5 shelves as standard. Alternative combinations are available on request. Safety at the press of a button: automatic opening and closing for easy operation W In the event of a fire, an electronic temperature sensor triggers the closure of the vertical pull-outs W Door closes after 60 seconds with visual and acoustic warning as standard W Intelligent stop function as standard: the vertical pull-out recognises an obstacle, meaning there’s no danger of getting a hand or finger trapped. W In the event of a power cut, the pull-outs are safely closed automatically by battery power W Vertical pull-outs can be locked with a profile cylinder (closing system compatible) and lock indicator (red/green) W Locking the cabinet blocks the motor, the vertical pull-outs can no longer be opened, safely preventing unauthorised access. W Air extraction connection (NW 75) fitted in the roof of the cabinet. For connection of an UFA attachment or to the work's own air extraction system W Sturdy, high quality, scratch-resistant outer body with powder coated surface W Integral adjusting feet for adjustment for uneven floor surfaces W For the storage of flammable liquids (H224-226) in accordance with HSG71 W 90 minute fire resistance according to EN 14470-1 W The spill pallet included is supplied with a perforated plate cover. This may be also used as a storage area W Shelves adjustable in 32 mm increments W Accessible from both sides, can be easily integrated into your workplace Access on each side is ideal for integration in the workplace 142 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

143

Scoper Slim with 4 or 5 shelves HazMat cabinets from the SCOPER range make it easy to meet the important requirements for storing flammable hazardous materials. Scoper - safety, quick access, good overview and perfect handling W Absolute legal compliance W Fire-rated hazardous materials cabinet – Type 90 with vertical pull-out W Easy and safe to use W Spill pallet tested to StawaR EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H m e t s y s l i a r l a n o i t p o h t i w i t e n b a c s w o h s e g a m I Scoper slim offers fully functionality with just half the cabinet width. Depending on model, cabinets are fitted with either 4 or 5 shelves. Including a floor spill pallet with perforated cover Model Features Number of storage levels External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Load capacity per vertical pull-out [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number Blue Order number Yellow Order number Grey 45-4 4 shelves, 1 floor spill pallet with grid cover 5 449 x 860 x 1966 331 x 775 x 1750 50 140 13 366 245-544-JC 245-542-JC 245-543-JC 45-5 5 shelves, 1 floor spill pallet with grid cover 6 449 x 860 x 1966 331 x 775 x 1750 50 140 13 369 245-541-JC 245-539-JC 245-540-JC Depending on model, cabinets are fitted with either 4 or 5 shelves. Including a floor spill pallet with perforated cover Ventilation fittings, extrac- tion fans and additional accessories can be found See page 146 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 143

144

Scoper Wide with 8 or 9 shelves 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Ventilation fittings, extraction fans and additional accessories can be found See page 146 Absolute legal compliance 90 minute fire resistance Safety for employees and the environment Easy and safe to use Direct access with maximum visibility of contents Certified, reliable quality Fire-rated hazardous materials cabinet – Type 90 with vertical pull-out Depending on model, 8 (as shown in the photo), 9 or 10 shelves are supplied. The floor spill pallet and grid cover are always included. This may be used as an additional storage area Order no. 245-550-JC Image shows cabinet with optional rail system Model Features Number of storage levels External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Load capacity per vertical pull-out [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number Blue Order number Yellow Order number Grey 144 81-8 8 shelves, 2 floor spill pallets with grid cover 10 819 x 860 x 1966 701 x 775 x 1750 50 140 13 550 245-550-JC 245-548-JC 245-549-JC 81-9 9 shelves, 2 floor spill pallets with perforated cover 11 819 x 860 x 1966 701 x 775 x 1750 50 140 13 553 245-553-JC 245-551-JC 245-552-JC W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

145

Scoper Wide with 10 shelves EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H m e t s y s l i a r l a n o i t p o h t i w i t e n b a c s w o h s e g a m I Depending on model, 8 (as shown in the image), 9 or 10 shelves are supplied. The floor spill pallet and perforated cover are always included. This may be used as an ad- ditional storage area ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Anti-slip matting Additional shelf (load capacity 50 kg) Model Features Number of storage levels External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Load capacity per vertical pull-out [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number Yellow Order number Grey Order number Blue 81-10 10 shelves, 2 floor spill pallets with grid cover 12 819 x 860 x 1966 701 x 775 x 1750 50 140 13 556 245-545-JC 245-546-JC 245-547-JC For secure attachment to the shelf Rail system per shelf Flexible storage. Adjusting shelving to suit your needs is child’s play with Scoper. Ad- justable in steps of 32 mm it’s easy to move each shelf to where you want it. Additional tilt prevention for stored containers (in pairs) Accessories Anti-slip matting Order number 245-556-JC Rail system per shelf 245-555-JC Additional shelf (load capacity 50 kg) 245-554-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 145

146

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Centrifugal fans All gases, steams or materials must be extracted directly at the point of withdrawal from the cabinet W The housing and impeller are manufactured from flame retardent polypropylene W Sealed to prevent gas leakages W Connection piece Ø 75 mm W Vdma and CE conformity W Protection category IP 55 W Flow rate 60-250 m³/H W Total pressure 240-175 PA W With PA / GFK mounting bracket Radial fan, explosion-proof for unrestricted use also in zone 1, CE Ex II 2/2G Ex H IIB T3 Gb X, power supply 400 V / 50 Hz. Order no. 116-941-JC Model* Output [W] Nominal voltage [V] Sound level [dB(A)] Revolutions [U/min] Order number *Extraction from zone 2, installation in no zone Zone 1 90 400 45 2800 116-941-JC No zone* 90 230 45 2850 116-943-JC Quick to install extraction units for technical ventilation W Suitable for up to 120 times air change inside the cabinet W With connecting cable and Schuko plug W ATEX-compliant: CE Ex II 3/- G Ex ic nA IIC T4 W Output (W): 35 W Dimensions W x D x H (mm): 200 x 400 x 200 W Nominal voltage 230 V / 50 Hz W Speed (rpm): 2450 W Noise level: 35 dB (A) Add on without air surveillance. Ready-to-connect ventilation kit for up to 120 times air exchange, wall-mounted, with monitoring Order no. 129-345-JC Order no. 162-204-JC Model Features AO 12 As cabinet attachment Wo 12 AM 12 WM 12 AP 12 WP 12 Wall-mounted As cabinet attachment Wall-mounted As cabinet attachment Wall-mounted Included in delivery – – With air extraction monitoring With air extraction monitoring Order number 129-345-JC 162-203-JC 136-799-JC 162-204-JC With air extraction monitoring and potential-free alarm contact 180-341-JC With air extraction monitoring and potential-free alarm contact 180-342-JC Air extraction monitoring W For installation between safety cabinet and the customer’s ventilation system W Safe and simple monitoring of extracted air quantities from a hazardous materials cabinet W With connecting cable and Schuko plug W Dimensions W x D x H (mm):300 x 400 x 265 W ATEX-compliant: CE Ex II 3/- G Ex ic nA IIB T4 Gc W Noise level: < 28 dB (A) Model Included in delivery Flow rate min [m³/h] Flow rate max [m³/h] Order number Bl Air extraction monitoring 30 200 180-343-JC 146 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

147

EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << “You can prevent this in the future!“ 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Clear status and error indication via display Recirculating air filter The plug in recirculating air filter system is capable of retaining solvent vapours (hydrocarbons) permanently, up to a filter satura- tion of more than 99.999%, both under normal operating conditions and when an accident has been simulated inside the safety cabinet. W Save the expense of knocking holes in the wall and save space that would be needed for ventilation equipment W EX zones must be avoided in and around the hazardous materials cabinet in accordance with DGUV regulation 113-001 W Active personal protection through capturing and retaining harmful vapours in the filter system W No expensive extraction piping necessary, the recirculating air filter system can be assembled easily and safely W Tested and certified W Complete with multi-level filter system, connection cable and mains plug Recirculating air filter system for hazardous materials cabinets from height 1300 mm. With main and secondary filter. The secondary filter provides additio- nal safety for the overall system (not suitable for cabinets for drum storage) Adapter, necessary for denios safety cabinets, year of manufacture 2005 or older and products from other manufacturers Order no. 287-778-JC Order no. 171-300-JC The flat-rate fee includes the service technician's travel to and from the location, accommodation, vehicle and wage costs, as well as the entire order processing This is to be paid per client and location Order no. 184-425-JC Replacement of the recirculating air equipment filter W incl. new filter unit W incl. disposal of the old filter unit Order no. 198-076-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 147

148

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H The highest levels of safety Custos - the new recirculating air filter cabinets from DENIOS With the multifunctional recirculating air filter cabinets, the most diverse hazardous substances can be stored together in one cabinet. Modern monitoring electronics ensure safety for everyday use. W Filter saturated by solvent vapours (hydrocarbons) W Air exchange rate (extraction volume) W Service intervals W Scheduled date for manual filter saturation inspection The ventilation filter cabinets are extensively tested and certified by infraserv Höchst, an accredited test centre, in accordance with the GefahrstoffVO hazardous substances regulations. Permanent, monitored tech- nical ventilation for cabinets. Means no worker exposure to vapours which are hazar- dous to health No EX zone needed around the cabinet (when storing flammable liquids) Expensive air extraction systems are not needed Good flexibility in choice of installation site Excellent quality W Hazardous materials cabinet fire resistance testing in accordance with EN 14470-1 W GS testing of the hazardous materials cabinet W ATEX_Conformity CE II 3/-G Ex ic nA IIB T4 Gc for the recirculating air filter cabinet W CE declaration of conformity DENIOS ONLINE SHOP Maximum safety in the smallest space. Our cabinet range: >> www.denios.co.uk/cabinets << 148 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

149

Recirculating air filter system for the storage of flammable liquids included in the delivery - Ideal for installation in workrooms, approx. 39 db(A) - With multi-stage broadband filter - Visual and audible alarm - Display with innovate touch-panel - Atex compliant: CE Ex II 3/-G Ex ic nA IIB T4 Gc Custos Model C - Chemical cabinet with integrated air recirculation ventilation W Sturdy, high quality, scratch-resistant outer body with powder coated surface W With optional perforated plate insert for the spill pallet to give an additional storage area W Doors are lockable with an integrated cylinder lock in the handle EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << Custos Model SL - Acids and alkalis cabinet with integrated air recirculation ventilation W Doors and body in light grey (RAL 7035) W Slide-out shelves with DIBt approved, removable plastic spill pallet W Two sections allow separated storage of acids and alkalis in one cabinet W Outer body in coated fine sheet steel W Closing mechanism is corrosion protected and outside the storage room 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Spillage decking capacity [l] Shelf load capacity [kg] Order number White Order number Grey Accessories Order number Perforated metal insert for floor spill pallet C-83 3 shelves, floor spill pallet C-103 3 shelves, floor spill pallet 810 x 520 x 2290 1055 x 520 x 2290 33 60 248-476-JC 248-477-JC 33 100 248-474-JC 248-475-JC 202-810-JC 202-811-JC Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Slide-out spill pallet capacity [l] Load capacity pull-out shelf [kg] Order number SL-606 6 slide-out shelves 600 x 615 x 2300 11 25 248-479-JC SL-1212 12 pull-out shelves 1197 x 615 x 2300 11 25 248-478-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 149

150

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Recirculating air filter system for the storage of flammable liquids included in the delivery - Ideal for installation in workrooms, approx. 39 db(A) - With multi-stage broadband filter - Visual and audible alarm - Display with innovate touch-panel - Atex compliant: CE Ex II 3/-G Ex ic nA IIB T4 Gc Custos Model E - Hazardous materials cabinet with integrated air recirculation ventilation Recirculating air filter cabinets allow the combined storage of various hazardous substances in one cabinet. Any vapours which are harmful to health are extracted and filtered. Costly air extraction to outside is not needed. W Improved flexibility for storing hazardous substances in one cabinet W Fire resistance class 90 minutes (Type 90 in accordance with EN 14470-1) W Open two doors at the same time with one hand, doors are held by the standard door hold-open device W The standard door closer releases the doors after 60 seconds, with a visual and audible warning signal before the doors are closed W 2-tone unique, modern look: Body in anthracite grey (RAL 7016), doors available in: Safety yellow (RAL 1004) Light grey (RAL 7035) Traffic red ( RAL 3020) W Integrated base, accessible underneath, making it easy to change location (base can be closed off by optional panel) Image shows cabinet with optional base panel Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Slide-out spill pallet capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number Grey Order number Yellow Order number Red Accessories Order number Plinth panel E-123 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover 1193 x 615 x 2294 1050 x 522 x 1647 75 – 33 – 525 248-459-JC 248-460-JC 248-461-JC E-124 4 slide-out spill trays 1193 x 615 x 2294 1050 x 522 x 1647 – 60 33 30 518 248-462-JC 248-463-JC 248-464-JC E-126 6 slide-out spill trays 1193 x 615 x 2294 1050 x 522 x 1647 – 60 33 30 550 248-465-JC 248-466-JC 248-467-JC 201-062-JC 201-062-JC 201-062-JC 150 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

151

Our recommendation: Tell us which hazardous substances are to be stored in the recirculating air filter cabinets. We will be happy to check in advance if combined storage is recom- mended and, if so, for what quantities this is permitted. We can also determine in advance which hazardous substances will be captured by the filter system. Information on the combined storage of hazardous substances can also be found in HSG71, section 13. EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << Custos Model K - Hazardous materials cabinet with integrated air recirculation ventilation Two sections (vertical split) permit the separated storage of various hazardous substances in one cabinet W Incl. modern monitoring electronics W Improved flexibility for storing hazardous substances in one cabinet W Doors of the hazardous materials cabinet remain open at any angle (automatic closure in the event of a fire) W Complete closing mechanism and safety equipment are corrosion protected and mounted outside the storage room W Integrated base, accessible underneath, making it easy to change location (base can be closed off by optional panel) W Doors can be locked with profile cylinder (closing system compatible) and lock indicator (red/green) 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H W Extremely robust construction with scratch-proof paint W With adjustable feet to be used on uneven floor surfaces W Cabinet equipment: Left side 3 shelves. Floor spill pallet with perforated cover (powder coated steel plate) Right side: 3 spill trays, 1 floor spill pallet (PP) Floor spill pallets approved to StawaR (steel) or DIBt (plastic/PP) W 2-tone unique, modern look: Body in anthracite grey (RAL 7016), doors available in: Safety yellow (RAL 1004) Light grey (RAL 7035) Traffic red ( RAL 3020) The Custos Model K permits storage of flammable and aggressive hazardous substances Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Spillage decking capacity [l]* Shelf load capacity left [kg] Shelf load capacity right [kg] Weight [kg] Order number Grey Order number Yellow Order number Red Accessories Order number Plinth panel *The plastic spill pallets have a containment volume of 12 litres E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 K-123 3 shelves, floor spill pallet with perforated cover, (sheet steel), 3 spill trays, 1 floor spill pallet (PP) 1193 x 615 x 2294 1050 x 522 x 1647 22 75 50 553 248-480-JC 248-481-JC 248-482-JC 201-062-JC 151

152

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Passive storage of lithium-ion batteries Based on the proven technology of our hazardous materials cabinets, we have developed a sophisticated system to address the special potential risks associated with the storage of lithium-ion batteries. With fire protection from the inside and outside, the spread of fire is prevented in the event of thermal runaway. The SafeStore range offers an attractive, safe choice for the passive storage of new or used lithium-ion batteries. SafeStore lithium-ion battery storage cabinet W Storage cabinet for undamaged lithium-ion batteries (passive storage) W Type-tested fire resistance of 90 minutes (type 90) from outside to inside according to EN 14470-1 W Fire resistance of 90 minutes from inside to outside according to EN 1363-1 W With tested, liquid-tight spill pallet (powder coated sheet steel). For containment of any leaks from burning batteries W With permanently self-closing doors and quality oil-damped door closers W Doors can be locked with profile cylinder (closing system compatible) and lock indicator (red/green) W With adjustable feet to be used on uneven floor surfaces W Extremely robust construction with scratch-proof paint W Air extraction connection (NW 75) fitted in the roof of the cabinet W Integrated base, accessible underneath, making it easy to change location. W For the safe, passive storage of lithium-ion batteries Passive storage With passive storage, new or used lithium-ion batteries can be stored for a set time period. We recommend that new and used batteries are stored separately in the SafeStore hazmat cabinet (on separate shelves) The shelves are height adjustable on all cabinets without charging facilities. Body colour is always anthracite grey (RAL 7016), wing doors in gentian blue (RAL 5010) Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number SafeStore-63-L 3 shelves, floor spill pallet 599 x 615 x 1953 450 x 522 x 1647 1 292 309-923-JC SafeStore-64-L 4 shelves, floor spill pallet 599 x 615 x 1953 450 x 522 x 1647 1 294 309-924-JC SafeStore-65-L 5 shelves, floor spill pallet 599 x 615 x 1953 450 x 522 x 1647 1 297 309-925-JC SafeStore-66-L SafeStore-123-L SafeStore-124-L SafeStore-125-L SafeStore-126-L 6 shelves, 6 shelves, floor spill pallet floor spill pallet 599 x 615 x 1953 1193 x 615 x 1953 1193 x 615 x 1953 1193 x 615 x 1953 1193 x 615 x 1953 450 x 522 x 1647 1050 x 522 x 1647 1050 x 522 x 1647 1050 x 522 x 1647 1050 x 522 x 1647 3 502 309-930-JC 1 299 309-926-JC 3 482 309-927-JC 3 489 309-928-JC 3 shelves, floor spill pallet 4 shelves, floor spill pallet 5 shelves, floor spill pallet 3 495 309-929-JC 152 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

153

SafeStore-Pro lithium-ion battery storage cabinet, with fire suppression system With the integrated 3 stage warning/fire suppression system, the SafeStore-Pro cabi- nets offer a high level of safety when storing lithium-ion batteries. A fire starting in the cabinet is immediately recognised. Connecting to a permanently manned building control system ensures that appropriate measures can be taken quickly. Additional options are provided by the remote signaling module included in the scope of deli- very. This enables the alarm to be sent to up to 5 freely programmable receivers via a mobile phone network EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << W Type-tested fire resistance of 90 minutes (type 90) from outside to inside in accordance with DIN EN 14470-1, fire resistance of 90 minutes from inside to outside in accordance with the DIN EN 1363-1 standard W We recommend that SafeStore and SmartStore cabinets are delivered to the place of use as part of the safety concept. We strongly recommend that the cabinets are sited at ground floor-level so that evacuation of the whole cabinet can take place quickly in the event of an incident. In addition we recommend that a maintenance agreement is signed for all SmartStore cabinets W To counteract any pressure increase that may occur in the cabinet, a pressure relief opening is inserted in the top section of the cabinet. In the normal state, this is closed. If pressure builds up, the flap opens and pressure can escape through the opening created W Including smoke detector and potential-free alarm contact to the building management system W Including telecommunication module for alerting monitoring points via the mobile phone network W Integrated base, accessible underneath, making it easy to change location to a safe place in the event of damage 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H W With liquid-tight spill pallet (powder coated sheet steel). For the containment of any leaks from burning batteries W With adjustable feet for use on uneven floor surfaces W Extremely robust construction with scratch-proof paint W Permanent locking of the doors with automatic 2-point locking W Easy storage and retrieval - open two cabinet doors at the same time with just one hand (for two-door cabinets) W Doors can be locked with profile cylinder (closing system compatible) and lock indicator (red/green) Body in anthracite grey (RAL 7016) with wing doors in gentian blue (RAL 5010), with perforated shelves and fire warning/suppression system Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number Safety cabinet for lithium-ion batteries Cabinet with warning and fire suppression system / telecommunications module / 3 shelves and floor spill pallet 1193 x 615 x 1953 1050 x 522 x 1647 3 490 312-822-JC Safety cabinet for lithium-ion batteries Cabinet with warning and fire suppression system / telecommunications module / 4 shelves and floor spill pallet 1193 x 615 x 1953 1050 x 522 x 1647 3 497 312-823-JC Safety cabinet for lithium-ion batteries Cabinet with warning and fire suppression system / telecommunications module / 5 shelves and floor spill pallet 1193 x 615 x 1953 1050 x 522 x 1647 3 503 312-824-JC Safety cabinet for lithium-ion batteries Cabinet with warning and fire suppression system / telecommunications module / 6 shelves and floor spill pallet 1193 x 615 x 1953 1050 x 522 x 1647 3 510 312-825-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 153

154

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H SmartStore lithium-ion battery charging cabinet SmartStore - for active storage of Li-ion batteries SmartStore cabinets offer optimal conditions for the active storage of new or used Li-ion batteries. In addition to the 3-stage warning and fire suppression system, the cabinets are equipped with up to 6 socket strips. Batteries can be stored and charged at the same time in a safe environment. W Type-tested fire resistance of 90 minutes (type 90) from outside to inside in accordance with DIN EN 14470-1, fire resistance of 90 minutes from inside to outside in accordance with the DIN EN 1363-1 standard W Integrated base, accessible underneath, making it easy to change location to a safe place in the event of damage W With liquid-tight spill pallet (powder coated sheet steel). For the containment of any leaks from burning batteries W With adjustable feet for use on uneven floor surfaces W Extremely robust construction with scratch-proof paint W Including smoke detector and potential-free alarm contact to the building management system W We recommend that SafeStore and SmartStore cabinets are delivered to the place of use as part of the safety concept. We strongly recommend that the cabinets are sited at ground floor- level so that evacuation of the whole cabinet can take place quickly in the event of an incident. In addition we recommend that a maintenance agreement is signed for all SmartStore cabinets W LED function display with visual and audible alarm for quick recognition of an emergency without opening the cabinet doors W Includes safety pack, consisting of telecommunication module for alerting monitoring points via mobile phone network. Also included is a potential-free interface for connection to a manned control centre (not a fire alarm control centre). For 24/7 all-round protection of the cabinet, connection to a monitoring point is mandatory W Each storage level is equipped with a high-quality socket board with a metal housing and 8 protected sockets. The socket boards are already fitted to the rear wall of the cabinet W Delivery incl. 400 V cable W Permanent locking of the doors with automatic 2-point locking, doors are self-closing. Doors lockable with profile cylinder (lock system compatible) and lock status indicator (red/green) The SmartStore offers fire protection from inside and out and has a sophisticated, 3 level fire warning / suppression system. Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] Order number SmartStore-123-L, 2.0 3 shelves, floor spill pallet, fire suppression system, socket boards 1193 x 615 x 2224 1050 x 522 x 1647 505 309-973-JC SmartStore-124-L, 2.0 4 shelves, floor spill pallet, fire suppression system, socket boards 1193 x 615 x 2224 1050 x 522 x 1647 513 309-974-JC SmartStore-125-L, 2.0 5 shelves, floor spill pallet, fire suppression system, socket boards 1193 x 615 x 2224 1050 x 522 x 1647 520 309-975-JC SmartStore-126-L, 2.0 6 shelves, floor spill pallet, fire suppression system, socket boards 1193 x 615 x 2224 1050 x 522 x 1647 528 309-976-JC 154 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

155

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Active storage During active storage, lithium-ion batteries in the cabinet are either charged using charging equipment or partially discharged (60-70%). When a lithium-ion battery is charged, heat is produced. If too much heat is produced, a fire can break out e.g. when the lithium battery, the charging equipment or the connection cable is faulty. Thermal runaway of lithium-ion batteries is another risk, which can be caused by internal short circuits for example. EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << 90 minutes of protection! 4 1 3 2 5 1 Integrated technical ventilation 2 Operation indicator (green LED) and warning light (red LED) 3 Smoke detector and temperature sensor 4 Fire suppression system 5 Socket board with metal housing and protected sockets 6 6 Perforated shelves in combination with the steel spill pallet prevent any loss of leaked liquids 400 V power supply E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 155

156

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H 156 SmartStore lithium-ion battery charging cabinet underbench cabinet, compact, practical and safe! The base cabinet can be flexibly integrated under many work surfaces thanks to its practical height of 781 mm. This allows Li-ion batteries to be charged in a safe environment and be back at full power ready for the next day. Thanks to the integrated transport base, this cabinet can also be moved to a safe place outdoors in the event of damage W Including telecommunication module for alerting monitoring points via the mobile phone network W Type-tested fire resistance of 90 minutes (type 90) from outside to inside according to EN 14470-1, Fire resistance of 90 minutes from inside to outside according to EN 1363-1 W Makes perfect use of existing space under the workstation, W Accessible underneath due to integrated transport base (castors can be ordered optionally in conjunction with the cabinet, cannot be retrofitted) W We strongly recommend that the cabinets are sited at ground floor-level so that evacuation of the whole cabinet can take place quickly in the event of an incident. In addition we recommend that a maintenance agreement is signed for all Safe- and SmartStore cabinets Delivery incl. second pull-out shelf Castor set for base (optional, cannot be retro-fitted) Model Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number SmartStore-U, 2.0 1x drawer tray, 1x pull-out shelf, each incl. 4-socket strip Incl. smoke detector, integrated ventilation, accessible transport base 593 x 637 x 781 470 x 450 x 580 11 137 292-933-JC Incl. 4 sockets per pull-out shelf All products for Lithium-ion cabinets can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/25448 powered by asecos W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

157

Active storage During active storage, lithium-ion batteries in the cabinet are either charged using charging equipment or partially discharged (60-70%). When a lithium-ion battery is charged, heat is produced. If too much heat is produced, a fire can break out e.g. when the lithium battery, the charging equipment or the connection cable is faulty. Thermal runaway of lithium-ion batteries is another risk, which can be caused by internal short circuits for example. EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << SmartStore Compact lithium-ion battery charging cabinet, 1 door, also available with locker system Space-saving version, without technical ventilation and fire suppression system. Equipped with perforated shelves and 2 socket strips. Alternatively also available with locker system in powder-coated sheet steel, for separate storage of lithium-ion batteries W Includes safety pack, consisting of telecommunication module f. alerting monitoring points via mobile phone network. Also included is a potential-free interface for connection to a manned control centre (not a fire alarm control centre). For 24/7 all- round protection of the cabinet, connection to a monitoring point is mandatory W Delivery incl. 400 V cable W Including smoke detector and potential-free alarm contact to the building management system W Type-tested fire resistance of 90 minutes (type 90) from outside to inside in accordance with DIN EN 14470-1, fire resistance of 90 minutes from inside to outside in accordance with the DIN EN 1363-1 standard 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Model Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] Order number SmartStore-Compact, 2.0 4 perf. shelves, 1 x spill pallet 599 x 615 x 1953 450 x 522 x 1647 300 309-960-JC SmartStore-Compact-7, 2.0 7 lockers 599 x 615 x 1953 450 x 522 x 1647 314 309-966-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 157

158

Info on Type 30 cabinets: (Extract from HSG71, Appendix 3) Type 30 fire resistance is authorised provided only 1 cabinet is placed in each unit/fire compartment. If this fire compartment is larger than 100 m2, one cabinet is permitted per 100 m2. Underbench cabinet with fire resistance class Type 30 or Type 90 Fire-rated underbench cabinets for legally compliant storage of flammable liquids (H224-226) in work areas in accordance with HSG71 W Safe storage of hazardous liquids close to the area of use W Comfortable installation beneath a laboratory fume hood or workbenches possible W Tested for long life: 50,000 wear-free open/close operations 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Image incl. optional base frame Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number Type 90 GU 50.T 1 slide-out spill tray GU 50 1 slide-out spill tray Model Features GU 90.T 1 slide-out spill tray GU 90 1 slide-out spill tray Model Features 593 x 502 x 600 593 x 574 x 600 470 x 382 x 502 470 x 452 x 502 50 103 50 114 178-043-JC 122-888-JC External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number Type 90 893 x 502 x 600 893 x 574 x 600 771 x 382 x 502 771 x 452 x 502 50 136 50 147 178-044-JC 122-890-JC External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number Type 90 Order number Type 30 GU 111.T 2 slide-out spill pallets GU 111 2 slide-out spill pallets 1102 x 502 x 600 1102 x 574 x 600 979 x 382 x 502 979 x 452 x 502 50 169 50 182 178-046-JC 116-998-JC – 141-917-JC Housing unit for recirculating air filter system W Housing unit for recirculating air filter system, fitted directly to the underbench cabinet. Suitable for models with height 600 mm + mobile base and depth 574 mm (W 420, D 615 mm) W The recirculating air filter attachment can therefore provide ventilation for an underbench cabinet while protected by a housing Order no. 292-144-JC Ventilation attachments The ventilation attachments for wall-mounted base cabinets intercept vapours and gases released at their point of escape or emergence Ventilation attachment with monitoring, Order no. 210-548-JC Ventilation attachment with monitoring and alarm contact Order no. 210-549-JC 158 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

159

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H DENIOS ONLINE SHOP EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Accessories are available in the shop! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/shop << >> www.denios.co.uk/services << W Equipped with air extraction connection (NW 50) on the rear W Locked by cylinder lock, lock indicator (red/green) W Powder coated outer body in RAL 7035 (light grey), fine steel sheet W Tested for long life: 50,000 wear-free open/close operations W Spill pallet welded watertight in accordance with Stawa-R Accessories: a second pull-out draw or shelf creates further storage space Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number Type 90 Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number Type 90 Order number Type 30 GU 60_H8 1 slide-out spill tray 593 x 600 x 800 470 x 482 x 702 50 142 235-882-JC GU 110 1 slide-out spill tray 1102 x 574 x 600 979 x 452 x 502 50 175 116-993-JC 141-916-JC GU 110.T 1 slide-out spill tray 1102 x 502 x 600 979 x 382 x 502 50 166 178-045-JC – Image incl. optional base frame Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] Order number Type 90 Order number Type 30 GU 112.T 1 floor spill tray GU 112 1 floor spill tray 1102 x 502 x 600 1102 x 574 x 600 979 x 382 x 502 979 x 452 x 502 166 178-047-JC – 178 116-999-JC 141-918-JC Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number Type 90 GU 110_H8 2 slide-out spill pallets Model Features 1102 x 600 x 800 979 x 482 x 702 50 228 235-881-JC External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number Type 90 Order number Type 30 GU 140.T 2 slide-out spill pallets GU 140 2 slide-out spill pallets 1402 x 502 x 600 1402 x 574 x 600 1279 x 382 x 502 1279 x 452 x 502 50 216 178-048-JC – 50 223 116-995-JC 141-919-JC Base frame with castors, height 30 mm, for width 593 mm Base frame with castors, height 30 mm, for width 1102 mm Order no. 133-465-JC Order no. 133-467-JC Base frame with castors, height 30 mm, for width 893 mm Base frame with castors, height 30 mm, for width 1402 mm Order no. 133-466-JC Order no. 133-471-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 159

160

1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Fire-rated hazardous materials cabinet for storing drums Save long journeys on site and store large containers and 205 litre drums in convenient hazardous materials cabinets. Thanks to the transport base included in the delivery, a later change of location is no problem. The Stawa-R certified spill pallet safely contains any leaking liquids. W For the legally compliant storage of large quantities of flammable liquids W Cabinet supplied with a practical transport base W Tested as type 90 in accordance with the regulations of EN 14470-1 W In case of fire, self-closing doors, air supply and extraction openings W Ready for connection to an air extraction system (DN 75), connection point in roof W Earthing connection inside and outside the rear wall, inside with earthing cable including clip W Doors are held by the standard door hold- open device W High level of user comfort with slide rail closing device and door hold-open device W Steel spill pallets protect from leaked fluids Drum cabinet Model VBF 90.2 incl. shelf and transport base. The transport bases included in the scope of delivery enable problem-free transport, e.g. for internal relocation Order no. 307-758-JC Design Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Container type Spillage decking capacity [l] Spill pallet load capacity [kg] Shelf load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number VbF 90.1 VbF 90.1 VbF 90.2 VbF 90.2 1 spill pallet incl. grid, transport base 1 spill pallet incl. grid, 1 shelf, transport base 1 spill pallet incl. grid, transport base 1 spill pallet incl. grid, 1 shelf, transport base Vbf 90.2-K 1 x storage shelf (D=600 mm), 1 spill pallet, transport base Vbf 90.2-K 1 x storage shelf (D=800 mm), 1 x spill pallet, transport base 1105 x 1018 x 2324 1105 x 1018 x 2324 1555 x 1018 x 2324 1555 x 1018 x 2324 1555 x 1018 x 2324 1555 x 1018 x 2324 936 x 864 x 1890 936 x 864 x 1890 1386 x 864 x 1890 1386 x 864 x 1890 1386 x 864 x 1890 1386 x 864 x 1890 Drums 220 700 – 887 307-755-JC Drums 220 700 75 892 307-756-JC Drums 220 800 – 1115 307-757-JC Drums 220 800 75 1129 307-758-JC Small container 66 – 240 1102 307-759-JC Small container 66 – 240 1113 307-760-JC ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Recirculating air filter set for VbF drum cabinet, with multi-level filter system Connecting cable and power plug, see accessories table Order no. 287-780-JC ATEX-compliant: Ex II 3/- G Ex ic nA IIB T4 Gc. For installation in Zone 1, please use technical ventilation item 116941 and/or consult us. 160 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

161

EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << 1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H The drum cabinet includes a shelf with 3 adjustable levels to store small containers, as standard. Order no. 307-759-JC Drum cabinet Model VbF 90.1, standard scope of delivery incl. shelf and transport base Order no. 307-756-JC Accessories Base shelf for model VbF 90.1 Base shelf for model VbF 90.2 Base shelf for model VbF 90.2-K Recirculating air filter set for VbF drum cabinet Technical ventilation, with explosion protection Radial fan, non-explosion-proof Ventilation fitting for drum cabinets with monitoring and alarm Type SK drum clamp 205 litre drums are most easily loaded with a forklift and the SK-S drum clamp. W With adjustable, automatically closing drum clamp to grasp and firmly hold the drum W Secure grip even for different sizes of drum W Tested and suitable for use in EX zones: IIB T4 Zone 1 Order no. 212-869-JC Order number 117-040-JC 117-043-JC 170-660-JC 287-780-JC 116-941-JC 116-943-JC 251-167-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 161

162

D E N I O S M A G A Z I N E A L L Y O U N E E D T O K N O W A B O U T H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S S T O R E S Do you need a legally-compliant, environmentally-friendly solution for securing an operational area when storing and handling hazardous substances? Whether its a hazardous materials store or fire-rated storage container - technical room systems from DENIOS are designed especially for the storage medium, the use concept and the installation conditions. Shelving solutions, compact or walk-in systems are available. Your hazardous materials store is designed, manufactured and customised in our own production facilities G U I D E S C H E C K L I S T S A R T I C L E S V I D E O S F A Q W H I T E P A P E R S I N T E R V I E W S A N D M U C H M O R E ! www.denios.co.uk/magazine W H I T E P A P E R S 3 S T E P S T O T H E R I G H T H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S S T O R E W What substance do you want to store? W What quantities do you want to store? W What collection volume do you need? Instructions with checklist for safe planning (incl. 6 typical planning errors). www.denios.co.uk/hazmat-storage-plan S E R V I C E E Q U I P M E N T S E R V I C E & M A I N T E N A N C E E Q U I P M E N T F O R H A Z M A T S T O R E S Our service concept covers the whole order process and product life cycle. DENIOS technicians will ensure the professional installation of your room system and will work with you to complete the Site Accept- ance Test including all installation and operational tests. After com- missioning, we will be happy to take over regular maintenance for you. We aim to optimise your room system to exactly meet your require- ments in an uncomplicated and efficient manner. As a manufacturer we know exactly what our customers need and have included the right modules in our comprehensive range of equipment. Choose suitable options from a wide range of proven components. www.denios.co.uk/service-warranty www.denios.co.uk/equipment 162

163

W E W O U L D B E P L E A S E D T O P R O V I D E Y O U W I T H A D V I C E ! G U I D E S Do you need advice on storing hazardous substances? Our expert team would be happy to help. O N - S I T E A D V I C E We will be happy to offer detailed, personalised advice at your premises. 01952 811 991 H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S S T O R E S V S F I R E - R A T E D S T O R E S If there is an increased fire risk and safety distances can be used to separate spaces, our hazardous materials stores are ideal. They are DIBt-approved and available with additional insulation as an option. A high fire risk usually requires fire-resistant partitioning of the store. Stay safe with our fire-rated stores. They are also DIBt-approved and have certified fire protection. www.denios.co.uk/hazmat 163

164

D E N I O S M A G A Z I N E A L L Y O U N E E D T O K N O W A B O U T D E N I O S H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S D E P O T S DENIOS hazardous materials depots are designed for the safe storage of small containers, drums or IBCs. Made of plastic or steel, they offer efficient protec- tion and safety in a compact space and are suitable for indoor and outdoor installation. G U I D E S C H E C K L I S T S A R T I C L E S V I D E O S F A Q W H I T E P A P E R S I N T E R V I E W S A N D M U C H M O R E ! www.denios.co.uk/magazine F A Q W H I T E P A P E R S R I S K A S S E S S M E N T S F O R A C T I V I T I E S W I T H H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S 3 S T R A T E G I E S F O R E C O N O M I C A L S T O R A G E O F H A Z A R D O U S S U B S T A N C E S Anyone who handles hazardous substances, uses them or even "only" stores them, cannot do so without a risk assessment. For 25 years they have been the central component of workplace safety. In our FAQ we have compiled the answers to the most frequently asked questions concerning "Risk assessments for hazardous substances". Our expert Gertjan Frick explains how you can achieve higher added value with hazardous materials depots from DENIOS. Learn how you can make the best use of the space available and create efficient workflows when storing hazardous substances. Find out more about the safety-relevant factors - and how you can react to storage bottlenecks in a legally compliant yet flexible and cost- effective manner. www.denios.co.uk/faqs-risk-assesment www.denios.co.uk/3strategies A R T I C L E S D E N I O S E N G I N E E R I N G C O M P A C T S T O R A G E F O R L A R G E C O N T A I N E R S The stockpiling and storage of hazardous substances is always a special challenge for companies. If the quantities to be stored are kept in only a few standard 205 litre drums or 1000 litre IBCs, a hazardous materials cabinet is no longer sufficient. A large store, on the other hand, would be oversized and expensive. For these situations, we have developed an economical solution so that small quantities of large containers can be safely stored in a space-saving manner: our hazardous materials depots. H O W A S T E E L S A F E H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S D E P O T I S C R E A T E D The robust SteelSafe hazardous materials depots are developed by our DENIOS engineers in our in-house innovation department and then manufactured in our state-of-the-art production facilities. The welding work is carried out by qualified skilled workers, and we regularly renew our welding certificates for this purpose. As a developer and manufacturer, safety and quality are a top priority. www.denios.co.uk/depots www.denios.co.uk/steelsafe 164

165

S T E E L O R P L A S T I C ? W H A T K I N D O F H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S D E P O T D O Y O U N E E D ? Certificate of compliance (ÜHP) T H A T D E P E N D S O N W H A T Y O U W A N T T O S T O R E Hazardous materials depots are compact stores with integrated spill pallets. They form the basis for containment of leaked hazardous substances in the event of a leaking storage container. In addition, hazardous materials depots have walls, a roof, lockable doors or roller shutters that protect the stored goods. Hazardous materials depots are made of resistant plastic or robust steel. The choice of hazardous materials depot depends on the medium to be stored. We recommend taking a look at the safety datasheets for the substances to be stored to help select the right material. P O LY S A F E . H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S D E P O T S I N P L A S T I C S T E E L S A F E . H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S D E P O T S I N S T E E L With the PolySafe line, DENIOS offers corrosion-free, weather-resistant and stable hazardous materials depots in polyethylene. They are suitable for the storage of substances in all water hazard classes and aggressive chemicals, both indoors and in covered outdoor areas in accordance with regulations. With the SteelSafe line, DENIOS has put all hazardous materials depots in steel under one banner. These robust steel depots are suitable for the storage of substances in all water hazard classes and for the passive storage of flammable liquids. They can be installed indoors and outdoors, as well as in Ex areas, provided there is adequate ventilation and earthing. They offer storage capacity for small containers or up to 8 drums or 2 IBCs, can be loaded effortlessly with a forklift or high-lift truck and can also be accessed underneath and are lockable. Whether you prefer hinged doors, roller shutters or sliding doors - as the market leader and manufacturer, DENIOS offers the perfect solution for every application. They are suitable for storing small containers or up to 8 drums or 2 IBCs, and can be easily loaded with forklift or high-lift trucks. The steel depots are accessible from underneath, lockable, powder-coated and versatile thanks to the various equipment options such as hinged doors, roller shutters or sliding doors. Discover the variety of our hazardous materials depots in the video! www.denios.co.uk/depot-video 165

166

PolySafe hazardous materials depot D1, for 1 x 205 litre drum and small containers W For the storage of substances in all water-polluting classes W Optionally available with doors or space-saving roller shutters W Versions available with integrated shelf system for flexible storage of W Corrosion free, weather resistant and stable W Manufactured from polyethylene (PE) small containers W High resistance against oils, acids and alkali 1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H PolySafe hazardous material depot D1 with doors and integral plastic shelf system Order no. 271-831-JC PolySafe hazardous material depot D1 with doors, for storing 1 x 205 litre drum Order no. 271-829-JC Optionally available: PE half pallet for 1 x 205 litre drum Order no. 312-634-JC PolySafe hazardous material depot D1 with doors and integral steel shelf system, Order no. 271-830-JC Door version Storage capacity Number Included in delivery External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] Order number Accessories Order number hinged door 205 litre drums 1 Without shelf 1140 x 1050 x 2060 975 x 910 x 1500 270 400 271-829-JC Mounting set 212-607-JC hinged door Small container – With steel shelving unit: shelf dimensions W x D (mm) 900 x 800, shelf load 250 kg, 3 storage levels adjustable in increments of 25 mm 1140 x 1050 x 2060 975 x 910 x 1500 270 400 271-830-JC Mounting set 212-607-JC hinged door Small container – With plastic shelving unit: shelf dimensions W x D (mm) 900 x 590, shelf load 180 kg, 3 storage levels adjustable in increments of 100 mm 1140 x 1050 x 2060 975 x 910 x 1500 270 400 271-831-JC Mounting set 212-607-JC 166 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

167

W With integrated spill pallet W Rainwater is channelled to the rear W Integrated pocket for access underneath W Ready for anchoring to the ground (anchor kit optional) W The PolySafe depot is supplied ready assembled 1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H PolySafe hazardous material depot D1 with roller shutter and integral plastic shelf system Order no. 271-834-JC PolySafe hazardous material depot D1 with roller shutter and integral steel shelf system Order no. 271-833-JC PolySafe hazardous material depot D1 with roller shutter, for storing 1 x 205 litre drum Order no. 271-832-JC Optionally available: PE half pallet for 1 x 205 litre drum Order no. 312-634-JC Door version Storage capacity Number Included in delivery External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] Order number Accessories Order number Roller shutter 205 litre drums 1 Without shelf 1140 x 1050 x 2060 975 x 910 x 1500 270 400 271-832-JC Mounting set 212-607-JC Roller shutter Small container – With steel shelving unit: shelf dimensions W x D (mm) 900 x 800, shelf load 250 kg, 3 storage levels adjustable in increments of 25 mm 1140 x 1050 x 2060 975 x 910 x 1500 270 400 271-833-JC Mounting set 212-607-JC Roller shutter Small container – With plastic shelving unit: shelf dimensions W x D (mm) 900 x 590, shelf load 180 kg, 3 storage levels adjustable in increments of 100 mm 1140 x 1050 x 2060 975 x 910 x 1500 270 400 271-834-JC Mounting set 212-607-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 167

168

PolySafe hazardous materials depot D / DL, for up to 2 x 205 litre drums and small containers W For the storage of substances in all water-polluting classes W Corrosion free, weather resistant and stable W Manufactured from polyethylene (PE) W Optionally available with doors or space-saving roller shutters W Versions available with integrated shelf system for flexible storage of small containers 1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H PolySafe hazardous material depot DL, for storing up to 2 x 205 litre drums one behind the other on a Euro pallet Order no. 240-861-JC PolySafe hazardous material depot D, for storing up to 2 x 205 litre drums on a Euro pallet Order no. 211-945-JC If you want to store individual drums or small containers directly, an additional PE grid is needed Order no. 211-991-JC PolySafe hazardous materials depot D with doors and integrated steel shelving system PolySafe hazardous material depot D with doors and integral plastic shelf system Order no. 218-998-JC Order no. 265-939-JC Door version Storage capacity Number hinged door 205 litre drums 2 hinged door 205 litre drums 2 Included in delivery Without shelf Without shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] Order number Accessories Order number 1560 x 1080 x 1980 1370 x 910 x 1500 288 800 211-945-JC Mounting set 212-607-JC 1140 x 1410 x 1980 975 x 1315 x 1500 240 800 240-861-JC Mounting set 212-607-JC hinged door Small container – With steel shelving unit: shelf dimensions W x D (mm) 1300 x 800, shelf load 250 kg, 3 storage levels adjustable in increments of 25 mm 1560 x 1080 x 1980 1370 x 910 x 1500 288 800 218-998-JC Mounting set 212-607-JC hinged door Small container – With plastic shelving unit: shelf dimensions W x D (mm) 1300 x 590, shelf load 180 kg, 3 storage levels adjustable in increments of 100 mm 1560 x 1080 x 1980 1370 x 910 x 1500 288 800 265-939-JC Mounting set 212-607-JC 168 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

169

W High resistance against oils, acids and alkali W With integrated spill pallet W Rainwater is channelled to the rear W Integrated pocket for access underneath W Ready for anchoring to the ground (anchor kit optional) W The PolySafe depot is supplied ready assembled 1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H PolySafe hazardous material depot D with roller shutter and integral steel shelf system, Order no. 271-836-JC PolySafe hazardous material depot D with roller shutter and integral plastic shelf system Order no. 271-837-JC PolySafe hazardous material depot D with roller shutter, for storing up to 2 x 205 litre drums on a Euro pallet Order no. 271-835-JC If you want to store individual drums or small containers directly, an additional PE grid is needed Order no. 211-991-JC Door version Storage capacity Number Included in delivery External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] Order number Accessories Order number Roller shutter 205 litre drums 2 Without shelf 1554 x 1083 x 1980 1370 x 910 x 1500 288 800 271-835-JC Mounting set 212-607-JC Roller shutter Small container – With steel shelving unit: shelf dimensions W x D (mm) 1300 x 800, shelf load 250 kg, 3 storage levels adjustable in increments of 25 mm 1554 x 1083 x 1980 1370 x 910 x 1500 288 800 271-836-JC Mounting set 212-607-JC Roller shutter Small container – With plastic shelving unit: shelf dimensions W x D (mm) 1300 x 590, shelf load 180 kg, 3 storage levels adjustable in increments of 100 mm 1554 x 1083 x 1980 1370 x 910 x 1500 288 800 271-837-JC Mounting set 212-607-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 169

170

PolySafe hazardous material depot C, for up to 4 x 205 litre drums or 1 x 1000 litre IBC W For the storage of substances in all water-polluting classes W Corrosion free, weather resistant and stable W Manufactured from polyethylene (PE) W High resistance against oils, acids and alkali W With integrated spill pallet W Rainwater is channelled to the rear W Integrated pocket for access underneath W Ready for anchoring to the ground (anchor kit optional) W The PolySafe depot is supplied ready assembled 1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Door version Storage capacity for 1000 litre IBCs Storage capacity for 205 litre drums External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] Order number Accessories Order number SAFETY IN DETAIL hinged door 1 4 1560 x 1550 x 2330 1370 x 1330 x 1500 1150 2000 211-946-JC Mounting set 212-607-JC The transparent pocket in the door can be used for storing safety data sheets or protective gloves or glasses for example 170 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

171

PolySafe hazardous material depot 2C, for up to 8 x 205 litre drums or 2 x 1000 litre IBCs W For the storage of substances in all water-polluting classes W Corrosion free W Manufactured from polyethylene (PE) W High resistance against oils, acids and alkali W With integrated spill pallet W Rainwater is channelled to the rear W Integrated pocket for access underneath W Ready for anchoring to the ground (anchor kit optional) W The PolySafe depot is supplied ready assembled 1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Door version Storage capacity for 1000 litre IBCs Storage capacity for 205 litre drums External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] Order number Accessories Order number sliding door 2 8 3200 x 1750 x 2170 2980 x 1350 x 1670 1200 3600 227-285-JC Mounting set 212-607-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 171

172

1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H 172 SteelSafe hazardous materials depots D1 and D2, for up to 2 x 205 litre drums and small containers W For the safe storage of substances in all water-polluting classes and for passive storage of flammable liquids W Interior height is optimised for drums with pumps and funnels fitted W With optional shelf, can also be used as a small container store SteelSafe hazardous material depot D1 for 1 x 205 litre drum (dispensing pump optional) Order no. 259-060-JC SteelSafe hazardous materials depot D1 with 2 shelves for storing small containers Order no. 259-062-JC SteelSafe hazardous materials depot D1 with 1 shelf for storing e.g. 2 x 60 litre drums and other small containers Order no. 259-061-JC Door version Equipment - shelves Storage capacity Storage capacity (number) Number of storage levels External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] Order number hinged door 1 grid, galvanised 205 litre drums 1 1 850 x 700 x 2000 740 x 670 x 1410 240 400 259-060-JC hinged door 1 grid, galvanised, 1 shelf, blue 60 litre drums 2 2 850 x 700 x 2000 740 x 670 x 1410 240 400 259-061-JC hinged door 1 grid, galvanised, 2 shelves, blue Small container – 3 850 x 700 x 2000 740 x 670 x 1410 240 400 259-062-JC Accessories External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Load [kg] Order number Additional shelf 805 x 660 x 30 60 259-066-JC W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

173

W Sturdy sheet steel construction with high-quality powder coating for optimum corrosion protection W Integral spill pallet with removable galvanised grid as storage surface W Natural ventilation via ventilation slits in the door area W Sloping roof for optimum water drainage W Lockable with cylinder lock for protection against unauthorised access W 100 mm ground clearance for easy access underneath and simple transport W Delivered ready to use 1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H SteelSafe hazardous materials depot D2 as small container store with 4 shelves Order no. 259-065-JC All SteelSafe hazardous materials depots are lockable for protection against unautho- rised access. SteelSafe hazardous materials depot D2 with 1 shelf, for storing 1 x 205 litre drum and small containers SteelSafe hazardous material depot D2 for up to 2 x 205 litre drums (dispensing pump optional) Order no. 259-064-JC Order no. 259-063-JC Door version Equipment - shelves Storage capacity Storage capacity (number) Number of storage levels External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] Order number hinged door 2 grids, galvanised 205 litre drums 2 1 1700 x 700 x 1800 1590 x 670 x 1410 250 800 259-063-JC hinged door 2 grids, galvanised, 1 shelf, blue 205 litre drums 1 2 1700 x 700 x 1800 1590 x 670 x 1410 250 800 259-064-JC hinged door 2 grids, galvanised, 4 shelves, blue Small container – 3 1700 x 700 x 1800 1590 x 670 x 1410 250 800 259-065-JC FALCON dispensing jugs Lubriflex See page 399 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 173

174

1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H SteelSafe hazardous materials depots D2 and D4 with doors, for up to 4 x 205 litre drums W For the safe storage of substances in all water-polluting classes and for passive storage of flammable liquids W Sturdy sheet steel construction with high-quality powder coating for optimum corrosion protection W Optimised interior height for safe and comfortable handling, e.g. with pumps or filling funnels W Versions available with integrated shelf system for flexible storage of small containers W Integrated spill pallet Generous internal height 1500 mm - for safe hand- ling ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Oil drum pump in die cast zinc Funnel GP 2 on a 205 litre steel drum Jug, 1 litre (similar to image) Order no. 117-563-JC Order no. 240-013-JC Order no. 117-408-JC 174 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

175

W Drum storage direct on the grid, on a Euro pallet (D2) or on a chemical pallet (D4) W Natural ventilation by air slots W Lockable for protection against unauthorised access W 100 mm ground clearance for easy access underneath and simple transport W The depot is supplied ready assembled. 1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Frequently occurring activities, such as pumping and filling work with non-flammable liquids, can be carried out directly at the hazardous materials depot. Door version Storage capacity Number Included in delivery External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] Order number hinged door 205 litre drums 2 Without shelf 1400 x 950 x 1920 1330 x 870 x 1515 263 800 291-036-JC hinged door Small container – With steel shelving unit: shelf dimensions W x D (mm) 1300 x 800, shelf load 250 kg, 3 storage levels adjustable in increments of 25 mm 1400 x 950 x 1920 1330 x 870 x 1515 263 800 291-037-JC hinged door 205 litre drums 4 Without shelf 1400 x 1410 x 1860 1330 x 1330 x 1515 263 1600 291-038-JC hinged door Small container – With steel shelving unit: shelf dimensions W x D (mm) 1300 x 800, shelf load 250 kg, 3 storage levels adjustable in increments of 25 mm 1400 x 1410 x 1860 1330 x 1330 x 1515 263 1600 291-039-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 175

177

W Drum storage direct on the grid, on a Euro pallet (D2) or on a chemical pallet (D4) W Natural ventilation by air slots W Lockable for protection against unauthorised access W 100 mm ground clearance for easy access underneath and simple transport W The depot is supplied ready assembled. Generous internal height 1500 mm - for safe hand- ling 1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Door version Storage capacity Number Included in delivery External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] Order number Roller shutter 205 litre drums 2 Without shelf 1400 x 950 x 2020 1330 x 870 x 1505 263 800 291-043-JC Roller shutter Small container – With steel shelving unit: shelf dimensions W x D (mm) 1300 x 800, shelf load 250 kg, 3 storage levels adjustable in increments of 25 mm 1400 x 950 x 2020 1330 x 870 x 1505 263 800 291-044-JC Roller shutter 205 litre drums 4 Without shelf 1400 x 1410 x 1960 1330 x 1330 x 1505 263 1600 291-045-JC Roller shutter Small container – With steel shelving unit: shelf dimensions W x D (mm) 1300 x 800, shelf load 250 kg, 3 storage levels adjustable in increments of 25 mm 1400 x 1410 x 1960 1330 x 1330 x 1505 263 1600 291-046-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 177

178

SteelSafe hazardous material depot C, for up to 4 x 205 litre drums or 1 x 1000 litre IBC W For the safe storage of substances in all water-polluting classes and for passive storage of flammable liquids W Sturdy sheet steel construction with high-quality powder coating for optimum corrosion protection W Integrated spill pallet with removable galvanised grid as storage surface W Optimum internal height for safe, efficient loading with forklift or pallet truck W Natural ventilation by air slots W Lockable with bar lock for protection against unauthorised access W 100 mm ground clearance for easy access underneath and simple transport W Delivered ready to use 1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Door version Storage capacity for 1000 litre IBCs Storage capacity for 205 litre drums External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] Order number hinged door 1 4 1420 x 1635 x 2020 1330 x 1600 x 1348 1070 2000 280-244-JC 178 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

179

SteelSafe hazardous material depot 2C, for up to 8 x 205 litre drums or 2 x 1000 litre IBCs W For the safe storage of substances in all water-polluting classes and for passive storage of flammable liquids W Sturdy sheet steel construction with high-quality powder coating for optimum corrosion protection W Integrated spill pallet with removable galvanised grid as storage surface W Optimum internal height for safe, efficient loading with forklift or pallet truck W Natural ventilation by air slots W Lockable to prevent unauthorised access W 100 mm ground clearance for easy access underneath and simple transport W Delivered ready to use BESTSELLER 1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Door version Storage capacity for 1000 litre IBCs Storage capacity for 205 litre drums External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Sump Volume [l] Order number sliding door 2 8 2770 x 1405 x 1870 2690 x 1280 x 1370 4000 1085 281-129-JC 179 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1

180

D E N I O S M A G A Z I N E A L L Y O U N E E D T O K N O W A B O U T G A S C Y L I N D E R S T O R A G E Gas cylinders are the standard for hazardous substances. They contain a wide variety of gases, which also require different storage conditions. Fires, explo- sions or leaks are effectively avoided by safe gas cylinder storage. G U I D E S C H E C K L I S T S A R T I C L E S V I D E O S F A Q W H I T E P A P E R S I N T E R V I E W S A N D M U C H M O R E ! www.denios.co.uk/magazine A R T I C L E S A R T I C L E S S T O R I N G G A S C Y L I N D E R S S A F E LY R I S K A S S E S S M E N T S F O R G A S E S Proper gas cylinder storage and handling are extremely important, as pressurised gas cylinders pose a high safety risk and therefore a considerable potential danger. DENIOS offers reliable and legally compliant products for outdoor and indoor storage as well as for the safe, daily handling of gas cylinders. Handling gases comes with many dangers - but the right knowledge helps effectively minimise these risks. People who work with gases in their everyday work should therefore be made aware of the various sources of danger. What regulations apply to activities involving gases? Why is a risk assessment for gases needed? Who carries out the risk assessment for gases? Important definitions of terms according to HSG71 www.denios.co.uk/gas-cylinder-storage www.denios.co.uk/gas-risk-assesment G U I D E S G A S C Y L I N D E R S T O R A G E - T H E M O S T I M P O R T A N T R E Q U I R E M E N T S Pressurised gas cylinders pose an increased risk due to their high pressure as well as their contents (corrosive, toxic , flammable, oxidising, asphyxiating). In the event of a fire, you must be certain that these gases and pressurised containers will not heat up and will not explode. Mechanical damage must also be prevented, for example collision from a forklift or the store falling over. www.denios.co.uk/gas-bottle-guide 180

181

G A S C Y L I N D E R S S A F E S T O R A G E A N D H A N D L I N G DENIOS, a hazardous materials expert, also offers an extensive range of products for gas cylinder storage - safe, legally-compliant, tried and tested, and all with DENIOS top quality: G A S C Y L I N D E R C A B I N E T S A N D G A S C Y L I N D E R S T O R E S For the legally compliant storage of gas cylinders outdoors, available in various storage capacities for 50 litre gas cylinders and 33 kg gas cylinders. www.denios.co.uk/gas-bottle-cabinets www.denios.co.uk/gas-bottle-storage G A S C Y L I N D E R C A B I N E T S W I T H F I R E P R O T E C T I O N G A S C Y L I N D E R H A N D L I N G Fire-rated gas cylinder cabinets Model G 90 and Model G 30, tested in accordance with EN 14470-2 for fire-protected storage of gas cylinders in workrooms. Trolleys, transport racks or wall brackets increase safety when handling gas cylinders - during internal transport, lifting or storage. www.denios.co.uk/fire-rated-gas-storage www.denios.co.uk/gas-bottle-handling 181

183

W Including floor grid and removable intermediate shelf as storage areas W Lockable with a cylinder lock integrated in the twist handle to protect against unauthorised access W Warning symbol W Supplied flat pack, simple assembly NEW 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H 2 Gas cylinder cabinet for storing up to 20 x 11 kg gas cylinders Storage capacity for 11 kg gas cylinders Storage capacity alternative - for 33 kg gas cylinders External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door design Door hinge Order number 1 2 10 4 840 x 690 x 1500 1-wing left 308-450-JC 20 9 1680 x 690 x 1500 2 wing doors both sides 308-451-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 183

184

Gas cylinder cabinets, for up to 5 gas cylinders W For outdoor use W Legally compliant storage of pressurised gas cylinders in accordance with HSG71 W Effective ventilation and exhaust W Galvanised design with additional powder coating in light grey (RAL 7035) to give optimum corrosion protection W Cabinet base in stainless steel W Roof slopes forward to prevent water ingress at the rear and soiling of the building wall W Robust 3 point locking mechanism with pivot lever and integral cylinder lock prevents theft and unauthorised access W 2 C rails for mounting fittings (fittings not included) W 3 break-through points (sealed with plastic bungs) per cylinder location in the cabinet roof 1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H 1 Gas cylinder cabinet for up to 2 gas cylinders (without fittings) 2 Gas cylinder cabinet for up to 5 gas cylinders (without fittings) 1 2 ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Storage capacity for 50 litre gas cylinders External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door design Order number Accessories Order number Roll up flap Order number Cylinder holder, height adjustable 2 3 5 700 x 400 x 2150 1000 x 400 x 2150 1350 x 400 x 2150 695 x 370 x 2070 995 x 370 x 2070 1345 x 370 x 2070 1-wing 158-049-JC 2 wing doors 158-051-JC 2 wing doors 158-053-JC 158-054-JC 117-059-JC 158-055-JC 117-059-JC 158-056-JC 117-059-JC Access ramp folds inward, for easy loading and unloading of gas cylinders Cylinder holder, height adjustable, for han- ging on the side wall Small gas cylinders can also be stored in a practical manner 184 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

185

Gas cylinder cabinets, for up to 12 gas cylinders W For outdoor use W Meets the requirements of HSG71 W Sturdy construction composed of a steel frame and mesh W Lockable wing door for protection against unauthorised access W High quality surface finish for optimum corrosion protection W Model GF 8.16: 1-Wing door, folding shelf for storing propane gas cylinders above each other for example, shelf supplied as standard W Model GF 8.18: 2-Wing door, shelf optional W Model GF 8.19: 2-Wing door, integral foot design for optimal access underneath, shelf optional 1 Gas cylinder cabinet with integrated, fold-down shelf as additional storage level for 11 kg gas cylinders, 1-wing door 1 Gas cylinder cabinet with folded-up shelf for 33 kg gas cylinders, 1-wing door 1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H 2 Gas cylinder cabinet for 33 kg gas cylinders, 2-wing door 3 Gas cylinder cabinet for 33 kg gas cylinders, 2-wing door, shelf optional Storage capacity for 11 kg gas cylinders Storage capacity alternative - for 33 kg gas cylinders External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door design Features Order number Accessories Order number 1 2 3 12 6 790 x 1180 x 1670 1-wing Bottom shelf and shelf 137-112-JC – – 8 6 8 6 1250 x 800 x 1850 2 wing doors – 137-123-JC Inliner for 11 kg gas cylinders 137-126-JC 1250 x 800 x 1970 2 wing doors Accessible underneath 137-125-JC Inliner for 11 kg gas cylinders 137-126-JC Steel gas cylinder trolley BK-60, rubber wheels, wheel Ø 200 mm Order no. 115-243-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 185

186

SteelSafe gas cylinder store, for up to 50 gas cylinders W For the legally compliant storage of gas cylinders W For outdoor use W Available either with or without hot dip galvanised base 1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H 3 SteelSafe gas cylinder store, without floor assembly, especially suitable for use with gas cylinder pallets. The door's 160 mm ground clearance enables the gas cylinder store to be locked again even if gas cylinder pallets are open. Storage capacity for 50 litre gas cylinders Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door design Order number 1 25 Without base 1430 x 1410 x 2210 1420 x 1280 x 2110 1-wing 256-859-JC 2 25 With base 1430 x 1410 x 2410 1420 x 1280 x 2310 1-wing 256-858-JC 3 50 Without base 2760 x 1410 x 2210 2750 x 1280 x 2110 2 wing doors 256-861-JC 4 50 With base 2760 x 1410 x 2410 2750 x 1280 x 2310 2 wing doors 256-860-JC 186 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

187

W Sturdy construction composed of a steel frame and mesh W Profiled sheet steel roof W Galvanised with additional powder coating in grey (RAL 7016) for optimum corrosion protection W Lockable wing door for protection against unauthorised access W Delivered flat-pack, with instructions for assembly HSG71 (Technical rules for hazardous substances) Also considered to be outside storage are those with at least 2 sides open. The storage areas must not be accessible for general traffic. The outside walls of storage rooms must be at least fire-retardant. 1 1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H 4 2 ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Stackable rack for storing gas cylinders Storage racks: up to 2 racks can be stacked on top of each other. This gives 3 levels on top of each other. Rack dimensi- ons: W x D x H (mm): 1437 x 1038 x 750, load capacity: 500 kg Access ramp For easy loading of the gas cylinder store, use the hook-on access ramp in aluminium, W x D (mm): 908 x 933, wheel load 150 kg, suitable for gas cylin- der store with base unit Order no. 115-876-JC Two stackable racks one on top of another Order no. 216-658-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 187

188

Gas cylinder store model MDC, for up to 66 gas cylinders W Closed container for the legally compliant storage of pressurised gas cylinders W For outdoor use W Ventilation grids in the walls and grid shelf for ventilation from below W 2-wing door with safety lock W Individually adjustable retaining devices for gas cylinders W Delivered ready to use 1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Loading example for MDC 210 Loading example for MDC 320 Gas cylinder store MDC 210 Gas cylinder store MDC 320 Order no. 274-762-JC On request Model Storage capacity for 50 litre gas cylinders External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door design Load capacity [kg/m²] ORDER AT THE SAME TIME MDC 210 21 2162 x 986 x 2350 2000 x 790 x 2000 2 wing doors 1000 MDC 320 66 2986 x 2162 x 2350 2830 x 2000 x 2000 2 wing doors 1000 Steel ramp, hot dip galvanised, height adjustable from 150 to 270 mm, dimensions W x D (mm): 1035 x 900 Order no. 126-133-JC 188 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / E N G I N E E R I N G

189

Gas cylinder store for up to 128 gas cylinders W For outdoor use W For the legally compliant storage of pressurised gas cylinder W Galvanised roofing plate, additionally coated with polyester W Door opens outwards on the right, door width 1000 mm W Door fitted with latch and padlock attachment, with padlock W Modular components supplied separately, easy to assemble W Galvanized storage table available as an accessory << 1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Storage capacity for 50 litre gas cylinders External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door design Order number 48 72 64 96 128 2000 x 1790 x 2200 1940 x 1440 x 2000 1-wing 157-502-JC 3000 x 1790 x 2200 2940 x 1440 x 2000 1-wing 157-503-JC 2000 x 2290 x 2200 1940 x 1940 x 2000 1-wing 157-504-JC 3000 x 2290 x 2200 2940 x 1940 x 2000 1-wing 157-505-JC 4000 x 2290 x 2200 3940 x 1940 x 2000 1-wing 157-506-JC Accessories Storage capacity for 11 kg gas cylinders External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Storage table 10 1500 x 600 x 800 157-507-JC 12 2000 x 600 x 800 157-508-JC 20 3000 x 600 x 800 157-510-JC 26 4000 x 600 x 800 157-511-JC Galvanised storage table Transportable gas cylinders W Pallet for the storage of empty and full gas cylinders W Hot dip galvanised, sturdy steel construction W Can be transported using a forklift or pallet truck W Safe transport of gas cylinders of various sizes Gas cylinder trolley KM Ergo W For the safe handling of gas cylinders W Painted, ergonomic gas cylinder trolley W Makes it easy to change gas cylinders without straining your back W Simple to use, no heavy lifting W For 1 gas cylinder x 50 litres (max. Ø 235 mm) W With securing strap, cylinder holder and safety chain W Pneumatic tyres (Ø 260 mm) Crane lifting gas cylinder pallet for up to 12 gas cylinders, Ø 230 mm, with swivel link Order no. 115-872-JC Order no. 255-319-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 189

190

Liquid gas storage 1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Fire resistant gas cylinder cabinet, width 600 mm, available as G30 or G90 version. Fire resistant gas cylinder cabinet, width 900 mm, available as G30 or G90 version. W For fire-rated storage of gas cylinders in work rooms according to HSG71 W Type-tested according to EN 14470-2 W Optimum fire protection and best possible safety for pressurised gas cylinders W Maintenance of the maximum permitted temperature increase on the surface of the cylinder valve holder of 50K in accordance with EN 14470-2 Model range G90 are also GS tested W Air extraction connection (NW 75) fitted in the roof of the cabinet W Adjustable feet to even out uneven floor surfaces W Break through points in the roof of the cabinet W Complete with mounting rails for fittings, gas cylinder support and belt (fittings and gas cylinders not included) W Easy to install the gas cylinders with the integral folding ramp in chequer plate steel W Generous internal height to facilitate fitting inside the cabinet W With earthing connection as standard Fire resistance Storage capacity Number External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door design Door hinge: both sides Order number Grey / yellow Order number Grey Door hinge: left Order number Grey / yellow Order number Grey Door hinge: right Order number Grey / yellow Order number Grey 90 minutes 10 litre gas cylinders 2 90 minutes 50 litre gas cylinders 1 90 minutes 50 litre gas cylinders 2 30 minutes 50 litre gas cylinders 2 90 minutes 50 litre gas cylinders 3 30 minutes 50 litre gas cylinders 3 598 x 615 x 1450 598 x 615 x 2050 598 x 615 x 2050 598 x 616 x 2050 898 x 615 x 2050 898 x 615 x 2050 445 x 425 x 1246 445 x 425 x 1858 477 x 425 x 1858 494 x 479 x 1874 745 x 425 x 1858 794 x 479 x 1874 1-wing 1-wing 1-wing 1-wing 2 wing doors 2 wing doors – – 210-380-JC 210-382-JC 210-381-JC 210-383-JC – – 165-310-JC 165-304-JC 165-311-JC 165-305-JC – – 210-384-JC 210-386-JC 210-385-JC 210-387-JC – – 165-313-JC 165-306-JC 144-520-JC 117-003-JC 144-518-JC 117-001-JC 144-519-JC 117-002-JC – – – – – – – – All sizes and versions can be supplied within 4-5 weeks. 190 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

191

1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Fire resistant gas cylinder cabinet, width 1200 mm, available as G30 or G90 version. Fire resistant gas cylinder cabinet, width 1400 mm, available as G30 or G90 version. Fire resistance Storage capacity Number External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door design Door hinge: both sides Order number Grey / yellow Order number Grey ORDER AT THE SAME TIME 90 minutes 50 litre gas cylinders 4 1198 x 615 x 2050 1045 x 400 x 1858 2 wing doors 165-314-JC 165-307-JC 30 minutes 50 litre gas cylinders 4 1198 x 615 x 2050 1094 x 479 x 1874 2 wing doors 144-521-JC 117-004-JC 90 minutes 50 litre gas cylinders 4 1398 x 615 x 2050 1245 x 400 x 1858 2 wing doors 165-315-JC 165-308-JC 30 minutes 50 litre gas cylinders 4 1398 x 615 x 2050 1294 x 479 x 1874 2 wing doors 144-522-JC 117-005-JC W Mounting kit for pipe breakthrough points, incl. 2 Ermeto screw joints, R 3 / 8", for G30 and G90 cabinets Order no. 117-007-JC W Height-adjustable holder for mounting on the side wall, for two 10 litre cylinders - for G30 and G90 cabinets, except G90 cabinets for 2x10 l and 2x50 l gas cylinders Order no. 117-006-JC Quick to install extraction units for technical ventilation W Add on without air surveillance Order no. 129-345-JC W Add on with air surveillance Order no. 136-799-JC TIP: For a 120 times air exchange, which is needed for example when storing toxic gases in the cabinet, use the radial fans on See page 146 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 191

192

Fire-rated gas cylinder store GF and GFT, for up to 48 gas cylinders For the legally compliant storage of gas cylinders in accordance with HSG71. W Stable steel frame construction in blue (RAL 5010). W Can be sited directly next to a building wall without a safety distance W Natural ventilation. W Roof canopy offers weather protection. W With safety chain for storage of a single cylinder. W Delivered ready assembled. W Incl. crane eyes. 1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Lockable doors, either as mesh or fire-rated versions ensure that unauthorised persons have no access With safety chain as standard for practical storage of individual cylinders ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Base in galvanised stud plate with integral ramp Protects your gas cylinders from damp and weather even at ground level Order no. 149-035-JC Fire-rated gas cylinder store GF 17.9 for up to 12 cylinders Order no. 274-765-JC On request Loading example Model Features Storage capacity for 50 litre gas cylinders External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door design GF 17.9 GF 17.15 With mesh door GF 33.9 GF 33.15 GFT 17.9 GFT 17.15 With fire-rated door GFT 33.9 GFT 33.15 12 24 24 48 12 24 24 48 1731 x 845 x 2360 1731 x 1525 x 2360 3353 x 845 x 2360 3353 x 1525 x 2360 1731 x 845 x 2360 1731 x 1525 x 2360 3353 x 845 x 2360 3353 x 1525 x 2360 1-wing 2 x 1-wing 1-wing *Transport dimensions differ from the dimensions of the body 2 x 1-wing 192 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / E N G I N E E R I N G

193

EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << 1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Stackable rack for storing gas cylinders W Stable steel frame construction with hot dip galvanised grid as loading surface W Stackable twice, giving 3 levels on top of each other W Delivered flat-pack for self-assembly W Load capacity: 500 kg Order no. 115-876-JC Fire-rated gas cylinder store GF 33.15, base and gas cylinder pallet available as an option. Fire-rated gas cylinder store GFT 33.9 for up to 24 gas cylinders. The fire-rated doors can be locked and offer protection from unauthorised access. Order no. 274-770-JC On request Two stackable racks one on top of another P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 193

194

V E R S A T I L I T Y F O R P E R F E C T P R O T E C T I O N DENIOS manufactures safe and environmentally friendly storage technology in steel, as well as heat chambers and fume cupboards for process technology. Products are designed to suit the storage or process medium and the associated activities. Based on standardised systems, customers can choose individual elements from our wide range of equipment. Custom solutions can be created in all product areas. You'll benefit from excellent customer support - on site where needed. G U I D E S C H E C K L I S T S A R T I C L E S V I D E O S F A Q W H I T E P A P E R S I N T E R V I E W S A N D M U C H M O R E ! www.denios.co.uk/magazine G U I D E S G U I D E S H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S S T O R E S V S F I R E - R A T E D S T O R E S S T O R E T E M P E R A T U R E - S E N S I T I V E H A Z A R D O U S S U B S T A N C E S S A F E LY If there is an increased fire risk and safety distances can be used to separate spaces, our hazardous materials stores are ideal. They are DIBt-approved and available with additional insulation as an option. A high fire risk usually requires fire-resistant partitioning of the store. Stay safe with our fire-rated stores. They are also DIBt-approved and have certified fire protection. Insulated hazardous material stores from DENIOS make the ideal choice for the frost-free storage of temperature-sensitive hazardous substances. The proven steel frame design is covered with special panels. Reliable air conditioning technology protects heat or frost- sensitive stored goods. The systems can be fitted with better heating, cooling equipment or air conditioning systems if required. www.denios.co.uk/hazmat www.denios.co.uk/frost-free-storage E Q U I P M E N T E Q U I P M E N T F R O M D E N I O S – F O R C O M P R E H E N S I V E P R O T E C T I O N At DENIOS you'll find the right equipment for every task. For example, for system-related and organisational fire protection: alarms, extingu- ishing systems, leak detection, digital access control or video surveil- lance. For better sustainability: green roofs or solar panels. For better control: digital condition monitoring. E X P E R T I S E S E R V I C E F R O M D E N I O S Regular maintenance protects the value of your investment and ensu- res the safety and protection of your employees and the environment. For this purpose we have experienced, qualified service technicians who are familiar with all the relevant laws and certifications. They'll remind you of maintenance dates and support you in fulfilling your obligations as an operator, so that your hazardous material stores are always legally compliant and safe. Discover our range of services and find out what we mean when we talk about DENIOS Service. We're your partner at your side, offering comprehensive and worry-free support. www.denios.co.uk/equipment www.denios.co.uk/service-warranty 194

195

H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S S T O R E S F R O M D E N I O S Y O U R F I R S T C H O I C E Your storage capacity requirements (small containers / drums / IBCs) determine the basic shape of the hazardous materials store (walk-in / shelving / compact). The medium to be stored and the installation conditions lead to the choice of either a hazardous materials store with optional thermal insulation or a hazardous materials store with fire protection. Thanks to numerous configuration options, our standardised hazardous materials stores can be tailored to your individual needs. A customised solution with project planning is an option at any time. Just get in touch. Walk-in If you want to store small containers, a walk-in hazardous materials store is the optimal solution. DENIOS models ensure a high level of user comfort: the entry height is only 150 mm. The built-in shelves allow the contents to be conveniently and clearly arranged. If additional drums or larger containers need to be stored, the floor can also be used as a storage area. Shelving If larger quantities of hazardous substances need to be stored on Euro/chemical pallets, in drums or IBCs, a storage container with shelving is the best choice. The compartment dimensions and load capacities of the various versions are optimally designed for the size of the stored goods. Storage containers with shelving can be loaded with a hand-operated electric forklift. Extra-deep designs offer maximum storage capacity for loading from both long sides. Compact Due to the small space requirement, the compact hazardous materials store is often used close to production or the workplace. It allows direct access to IBCs, drums or small con- tainers and can also be used as a dispensing or filling station. Hazardous materials stores with thermal insulation Hazardous materials stores with fire protection Hazardous materials stores with thermal insulation are used for frost-free storage and heat pro- tection of temperature-sensitive hazardous materials. The proven steel frame design is covered on all sides with insulating panels. Reliable air conditioning techno- logy protects the sensitive stored goods. Systems can be fitted with better heating, cooling equip- ment or air conditioning systems if required. You can safely store flammable li- quids in DENIOS fire-rated stores, even if there is no building clea- rance. The double frame construc- tion, which serves as an enclosu- re for high-quality fire protection insulation (construction material class A), ensures fire resistance from the inside and outside for up to 120 minutes in the event of a fire. 195

197

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Hazardous materials store without fire protection Double level storages CS Order no. 274-650-JB SC-M Order no. 274-858-JB SC-K Order no. 265-969-JB On request The product illustrations show optional equipment. We would be happy to create a custom product configuration for you. P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 197

198

Hazardous materials store SC-K Storage capacity for up to 12 IBCs or 40 drums Hazardous materials storage container with shelving CS is the most flexible room system from DENIOS. Different designs allow the selection of the optimum storage size and compartment dimensions. Each version has an insulated variant. Your hazardous materials store can be adapted to your individual needs. The design of the CS is legally compliant and optimally aligned with your protection concept: with an integrated type-approved spill pallet for containing leaked liquids and structural protection against the effects of the weather if located outside. 1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H With General Technical Approval valid throughout Germany from the German Institute for Civil Engineering (DIBt) for the storage of liquids in all water hazard classes. Compliance with EN 1090 for manufacturers of load-bearing structures in steel. Product description W Various designs according to substance properties (e.g. frost-free for temperature-sensitive substances) and extra deep version available. W Water-law tested, fully galvanised 3 mm spill pallet(s) in the lower storage level. W Storage levels fitted with removable, hot-dip galvanised grids (max. load 1,250 kg/m²). W 110 mm ground clearance to ensure underclearance with hand- operated electric forklift. W Long-lasting corrosion protection thanks to fully galvanised base material and high-quality 2-component paint (RAL 9002, grey white, or RAL 5010, gentian blue). W Sliding gates in modern sectional design. W Safety lock to protect against unauthorised access. W Targeted roof drainage. STORAGE OF FLAMMABLE MEDIA W European product concept: higher availability and a uniform product and service offering for internationally operating customers; country-specific legislation is taken into account. Structural analysis The structural calculations for the technical room system are based on Eurocode 3 (EN 1993). The loads on the structure are measured according to Eurocode 1 (EN 1991-1-3) for a characteristic wind load qk,w = 0.585 kN/ m² and a ground snow load sk = 2.5 kN/m². The structure is also designed for earthquake zone 3 according to EN 4149, EN 1998-1:2004. When storing flammable substances, the following must be observed: constructive equipotential bonding by earthing the steel frame construction and technical ventilation. Take advantage of our expert advice: 01952 811 991 198 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / E N G I N E E R I N G

199

Technical data Hazardous materials store SC-K SC 2K 215 SC 1K 415 SC 2K 415 6 / 4 / 8 / 20 4 / 4 / 6 / 16 3 / 2 / 4 / 10 Model Storage capacity IBC / CP / EP / Drum Containment volume [L] External dimensions W x D x H [mm]* Bay dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight* [kg] *Actual container dimensions will vary depending on choice of door type and optional equipment. 3961 x 1691 x 3556 3961 x 1691 x 3556 3530 x 1691 x 3556 1280 1330 1180 2700 x 1330 x 1350 3380 x 1330 x 2570 3380 x 1330 x 1350 2700 x 1330 x 2570 SC 1K 515 4 / 4 / 6 / 16 SC 2K 515 SC 1K 715 SC 2K 715 8 / 8 / 12 / 32 6 / 4 / 8 / 20 12 / 8 / 16 / 40 2 x 2640 2 x 2640 2 x 2720 2 x 1395 5627 x 1706 x 3556 5627 x 1706 x 3556 6987 x 1706 x 3556 6987 x 1706 x 3556 2700 x 1330 x 1350 3380 x 1330 x 2570 3380 x 1330 x 1350 1200 1150 1400 1950 2400 2200 2750 1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Hazardous materials store SC-H SC 2H 814 Model 12 / 12 / 16 / 48 Storage capacity IBC / CP / EP / Drum 2 x 2360 Containment volume [L] 8303 x 1735 x 3699 External dimensions W x D x H [mm]* 3900 x 1330 x 1350 Bay dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight* [kg] 3135 *Actual container dimensions will vary depending on choice of door type and optional equipment. SC 2H 414 6 / 6 / 8 / 24 1160 4138 x 1738 x 3699 3900 x 1330 x 1350 1600 Note: Dimensions and weights are approximate and may vary due to optional equipment. Technical changes reserved. EQUIPMENT OPTIONS Equipment plays a decisive role in the individual product configuration. We will be happy to discuss with you whether you need a motion sensor or a signal lamp. Our experts will design a customised solution with you on site. You can find an overview of other equipment options on our website. www.denios.co.uk/equipment External lighting with motion sensor. Alarm signaling by signal lamp (visible) and horn (audible). P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 199

200

Hazardous materials store SC-H Storage capacity for up to 48 drums or 12 IBCs The convenient compartment dimensions of the H series allow mixed storage of drums and IBCs on pallets with a maximum load of 1,250 kg/m². Insulated versions are also possible (material thickness 60 mm, A-material). 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H SC 2H 815 W Maximum flexibility for mixed storage of 205 litre drums and IBCs. W With General Technical Approval No. Z-38.5-318 valid throughout Germany from the Deutsches Institut für Bautechnik (DIBt) for the storage of liquids in all water hazard classes. W Different versions according to fabric properties (e.g. frost-free for temperature-sensitive fabrics) and extra-deep version available. W When storing flammable substances, the following must be observed: Compliance with safety distances - Equipotential bonding / earthing - Technical ventilation during active storage. W Storage levels equipped with removable, hot-dip galvanised grids (load capacity: 1,250 kg/m²). W Base: tested, single-piece spill pallet with easily removable hot- dip galvanised grids. The store has 100 mm clearance for access underneath using a hand operated electric stacker. W External cladding: galvanised components with two layers of paint give long lasting protection. Model Storage capacity IBC / CP / EP / Drum Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm]* Bay dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight* [kg] *Actual container dimensions will vary depending on choice of door type and optional equipment. Note: Dimensions and weights are approximate and may vary due to optional equipment. Technical changes reserved. SC 2H 414 6 / 6 / 8 / 24 1160 4138 x 1738 x 3699 3900 x 1330 x 1350 1600 SC 2H 814 12 / 12 / 16 / 48 2360 8303 x 1735 x 3699 3900 x 1330 x 1350 3135 DENIOS GUIDE TO THE COMBINED STORAGE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES Hazardous substances are classified into storage classes. This also determines which substances you may store together. The DENIOS guide "Combined storage of hazardous substances in accordance with HSG71" answers your most important questions. 200 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / E N G I N E E R I N G

201

Hazardous materials store SC-M Storage capacity for up to 18 IBCs or 60 drums Extra-high, extra-deep - the SC hazardous material storage system in the M version represents more capacity and individual adaptability. For example, insulated versions are available for frost-free storage (SC 1 M: 60 mm A-/B-material, SC 3 M 815: special version with 100 mm A-material). In accordance with the applicable safety distances and technical regulations, you can store flammable substances as well as water-polluting substances in the models of the M series. 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H SC 3M 815 W With national technical approval valid throughout Germany from the Deutsches Institut für Bautechnik (DIBt) for the storage of liquids in all water hazard classes. W Different versions according to fabric properties (e.g. frost-free for temperature-sensitive fabrics) and extra-deep version available. W When storing flammable substances, the following must be observed: Compliance with safety distances - Equipotential bonding / earthing - Technical ventilation during active storage. W Storage levels equipped with removable, hot-dip galvanised grids (load capacity: 1,250 kg/m²). W Base: tested, single-piece spill pallet with easily removable hot-dip galvanised grids. The store has 100 mm clearance for access underneath using a hand operated electric stacker. W External cladding: galvanised components with two layers of paint give long lasting protection. Model Storage capacity IBC / CP / EP / Drum Containment volume [L] External dimensions W x D x H [mm]* Bay dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight* [kg] *Actual container dimensions will vary depending on choice of door type and optional equipment. Note: Dimensions and weights are approximate and may vary due to optional equipment. Technical changes reserved. SC 3M 815 18 / 12 / 24 / 60 2 x 3580 7999 x 1880 x 5776 3600 x 1330 x 1600 6720 SC 1M 426 6 / 6 / 8 / 24 1160 4040 x 2880 x 3685 3900 x 2540 x 3340 2200 SC 1M 826 12 / 12 / 16 / 48 2360 8040 x 2880 x 3685 3900 x 2540 x 3340 4200 HORIZONTAL DRUM STORAGE. Advantage of horizontal storage: each drum is accessible to the user for dispensing at any time. Support rails in the storage areas ensure this convenience. The drums can be pulled out and turned with the help of roller supports. In the extra-deep version, you can even enter the storage room through a side door and conveniently dispense the stored substances from there. P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 201

204

SolidMaxx hazardous materials store, compact Storage capacity for up to 8 drums or 2 IBCs The compact SolidMaxx hazardous materials store is the ideal solution where space is limited. It is suitable for storing hazardous substances close to production, for example cleaning agents for dispensing. If there is no heating at the site, choose a version with thermal insulation and heating. 1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H With General Technical Approval valid throughout Germany from the German Institute for Civil Engineering (DIBt) for the storage of liquids in all water hazard classes. Compliance with EN 1090 for manufacturers of load-bearing structures in steel. Product description W For the storage of drums and IBCs on a small footprint for access close to production. W Approved for storage of water-polluting and flammable substances. W Steel frames and spill pallet are powder coated (RAL 7043, black-grey). The wall elements are made of galvanised profile sheet metal or, in the thermally insulated version, of painted smooth sheet metal panels (RAL 9002, grey-white). W On request with thermal insulation (50 mm) for walls and roof in mineral wool (ISO A - non-combustible) and heating for frost-free storage. W Water law tested, one piece 5 mm spill pallet (to density 1.9 g/cm³) with easily removable hot dip galvanised grids (load capacity: 1250 kg/m²). GUIDELINES FOR STORING FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS (flash point ≤ 60 ° C, classes H226, H225 and H224) W Observe distance from fire loads (mostly min. 10 m) W Create equipotential bonding (earthing) (connection point provided); if required provide lightning protection W When a PE inliner is fitted: galvanised fluid guides all around ensure any leaked substances are safely diverted to the spill pallet. W Door equipment: 1-wing in narrow version or 2-wing in wide version. W 100 mm clearance for access underneath using a hand operated electric stacker. W Natural ventilation provided by weather-protected, all round openings. W Security lock for protection against unauthorised access. W Precise roof drainage via the sides (front and back). W Crane eyes as standard for safe transport to the installation site. W Country-specific requirements for air exchange rate W Specifications in accordance with HSG71 W Specifications in accordance with ATEX Directive 2014/34/EU 204 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / E N G I N E E R I N G

205

1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Technical data Model Storage capacity IBC / CP / EP / Drum Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm]* Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight* [kg] *Actual container dimensions will vary depending on choice of door type and optional equipment. SolidMaxx C 1.1 1 / 1 / 1 / 4 1513 1710 x 1590 x 2360 1350 x 1315 x 1455 570 SolidMaxx C 2.1 2 / 2 / 3 / 8 1365 2900 x 1590 x 2060 2540 x 1315 x 1455 810 Note: Dimensions and weights are approximate and may vary due to optional equipment. Technical changes reserved. SolidMaxx CH 1.1 1 / 1 / 1 / 4 1377 1725 x 1890 x 2570 1400 x 1630 x 1830 610 SolidMaxx CH 2.1 2 / 2 / 3 / 8 1323 2990 x 1890 x 2360 2665 x 1630 x 1830 910 Structural analysis Door designs The structural calculations for the technical room system are based on Eurocode 3 (EN 1993). The loads on the structure are measured according to Eurocode 1 (EN 1991-1-3) for a characteristic wind load qk,w = 0.585 kN/ m² and a ground snow load sk = 2.5 kN/m². The structure is also designed for earthquake zone 3 according to EN 4149, EN 1998-1:2004. W 1-wing for SolidMaxx C / CH 1.1. W 2-wing for SolidMaxx C / CH 2.1. W Internal door hook. W Security lock for protection against unauthorised access. EQUIPMENT OPTIONS If you choose the SolidMaxx hazardous materials store, a drum pump or a convenient step provide even more safety and additional comfort. We will be happy to discuss your individual requirements in a personal con- sultation. Our experts will design a customised solution with you on site. You can find an overview of other equipment options on our website. www.denios.co.uk/equipment Drum pump for pumping flammable liquids. The 1-tread step allows you to easily reach the upper part of a container, for example to use a drum pump. P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 205

208

MCV walk-in hazardous materials store Storage area approx. 5-17 m² The MCV walk-in hazardous materials store has improved comfort and flexibility. It is available in various dimensions as well as an insulated version. But it offers even more: thanks to galvanised components, long-lasting corrosion protection is ensured. The modern flat sheet design* is galvanised and painted in RAL 5010 (gentian blue). The doors can be positioned either in the long or short side of the room system. Various sizes of container can be stored, from small containers up to 205 litre drums. The inner room can be optimised with flexible shelving systems. *In the non-insulated version the roof is in profile sheet. 1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H With General Technical Approval valid throughout Germany from the German Institute for Civil Engineering (DIBt) for the storage of liquids in all water hazard classes. Compliance with EN 1090 for manufacturers of load-bearing structures in steel. Product description W Approved for storage of water-polluting and flammable substances. W Enclosed construction with walls and roof in corrosion resistant galvanised and painted sheets (RAL 5010, gentian blue). W On request with thermal insulation for walls (40 mm) and roof (50 mm) in mineral wool (ISO A - non-combustible) and heating for frost-free storage. W Water law tested, one piece 5 mm spill pallet with easily removable hot dip galvanised grids (max. load capacity: 1,000 kg/m²). W Low entry height of 150 mm. W With 2-wing door (W x H: 2,000 x 2,000 mm), either on the short or long side of the room system in the steps provided. MCV 2520 only available with 2-wing door on the long side. W With 2-wing door (W x H: 2,000 x 2,000 mm), either on the short or long side of the room system in the steps provided W Delivered as ready assembled system. W Natural ventilation available on request. W Points to consider for the storage of flammable substances: safety distances - equipotential bonding / earthing - technical ventilation must be ensured. W Low entry height of 150 mm GUIDELINES FOR STORING FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS (flash point ≤ 60 ° C, classes H226, H225 and H224) W Observe distance from fire loads (mostly min. 10 m) W Create equipotential bonding (earthing) (connection point provided); if required provide lightning protection W Country-specific requirements for air exchange rate W Specifications in accordance with HSG71 W Specifications in accordance with ATEX Directive 2014/34/EU 208 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / E N G I N E E R I N G

209

1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H MCV 4330 12 1785 4500 x 2944 x 2365 4240 x 2740 x 2100 1740 MCV 6330 17 2612 6500 x 2944 x 2365 6240 x 2740 x 2100 2310 Technical data Model Storage area [m²] Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm]* Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight* [kg] *Actual container dimensions will vary depending on choice of door type and optional equipment. Note: Dimensions and weights are approximate and may vary due to optional equipment. Technical changes reserved. MCV 4320 10 1467 4500 x 2444 x 2365 4240 x 2240 x 2100 1700 MCV 2520 5 787 2444 x 2375 x 2365 2240 x 2240 x 2100 850 Structural analysis Shelving The structural calculations for the technical room system are based on Eurocode 3 (EN 1993). The loads on the structure are measured according to Eurocode 1 (EN 1991-1-3) for a characteristic wind load qk,w = 0.585 kN/ m² and a ground snow load sk = 2.5 kN/m². The structure is also designed for earthquake zone 3 according to EN 4149, EN 1998-1:2004. Optional shelves can be used to create order for small containers in your hazmat store. The shelves can be stacked. They have three boards (shelves) and are available in two sizes: W 1,000 x 500 mm (W x D, shelf load: 75 kg*, bay load: 225 kg) W 2,000 x 500 mm (W x D, shelf load: 120 kg*, bay load: 360 kg). *Shelf loads are with an evenly distributed load. EQUIPMENT OPTIONS We will clarify with you exactly what you require to fulfil your individual needs with a personal consultation- whether this might be a heating system, or a clearly laid out information board. Our experts will design a customised solution with you on site. You can find an overview of other equipment options on our website. www.denios.co.uk/equipment The 5 kW heating system in nEx design, in combination with the thermal insulation, ensures an internal temperature of + 5 °C at an external temperature of -15 °C. Infoboard for the clear presentation of information and work safety instructions. P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 209

212

WHG walk-in hazardous materials store Storage area approx. 2-15 m² WHG hazardous materials store is one of the most often purchased and proven DENIOS room systems for various sizes of container, from small containers to 205 litre drums. We have also placed great emphasis on user comfort in the entry-level model: the entry height is only 150 mm. The WHG standard version is perfect for passive storage of water-polluting / flammable substances, if safety distances are observed. Flexible equipment options can be added at any time. We have fitted special accessories and ventilation systems for many projects. 1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H With General Technical Approval valid throughout Germany from the German Institute for Civil Engineering (DIBt) for the storage of liquids in all water hazard classes. Compliance with EN 1090 for manufacturers of load-bearing structures in steel. Product description W Approved for storage of water-polluting and flammable substances. W Enclosed construction with walls and roof in corrosion resistant galvanised and painted profile sheets (RAL 5010, gentian blue). W Water law tested, one piece 5 mm spill pallet with easily removable hot dip galvanised grids (max. load capacity: 1,000 kg/m²). W Low entry height of 150 mm. W 2-wing door (with safety lock) on the long side of the room. W Delivered ready assembled. W Crane eyes as standard for safe transport to the installation site W Natural ventilation available on request. GUIDELINES FOR STORING FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS (flash point ≤ 60 ° C, classes H226, H225 and H224) W Observe distance from fire loads (mostly min. 10 m) W Create equipotential bonding (earthing) (connection point provided); if required provide lightning protection W Country-specific requirements for air exchange rate W Specifications in accordance with HSG71 W Specifications in accordance with ATEX Directive 2014/34/EU 212 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / E N G I N E E R I N G

213

1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Technical data Model Storage area [m²] Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm]* Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight* [kg] *Actual container dimensions will vary depending on choice of door type and optional equipment. WHG 210 2 360 2165 x 1028 x 2320 2000 x 830 x 2000 460 WHG 320-L 6 830 2990 x 2215 x 2235 2830 x 2000 x 2000 870 WHG 250 10 1426 5028 x 2215 x 2235 4830 x 2000 x 2000 1330 WHG 360 15 2224 6028 x 2800 x 2235 5830 x 2590 x 2000 1860 Note: Dimensions and weights are approximate and may vary due to optional equipment. Technical changes reserved. Structural analysis Shelving The structural calculations for the technical room system are based on Eurocode 3 (EN 1993). The loads on the structure are measured according to Eurocode 1 (EN 1991-1-3) for a characteristic wind load qk,w = 0.585 kN/m² and a ground snow load sk = 2.5 kN/m². The structure is also designed for earthquake zone 3 according to EN 4149, EN 1998-1:2004. Optional shelves can be used to create order for small containers in your hazmat store. The shelves can be stacked. They have three boards (shelves) and are available in two sizes: W 1,000 x 500 mm (W x D, shelf load: 75 kg*, bay load: 225 kg) W 2,000 x 500 mm (W x D, shelf load: 120 kg*, bay load: 360 kg). *Shelf loads are with an evenly distributed load. EQUIPMENT OPTIONS Our tip: SpillGuard® connect detects dangerous leaks and sends an alarm to your smartphone in real time if there is an emergency. This allows you to react immediately, gain valuable time and avoid any subsequent costs. We will be happy to discuss your individual requirements in a personal consultation. Our experts will design a customised solution with you on site. You can find an overview of other equipment options on our website. www.denios.co.uk/equipment Spillguard® connect leak detection system. PE inliner for alkalis or acids (storage class 8), dissipative version available. P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 213

216

WFP walk-in fire-rated storage container Storage area approx. 6-22 m² In the WFP walk-in fire-rated store, which is also available as an international version, flammable liquids can be stored in a variety of ways. Thanks to its fire protection approval, the hazardous materials store can be integrated directly into your infrastructure without the need for safety distances, either indoors or outdoors. Six product models allow optimal adaptation to the individual installation requirements. 1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H ETA approval / CE marking according to European Regulation (EU) No. 305/2011. International versions according to country-specific legislation (REI 120, REI 60). With General Technical Approval valid throughout Germany from the German Institute for Civil Engineering (DIBt) for the storage of liquids in all water hazard classes. Product description W Walk-in hazardous materials store for small containers and 205 litre drums. W For the safe storage, dispensing or removal of flammable and water- polluting substances. W Install directly next to the external wall of neighbouring buildings or as a fire-rated separate area, e.g. in a production hall. Exception: peroxide stores. W Water law tested, one piece, hot dip galvanised 5 mm spill pallet with removable grids (max. load capacity: 1,000 kg/m²). W Long-lasting corrosion protection with fully-galvanised base material and high-quality 2K paint (RAL 9002, grey-white). W Fire protection panels with high insulation properties (thickness 100 mm, A class material, non-combustible). GUIDELINES FOR STORING FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS (Flashpoint ≤ 60 °C, classified as H226, H225 or H224) W Create equipotential bonding (earthing) (connection point provided); if required provide lightning protection W Country-specific requirements for air exchange rate W Lockable, self-closing EI₂ 90-C fire-rated doors to EN 13501-2, tested in accordance with EN 1634-1, or country-specific design (EI₂ 120 or EI₁ 60) with a door opening angle of 90 ° / 115 °. W 1-wing door (W x H: 1,250 x 2,000 mm) or 2-wing door (W x H: 2,000 x 2,000 mm), either on the short or long side of the store in the steps provided. W For 2-wing doors, the door sequence controller ensures reliable closure of the doors. W Removable crane eyes for safe use with a crane and transport safety device. W Available in two heights: clear internal height: WFP-X = 2,500 mm, WFP-M = 2,280 mm. W Specifications in accordance with HSG71 W Specifications in accordance with ATEX Directive 2014/34/EU 216 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / E N G I N E E R I N G

217

1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Technical data Model Storage area [m²] Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm]* Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight* [kg] *Actual container dimensions will vary depending on choice of door type and optional equipment. WFP-M 14 14 1980 5938 x 2878 x 2789 5500 x 2560 x 2280 4000 WFP-M 6 6 930 3018 x 2784 x 2655 2580 x 2560 x 2280 2490 WFP-X 6 6 930 3018 x 2784 x 2875 2580 x 2560 x 2500 2550 WFP-X 10 10 1450 4478 x 2784 x 2921 4040 x 2560 x 2500 3260 WFP-X 14 14 1980 5938 x 2878 x 3009 5500 x 2560 x 2500 4100 WFP-X 22 22 3000 8858 x 2878 x 3009 8420 x 2560 x 2500 5450 Note: Dimensions and weights are approximate and may vary due to optional equipment. Technical changes reserved. Structural analysis Roof drainage The structural calculations for the technical room system are based on Eurocode 3 (EN 1993). The loads on the structure are measured according to Eurocode 1 (EN 1991-1-3) for a characteristic wind load qk,w = 0.585 kN/m² and a ground snow load sk = 2.5 kN/m². The structure is also designed for earthquake zone 3 according to EN 4149, EN 1998-1:2004. With additional equipment up to wind load zone 4 with terrain category I (qk,w = 1.064 kN/ m²) or up to ground snow load sk = 5.86 kN/m². The roof drainage counteracts loads from standing water on the roof. The rainwater is directed via the roof profile to the two short sides of the room and is channeled to an outlet either through the right or left corner profile or through both. From there, it can be directed to a drainage system on site, e.g. via a drainage pipe. EQUIPMENT OPTIONS For maximum comfort and improved safety, we have developed the Communication Bar. You'll have all the important information here at a glance. We will be happy to discuss with you in person which other equip- ment might be suitable. Our experts will design a customised solution with you on site. You can find an overview of other equipment options on our website. www.denios.co.uk/equipment Video surveillance and recording of the hazard area indoors or outdoors. Central monitoring and control of all electrical components with the DENIOS Communication Bar. P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 217

220

RFP 115 compact fire-rated storage container Storage capacity for up to 4 drums or 1 IBC Not every company needs a large store for safely housing hazardous substances. The RFP 115 fire-rated storage container offers a sturdy, fire-rated design with minimal footprint. On request, up to three additional shelves can be supplied so that you can make optimum use of the interior space. 1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H ETA approval / CE marking according to European Regulation (EU) No. 305/2011. International versions according to country-specific legislation (REI 120, REI 60). Tested and approved as a complete system with 90 minute fire protection (F 90 / REI 90) from inside and outside. Product description W The space saving solution for storage of hazardous substances near to production, or decentralised, if required for safety or logistical reasons. W Long-lasting corrosion protection with fully-galvanised base material and high-quality 2K paint (RAL 9002, grey-white). W For the safe storage, dispensing or removal of flammable and water- polluting substances. W Fire protection panels (A class material, non-combustible) with high insulation properties. W Install directly next to the external wall of neighbouring buildings or as a fire-rated separate area, e.g. in a production hall. Exception: peroxide stores. W Lockable, self closing 1-wing fire-rated EI₂ 90-C door to EN 13501-2, tested in accordance with EN 1634-1, or country-specific design (EI₁ 60 or EI₂ 120) with a door opening angle of 90 ° / 115 °. W Steel spill pallet with removable hot dip galvanised grids (max. load capacity: 1,250 kg/m²). W If required with up to three additional shelves. GUIDELINES FOR STORING FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS (Flashpoint ≤ 60 °C, classified as H226, H225 or H224) W Create equipotential bonding (earthing) (connection point provided); if required provide lightning protection W Country-specific requirements for air exchange rate W Specifications in accordance with HSG71 W Specifications in accordance with ATEX Directive 2014/34/EU 220 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / E N G I N E E R I N G

221

Technical data Model Storage capacity IBC / CP / EP / Drum Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm]* Bay dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight* [kg] *Actual container dimensions will vary depending on choice of door type and optional equipment. RFP 115-2 0 / 1 / 1 / 4 349 1976 x 1784 x 2629 1538 x 1560 x 2333 1075 Note: Dimensions and weights are approximate and may vary due to optional equipment. Technical changes reserved. 1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H RFP 115-10 1 / 1 / 1 / 4 1100 1976 x 1784 x 2629 1538 x 1560 x 1775 1075 Structural analysis The structural calculations for the technical room system are based on Eurocode 3 (EN 1993). The loads on the structure are measured according to Eurocode 1 (EN 1991-1-3) for a characteristic wind load qk,w = 0.585 kN/m² and a ground snow load sk = 2.5 kN/m². The structure is also designed for earthquake zone 3 according to EN 4149, EN 1998-1:2004. With additional equipment up to wind load zone 4 with terrain category I (qk,w = 1.064 kN/m²) or up to ground snow load sk = 5.86 kN/m². Roof drainage The roof drainage counteracts loads from standing water on the roof. The rainwater is directed via the roof profile to the two short sides of the room and is channeled to an outlet either through the right or left corner profile or through both. From there, it can be directed to a drainage system on site, e.g. via a drainage pipe. EQUIPMENT OPTIONS DENIOS fire-rated stores WFP and RFP can also be equipped with pressure relief via roof panel. It ensures controlled pressure equalisation in the event of an explosion. Get in touch: we will be happy to discuss your individual require- ments in a personal consultation. Our experts will design a customised solution with you on site, offering high levels of safety and maximum convenience. You can find an overview of other equipment options on our website. www.denios.co.uk/equipment In the event of an explosion, the pressure is relieved via the roof panel. The weather protection prevents snow loads affecting operation. Enclosed user controls: controls and user controls are protected from unauthorised access in the front of the switch cabinet. P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 221

224

RFP fire-rated storage container with shelving Storage capacity for up to 32 drums or 8 IBCs RFP fire-rated storage container with shelving is the best option when larger quantities of hazardous substances or larger containers need to be accommodated. Thanks to an integrated heavy-duty rack with adjustable storage levels, optimum use can be made of the interior space, storing hazardous materials individually, in boxes, on pallets or on special carrier frames. The 2-wing doors allow generous, convenient access and facilitate loading and unloading. The integrated roof drainage system drains rainwater via the short sides of the room system. 1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H ETA approval / CE marking accor- ding to European Regulation (EU) No. 305/2011. International versions according to country-specific legislation (REI 120, REI 60). With General Technical Approval valid throughout Germany from the German Institute for Civil Engineering (DIBt) for the storage of liquids in all water hazard classes. Product description W Best option when larger quantities of hazardous materials need to be stored in a separate fire compartment and no safety clearances to avoid exposure to fire on both sides can be maintained. W For the storage, dispensing or removal of flammable and water-polluting substances. W Install directly next to the external wall of neighbouring buildings or as a fire-rated separate area (REI 90), e.g. in a production hall. Exception: peroxide stores. W On request available with variable shelf heights. W Water law tested, one-piece, hot-dip galvanised 5 mm spill pallet in the lower storage level. W Storage levels fitted with removable, hot-dip galvanised grids (max. load capacity 1,250 kg/m²). W Long-lasting corrosion protection with fully-galvanised base material and high-quality 2K paint (RAL 9002, grey-white). GUIDELINES FOR STORING FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS (Flashpoint ≤ 60 °C, classified as H226, H225 or H224) W Create equipotential bonding (earthing) (connection point provided); if required provide lightning protection W Country-specific requirements for air exchange rate W Fire protection panels with high insulation properties (thickness 100 mm, A class material, non-combustible). W Lockable, self-closing EI₂ 90-C wing doors on the long side meeting EN 13501-2, tested to EN 1634-1 or country-specific design with a door opening angle of 90 ° / 102 °/ 115 °/ 128 °. W Accessible-underneath versions are installed on a separately-supplied concrete pad. This means they can easily be loaded with a high-lift truck, for example. For the wide version (RFP 615.20 and .30), the store has two concrete pads of the same size. W Door variants: long side with EI₂ 90-C door to EN 13501-2, tested to EN 1634-1 or country-specific version. A door sequence controller ensures the doors close reliably. Door opening angle: 90 °, 102 °, 115 °, 128 °. Security lock for protection against unauthorised access. W Points to consider when storing flammable materials: structural equipotential bonding by earthing the steel frame construction and technical ventilation. W Specifications in accordance with HSG71 W Specifications in accordance with ATEX Directive 2014/34/EU 224 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / E N G I N E E R I N G

225

1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Technical data Model Storage capacity IBC / CP / EP / Drum Containment volume [L] External dimensions W x D x H [mm]* Bay dimensions W x D x H [mm] Bay dimensions top W x D x H [mm] Weight* [kg] *Actual container dimensions will vary depending on choice of door type and optional equipment. RFP 315.20 2 / 2 / 3 / 8 1400 3660 x 1784 x 2630 2917 x 1440 x 1954 – 2420 RFP 315.30 4 / 4 / 6 / 16 1400 3660 x 1784 x 3575 2700 x 1440 x 1331 2700 x 1235 x 1392 2980 Note: Dimensions and weights are approximate and may vary due to optional equipment. Technical changes reserved. RFP 615.20 4 / 4 / 6 / 16 2800 6882 x 1784 x 2649 2917 x 1440 x 1954 – 4360 RFP 615.30 8 / 8 / 12 / 32 2800 6882 x 1784 x 3594 2700 x 1440 x 1331 2700 x 1235 x 1392 5370 Structural analysis The structural calculations for the technical room system are based on Eurocode 3 (EN 1993). The loads on the structure are measured according to Eurocode 1 (EN 1991-1-3) for a characteristic wind load qk,w = 0.585 kN/m² and a ground snow load sk = 2.5 kN/m². The structure is also designed for earthquake zone 3 according to EN 4149, EN 1998-1:2004. With additional equipment up to wind load zone 4 with terrain category I (qk,w = 1.064 kN/m²) or up to ground snow load sk = 5.86 kN/m². Roof drainage The roof drainage counteracts loads from standing water on the roof. The rainwater is directed via the roof profile to the two short sides of the room and is channeled to an outlet either through the right or left corner profile or through both. From there, it can be directed to a drainage system on site, e.g. via a drainage pipe. EQUIPMENT OPTIONS Whether you need access underneath or fire bulkheads for cable systems and pipes - equipment plays a decisive role in the individual product configuration. Our experts will discuss your requirements with you on site and develop a custom-fit solution. You can find an overview of other equipment options on our website. www.denios.co.uk/equipment Versions that have access from underneath are installed on a separately-supplied concrete pad. Passage of cables through the wall of the fire-rated store (fire bulkhead), while maintaining the fire resistance of the component. P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 225

228

RFP SD fire-rated storage container Storage capacity for up to 48 drums or 12 IBCs RFP SD fire-rated storage container with sliding doors offers fire protection for large quantities of hazardous substances, stored in drums or IBCs. The larger size of the sliding doors gives you up to 50 % more storage capacity than the wing door variant. In addition, the door opening radius is eliminated, which extends the working area in front of the room system. When installed outdoors, there is therefore no risk of the doors slamming shut unintentionally due to wind loads. In the version with electric sliding doors RFP SD-ED, the doors can be easily opened and closed by remote control from the forklift. 1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H ETA approval / CE marking according to European Regulation (EU) No. 305/2011. International versions according to country-specific legislation (REI 120, REI 60). With General Technical Approval valid throughout Germany from the German Institute for Civil Engineering (DIBt) for the storage of liquids in all water hazard classes. Product description W Best option when larger quantities of hazardous materials need to be stored in a separate fire compartment and no clearance is available. W The larger sliding doors offer up to 50 % more storage capacity. W An open sliding door gives easier access to the fire-rated storage container with shelving than a wing door and improves logistical efficiency; when installed outdoors, there is no risk of the doors slamming shut unintentionally due to wind loads. W The manually or electrically operated fire-rated doors, tested according to EN 16034, close automatically when the fire detectors are triggered. W Install directly next to the external wall of neighbouring buildings or as a fire-rated separate area, e.g. in a production hall. Exception: peroxide stores. W Base: tested, single-piece spill pallet with easily removable hot-dip galvanised grids. GUIDELINES FOR STORING FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS (Flashpoint ≤ 60 °C, classified as H226, H225 or H224) W Create equipotential bonding (earthing) (connection point provided); if required provide lightning protection W Country-specific requirements for air exchange rate W Water law tested, two piece, hot dip galvanised 5 mm spill pallet in the lower storage level, with removable grids (max. load capacity: 1,250 kg/m²). W Long-lasting corrosion protection with fully-galvanised base material and high-quality 2K paint (RAL 9002, grey-white). W Fire protection panels with high insulation properties (thickness 100 mm, A class material, non-combustible). W Equipotential bonding with earthing through the steel frame construction. W Shelf guards on the rear wall. W Galvanised components with two layers of paint give long lasting corrosion protection, support frame made of hot dip galvanised base material. W Specifications in accordance with HSG71 W Specifications in accordance with ATEX Directive 2014/34/EU 228 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / E N G I N E E R I N G

229

Technical data Model Storage capacity IBC / CP / EP / Drum Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm]* Bay dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight* [kg] *Actual container dimensions will vary depending on choice of door type and optional equipment. Note: Dimensions and weights are approximate and may vary due to optional equipment. Technical changes reserved. 1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H RFP 815.30 SD 12 / 12 / 16 / 48 1720 9410 x 2238 x 3594 3900 x 1440 x 1300 7900 Structural analysis The structural calculations for the technical room system are based on Eurocode 3 (EN 1993). The loads on the structure are measured accor- ding to Eurocode 1 (EN 1991-1-3) for a characteristic wind load qk,w = 0.585 kN/m² and a ground snow load sk = 2.5 kN/m². The structure is also designed for earthquake zone 3 according to EN 4149, EN 1998-1:2004. With additional equipment up to wind load zone 4 with terrain category I (qk,w = 1.064 kN/m²) or up to ground snow load sk = 5.86 kN/m². Roof drainage The roof drainage counteracts loads from standing water on the roof. The rainwater is directed via the roof profile to the two short sides of the room and is channeled to an outlet either through the right or left corner profile or through both. From there, it can be directed to a drainage system on site, e.g. via a drainage pipe. EQUIPMENT OPTIONS With fire-rated stores, safety is of prime importance. Add electric sliding doors with remote control, optional video surveillance or an aerosol extinguishing system to increase safety. Our experts will discuss your require- ments with you on site and develop a custom-fit solution. You can find an overview of other equipment options on our website. www.denios.co.uk/equipment The electric sliding doors of the RFP SD-ED can be easily opened and closed from the forklift, saving time, with a practical remote control unit. The aerosol extinguishing system is triggered by temperature and effectively interrupts the chemical combustion process within 4.5 - 15 seconds (depending on model). P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 229

230

1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Storage of lithium ion energy storage devices The hazard potential when incorrectly handling lithium energy storage devices is very high. Deep discharge, fire, chemi- cal reactions, explosion of batteries in the worst-case scenario – each indivi- dual situation means a risk for workers, companies and the environment. And this may result in considerable financial los- ses and production downtime. Organisa- tional and structural protective measures help to limit the potential hazards at an early stage. Technical room systems from DENIOS offer the right equipment you need for the safe storage of lithium energy sto- rage devices and will withstand the enor- mous fire load should the worst happen. Fire-rated battery storage system POWER SAFE The POWER SAFE battery storage system combines state-of-the-art technology for electricity storage and fire protection - uniting sustaina- bility and safety. The long-life lithium-ion storage technology is integrated in a room with classified fire resistance on both sides (REI 90/ REI 120), allowing installation without a minimum distance from buildings. In addition, the room system has European Technical Approval (ETA) and the associated CE marking as well as water law design approval from the DIBT. The POWER SAFE therefore offers increased planning and legal certainty for country-specific approval procedures. W The fire-rated solution for the safe operation of battery storage systems. W With classified fire protection from the inside and outside and therefore suitable for installation directly at the external wall of neighbouring buildings. W Integrated powerful storage system for very fast energy storage and release, optimised for permanent use in industry and commerce. W Individual adaptability to the required storage needs. W Tested, single-piece spill pallet with easily removable hot-dip galvanised grids (load capacity: 1000 kg / m²). W Fire protection panels with high insulation properties (thickness 100 mm, A class material, non-combustible). Order no. 274-944-JC W Lockable, self-closing EI₂ 90-C fire-rated doors in accordance with EN 13501-2, tested in accordance with EN 1634-1 W Surveillance and lighting technology - optionally also available with outdoor motion detector. W Structural analysis: to Eurocode 3 (DIN EN 1993) measured for a characteristic wind load with a dynamic pressure of qw = 0.585 kN/m² and a characteristic ground snow load of sk = 2.5 kN/m²; adequately dimensioned according to DIN 4149, EN 1998-1:2004 for earthquake zone 3. Available with additional equipment for up to wind load zone 4, terrain category I (qw= 1.064 kN/m²) and for up to ground snow load sk = 5.86 kN/m² 230 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / E N G I N E E R I N G

231

1 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Fire-rated storage containers for lithium-ion energy storage devices Fire-rated storage containers for lithium-ion energy storage devices The walk-in storage solution WFP Li-Ion You need a store for smaller sized modules, which don’t need a forklift for loading and unloading. You might want to safely store a larger piece of equipment or an electric vehicle (e.g. prototype and test equipment). The storage room needs to fulfil an additional function - for example as an analysis laboratory, a convenient place to charge batteries or as a temporary store for dispatch or for storing faulty batteries. The walk-in fire-rated hazmat store WFP Li-Ion is the convenient solution for all these scenarios. Storage area: approx. 6 to 22 m² Order no. 263-172-JC The spacious shelving solution RFP Li-Ion The RFP Li-Ion fire-rated storage container with shelving is the best option when larger quantities or larger-scale lithium energy storage devices need to be accommodated. An integrated heavy duty rack with adjustable shelves allows the best possible use to be made of the inner room. The loading surfaces are removable hot dip galvanised grids. They suit the most varied storage options, e.g. individual storage or storage in boxes, on pallets or special carrier frames. The room system offers the best possible access via 2-wing doors and optimal use of the room height for easy loading and unloading. The fire-rated storage container is also available in an extra-deep version for larger quantities of stored goods. Storage capacity: up to 24 EP Order no. 263-173-JC The compact storage solution RFP 115 Li-Ion The space-saving solution for storing lithium energy storage devices: RFP 115 Li-Ion tech- nical room system offers high DENIOS standards with minimal footprint. The RFP 115 Li-Ion is available with a variable number of fixed or pull-out shelves – for optimum use of the inner space according to your needs. Order no. 263-174-JC Maximum storage capacity in RFP SD Li-Ion The fire-rated storage container with shelving RFP Li-Ion with sliding doors offers fire protection for a large number of lithium energy storage devices. Here, sliding doors offer two unbeatable advantages compared to wing doors: 1. There is no door opening radius, so the working area in front of the room system is not affected. When installed outdoors, there is therefore no risk of the doors slamming shut unintentionally due to wind loads. 2. The larger size of sliding doors offers up to 50% more storage capacity. Storage capacity: up to 32 EP Order no. 273-657-JC P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 231

232

T H E R M O T E C H N O L O G Y F R O M D E N I O S V A R I E D – E F F I C I E N T – S A F E To bring substances to a specific temperature level, energy must first be supplied to the process, e.g. in the form of electric current. The supplied energy is then converted into thermal energy for heating, cooling or air-conditioning, which is transferred from a material flow (e.g. air) to the products via heat exchanger. High energy efficiency saves money. DENIOS thermotechnology ensures the crucial, precise energy transfer and optimum thermal insulation required. G U I D E S C H E C K L I S T S A R T I C L E S V I D E O S F A Q W H I T E P A P E R S I N T E R V I E W S A N D M U C H M O R E ! www.denios.co.uk/thermotechnology P R O D U C T H E A T C H A M B E R S The corrosion resistance of the materials used to make the spill pallet and their compatibility with the substances stored must be demon- strated. Steel spill pallets (1.0038) can be used for many chemical sub- stances. Plastic (polyethylene) spill pallets are frequently required if corrosive substances (acids / alkalis) are being stored. Stainless steel offers the best protection, especially against many aggressive liquids. If no specific information is provided in the resistance lists, the spill pallet can be made of the same material as the transport container. G U I D E S 8 S T E P S T O P L A N N I N G A H E A T C H A M B E R The planning of a heat chamber often throws up many questions. In our new guide, we use eight questions to provide you with the plan- ning factors you need when investing in preparation equipment for heating materials for further processing in production. www.denios.co.uk/heating-chambers www.denios.co.uk/heating-chamber-selection P R O D U C T P R O D U C T C O O L I N G A N D A I R C O N D I T I O N I N G S Y S T E M S We place particular emphasis on energy efficiency in our cooling and air conditioning systems. Uniform insulation properties over the entire outer shell and the use of building components with low temperature transitions achieve a reduction in energy consumption of up to 50 %. Temperature ranges from 0 °C to 35 °C are covered, with cooling or air conditioning equipment depending on requirements. Shelving systems or walk-in room systems are available with a storage capacity of up to 16 IBCs or 24 x 205 litre drums. T H E R I G H T T E C H N O L O G Y F O R Y O U R T E M P E R A T U R E R E Q U I R E M E N T S With the free DENIOS "Thermotechnology selection guide", you can find the right solution in just a few steps: W For target temperatures from >5°C to 150°C W Both storage solutions and heat chambers (e.g. for substance preparation) W Concrete solutions even for special requirements www.denios.co.uk/equipment www.denios.co.uk/thermotechnology- selection-guide 232

233

C A S E S T U D Y I T ' S T H E I N T E R N A L T E M P E R A T U R E V A L U E S T H A T C O U N T Our customer BP produces Castrol and Aral brand engine and transmission oils used in cars and trucks at its lubricants plant in Hamburg- Neuhof. Castrol's on-site development centre works closely with major car manufacturers to develop more efficient lubricant solutions for new generations of engines. The challenge Let's first take a metaphor to illustrate the task: the Sunday joint is put in the oven to roast. We set the temperature. Now we need to wait. Once the pre-set circulating air temperature is reached, it’s maintained at a constant level. But what about the temperature in the centre of the joint? BP Europe SE in Hamburg was also faced with a similar question - even though this time they were not worried about a Sunday roast, but the sophisticated lubricant Castrol®. During production, the product is heated and the quality must remain constantly high. The circulating air temperature and also the core temperature of each individual container are recorded and documented in a verifiable manner, so that it’s just what an engine needs. The solution DENIOS developed a solution for BP Europe SE which met all the challenges. Two DENIOS heat chambers, each with two independently controlled heating rooms, provide four different temperature levels for various substances. The circulating air temperature is permanently recorded and reliably transmitted with the aid of an evaluation section. Resistance thermometers with radio measurement transmission are inserted into every container. The DENIOS Premium con- troller ensures an exact temperature, by determining the ACTUAL temperatures of the product at regular and freely programmable intervals and sending them to the evaluation unit or the control room. Telegram coding ensures interference-free transmission. The temperature data is transferred loss-free from the receiver unit to a data logger and displayed in parameterisable diagrams on a TFT colour display. The paperless recorder with audit trail function ensures a manipulation-free data history. This enables reliable and well-founded quality assessment - whether for internal or external auditing. Benefits for our customers By partitioning the heating rooms, different temperature levels can be used and monitored for production in a compact space. This provides the customer with high levels of flexibility and saves both time and space. The modern monitoring sensors and control technology ensure permanent quality control and documen- tation. This ensures our customer can keep the manufacturing process both lean and safe. 233

234

1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Heated containers DENIOS heating chambers are used for temperatures from >35 °C to 150 °C and have 100 mm thick EI 120 insulation as well as a drip tray in accordance with AwSV as standard. There are various types of heating to choose from: electric current, hot water steam, hot water or customised heat exchangers. Application- specific solutions are available for special require- ments such as explosion protection, fire protection, high hygiene requirements or customised dimensions. www.denios.co.uk/heating- chambers Heat chamber HB (Heating Box) Thanks to perfected air circulation and insulation, the HB heating chamber offers fast heat-up times and high energy efficiency up to 120°C. With space for up to two IBCs or eight drums and the ability to be driven under by hand or forklift truck, it can be used flexibly. The modern PLC control system ensures precise process regulation, while the DIBt-approved drip tray guarantees safety and environ- mental friendliness. W Efficient heating up to 120°C W Perfected air routing and insulation ensure fast heat-up times and high efficiency W Modern PLC control with high process accuracy W Can be accessed underneath for flexible operation with a pallet stacker or forklift truck W Spill pallet meets DIBt 234 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / E N G I N E E R I N G

235

1 e g a r o t s l a i r e t a m s u o d r a z a H Heat chamber HC (Heating Chamber) Storage capacity for up to 12 IBCs or 40 drums W The entire chamber is evenly supplied with heat for maximum temperature accuracy. W Energy-efficient and rapid heating is achieved through an optimised air circulation principle. W The cladding on all sides is made of high-quality sandwich elements consisting of an energy- efficient, non-combustible insulating core. W Incl. appliance protection: Both the control unit and a self-contained safety temperature limiter, which switches off the heating if an adjustable temperature is exceeded, ensure protection against excessive temperatures in the event of a fault. W Roof drainage is targeted via two possible outlet nozzles on the left and right at the rear of the chamber. Heat chamber WK Storage capacity for up to 12 IBCs or 48 drums W Constant substance preparation in fixed temperature ranges up to a maximum of 150°C (higher temperatures on request). W Heating with saturated steam, electrical energy, heat carrying oil or hot water. W Suitable for indoor and outdoor use W Various ATEX designs are available. W The panels are galvanised and painted, the spill pallet is in steel and painted (with PE or stainless steel insert if required). W If required, as GMP-compliant design or fully bespoke to your individual requirements. W Different storage capacity options available on request. Stainless steel heat chamber For any container types and sizes W Suitable for cleanroom applications in the pharmaceutical and food sectors W The stainless steel design enables optimum cleaning processes to be used W Optional GMP-compliant documentation W Optional spill pallet W Optional equipment Modular heat chamber For any container types and sizes W Modular construction from standard profile and wall elements W Freely scalable W Several chambers can be combined to save space W Various door designs possible W Any heating modes (heat exchanger) W Optional spill pallet(s) with containment volume up to 1000 l W Optional further equipment, Ex-design W On-site installation by trained DENIOS installation specialists Order no. 274-990-JC Order no. 263-175-JC Order no. 274-835-JC Order no. 274-959-JC P e r s o n a l a d v i c e : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 235

236

Gas cylinder cabinet W For outdoor installation W For the storage of gas cylinders in accordance with HSG71 W Ideal for storing propane gas cylinders W Sturdy construction in galvanised sheet steel W Doors with ventilation openings, side walls and rear wall closed W Including floor grid and removable intermediate shelf as storage areas W Lockable with a cylinder lock integrated in the twist handle to protect against unauthorised access W Warning symbol W Supplied flat pack, simple assembly 1 E G A R O T S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H Gas cylinder cabinet for storing up to 10 x 11 kg gas cylinders Order no. 308-450-JC All products for Hazardous materials storage can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12749 236 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

238

2 H A N D L I N G H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S DENIOS offers a comprehensive range of professional tools for safe and convenient handling of hazardous substances, including the highly absorbent DENSORB® absorbent materials, which provide optimum pro- tection in the event of leaks. 242 Pumps 258 Pump System 260 Mixers 304 Drum Lifters with Explosion Protection 307 Gas cylinder handling 310 DENSORB absorbent materials and oil barriers 264 Heating jackets and drum heaters 334 DENSORB leak emergency spill kits 269 Heating belts and base heating plates for drums 346 SpillGuard® hazardous substance leak warning system 270 Earthing cables and earthing systems 348 Drain sealing system 279 FALCON drum and IBC funnel 356 Leak containment systems 282 Sampler 358 Spill trays and door seals 286 Drum dollies and drum trolleys 360 Safety drums and drum overpacks 292 Drum tongs and drum hangers 362 Barriers for doors and gates 294 Forklift attachments 298 Drum lifters 238 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

239

N E W P R O D U C T S F O R 2 0 2 5 Safety throughout the year - with numerous new solutions and services, and new products from the DENIOS world! Here's an overview of the highlights in this chapter. Visit our digital showroom and discover the DENIOS Download Center with a wide range of free specialist publications. FALCON level indicator, for 60 and 200 litre drums Leakage emergency set in a drum 2 See page 276 See page 313 Sealant mats Sealing plugs See page 350 See page 354 H A N D L I N G H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S When it comes to hazardous materials handling, there is only one theme which is of central import- ance: work safety. Especially in EX zones, professional safety equipment is essential. At DENIOS, we think of every detail. This is why we offer a large range of pumps, mixers, drum accessories and handling systems. Like our new drum lifter Secu EX, which we developed for EX zones, all of our products meet the highest safety standards. If something gets spilled, reach for our DENSORB range of products. E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 239

240

D E N I O S M A G A Z I N E A L L Y O U N E E D T O K N O W A B O U T P U M P S Pumps from DENIOS enable safe, customised dispensing from a drum or container into smaller containers or receptacles of any kind. Depending on requirements, pumps are optimised for different hazardous substances and are available in various designs. The different immersion depths of the various pumps meet individual requirements. G U I D E S C H E C K L I S T S A R T I C L E S V I D E O S F A Q W H I T E P A P E R S I N T E R V I E W S A N D M U C H M O R E ! www.denios.co.uk/magazine F A Q G U I D E S R I S K A S S E S S M E N T S F O R A C T I V I T I E S W I T H H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S Anyone who handles hazardous substances, uses them or even "only" stores them, cannot do so without a risk assessment. For 25 years they have been the central component of workplace safety. In our FAQ we have compiled the answers to the most frequently asked questions concerning "Risk assessments for hazardous substances". T H E P E R F E C T P U M P : 3 Q U E S T I O N S Y O U S H O U L D A S K Y O U R S E L F B E F O R E B U Y I N G . W Which substance is to be pumped? W Which pump drive is required for the application? W From which container will dispensing take place? It's easy to find the right pump. www.denios.co.uk/faqs-risk-assesment www.denios.co.uk/3questions-pumps A R T I C L E S T I P S A N D A C C E S S O R I E S F O R S A F E A N D E C O N O M I C A L P U M P I N G P U M P F I N D E R D O N ’ T S E A R C H , F I N D ! Find the right product - quickly and easily, with just a few clicks. For optimum results when dispensing, DENIOS offers a wide range of accessories. Here you will find, for example, flowmeters, level indicators or drum wedges for inclining drums for optimum emptying. Drum pumps generally have a suitable drum thread for each application or to suit the container material. For all other applications we have suitable thread adapters in our range for common container sizes. www.denios.co.uk/information-pumps www.denios.co.uk/pumps 240

241

D E N I O S T I P S F O R B E T T E R S A F E T Y W H E N D I S P E N S I N G F R O M D R U M S A L W A Y S R E M E M B E R Y O U R P E R S O N A L P R O T E C T I V E E Q U I P M E N T ( P P E ) Before beginning dispensing or filling tasks, suitable PPE must be worn. This should include safety glasses and protective gloves as a minimum. Depending on the substance to be pumped, you may need an apron or suitable respirator mask. If a worker is working alone, monitoring measures must be taken to provide rapid assistance in the event of an emergency. www.denios.co.uk/ppe T A K E P R E C A U T I O N S T O C A T C H A N Y D R I P S When pulling out the pump, any liquid running out can lead to drips. Safety stands for drum pumps with integrated spill pallets offer reliable protection. Keep suitable absorbent materials close at hand. Place the drum on a spill pallet, use special dispensing platforms and/or use funnels to collect drips. www.denios.co.uk/densorb Manual drum pumps + Quick and easy to use + Cost-effective – Need a lot of energy and time for high flow rates – Need a lot of energy and time for viscous substances – Sometimes not suitable for high flow rates – Not suitable for long term operation See page 244 Electric or pneumatic pumps + Efficient and ergonomic for high flow rates + Efficient and ergonomic for viscous substances + Suitable for frequent and / or long term operation – Pneumatic or power connection required on site See page 248 241

242

R E S I S T A N C E L I S T F O R S E L E C T I N G M A N U A L D R U M P U M P S When selecting the right hand pump it's important to know the container size and type as well as the required pumping capacity together with the suitability of the pump for the medium to be dispensed. The pump must also be resistant to the fluid to be filled. In many areas health and safety and environmental regulations must also be observed e.g. explosion protection. Here you'll find information on common liquids and their relevant chemical-resistant hand pumps. Example media Recommended container size Acetic acid Acetone Acetonitrile Ammonium hydroxide Benzine Chlorine water Ethanol Ethyl acetate Formaldehyde Formic acid Glycol/Ethylene glycol Hydrochloric acid Hydrofluoric acid Hydrogen peroxide 1-30 % Hydrogen peroxide 100 % Isopropyl Kerosene MEK Methyl ethyl ketone Methanol Naphtha Nitric acid 1-10 % Nitric acid 100 % Nitric acid 50-70 % Nitro-cellulose combination thinners Perchlorethylene Phosphoric acid Sodium chloride Sodium hydroxide Sodium hypochlorite Sulphuric acid 1-80 % Sulphuric acid 95-100 % Toluene Trichlorethylene Turpentine Xylene p m u p m u r d l e e t s s s e l n i a t S p m u p r e v e l 5 0 2 L F p m u p t n e v l o S P P o P P o o P o P o P P P P P o o P P o o P P o P o o P P P o P o p m u p m u r d P P p m u p m u r d E F T P p m u p r e v e l 0 5 9 p m u p n o t s i p P P p m u p m u r d t h g i t s a g P P * P P n i p m u p - L A T O * C V P n i p m u p - L A T O * F D V P n i p m u p - L A T O > 60 litres P o P P P P * p m u p r e t s i n a C * A 2 V n i p m u p - L A T O < 60 litres P d e R p m u p r e f s n a r T e u l B p m u p r e f s n a r T n e e r G p m u p r e f s n a r T o P P P P o P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P o o o o P P o o P o P o P P o P o P P o o o o o P o P o o * Stopper in PVC, not in direct contact with the medium Highly flammable/earthing required Suitable for the given medium. Recommended for the given medium. O Highly flammable media and solvents Acids and alkalis See page 244 See page 246 Hand pumps for mineral oils can be found See page 247 see resistance list. 242

243

R E S I S T A N C E L I S T F O R S E L E C T I N G A E L E C T R I C D R U M P U M P The following five variants are also available as a ready to use set. The following catalogue pages contain information on all sets and pumps for the example media as well as other types of pump models and their applications. Media examples Acetic acid * Ammonia water Antifreeze (Antifrogen) Battery acid Bleaching lye (sodium hypochlorite) Boric acid Butanol / (Butyl alcohol) Calcium chloride Caustic soda (sodium hydroxide) ** Chlorine / Chlorine water Diesel Ethanol (Ethyl alcohol) Ethyl acetate Ferric (III) chloride ** Foaming agent Formaldehyde (Formalin) Formic acid * Glycol (Ethylene glycol) Heating oil Hydrochloric acid Kerosene Lactic acid Lubricants (cooling) Methanol (Methyl alcohol) Methyl glycol Mineral oils Nitric acid Nitro-cellulose combination thinners Perchlorethylene Petrol (unleaded / super) Petroleum / paraffin Phosphoric acid ** Photo developer Potassium permanganate Propanol (propyl alcohol) Isoprop. Seawater Silicone oil Sodium chloride Sodium hypochlorite Sulphuric acid Turpentine Water (dist. / deionised water) Set 1 P(1) P(3) P(1) P(1) P(3) P(3) P(3) P(1) P(3) P(2) P(1) P(1) P(3) P(1) P(1) P(2) P(1) P(3) P(2) P(2) P(3) P(1) P(1) P(3) P(1) P(2) P(1) P(3) P(3) P(1) Set 2 Set 3 Set 4 Set 5 P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P * depending on the concentration of the acid, an explosion proof design may be required (Set 5)! ** depending on the concentration, density and viscosity of the liquid, a design with a higher motor performance may be required (Set 2, 3 and 4)! S A F E T Y I N E X Z O N E S At DENIOS our product range covers all you will ever need for all aspects of explosion protection. Here's an overview! www.denios.co.uk/ex-protection Pump set 1 (PP / stainless steel / PVDF) Acids and alkalis - laboratory use PP: (1) Stainless steel: (2) PVDF: (3) Pump set 2 (PP) Acids and alkalis - industrial applications Pump set 3 (PVDF) Concentrated acids and alkalis Pump set 4 (Alu) Mineral oils, lubricants Pump set 5 (stainless steel) Solvents, Ex-proof See page 248 See page 249 See page 249 See page 252 See page 251 Not found your medium? Or have a question? We'd be happy to help - just give us a call! 01952 811 991 Foodstuff pumps in accordance with EC 1935/2004 and FDA regulations See page 255 The following results have been determined by laboratory tests using raw materials. Plastic parts made from the raw materials are often subject to influences which are not able to be recognised in laboratory tests. The values given are therefore only recommenda- tions. Claims may not be made based on this information. In case of doubt, we recommend that a test is carried out. In addition to chemical resistance, other relevant regulations e.g. explosion pro- tection will also need to be considered. 243

244

Drum pumps manufactured from stainless steel Ideal for pumping flammable liquids W Tested and suitable for EX zone: IIA T4 zone 0 W Good emptying of drum residual due to submerged non-return valve in the base W Submersion pipe Ø 32 mm W Not suitable for acetone W Incl. Drum screw connection in nickel-plated brass for r2" steel fine thread internal (gas-tight screw connection optional) 1 2 Drum pump with extension nozzle, depth: 570 mm Order no. 117-592-JC Drum pump with hose and ball valve, 910 mm immersion depth 1 Order no. 117-664-JC 2 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Immersion depth [mm] Delivery per stroke [l] Design: Drip nozzle Order number Design: PTFE hose Order number Drum pumps manufactured from stainless steel 570 0.35 117-592-JC 117-663-JC 910 0.50 117-594-JC 117-664-JC Please observe the required electrostatic charge conduction with flammable media (e.g. with the Anti static set)! Lever pump, for solvents High pumping capacity Pump Model FL 205 pumps many chemicals, solvents and mineral oils e.g. ammonium chloride, butanol, ethyl alcohol, (50%), glycol, hexanol, caustic soda (45%), turpentine, petroleum, two-stroke oil and cold cleaners (please ask for a full resistance list). W Telescopic immersion pipe W Viton seals in FKM W With 2” drum thread W With electrically conductive hose (1.5 M), ball valve and nozzle Model Use Delivery per stroke [l] Order number FL 205 For 205 litre drums 0.5 117-674-JC Transport case W For discharging static electricity W Consists of 3 colour-coded copper connecting cables with clamping tongs in a practical plastic case ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Drum screw connection gas-tight W Prevents the escape of gases hazardous to health from the drum W For stainless steel drum pumps, R2” thread W Check valve with 1/8“ connection W Nickel-plated brass, FKM seals Order no. 116-058-JC Order no. 146-678-JC 244 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

245

Solvent pumps in stainless steel W For dispensing high-purity fluids W Approved for: IIA,b ex-zone 0 With foot pedal W Recommended for acetone W Sturdy and long-lasting W Screw connection for r2" fine thread, for drums up to 220 litres W Drum and pump can be hermetically closed by the screw connection and the stop valve to prevent undesirable vapours from escaping W Submersion pipe steplessly adjustable to drum depth, pipe Ø: 21 mm W Clip for quick attachment/removal of the air hose W Fixed spout or flexible hose (1.2 m), each with stop valve in stainless steel / PTFE Hand operated W For pumping organic solutions and flavourings safely W Gas-tight and can be shut off completely by 2 ball valves W Fixed drip nozzle with tap in stainless steel / PTFE W Drum screw connection for r2“ fine thread, for containers up to 60 litres W Submersion pipe steplessly adjustable, pipe Ø: 15 mm W Also available as version for tin plate canisters with Ø 35 mm pull-out spouts 1 2 2 Version with drip nozzle and stop valve Solvent pump with flexible dispen- sing hose and stopcock 1 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Immersion depth [mm] Delivery volume max [l/min] Order number with drip nozzle Order number with flexible hose With foot pedal 950 30 157-587-JC 201-951-JC Immersion depth [mm] Delivery volume max [l/min] Order number For containers up to 60 litres Order number For tin plate canisters Hand operated 600 10 157-589-JC 210-335-JC Mini solvent pump Safe dispensing of small quantities W Suitable for Ex-Zone 0 IIA,B,C W Ideal for containers 1 to 5 litres W Thread GL 45 W Adapter for S 40, GL 38 and GL 32 available as an accessory W Includes 2m earthing cable W Self-closing spout with auto-stop function, precision dispensing with no dripping. W Ideal for emptying containers, even those with a domed base Delivery volume max [l/min] Order number Mini solvent pump Order number Thread adapter ETFE, GL45 – GL38 Order number Thread adapter ETFE, GL45 – S40 Order number Thread adapter ETFE, GL45 – GL32 Drip safety stands for pump tubes See page 246 1.8 242-994-JC 242-996-JC 242-995-JC 242-997-JC Drum and pump must be earthed when dispensing flammable media! Additional earthing cable E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 See page 270 245

246

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H With optional drip nozzle or flexible PVC dispensing hose (1.2 M) and stop valve With optional drip nozzle incl. PTFE stop valve or with flexible dispensing hose (1.2 M) incl. PVDF Tap ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Drum screw connection of PP W To securely hold the pump in the drum W Suitable for filling of non-flammable liquids R2” steel fine Mauser 2" coarse TriSure coarse Polypropylene (PP) drum pumps W For the extraction of various chemicals, acids, alkali, cleaning fluids etc W For 60 - 205 litre drums W Piston rod metal, PP-sheathed W PTFE seal W Good drum residual emptying due to submerged non-return valve in the base W Incl. Drum screw connection in PP (Mauser 2”) W Immersion pipe Ø mm: 32 Immersion depth [mm] Delivery per stroke [l] Order number with drip nozzle Order number with flexible hose 500 0.20 117-600-JC 650 0.25 117-604-JC 800 0.27 117-605-JC 1000 0.30 117-606-JC 148-418-JC 148-422-JC 148-424-JC 148-426-JC PTFE ultra clean drum pump For dispensing high-purity fluids W For many liquids that attack PP or PVC, also for hydrochloric acid up to 33 % W The stop valve prevents the escape of vapours that pose a health hazard and any dripping of liquid W Parts that come into contact with the medium made of PTFE/FEP W All valves of solid PTFE W Immersion pipe Ø mm: 32 W Drum screw connections for standard drums available as an option Immersion depth [mm] Delivery per stroke [l] Order number with drip nozzle Order number with flexible hose 400 0.18 600 0.27 950 0.40 267-289-JC 193-714-JC 179-491-JC 267-290-JC 210-181-JC 210-182-JC Safety stands for PP, PTFE, stainless steel and solvent pumps W The safety drip stands securely catch residual liquid from pump tubes W Pipe internal Ø: 35 mm W Length: 1000 mm W Incl. pipe clips for wall mounting and screw-off collection container Drum threaded fitting 2"BSP/R2" 2"Mauser 2" TriSure For threads Fine steel drum inner Coarse inner Coarse inner Order number 179-494-JC 179-495-JC 179-496-JC Incl Pipe clips for wall mounting and screw-off collection container Order no. 179-493-JC 246 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

247

Drum pump for petrol For pumping low viscosity fluids such as mineral oils, diesel, heating oil EL/L, petroleum, fuels (flammable media of the previous hazard class ai-iii), antifreeze W Suitable for Ex areas: IIA T3 W Diecast, for 205 litre drums with drum thread M 64 x 4 and R 2" W Pumping capacity: approximately 0.25 ltr/ stroke W Immersion depth: 840 mm W With conductive hose set DN 19 with anti- kink spring and discharge elbow Hydraulic oil pump Sturdy hand crank for drums, for pumping hydraulic oil, engine and gear oil from drums and tanks W For pumping lubricating oils up to SAE 80 W Pumping capacity: approx. 0.25 L/stroke W For drums and tanks, thread: 2" W Includes hose kit 1.5 m, delivery elbow, suction hose (inside the tank) 2 m Aluminium rotary pump Ideal for light mineral oil and heavier machinery and lubricant oils, with a vis- cosity of max. 900 mPas at 20°C W Pumping capacity: approx. 1 ltr / rotation (about 5 L / min for heavy oils) W With twin gears and galvanised immersion pipe W Switching from pumping forwards to pumping backwards, which is always possible, allows for optimum dispensing W Thread: 2'' 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Order no. 117-561-JC Order no. 133-358-JC Order no. 117-585-JC Rotary pumps in plastic W For oils, corrosive and volatile chemicals W With 3 part immersion pipe set in stainless steel, diameter 32 mm and 2” drum adapter W Performance: approximately 0,35 ltr./Stroke W PTFE seal W Pump casing in PPS (poyphenylene sulfide) Aluminium lever action drum pump For e.g. mineral oil products, anti-freeze W With additional swivel arm and funnel- shaped storage area Drips flow safely back into the container W Pumping capacity: approx. 0.5 L/stroke Light aluminium rotary pump Ideal for light mineral oils and lubricants W With 3 piece immersion pipe set, adapts to different container sizes W Förderleistung: ca. 0,5 l / Umdrehung W Fassgewinde R 2“ Order no. 117-584-JC Order no. 157-298-JC Order no. 171-746-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 247

248

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H 2 1 Battery pumps B1 and B2 For safe dispensing from canisters and drums in the lab and in industry W Up to 2500 litres per battery charge (B2) W Drum adapter available as an accessory (B2) W Automatic overload cut-out W Stepless adjustment for all requirements New battery type B3 with improved properties: Soon in the online shop with further information and article numbers! 1 2 Model B2 In polypropylene (PP) Battery pump Model B1 with flowmeter (see accessories) Model Design Pump interior material Suitable for e.g. Output [W] Density max [kg/l] Viscosity max [mPas] Delivery volume max [l/min] Pump height max [mWS] Order number Immersion depth: 500 mm Order number Immersion depth: 700 mm Order number Immersion depth: 1000 mm B1 For smaller quantities PP PP Battery acid, ammonia water, developer, glycol, phosphoric acid, hydrochloric acid, hydrogen peroxide B2 For medium to large quantities PVDF Sodium hypochlorite, chloric acid, chromic acid, sulphuric acid, nitric acid and hydrofluoric acid Niro Oil based lubricants, cold cleaning agents, softeners 260 1.6 400 22 12 267-775-JC 267-776-JC 267-777-JC 45 8 267-778-JC 267-779-JC 267-780-JC 267-781-JC 267-782-JC 267-783-JC 75 1.3 200 20 6 267-769-JC 267-770-JC 267-771-JC Accessories Charger for pump B1 Li-ion battery 10.8 V for pump B1 Charger for pump B2 Li-ion battery 24V for pump B2 Conv. kit pump B2 (batt, chrger, holder) Order number 267-797-JC 267-796-JC 316-320-JC 316-321-JC 316-322-JC All drum pumps include a media resistant hose (1.5 m) and nozzle. Please order battery and charger separately (see accessories). Safety-tested Electric drum pumps For low viscosity acids and alkali, chemicals and more in laboratories and chemical industry W Dispense safely into and from small containers W Light and easy to use W No seal and grease W 230 V motor with A 3 M cable and plug W Delivered complete and ready to use with a PVC process liquid and gas resistant cable (1.5M), nozzle W And drum adapter Pump interior material Immersion depth [mm] Polypropylene Niro PVDF 500 700 1000 500 700 1000 500 700 1000 Suitable for e.g. Hydrochloric acid, formic acid (50%), Oil based lubricants, cold cleaning developer, chloric acid agents, softeners Sodium hypochlorite, chloric acid, chromic acid, sulphuric acid, nitric acid and hydrofluoric acid Density max [kg/l] Viscosity max [mPas] Delivery volume max [l/min] Pump height max [mWS]* Order number *Maximum values at 20º Celcius 75 7 1.3 300 68 6 75 7 172-086-JC 172-087-JC 172-088-JC 172-089-JC 172-090-JC 172-091-JC 267-793-JC 267-794-JC 267-795-JC Accessories Drum adapter 2" for lab pumps in PP/PVDF (B2 battery, el. drum pump) Drum adapter 2" for lab pumps in stainless steel (B2 battery, el. drum pump) Order number 187-552-JC 194-183-JC Flowmeter W For B1 / B2 battery pumps and el. drum pumps for laboratory operation For further details see right hand page. Material* Thread Viscosity max [mPas] 40 40 PP PVDF *For stainless steel pumps on request 1" BSP 1" BSP Min. Measuring range 5 5 Max. Measu- ring range 120 120 Operating pres- sure max [bar] 10 10 Order number 267-935-JC 267-910-JC 248 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

249

1 2 Electric industrial pumps For industrial usage to dispense low viscosity acids and alkali W Light, handy pump for filling and refilling drums and containers W High performance W Splash-proof, seal-less W 230 V motor with 5 M cable and plug W Available as pump (with immersion pipe, hose connector) or as ready-to-use set with pump, immersion pipe incl. Media resistant hose (2 M), nozzle and drum adapter 1 2 Set with pump made from PVDF (Polyvinylidenfluoride) Drum pump with pump interior in PP (polypropylene), set with hose, nozzle and drum adapter Pump interior material Immersion depth [mm] Suitable for Polypropylene 1000 1200 Sulphuric acid (up to 40%), phosphoric acid, battery acid, hydrochloric acid, iron (III) chloride (up to 30%), caustic 1000 1200 Aggressive atmospheres and media with a high concentration such as: ferric (III) chloride up to 50% PVDF 1000 1200 Chromic, nitric and sulphuric acid (98%), bleach, bleaching lye, zinc chloride, chlorine water IP 54 soda IP 24 1.4 85 19 Protection category IP Density max [kg/l] Viscosity max [mPas] Delivery volume max [l/min] Pump height max [mWS]* Order number Pump Order number Pump set *Maximum values at 20º Celcius 188-569-JC 117-529-JC 500 1.6 75 16 1.8 800 80 17 188-571-JC 117-530-JC 188-572-JC 172-094-JC 188-573-JC 172-095-JC 188-574-JC 123-550-JC 188-575-JC 123-551-JC 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Compressed air double diaphragm pumps in PP and PTFE W Double diaphragm pump with high hydraulic performance W In polypropylene (PP) and polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) for high resistance W Suitable for pumping acids and alkalis (e.g. sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid, caustic soda) W Particularly user-friendly with maintenance-optimised design W Blockage-free operation and absolutely oil-free Suitable for e.g. Model 1/4" Model 1/2" Model 1" Model 1 1/2" Model 2" Sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid, caustic soda, hydrochloric acid, bleaching lye, photographic developer, formic acid, acetic acid External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Delivery volume max [l/min] Viscosity max [mPas] Order number 243 x 160 x 260 52 3500 287-070-JC 465 x 263 x 573 76 7500 287-071-JC 310 x 203 x 345 175 10000 287-072-JC 465 x 263 x 573 370 30000 287-073-JC 594 x 345 x 690 715 30000 287-074-JC Flowmeter W For industrial pumps W For measuring low viscosity acids and alkalis using the turbine impeller principle W Large, illuminated digital display with variable position W Precision measurement - better than ±1% W Flowmeter display W Temperature range: -10 to max. +50° C W Incl. two 1.5 V batteries (AAA) Material PP PVDF Viscosity max [mPas] 40 40 Thread 1 1/4" BSP 1 1/4" BSP Min. Measuring range 5 5 Max. Measu- ring range 120 120 Operating pres- sure max [bar] 10 10 Order number 267-933-JC 267-934-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 249

250

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Pump interior material Suitable for Polypropylene Flocculation agents, polymers, chemical mixtures Ex-protection class in accordance with ATEX Immersion depth [mm] Protection category IP Density max [kg/l] Viscosity max [mPas] Delivery volume max [l/min] Pump height max [mWS]* Order number Accessories Order number Accessories Set: 2.5 m hose, nozzle and drum adapter *Maximum values at 20º Celcius – 1200 IP 24 1.1 150 160 8 137-396-JC 138-199-JC Flowmeter W For drum and container pumps W For measuring low to medium viscosity media using the swash plate principle W It is possible to save 9 calibrations W Flow speed can be displayed at the press of a button Additional cost - relay module for preselecting volume, non ex-proof version Order no. 121-590-JC For further details see right hand page. Container pumps model cm W 2 in 1 - mixer and pump W Ideal for media which have to be mixed and pumped, such as emulsions, dispersions and suspensions using water, oil, solids, etc W The various materials used ensure suitability for nearly all media W Suitable for 1000 litre IBCs and 205 litre drums W 230 V motor / 500 W, 5 M cable and plug W Order with optional accessories kit: ready to use pump incl. Media resistant hose (2.5 M), nozzle and drum adapter Safety-tested Stainless steel Water-based paints and dyes, oil mixtures – 1200 IP 24 1.1 350 210 10 137-397-JC 138-200-JC Solvent-based paints and dyes, alcohol mixtures Pump interior: Ex II 1/2 G Ex h IIB T4 Ga/Gb Motor: Ex II 2G Ex db eb IIC T6 Gb 1200 IP 54 1.2 200 178 9 137-398-JC 138-201-JC Safety-tested W Key lock to prevent operating error W For applications up to max. 4 Bar W Complete with pump connection W Relay module for quantity preselection available as an option Flowmeter for drum and container pumps Flowmeter for ex-drum pumps and Ex container pumps CM Flow meter for food pumps Use Explosion-proof For container pumps CM, CP-A, CP-B For drum pumps for food (non Ex) and eccentric pumps See page 251 See page 254 See page 255 Viscosity max [mPas] 2000 2000 Material Pps Ppo Min. Measuring range 10 10 Max. Measuring range 100 100 Order number 137-395-JC 117-582-JC 5000 Stainless steel 10 100 243-262-JC 250 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

251

Explosion proof drum and container pumps W Ideal for refilling solvents, petrol, alcohol, kerosene, etc W Filling and refilling of material stored in drums or containers W Pump made of stainless steel (niro) W Tested according to Ex II 1/2 G IIB T4, approved according to ATEX W Electric drive: 230 V / 460 W electric motor with 5 M cable and Schuko plug, protection class IP 54 W Includes equipotential bonding cable W Compressed air drive: 1000 W W Maximum pumping characteristics for liquids, if optimally handled, the remaining residue will be smaller than 01 Litres 2 4 1 3 Safety-tested Version Design Immersion depth [mm] Suitable for Viscosity max [mPas] Delivery volume max [l/min] Pump height max [mWS]* Order number Pump Order number Pump set *Maximum values at 20º Celcius Accessories Additional cost - ex-plug, 3 pole, IP 65 Flowmeter Available as pump (with immersion pipe, hose connector) or as ready-to-use set with pump, immersion pipe incl. Media resistant hose (2 M), nozzle and drum adapter Electric 1 Standard 1000 3 Emptying residues 1200 1000 1200 2 Standard 1000 Compressed air 4 Emptying residues 1200 1000 1200 Solvents, petrol, petroleum, ethanol, methanol, butanol, kerosene 350 95 14 500 77 1000 124 35 67 28 188-578-JC 117-539-JC 188-579-JC 117-540-JC 188-582-JC 172-103-JC 188-583-JC 172-104-JC 188-580-JC 137-422-JC 188-581-JC 137-424-JC 195-014-JC 195-012-JC 195-016-JC 195-013-JC Order number 137-421-JC 137-395-JC 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Compressed air double diaphragm pumps in stainless steel, EPDM-PP and PTFE W Double diaphragm pump as ATEX version with high hydraulic performance W In stainless steel (V4A) and polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) for high resistance W Suitable for pumping flammable media (e.g. alcohol, acetone, petrol) W Particularly user-friendly with maintenance- optimised design W Conductive version approved according to ATEX Directive 2014/34/EU Suitable for e.g. External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Delivery volume max [l/min] Viscosity max [mPas] Order number Model 2" Alcohol, acetone, benzine, ethylacetate, kerosene, petroleum, nitric acid, methylacetone, trichlorethylene, turpentine, toluene, hydrogen peroxide, Model 1 1/2" Model 1/2" Model 1" 400 x 263 x 501 73 7500 287-118-JC xylene, dyes, paints 312 x 203 x 322 175 10000 287-119-JC 400 x 263 x 501 370 30000 287-120-JC 479 x 345 x 695 715 30000 287-121-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 251

252

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Electric drum and container pumps W For low viscosity mineral oil products W Filling and refilling of material stored in drums or containers W Ready for use W Efficient W Easy and safe to use W Suitable for dispensing diesel, heating oil, hydraulic oil, machine oil, engine oil, etc W Suitable for idle running W Pump interior in aluminium W 230 V / 500 W motor with A 5 M cable and plug W Ready-to-use kit, including a pump, media resistant hose (2 M), nozzle and drum adapter Safety-tested 1 2 3 4 Pump motor can easily be removed by means of a practical handwheel Media resistant hose Drum adapter 2" Interior of the pump and nozzle manufactured from aluminium 1 4 3 2 SET PRICE Drum pump, submersion depth 1000 mm Order no. 117-531-JC 252 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

253

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Electric drum and container pumps W For low viscosity mineral oil products W Filling and refilling of material stored in drums or containers W Suitable for idle running W 230 V / 500 W motor with A 5 M cable and plug W Pump interior in aluminium, alternatively available for vegetable oils (with pump and PP pump nozzle) The mineral oil pumps are available as a pump without inline fittings or as a complete pump set with hose, nozzle and adapter! Safety-tested EMV Pump interior material Immersion depth [mm] Suitable for Delivery volume max [l/min] Pump height max [mWS] Order number Pump Order number Pump set Pump (incl. Immersion tube, hose connection) Aluminium 1000 700 1200 Diesel, heating oil, hydraulic fluid, machine oil, motor oil up to a viscosity of max. 500 mPa·s 85 19 Polypropylene 1000 1200 Rapeseed oil (cold pressed) and vegetable oils – 272-240-JC 188-576-JC 117-531-JC 188-577-JC 144-663-JC 188-933-JC 172-097-JC 188-934-JC 172-098-JC Set with hose, nozzle and drum adapter Flowmeter For measuring mineral oils and alternative fuels W Configured to display both the total amount and a resettable quantity W With a long life lithium battery W For applications up to max. 4 Bar Use For drum and container pumps Viscosity max [mPas] Material Min. Measuring range Max. Measuring range Order number 2000 Aluminium 3 80 172-096-JC Compressed air double diaphragm pumps in aluminium and NBR W Double diaphragm pump as ATEX version with high hydraulic performance W In aluminium and nitrile rubber (NBR) W Suitable for pumping mineral oils (e.g. diesel, heating oil, motor oil, hydraulic oil) W Particularly user-friendly with maintenance-optimised design W Blockage-free operation and absolutely oil-free W The pump is self-priming, even when dry W Conductive version approved according to ATEX Directive 2014/34/EU W Available in 1/2", 1", 1 1/2" and 2" sizes W The 1 1/2" and 2" variants can be used for larger systems and in large-scale industry Suitable for e.g. External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Delivery volume max [l/min] Viscosity max [mPas] Order number Model 1/2" Model 2" Diesel, heating oil, engine oil, hydraulic oil, drilling emulsion, antifreeze, glycerine, glycol Model 1 1/2" Model 1" 467 x 263 x 573 310 x 203 x 335 467 x 263 x 573 592 x 345 x 687 73 7500 287-094-JC 175 10000 287-095-JC 370 30000 287-096-JC 715 30000 287-097-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 253

254

Container pump Model CP-A Quick dispensing / refilling of containers in large quantities For the safe transfer of chemicals W Highest chemical resistance W Mobile use W Short emptying times due to high flow rate W Low speed, low wear W Adapter for container opening, as standard W Drive motor 230 V, 2800 rpm, 0.75 kW, 5 m cable with plug W Can be combined with flowmeter Safety-tested 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Use Formaldehyde, phosphoric acid, hydrogen peroxide, citric acid up to 50% etc. Material Immersion depth [mm] Density max [kg/l] Viscosity max [mPas] Delivery volume max [l/min] Pump height max [mWS] Order number PP 1100 1.8 100 200 22 117-705-JC Accessories Connection set (consists of 5 m hose with connectors on each end) Flow meter, for container pumps Order number 172-109-JC 117-582-JC Centrifugal pump Model CP-B Can be run dry, for emptying containers W Ideal for use when the container needs to be emptied from below (near to the floor) W Manufactured from high quality materials to ensure high chemical resistance W Supplied with a hose that is easy to connect to containers (suction side) W 230V, 0.75 kW motor with a 5 m cable and plug Order no. 137-419-JC Use Hose connection - inlet side Hose connection - pressure side Material Viscosity max [mPas] Density max [kg/l] Delivery volume max [l/min] Pump height max [mWS] Order number Acids, alkalis, chemicals for developing photographs, galvanising substances and other low viscosity media 1 1/2“ external thread 1 1/4“ external thread PP 30 1.35 280 11 137-419-JC Flowmeter description See page 250 Accessories Trolley (without flow meter) Trolley (with flow meter without facility for pre-selecting quantities, battery operated) Trolley (with flow meter and facility for pre-selecting quantities, network connection 400 V, 50 Hz) Centrifugal pump connection set (pressure side, consists of 5 m hose with connectors on each end) Flow meter, for container pumps Order number 137-399-JC 137-400-JC 137-404-JC 138-202-JC 117-582-JC 254 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

255

Drum pumps for food products When producing food, raw materials and finished food products come into contact with various products which must have suitable characteristics. This also applies to equipment and plant components for the commercial production of food. These are defined as “articles intended to come into contact with food” and are specified in food-related legislation. W Physiologically harmless design W Materials: stainless steel, ETFE, FPM W High surface quality W Food-safe connections W Simple and easy to clean W Also for alcohol-containing foodstuffs as well as flammable cleaning materials W Includes equipotential bonding cable Safety-tested 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H 1 2 W Optimum drum emptying: W Cost saving W Environmentally friendly. 4 3 0,1 l 0,1 l Emptying residues Emptying residues W Pump interior: Ex II 1/2 G Ex h IIB T4 Ga/Gb W Motor: Ex II 2G Ex db eb IIC T6 Gb Design Pump Pump residue emptying Pump Ex version Pump, residue emptying, Ex version 1 2 3 4 Accessories Hose set Tri Clamp connection DN 32 Stainless steel nozzle Tri Clamp connection DN 32 Use For aqueous and greasy foodstuffs, cosmetics and pharmaceuticals For foodstuffs which contain alcohol and are highly flammable Use For drum pumps, food use For drum pumps, food use Ex For drum pumps, food use For drum pumps, food use Ex Immersion depth 1000 Viscosity max [mPas] 350 Density max [kg/l] 1.6 Delivery volume max [l/min] 95 Pump height max [mWS] 14 1000 1000 1000 500 350 500 1.6 1.6 1.6 77 95 77 14 14 14 Output [W] Order number 460 460 460 460 243-253-JC 243-254-JC 243-255-JC 243-256-JC FPM seal, 2 m PVC food grade hose DN 19 (3/4") EPDM seal, 2 m food grade chemical hose DN 19 (3/4") FPM seal, protective hoop and rotating joint EPDM seal, protective hoop and rotating joint Features Operating pressure max [bar] 1.6 1.6 3.0 3.0 Order number 243-258-JC 243-259-JC 243-260-JC 243-261-JC Eccentric screw pump Model HD-E Pump Model HD-E brings together the advantages of a handy drum pump with the easy handling of a sturdy eccentric screw pump. W Ideal for medium viscosity raw materials and foodstuffs from 500 to 4000 mPas. W Material: stainless steel 1.4571, PTFE, FPM W Pressure connection: Tri-Clamp DN 32 W 230 V, 0.55 kW single phase motor with 5 m connection cable and safety plug W Pumping pressure: up to 4 bar Use Medium viscosity foodstuffs Immersion depth 1000 Delivery volume max [l/min] 20 Order number 243-257-JC Safety-tested Application-specific accessories are available on request. Flow meter for food pumps W For use in the food, cosmetic and pharmaceutical industries. W Easy to rinse out W Materials: Stainless steel, ETFE, PTFE Use For drum pumps for food (non Ex) and eccentric pumps Viscosity max [mPas] Min. Measuring range Max. Measuring range Order number 5000 10 100 243-262-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 255

256

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Powerful drum pump Model TP 6, incl. automatic nozzle (flow meter optional) Model TP 6 W For diesel, heating oil and anti-freeze W Self-priming vane pump with integrated siphon guard and filter on the suction sideHigh pumping capacity W Automatic nozzle incl. hose swivel joint W Drum thread G 2" W Version with console: for practical wall mounting Type HP 40 Either with standard or automatic nozzle (see table) W Low wear centrifugal pump W Thread M 64 x 4 and G 2" W Priming phase with integrated siphon protection (leakage protection) Electric pump model HP with standard nozzle valve (flowmeter optional) Model V W For engine and gearbox oils up to SAE 80 W Connection: G 2" W Self-priming Drum pump model V, also available with delivery gauge Model W 85 W Self-priming, low wear hybrid pump incl. lever protection W Especially high pumping capacity W Includes automatic nozzle W Nozzle holder incl. drip tray W Drum thread R2” Hybrid drum pump Model W85 (flowmeter optional) Order no. 243-998-JC Design Immersion depth [mm] Suitable for Delivery volume max [l/min] Output [W] Features Order number V 840 840 Motor and gear oils up to SAE 80 25 740 4 M pressure hose with oil nozzle 117-701-JC 20 740 4 M pressure hose with oil nozzle, incl. flowmeter 117-703-JC HP 40 1600 37 250 4-m pressure hose, standard nozzle 4 m pressure hose, automatic nozzle 117-541-JC 117-565-JC 243-998-JC 267-640-JC 1600 W85 1600 TP 6 1600 1600 Diesel, heating oil and coolant anti-freeze (concentrate) 31 250 68 950 55 370 55 370 4 m pressure hose, automatic nozzle, wall console 267-642-JC ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Flowmeter For Model HP 40, TP 6 and W85 W For various fluids such as heating oil/diesel, water, antifreeze W Method of measurement for a turbine meter W Suitable for all flow directions W Illuminated digital display W Measurement range 5 to 120 litres / min W Main storage tank and 8 partial storage tanks When ordering accessories, please specify the pump type (HP40, TP6, W85)! Order no. 243-999-JC 256 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

257

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Drum and tank compressed air pumps For all situations where reliability plays an important role. The self-priming compressed air pumps can be classed as either 1:1 (type DP1) for dispensing thin mineral oils quickly over short distances, 1:3 or 1:5 (types DP3 and DP5), which have double the effect and are suitable for heavy oils such as gear oil, rapeseed oil or cooling emulsions. W For dispensing oils, cooling emulsions etc W For reliable use in motor vehicle workshops, the agricultural industry, communal car pools and industrial operations W With a 4 m hose NW 16, G 3/4", nozzle with outlet pipe and anti-drip device W Self-priming W Recommended inlet pressure: 6 to 8 bar Pump on a tank installation Pump Model DP1 F for 205 litre drums, meter available as accessory ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Pressure reducer with pressure gauge, 0 - 12 bar, recommended for all pneu- matic pumps, with connection plug and socket Pressure reducer, G1/4” (i/i) Order no. 207-747-JC Flowmeter, can be attached to the filler nozzle Order no. 128-312-JC Use Model Features Delivery volume max [l/min] Order number DP1 F Suction tube NW25, connection G1", with foot valve (875 mm long) 42 128-306-JC For 205 litre drums For 100 litre tank DP3 F DP5 F DP1 T DP3 T DP5 T Suction tube NW25, connection 1“ thread, with base valve (1 m long) Suction hose NW25, connection 1” thread, with base valve (1.6 m long) 30 128-307-JC 25 128-308-JC 15 128-309-JC 12 128-310-JC 25 128-311-JC Manual lever pumps Depending on the purpose for which they are to be used, the pumps are available with curved outlet pipe (with anti-drip device) or with a hose (2 m), ball valve and outlet pipe. W Pump types F 52 and F 202 are suitable for dispensing diesel, heating oil, hydraulic oil, engine oil, gear oil Lever pump with curved spout Order no. 123-556-JC Lever pump with hose, ball valve and outlet pipe Order no. 117-667-JC Rotary pumps in plastic W For oils, corrosive and volatile chemicals W With 3 part immersion pipe set in stainless steel, diameter 32 mm and 2” drum adapter W Pump casing in PPS (poyphenylene sulfide) W PTFE seal W Performance: approximately 0,35 ltr./ Stroke Order no. 117-584-JC Model Design Features Delivery per stroke [l] Order number F 52/202 For 50 to 205 litre drums With curved outlet pipe 0.3 123-556-JC F 52 For 50 litre drums With 1.5 m hose, ball valve and outlet pipe 0.2 117-667-JC F 202 For 205 litre drums With hose, ball valve and outlet pipe 0.2 117-670-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 257

258

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Mobile pump systems for chemicals and mineral oils The practical drum pump trolley - for transporting drum and pump W Practical and easy to move drum trolley in chemical-resistant PE with integrated pump (manual, electric or battery operated) W Suitable for plastic and steel drums up to 220 / 200 litres W Integral drip tray, hose guide, nozzle holder W Easy-to-use pump pipe and cable compartment W 2 swivel castors with brakes, 2 castors W For your safety: belt for transport safety W Supplied with practical accessory set - contents: 25x reusable cleaning cloths, 5x Densorb Universal drum mats for 200 l drum, 1x safety glasses and 12 pairs of nitrile gloves Order no. 271-346-JC Practical castors - for easy movement Accessories ready to hand Design Drive pump Suitable for e.g. Mobile pump systems for mineral oils Electric Manual Diesel, heating oil and coolant anti-freeze (concentrate) Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 271-343-JC 271-344-JC Manual Sodium chloride, sodium hydroxide, acetic, phosphoric, nitric, hydrochloric, sulphuric acids, hydrogen peroxide 789 x 859 x 1545 271-142-JC 271-345-JC 271-346-JC Mobile pump systems, for chemicals Electric Hydrochloric acid, formic acid (50%), developer, chloric acid Battery operated Battery acid, developer, glycol, phosphoric acid, hydrochloric acid, hydrogen peroxide Mobile pump unit V 200 for oil dispensing Mobile pump unit for mineral oils, engine and gear oils with mobile drum carrier consisting of a steel tube with nozzle holder, hose holder and drip collector The mobile pump unit in combination with a drum transporter is the ideal solution for drawing and refilling oil in all situations which require fast and frequent processing of the drum in the workshop. The unit has a self-priming gear pump which guarantees an even feed rate with low noise operation (<70 dB). With the pressure switch version the motor automatically switches on and off when opening and closing the nozzle; the optional flowmeter allows the dispensing of exact quantities. W Self priming pump with sealed 230 V motor with separate ventilation W Power: 0,75 kW W Can be used for fluid viscosities from 10 to 2000 mPas W 6 – 12 bar operating pressure W Drum carrier load capacity: 250 kg As standard with: 1'’ intake hose with base valve and filter 1/2'’ dispensing hose 4 M long nozzle with flexible End piece and non-drip automatic valve 2 M cable 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors for easy manoeuvrability Model Design Delivery volume max [l/min] Protection category IP External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] Order number V 200 V 200 - P -- With pressure switch V 200 - K With flow meter V 200 - KP With flowmeter and pressure switch 34 172-708-JC 36 172-709-JC 9 IP 55 690 x 1090 x 300 35 172-710-JC Nozzle with fine measuring tip and integrated flow meter 37 172-711-JC 258 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

259

Oil stations, complete and ready for use On a compact station up to 4 different oils can be stored in 60 or 205 litre drums. The oils can be directly supplied to motors, gears, small containers etc. W Safe storage and dispensing of various oils W Powerful pumps W Safe and environmentally-friendly W Direct, easy dispensing to motors, gears, small containers etc W Spill pallet with grid W Nozzle with joint and electronic flowmeter W Hose reel with 10 M pressure hose W Suction unit with hose, filter and 2” bung hole closure W Easy to move with a pallet truck (ground clearance 100 mm) 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Model DPO W With pneumatic pumps, 6-8 bar, air connection 1/4” thread Model EPO W With electric gear pump, high pressure (suitable for 230 V power connection) The stations can easily be accessed by a pallet truck. Detailed view: oil station EPO-4, closed hose reel, Order no. 201-608-JC The stations are available with open or optionally with covered hose reels (e.g. to protect mechanical components and hose if the atmosphere is heavily polluted). 2 Hose reel open Storage capacity 205 litre drums Design Use* Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Model DPO - with compressed air pumps Order number Model EPO - with electric pumps Order number *Pumping capacity per pump approx. 10 L/min (max. Value at 20° Celsius) 240 870 x 1350 x 2100 201-601-JC 201-603-JC For hydraulic, engine, gear, vegetable and other oils up to a viscosity of 1500 cSt, anti-freeze concentrates 4 Hose reel open 2 Hose reel closed 260 1270 x 1350 x 2100 240 870 x 1350 x 2100 201-602-JC 201-604-JC 201-605-JC 201-607-JC 4 Hose reel closed 260 1270 x 1350 x 2100 201-606-JC 201-608-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 259

260

Open drum mixer GP 1800 For open containers, up to 50 litre content W Operated by compressed air W Max. 6 Bar pressure W Material 1.4571/PP W Compressed air connection: R 1/4” W Suitable for depressurised standard drums W Operated by compressed air Order no. 128-393-JC Drum bung mixer FR 4 For closed drums with 2” bung-hole W For liquids with medium viscosity up to 500 mPas W Mains connection: 400 V W Protection category IP 54 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Available in compressed air or electric versions W For stirring up, homogenising and dissolving, for example, in purification plants, electro- technology and the chemical, beverage and cosmetic industries W Shaft in high quality stainless steel 1.4571V4a W Also available in an explosion proof in compliance with ATEX for Zone 1 (see table) Agitator FRP 3000 For closed drums with 2” bung-hole W Motor output: 0.5 to 1.0 KW at 750 to 3000 rpm W Max. 7 bar pressure W Compressed air connection R 1/2” W Incl. Filter and device to decrease pressure with manometer reading for the secondary pressure Order no. 117-713-JC Order no. 128-396-JC Drum bung mixer SPR 4 For open drums W For liquids with medium viscosity up to 500 mPas W Power supply: 400 V W Protection category IP 54 GLP 3000 agitator For open drums W For viscosity up to 500 mPas W Like FRP 3000 but with clamp for mounting on container Order no. 117-709-JC Order no. 128-397-JC Drive Model Area of application - mixing equipment Output [W] Revolutions [U/min] Mixing shaft length [mm] Viscosity max [mPas] Order number Non explosion-proof version* Order number Ex-version in accordance with ATEX* *Compressed air: Ex II 2 G/D c T3 -- electric: Ex II 2 G c T3 Compressed air GP 1800 Container open 270 1800 600 1000 128-393-JC – 117-713-JC Electric FR 4 Drum bung hole 750 1500 750 500 117-708-JC SPR 4 Container open 750 1500 750 500 117-709-JC 117-714-JC Compressed air GLP 3000 1000 3000 1000 500 – 128-397-JC FRP 3000 Drum bung hole 1000 3000 750 1000 – 128-396-JC 260 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

261

Detailed view: mixer with clamp/traverse 1050 mm long Available in compressed air or electric versions W Transportable W For stirring up, homogenising and dissolving, for example, in purification plants, electro- technology and the chemical, beverage and cosmetic industries W Mixer shaft in stainless steel 1.4571 / 1.4581 W Suitable for single-use 1000 litre IBCs W In high quality stainless steel 1.4571/ 1.4581 W Also available in an explosion proof in compliance with ATEX for Zone 1 (see table) IBC Mixer CR 6 For economical treatment or storage of liquids W Also available in an explosion proof in compliance with ATEX for Zone 1 (see table) W Protection category IP 55 W Power supply: 400 V W Clamp cross member with quick clamp and carry handles W Also available in an explosion proof in compliance with ATEX for Zone 1 (see table) W Mixer shaft in stainless steel 1.4571 / 1.4581 Order no. 117-710-JC Order no. 117-715-JC 2 s l a i r e t a m s u o d r a z a H g n i l d n a H Single gear mixer CR 200/ CR 300 Two types available with different motor power Pneumatic IBC mixer CP 3000/ CP 400 For homogenising, dispersing, emulsifying and suspending W For liquids with very high viscosity W Power supply: 400 V W Protection: IP 54 W Compresses air engine power: 400 to 3000 rpmmax. 7 bar pressure power W Motor output: 0.5 to 1.0 KW W Compressed air connection R 1/2” W Incl. Filter and device to decrease pressure with manometer reading for the secondary pressure W Heat resistant Drive Model Compressed air CP 400 CP 3000 CR 300 CR 200 Electric Area of application - mixing equipment Containers Output [W] Revolutions [U/min] Mixing shaft length [mm] Viscosity max [mPas] 1000 400 1000 2000 1000 3000 1000 1000 Order number Ex-version in accordance with ATEX* 128-395-JC 128-394-JC Order number Non explosion-proof version* – – *Compressed air: Ex II 2 G/D c T3 -- electric: Ex II 2 G c T3 1500 300 1000 10000 129-343-JC 128-392-JC 750 200 1000 2000 117-716-JC 117-712-JC CR 6 750 1000 1000 500 117-715-JC 117-710-JC E x p E r t a d v i c E a n d O r d E r l i n E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 261

262

D E N I O S M A G A Z I N E A L L Y O U N E E D T O K N O W A B O U T H E A T I N G J A C K E T S A N D D R U M H E A T E R S In the chemical, pharmaceutical and food industry, substances are often used that have to be kept under certain thermal conditions. Heating jackets and drum heater systems are specially developed for these tasks. G U I D E S C H E C K L I S T S A R T I C L E S V I D E O S F A Q W H I T E P A P E R S I N T E R V I E W S A N D M U C H M O R E ! www.denios.co.uk/magazine W H I T E P A P E R S A R T I C L E S T E M P E R A T U R E C O N T R O L O F P R E S S U R I S E D G A S C Y L I N D E R S A number of production processes require a constant supply of gases to create controlled atmospheric conditions. Precise temperature control is necessary to keep the flow rates constant. Find out how heating systems for pressurised gas cylinders ensure a continuous gas supply in industrial processes and which safety aspects need to be taken into account in our white paper. D E N I O S H E A T I N G S Y S T E M S Temperature-sensitive substances play an essential role in the manufacturing processes of the chemical, pharmaceutical and food industries. The demands on modern thermotechnology are many: be it storage at a constant temperature, frost-free storage or the need for thermal processing of materials synchronised with the production process. Efficient solutions are also available for individual containers. All the info is in the magazine! www.denios.co.uk/gas-bottle-information www.denios.co.uk/heating-systems G U I D E S T H E R M O T E C H N O L O G Y H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S S T O R E S V S F I R E - R A T E D S T O R E S If there is an increased fire risk and safety distances can be used to separate spaces, our hazardous materials stores are ideal. They are DIBt-approved and available with additional insulation as an option. A high fire risk usually requires fire-resistant partitioning of the store. Stay safe with our fire-rated stores. They are also DIBt-approved and have certified fire protection. L O O K I N G F O R A L A R G E R S O L U T I O N ? We also have solutions for larger requirements. You can find more information under the heading Thermotechnology. www.denios.co.uk/hazmat www.denios.co.uk/thermotechnology 262

263

A D V A N T A G E S S O L U T I O N S F O R H E A T I N G H A Z A R D O U S S U B S T A N C E S In the chemical, pharmaceutical and food industries, substances are often used that have to be kept under certain thermal conditions. Heating jackets and drum heater systems are developed specifically for these tasks. Cutting-edge production processes for guaranteed quality Delivery free to door: W No hidden costs W Transparency and planning security for your purchase Huge selection: W We offer heating solutions for canisters from 25 litres up to 100 litre IBCs W You'll also find heating solutions for Ex areas as well as for weatherproof applications W Storage at constant temperature W Frost-free storage W Thermal processing of materials W Available with both analogue and digital thermostat W We also offer solutions for safe heating in Ex areas W With both automatic and manual temperature adjustment W In temperature classes T3 and T4 263

264

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Heating jacket with moderate power W Heating jacket with low power: ideal for gently heating and maintaining a low temperature of approx. 40 - 45°C W Black nylon coated on both sides with polyurethane for maximum wear resistance W The needle-felt polyester insulation provides perfect insulation W Analogue temperature controller W Protection category IP 54 W 240 V electrical connection and 5 metre connection cable for maximum flexibility Design Suitable for Container volume min [mm] Container volume max [mm] Height [mm] Output [W] Analogue temperature controller Order number Heating jacket for 25/30 litre drums and canisters Heating jacket for 205 l drums Non-ex 25 - 30 litre steel and plastic drum 870 1000 400 200 50 - 60 litre steel and plastic drum 100 - 120 litre steel and plastic drum 200 - 220 litre steel and plastic drum 1800 1900 450 450 1100 1250 460 250 1400 1650 440 400 117-721-JC 117-722-JC 280-727-JC 117-723-JC Heating jackets with medium to high power W Heating jacket with medium power: for rapid heating of media in applications requiring a fast heating rate up to approx. 50 - 70°C W 240 V electrical connection and 5 metre connection cable for maximum flexibility W When using with plastic drums: check W The outer layer is made of black nylon fabric and the inner layer of high-temperature resistant, silicone-coated glass fibre fabric W Increased insulation due to sewn fibreglass material W Analogue temperature controller W Protection category IP 44 maximum temperature W For 205 litre containers, 1000 litre IBCs and standard gas cylinders SET PRICE Also available in the set: heating jacket for 1000 litre IBC + insulated cover Order no. 207-857-JC Heating jacket for 205 l drums, with analogue controller Heating jacket for 1000 l IBC, with analogue controller ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Insulated cover to protect the IBC from cooling down quickly, Design Suitable for Container volume min [mm] Container volume max [mm] Height [mm] Output [W] Analogue temperature controller Order number Non-ex 200 - 220 litre steel and plastic drum 1800 1950 850 1100 1000 litre IBCs 4060 4310 950 2000 Gas cylinder 680 830 1050 450 156-179-JC 117-724-JC 236-439-JC Order no. 129-157-JC 264 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

265

Heating jackets with digital temperature controller W Premium quality heating jacket for safe warming or constant temperature control W Includes digital temperature controller with touch screen: - simple temperature setting from 0 - 90° C - permanent display and control of the current temperature (on the drum wall / inside the heating jacket) W High quality, heavy duty, water repellent coating W Silicon-insulated heating coil W With 5 m connection cable and protected plug 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Digital heating jacket for 205 l drums Digital heating jacket for 1000 l IBC ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Digital drum base heater, can be combined with heating jackets Order no. 267-383-JC Design Suitable for Container volume min [mm] Container volume max [mm] Height [mm] Output [W] Digital temperature controller Order number Digital heating jacket 200 - 220 litre steel and plastic drum 1800 1950 850 1100 1000 litre IBCs 4060 4310 950 2000 267-308-JC 267-309-JC Heating jacket with maximum power W Heating jacket with highest performance: for applications that require maximum performance and highest insulation W High-temperature resistant, silicone-coated glass fibre fabric on both sides of the heating jacket to extend product life in demanding applications W Insulated by very dense glass fibre material for safe and efficient use, even at the highest temperatures W Analogue temperature controller: 0 - 160°C (0 - 90°C for IBC) W Protection category IP 44 W 240 V electrical connection and 5 metre connection cable for maximum flexibility W When using with plastic drums, check maximum temperature W For containers from 25 to 1,000 litres and for standard gas cylinders ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Order no. 280-730-JC Design Suitable for Container volume min [mm] Container volume max [mm] Height [mm] Output [W] Analogue temperature controller Order number Heating jacket with maximum power, for 30 litre drums and canisters Heating jacket with maximum power, for 120 litre drums 25 - 30 litre steel and plastic drum 870 1020 400 460 50 - 60 litre steel and plastic drum 1100 1250 460 640 Non-ex 100 - 120 litre steel and plastic drum 1400 1650 440 1050 205 - 220 litre steel and plastic drum 1800 1950 850 2060 1000 litre IBCs 4060 4310 950 3990 280-725-JC 280-726-JC 280-728-JC 280-729-JC 280-731-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 265

266

Ex heating jackets for temperature class T4 W Ideal for gentle heating to reduce viscosity and prevent freezing in winter W For containers from 25 to 1,000 litres and for standard gas cylinders W Safe, gentle heating especially in Ex-protected areas of temperature class T4 W For use in Ex zones 1, 2, 21 and 22 W The outside is made of silicone-coated fibreglass, the insulation is made of high-quality glass fibre fabric W Self-limiting or analogue temperature control W Protection class IP 54 W 240 V electrical connection (without plug) and 5 metre connection cable for maximum flexibility 22 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Ex heating jacket for 25/30 litre drums Ex heating jacket for 50/60 litre drums Ex-heating jacket for gas cylinders Ex heating jackets for 205 litre drums Ex heating jackets are available in other sizes to suit your requirements on request, just give us a call. Design Suitable for Container volume min [mm] Container volume max [mm] Height [mm] Output [W] Self-limiting temperature control Order number Analogue temperature controller Order number EX versions 25 - 30 litre steel and plastic drum 870 1020 400 90 50 - 60 litre steel and plastic drum 1100 1250 460 130 100 - 120 litre steel and plastic drum 1400 1650 440 150 200 - 220 litre steel and plastic drum 1800 1950 850 540 1000 litre IBCs Gas cylinder 4060 4310 950 960 680 830 1050 100 236-434-JC 236-436-JC 280-711-JC 280-713-JC 280-715-JC 236-437-JC 280-709-JC 280-710-JC 280-712-JC 280-714-JC 280-716-JC 236-438-JC 266 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

267

Ex heating jackets for temperature class T3 W Safe, fast heating especially in Ex-protected areas of temperature class T3 W Ideal for faster heating to higher temperatures W For use in Ex zones 1, 2, 21 and 22 W Self-limiting or analogue temperature control W The manual thermostat is available for containers from 25 to 1,000 litres as well as for standard gas cylinders W The outside is made of silicone-coated fibreglass, the insulation is made of high-quality glass fibre fabric W Protection class IP 54 W 240 V electrical connection (without plug) and 5 metre connection cable for maximum flexibility 22 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Ex heating jacket for 1000 L IBC, with analogue temperature control and insulating bonnet 60 and 205 litre drums See page 389 Ex heating jacket for 200 L drums, with analogue temperature control Ex heating jacket for 25/30 litre drums, with analogue temperature control Suitable for e.g. Container volume min [mm] Container volume max [mm] Height [mm] Output [W] Analogue temperature controller Order number Self-limiting temperature control Order number Digital NFC controller Order number E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 25 - 30 litre steel and plastic drum 870 1020 400 160 50 - 60 litre steel and plastic drum 1100 1250 460 275 100 - 120 litre steel and plastic drum 1400 1650 440 295 280-717-JC 280-718-JC 280-719-JC EX versions 200 - 220 litre steel and plastic drum 1000 litre IBCs Gas cylinder 1800 1950 850 620 – 4060 4310 950 685 1400 1620 685 830 1050 285 280-720-JC – 280-721-JC 280-722-JC – – – – – – 178-874-JC – 176-398-JC – – 280-723-JC – 280-724-JC – – 267

268

Induction drum heater for use in ex-zones W For steel drums up to 205 litres, for quickly heating viscous fluids W Ideal to liquidise solids W High performance and low energy usage - save time in production W Certified in accordance with ATEX for Ex zones 1 and 2: Ex II 2GD Exe II 170 C (T3) Ex tD II A21 T3 (170°C) W Protection category IP 66 W Protected against overheating Induction heater W Instant heat in the drum wall, no time is lost W Temperature increase dependant on the liquid, approx. 10 -15°C per hour W Certified, self-limiting temperature control: max. 123°C (on the drum wall, at 20°C ambient temperature) Induction drum base heater W Can be used individually or for optimising the heating process in combination with an induction drum heater and GFK cover W Certified, automatic temperature limitation W In combination with the induction heater and GFK cover a complete “mini-oven” is created for heating drums in EX zones 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Order no. 117-719-JC Order no. 178-875-JC Induction heating unit, can be combined with induction drum base heater Induction drum base heater, for steel drums up to 205 litres The combination of an induction heater and an additional base heater shortens the heating time, e.g. for light oil, by > 20% Version Output [W] Nominal voltage [V] Internal diameter [mm] Weight [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Induction heater Jacket heater 2750 240 613 50 790 x 790 x 740 117-719-JC Induction drum base heater Floor heating 500 240 560 55 750 x 890 x 60 178-875-JC ORDER AT THE SAME TIME GFK hood Glass fibre reinforced plastic hood – additional protection against heat loss, approved for EX Order no. 178-877-JC Digital NFC controller for induction heater and induction base heater W Can be combined with induction heating unit or induction drum base heater W Digital display for informative indication of parameters W Lock function with password for that extra bit of security W "Swipe and go" thanks to NFC function with pre-programmed cards W Adjustable timer for delayed start and duration of switch-on time W Delivery includes 2 pre-programmed cards (card 1 = 60°C, card 2 = 'off') - further cards to be individually programmed are available as accessories W the 240V NFC controller with 25 amps is supplied with a 5 metre power cable 268 Digital NFC controller for maximum safety Configurable NFC cards for the digital NFC controller. Order no. 280-737-JC Order no. 280-738-JC W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

269

Heating jackets for weatherproof applications W Heating jacket for outdoor use: ideal for drums that are exposed to the elements or used in humid factory environments W Made from water-repellent material W Protection category IP 56 W with self-limiting temperature control for heating up to approx. 35 - 40°C W For containers from 25 to 120 litres W For weatherproof application of 200 litre and 1000 litre IBC heating jackets please use the waterproof PVC covers Drum heating HBD W Floor heating base for all steel drums of up to 205-litre volume, ideal to heat up and warm up substances W Variable temperature control 0 - 150°C operated via a control on the drum heater W Electrical connection: 230 V / 50 Hz W Ready-to-use including A 2 M long power cord and Schuko plug Weatherproof heating jacket for 25 - 30 litre drums Order no. 280-732-JC Heating jackets with IP56 50 - 60 litre steel and plastic drum 1100 1250 460 300 25 - 30 litre steel and plastic drum 870 1020 400 200 100 - 120 litre steel and plastic drum 1400 1650 440 400 280-732-JC 280-733-JC 280-734-JC Design Suitable for Container volume min [mm] Container volume max [mm] Height [mm] Output [W] Self-limiting temperature control Order number Model Version Min regulation range [°C] Max regulation range [°C] Output [W] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Base pad height [mm] Order number HBD Floor heating 0 150 900 600 x 105 70 171-803-JC 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Flexible drum heating belt HG-F Example: common usage with several belts W The heating element is contained in a flexible vulcanised silicone mat W Thermostat control up to 120° c W Simple spring catch fastening W Protection: IP 40 W High mechanical resistance W Height: 125 mm W For drum Ø: 550 - 600 mm W Mains connection 230 V W 2 M power cable W Power: 1000 W Order no. 117-717-JC ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Servo Eco drum lifter for easy transport of the drum and for fitting with drum base heaters and for placing on pallets Order no. 227-162-JC Insulation cover with folding lid and velcro quick lock Weatherproof PVC cover for 200 l heating jacket up to 1100 watts Weatherproof PVC cover for 1000 l IBC heating jacket up to 2000 watts Order no. 210-392-JC Order no. 280-735-JC Order no. 280-736-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 269

270

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Earthing cable Prevent explosion hazards caused by sparks or electrostatic discharge W Cable length 2 M W Cables available in a galvanised or a double insulated design W Cables available with either a crocodile clip and a C clamp that can be screwed in place, or an earthing clamp with a cable eye Ex-protection class in accordance with ATEX Version Cable length [m] 2 grounding pliers Order number 1 earthing clip / 1 cable eye Order number Version Cable length [m] 2 grounding pliers Order number 1 earthing clip / 1 cable eye Order number 1 C-clamp / 1 cable eye Order number 1 crocodile clip / 1 C-clamp Order number 1 crocodile clip / 1 cable eye Order number 2 crocodile clips Order number 2 C-clamps Order number Ex II 1 GD T6 Earthing strap, galvanised 2 Earthing strap, insulated 2 165-880-JC 165-882-JC 165-892-JC 165-894-JC Without ATEX approval Earthing strap, insulated 2 137-372-JC 137-385-JC 137-380-JC 137-382-JC 137-376-JC 137-363-JC 137-368-JC 1 2 1) Crocodile clip 2) C clamp crocodile clips that can be screwed in place Earth cable reel with earthing clamp W Automatic cable reel with an earthing clamp W 15 M cable, wire cross section 6 mm2 W Shock resistant plastic housing with pivoted assembly bracket Anti static set W For discharging static electricity W Consists of 3 colour-coded copper connecting cables with clamping tongs in a practical plastic case W With 1.40-M copper cable and two insulated 3-m copper cables Order no. 157-790-JC Order no. 116-058-JC 270 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

271

FM tested products Tested stainless steel clamps in 2 optional sizes W Model MD (Medium-Duty, aperture angle approx. 15 mm) - for drums, containers up to 200 litres W Model HD (Heavy Duty, large aperture angle approx. 40 mm) - for larger plant components, drums and containers from 200 litres, IBCs, mixing containers, mobile tanks, tank vehicles etc. The sharp teeth on the clamps pierce through drum coatings and contamination The strong springs ensure the necessary pressure Stainless steel clamps with high durability and robustness even under toughest operational conditions - to ensure a safe and durable connection 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Earthing clamps with ATEX approval: Earthing cable Reliably prevents danger of explosion through sparking or electrostatic discharge W Also available with ATEX approval: Ex II 1 GD T6 W Low electrical resistance with high mechanical strength W Chemically resistant and wear-resistant cable sheath W ATEX version with stainless steel clamps W Spiral cable in lengths of 3 or 5 M Spiral earthing cable, ATEX compli- ant, with 1 earthing clamp model HD and one eyelet Cable length [m] Design in accordance with ATEX Order number Stainless steel clamp model MD Order number Stainless steel clamp model HD Cable length [m] Design without ATEX Order number Spiral earthing cable with 2 earthing clamps model HD Example of use with two spiral earthing cables 3 With 1 earthing clamp and 1 eyelet 201-352-JC 201-354-JC 3 5 201-353-JC 201-355-JC 5 3 With two earthing clamps 165-871-JC 201-356-JC 3 5 165-872-JC 201-357-JC 5 With 1 earthing clamp and 1 eyelet With two earthing clamps 117-406-JC 117-405-JC 117-404-JC 117-407-JC ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Wall holder in stainless steel for up to two earthing cables (two clamps and two eyelets) W Store cables conveniently and in compliance with the law W Possible to connect customer's earth bar W Can therefore also be used as convenient earthing point near dispensing area, for example ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Earthing set for steel spill pallets Tested stainless steel clamps in 2 optional sizes W Model MD (Medium-Duty, aperture angle approx. 15 mm) - for drums, containers up to 200 litres W Model HD (Heavy Duty, large aperture angle approx. 40 mm) - for larger plant components, drums and containers from 200 litres, IBCs, mixing containers, mobile tanks, tank vehicles etc. Order no. 201-358-JC Order no. 285-830-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 271

272

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Extra safety Self-testing earthing systems with visual indication provide operators processing flammable or explosive materials with visual verification that static electricity is discharged effectively: W The green LED flashes - the earthing clamp has a secure connection to the container and earth. The earthing cable continuously monitors the electrical circuit between containers or container and verified earthing point (e.g. a wall-mounted earthing bar) W The green LED stops flashing - a resistance >10 Ohm has been detected in the circuit. The user is warned of a potential electrostatic charge risk! W ATEX approved and conforms to international best practice guidelines! The safer contact between clip and metal container (EG Drum) is indicated Grounding clamps with monitoring and visual indication With continuous circuit monitoring: LED on the earthing clamp indicates the safe connection to the equipment W Approved in accordance with ATEX and IECEX W Stainless steel clips W Quick-connect coupling for simple clamp changes (EG when replacing the battery in a safe area) W Protection class IP 65 W Intrinsically safe electric circuit, incl. 9V battery W Model C 52: 1 clamp with LED, 2 Ring eyes W 1 clip with LED, 1 clip, either Type MD (L 120 mm) or Type HD (L 235 mm) Model EZ with 2 clamps Portable and safe – connects 2 containers or 1 container, tanker etc To earthing point and indicates via an LED when both clamps have safe contact Example of use: connection of 2 drums by model EZ and required connection to operational earthing point by model C 52 Model C 52: 2-core version – checking and indication that a safe contact exists at the container and addi- tionally at the earthing point Model Design Cable length [m] Order number C 52 1clamp with LED / 2 Ring eyes 5 123-554-JC Ez 1 clamp with LED / 1 MD 3 201-368-JC Ez 1 clamp with LED / 1 HD 3 195-370-JC Assembly kit Our assembly kit contains spiral cable in 3 lengths and ATEX certified stainless steel clamps model MD, HD and BR (with LED), for configuring to your individual needs W All cables and clamps are fitted with quick-connect couplings, the practical quick-connect coupling for simple changes W Suitable for all earthing systems with monitoring Spiral cable, 2-core, length [m] 5 10 15 Earthing clips, 2-pin Stainless steel clamp MD, L 120 mm Stainless steel clamp HD, L 235 mm Stainless steel clamp BR, with LED display Order number 207-322-JC 207-323-JC 207-324-JC Order number 206-260-JC 206-261-JC 207-321-JC Detailed view: quick-connect - connects clamp and cable quickly and easily Spiral cable, 2 core Model BR earthing clamp with LED indicator light 272 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

273

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Static discharge cable Cable available in 3 lengths W Stainless steel clamp with long life and good grip even under the harshest operating conditions - for a secure durable connection W With retractable cable reel W Locking mechanism prevents cable tangling W Antistatic Hytrel steel cable W Approval in accordance with ATEX - discharge cable: exii 2GD T6 - clamp: exii 1GD t6 W Stainless steel clamps, either: model MD (L 120 mm) or model HD (L 235 mm) Cable length [m] Order number Stainless steel clamp model MD Order number Stainless steel clamp model HD 6.2 207-309-JC 207-310-JC 9.2 201-343-JC 201-344-JC 15.2 201-346-JC 201-347-JC Safe earthing with magnetic force Earthing clamps high on a metal drum can be knocked by dispensing equipment for example. As an alternative, the earthing magnet lies flat on the drum lid or can be fitted at the side of the drum. It attaches firmly to the metal of the drum. NEW W Approved in accordance with Atex for zones 1, 2 and 21, 22 W Several magnets ensure a good connection to the container. W Clamp-free earthing of coated and painted containers W Two strong stainless steel spikes penetrate contamination or paint on the container. W Model EM-HX - for drums to 205 L W Model EM-H: for small containers and drums from 5 to 50 L W Heat resistant and wear-resistant cable sheath W Only approx. 40 mm high - easy for an automatic filling machine to move over Cable length [m] Equipment - earthing systems Colour Order number 3 Green 5 3 5 1 hand magnet / 1 eyelet Green / yellow 318-071-JC 318-072-JC 318-073-JC 318-074-JC Spiral earthing cable with 2 stainless steel clamps 1x60/1x140 mm, ATEX NEW W For prevention of explosion hazards caused by sparks or electrostatic discharge W Approved in accordance with Atex for use in zone: 0, 1, 2 and 20, 21, 22 W Bridging set - mobile version with mini clamp (L 60 mm) and large stainless steel clamp (L 140 mm) e.g. for safe connection to drums W Cable sheath resistant to acids, alkalis, mineral oils, greases and other chemicals W Spiral cable copper 2.5mm² - copper core for extremely high flexibility W Hardened stainless steel teeth for a long service life W Easy to use and secure connection Cable length [mm] Cable type Design Order number 1000 Copper 3000 LIF11Y11Y, 322X0,10MM, 1-POLIG 2 grounding pliers 5000 Copper 318-018-JC 244-028-JC 318-020-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 273

274

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H 274 Dispensing taps and taps in steel, alu and cast iron W Secure dispensing for all containers with A 3/4 or 2 inch TriSure thread 1 2 A B Liquids may be dispen- sed using 2 positions: (A) continuous, (B) precision dosing 3 Aluminium tap 2", spring loaded activation knob Order no. 145-222-JC Fine dosage drum tap 3/4“ Order no. 117-189-JC High grade steel drum taps 3/4“ Order no. 117-194-JC 4 5 6 7 Drum tap in cast iron, 3/4 or 2" thread Order no. 117-292-JC Order no. 117-293-JC Brass safety valve 3/4“ Order no. 117-291-JC Brass drum tap 3/4“ Order no. 117-132-JC 8 9 10 Brass drum tap 3/4“ Order no. 117-195-JC Brass drum tap 2", with closure plate with PTFE seal Order no. 117-134-JC Zinc Die-Casting Drum tap 3/4“ Order no. 117-196-JC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Material Aluminium Stainless steel Cast iron Brass Area of application - drum taps Thread Seal material Design Mineral oils Aggressive liquids Viscous liquids Mineral oils 2" Nitrile rubber Self closing Tap 3/4" PTFE Can be adjusted for continuous or dosed flow 3/4" PTFE Self closing, adjustable Tap 3/4" PTFE – – 2" PTFE – – 3/4" Nbr – – Additional equipment – Self closing Tap Flame arrestor Flame arrestor Order number 145-222-JC 117-189-JC 117-194-JC 117-292-JC 117-293-JC 117-291-JC 117-132-JC Light viscous liquids 3/4" PTFE Aggressive liquids 3/4" PTFE Viscous liquids 2" PTFE Self closing, adjustable Tap Self closing Tap Self closing Tap Injection moulded zinc Alkaline liquids Mineral oil products 3/4" Plastic Flame arrestor Flame arrestor 117-195-JC – – 117-134-JC 117-196-JC W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

275

PE drum taps 3/4“ and 2“ W Suitable for corrosive and aggressive chemicals (not for acetone) W Quick emptying of a 205 litre drum with a 2” drum tap in just 3 min W Thread: TriSure 3/4“ or 2“ W Fast outflow due to separate air intake W PE locking lever Model Thread Material Order number 1 2 FH 1 3/4" Plastic 117-104-JC FH 2 2" fine 117-105-JC 2 Dispensing taps W For dispensing exact quantities of liquid from plastic canisters or drums W High resistance to acids and chemicals W Food safe W Fast outflow due to separate air intake W Angled cut for optimum dispensing even into narrow neck openings 1 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Thread type 1 (inner) Order number Pack = 1 piece Order number Pack = 10 pieces DIN 38 318-475-JC 318-480-JC DIN 40 158-087-JC 318-490-JC DIN 45 158-091-JC 318-491-JC DIN 50 318-476-JC 318-481-JC DIN 51 158-093-JC 318-492-JC For dispensing exact quantities of liquid from plastic canisters or drums. Thread External thread DIN 45 DIN 50 DIN 51 DIN 61 DIN 63 DIN 71 – – – – – – – 3/4" – 2" fine – 56x4 Order number Pack = 1 piece Order number Pack = 10 pieces 157-964-JC 318-489-JC 157-963-JC 318-488-JC 123-555-JC 318-487-JC 117-296-JC 318-485-JC 318-478-JC 318-483-JC 117-297-JC 318-486-JC 318-477-JC 318-482-JC 158-153-JC 318-496-JC 158-097-JC 318-495-JC For fine dosage of liquids from drums. DIN 61 158-094-JC 318-493-JC – S70x6 (2" coarse) 158-096-JC 318-494-JC 1 2 Drum tools for emptying and dispensing from containers with 2” threads W Drums stored horizontally can be completely emptied W Optimal protection from leaks, as after decanting from the drum, the lid is screwed back on W Prevents uncontrollable leaks W Manufactured from polypropylene (PP) or stainless steel / aluminium Model Design Equipment External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 1 Drum tool in PP – Adjustable Tap 100 x 200 x 160 117-117-JC 2 Drum tool in aluminium – Adjustable Tap 170 x 190 x 160 117-240-JC With “dead man setting" Self closing, adjustable Tap 170 x 190 x 160 117-241-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 275

276

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Thread adapters W For connecting different types of thread on canisters, drums, taps and pumps W Thread: (I) = internal thread, (A) = external thread W Available as a set of 9 adapters, or individually Colour 1 From thread (INT) From thread (EXT) To thread (INT) To thread (EXT) Order number Orange 2" fine – – TriSure coarse 117-107-JC Red 2" Mauser coarse – – TriSure coarse 117-108-JC Blue 2" fine – – 2" Mauser coarse 117-109-JC Yellow 2" fine – DIN 61 / 31 – 117-110-JC Grey 2" fine – – DIN 61 / 31 117-111-JC Green 2" fine – DIN 51 – 117-112-JC Black – 2" fine – DIN 61 / 31 117-113-JC White 2" fine – 63 mm ASTM – 117-114-JC Brown 2" fine – DIN 71 – 164-153-JC Level indicator with capacity gauge for Model FS Suitable for all standard 205 litre drums (also for 60 litre drums), to be used with non-cor- rosive liquids. The level indicator is placed over the 3/4” opening. A pump can be placed on the 2” bung hole at the same time, to dispense measured amounts. W Suitable for non corrosive substances, such as anti-freeze, diesel and heating oil Colour External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Packaging unit (piece/pack): 1 Order number Packaging unit (piece/pack): 5 Item(s) Black 110 x 45 x 140 318-479-JC 318-484-JC White 95 x 80 x 120 137-715-JC – Overflow indicator W Prevent drums from being over-filled inadvertently W A red float indicates that the drum is almost filled W Suitable for all drums with 3/4” and 2” bung opening W Ready for a ventilation connection, to dissipate vapours from unpleasant smelling substances or substances that release strong gases, for example W Optional with screwed connection or transparent protective CAP Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Transparent protective CAP 68 x 72 x 245 148-365-JC Screw lock 68 x 72 x 245 148-370-JC All products for Thread adapters, dispensing aids, accessories can be found here: All products for Level indicators can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12971 www.denios.co.uk/kat/12970 276 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

277

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Drum wrench universal W Fit all standard bung lids W Easy opening with long handle W The drum wrench in bronze largely avoids the build up of sparks Material External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Steel 120 x 460 x 40 Bronze 117-250-JC 117-251-JC Drum wrenches, WKM and WKE models W For the safe opening of conventional 205 litre steel drums W The extra large handle gives good leverage W Sturdy steel design with a quality blade in a special brass alloy W Replacement blade available as an accessory Version External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Manual 120 x 460 x 130 156-168-JC Drum wrench in plastic W Suitable for 3/4” and 2” bung hole and synthetic lids DIN 51 and DIN 61 Material External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Plastic 85 x 265 x 50 117-253-JC All products for Drum openers and container openers can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12969 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 277

278

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H FALCON drum funnel in steel W For filling liquids in 205 litre steel drums safely, through the 2” bung hole W Large drum funnel in robust steel design with high quality powder coating W The funnel volume of 30 litres enables quick filling of large volumes of fluids W The cover, available as an option, protects the drum contents from contamination Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Order number 30 650 x 135 123-242-JC Drum funnel in galvanised steel Equipped with a hinged lid and strainer, external thread 2" W Galvanized steel drum funnel W Equipped with a hinged lid and strainer, external thread 2" Capacity [l] Height, external [mm] Ø external [mm] Order number 6 350 300 8 220 123-346-JC 171-745-JC Stainless steel funnel W Ideal for the measured filling of small amounts of fluids W Corrosion free and resistant to aggressive media W With overflow prevention W Incl. Lid and flame barrier For container threads H51 H61 H71 2" Trisure With S56x4 thread Ø external [mm] Order number 187-010-JC 129-142-JC 140 137-515-JC 129-141-JC 217-947-JC Funnel - with / without strainer Steel funnels W Ideal for the measured filling of small amounts of fluids W High edge offers spray protection Ø external [mm] Version Material dispensing Order number 165 Flexible outlt, strainr Pe 145-549-JC 200 Flexible outlt, strainr Pe 145-548-JC 200 Rigid spout, strainer Pe 145-545-JC 240 Straight outlet Steel 145-546-JC 278 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

279

FALCON drum funnels are made from seamless environmentally friendly polyethylene and cover the entire surface of the drum. The drum funnels – in round or honeycomb versions – permit easy filling of 205 litre drums, cans or drip filters can also be placed on the profiled surface. W Cans or filters can also be conveniently placed on the profiled surface for draining W Seamlessly made in chemical resistant polyethylene (PE) W With opening for the use of a fill level indicator (for funnels without lid) W Optionally available with or without lid W The drum funnels with lid are also available in an electrically conductive version FALCON drum funnel - round W Ideal for effortless filling of 205 litre steel drums FALCON drum funnels are available with or without lid, as well as in standard or electrically conductive versions Capacity [l] Model Design Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Order number Without strainer 5 With strainer With adapter 2" thread Without lid 580 x 115 114-741-JC With lid Dissipative version with lid 605 x 145 114-745-JC 186-546-JC Without lid 580 x 115 114-747-JC With lid Dissipative version with lid 605 x 145 114-751-JC 186-547-JC Without lid 580 x 93 114-749-JC With lid Dissipative version with lid 605 x 125 114-753-JC 186-548-JC 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H FALCON drum funnel, honeycomb W Ideal for easy and safe filling of standard 205/220 litre bunghole drums in steel, stainless steel or plastic ORDER AT THE SAME TIME The version with a stainless steel adapter permits firm connection of the funnel to the 2” bung hole of the drum. The adapter is used at the same time to connect the immersion pipe. Immersion pipe, for all FALCON drum funnels with adapter W For safe below-the-surface filling of e.g. flammable liquids Order no. 114-755-JC Capacity [l] Model Design Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Order number Without strainer 22 With strainer Without lid 690 x 200 114-877-JC With lid 690 x 230 114-879-JC Dissipative version with lid 690 x 190 157-306-JC Without lid 690 x 200 114-878-JC With lid 690 x 230 114-880-JC FALCON drum funnel with extra large volume, available in different versions Dissipative version with lid 690 x 190 157-307-JC 114-881-JC With adapter 2" thread Without lid With lid Dissipative version with lid 690 x 190 157-311-JC 690 x 230 114-882-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 279

280

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H FALCON drain funnel This funnel in the FALCON product family combines many advantages of a typical drum funnel with a "drain" function. While the front area of the funnel is intended for pouring in residual liquids from jugs, canisters, bottles or similar, the rear area is used for catching "drips". The ribbing of the funnel in this area serves as a storage surface for e.g. paint cans, oil filters and other containers that still contain residual amounts of liquid. W For collecting residual liquids in a 205 litre steel drum W Covers the whole of the top of the drum W The sloping surfaces of the drain funnel ensure that even relatively viscous media flow off reliably W Seamlessly made in chemical resistant polyethylene (PE) 3 1 Contents [l] External diameter [mm] Height, external [mm] Order number 1 2 3 The rim of the funnel is shaped as a recessed grip so that the funnel can be transported quickly and safely The ribbed base allows containers to be placed on it to drip or empty Residual liquids are poured directly into the front part of the funnel for quick drainage 2 Accessories: coarse strainer Accessories: shelf for draining containers Accessories: hose and adapter for filling below the surface FALCON drain funnel 22 704 120 283-431-JC Accessories Drainage sieve Ø 76mm, stainless steel Support for FALCON drainage funnel Filling below surface for FALCON funnel Order number 242-393-JC 283-432-JC 283-435-JC FALCON IBC funnel in polyethylene (PE), round W Funnel for use with a conventional IBC W For safely collecting and channelling liquids W Spout Ø approx. 100 mm W Domed base - liquids run off W In high chemical resistant polyethylene (PE) W Impact resistant Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Capacity [l] Order number Round 690 x 820 x 200 30 243-312-JC IBC funnels are easily accessible from practically all sides. In this way, liquids from small containers can be poured into the funnel quickly and easily. 280 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

281

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H FALCON IBC funnel in polyethylene (PE), square W Funnel for use with a conventional IBC W In highly chemical resistant polyethylene (PE) W Facilitates clean filling of even large quantities of liquids W With large drain opening (Ø 145 mm) W With integral 2" connection e.g. for optional level indicator W Domed base - liquids run off W Discharge basin with side storage areas, for e.g. IBC lids, lid openers, gloves etc. Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Design Capacity [l] Order number X Square 790 x 730 x 175 Non-electrically conductive 15 218-986-JC Electrically conductive 15 230-342-JC IBC Funnel "Full Size" - suitable for 600, 800 and 1000 litre plastic IBCs These extra large funnels cover the entire surface of a standard IBC. This gives you plenty of space to quickly and easily collect liquids from various small containers (buckets, canisters, bottles or even filters) in your existing IBC. W Placed over the entire surface of the IBC; a firm connection can be made using accessory set 283-438 W Durable construction in highly resistant polyethylene W Large intake volume for fast emptying W With large central hole through which the liquids flow into the IBC W The optionally available cover (funnel Full Size 1000) can be conveniently hung on the IBC or on the side wall of the funnel (with the 283-438-34 mounting kit) when not in use. 1 2 3 Optional coarse strainer available With integrated ribbing at the base of the funnel so that residual liquids from containers or oil filters etc. can drain off Large-area funnel, covers the entire surface of a 1000-litre IBC Design Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Ø outlet opening internal [mm] Order number For 600 L IBC 40 860 x 1260 x 168 60 306-067-JC For 800/1000 L IBC 50 1060 x 1260 x 168 60 283-433-JC Accessories Cover for FALCON IBC funnel, Full Size Support for IBC funnel Size 600 Support for FALCON IBC funnel, Full Size Set lock, FALCON IBC cover Full Size Set mounting IBC funnel Full Size Set lock IBC cover, Full Size on IBC Fill below surface IBC funnel Full Size Coarse strainer bio.x / FALCON funnel Order number 283-434-JC 306-068-JC 283-437-JC 283-436-JC 283-438-JC 285-970-JC 285-971-JC 276-220-JC 3 2 1 FALCON funnel Full Size 1000, the optionally available lid is hooked onto the side of the funnel when not in use. Accessories: lock with mounting material, lid to IBC Accessories: lock with mounting material, funnel to IBC Accessories: mounting set, funnel to IBC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 281

282

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Telescopic rod for TeleScoop Length of the aluminium telescopic rod can be adjusted, for sample depths of up to 6 m. W Versatile sampling system, ready for use with interchangeable tools (various scoops, bottle holders) W Ideal for sampling from basins, tanks, drains, open water etc. Length cm from/to Number of bars Order number 65-120 2 179-426-JC 70-180 4 250-476-JC 125-250 2 179-428-JC 95-280 4 179-427-JC 115-300 3 179-429-JC 165-450 3 179-430-JC 175-600 4 179-431-JC TeleScoop The exchangeable tools (angular beaker, pendulum beaker, bottle holder, stain- less steel beaker) are fitted to the telescopic rod by a snap-on joint. Bottle holder W The bottle holder holds all plastic, glass or metallic bottles with a diameter up to 88 mm, to ensure safe filling. W Included in delivery: wide neck bottle in LDPE, transparent, 750 ml W Angle can be steplessly adjusted up to 90° Angular beaker Adjustable angle up to 90° Pendulum beaker PP Automatically swings into a horizontal position Order no. 179-424-JC Pendulum beaker V2A Automatically swings into a horizontal position Stainless steel beaker Beaker with scraper, ideal for powder, granules, pastes, sludge. Version Volume ml Diameter [mm] Order number Angular beaker 1000 133 179-418-JC 600 110 179-417-JC 2000 165 179-419-JC Pendulum beaker PP 600 100 179-420-JC 1000 118 179-421-JC 2000 146 179-422-JC Pendulum beaker V2A Stainless steel beaker 1000 152 179-425-JC 1000 – 179-423-JC Bottle holder – 103 179-424-JC MiniSampler PE Ideal for sampling from drums, canisters and tanks etc. W Cross-contamination is avoided because with the MiniSampler only the disposable suction tube and the sample bottle come into contact with the liquid. W Max. suction height 5 m (depending on the viscosity of the medium) W Specially designed for industrial use W Cylinder thread GL45 W For sampling liquids from drums, tanks, lorries, train carriages, ships, bodies of water etc Contents: Complete set in a practical trans- port case with vacuum pump, 10 PE bottles 100 ml, 10 m PE suction hose 6 x 8 mm, 1 hose cutter, 1 hose weight in stainless steel/ nickel-plated brass, and 20 seal-it labels Contents: Set consisting of: aluminium vacuum pump, stand, ventilation valve, 1 glass bottle (500 ml) with GL 45 thread, 5 suction tubes in PA (2200 mm long, electrically conductive), 1 hose cutter, 1 brass hose weight, 20 seal-it bottle seals, 1 earthing cable. Design/parts in contact with media Approved for Ex Order number MiniSampler Pe – 179-407-JC Profi Sampler Aluminium Zones 0, 1 IIA, IIB, IIC 250-475-JC 282 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

283

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Multi-layer sampler For sampling all layers of the goods to be tested. Open internal tube without sepa- rate chambers, large sampling volume. W Either in aluminium or V4A (1.4404), 25 mm Ø W These lances are ideal for sampling all types of bulk goods - from the finest powders to coarse grains Multi-Sampler With multiple closed chambers for mul- tiple targeted samples at various pre- determined sampling depths. W Ultra-clean material - easy to clean, remo- vable tip Uno sampler With a closed sampling chamber for one targeted sample from a pre-determined depth. W These lances are ideal for sampling all types of bulk goods - from the finest powders to coarse grains Silo borer In aluminium for sampling from all layers in silos. W Length 1500 mm, extends to 3500 mm W Scraper for cohesive substances Material Aluminium Stainless steel 1.4404 (V4A) Overall length [mm] 550 850 1500 550 850 1500 Immersion depth [mm] 430 710 1355 430 710 1355 Number of openings 3 3 5 3 3 5 Compartment volume [ml] 70 130 260 70 130 260 Order number Multi- layer sampler 179-466-JC 179-467-JC 179-468-JC 179-469-JC 179-470-JC 179-471-JC Warehouse trolleys in Stainless steel 1.4404 (V4A) Stainless steel 1.4404 (V4A) Stainless steel 1.4404 (V4A) Flange diameter [mm] 550 850 1500 Penetration depth [mm] 430 710 1355 Number of compartments 3 3 5 Compartment volume [ml] 14 17 17 Order number 179-460-JC 179-461-JC 179-462-JC Material Stainless steel 1.4404 (V4A) Stainless steel 1.4571 Overall length [mm] 850 1500 550 Immersion depth [mm] 710 1355 430 Number of compartments 1 1 1 Compartment volume [ml] 17 17 17 Order number Uno sampler 179-464-JC 179-465-JC 179-463-JC Accessories Cleaning brush for Zone sampler Overall length [mm] 600 Order number 179-473-JC close-it tamper-evident seal When sampling from sacks, cartons etc with the zone sampler, holes are created which free-flowing bulk goods can trickle out of. The close-it seal prevents this happening. W Especially suitable for food and pharma (adhesive meets European food guidelines). W Pack = 500 labels/roll Ø external [mm] Ø internal [mm] 90 40 Compartment vo- lume [ml] 400 Order number Silo borer 179-475-JC QuickPicker W Specially designed for simple sampling of bulk goods in sacks or BigBags and direct filling of the custom original sample bottle. W Delivery includes 2 sample bottles in PE (order no. 179439) and a cleaning brush Colour Red Yellow Blue Green Black White Design printed printed printed printed printed unprinted Size [mm] 95 x 95 95 x 95 95 x 95 95 x 95 95 x 95 95 x 95 Length [mm] 500 Immersion depth [mm] 300 Capacity [ml] Order number QuickPicker 179-438-JC 75 Accessories Stainless steel label dispenser Order number 179-456-JC 250-425-JC 250-426-JC 250-427-JC 250-428-JC 179-457-JC Order number 179-455-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 283

284

D E N I O S M A G A Z I N E A L L Y O U N E E D T O K N O W A B O U T H A N D L I N G H A Z A R D O U S S U B S T A N C E S The DENIOS range contains a wide range of products for everyday tasks such as lifting and turning, mixing, emptying or transporting drums. Drum lifters or drum trolleys ensure safe transport. Products for the safe handling and use of hazardous substances, for storing, transporting and dispensing are also included. Drum accessories such as pumps, taps or funnels round off the range and are suitable for every application. G U I D E S C H E C K L I S T S A R T I C L E S V I D E O S F A Q W H I T E P A P E R S I N T E R V I E W S A N D M U C H M O R E ! www.denios.co.uk/magazine F A Q G U I D E S A L L A B O U T D R U M S 5 P R O V E N D R U M H A N D L I N G A I D S If hazardous or water-polluting substances are stored in drums, improper handling can quickly lead to environmental, fire and health hazards. The hazards stem not only from the drum contents, but also from handling of the drums: manual transport, lifting or holding of drums exposes employees to severe physical stress. Avoid the risks and ensure safe working conditions "all around the drum". In our FAQ below, we give you useful tips on the storage and handling of hazardous substances in drums. In many companies, hazardous substances are stored in drums. However, the need for safe and ergonomic transport is often underestimated. We offer essential products for different application situations. www.denios.co.uk/drum-storing-guide www.denios.co.uk/5drum-tools C H E C K L I S T W H I T E P A P E R S O N - S I T E T R A N S P O R T O F H A Z A R D O U S S U B S T A N C E S Transporting hazardous substances optimally and safely This free DENIOS checklist shows you: E N V I R O N M E N T A L D A M A G E C A U S E D B Y H A Z A R D O U S S U B S T A N C E S – L E G A L C O N S E Q U E N C E S , L I A B I L I T Y , P R E V E N T I O N W Which special features should be considered in advance during the risk assessment. W How to optimally prepare internal transport of hazardous substances. W What rules are important during transport to ensure that hazardous substances get from A to B safely. Find out W what the consequences of environmental violations are W who is liable for environmental damage W how to protect yourself effectively www.denios.co.uk/hazmat-transport www.denios.co.uk/sustainability 284

285

C U S T O M E R B E N E F I T S O N - S I T E T R A N S P O R T A N D H A N D L I N G O F G O O D S Huge selection: W Customised, safe, certified W The right solution for every situation – thus perfectly equipped for audits and all kinds of hazards. Cutting-edge production processes for guaranteed quality 10-year warranty: "If you have any trouble, we're always happy to help." Delivery free to door: W No hidden costs W Transparency and planning security for your purchase 1 2 3 4 5 Practical safety lock for locking a drum in the highest position Quick lifting of the drum by means of mechanical lever arm Rigid, torsion-resistant steel frame with blue powder coating, Load capacity: 250 kg Simple loading of drum dollies, base heating plates and Euro pallets Suitable for 60 to 205 litre steel and 120 to 220 litre plastic drums using a drum belt 5 1 2 3 4 285

286

Drum dolly type DT 1 - DT 5. W Practical transport of standing 60/205/220 litre drums made of steel or plastic W Available with additional accessories - suitable for many applications W For 60 litre steel drums W Includes towbar for easy, ergonomic transport W With 4 sturdy hooks keep the drum in position W For 205 litre steel drums and 220 litre plastic drums W Tipping drum dollies in steel W For 205/220 litre drums W Mechanical device with foot pedal for easy tilting of the drum, useful for e.g. Emptying the drum using a pump W Steel construction with long lasting powder coating in RAL 5010 (blue) 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H 1 2 4 Steel drum dolly DT 1 / 60 for 60 litre drums, incl Drawbar Drum dolly DT 1 / 200, in steel for 205/220 litre drums Order no. 171-741-JC Order no. 148-431-JC Order no. 189-634-JC With oil-tight welded, closed spill tray W Edge height 80 mm W Powder-coated in blue (RAL 5010) Stainless steel drum dollies W For easy transport of 205 litre drums and stainless steel drums W Especially suitable for the food and pharmaceutical industries W Can be cleaned easily and quickly The sturdy drum dolly for especially heavy steel drums W Load capacity up to 500 kg W Sturdy steel construction, powder coated in blue (RAL 5010) 3 Model Design Overall load capacity [kg] Ø internal [mm] Height [mm] Number of rollers Ø roll [mm] Order number 5 2 DT 1 / 200 3 DT 2 6 4 DT 3 5 DT 4 Standard With oil-tight spill pallet With tilting mechanism Made of stainless steel 350 610 125 4 75 148-431-JC 300 610 185 4 75 189-637-JC 350 610 145 4 75 189-634-JC 350 610 165 4 80 189-635-JC 6 DT 5 Especially for heavy drums 500 610 165 8 100 189-636-JC 1 DT1 / 60 With handle 100 400 135 4 60 171-741-JC 286 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

287

Drum dollies type DT6 for drum overpacks W For the safe transport of 205 litre steel drums, salvage drums and drum overpacks W Adjustable from Ø 680 to 840 mm W In galvanised steel W Easy to move on 4 swivel castors Also available in an electrically conductive version (when used in accordance with the intended use, suitable for potentially ex- plosive areas) 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Model Design Overall load capacity [kg] Ø internal [mm] Height [mm] Order number DT 6 Non-electrically conductive 450 840 123 115-199-JC Electrically conductive 450 840 123 127-147-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 287

288

Drum trolley type FKR-S2 W With long lasting powder-coating in blue (RAL 5010) W Easy drum pick-up with strap and safety hooks W Two support castors increase safety W The drum trolley enables the easy loading of 205 litre drums onto spill pallets (max. Spill pallet height 260 mm) W Solid rubber wheels or pneumatic tyres. Wheel Ø: 350 mm 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Drum trolley FKR-S2, powder coated in RAL 5010, with 2 stabilising, rubber wheels Order no. 164-364-JC Drum trolley type FKH W Drum trolley with solid rubber tyres, for the safe transport and dispensing from 205 litre steel and plastic lidded drums W For tipping and easy transport W Easy, safe drum pick-up with safety hooks W Can also be used as dispensing station W Large solid rubber wheels, ideal for use on uneven floors Drum trolley FKH with folding feet for stability Also suitable as dispensing station Order no. 164-355-JC Model Tyres Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number powder coated Standard version Fkr-s2 Solid rubber Air 730 x 545 x 1600 164-364-JC 164-362-JC Fkh Solid rubber 300 730 x 520 x 1600 164-355-JC Conductive version Fkr-s2 Solid rubber EL Fkh 730 x 570 x 1590 180-863-JC 650 x 600 x 1415 180-861-JC 288 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

289

Drum trolley FKZ for steel and plastic drums W Solid rubber wheels or pneumatic tyres. Wheel Ø: 350 mm W For the transport and filling of 60 to 220 litre steel and plastic drums W With foot plate and belt for secure transportation and safe dispensing The folding foot prevents the drum trolley tipping over by accident Drum trolley FKZ, powder coated in RAL 5010, pneumatic wheels Order no. 164-370-JC 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Drum tipper trolley BK-60 W Suitable for 30 and 60 litre containers W Guarantees safe transport (additional safety chains are optionally available) W Wheel Ø: 200 mm ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Safety chain for 33 kg cylinder W For transport safety of 33 kg gas cylinders Order no. 133-938-JC Hot dip galvanised design, solid rubber tyres, (without safety chain) (pneumatic tyres see table) Order no. 115-243-JC Conductive version Fkz 300 Solid rubber EL Bk-60 120 470 x 530 x 1160 181-316-JC 181-315-JC Sump pallet type PolySafe PSW 6.2, For directly placing containers into Order no. 107-262-JC With spill pallet (see accessories) suitable as dispensing station Model Tyres Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number powder coated Order number Hot dip galvanised Fkz Solid rubber 300 730 x 565 x 1580 164-371-JC – Standard version Bk-60 120 Air 470 x 530 x 1160 164-368-JC 115-243-JC – 115-246-JC 730 x 565 x 1580 164-370-JC – 695 x 650 x 1415 181-268-JC – E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 289

290

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Drum transport and lifting trolley FTH 1 W For effortless placement of 50 to 205 litre steel bung hole drums on spill pallets W Functions as both a drum trolley and a drum lifter W Sturdy frame with stand, handles, wheels W With height adjustable safety gripper to secure the drum to the frame W Additional restraint system assists with locking onto the spill pallet during the gas spring assisted lifting process W Suitable for use with a maximum height of 365mm W 2 large rubber tyres (with ball bearings) Ø250mm 2 additional hooks anchor the transport lifter to the spill pallet for safe positioning of the drum. Drum transport and lifting trolley FTH 1 for steel drums, load capacity 200 kg Order no. 128-406-JC Drum lifting truck for 205 litre steel drums W For straightforward lifting, placing and transporting of a 200 litre steel drum on level ground W Load capacity: 350 kg W Simple single lever control for all functions W The clamp opens when lowered and picks up the drum W Clamp closes around the drum automatically when lifting W Wheels manufactured from nylon W Powder-coated in blue (RAL 5010) Combine the comfort of a pallet truck with the functionality of a drum transport and lifting trolley Drum lifting truck for 205 litre steel drums, load capacity 350 kg Order no. 158-052-JC 290 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

291

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Drum lifting attachment FGH W For vertically lifting and transporting 110 /220 litre plastic l-ring drums and 60 / 205 litre steel ribbed drums W Sturdy chain construction with special grip hooks for picking up the drum W Load capacity: 300 kg W Weight: 4 kg Order no. 115-187-JC Drum gripper P 360 W For vertical lifting and transporting of 205 litre steel drums and 220 litre plastic l-ring drums W With long lasting powder-coating in blue (RAL 5010) W Height: 350 mm W Load capacity: 350 kg W Weight: 5 kg Order no. 164-641-JC Clamping drum gripper P 400 W For vertically lifting and transporting 120 litre plastic lidded drums W Easy to fit onto the drum as the clamp grips the drum automatically W The clamp releases by pushing the handle W Zinc-plated W For drum diameter: 395 mm W Load capacity: 360 kg W Height: 370 mm W Weight: 7 kg Clamping drum gripper model P 400, hot dip galvanised Order no. 157-584-JC ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Forklift truck hooks Lifting chain W In accordance with EN 818-4, goods classification 8 with connecting clip and safety hook W Length: 1000 mm, load capacity: 1120 kg Fork lift truck hooks DZ for lifting drums using two fork lift truck hooks, weight: 29 kg, Fork lift truck hook EZ for lifting drums using one fork lift truck hook, weight: 11 kg Order no. 115-190-JC Order no. 115-189-JC Order no. 137-691-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 291

292

2 TOP PRODUCT S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Drum tong FZ 600 W For vertically lifting and transporting 205 litre ribbed steel or clamping Ring drums W Also suitable for operating amongst drums stored in close proximity to each other or to fill safety or recovery drums W With long lasting powder-coating in blue (RAL 5010) W Load capacity: 350 kg W Weight: 10 kg Order no. 115-256-JC Drum lifting chain with belt Ideal for transporting opened or sealed metal drums with rims around the top. The belt is fastened under the rim at the top of the drum and is secured firmly in place using the faste- ner. The width of the belt can be altered using the screws. W Drum diameter: 560 - 610 mm W Load capacity: 300 kg W Weight: 10 kg Order no. 115-197-JC Drum tong fz-s For lifting 205 litre ribbed steel drums vertically. Also suitable for lifting open drums as the drum remains in a vertical position. Powder coated in blue (RAL 5010) W Ideal for closely packed drums W Load capacity: 350 kg W Weight: 8 kg The drum is only gripped on one side, so the drum tongs fz-s can also be used without any problems when several drums are standing close together Order no. 115-266-JC 292 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

293

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Drum lifter FGK A multi-talented and versatile winner! W Ideal for putting a horizontal drum in an upright position W For lifting and transporting horizontal or standing 60 and 205 litre steel ribbed drums W Sturdy chain construction with special grip hooks for picking up the drum W Also suitable for closely packed drums or for stocking drum overpacks and recovery drums W Load capacity: 500 kg W Weight: 2.2 kg BESTSELLER Putting a horizontal drum up without effort Drum lifting clamp model FGK - ideal for lifting standing or horizontal drums. Order no. 164-398-JC Drum tongs FZ 500-h, powder coated W For horizontally lifting and transporting 205 litre ribbed steel or clamping Ring drums W With a retaining device W Load capacity: 350 kg W Weight: 8 kg Drum lifter FGV W For lifting and transporting horizontal 60 and 205 litre steel ribbed drums W Sturdy chain construction with 2 special grip hooks for picking up the drum W Load capacity: 300 kg W Weight: 4 kg Order no. 164-399-JC Order no. 115-188-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 293

294

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Drum clamp Model SK, tested and suitable for use in Ex Zones W With adjustable, automatically closing drum clamp to grasp and firmly hold the drum W Secure grip even for different sizes of drum W Tested and suitable for use in EX zones: IIB T4 Zone 1 W Suitable for 220 litre plastic drums and 205 litre steel ribbed drums Safe transport of plastic and steel drums Easy to adjust for any drum type with handwheel and scale 0 1 6 - 0 3 5 5 6 5 0 8 1 5 0 2 0 8 1 0 7 1 0 7 1 1280 Top view: drum clamp model SK Order no. 212-869-JC Drum clamp FK W With automatically closing drum clamp to grasp and firmly hold the steel drum W Suitable for use with 205 litre steel ribbed drums W Drum clamps as forklift attachments to transport 1 drum W Suitable for 220 litre plastic drums or 205 litre steel ribbed drums W Includes wing nuts to secure the clamp to the forklift W With long lasting powder-coating in blue (RAL 5010) Order no. 164-394-JC Model Suitable for Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Forklift pocket W x H [mm] Weight [kg] Order number Top view: drum clamp FK 205 litre steel ribbed drum / steel lidded drum Fk 350 710 x 1100 x 160 150 x 55 56 164-394-JC SK 205 litre steel ribbed drum / steel lidded drum and 220 litre plastic lidded drum / plastic L Ring drum 300 675 x 1280 x 220 170 x 70 47 212-869-JC 294 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

295

Drum gripper SH W Practical transport of up to 2 x 205 litre steel drums W Secure grip even on uneven surfaces W One-person operation - no need for an additional person when approaching and picking up the drum W Secure attachment of steel drums and clamping Ring drums W Height adjustable W Sturdy welded design in steel W Forklift attachment module with long lasting powder-coating in blue (RAL 5010) W Quick and easy to fit to the forklift forks W Automatic grip when the drum is lifted W Automatic clamp release when the drum is lowered By driving up to the top rim of the drum and lifting the drum, the gripper will automatically grip the rim of the drum. The gripper anchors itself on the edge of the drum during the lifting process. When placing the drum on the ground again, the locking device on the gripper releases automatically. 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Tested spill pallets with approval for the storage of hazardous substances See page 12 Drum gripper model SH 1 for 1 x 205 litre drum, load capacity: 350 kg Drum gripper model SH 2 for 2 x 205 litre drums, load capacity: 2x350 kg Side view: drum gripper SH 1 and SH 2 Top view: drum gripper SH 1 Top view: drum gripper SH 2 Model Overall load capacity [kg] Suitable for External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Forklift pocket W x H [mm] Weight [kg] Order number SH 1 350 1 x 205 litre steel ribbed drum / steel lidded drum 710 x 890 x 975 140 x 55 70 115-223-JC SH 2 700 2 x 205 litre steel ribbed drums / steel lidded drums 1050 x 1080 x 975 150 x 55 110 115-225-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 295

296

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Top view: drum turner SV EX version see table W Ex II 2G Ex h IIB T4 Gb W Ex II 2G Ex h IIB T4 Gb Drum turner SV W Suitable for drums with Ø of 380 to 600 mm W Also available as ex-proof versions complying with ATEX W Ideal for 60 to 220 litre plastic l-ring and covered drums and 60 and 200 litre steel ribbed and clamping Ring drums W Self-locking worm gear with an easy to operate hand wheel W Pivoted prism jaws with securing belt at the front W Chain to secure the tilting attachment to the fork lift truck W Rotation range: 180° Drum turner SVK W The chain ensures controlled emptying of the drum at the desired height and is easy to operate from the driver’s seat W The tilting attachment has bolts to secure it to the fork lift truck W Sturdy welded design in steel W With long lasting powder-coating in blue (RAL 5010) W Rotation range: > 360° Order no. 164-393-JC Driver operates the chain from the seat of the forklift truck The drum tilting attachment is an accessory for fork lift trucks, and is suitable for lifting, turning, controlled emptying of drums and transporting drums. Easy to use one-man operation. Model Use Overall load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Forklift pocket W x H [mm] Distance between fork pockets [mm] Order number Standard version Order number Explosion-proof version Sv 60 to 220 litre plastic and 60/205 litre steel drums 300 90 170 x 70 695 115-286-JC 147-724-JC Svk 205 litre steel drum 300 70 180 x 65 620 164-393-JC – 296 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

297

Drum gripper RLN W For standing and horizontal 205 litre steel drums W Tested and suitable for use in EX zones: IIB T4 Zone 1 W Compactly designed drum reception W Automatic locking W Drums can be placed next to each other on a shelf W The standing drum is gripped and when the forklift is lowered the drum moves to a horizontal position W The drum can then be stored without any additional manual effort 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Drum gripper model RLN, for 1 x 205 litre drum Order no. 115-289-JC Top view: drum gripper RLN Model Use Overall load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Forklift pocket W x H [mm] Distance between fork pockets [mm] Order number Rln 205 litre steel drum, standing or horizontal 300 75 170 x 70 665 115-289-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 297

298

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Servo Eco - The simple drum lifter for pallets, base heating plates and drum dollies W Suitable for 60 to 205 litre steel and 120 to 220 litre plastic drums using a drum belt W Quick lifting of the drum by means of mechanical lever arm W Simple loading of drum dollies, base heating plates and Euro pallets W Practical safety lock for locking a drum in the highest position W Rigid, torsion-resistant steel frame with blue powder coating W Load capacity: 250 kg For quick loading of drum dollies, drum base heaters and pallets Suitable for Lift height max [mm]* Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Clear chassis width [mm] Order number *Measured at lower edge of 205 l steel drum (max. lifting height may vary for other drum types) 60 to 205 litre steel drums, 120 to 220 litre plastic drums 200 250 909 x 830 x 1782 830 268-895-JC Servo Eco - The efficient drum lifter for Euro pallets Suitable for 205 litre steel ribbed drums W Simple, easy loading e.g. of Euro pallets and DENIOS spill pallets W The wheel base of the drum lifter is wide enough to push the lifter either side of Euro pallets to ensure that drums at the back of the pallet can be reached easily W Special locking mechanism fixes onto the top of the drum to hold the drum in place W Drum can be lifted easily using a handle W Load capacity: 250 kg Order no. 227-162-JC 298 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

299

Servo Eco with v-shaped chassis Even Euro pallets can be reached over so that a drum in the centre can easily be accessed W Simple, safe loading over the corner e.g. of Euro pallets and DENIOS spill pallets W When the foot hydraulics are activated the drum is automatically grabbed and held safely W Versatile and space saving - 2 swivel castors (with brake) ensure precise parking for storage W Easy drum lifting using the foot pump, lowering with separate foot pedal W Available in 2 versions: - for 205 l steel drums - for 205 l steel drums and 205 l plastic drums Order no. 227-161-JC 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Handwheel with scale for exact fitting of the clamp on any type of drum Order no. 201-867-JC Suitable for Lift height max [mm]* Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number *Measured at lower edge of 205 l steel drum (max. lifting height may vary for other drum types) 205 L steel drums 493 350 1218 x 900 x 1260 227-161-JC 205 litre steel drums, 220 litre plastic drums 500 300 1120 x 900 x 1260 201-867-JC Euro pallets can be reached over so that a drum in the centre can easily be accessed E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 299

300

2 Drum lifter Servo with adjustable chassis W Easy to manoeuvre in confined spaces W Adjustable chassis (700 and 1390 mm clear width) W Flexible use, ideal for loading denios spill pallets and containers or for loading shelving W Suitable for 205 litre steel ribbed drums W Special, self-closing gripping mechanism W Compact size will fit through most standard industrial doors W 4 large swivel castors (2 with brakes) enable easy manoeuvring and safe transport even over longer distances W With long lasting powder-coating in blue (RAL 5010) W Load capacity: 350 kg S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Easy approach e.g. to a spill pallet, even in the smallest of spaces Large lifting range Chassis dimensions retracted / folded out Order no. 227-164-JC All products for Drum lifters can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12828 300 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

301

Drum lifter Servo with 180 drum turner Lifting, turning and emptying 205/220 l ribbed steel and plastic L-ring drums W Safety handle can be operated with one hand and has A 3 way function W 2 fixed castors and 2 swivel castors (with brakes and foot guard) ensure (lifting / lowering / transporting) easy manoeuvrability W Additional foot pedal for accurate lifting W The extended wheel and safety grid ensure maximum safety for the W With robust powder coating in blue (RAL 5010) W Rotation range: 180° user For steel ribbed drums Safety hooks beneath the drum protect and retain the steel drum 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Side view: Drum lifter with drum turner 180 degrees Detail: safety handle For ribbed steel and plastic L-ring drums W With additional safety clamp - both 205/220 litre steel ribbed and plastic L-ring drums are securely gripped and held INNOVATION Safety clamp for plastic drums, with adjustable lever operated locking clamp Suitable for 205 L steel drums 205 litre steel drums, 220 litre plastic L ring drums Lift height max [mm]* Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Clear chassis width [mm] Ground clearance [mm] Order number *Measured at lower edge of 205 l steel drum (max. lifting height may vary for other drum types) 1105 x 1335 x 1960 227-163-JC 1270 350 940 150 236-464-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 301

302

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Drum lifter Servo with drum gripper, drum clamp and drum turner 360° Rigid, torsion-resistant steel frame with blue powder coating The Servo drum lifters offer you solutions for many applications: In addition to the Servo drum lifters with adjustable wheelbase and the two Servo drum lifters with the 180° drum turner on the previous pages, on the following page you will find three more wheelbase types, combined with three practical, robust drum holders - for lifting, transporting or even turning steel and plastic drums. The 3 wheelbase options are split into: - Narrow wheelbase with height 1605 mm - Wide wheelbase with height 1605 mm - Wide wheelbase with height 2135 mm W Easy lifting with foot-operated hydraulic system W Convenient lowering with separate foot-operated pedal W Easy to manoeuvre with 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors (with brakes) Practical foot pump for ergonomic drum lifting Narrow wheelbase - for inserting in Euro pallets or various denios spill pallets Wide wheelbase - for positioning “around” Euro pallets and denios spill pallets. Reaching over a Euro pallet is also possible, for example to pick up a drum standing at the back. 302 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

303

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Drum lifter Servo with drum gripper Special gripper mechanism for 60 litre to 205 litre steel ribbed drums and steel clamping ring drums W Load capacity: 300 kg Wheelbase Lift height max [mm]* Lift height min [mm] Clear chassis width [mm] Height [mm] Order number *Measured at lower edge of 205 l steel drum (max. lifting height may vary for other drum types) Narrow 740 120 278 1605 181-092-JC Wide 740 – 974 1605 115-218-JC Wide 1390 – 974 2135 181-098-JC Drum lifter Servo with drum clamp Drum clamp is adjustable, has automatic closing, universally suited to all 205 / 220 litre steel and plastic drums W Load capacity: 300 kg Wheelbase Lift height max [mm]* Lift height min [mm] Clear chassis width [mm] Height, external [mm] Order number *Measured at lower edge of 205 l steel drum (max. lifting height may vary for other drum types) Wide 520 – 974 1605 214-475-JC Narrow 520 120 278 1605 214-474-JC Wide 1170 – 974 2135 214-476-JC Drum lifter Servo with 360 drum turner Gripping system with rotatable prism jaws - ideal for 60 to 220-litre plastic L Ring drums and lidded drums, as well as 60 and 205 litre steel ribbed drums and clamping Ring drums W Self-locking sensitive gears with hand wheel W Load capacity: 300 kg Wheelbase Lift height max [mm]* Lift height min [mm] Clear chassis width [mm] Height [mm] Order number *Measured at lower edge of 205 l steel drum (max. lifting height may vary for other drum types) Narrow 750 120 278 1605 181-088-JC Wide 750 – 974 1605 181-090-JC Wide 1400 – 974 2135 115-293-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 303

304

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H The highest levels of functionality and safety Secu Ex drum lifters Versions: Drum lifter Secu Ex is available with 3 different types of drum holders, for lifting, transporting and also turning steel and plastic drums. Select the drum holder suitable for your application in combination with one of the 3 chassis variants: narrow chassis, wide chassis or v-shaped chassis (detailed descriptions can be found on the following product pages) Storing and handling drums in Ex zones requires the right equipment. DENIOS has developed the new Secu Ex drum lifter for use in Ex zones based on the experience of our engineers and safety experts. This means: maximum safety for the user in sensitive working areas and ATEX conformity as standard. Design and function work together perfectly in the Secu Ex drum lifter. This makes it easy to use. The complete design of the Secu Ex is maintenance friendly. Drum lifter Secu Ex with drum gripper The steel drum is automatically gripped at the upper edge of the drum and is securely held W For lifting and transporting 205 litre steel ribbed or clamping Ring drums W Drums can be easily raised using the foot pump, precise lowering with separate foot pedal W Lifting height up to 1405 mm W Drum gripper with self closing gripper mechanism W Drum lifter specially developed for Ex areas W The highest levels of functionality and safety Gripper head with integral equipotential bonding - EX proof even in the smallest details Folding foot pedal and foot protection for optimal safety Secu Ex with drum gripper, short version with narrow wheelbase Order no. 236-561-JC Narrow 1635 905 120 Features Overall height [mm] Lift height max [mm]* Lift height min [mm] Use Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D [mm] Order number *Min/max lift height measured from the ground or Euro pallet to the lower edge of a 205 litre steel drum. May differ for other types of drum All wheelbase options are available in either a short or a high version (see table for details) - short version: for example for loading pallets and DENIOS spill pallets - high version: for example for loading DENIOS spill pallets or loading drum racks. Splayed 1755 905 – 1216 x 1233 236-561-JC 1132 x 1290 236-563-JC Wide 1635 905 – 300 2255 1405 – Lifting / transporting steel drums 236-559-JC 236-564-JC 304 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

305

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Splayed 1755 820 – 2255 1320 – 1132 x 1290 236-569-JC 236-570-JC Drum lifter Secu Ex with drum clamp The automatically closing drum clamp is quick to adjust - to ensure different sizes of drum are securely held W For lifting and transporting 205/220 litre steel and plastic drums W Drums can be easily raised using the foot pump, precise lowering with separate foot pedal W Lifting height up to 1320 mm W The drum clamp can be easily adjusted to the drum diameter with the handwheel with scale and the brake W Drum lifter specially developed for Ex areas W The highest levels of functionality and safety Drum lifter Secu Ex with drum clamp Narrow Wheelbase Overall height [mm] Lift height max [mm]* Lift height min [mm] Use Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D [mm] Order number *Min/max lift height measured from the ground or Euro pallet to the lower edge of a 205 litre steel drum. May differ for other types of drum 2135 1200 120 Lifting / transporting steel/plastic drums Wide 1635 700 – 1635 700 120 1216 x 1233 236-568-JC 236-565-JC 236-567-JC 300 Drum lifter Secu Ex with drum turner W For lifting, transporting and turning 60 to 220 litre plastic l-ring and lidded drums and 60 to 205 litre steel ribbed and clamping Ring drums W Rotation range: > 360° W Gripper system with prism jaws and tension belt - drums of various types and sizes can be safely picked up and held W For lifting, turning, mixing, regulated emptying W Easy to operate gears with handwheel ensure the drum is precisely positioned when turning W Drums can be easily raised using the foot pump, precise lowering with separate foot pedal W Easily manoeuvrable with 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors (swivel castors with brake) W Lifting height up to 1430 mm W The highest levels of functionality and safety W Drum lifter specially developed for Ex areas Drum lifter Secu Ex - with drum turner 360° for steel and plastic drums Narrow Wide Wheelbase Overall height [mm] Lift height max [mm]* Lift height min [mm] Use Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D [mm] Order number *Min/max lift height measured from the ground or Euro pallet to the lower edge of a 205 litre steel drum. May differ for other types of drum 1635 930 – Lifting / turning / transporting steel/plastic drums 2135 1430 – 2135 1430 120 1635 930 120 1216 x 1233 236-574-JC 236-571-JC 236-572-JC 236-573-JC 300 Drum lifter Secu Ex with drum turner is available with either a narrow or wide wheelbase and in either a short or high version. Folding foot pedal and foot protection for optimal safety E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 305

306

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Electro-hydraulic drum lifter with counterweight and drum gripper W Electro-hydraulic drum lifter with counterweight for easy handling of drums W The electrohydraulics support both precise lifting and safe movement - energy-saving, ergonomic and efficient W Drum gripper with a self-closing gripper mechanism - the steel drum is automatically gripped at the upper edge of the drum and is securely held W For 60 to 205 litre steel ribbed drums and steel clamping ring drums W With high quality battery technology W The drum lifters are available in the following versions: - 130 mm reach (for loading spill pallets) with 350 kg load capacity - 260 mm reach (for loading cabinets) with 300 kg load capacity W Drum lifters can subsequently be converted to the other version using the "adapter" accessory W Lift height up to 1300 mm W Safety functions: - Charge indicator - Activation only with key - Foot protection - Anti-trapping function - Integrated horn - Emergency switch W Convenient charging with spiral cable and integrated power supply unit W Thanks to the counterweight, driving under or around is no longer necessary 1 2 3 4 The drum is always in sight - thanks to the narrow chassis Multifunctional control - raise, lower and move at the touch of a button No more driving under or around - thanks to counterweight The steel drum is automatically gripped at the upper edge of the drum and is securely held 1 4 2 4 Drum pick-up reach: 130 mm 60 to 200 litre steel drums 1300 350 678 x 1510 x 1970 280-739-JC Adapter for changing to the other version (adapter plates cannot be combined) Drum pick-up reach: 260 mm 60 to 200 litre steel drums 1300 300 678 x 1640 x 1970 280-740-JC Increase in load capacity to 350 kg Reduction of reach to 130 mm 280-741-JC 3 Design Suitable for Lift height max [mm]* Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Length of legs [in] Order number *Measured at lower edge of 205 l steel drum (max. lifting height may vary for other drum types) Increase in reach to 260 mm Reduction in load capacity to 300 kg 280-742-JC 306 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

307

Plastic wall bracket W Robust design W In environmentally-friendly polyethylene (PE) W For gas cylinders with a diameter between 140 and 320 mm W Belt to secure the gas cylinder W Integral joining section for securing several gas cylinders to a wall W For wall mounting (incl. Mounting kit) For 1 gas cylinder Kit for 2 gas cylinders Kit for 3 gas cylinders Galvanised steel wall bracket W Robust design W In galvanised steel W With chain to secure the cylinders W Wall bracket for up to 3 gas cylinders W For gas cylinders with diameter 140, 230 and 320 mm 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Wall bracket for 1 gas cylinder, individually extendable Ø gas cylinder, max. [mm] Material Colour Order number For 1 gas cylinder Order number For 2 gas cylinders Order number For 3 gas cylinders 320 Plastic Blue 240-854-JC 241-360-JC 241-361-JC Gas cylinder stands W Gas cylinder stands for up to 2 gas cylinders (max. Ø 230mm) W Powder coated, gentian blue (RAL 5010) W Ready for wall mounting W With securing chain W For the safe storage of gas cylinders W Several stands can be screwed together to form a single unit Wall bracket for up to 3 gas cylinders with max. Ø 140 mm Wall bracket for up to 3 gas cylinders with max. Ø 230 mm Wall bracket for up to 2 gas cylinders with max. Ø 320 mm Ø gas cylinder, max. [mm] Material Surface Order number For 1 gas cylinder Order number For 2 gas cylinders Order number For 3 gas cylinders 140 Steel galvanized 136-479-JC 136-480-JC 136-481-JC 230 Steel galvanized 136-482-JC 115-878-JC 136-484-JC Ø gas cylinder, max. [mm] Storage capacity for 50 litre gas cylinders External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Order number 230 1 230 2 275 x 360 x 1005 560 x 410 x 1005 75 115-875-JC 150 115-873-JC 320 Steel galvanized 136-485-JC 136-486-JC – E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 307

308

Gas cylinder pallet W For the storage and safe transport of gas cylinders W Sturdy frame construction in hot dip galvanised steel W Crane eyes on 2 sides W Fold down bars prevent the cylinders from falling out W Hooks at the sides for welding accessories, protective masks etc Heating jackets for gas cylinders, also EX See page 266 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Gas cylinder pallet for 4 gas cylinders Gas cylinder pallet for 8 gas cylinders Ø gas cylinder, max. [mm] Storage capacity for 50 litre gas cylinders External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Forklift pocket W x H [mm] Distance between fork pockets [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Order number 230 4 860 x 650 x 1110 165 x 65 520 400 119-227-JC 230 8 860 x 1200 x 1100 160 x 78 520 640 119-228-JC 308 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

309

Transportable gas cylinders W Pallet for the storage of empty and full gas cylinders W Hot dip galvanised, sturdy steel construction W Can be transported using a forklift or pallet truck W Safe transport of gas cylinders of various sizes 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Ø gas cylinder, max. [mm] Storage capacity for gas cylinders Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Order number 230 12 For crane transport 1030 x 805 x 1210 960 115-872-JC Crane lifting gas cylinder pallet for up to 12 gas cylinders, Ø 230 mm, with swivel link Gas cylinder trolley KM Ergo For the safe handling of gas cylinders W Painted, ergonomic gas cylinder trolley W Makes it easy to change gas cylinders without straining your back W Simple to use, no heavy lifting W For 1 gas cylinder x 50 litres (max. Ø 235 mm) W With securing strap, cylinder holder and safety chain W Pneumatic tyres (Ø 260 mm) Model Ø gas cylinder, max. [mm] Storage capacity for gas cylinders External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Wheel diameter [mm] Order number KM Ergo 235 1 600 x 500 x 1200 80 260 255-319-JC Gas cylinder trolley KM Ergo for 1 gas cylinder (max. Ø 235 mm) Order no. 255-319-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 309

310

D E N I O S M A G A Z I N E A L L Y O U N E E D T O K N O W A B O U T D E N S O R B ® A B S O R B E N T M A T E R I A L S There are three types of absorbent materials: Universal, Oil and Special. It is especially important to always have enough absorbent materials in stock to have sufficient and adequate product on hand in case of an emergency. From mats to granules to emergency spill kits, DENIOS offers a wide range of absorbent materials. G U I D E S C H E C K L I S T S A R T I C L E S V I D E O S F A Q W H I T E P A P E R S I N T E R V I E W S A N D M U C H M O R E ! www.denios.co.uk/magazine G U I D E S D E N S O R B ® K N O W L E D G E Whether as a preventive protective measure or in an emergency - DENSORB® absorbent materials absorb spilled liquids safely and effectively. Thanks to the DENSORB® Advanced Capillarity Technology, they have a high absorption capacity and drip resistance as well as high tear resistance and durability. Top-quality absorbent materials – protecting both your staff and the environment. We're here to help! www.denios.co.uk/densorb G U I D E S D O N ’ T S E A R C H ! F I N D ! A D V A N C E D C A P I L L A R I T Y T E C H N O L O G Y Benefits at a glance Best absorption capacity Careful preparation Highest quality Save money when disposing of refuse Take a look for yourself! D E N S O R B ® A B S O R B E N T M A T E R I A L S F O R E V E R Y A P P L I C A T I O N Universal? Oil? Chemical? Find the right absorbent materials quickly. www.denios.co.uk/densorb-technology www.denios.co.uk/absorbents 310

311

D E N S O R B ® A B S O R B E N T M A T E R I A L S – T H E M U L T I - L A Y E R E D O P T I O N S ! Smooth, lint-free protective layer Absorbents Absorbents Smooth, lint-free Smooth, lint-free protective layer protective layer Absorbents Absorbents Absorbents Smooth, lint-free protective layer Smooth, lint-free protective layer Absorbents Smooth, lint-free protective layer W For single, short term use in the event of a leak W Open, highly absorbent fine fibre structure on both sides ensures quick absorption of any leaked liquids W For long life and high efficiency W The strong additional layer of spin-bonded fabric on the upper side ensures high tear and abrasion resistance W For long term, demanding use W Ideal for production, laboratories and other areas sensitive to contamination W Tear and abrasion resistant protective layers ensure they can be walked or driven over W Best price-performance ratio W Meets the highest requirements for cleanliness and long life W Lint-free so ideal for sensitive applications and surfaces W Tear and abrasion resistant protective layers ensure they can be walked or driven over UNIVERSAL OIL SPECIAL Hydrophilic, absorbs almost all liquids, e.g. oils, coolants, lubricants, solvents, antifreezes, oil- water emulsions and other aqueous fluids as well as non-aggressive acids and alkalis. Application: Production, workshops, warehouses, etc. Absorbs oil and repels water (hydrophobic). Oil is absorbed without even a drop of water being picked up. For oils, petrol, diesel, solvents, pet- roleum and all other hydrocarbon-based liquids. Application: Outdoor stores, loading areas, water, etc. Should be used with acids, alkalis, and aggres- sive or unidentified liquids. The yellow warning colour indicates that there is a potential hazard and allows you to see the absorbed liquid clearly. Application: Laboratories, storage and processing of aggressi- ve chemicals, etc. Format Property Application Roll Various widths, all perforated in the centre and cross-ways Floor coverage, larger surface areas, high- volume use, etc. Mat Ideally sized, partially perforated in the centre Sock High absorption capa- city, easy to shape Cushions High absorption capacity, flexible Maintenance, cleaning, repairs, leaks, work- bench use, etc. For containment in the event of a leak, on faulty machinery or plant, etc. Dispensing, leaks from pipes and connections etc. Varioform Suitable for universal use as rolls, mats, socks or cloths Workshop equipment, service vehicles, labora- tories and many more Drum mat Specially cut to fit 205 litre drums When using pumps or funnels with a standing drum T E S T D E N S O R B ® DENSORB® Starter Set UNIVERSAL Test the various absorbent mat for- mats with our starter set. DENSORB® Sample Set UNIVERSAL Discover for yourself the outstanding qualities of the fine-fibre absorbent mat! Please request our free sample set. Order no. 157-222-JC Order no. 132-399-JC 311

312

Special kit for chemical accidents Specially for leaks involving aggressive liquids W Contains absorbent material as well as chemical and acid absorbents W Includes PPE for chemical leaks W Ideal for mobile use anywhere where a leak may happen 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Contents: 40 mats 50 x 40 cm 3 snakes 120 x 7.5 cm 2 x 400 g chemical and acid binder Multi-Sorb 1 pair of chemical protective gloves 1 half mask 3M type 6200 2 gas and combination filters type 6059 ABEK1 1 chemical protective suit type 4, 5, 6 Chemical resistance lists Application - DENSORB Absorption capacity [l / pack] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Refill kit Special 42 400 x 610 x 290 163-776-JC 200-211-JC 312 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

313

Extra large emergency kit in the mobile DENSORB drum For outdoor use W Emergency leak set for dealing with leaking hazardous substances quickly and effectively. For provision in potentially hazardous areas, e.g. where hazardous substances are stored, transported, dispensed or processed. W A special feature of this emergency set is the extra-large, mobile container (PE), which is also suitable for outdoor installation. The lid has an ergonomic recessed grip and is fitted with a seal (NBR) to protect the contents from dirt and moisture ingress. The tension locks allow the attachment of padlocks and seals. W Socks are used to contain leaks and prevent them spreading. Absorbent materials, e.g. in the form of mats, rolls or cushions (see contents), are used to absorb the spilled liquid. Emergency sets also have protective gloves for the user and disposal bags for used absorbent materials. W A multi-language label set for marking the emergency spill kit is included. The storage barrel has two tension locks. Padlocks or seals can be used to pro- tect the contents of the drum from unauthorised access. NEW 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H A recess in the lid allows a warning label to be attached to draw attention to the leakage. Two robust and large wheels allow the emergency kit to be transported safely and easily to the scene of the accident. Contents: 400 absorbent mats 40 x 50 cm 20 absorbent socks120 x 7.5 cm 4 absorbent socks 300 x 7.5 cm 15 absorbent cushions 25 x 25 cm 1 bag of oil binder DENSORB Mineral 10 kg 2 goggles with elastic strap 2 pairs protective gloves 25 disposal bags Contents: 200 absorbent mats 40 x 50 cm 2 rolls of absorbent fleece 38 cm x 45 m 40 absorbent socks 120 x 7.5 cm 8 absorbent cushions 46 x 46 cm 2 goggles with elastic strap 2 pairs chemical protection gloves 25 disposal bags Contents: 200 absorbent mats 40 x 50 cm 2 fleece rolls 38 cm x 45 m 40 absorbent socks120 x 7.5 cm 8 absorbent cushions 46 x 46 cm 2 goggles with elastic strap 2 pairs chemical protection gloves 25 disposal bags Application - DENSORB Absorption capacity [l / pack] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Refill kit Order number Set for mounting a warning sign Universal 498 928 x 1038 x 1063 314-246-JC 314-249-JC 270-419-JC Oil 445 928 x 1063 x 1038 314-247-JC 314-250-JC 270-419-JC Special 445 928 x 1038 x 1063 314-248-JC 314-251-JC 270-419-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 313

314

R E S I S T A N C E L I S T F O R A B S O R B E N T M A T E R I A L S Medium Acetaldehyde Acetic acid Acetone Acetyl chloride Acrylic acid Allyl alcohol Aminobenzoic acid Ammonia (anhydrous) Ammonium fluoride Ammonium hydroxide Amyl alcohol Aniline Aviation fuel Benzaldehyde Benzene Benzine Benzoic acid Benzyl alcohol Boric acid Brake fluid Bromine Butyl acetate Butyl alcohol Butyl glycol Calcium hydroxide Carbolic acid Carbon disulphide Carbon tetrachloride Caustic soda (up to 30%) Cellosolve® acetate Chlorobenzene Chloroform Chromic acid (up to 50%) Citric acid Cresol Cyclohexane Dibutylphthalate Diethyl amine Diethyl ether Dimethyl sulfoxide Dimethylformamide L A S R E V I N U L I O L Medium A I C E P S L A S R E V I N U L Ö L Medium A I Z E P S L A S R E V I N U L A I C E P S L I O • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Dioctylphthalate Ethanolamine Ether Ethyl acetate Ethyl alcohol (ethanol) Ethyl chloride Ethyl ether Ethyl propionate Ethylbenzene Ethylene dichloride Ethylene glycol Formaldehyde Freon Furfural Gearbox oil Glycerol Heating oil Hexane Hydrazine Hydrochloric acid Hydrochloric acid (up to 37%) Hydrofluoric acid Hydrofluoric acid (up to 48%) Hydrogen cyanide Hydrogen peroxide (up to 30%) Hydroquinone Iso amyl acetate Isobutyl alcohol Isooctane Isopropyl acetate Isopropyl alcohol Kerosene Ketone Leinoleic acid Linseed oil Lubricating oil Methyl alcohol Methyl Cellosolve® Methyl chloride Methyl ether Methyl ethyl ketone • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Methyl isobutyl ketone Methylamine Methylene bromide Methylmethacrylate Mineral oil Morpholine Motor oil Naphtha Naphthalene Nitric acid (up to 70%) Nitromethane Octane Paraffin Perchlorethylene Phenol Phosphoric acid Polychlorinated naphthalene Potassium hydroxide Propanol Propionic acid Propyl alcohol Propylene glycol Resorcinol Silicone oil Silver nitrate Sodium bicarbonate Sodium chloride Sodium hydroxide (up to 30%) Sodium hypochlorite Sodium nitrate Styrene Sulphuric acid (up to 50%) Toluene Transformer oil Trichloroethylene Triethylene glycol Turpentine Vinyl chloride Xylene • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Note: This compatibility list is for all polypropylene absorbent materials. The suitability of DENSORB absorbent materials has been tested for various chemicals. Due to factors outside its control, DENIOS is unable to fully guarantee absorption capacity. For your own safety we recommend carrying out a suitability and absorption test using DENSORB absorbent materials and your particular chemicals before purchase. If you have any queries or would like a free sample, call us free of charge on: 01952 811 991. F I N D T H E R I G H T D E N S O R B A B S O R B E N T M A T E R I A L ! DENIOS offers you an exceptionally wide range of different high-quality absorbent materials. There's the right product for your individual application. Use our absorbent material finder and find the right material for you in just a few steps. Let's get started. www.denios.co.uk/absorbents 314

315

UNIVERSAL - absorbent materials for oils, coolants, lubricants, solvents and aqueous solutions Extremely effective absorbent mats in polypropylene, with a porous fine fibre structure on both sides for quick absorption of leaked liquids. W For quick, easy use in the event of leaks, e.g. from dripping machines or seals W Best suited to use as an underlay for cleaning, repair and maintenance work W The dark grey colour camouflages contamination, so the mat can remain in use for longer and still look good W Very low risk of dripping thanks to strong adhesion between the surface of the fibres and the absorbed liquid W Tear resistant even when saturated Absorbents Mats Universal ECONOMY SINGLE Extremely efficient Universal absorbent mats absorb leaked liquids very quickly and safely, universal use, in various sizes. Mats Length, external [mm] Width, external [mm] Perforation Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Lightweight 240 200 No 200 Item(s) 38 175-581-JC Lightweight 400 370 No 200 Item(s) 118 177-885-JC Lightweight 500 400 Yes 100 Item(s) 80 207-920-JC Lightweight 500 400 Yes 200 Item(s) 160 175-014-JC Lightweight 1500 800 No 10 Item(s) 48 180-856-JC Heavy-duty 500 400 Yes 50 Item(s) 62 207-921-JC Heavy-duty 500 400 Yes 100 Item(s) 124 175-015-JC Heavy-duty 800 500 No 50 Item(s) 124 191-669-JC Rolls Universal ECONOMY SINGLE Rolls are perforated longways and every 43 cm for easy separation. They are ideal for soaking up leaks and spray mist. Rolls Length, external [m] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Lightweight, narrow 45 380 1 Roll(s) 68 259-105-JC Lightweight, narrow 45 380 2 Roll(s) 137 173-862-JC Lightweight, wide 45 760 1 Roll(s) 137 173-867-JC Lightweight, narrow 90 380 2 Roll(s) 274 173-858-JC Lightweight, wide 90 760 1 Roll(s) 274 173-871-JC Lightweight, extra wide 45 1500 1 Roll(s) 270 178-453-JC Heavy-duty, narrow 45 380 1 Roll(s) 106 259-107-JC Heavy-duty, narrow 45 380 2 Roll(s) 211 173-857-JC Heavy-duty, wide 45 760 1 Roll(s) 211 173-866-JC Heavy-duty, wide 70 760 1 Roll(s) 329 259-104-JC Special prices for bulk buyers on request: 01952 811 991 Heavy: double layer of material for large volumes of liquid Light: single layer of material for small leaks and drips E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 315

316

UNIVERSAL - absorbent materials for oils, coolants, lubricants, solvents and aqueous solutions Smooth, lint-free protective layer Absorbents Liquid-proof PE film Highly absorbent mats in combination with a heavy duty, lint-free protective layer for long term use W The strong additional layer of spin-bonded fabric ensures high tear and abrasion resistance, even when fully saturated W The protective layer allows targeted use: - first as an underlay for repair, cleaning and maintenance work or on worktables, where a smooth, lint-free surface is needed (protective layer upwards) or - second, to protect flooring or for use with a leaky machine, where quick absorption of the dripping liquid is needed (protective layer downwards). W Suitable for universal use in production and workshops Mats Universal ECONOMY DOUBLE Supplied in a practical dispenser box for quick, efficient use. 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Perforated Mats allow the required amount to be torn off for small spills, thereby saving material Mats Length, external [mm] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Lightweight 500 400 200 Item(s) 146 243-791-JC Heavy-duty 500 400 100 Item(s) 96 243-798-JC Rolls Universal ECONOMY DOUBLE Rolls are perforated in the middle and also every 40 cm. This enables you to easily tear off the amount required and use only as much of the material as you need. Extra wide rolls for covering large surface areas. Rolls Length, external [m] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Lightweight, narrow 90 500 2 Roll(s) 328 243-799-JC Lightweight, wide 90 1000 1 Roll(s) 328 243-800-JC Heavy-duty, narrow 45 500 2 Roll(s) 215 243-801-JC Heavy-duty, wide 45 1000 1 Roll(s) 215 243-802-JC Special prices for bulk buyers on request: 01952 811 991 Heavy: double layer of material for large volumes of liquid Light: single layer of material for small leaks and drips 316 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

317

UNIVERSAL - absorbent materials for oils, coolants, lubricants, solvents and aqueous solutions With a heavy duty, lint-free protective layer on the top and bottom W High mechanical resistance ensures long life and allows driving and walking over the surface W Ideal for protecting flooring or for long term use as underlay on workbenches and work surfaces W Lint-free so ideal for sensitive applications and surfaces sensitive to dirt W Also suitable for wiping rough and sharp-edged surfaces W Both sides of the absorbent mat are strengthened with sturdy spun-bonded fabric to ensure high levels of tear and abrasion resistance W No fibre residues on the bottom, even when the fleece is completely saturated Smooth, lint-free Smooth, lint-free protective layer protective layer Absorbents Absorbents Absorbents Smooth, lint-free protective layer Mats Universal ECONOMY TRIPLE The ideally sized mats are perforated in the middle for economical use 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Mats Length, external [mm] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Lightweight 500 400 100 Item(s) 70 248-913-JC Heavy-duty 500 400 100 Item(s) 100 248-914-JC Rolls Universal ECONOMY TRIPLE Rolls are perforated in the middle and crossways for easy separation Rolls Length, external [m] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Lightweight, narrow 45 380 1 Roll(s) 60 248-907-JC Lightweight, wide 45 760 1 Roll(s) 120 248-908-JC Heavy-duty, narrow 45 380 1 Roll(s) 85 248-909-JC Heavy-duty, wide 45 760 1 Roll(s) 170 248-910-JC Special prices for bulk buyers on request: 01952 811 991 Heavy: double layer of material for large volumes of liquid Light: single layer of material for small leaks and drips E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 317

318

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H UNIVERSAL - absorbent materials for oils, coolants, lubricants, solvents and aqueous solutions Effective absorbent mats with heavy duty, lint-free protective layers on both sides for excellent cleanliness, life, tear and abrasion resistance W High mechanical resistance ensures long life and allows driving and walking over the surface W Lint-free so ideal for sensitive surfaces, also suitable for wiping sharp-edged surfaces W Ideal for protecting flooring or for use as underlay on workbenches and work surfaces W Suitable for universal use in production and workshops W The light colour easily shows up the fluid absorbed Smooth, lint-free protective layer Absorbents Smooth, lint-free protective layer Mats Universal PREMIUM TRIPLE The ideally sized mats are perforated in the middle for economical use Request a free sample! See page 311 Mats Length, external [mm] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Rolls Universal PREMIUM TRIPLE Rolls are perforated in the middle and also every 40 cm. This enables you to easily tear off the amount required and use only as much of the material as you need. Extra wide rolls for cover- ing large surface areas. Supplied in a practical dispenser box for quick, efficient use Lightweight 500 400 200 Item(s) 161 219-426-JC Heavy-duty 500 400 100 Item(s) 101 219-427-JC Rolls Length, external [m] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Lightweight, narrow 90 500 2 Roll(s) 363 219-430-JC Lightweight, wide 90 1000 1 Roll(s) 363 219-431-JC Heavy-duty, narrow 45 500 2 Roll(s) 226 219-432-JC Heavy-duty, wide 45 1000 1 Roll(s) 226 219-433-JC Special prices for bulk buyers on request: 01952 811 991 Heavy: double layer of material for large volumes of liquid Light: single layer of material for small leaks and drips 318 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

319

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H UNIVERSAL - absorbent materials for oils, coolants, lubricants, solvents and aqueous solutions TOP PRODUCT Universal absorbent socks W Perfect for long term use anywhere where drips need to be collected for example under leaky machinery or when dispensing W Universally suitable for use in production and workshops W Particularly easy to shape with a flexible cover: push them around W The design of our absorbent socks are an ideal shape for containing corners and machine bases as well as along walls leaks With polypropylene filling Conventional polypropylene fibre filling ensures excellent absorption capacity. Fluids which have been absorbed are reliably contained and are easily disposed of. Dimensions Ø x L [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Design Order number 75 x 1200 20 Item(s) 53 Ready for use 123-138-JC 75 x 1800 12 Item(s) 47 Ready for use 123-139-JC 75 x 3000 4 Item(s) 25 Ready for use 123-140-JC 75 x 5000 4 Item(s) 53 Ready for use 258-259-JC With mineral fibre filling Filled with sustainable mineral fibre with extremely high absorption capacity. W Very good chemical compatibility and high temperature resistance Dimensions Ø x L [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number 80 x 1200 20 Item(s) 120 289-731-JC 75 x 20000 1 Item(s) 56 For cutting 263-307-JC 80 x 3000 8 Item(s) 120 289-733-JC Universal absorbent cushions W For collecting dripping liquids under pipes, valves, hydraulic lines, flanges, connections and drum taps W Ideal for long term use, for example when dispensing W An especially flexible shape ensures many possibilities for use, even in places which are difficult to reach. With polypropylene filling Conventional polypropylene fibre filling ensures excellent absorption capacity. Fluids which have been absorbed are reliably contained. External dimensions L x W [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number 250 x 250 30 Item(s) 49 123-134-JC 460 x 460 16 Item(s) 85 123-135-JC With mineral fibre filling Filled with sustainable mineral fibre with extremely high absorption capacity. W Very good chemical compatibility and high temperature resistance External dimensions L x W [mm] Packaging unit (piece/pack) Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number 450 x 400 20 Item(s) 120 289-735-JC 300 x 200 50 Item(s) 90 289-737-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 319

320

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H UNIVERSAL - absorbent materials for oils, coolants, lubricants, solvents and aqueous solutions Smooth, lint-free protective layer Absorbents Liquid-proof PE film Absorbent rolls and mats with liquid-tight PE film The liquid-tight PE film on the underside of the absorbent fleece prevents seepage of drip- ping or spilled liquids. This keeps the ground, floors, workbenches and other surfaces clean and non-slip, even if the fleece is exposed to heavy pressure or oversaturated. A robust, lint-free protective layer on the top of the fleece makes these rolls and mats parti- cularly hard-wearing allowing them to be walked on or driven over. W Especially thick material (heavy) for highest absorption capacity and tear resistance W Ideal underlay for repairs to systems, vehicles and construction machinery in open terrain. Also suitable for long-term use. W Suitable for universal use in production, stores and workshops Design Length, external [m] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Mats 0.4 400 100 Item(s) 62 273-340-JC Rolls, narrow 40.0 400 2 Roll(s) 125 273-341-JC Roll, wide 40.0 800 1 Roll(s) 125 273-342-JC Camouflage absorbent mats The camouflage design hides stains and dirt ensuring a long life W With a strong top layer, can be used as a floor mat even in heavy duty areas W Avoid accidents and cleaning costs W Very low risk of dripping thanks to strong adhesion between the surface of the fibres and the absorbed liquid tough matting Absorbents The upper camouflage layer consists of an extremely robust material which withstands intensive use A fresh oil spot Design Length, external [m] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Rolls, narrow 45.0 380 2 Roll(s) 187 163-792-JC Roll, wide 45.0 760 1 Roll(s) 187 163-777-JC Roll, extra wide 45.0 1500 1 Roll(s) 387 181-593-JC Mats 0.8 500 50 Item(s) 110 196-540-JC Mats, wide 2.0 780 10 Item(s) 85 268-662-JC is soaked up immediately by the Camouflage absorbent material and after a short time is no longer visible 320 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

321

UNIVERSAL - absorbent materials for oils, coolants, lubricants, solvents and aqueous solutions Floor protection rolls for footpaths and traffic routes W Footpaths and roadways stay clean and non-slip W Contamination, such as traces of oil, are not carried over to other areas W Heavy duty, lint-free and especially long life thanks to high abrasion resistance W Also suitable for heavy duty use such as forklift traffic W Fatigue from long periods of standing is significantly reduced W Also suitable for heavy duty use such as forklift traffic tough matting Anti-slip, impermeable plastic layer Non-woven roll "Professional" for maximum safety Design Extra - light Extra - heavy Length, external [m] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Mass per unit area [g/m²] Order number 100 1000 1 Roll(s) 200 300 129-633-JC 50 1000 1 Roll(s) 150 600 129-634-JC Extra PE with anti- slip PE backing 15 910 1 Roll(s) 50 360 280-997-JC Extra PE with anti- slip PE backing 30 910 1 Roll(s) 92 300 280-996-JC Extra PE with anti- slip PE backing 30 1000 1 Roll(s) 50 350 129-635-JC Professional with self-adhesive PE film 15 800 Roll(s) 20 350 265-655-JC Professional with self-adhesive PE film 30 1000 Roll(s) 50 350 268-019-JC 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Heavy: double layer of material for large volumes of liquid Light: single layer of material for small leaks and drips tough matting Anti-slip, impermeable plastic layer "Extra PE" non-woven roll The floor protection castors of Models "Extra PE" and "Profes- sional" allow a forklift to drive over. Non-woven roll "Extra PE" with anti-slip and impermeable coating prevents liquids from penetrating the floor. "Classic" mats and rolls W Especially absorbent W In contrast to products in pure synthetic fibres, this material also absorbs aqueous solutions quickly and effectively W Made from recycled fibres, solvent resistant W Good abrasion resistance, suitable for normal use Design Length, external [m] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Classic, mats 0.50 500 50 Item(s) 38 123-093-JC Classic, rolls 50.00 500 1 Roll(s) 75 129-630-JC 50.00 1000 1 Roll(s) 150 129-632-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 321

322

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H OIL - absorbent materials for oils, fuels and hydrocarbons, water-repellent Extremely effective absorbent mats in polypropylene, with a porous fine fibre structure on both sides for quick absorption of leaked liquids. W For quick, easy use in the event of leaks, e.g. from dripping machines or seals W Ideal to lay under machinery or for wiping down dirty surfaces or parts W Ideally suited to outdoor use, even in rain, thanks to water-repellent properties W Ideally suited to removing oil or fuel spills from the surface of water W Tear resistant and can float on water even when saturated Absorbents Rolls Oil ECONOMY SINGLE Rolls are perforated longways and every 43 cm for easy separation. They are ideal for soa- king up large areas of leaked fluids. Design Length, external [m] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Lightweight, narrow 45 380 1 Roll(s) 68 259-109-JC Lightweight, narrow 45 380 2 Roll(s) 137 173-859-JC Lightweight, wide 45 760 1 Roll(s) 137 173-868-JC Lightweight, narrow 90 380 2 Roll(s) 274 173-863-JC Lightweight, wide 90 760 1 Roll(s) 274 173-872-JC Lightweight, extra wide 45 1500 1 Roll(s) 270 178-454-JC Heavy-duty, narrow 45 380 1 Roll(s) 106 259-110-JC Heavy-duty, narrow 45 380 2 Roll(s) 211 173-860-JC Heavy-duty, wide 45 760 1 Roll(s) 211 173-869-JC Heavy-duty, wide 70 760 1 Roll(s) 329 259-108-JC Mats Oil ECONOMY SINGLE Handy mats in just the right size for convenient and quick use. Oil absorbents are water repellent and are also floatable in saturated state Design Length, external [mm] Width, external [mm] Perforation Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Lightweight Lightweight Lightweight 400 370 No 200 Item(s) 118 177-881-JC 500 400 Yes 100 Item(s) 80 207-923-JC 500 400 Yes 200 Item(s) 160 175-018-JC Mediumweight - without perforation 500 400 No 100 Item(s) 96 189-447-JC Heavy-duty Heavy-duty 500 400 Yes 50 Item(s) 62 207-922-JC 500 400 Yes 100 Item(s) 124 175-016-JC 322 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

323

OIL - absorbent materials for oils, fuels and hydrocarbons, water-repellent Highly absorbent mats in combination with a heavy duty, lint-free protective layer for long term use W The strong additional layer of spin-bonded fabric ensures high tear and abrasion resistance, even when fully saturated W The protective layer allows targeted use: - first as an underlay for repair, cleaning and maintenance work or on worktables, where a smooth, lint-free surface is needed (protective layer upwards) - second, to protect flooring or for use with a leaky machine, where quick absorption of the dripping liquid is needed (protective layer downwards) W Tear resistant and can float on water even when saturated W The lint-free protective layer allows even rough or sharp-edged surfaces to be wiped Smooth, lint-free protective layer Absorbents Rolls Oil ECONOMY DOUBLE Rolls are perforated in the middle and also every 40 cm. This enables you to easily tear off the amount required and use only as much of the material as you need. Extra wide rolls for covering large surface areas. 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Rolls Length, external [m] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Lightweight, narrow 90 500 2 Roll(s) 328 243-808-JC Lightweight, wide 90 1000 1 Roll(s) 328 243-809-JC Heavy-duty, narrow 45 500 2 Roll(s) 215 243-810-JC Heavy- duty, wide 45 1000 1 Roll(s) 215 243-811-JC Extra-wide rolls up to 100 cm wide for large-area use. Special prices for bulk buyers on request: 01952 811 991 Heavy: double layer of material for large volumes of liquid Light: single layer of material for small leaks and drips Mats Oil ECONOMY DOUBLE The ideally sized mats are perforated in the middle for economical use Mats are protected in the practical dispenser box and are easy to access as needed Mats Length, external [mm] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Lightweight 500 400 200 Item(s) 146 243-805-JC Heavy-duty 500 400 100 Item(s) 96 243-806-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 323

324

OIL - absorbent materials for oils, fuels and hydrocarbons, water-repellent Effective absorbent mats with heavy duty, lint-free protective layers on both sides for excellent cleanliness, life, tear and abrasion resistance. W High mechanical resistance ensures long life and allows driving and walking over the surface W Ideal for protecting flooring or for use as underlay on workbenches and work surfaces W Lint-free so ideal for sensitive applications and dirt-sensitive areas, also suitable for wiping rough and sharp-edged surfaces W Ideally suited to outdoor use, even in rain, thanks to water-repellent properties W The white colour helps identification of saturation level Smooth, lint-free Smooth, lint-free protective layer protective layer Absorbents Absorbents Absorbents Smooth, lint-free protective layer Mats Oil ECONOMY TRIPLE The heavy duty mats are perforated in the middle for economical use. 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Mats Length, external [mm] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Lightweight 500 400 100 Item(s) 70 248-911-JC Heavy-duty 500 400 100 Item(s) 100 248-912-JC Rolls Oil ECONOMY TRIPLE Rolls are perforated longways and every 43 cm for easy separation. Rolls Length, external [m] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Lightweight, narrow 45 380 1 Roll(s) 60 248-903-JC Lightweight, wide 45 760 1 Roll(s) 120 248-904-JC Heavy-duty, narrow 45 380 1 Roll(s) 85 248-905-JC Heavy- duty, wide 45 760 1 Roll(s) 170 248-906-JC Special prices for bulk buyers on request: 01952 811 991 Heavy: double layer of material for large volumes of liquid Light: single layer of material for small leaks and drips 324 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

325

OIL - absorbent materials for oils, fuels and hydrocarbons, water-repellent Effective absorbent mats with heavy duty, lint-free protective layers on both sides for excel- lent cleanliness, life, tear and abrasion resistance. W Lint-free so ideal for sensitive surfaces, also suitable for wiping sharp-edged surfaces W High mechanical resistance ensures long life and allows driving and walking over the surface W Ideal for protecting flooring or for use as underlay on workbenches and work surfaces W No fibre residues on the bottom, even when the fleece is completely saturated W Very low risk of dripping thanks to strong adhesion between the surface of the fibres and the absorbed liquid Smooth, lint-free protective layer Absorbents Smooth, lint-free protective layer Mats Oil PREMIUM TRIPLE The ideally sized mats are also perforated in the middle for econo- mical use. 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Mats are protected in the practical dispen- ser box and are easy to access as needed. Mats Length, external [mm] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Lightweight 500 400 200 Item(s) 161 219-428-JC Heavy-duty 500 400 100 Item(s) 101 219-429-JC Mats are protected in the practical dispenser box and are easy to access as needed. Rolls Oil PREMIUM TRIPLE Rolls are perforated long- ways and every 40 cm for easy separation. Extra wide rolls for covering large sur- face areas. Extra-wide rolls up to 100 cm wide for large-area use. Rolls Length, external [m] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Lightweight, narrow 90 500 2 Roll(s) 363 219-434-JC Lightweight, wide 90 1000 1 Roll(s) 363 219-435-JC Heavy-duty, narrow 45 500 2 Roll(s) 226 219-436-JC Heavy-duty, wide 45 1000 1 Roll(s) 226 219-437-JC Special prices for bulk buyers on request: 01952 811 991 Heavy: double layer of material for large volumes of liquid Light: single layer of material for small leaks and drips E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 325

326

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H OIL - absorbent materials for oils, fuels and hydrocarbons, water-repellent Oil absorbent socks W The design of our absorbent socks are an ideal shape for containing leaks W Particularly easy to shape with a flexible cover: push them around corners and machine bases as well as along walls W Hydrophobic design absorbs liquids on oil e.g. hydrocarbon-based liquids are absorbed and water is repelled. W Ideally suited to outdoor use, even in rain, thanks to water-repellent properties. W Perfect for long term use anywhere where drips need to be collected for example under leaky machinery or when dispensing With polypropylene filling Conventional polypropylene fibre filling ensures excellent absorption capacity. Fluids which have been absorbed are reliably contained. Dimensions Ø x L [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] 75 x 1200 20 Item(s) 53 75 x 1800 12 Item(s) 47 75 x 3000 4 Item(s) 25 75 x 5000 4 Item(s) 53 Design Order number Ready for use Ready for use Ready for use Ready for use 123-145-JC 123-147-JC 123-148-JC 265-653-JC 75 x 20000 1 Item(s) 56 For cutting to size, including 10 cable ties for tying 263-308-JC With mineral fibre filling Filled with sustainable mineral fibre with extremely high absorption capacity and very good temperature resistance. Dimensions Ø x L [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number 80 x 1200 20 Item(s) 120 289-730-JC 80 x 3000 8 Item(s) 120 289-732-JC Oil absorbent cushions W For collecting dripping liquids under pipes, valves, hydraulic lines, flanges, connections and drum taps W An especially flexible shape ensures many possibilities for use, even in places which are difficult to reach. W Perfect for long term use anywhere where drips need to be collected for example under leaky machinery or when dispensing W Ideally suited to use outdoors, even in rain thanks to water-repellent design With polypropylene filling Conventional polypropylene fibre filling ensures excellent absorption capacity. Fluids which have been absorbed are reliably contained. External dimensions L x W [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number 250 x 250 30 Item(s) 49 123-132-JC 460 x 460 16 Item(s) 85 123-133-JC With mineral fibre filling Filled with sustainable mineral fibre with extremely high absorption capacity. W High temperature resistance External dimensions L x W [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number 450 x 400 20 Item(s) 120 289-734-JC 300 x 200 50 Item(s) 90 289-736-JC 326 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

327

OIL - absorbent materials for oils, fuels and hydrocarbons, water-repellent Long life outdoor rolls Especially sturdy and strong absorbent mats for use outdoors to protect floors from leaking oil, fuel and other oil-based liquids. W Consist of three layers: 1. UV resistant, heavy duty fleece layer on the top for long life. 2. Absorbent, soft fleece with a high material strength for quick absorption of the liquid. 3. Ant-slip plastic layer on the underside prevents absorbed liquids seeping through. W Roll width is suitable for railway lines W The tear-resistant surface allows walking and driving. W Ideal for repair and maintenance work outdoors Extra thick protective layer Absorbents Liquid-proof PE film 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Use on railway lines: the wide roll fits snugly between the rails. Side areas are protected with the narrow roll. Design Length, external [mm] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Narrow 24000 450.00 2 Roll(s) 106 267-665-JC Wide 24000 1450.00 1 Roll(s) 170 267-664-JC Absorbent oil barriers Optionally available with conventional polypropylene filling or with sustainable mineral fibre filling. W For rapid containment and absorption of oil and fuel contamination on the surface of standing and gently flowing water W Suitable for ponds, lakes, rivers, harbours, etc. W The robust design with integrated strain relief rope prevents damage when deploying and recovering the barriers. W Can float on water even when saturated W Reliable absorption of engine oil, diesel, heating oil, cutting oil, vegetable oil, oil-based solvents and more. DENSORB oil barriers (here: 6 M sections) for containing and absorbing oil spills on water Dimensions Ø x L [mm] Design Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number 130 x 3000 With polypropylene filling 4 Item(s) 123 128-555-JC 200 x 3000 With polypropylene filling 4 Item(s) 316 128-553-JC 200 x 6000 With polypropylene filling 2 Item(s) 316 181-568-JC 200 x 3000 With mineral fibre filling 4 Item(s) 376 289-738-JC 200 x 5000 With mineral fibre filling 2 Item(s) 314 289-739-JC Practical spring clips allow the individual segments to be quickly overlapped and connected to create an oil containment barrier of the required length E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 327

328

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H OIL - absorbent materials for oils, fuels and hydrocarbons, water-repellent Oil barriers for the safe, effective containment and retention of oils, petrol, diesel and other hydrocarbons on open, standing and flowing water. DENSORB oil barriers are available in several sizes and various technical designs for different applications. Select the oil barrier design suitable for the type of waterway here. Choose the length of your oil barrier depending on the width of the river and the flow rate. The indica- ted lengths are theoretical guide values. 450 500 PROFESSIONAL AERO 350 600 River width in m Flow rate in m/s 0,5 - 1,0 1,0 - 1,5 1,5 - 2,0 10 m 20 m 30 m 40 m 50 m 60 m 70 m 80 m 90 m 100 m 110 m 120 m 130 m 140 m 15 m 30 m 45 m 60 m 75 m 90 m 105 m 120 m 135 m 150 m 165 m 180 m 195 m 210 m 20 m 40 m 60 m 80 m 100 m 120 m 140 m 160 m 180 m 200 m 220 m 240 m 260 m 280 m 0 - 0,5 10 m 15 m 25 m 30 m 40 m 45 m 55 m 60 m 70 m 75 m 85 m 90 m 100 m 105 m 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 Oil barrier combination ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Stream Water treatment plant Medium river Canal Lake Large river Harbour Shore protected 400 ECOLINE 250 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Select the oil barrier type that suits your needs here. Operating time Temporarily limited Permanent Load capa- city (fabric/ coupling) Comfort Float Absorbent Oil barrier combination ECOLINE PROFESSIONAL AERO ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Low High ✓ ✓ Extremely high Extremely high Simple Standard Exclusive Exclusive Suction lock ✓ Solids Solids Air filling Do you have any questions about choosing the right oil barrier? Or would you like a customised quote? Get in touch - we’d be pleased to help. 01952 811 991 Oil barrier combination Consists of a reusable submerged guard and four DENSORB absorbent oil barriers W The submerged guard acts as a barrier, directing the liquid floating on the water to the absorbent barriers. W Any number of barriers can be connected thanks to the simple coupling system with Velcro fasteners. W Warning colour for good visibility even in bad weather conditions W The combination is 12 M long, 30 cm high and has an 18 cm submerged depth W With clasps for securing the barriers to the submerged guard and carabiners for combining several barriers Design Length, external [mm] Width, external [mm] Order number Accessories Order number End piece Order number Replacement oil barriers 4 x 3 m pieces Order number Distribution piece Order number Pull end piece Oil barrier combination of submerged guard and four DENSORB oil barriers 12000 300 215-814-JC 282-946-JC 128-555-JC 282-947-JC 282-948-JC 328 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

329

OIL - absorbent materials for oils, fuels and hydrocarbons, water-repellent Ecoline oil barrier Quick-to-use oil barriers for temporary use, e.g. after oil spills on water or for pre- venting incidents during construction work. W Sturdy, liquid-tight, welded special material with internal floats. W Flexible and reusable. W The system components (oil barrier, distribution piece and end piece) can be connected to each other by means of integrated and easy-to-operate aluminium quick couplings. Any number of oil barriers can therefore be joined together as required. W Warning colour for good visibility even in bad weather conditions W Submerged guards with external ballast chains in galvanised steel prevent washout. Many Ecoline oil barriers can be connected quickly to each other to protect large areas Foam Float Splint with chain Submerged guard Ballast chain Quick coupling Accessories: End piece Accessories: distribution piece Construction principle for a denios oil barrier 100 mm 250 mm 150 mm 400 mm 150 mm 250 mm 300 mm 150 mm 450 mm 300 mm 200 mm 500 mm 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Field of use Width, external [mm] Length, external [m] Order number Accessories Order number Distribution piece Order number End piece Streams, small rivers and water Water treatment plants, medium rivers, treatment plants canals and lakes 250 5.0 267-955-JC 250 10.0 267-956-JC 250 15.0 215-800-JC 400 5.0 267-957-JC 400 10.0 267-958-JC 400 15.0 215-802-JC Rivers, canals, lakes, harbours 450 15.0 215-803-JC 215-809-JC 215-805-JC 215-809-JC 215-805-JC 215-809-JC 215-805-JC 215-810-JC 215-806-JC 215-810-JC 215-806-JC 215-810-JC 215-806-JC 215-811-JC 215-807-JC 500 10.0 267-959-JC 215-812-JC 215-808-JC Accessories Peg, 1.8 x 100 cm Sledgehammer, 3 kg Floating rope, 5 m, three strands twisted, in PP, black, can be extended as required, does not harden Wall mounting kit with 2 sliding end pieces and 2 running rails, suitable for all sizes Rivers, canals, lakes, harbours, calm coastal areas 500 15.0 215-804-JC 215-812-JC 215-808-JC Order number 261-508-JC 267-965-JC 267-964-JC 265-660-JC Construction diagram for an oil barrier consisting of several segments, two end pieces and a distribution piece The deflector barrier is retracted against the flow at a defined angle depending on the flow velocity and thus forms the actual barrier. The bank protection barrier prevents contamination of the bank. Special bank end pieces and tensioning devices fix the oil barrier in the desired position and create a safe working area to absorb the pollutant from the water. E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 329

330

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H SPECIAL - absorbent materials for acids, alkalis, solvents and unknown chemicals Extremely effective absorbent mats in polypropylene, with a porous fine fibre structure on both sides for quick absorption of leaked liquids. W Reliably absorb all liquids with a hydrophilic design W The first choice for leaks of aggressive acids, alkalis, solvents and unknown chemicals W The yellow warning colour highlights a potential hazard and allows the absorbed liquid to be clearly seen W The chemical-resistant material does not disintegrate and does not cause a hazardous reaction when in contact with corrosive liquids (see resistance list) W Ideal for use in the laboratory, to lay under machinery or for wiping down dirty surfaces or containers Absorbents Mats Special ECONOMY SINGLE Extremely efficient absorbent mats absorb leaked liquids very quickly and sa- fely, the warning colour indicates a potential hazard, in various sizes and two material thicknesses Mats special extra (400 x 500 mm) are perforated in the middle and available in 2 material strengths Design Length, external [mm] Width, external [mm] Perforation Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Lightweight 400 370 No 200 Item(s) 118 177-886-JC Lightweight 500 400 Yes 100 Item(s) 80 207-917-JC Lightweight 500 400 Yes 200 Item(s) 160 175-019-JC Heavy-duty 500 400 Yes 50 Item(s) 62 207-919-JC Heavy-duty 500 400 Yes 100 Item(s) 124 175-020-JC Rolls Special ECONOMY SINGLE Rolls are perforated in the middle and every 43 cm for easy separation. They are ideal for soaking up leaks and spray mist. Ideal when dispensing and for covering large areas. DENSORB rolls special economy, width 38 or 76 cm, for covering large areas Design Length, external [m] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Lightweight, narrow 45 380 1 Roll(s) 68 259-112-JC Lightweight, narrow 45 380 2 Roll(s) 137 207-914-JC Lightweight, wide 45 760 1 Roll(s) 137 207-915-JC Lightweight, narrow 90 380 2 Roll(s) 274 173-864-JC Lightweight, wide 90 760 1 Roll(s) 274 173-873-JC Heavy-duty, narrow 45 380 1 Roll(s) 106 259-113-JC Heavy-duty, narrow 45 380 2 Roll(s) 211 173-861-JC Heavy-duty, wide 45 760 1 Roll(s) 211 173-870-JC Heavy-duty, wide 70 760 1 Roll(s) 329 259-111-JC 330 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

331

SPECIAL - absorbent materials for acids, alkalis, solvents and unknown chemicals Highly absorbent mats in combination with a heavy duty, lint-free protective layer for long term use. W Suitable for areas where aggressive chemicals are stored or handled W The strong additional layer of spin-bonded fabric ensures high tear and abrasion resistance, even when fully saturated W The protective layer allows targeted use: - first as an underlay for repair, cleaning and maintenance work or on worktables, where a smooth, lint-free surface is needed (protective layer upwards) - second, to protect flooring or for use with a leaky machine, where quick absorption of the dripping liquid is needed (protective layer downwards) W The chemical-resistant absorbent mat does not disintegrate and does not cause a hazardous reaction when in contact with corrosive liquids (see resistance list) Mats Special ECONOMY DOUBLE The ideally sized mats are also perforated in the middle for economical use. Smooth, lint-free protective layer Absorbents 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Mats are protected in the practical dispenser box and are easy to access as needed. Mats Length, external [mm] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Lightweight 500 400 200 Item(s) 146 243-812-JC Heavy-duty 500 400 100 Item(s) 96 243-814-JC Rolls Special ECONOMY DOUBLE Rolls are perforated in the middle and also every 40 cm. This enables you to easily tear off the amount required and use only as much of the material as you need. Extra wide rolls for covering large surface areas. Rolls Length, external [m] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Lightweight, narrow Lightweight, wide Heavy-duty, narrow Heavy-duty, wide 45 1000 1 Roll(s) 215 243-818-JC 90 500 2 Roll(s) 328 243-815-JC 90 1000 1 Roll(s) 328 243-816-JC 45 500 2 Roll(s) 215 243-817-JC Special prices for bulk buyers on request: 01952 811 991 Heavy: double layer of material for large volumes of liquid Light: single layer of material for small leaks and drips E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 331

332

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H SPECIAL - absorbent materials for acids, alkalis, solvents and unknown chemicals Effective absorbent mats with heavy duty, lint-free protective layers on both sides for excellent cleanliness, life, tear and abrasion resistance W The yellow warning colour highlights a potential hazard and allows the absorbed liquid to be clearly seen W The chemical-resistant material does not disintegrate and does not cause a hazardous reaction when in contact with corrosive liquids (see resistance list) W Ideal for use in the laboratory, to protect flooring or for use as an underlay for worktables W High mechanical resistance ensures long life and allows driving and walking over the surface W Lint-free so ideal for sensitive applications and dirt-sensitive areas, also suitable for wiping rough and sharp-edged surfaces W Very low risk of dripping thanks to strong adhesion between the surface of the fibres and the absorbed liquid Smooth, lint-free Smooth, lint-free protective layer protective layer Absorbents Absorbents Absorbents Smooth, lint-free protective layer Rolls Special ECONOMY TRIPLE Rolls are perforated longways and every 43 cm for easy separation. Rolls Length, external [m] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Lightweight, narrow Lightweight, wide Heavy-duty, narrow Heavy-duty, wide 45 760 1 Roll(s) 170 256-713-JC 45 380 1 Roll(s) 60 256-710-JC 45 760 1 Roll(s) 120 256-711-JC 45 380 1 Roll(s) 85 256-712-JC Mats Special ECONOMY TRIPLE Heavy duty mats for reliable absorption of leaked chemicals, e.g. in laboratories Mats (400 x 500 mm) are perforated in the middle, so that the required amount can be torn off easily in the case of small leaks Mats Length, external [mm] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Lightweight 500 400 100 Item(s) 70 256-714-JC Heavy-duty 500 400 100 Item(s) 100 256-715-JC Special prices for bulk buyers on request: 01952 811 991 Heavy: double layer of material for large volumes of liquid Light: single layer of material for small leaks and drips 332 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

333

SPECIAL - absorbent materials for acids, alkalis, solvents and unknown chemicals Absorbent materials with a high absorption capacity A special polypropylene filling ensures excellent absorption capacity. Fluids which have been absorbed are reliably contained and are easily disposed of W Suitable for areas where aggressive chemicals are stored or handled W The first choice for leaks of aggressive acids, alkalis, solvents and unknown chemicals W Perfect for long term use anywhere where drips need to be collected for example under leaky machinery or when dispensing W Reliably absorbs all liquids with a hydrophilic design Special absorbent socks The design of our absorbent socks are an ideal shape for containing leaks W Particularly easy to shape with a flexible cover: push them around corners and machine bases as well as along walls 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Special absorbent socks for restricting hazardous substances in the event of an accident and special Mats for absorbing liquids Dimensions Ø x L [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Design Order number 75 x 1200 20 Item(s) 53 Ready for use 123-150-JC 75 x 1800 12 Item(s) 47 Ready for use 123-151-JC 75 x 3000 4 Item(s) 25 Ready for use 123-152-JC 80 x 5000 4 Item(s) 53 Ready for use 265-654-JC 75 x 20000 1 Item(s) 56 For cutting 263-309-JC Special absorbent cushions Perfect for long term use anywhere where drips need to be collected for example under leaky machinery or when dispensing W For collecting dripping liquids under pipes, valves, hydraulic lines, flanges, connections and drum taps W An especially flexible shape ensures many possibilities for use, even in places which are difficult to reach. W Especially high absorption capacity External dimensions L x W [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number 250 x 250 30 Item(s) 49 123-136-JC 460 x 460 16 Item(s) 85 123-137-JC Special prices for bulk buyers on request: 01952 811 991 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 333

334

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Mobile kit in transparent bag W Space-saving, handy emergency spill kit W Ideal for mobile use anywhere where a leak may happen W Ideally suited for placement in a service vehicle, forklift or lorry W The transparent bag with zip closure can also be used to dispose of used absorbent materials Contents: 20 mats 40 x 50 cm 2 socks 120 x 7.5 cm 1 goggles with elastic strap 1 pair protective gloves 1 disposal bag Contents: 12 mats 40 x 50 cm 1 cushion 25 x 25 cm 1 pair protective gloves 1 disposal bag Mobile kit in transparent bag Model B 11, Oil version Mobile kit in transparent bag Model B 22, Special version Order no. 282-155-JC Order no. 116-661-JC Model Application - DENSORB Absorption capacity [l / pack] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number W 11 Oil 11 400 x 500 x 120 282-155-JC W 11 Universal 11 400 x 500 x 120 282-156-JC W 11 Special 11 400 x 500 x 120 282-157-JC W 22 Oil 22 400 x 500 x 140 116-660-JC W 22 Universal 22 400 x 500 x 140 146-913-JC W 22 Special 22 400 x 500 x 140 116-661-JC Emergency spill kit in transparent carry case For efficient use with small and medium leaks, e.g. from canisters and small drums W Emergency spill kits have protective gloves and a disposal bag for used W Large viewing window to check the contents at a glance, without absorbent materials having to open the bag W Ideal for mobile use wherever leaks can occur W Ideally suited for placement in a service vehicle, forklift or truck Contents: 50 mats 50 x 40 cm 5 socks 120 x 7.5 cm 4 cushions 25 x 25 cm 1 pair protective gloves 3 disposal bags Emergency spill kit in transparent carry bag Model T 60, Special version Contents: 65 mats 40 x 50 cm 6 socks 120 x 7.5 cm 5 cushions 25 x 25 cm 1 pair protective gloves 3 disposal bags Emergency spill kit in transparent carry bag Model T 76, Universal version Application - DENSORB Model Absorption capacity [l / pack] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Universal D 60 60 220 x 650 x 450 216-519-JC Special D 60 60 220 x 650 x 450 216-521-JC Oil D 76 76 220 x 650 x 450 282-158-JC Universal D 76 76 220 x 650 x 450 282-159-JC Special D 76 76 220 x 650 x 450 282-160-JC Oil T 60 60 220 x 650 x 450 216-520-JC 334 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

335

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Mobile emergency spill kit in compact, light transport bag Absorbent materials for emergency use and prevention in practical sports bag W The large zip allows the bag to be opened wide so that the absorbent materials can be removed quickly and easily. W The practical shoulder strap enables comfortable transport to the place of use. W Thanks to the included protective gloves and goggles, the user can react immediately in an emergency. Contents: 40 mats 40 x 50 cm 5 socks 120 x 7.5 cm 2 cushions 25 x 25 cm 1 goggles with elastic strap 1 pair protective gloves 3 disposal bags Application - DENSORB Absorption capacity [l / pack] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Refill kit Mobile kit in carry bag, Special version Order no. 157-363-JC DENSORB absorbent material emergency spill kit in robust carry bag with shoulder strap Oil 49 660 x 360 x 290 282-161-JC 282-164-JC Universal 49 660 x 360 x 290 282-162-JC 282-165-JC Special 49 660 x 360 x 290 282-163-JC 282-166-JC Weatherproof emergency travel bag W Ideally suited for placement in a service vehicle, forklift or lorry W On request, your company logo can be applied to the bag for higher order quantities. Please get in touch. We’re happy to help! W Sturdy, weather-proof bag W Adjustable shoulder strap W Velcro fastening for quick access Contents: 50 mats 40 x 50 cm 3 socks 120 x 7.5 cm 1 goggles with elastic strap 1 pair protective gloves 3 disposal bags Emergency sets in three designs: Absorbs oil and repels water OIL UNIVERSAL Universally applicable, absorbs oil, water & other chemicals SPECIAL For acids, alkalis, and chemicals Application - DENSORB Absorption capacity [l / pack] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Refill kit Oil 48 200 x 400 x 500 157-324-JC 157-361-JC Universal 48 200 x 400 x 500 157-327-JC 157-362-JC Special 48 200 x 400 x 500 157-328-JC 157-363-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 335

336

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Mobile set in handy case Practical emergency leak box for immediate removal of small leaks. W Thanks to compact dimensions, perfectly suited to carrying in a vehicle or for space-saving storage in work areas prone to leaks. W For mobile use anywhere where liquids which are harmful to the environment or human health are used, transported or stored. Contents: 10 mats 50 x 40 cm 2 socks 120 x 7.5 cm 1 goggles with elastic strap 1 pair protective gloves 1 disposal bag Application - DENSORB Absorption capacity [l / pack] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Refill kit Oil 14 480 x 230 x 230 267-161-JC Universal 14 480 x 230 x 230 267-162-JC Special 14 480 x 230 x 230 267-163-JC 267-164-JC 267-165-JC 267-166-JC Mobile kit in handy case, Universal version Emergency spill kit in Euro stacking container Fast, effective containment and absorption of spilled hazardous substances, e.g. from dam- aged canisters or other small containers W The robust containers are the perfect size for storage in rescue vehicles. W Handy, light, dimensionally stable, space-saving and mobile. W Filled with absorbent materials for the safe absorption of leaks. W Thanks to the included protective gloves and goggles, the user can react immediately in an emergency. Contents: 30 mats 37 x 40 cm 3 socks 120 x 7.5 cm 1 goggles with elastic strap 1 pair protective gloves 2 disposal bags 1 multilingual "Absorbent materials" sticker set Application - DENSORB Absorption capacity [l / pack] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Refill kit Oil 26 400 x 300 x 320 282-167-JC Universal 26 400 x 300 x 320 282-168-JC Special 26 400 x 300 x 320 282-169-JC 282-170-JC 282-171-JC 282-172-JC Emergency spill kit in Euro stacking contai- ner, Universal version 336 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

337

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Emergency spill kit in red folding box Handy absorbent material emergency spill kit in practical transport box in eye-catching red for quick provision in the event of a leak emergency. W The box with double hinged lid is clearly packed with all the important absorbent materials and PPE for professional hazard containment. W Multi-Sorb granules support the formation of dams, suppresses emissions and have an extremely high absorption capacity, especially for aqueous hazardous substances. Contents: 40 mats 40 x 50 cm 5 socks 120 x 7.5 cm 2 cushions 25 x 25 cm 1 chemical and acid absorbent binder Multi-Sorb, 400 g 1 pair goggles with elastic strap 1 pair protective gloves 3 disposal bags 1 multilingual "Absorbent materials" sticker set Emergency spill kit in red hinged box, Special version Order no. 282-175-JC Application - DENSORB Absorption capacity [l / pack] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Refill kit Oil 50 600 x 400 x 349 282-173-JC Universal 50 600 x 400 x 349 282-174-JC Special 50 600 x 400 x 349 282-175-JC 282-176-JC 282-177-JC 282-178-JC Mobile spill kit in sturdy transport box Ideally suited for placement in a service vehicle, forklift or lorry W Sturdy box with ergonomic handles W With space-saving, two-part lid W Stable and Lightweight Contents: 25 mats 50 x 40 cm 8 socks 120 x 7.5 cm 16 cushions 25 x 25 cm 2 pairs protective gloves 2 disposal bags Mobile emergency spill kit in trans- port box, Universal version Order no. 116-745-JC Application - DENSORB Absorption capacity [l / pack] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Refill kit Oil 67 400 x 810 x 440 116-744-JC Universal 67 400 x 810 x 440 116-745-JC Special 67 400 x 810 x 440 116-746-JC 147-851-JC 147-852-JC 147-853-JC The spacious box can be easily transported thanks to handy grips Emergency spill kits can also be made up according to individual requirements. Please call: 01952 811 991 ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Pull-through seals for quick sealing of DEN- SORB® emergency spill kits provide protection against unauthorised access, 210 mm, 10 pieces Order no. 290-818-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 337

338

Safety boxes The safety boxes have a locking device (hole diameter: 10 mm) for use with a padlock or seal, to protect the contents from unauthorised access. W Ideal for use outdoors. W Thanks to the large opening, all important absorbent materials and utensils are easy to see and quick to reach. W The stable design guarantees secure protection of the absorbent materials from weather and damage. Small items such as gloves and safety glasses that you will need close at hand in emergencies can be stored handily in a lid pocket 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Safety box, filled with absorbent materials, absorption capacity of up to 211 litres Model Application - DENSORB Absorption capacity [l / pack] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Refill kit Contents: 100 mats 50 x 40 cm 6 socks 120 x 7.5 cm 8 cushions 25 x 25 cm 1 goggles with elastic strap 1 pair protective gloves 10 disposal bags Oil 109 975 x 705 x 460 157-347-JC SF 100 Universal 109 975 x 705 x 460 157-348-JC Contents: 200 mats 50 x 40 cm 10 socks 120 x 7.5 cm 15 cushions 25 x 25 cm 1 goggles with elastic strap 1 pair protective gloves 20 disposal bags Special 109 975 x 705 x 460 157-350-JC Oil 211 975 x 705 x 665 157-343-JC SF 200 Universal 211 975 x 705 x 665 157-344-JC Special 211 975 x 705 x 665 157-345-JC 157-357-JC 157-359-JC 157-360-JC 157-354-JC 157-355-JC 157-356-JC Contents: 400 mats 50 x 40 cm 20 socks 120 x 7.5 cm 10 cushions 25 x 25 cm 2 sacks granules 8 or 10 kg 1 granule shovel, length 105 cm* 2 goggles with elastic strap 2 pairs protective gloves 50 disposal bags * not included in refill set, please order separately Contents: 2 absorbent mat rolls 45 m x 38 cm 400 mats 50 x 40 cm 40 socks 120 x 7.5 cm 16 socks 300 x 7.5 cm 30 cushions 25 x 25 cm 3 sacks granules x 8 kg 1 granule shovel, length 105 cm* 3 goggles with elastic strap 3 pairs protective gloves 75 disposal bags *not included in refill set, please order separately Model Application - DENSORB Absorption capacity [l / pack] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Refill kit Oil 414 1210 x 785 x 780 157-339-JC SF 400 Universal 406 1210 x 785 x 780 157-341-JC Special 410 1210 x 785 x 780 157-342-JC Oil 748 1400 x 1070 x 930 267-672-JC SF 700 Universal 742 1400 x 1070 x 930 267-673-JC Special 742 1400 x 1070 x 930 267-674-JC 157-351-JC 157-352-JC 157-353-JC 267-675-JC 267-676-JC 267-677-JC 338 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

339

Emergency spill kit in lidded box Wide range of absorbent materials for all applications W Practical, spacious box W In addition to the high quality DENSORB absorbent materials this set also includes a sack of oil and chemical binder, which strengthens the bund and restores grip to the floor after the leaked fluid has been removed. W Includes lid Contents: 100 mats 50 x 40 cm 20 socks 120 x 7.5 cm 15 cushions 25 x 25 cm 1 sack oil and chemical binder granules* 1 pair goggles with elastic strap* 1 protective overalls* 3 pairs protective gloves 1 granule shovel* 5 disposal bags *not included in refill kit -please order separately ORDER AT THE SAME TIME "DENSORB Emergency Spill Kit" sign in weather resistant plastic, 400 x 400 mm Order no. 259-813-JC Application - DENSORB Absorption capacity [l / pack] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Without castors Order number With castors Accessories Order number Refill kit Oil 170 640 x 1000 x 655 155-194-JC 155-191-JC Universal 166 640 x 1000 x 655 155-195-JC 155-192-JC Special 168 640 x 1000 x 655 155-196-JC 155-193-JC 147-858-JC 147-856-JC 147-860-JC 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Emergency set in transport box W Extra large emergency spill kit with practical range of absorbent materials for large leaks, e.g. from 205 litre drums W Packed so they are easy to use in the right order W Stationary for defined areas of application or with castors for mobile use W In addition to the high quality DENSORB absorbent materials the set also includes granules, which strengthen the bund and restore grip to the floor after the leaked fluid has been removed. Contents: 200 mats 50 x 40 cm 24 socks 120 x 7.5 cm 10 cushions 25 x 25 cm 4 sacks granules x 8 kg 1 granule shovel, length 105 cm* 3 pairs protective gloves 5 disposal bags *not included in refill set, please order separately Application - DENSORB Absorption capacity [l / pack] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Stationary Order number With castors Accessories Order number Refill kit Oil 288 Universal 272 Special 280 800 x 1200 x 760 800 x 1200 x 760 800 x 1200 x 760 116-754-JC 116-756-JC 116-753-JC 116-755-JC 147-867-JC 147-868-JC 147-870-JC 147-869-JC 147-871-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 339

340

Mobile emergency spill kit in DENSORB Caddy Small With transparent door for easy viewing of contents. W With sturdy, solid rubber wheels to protect floors and ensure easy, quick manoeuvrability. W A gap on the rear allows a warning sign to be fitted using an optional mounting kit (not included). W Available in grey or signal yellow Caddy Emergency sets in three designs: Absorbs oil and repels water OIL UNIVERSAL Universally applicable, absorbs oil, water & other chemicals SPECIAL For acids, alkalis, and chemicals Model Application - DENSORB Absorption capacity [l / pack] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Anthracite Order number Yellow Accessories Order number Set for mounting a warning sign Order number Refill kit Oil 55 510 x 400 x 950 267-167-JC 290-816-JC 270-419-JC 267-170-JC Small Universal 55 510 x 400 x 950 267-168-JC 290-815-JC 270-419-JC 267-171-JC Special 55 510 x 400 x 950 267-169-JC 290-817-JC 270-419-JC 267-172-JC Emergency spill kit in mobile container Ideal for quick transport of a large number of absorbent products to where they are needed. W Practical set of absorbent materials W The rain-proof mobile container can also be used to collect used absorbent materials. 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Contents: 1 absorbent roll 20 m x 38 cm incl. spindle for mounting 8 absorbent socks 120 x 7.5 cm 2 absorbent cushions 25 x 25 cm 25 cloths 38 x 40 cm 1 goggles with elastic strap 1 pair protective gloves 5 disposal bags Emergency spill kit Model B36 in 360 litre mobile container Contents: 100 mats 50 x 40 cm 7 socks 120 x 7.5 cm 10 cushions 25 x 25 cm 1 goggles with elastic strap 1 pair protective gloves 5 disposal bags B 12 Oil 115 Blue B 12 B 12 Universal Special 115 Green 115 Yellow Contents: 200 mats 50 x 40 cm 22 socks 120 x 7.5 cm 12 cushions 25 x 25 cm 2 pairs goggles with elastic strap 2 pairs protective gloves 8 disposal bags B 24 Oil 238 Blue B 24 Universal 238 Green Contents: 400 mats 50 x 40 cm 4 socks 120 x 7.5 cm 4 socks 300 x 7.5 cm 15 cushions 25 x 25 cm 2 pairs goggles with elastic strap 2 pairs protective gloves 25 disposal bags B 24 Special 238 Yellow B 36 Oil 415 Blue B 36 Universal 415 Green B 36 Special 415 Yellow 480 x 560 x 940 480 x 560 x 940 480 x 560 x 940 580 x 740 x 1070 580 x 740 x 1070 580 x 740 x 1070 625 x 860 x 1095 625 x 860 x 1095 625 x 860 x 1095 157-332-JC 157-333-JC 157-334-JC 157-335-JC 157-336-JC 157-337-JC 267-666-JC 267-667-JC 267-668-JC 157-367-JC 157-368-JC 157-369-JC 157-370-JC 157-371-JC 157-372-JC 267-669-JC 267-670-JC 267-671-JC Model Application - DENSORB Absorption capacity [l / pack] Mobile container colour External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Refill kit 340 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

341

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Mobile emergency spill kit in DENSORB Caddy W Optimum selection of absorbent materials for in-house leaks W These organised, sturdy transport trolleys are chock full of high quality DENSORB absorbent materials The ergonomic handle can be gripped safely even when wearing protective gloves and optimises manoeuvrability. The DENSORB Caddy Medium has a locking device for use with a pad- lock or seal, to protect the contents from unauthorised access. Contents: 1 absorbent Roll 45 m x 38 cm incl. spindle for mounting 35 absorbent mats 50 x 40 cm 12 absorbent socks 120 x 7.5 cm 22 absorbent cushions 25 x 25 cm 2 pairs protective gloves 10 disposal bags 2 shelves, galvanised steel W Quick to use W With sturdy, solid rubber wheels to protect floors and ensure easy, quick manoeuvrability W Large, wide-opening door for efficient access to the absorbent materials A unique part of the contents are the perforated absorbent rolls, which allow just the right amount to be torn off. The granules also help to restore grip to the floor after the leaked fluid has been removed. ORDER AT THE SAME TIME "DENSORB Emergency Spill Kit" sign in weather resis- tant plastic, 400 x 400 mm Order no. 259-813-JC Contents: 1 absorbent roll 45 m x 38 cm incl. spindle for mounting 7 absorbent socks 120 x 7.5 cm 2 absorbent cushions 25 x 25 cm 25 cloths 38 x 40 cm 1 sack granules 10 kg 1 granule shovel* 1 warning sign* 1 goggles with elastic strap 1 pair protective gloves 10 disposal bags *not included in refill kit, please order separately A device on the rear of the transport trolley Medium allows a warning sign to be fitted. Absorbent materials emergency spill kit, Uni- versal version, in DENSORB Caddy Medium Emergency spill kit absorbent materials set, Oil version in DENSORB Caddy Extra Large Order no. 219-594-JC Model Application - DENSORB Absorption capacity [l / pack] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Anthracite Order number Yellow Accessories Order number Refill kit Oil 102 615 x 590 x 1090 259-470-JC 290-813-JC Medium Universal 100 615 x 590 x 1090 259-469-JC 290-812-JC Special 100 615 x 590 x 1090 259-471-JC 290-814-JC Oil 190 700 x 820 x 1300 219-594-JC 290-810-JC Extra Large Universal 187 700 x 820 x 1300 219-593-JC 290-809-JC Special 188 700 x 820 x 1300 219-595-JC 290-811-JC 259-473-JC 259-472-JC 259-474-JC 219-597-JC 219-596-JC 219-598-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 341

342

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Product description Universal coarse grain Universal fine grain DENSORB Mineral Universal Universal extra coarse UNIVERSAL Absodan Universal Absodan Plus Absodan SuperPlus Environmentally friendly, floating oil binder Floating oil binder Quick-Sorb oil binder All-weather oil binder OIL Multi-Sorb with colour indicator Multi-Sorb SPECIAL Oil and chemical binder Oil binder type I e p y T I I e p y T R Basic material I I I e p y T Application Packaging Absorp- tion- capacity e l b a m m a l f t o n s g n i d l i u b s d a o r r e t a w g a b b u t e l t t o b e g a p ✓ Diatomeenerde (Moler) ✓ Calciumsilikat ✓ Mineralfaser ✓ Sepiolith ✓ Diatomeenerde (Moler) ✓ Diatomeenerde (Moler) ✓ Diatomeenerde (Moler) ✓ ✓ ✓ Torf ✓ ✓ ✓ Perlit ✓ Polyurethan ✓ Polyurethan ✓ Polymer (Kieselgur) ✓ Polymer (Kieselgur) ✓ Diatomeenerde (Moler) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 343 343 343 343 342 342 342 344 344 344 344 345 345 345 Absodan universal binder W Moler-based mineral granules (diatomaceous earth, calcinated) W Works quickly, safe to use and can collect all types of fluids from a firm surface: oils, acids, bases, aqueous and organic solutions W Holds the absorbed liquids in the porous structure W Chemically inert to all liquids (apart from hydrofluoric acid) W Non-flammable in unused state Absodan SuperPlus, 10 kg bag Version Contents [l] Absorption capacity [l / pack] Bulk weight [g/l] Granule size min [mm] Granule size max [mm] Number of bags per pallet Order number Absodan Universal 40 16 507 1.00 3.0 36 256-705-JC Absodan Plus 20 9 533 0.50 1.0 78 256-707-JC 40 19 533 0.50 1.0 36 256-706-JC Absodan SuperPlus 20 10 542 0.30 0.7 78 256-708-JC Anti-static shovels for granules W For distribution and disposal of granules W Ergonomic shape W Light and sturdy W In quality, uv-stable plastic W Smooth surface for easy cleaning External dimensions L x W [mm] Order number 250 x 110 119-237-JC 527 x 247 119-236-JC 1032 x 257 119-235-JC 342 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

343

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H UNIVERSAL - absorbent materials for oils, coolants, lubricants, solvents and aqueous solutions Universal coarse granules Model III R W Moler-based mineral granules (diatomaceous earth, calcinated) W Large grain size enables use outdoors, for example on roads (Type III R) W Chemically inert to all liquids (apart from hydrofluoric acid) W High absorption capacity and performance W Non-flammable in unused state Universal fine granules Suitable for road surfaces (Model III R) W Mineral aerated concrete granules based on calcium silicate hydrate W For absorbing oils and other leaked liquids W High absorption capacity and performance W The light colour helps identification of saturation level W Non-flammable in unused state Universal DENSORB mineral W Very efficient and user-friendly absorbent material in mineral fibre with a very high absorption capacity W Non abrasive, does not damage workshop floors W Comfortable handling: simply pick up with your hands W Dust-free, non-dust-explosive W Non-flammable in unused state W Chemically inert, non toxic W Approved for use on traffic areas Universal extra coarse Model III R W Sepiolite-based mineral granules W Ideal for rough floors and outdoor surfaces with a high volume of traffic W Chemically inert, non toxic W The light colour helps identification of saturation level W Non-flammable in unused state W Maximum non-slip effect BESTSELLER Order no. 208-180-JC Order no. 170-113-JC Order no. 303-369-JC Order no. 157-215-JC Design Contents [kg] Absorption capacity [l / pack] Bulk weight [g/l] Granule size min [mm] Granule size max [mm] Number of bags per pallet Order number Universal coarse granules 10 8 500 1.00 3.0 78 208-180-JC 20 16 500 1.00 3.0 36 119-252-JC Universal fine granules 20 27 595 0.13 1.0 36 170-113-JC Universal DENSORB mineral 1 8 94 4.00 – 90 303-369-JC 3 23 94 4.00 – 120 307-606-JC 10 75 94 4.00 – 40 307-607-JC Universal extra coarse 20 9 720 0.50 6.0 55 157-215-JC ORDER AT THE SAME TIME OEL-KLEEN oil stain remover completely removes stubborn, even deeply penetrated oil stains on composite stone, concrete, exposed aggregate concrete, clinker, ceramics, screed and natural stone. After application you will have a clean and dry surface. Order no. 314-252-JC Transport containers for empty aerosol cans See page 511 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 343

344

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H OIL - absorbent materials for oils, fuels and hydrocarbons, water-repellent Environmentally friendly, floating oil binder Model I / II / III R W Non-toxic natural product in biodegradable natural fibre W Absorbs oil, diesel, heating oil, cutting oil, vegetable oil, oil-based solvents and other hydrocarbon-based liquids as well as dyes and paints W Can be used on the surface of water, roads or industrial floors W Non abrasive, does not damage workshop floors Oel-Kleen Eco-Sorb, 50-litre bag Quick-sorb oil binder Model I / II / III R SF W Polyurethane foam-based granules W Extremely quick absorption of oil, high absorption W Ideal for tiled and sealed flooring W Non abrasive, does not damage workshop floors W Highly absorbent and economi- cal in use All-weather oil binder Model III R W Recycled polyurethane foam- based granules W Absorbs hydrocarbons, oils, fuels, cooling lubricants and other hydrocarbon-based liquids quickly and reliably W Water-repellent, can be used in rain and wet conditions W Suitable for roads and trafficked areas W Highly absorbent Oil absorbent Quick-Sorb, 20L bag All weather oil absorbent, 20L bag All-weather oil binder in 6 kg bucket Order no. 208-190-JC Design Contents [l] Absorption capacity [l / pack] Bulk weight [g/l] Granule size min [mm] Granule size max [mm] Number of bags per pallet Order number Environmentally friendly, floating oil binder 50 27 151 1 4 36 180-851-JC Quick-sorb oil binder All-weather oil binder 20 11 260 1 4 50 208-182-JC 50 30 260 1 4 36 157-218-JC 15 7 405 1 4 40 208-190-JC 20 9 405 1 4 50 208-181-JC 40 18 405 1 4 36 123-167-JC 344 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

345

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H SPECIAL - absorbent materials for acids, alkalis, solvents and unknown chemicals Emergency spill kit for mercury leaks Specially for taking up spilled mercury (up to 100 ml) W Consisting of a can with a screwed lid containing a glued-in special foam insert. W If the foam insert is lightly pressed against a mercury spillage, the pores open and absorb the balls of mercury. W When the lid is tightened, the small balls are released and fall through the perforated plate into the can. Order no. 256-709-JC Chemical and acid binder, multi-sorb W An absorbent for all hazardous materials W Granules based on a polymer compound with high absorption capacity W 1 kilo Multi-Sorb binds up to 75 l aqueous liquids W Hydrophilic and chemically inert, absorbs all liquids W Non-flammable, non-oxidising and does not generate explosive dust W Highly economical and easy to use, also suitable for creating a bund W Prevents emissions and condensation as its binds the hazardous materials immediately on contact W Can be used immediately and without risk, even by untrained staff W Model III R TOP PRODUCT Multi-Sorb chemical and acid binder with colour indicator: the indicator warns the user by changing colour for acids (yellow) or alkalis (red). Oil and chemical binder This absorbent material is ideal for absorbing acids, bases (alkalis), flammable, aqueous and polar liquids. It is a calcinated, highly absorbent natural mineral, that is ideal for use on smooth and porous surfaces, both inside and outside. Not flammable in unused state. W Model III R The contents of the bag are sufficient for approx. 10 l of oil. Contents [kg] Bulk weight [g/l] Granule size min [mm] Granule size max [mm] Containers Order number 0.4 425 0.13 0.5 400 G bottle 157-219-JC Multi-sorb 2.0 425 0.13 0.5 2 kg canister 301-179-JC 10.0 425 0.13 0.5 10 kg bag 191-444-JC Multi-sorb with colour indicator Oil and chemical binder 10.0 530 0.30 0.7 10 kg bag 159-823-JC 0.4 425 0.13 0.5 400 G bottle 201-755-JC 5.0 425 0.13 0.5 5 kg bucket 201-754-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 345

346

SpillGuard® hazardous substance leak warning system The first warning system of its kind: fully autonomous, operated at the push of a button and suitable for fitting to any spill pallet, at any time. SpillGuard® reliably detects hazardous leaks and warns you immediately by means of an alarm. This saves valuable time for rectifying the situation and prevents even greater hazards. SpillGuard® Order no. 271-433-JC 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Simple installation: put into position, switch on, stay safe! Developed for years of reliable use – certified for ATEX-Zone 0. An audible signal lets you know in good time when SpillGuard® has reached the end of its life (up to 5 years) so you can replace it. Issues an audible and visible alarm for a minimum of 24 hours when contact is made with liquid hazardous substances A red LED indicates that the unit is operating safely over its entire service life. Simple and safe use thanks to intelligent sensor technology in a highly resistant, electrically conductive housing. DENIOS SPILLGUARD® Find everything you need to know about SpillGuard® here: >> www.denios.co.uk/spillguard << Application examples for SpillGuard® and SpillGuard® connect SpillGuard® in steel spill pallet for 205 litre drums See page 12 SpillGuard® in hazardous substances rack with spill trays for small containers in steel See page 80 346 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

347

SpillGuard® connect - for safe and easy remote monitoring via narrowband IoT I N N O V SpillGuard® connect Order no. 276-016-JC N A TI O 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Use the advantages of digitalisation for your leak management 4.0. All the SpillGuard® connect detectors used in your company can be centrally monitored by a web app. Configure individual alarm messages from the leak sensor, which are transmitted digitally to the contact person of your choice (or multiple recipients) in the event of a leak. By SMS and/or by e-mail to your smartphone, tablet and/or desktop PC. The innovative leak sensor is infinitely scalable and can be used almost anywhere - thanks to mobile NB IoT connectivity in each individual device. The leak sensor›s unlimited range is due to fully decentralised and autonomously operating terminals. Report in pdf format as support for proof of legally-required weekly monitoring, e.g. for an audit (StawaR / TRGS 510). SpillGuard® connect requires no gateway, no local Internet and no local power. Operational temperature range 0 to +40 °C, alarm at temperatures >+70 °. Can be used anywhere and is suitable for all common liquid hazardous substan- ces, see resistance list at www.denios.co.uk/ spillguard. For media which are not included in the list, an individual laboratory test can be carried out to prove the suitability of SpillGuard® for reliably detecting the substance in question. SpillGuard® in plastic hazardous materials cabinet See page 104 SpillGuard® in hazardous materials depot in plastic See page 166 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 347

348

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Neoprene sealing mats W Prevents hazardous materials entering drains and sewers W Thin material for flexible adaptation including for non-metal drains W For simple, inexpensive prevention of small leaks W Light, space-saving, reusable and quick to clean W Storage box for up to 5 sealing mats, available as an accessory W Ideal for using with DENSORB emergency spill kits Neoprene sealing mats External dimensions W x D [mm] Field of use Order number Accessories External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 500 x 500 1000 x 1000 1200 x 1200 1400 x 1400 Drain width max 200 mm 217-355-JC Drain width max 700 mm 216-516-JC Drain width max 900 mm 216-517-JC Drain width max 1100 mm 216-518-JC Storage boxes for up to 5 sealing mats 190 x 675 x 210 190 x 1075 x 210 190 x 1275 x 210 190 x 1530 x 210 132-787-JC 132-789-JC 132-790-JC 169-484-JC Magnetic sealant mats W Hold reliably by magnetic force to all metal gully covers W Weather- and temperature-resistant (-20 °C to +80 °C) W Prevents hazardous materials entering drains and sewers W Chemical-resistant and easy to clean W Ideal for adapting to uneven flooring with dense, flexible material W Storage box for up to 5 sealing mats, available as an accessory W Ideal for using with DENSORB emergency spill kits External dimensions W x D [mm] Order number Accessories External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Magnetic sealant mats 510 x 510 600 x 600 206-977-JC 206-978-JC Storage boxes for up to 5 sealing mats 1000 x 1000 206-979-JC 190 x 675 x 210 190 x 675 x 210 190 x 1075 x 210 132-787-JC 132-787-JC 132-789-JC Folding magnetic drain seal W For quick protection of drains in the event of leaks and accidents W Safe grip on all straight and curved inlet grids in metal or plastic despite low own weight, thanks to use of hydrostatic pressure of leaked fluids W Can even be used for vertical steel inlets (e.g. on kerbstones) due to combination with a magnetic foil W Suitable format for most drain inlets; for longer versions several flexible covers can be used overlapping each other W Resistant to many common chemicals and can be sued from -20 °C to +60 °C W Easy to clean and can be used many times W Easy to fold for space-saving storage Order no. 259-091-JC 348 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

349

Sealant mats The sealant mats prevent the unwanted penetration of liquids into the ground or sewage system in the event of leaks W Ideal for sealing pipe connections and gulleys W Resistant to water, oil and most chemicals W The flexible plastic composite on the underside matches the floor surface perfectly and can be used several times 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Circular sealant mats, available in 2 sizes. Diameter [mm] Material thickness [mm]: 8 Order number Material thickness [mm]: 13 Order number 137-713-JC 259-465-JC 450 850 137-720-JC 259-467-JC Accessories External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessory: storage boxes for sealant mats 190 x 675 x 210 190 x 875 x 210 132-787-JC 132-788-JC ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Storage box with carry handle and lid, ready for mounting to a wall. The extremely impervious, flexible material on the bottom adapts well to the surrounding ground conditions. The integral handle makes it really easy to use. External dimensions W x D [mm] Order number Material thickness [mm]: 8 Order number Material thickness [mm]: 13 1200 x 450 281-461-JC 293-293-JC 1520 x 460 259-454-JC 156-402-JC 1600 x 450 281-448-JC 293-294-JC 2000 x 1000 281-462-JC – 3000 x 450 281-463-JC 293-296-JC External dimensions W x D [mm] Material thickness [mm]: 8 Order number Material thickness [mm]: 13 Order number Accessories External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 400 x 400 500 x 500 600 x 600 700 x 700 800 x 800 900 x 900 1000 x 1000 1100 x 1100 1200 x 1200 129-672-JC 259-450-JC 116-039-JC 259-451-JC 129-674-JC 259-452-JC 129-676-JC 259-453-JC 116-038-JC 259-458-JC 259-468-JC 259-463-JC 259-459-JC Accessory: storage boxes for sealant mats 259-464-JC 259-460-JC 259-466-JC 259-461-JC 259-462-JC 190 x 475 x 210 132-786-JC 190 x 675 x 210 190 x 875 x 210 190 x 1075 x 210 190 x 1275 x 210 132-787-JC 132-787-JC 132-788-JC 132-788-JC 132-789-JC 132-789-JC 132-790-JC 132-790-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 349

350

NEW NEW 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Foldable polyurethane sealing mats W In polyurethane with self-adhesive underside W The moulded central longitudinal bend enables the targeted sealing of e.g. bottom edges of doors or gutter drainage openings. W Includes protective storage box with integrated handle for easy transport to the installation site Design External dimensions W x D [mm] Order number Reusable Disposable 1200 x 450 281-467-JC 1600 x 450 281-468-JC 1300 x 500 281-479-JC 1700 x 500 281-480-JC Disposable sealing mats with polyurethane coating W The self-adhesive polyurethane layer adapts flexibly to the substrate and seals reliably. W For single use W Includes protective storage box with integrated handle for easy transport to the installation site External dimensions W x D [mm] Order number 500 x 500 281-469-JC 600 x 600 281-470-JC 700 x 700 281-471-JC 800 x 800 281-472-JC 900 x 900 281-473-JC 1200 x 1200 281-475-JC 500 x 3000 281-476-JC NEW Disposable sealing mats with Teflon coating W With increased resistance even to particularly aggressive chemicals W The self-adhesive underside adapts flexibly to the substrate and seals reliably. W For single use W Includes protective storage box with integrated handle for easy transport to the installation site External dimensions W x D [mm] Order number 500 x 500 281-477-JC 1000 x 1000 281-478-JC All products for Drain seals can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/39121 350 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

351

Flexible separation barriers W For limiting and retaining escaped liquids e.g. at drains W The special plastic composite is resistant to water, hydrocarbons and many other chemicals W Sticks to the floor and can be reused after washing with soapy water Drain cover made of polyethylene (PE) W Quickly ready for use, packed in a mobile container (signal red) W Includes 3 (empty) sandbags for optional weighting W Diameter 80 cm (with base 90 x 90 cm) Order no. 201-660-JC 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H The extremely impervious, flexible material on the bottom adapts well to the surrounding ground conditions Spill barrier (3 M) with convenient grips The specially formed barrier ends also make it possible to link several barriers securely External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 45 x 2000 x 50 130-515-JC 70 x 2000 x 100 259-455-JC NEW 70 x 3000 x 50 281-458-JC 70 x 3000 x 100 116-046-JC Order no. 130-516-JC Spill barrier Ring, Ø 400 mm to protect against leaking liquids, for example when undertaking filling procedures over work and laboratory benches etc. E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 351

352

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Sealing cushion Handy and ready to use at any time after filling with frost-proof liquid W Weatherproof and tear-resistant W Resistant to many acids and alkalis W Can be used at -30 °C to +70 °c W Dimensions W x D (mm): 700 x 700 W With tough stainless steel carry handle W Practical stainless steel wall holder available as an accessory ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Wall mounted stainless steel unit Order no. 208-054-JC Ready to use in an instant: sealant cushions for filling with frost-proof liquid Order no. 208-738-JC Disposable sealant mats W For quick, immediate sealing of drain inlets, for example W Reliably minimises the risk from leaking liquid hazardous substances W Resistant to oils and most chemicals W In 2 cm, liquid-tight, fabric reinforced loam- based material, which can be shaped to fit uneven surfaces or unusual drain inlets W The mats can be cut to just the right shape or can be combined together. W Can be loaded up to a pressure of 2.4 meters water column DENIOS ONLINE SHOP All product details and benefits can be seen in our video! www.denios.co.uk/disposable-sealant-mat External dimensions W x D [mm] Included in delivery Order number 200 x 200 8 pieces 259-654-JC 450 x 450 2 pieces 259-657-JC 550 x 550 2 pieces 259-655-JC 450 x 650 1 pieces 259-658-JC 450 x 650 2 pieces 260-064-JC 650 x 650 2 pieces 259-656-JC 352 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

353

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Lockable drain cover W Consisting of aluminium stud plate, locking mechanism and polyurethane-based sealant material W Sealant material on the underside adapts to surface and provides tight seal W Compensates for uneven surfaces up to 30 mm W Drain cover is attached to the gulley by means of a spring-loaded tension lever 2 sizes available: W Lockable drain cover, 625 X 400 MM (approx. 5 kg), for drains in accordance with DIN (500 x 300 mm) Order no. 123-501-JC W Lockable drain cover, 625 X 625 MM (approx. 7 kg), for drains in accordance with DIN (500 x 500 mm) Order no. 123-502-JC Surface in aluminium, locking by spring loaded clamping lever Polyurethane-based sealant material on the underside Drain cover that can be driven over W Consists of a 10 mm thick steel plate with a special seal running around the edge (H = 50 mm) W The seal is compressed by its own weight and thereby levels out uneven surfaces External dimensions W x D [mm] Weight [kg] Order number 625 x 625 32 130-305-JC 750 x 750 45 137-269-JC 1000 x 1000 80 137-272-JC ORDER AT THE SAME TIME W Transport trolley for quick and safe transport of drain seals; with a hinge mechanism. This enables the drain seal to be transported easily to the place where it will be used and can be positioned exactly on the drain W Stands, for stable storage of the drive-over drain cover near the drain to be secured W Wall mounting for safe fitting of the drain cover Accessories Transport trolley Stands Wall mount Order number 130-307-JC 130-309-JC 130-310-JC Stands Transport trolley All products for Drain seals can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/39121 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 353

354

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H HELP IS AT HAND Sealing plugs E.g. for sealing drains or pipes Case with 1 sealing plug each of dia- meters 70, 95 and 120 mm Order no. 116-057-JC Average diameter [mm] Order number NEW Ø 185 mm Ø 235 mm Ø 70 mm Ø 95 mm Ø 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm 200 mm 190 mm Ø 35 mm Ø 60 mm Ø 85 mm 70 116-054-JC 95 116-055-JC 120 116-056-JC Ø 115 mm 185 259-456-JC Ø 165 mm 235 259-457-JC Sealing plugs W Includes protective storage box with integrated handle for easy transport to the installation site Design Order number NEW 35-70 mm 281-450-JC 70-92 mm 281-451-JC 85-120 mm 281-452-JC 100-140 mm 281-453-JC 120-180 mm 281-454-JC 170-230 mm 281-455-JC Sealing plugs W Includes protective storage box with integrated handle for easy transport to the installation site Design Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number 10-30 mm 5 Item(s) 281-464-JC 10-40 mm 5 Item(s) 281-465-JC 15-40 mm 5 Item(s) 281-466-JC All products for Drain seals can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/39121 354 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

355

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Polyurethane drum bandages (PU) W Resistant to oil and many acids and alkalis W For steel and plastic drums W Fastens on easily and quickly W Nylon belt (4 M long) with a practical velcro fastener W Bandage dimensions L x W (mm): 300 x 180 Order no. 116-035-JC Sealing band for pipes W Expandable rubber band with Velcro for temporarily sealing holes in pressurised pipelines for liquids and gases W Quick and easy to use W Useable from -35 to +130 °C W Can be cleaned and used again External dimensions W x D [mm] Pack contents Order number 40 x 800 10 259-666-JC 50 x 800 10 259-667-JC Corrosion resistant spray sleeve for flange joints W Prevents uncontrolled leakage of dangerous liquids at flanged pipe connections in accordance with guidelines of the German professional chemical association (BGI 595) W Effective protection for workers and production equipment from irritant, corrosive, toxic, hot, combustible, water-polluting substances W Reusable and easy to clean W In polypropylene (PP) - temperature resistant up to +80 °C W UV resistant - can be used indoors and outdoors W With integral viewing window for quick leak identification W Incl. Velcro fastening and cord for simple, easy fastening For flange Pack contents Order number DN25 - PN10/16 10 Item(s) 216-028-JC DN50 - PN10/16 10 Item(s) 216-029-JC DN65 - PN10/16 10 Item(s) 216-030-JC DN80 - PN10/16 10 Item(s) 216-031-JC DN100 - PN10/16 10 Item(s) 216-032-JC All products for Sealants can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/39119 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 355

356

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Drip trays W An effective immediate treatment for leaks on roofs, ceilings and pipes W Light, heavy duty material for simple handling and storage W Reliable and reusable W Incl. eyes for quick, easy mounting, e.g. using cable ties or straps W Outlet (flow: more than 12 litres per minute) with hose connection and locking cap W Hose with fitting for controlled drainage of liquids available as an accessory External dimensions W x D [mm] Order number Accessories Order number 900 x 900 265-565-JC 1500 x 1500 265-566-JC 265-570-JC 265-570-JC 1800 x 3000 265-567-JC Hose, transparent, 7.6 metres 265-570-JC 3000 x 3000 265-568-JC 3000 x 3700 265-569-JC 265-570-JC 265-570-JC Schlauch (7,6 Meter) mit Verbindungsstück, siehe Zubehör in der Tabelle Drip trays W Drains drips, leaks or condensed water from roofs and pipes safely and cleanly W Keep halls, machinery and products clean and dry W High quality vinyl sheets with special coating W UV and mould resistant W Quick and easy mounting to ceilings and pipes with supplied rubber straps W Space saving storage folded up W Ready for a hose to be connected for draining W Drain hose available as an accessory Drip catchers with hose connectors and 4 straps - optional: transparent hose (see table) Hose (7.0 meters), see accessories in the table External dimensions W x D [mm] Order number Accessories Order number 730 x 730 156-988-JC 157-278-JC 850 x 2050 259-444-JC Hose, transparent, 7.0 metres 157-278-JC 2070 x 2070 259-102-JC 157-278-JC 1450 x 2900 156-994-JC 157-278-JC Set includes tube connectors and 4 straps (each one 228 cm long) - folded for space- saving storage 356 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

357

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Reusable leakage spill pallets for absorbent materials W Simple solution for small leaks, e.g. for engines, chemical labs, pipes, machinery and vehicles W Resistant to petroleum products and many other chemical substances W With captive support sieve for filtering out coarse impurities, which can be simply folded out for quick insertion or replacement of the fleece mats W Incl. 4 eyelets for ground hooks as wind protection or steel cables for hanging under ceilings, vehicles etc. W Fully combinable with DENSORB absorbent materials, in UNIVERSAL, OIL and SPECIAL versions (see accessories) With 4 stable eyelets, e.g. for hanging under leaking pipes or machines. Practical tray for oily objects on work- benches. The hinged sieve is secured against loss on one side. External dimensions W x D [mm] Sump capacity [l] Order number Accessories DENSORB Universal ab. materials, fleece mats for absorbing, Economy Single, heavy 40 x 50 cm, 50 pcs DENSORB Universal ab. materials, fleece roll, Economy Double, heavy, 2 layer, 100 cm x 45 m 480 x 580 1 259-088-JC 207-921-JC – 580 x 1080 3 259-089-JC – 243-802-JC 1080 x 1480 7 259-090-JC – 243-802-JC Flexible leak spill pallet with absorbent cushions W For leaks and drips indoors and outdoors, e.g. under vehicles or hydraulic lines W Long-lasting, portable, flexible spill pallet with replaceable, UV-resistant absorbent cushions W Compatible with all fuels and hydrocarbons W The stable base, which is weighted with welded-in weights, prevents the spill pallet from tipping over or the liquid to be contained from splashing over, even under unfavourable weather conditions. External dimensions W x D [mm] Order number Accessories Order number 510 x 510 265-571-JC 610 x 910 265-572-JC 610 x 1370 265-573-JC Refill kit: 5 absorbent cushions 265-574-JC 265-575-JC 265-576-JC W Earthing strap included W Folds for easy transport W Replacement UV-resistant absorbent cushions available as an accessory Fold away leakage sumps for single use W Rapidly absorbs water-hazardous liquids after accidents or other leaks W The folding leak pallet springs back by itself thanks to integrated floating elements W For single use Cloth size [mm] Sump Volume [l] Order number 1000 x 1000 100 116-052-JC All products for Absorbent materials can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/39126 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 357

358

Fold away re-usable leakage sumps Practical carry bag available as accessory Compact when packed up W Small investment to prevent substantial consequential costs W Quick and easy to use, for example in an emergency or also as prevention in an area at risk/ hazardous situation W Also suitable for temporary storage of chemicals W Chemically-resistant to heating oil, diesel, petrol, hydraulic oil, etc W With integral level indicator W Can also be used as a sheet or basin (e.G. For decontamination) W Practical carry bag available as accessory Tested spill pallets with approval for the storage of hazardous substances See page 12 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Thanks to a highly compact folded down size, the flexible reusable sump can be stored on emergency fire vehicles for example Sump capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number 25 350 x 700 x 125 206-980-JC 45 600 x 600 x 180 248-769-JC 75 175 700 x 700 x 175 1000 x 1000 x 200 206-983-JC 206-981-JC 210 300 900 1600 840 x 1240 x 225 1240 x 1240 x 225 1500 x 1500 x 425 2000 x 2000 x 425 206-986-JC 206-984-JC 206-985-JC 206-987-JC 206-989-JC 206-989-JC 206-989-JC 206-989-JC 206-989-JC 206-990-JC 206-990-JC 257-201-JC Bag Anti-static, reusable leak spill pallets W For the collection or short-term storage of hazardous substances or conventional technical, chemical and petroleum products W For use in environments with increased risk of fire or explosion W Simple, quick to assemble, even when access is difficult W The flexible, reinforced spill pallet sides can be adapted to best suit the respective application situation. W Practical, sturdy handle on all 4 sides W Usable from -10 °C to +70 °C W Flame retardant according to LOBA regulation, NFP 92507: M2 Easy assembly with quick release fasteners Can be folded for transport and storage to save space Flexibly adaptable depending on the application Sump capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 25 350 x 700 x 125 259-080-JC 50 840 x 1240 x 70 259-081-JC 175 1000 x 1000 x 200 259-084-JC 210 840 x 1240 x 225 259-083-JC 900 1500 x 1500 x 425 259-086-JC 1600 2000 x 2000 x 425 259-087-JC 358 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

359

2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Mobile door/gate seal W Protection from liquid chemicals, contaminated extinguishing water and ingress of surface water or as flood water protection W Ready for use in a few minutes in an emergency W Double chamber hose for quick filling with water (hose chamber diameter: 400 and 200 mm) W High-strength, extremely chemical resistant polyethylene (PE) W Can also be used as a closed container for chemicals RECOMMENDED BY PROFESSIONALS 1 Quick to use mobile door / gate seal (length: 2 metres) including steel cabinet for storage on site 3 2 DENIOS ONLINE SHOP Watch the demonstration video now at www.denios.co.uk >> www.denios.co.uk/seal << Quick to use mobile door/gate seal (length: 8 metres) including steel cabinet for storage on site Quick to use mobile passageway seal (length: 15 metres) including plastic box for storage on site Mobile sealing Width, external [m] Container type Order number 1 2 3 For doors 2 Steel cabinet 214-533-JC For gates 8 Steel cabinet 201-654-JC For thoroughfares 15 Plastic box 214-534-JC Order at the same time Mounting kit for wall mounting (15 M sealing for the plastic box only) Order no. 157-868-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 359

360

T-coded drum overpacks Rapid assistance for fire service, plant security, harbour authorities, carriers and waste management W Approved for salvage and transport W Rapid, Universal aid for fire service, plant security, harbour authorities, carriers and waste management 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H All products for Absorbent materials can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/39126 Capacity [l] External diameter [mm] Height, external [mm] Internal diameter [mm] Height, internal [mm] Un-approved Surface Order number 300 686 957 650 920 1A2T/Y320/S/... galvanized 259-671-JC ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Drum dollies type DT6 for drum overpacks W For the safe transport of 205 litre steel drums, salvage drums and drum overpacks W In galvanised steel W Adjustable from Ø 680 to 840 mm W Easy to move on 4 swivel castors Design Order number Electrically conductive 127-147-JC Non-electrically conductive 115-199-JC 360 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

361

Drum overpacks in polyethylene (PE) W With UN approval (packaging group I: High risk substances) W Wide opening for comfortably storing a damaged drum for example W Resistant to acids, alkalis and many aggressive chemicals W Warning yellow colour W Transportable by forklift W With a practical screw lid Mobile emergency spill kit in DENSORB Caddy Medium See page 341 Nestable to save space when empty 2 S L A I R E T A M S U O D R A Z A H G N I L D N A H Capacity [l] Version External diameter [mm] Height, external [mm] Internal diameter [mm] Height, internal [mm] Un-approved Order number 76 Without castors 576 483 435 416 1H2/X75/S... 265-546-JC 114 Without castors 576 759 435 696 1H2/X100/S... 265-547-JC 189 With castors 738 1143 438 889 1H2/X125/S... 265-549-JC 245 Without castors 718 937 546 855 1H2/X200/S... 265-548-JC 360 Without castors 804 1023 622 911 1H2/X295/S... 265-545-JC 360 With castors 897 1194 640 939 1H2/X113/S... 265-550-JC 390 Without castors 804 1102 609 990 1H2/X295/S... 267-229-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 361

362

Plug-in spill barriers W Extensive protection against hazardous liquids that are leaking e.g. in front of a storeroom W Prevents contamination of the surrounding area by water-polluting substances in the event of a fire or accident W Can also be used to protect against flooding W Barrier body in aluminium in signal red colour with replaceable, chemically resistant special seal for use on flat and smooth floors W Incl. wall brackets for safe storage of the barrier body at the installation site 2 s l a i r e t a m s u o d r a z a H g n i l d n a H For doors/gates with a clear width of up to [mm] Order number Height 200 mm Order number Height 300 mm 800 1000 1300 1600 1900 2200 2500 2800 3100 3400 3700 4000 293-001-JC 293-002-JC 293-003-JC 293-004-JC 293-005-JC 293-006-JC 293-007-JC 293-008-JC 293-009-JC 293-010-JC 293-011-JC 293-012-JC 293-013-JC 293-014-JC 293-015-JC 293-016-JC 293-017-JC 293-018-JC 293-019-JC 293-020-JC 293-021-JC 293-022-JC 293-023-JC 293-025-JC Stationary spill barrier ramps W Cost-effective and robust steel solution for containment of liquids at pedestrian doors W Permanently anchored to flat and smooth floors and sealed with sealant, they provide permanent protection against spills of hazardous substances. W Can also be used to protect against flooding Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Ramp-ramp barrier 1100 x 700 x 100 293-058-JC Ramp-step barrier 1100 x 670 x 200 293-059-JC Step-step barrier 1100 x 326 x 200 293-060-JC All products for Hazardous materials handling can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12750 362 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s H o p

363

Pivoted spill barriers W Extensive protection against hazardous liquids that are leaking e.g. in front of a storeroom W Prevents contamination of the surrounding area by water-polluting substances in the event of a fire or accident W Can also be used to protect against flooding W Barrier body in aluminium in signal red colour with replaceable, chemically resistant special seal for use on flat and smooth floors W With gas pressure spring for comfortable and safe opening and closing W Important notice: we recommend sending photos and dimensions of the installation site to ensure feasibility! NEW 2 s l a i r e t a m s u o d r a z a H g n i l d n a H Pivoting barriers for doors/gates with a clear width of up to 4000 mm For doors/gates with a clear width of up to [mm] Order number Height 200 mm Order number Height 300 mm 2500 293-026-JC 293-042-JC 2800 293-027-JC 293-043-JC 3100 293-028-JC 293-044-JC 3400 293-029-JC 293-045-JC 3700 293-030-JC 293-046-JC 4000 293-031-JC 293-047-JC Pivoting double barriers for doors/gates with a clear width of 4000 up to 7000 mm For doors/gates with a clear width of up to [mm] 4300 4600 5000 5400 5800 6200 6600 7000 Order number Height 200 mm Order number Height 300 mm 293-032-JC 293-033-JC 293-034-JC 293-035-JC 293-036-JC 293-037-JC 293-038-JC 293-039-JC 293-048-JC 293-049-JC 293-050-JC 293-051-JC 293-052-JC 293-053-JC 293-054-JC 293-055-JC Pivoting loading ramp barrier for doors/gates with clear width of up to 3500 mm For doors/gates with a clear width of up to [mm] Order number Height 200 mm Order number Height 300 mm 3000 293-040-JC 293-056-JC 3500 293-041-JC 293-057-JC E x p E r t a d v i c E a n d O r d E r l i n E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 363

364

366

3 FUEL TANKS AND TRANSPORT CONTAINERS DENIOS offers the largest selection of suitable containers for every purpose in modern industry - from refuelling to storage, disposal, stocking and transport. As a long-standing partner to industry, we have put together a comprehensive, demand-oriented range to meet every need. 368 370 378 380 383 388 396 400 406 410 Storage and waste tanks Mobile fuel tanks Stationary fuel tanks for diesel and petrol Chemical and collection tanks IBC in plastic and stainless steel Drums and canisters Narrow and wide necked bottles FALCON safety jugs Storage container for lithium-ion batteries Transport containers for hazardous materials 366 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

367

N E W P R O D U C T S F O R 2 0 2 5 Safety throughout the year - with numerous new solutions and services, and new products from the DENIOS world! Here's an overview of the highlights in this chapter. Visit our digital showroom and discover the DENIOS Download Center with a wide range of free specialist publications. Mobile filling stations for petrol - 150 and 250 litre capacity Mobile filling stations for diesel and Ad blue - 980 litres 3 See page 371 See page 374 Storage tanks for media with a density of up to 1.55 g/cm³ FALCON safety canisters with EPDM seals See page 381 See page 403 F U E L T A N K S A N D T R A N S P O R T C O N T A I N E R S Type-tested and approved containers are essential for the safe transport and storage of hazardous substances. At DENIOS you will find the right solutions for every application - from storage and disposal tanks to mobile and stationary tank systems for diesel, petrol and AdBlue. Our plastic, steel or stainless steel safety containers fulfil the highest standards and guarantee maximum safety. E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 367

368

3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Storage and disposal tanks Optimised safety during storage and transport. Use these tanks with their stable inner container in plastic (PE) for mineral oil products, such as diesel fuels and lubricating, hydraulic and vegetable oils as well as for biodiesel (fatty acid methyl ester). The outer steel container takes on the function of a spill pallet. Appr. no. – Z-40.21-133 W For collecting, storing, transporting and disposing of water-polluting substances W With DIBt approval and transport approval to GGVS/GGVE for packaging groups II + III W Sturdy exterior, galvanised, manufactured from steel with a steel tube pallet which is accessible underneath W Inner container in PE, absolutely corrosion-resistant and durable W 4 separate pipes for filling and emptying – 2” internal thread W Visual leak and fill level indicator as standard W For storage and transport in compliance with the law Further accessories can be found in the online shop Capacity [l] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Weight [kg] Order number ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Fittings Storage and disposal tanks 700 1135 x 757 x 1210 74 117-773-JC 1000 1135 x 757 x 1640 84 117-777-JC Connection valve to fill up from tankers Suction extraction pipe TA 700 Valve optionally available Lockable funnel with filter insert Order no. 117-802-JC Order no. 117-783-JC Order no. 274-258-JC Order no. 117-781-JC Suction extraction pipe for emptying fuel, for TA 1000 Order no. 130-199-JC 368 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

369

Appr. no. – Z-40.21-133 3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Lockable funnel with filter insert Order no. 117-781-JC Standard equipment with level indicator Diagram: Key 1. Steel casing 2. PE inner container 3. Filler pipe 4. Level indicator 5. Pipe to be used as required 6. Pipe for emptying 7. Steel tube pallet 8. Optical display to show leakages Storage tank (either 700 or 1000 litre volume) as collection container, funnel and 2-step step available as accessories. 2 step, step ladder, size W x D x H (mm): 620 x 630 x 400 Order no. 117-782-JC ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Dispensing pumps Flowmeter Hand pump to be used with fuel tank TA for filling up diesel and used oils Powerful drum pump Model TP 6, incl. automatic nozzle (flow meter optional) Electric pump model HP with standard nozzle valve (flowmeter optional) For drum and container pumps Order no. 243-999-JC Order no. 117-570-JC Order no. 267-640-JC Order no. 117-541-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 369

370

Mobile fuel tank Model Caddy W For easy and safe refuelling of works vehicles and equipment W Complete with pump, nozzle and hose (3 m) W In corrosion-free plastic (PE) W Compact design and ergonomic handle ensure easy handling W Robust wheels allow use in site areas which are difficult to access W Available with either 55 or 110 litre volume for diesel, petrol or AUS 32 urea solutions 3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Petrol Diesel Urea solution Petrol Diesel Black Black Yellow 55 460 x 360 x 900 Yellow Blue Blue Black Black Yellow Yellow 110 460 x 440 x 1100 Yellow 55 Yellow 110 460 x 360 x 900 460 x 440 x 1100 12 13 12 8 12 With hand pump - – - – with electric pump (12 volt) 12 With hand pump - with electric pump (12 volt) 12 - 31H2 / Y ... Nach ADR 1.1.3.1C with electric pump (24 volt) 24 3H1/ Y1.6/150/... 252-498-JC 24 Nach ADR 1.1.3.1C 252-499-JC Area of application - fuel tanks Colour Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] Features 9 With hand pump 8 with electric pump (12 volt) 12 with electric pump (12 volt) 12 With hand pump - 3H1/Y1.6/150/... Nominal voltage [V] - Un-approved Order number 252-242-JC 252-247-JC 252-248-JC 252-249-JC 252-250-JC 252-252-JC 252-253-JC 252-254-JC 252-255-JC 252-256-JC Mobile fuel tanks PolyMove Trolley 110 W For mobile refuelling of company vehicles and equipment - safe and convenient W Sturdy container in impact-resistant, durable plastic (PE) W Fully equipped with pump, media-resistant dispensing hose and dispensing valve W Available with flowmeter and lockable door at the front on request W Practical design for safe and ergonomic handling W Large wheels for robust everyday use on different surfaces W Optionally available for diesel or urea solution (AUS 32) Flow meter, optional Tank trolley, here in the version for diesel, door optionally available Area of application - fuel tanks Filling quantity container [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Design Nominal voltage pump [V] Order number Without flow meter Order number With flow meter Accessories Order number Diesel Urea solution Petrol 110 660 x 480 x 1100 With hand pump - 307-742-JC – With electric pump 12 307-740-JC 307-743-JC With electric pump 24 307-741-JC 307-744-JC With hand pump – 307-745-JC – 308-077-JC 308-077-JC 308-077-JC 308-077-JC Door for trolley With electric pump 12 319-187-JC 319-188-JC – – With electric pump 24 319-189-JC 319-190-JC – – 370 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

371

Mobile petrol tank systems, 150 to 250 litre capacity W No costly interruptions to operations while travelling to fuelling stations W Made from environmentally friendly plastic W Integral storage for dispensing hose, automatic nozzle with drip catcher and pump cable W Easy transport thanks to crane eyes and recesses for forklift transport W Atex-compliant electric pump with high delivery capacity W All fittings are easily accessible and protected in a storage box, which also serves as a spill tray for any drips 3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Mobile filling station Poly Move, for petrol, optionally with 150 or 250 litre capacity Mobile filling station Poly Move, for petrol, all fittings including the ATEX-compliant pump are arranged practically and protec- ted in the upper area Mobile filling station Poly Move, for petrol, optionally with 150 or 250 litre capacity Moulded handles on the side allow for easy manoeuvring of the unfilled filling station Area of application - fuel tanks Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Features Nominal voltage pump [V] Pump delivery rate [l/min] Order number Without flow meter Order number With flow meter Accessories Order number Petrol With hand pump – 12 319-215-JC – 150 750 x 950 x 550 With electric pump 24 56 319-217-JC 319-220-JC 12 56 319-216-JC 319-219-JC Cover for PolyMove 150, black 230 70 319-218-JC 319-221-JC 319-186-JC 319-186-JC 319-186-JC 319-186-JC With hand pump – 12 319-222-JC – – – 250 750 x 950 x 715 With electric pump 24 56 319-224-JC 319-227-JC – – 12 56 319-223-JC 319-226-JC – – 230 70 319-225-JC 319-228-JC – – E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 371

372

3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Mobile diesel fuel tanks, 150 to 450 litre volume W Easy and safe on-site refuelling for diesel powered machinery and vehicles W No costly interruptions to operations while travelling to fuelling stations W Optionally available with hand or electric pump, also with flowmeter on request W Made from environmentally friendly plastic W Integral storage for 4 meter hose, automatic nozzle and pump cable W Shut off ball valve W All fittings are easily accessible and protected in a storage box, which also serves as a collecting tray for any drips 1 The mobile diesel fuel tank PolyMove with 250 litre volume fits in a pick-up truck even with the lid open. The hose is long enough for easy filling from the side or tailgate. 1 2 3 4 Sturdy lockable protective cover. Practical LED battery lamp as standard (for 450 litre version) Transparent document pocket in the protective cover (for 450 litre version) Storage compartments for e.g. PPE items, 2 kg dry powder extinguisher or similar. 7 5 6 Mobile diesel filling station PolyMove, 250 litre volume Capacity [l] Features Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] Un-approved 12 l/min Order number Nominal voltage pump [V]: - 30 l/min Order number Nominal voltage pump [V]: 12 56 l/min Order number Nominal voltage pump [V]: 230 50 l/min Order number Nominal voltage pump [V]: 24 Accessories Order number 150 Hand pump With pump, nozzle and hose 250 Electric pump 450 With pump, nozzle, hose and flowmeter With pump, nozzle and hose With pump, nozzle, hose and flowmeter With pump, nozzle and hose With pump, nozzle, hose and flowmeter 750 x 950 x 550 750 x 950 x 550 750 x 950 x 550 750 x 950 x 715 750 x 950 x 715 840 x 1250 x 1070 840 x 1250 x 1070 31 Nach ADR 1.1.3.1C Nach ADR 1.1.3.1C 31 32 Nach ADR 1.1.3.1C 45 Nach ADR 1.1.3.1C 45 Nach ADR 1.1.3.1C 75 D/bam 12943/31H2 75 D/bam 12943/31H2 307-749-JC – – – – – – – – – 307-746-JC 307-750-JC 214-357-JC 222-102-JC 194-025-JC 222-105-JC 307-748-JC 307-752-JC 214-402-JC 222-104-JC 194-027-JC 222-107-JC 307-747-JC 307-751-JC 214-358-JC 222-103-JC 194-026-JC 222-106-JC Lid for PolyMove 150 308-078-JC 308-078-JC 308-078-JC – – – – – – – – 372 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

373

3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T 2 4 7 5 Example of use: ideally suited to transport on a light truck or pick up Optimum loading safety with anti-slip mat and safety strap (see accessories) Safe supply of fuel on site 3 Moulded handles make it easy to move by hand Transport-safe and mobile, with integrated fork pockets The cut-out for the pump cable means that the lid can be locked even when the power is still connected. 4 5 6 7 The mobile diesel fuel tank PolyMove meets the conditions for international transport of dange- rous goods by road in accordance with European Regulations (ADR), additional containers up to a total volume of 1000 litres may be carried without the need for an ADR drivers licence and special vehicle markings. ORDER AT THE SAME TIME 6 The mobile diesel fuel tank PolyMove with 450 litre volume has suc- cessfully withstood multiple fall tests from a height of 1.2 m at -20°C. Anti-slip mat, for transport safety Precision-fit spill pallet for PolyMove PM 450 for stationary use Order no. 216-909-JC Order no. 195-351-JC Accessories Lockable lid for PolyMove PM 150 Canister for ad-blue, 5 litres, for use in PolyMove PM 150 LED charging light. Spill pallet for PolyMove PM 150 / 250 Spill pallet for PolyMove PM 450 Mobile spill kit Anti-slip mat, for transport safety. Tensioning strap with ratchet for PolyMove PM 150 and 250 Securing straps for PolyMove PM 450 (set of 4 straps) Order number 308-078-JC 243-134-JC 195-350-JC 162-286-JC 195-351-JC 116-660-JC 216-909-JC 216-907-JC 195-352-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 373

374

Mobile diesel fuel tanks, 150 to 450 litre volume The mobile diesel fuel tank PolyMove meets the conditions for international transport of dangerous goods by road in accordance with European Regu- lations (ADR), additional containers up to a total volume of 1000 litres may be carried without the need for an ADR drivers licence and special vehicle markings. W Easy and safe on-site refuelling for diesel powered machinery and vehicles W No costly interruptions to operations while travelling to fuelling stations W Made from environmentally friendly plastic W Integral storage for 4 meter hose, automatic nozzle and pump cable W Shut off ball valve W All fittings are easily accessible and protected in a storage box, which also serves as a collecting tray for any drips 3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Poly Move mobile diesel filling station with 980 litre capacity - with integrated additional Ad-Blue tank Poly Move mobile diesel filling station with 980 litre capacity, optionally available in standard or premium version Poly Move mobile diesel/Ad-Blue filling station with 980 litre capacity, available in standard or premium version Contents: Premium equipment with: - Electric pump with flow meter, - Hose reel with 8 m dispensing hose, - automatic nozzle, - limit value transmitter and - water separator Area of application - fuel tanks Capacity [l] Additional volume [l] [l] Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Un-approved Nominal voltage pump [V] Pump delivery rate [l/min]: 56 Order number Without flow meter Order number With flow meter Pump delivery rate [l/min]: 70 Order number Without flow meter Order number With flow meter Pump delivery rate [l/min]: 85 Order number Without flow meter Order number With flow meter Diesel / urea solution 100 980 Diesel – with pump, tap valve and hose, optionally with flow meter Premium 1280 x 1400 x 1230 31H2/Y/… - applied for (Oct. 2024) 12 319-180-JC 319-198-JC 24 – – 230 12 319-184-JC 319-202-JC 319-174-JC 319-192-JC 24 – – 230 319-178-JC 319-196-JC – – 319-182-JC 319-200-JC – – – – 319-176-JC 319-194-JC – – 12 – – – – 24 – – – – 230 – – – – 319-181-JC 319-199-JC 319-183-JC 319-201-JC 319-185-JC 319-203-JC 319-175-JC 319-193-JC 319-177-JC 319-195-JC 319-179-JC 319-197-JC – 319-204-JC – 319-205-JC – 319-206-JC 374 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

375

Mobile diesel / urea filling stations 400 to 900+100 litres W Easy and safe on-site refuelling for diesel powered machinery and vehicles W Available as a diesel filling station or as a combination with an additional ad-blue tank W No costly interruptions to operations while travelling to fuelling stations W Made from environmentally friendly plastic W Integral storage for 4 meter hose, automatic nozzle with drip catcher and pump cable W All fittings are easily accessible and protected in a storage box, which also serves as a spill tray for any drips W Easy transport thanks to crane eyes and recesses for forklift transport W Optionally available with 12, 24 or 230 V or pump. Combinations with ad-blue tank have a separately integrated ad-blue pump (delivery rate 15 litres/minute) W Tested and approved in accordance with ADR or UN guidelines 3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Combi filling station Combi filling station With 12 / 24 V pump Diesel 600 50 – – – With 230 V diesel and additional ad-blue pump With 12 / 24 V pump With 12 / 24 V pump - high flow With 230 V pump 50 40 60 50 50 With 12 / 24 V diesel and additional ad-blue pump 40 Diesel / urea solution 400 50 With 12 / 24 V diesel High Flow and additional ad-blue pump 60 1200 x 800 x 785 306-118-JC 306-119-JC – According to ADR 1.1.3.1C 306-121-JC 306-122-JC – 900 – Diesel 900 – Area of application - fuel tanks Capacity [l] Additional volume [l] Features Pump delivery rate [l/min] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Approval Order number Nominal voltage [V]: 12 Order number Nominal voltage [V]: 24 Order number Nominal voltage [V]: 230 Area of application - fuel tanks Capacity [l] Additional volume [l] Features Pump delivery rate [l/min] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Approval Order number Nominal voltage [V]: 12 Order number Nominal voltage [V]: 24 Order number Nominal voltage [V]: 230 – – 306-120-JC 900 – 306-108-JC 306-109-JC – 900 100 With 12 / 24 V pump With 12 / 24 V pump - high flow With 230 V pump With 12 / 24 V diesel and additional ad-blue pump 40 60 50 1150 x 1150 x 910 31H2 / Y ... 306-113-JC 306-114-JC – 306-116-JC 306-117-JC – – – 306-115-JC 40 294-220-JC 294-221-JC – 1290 x 860 x 940 31H2 / Y ... 306-111-JC 306-112-JC – Diesel / urea solution 900 100 With 12 / 24 V diesel High Flow and additional ad-blue pump 60 – – 306-110-JC 900 100 With 230 V diesel and additional ad-blue pump 50 306-128-JC 306-129-JC – – – 294-222-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 375

376

3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Mobile fuel container Model KC for diesel and heating oil as a complete package W For the mobile filling of machinery and vehicles directly at the place of use W Time-unlimited UN approval as a transport container W Transport permitted under simple conditions - no hazardous goods drivers licence, no vehicle marking required W General Construction Approval valid throughout the UK as a storage container for installation outdoors - also in water protection areas W Explosion pressure shock resistant and double-walled, hot dip galvanised inside and out W High level of safety with permanent energy-independent leak monitoring and level indicator W Accessible underneath on one side by forklift W Lockable lid with padlock W Ventilation pipe with shut-off ball valve W Filling pipe with safety screw fitting, lockable W Suction line shut-off W With crane eye(s) Includes: - Pump with counter - Hose, 6 m long - Automatic nozzles - Storage box / wing door cabinet Fuel container Model KC-K with storage box, 1000 litre volume. Fuel container Model KC-S with wing door cabinet, 500 litre volume. All mobile fuel containers KC are delivered with pump, 6 m dispensing hose, automatic nozzle and counter 500 1000 Storage boxes Wing door cabinet Storage boxes Wing door cabinet 230 12/24 230 12/24 230 12/24 230 12/24 770 x 1300 x 1400 770 x 1300 x 1400 770 x 1300 x 1610 770 x 1300 x 1610 1020 x 1440 x 1700 1020 x 1440 x 1700 1020 x 1440 x 1920 1020 x 1440 x 1920 Useful volume [l] Design Nominal voltage pump [V] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Height without equipment [mm] Weight [kg] UN approval Order number Accessories Mechanical roller counter for diesel fuel tanks Limit indicator for cubic fuel container model ki-d Limit indicator for cylindrical fuel container model kc-d 1400 225 1400 225 1610 248 D/BAM 0489/31A D/BAM 0489/31A D/BAM 0489/31A D/BAM 0489/31A 252-571-JC 252-566-JC 1610 248 252-567-JC 252-570-JC 1700 310 D/BAM 5639/31A 252-568-JC 1700 310 D/BAM 5639/31A 252-569-JC 1920 333 D/BAM 5639/31A 252-572-JC 1920 333 D/BAM 5639/31A 252-573-JC Order number 254-550-JC 158-403-JC 173-923-JC 376 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

377

Mobile diesel fuel tank Model KI-D, as complete package Mobile fuel tanks are particularly useful when vehicles or equipment need to be refuelled directly at their place of use. With their double-walled construction, these tried-and-tested fuel tanks offer optimum safety - with all the necessary approvals for transport and stationary storage. W For the mobile filling of machinery and vehicles directly at the place of use W General Construction Approval valid throughout the UK as a storage container for installation outdoors - also in water protection areas W Transport permitted under simple conditions - no hazardous goods drivers licence, no vehicle marking required W High level of safety with permanent energy-independent leak monitoring and level indicator W Double-walled, hot dip galvanised internally and externally W Lockable, spring loaded lift with especially secure 3 point locking W Ventilation pipe with shut-off ball valve W Filling pipe with safety screw fitting, lockable W Suction line shut-off W Side opening for hoses and cable as well as integral holder with return shut-off for automatic nozzle W 4 crane eyes, can be stacked 3 high, accessible underneath on all sides with forklift/pallet truck 3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Including: - Pump with counter - Dispensing hose, 6 m long - Automatic nozzle Useful volume [l] 330 450 770 1000 Design Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] DIBt approval UN approval Order number Diesel pump: 230 V Diesel pump: 12/24 V Diesel pump: 230 V 6 m hose, automatic nozzle and counter Diesel pump: 12/24 V Diesel pump: 230 V Diesel pump: 12/24 V Diesel pump: 230 V Diesel pump: 12/24 V 6 m hose, automatic nozzle, counter and limit indicator 1215 x 800 x 807 1215 x 800 x 807 1215 x 800 x 942 1215 x 800 x 942 1215 x 800 x 1322 1215 x 800 x 1322 1400 x 1000 x 1322 1400 x 1000 x 1322 219 Z-38.12-230 31A/Y/... 278-991-JC 219 Z-38.12-230 31A/Y/... 278-992-JC 238 Z-38.12-230 31A/Y/... 278-993-JC 238 Z-38.12-230 31A/Y/... 278-994-JC 289 Z-38.12-230 31A/Y/... 278-995-JC 289 Z-38.12-230 31A/Y/... 278-996-JC 328 Z-38.12-230 31A/Y/... 278-997-JC 328 Z-38.12-230 31A/Y/... 278-998-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 377

378

3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Multitanks (volume of 900 to max. 2400 litres) in galvanised finish with standard domed lid (left) and in painted finish with disposal fitting (right). Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Height without equipment [mm] For liquids in WGK 1 - 3 with a flashpoint higher than 55 °C Order number galvanized Order number painted For liquids in WGK 1 - 3 with a flashpoint lower than 55 °C Order number galvanized Order number painted 900 800 x 1200 x 1290 1290 254-338-JC 254-340-JC 254-344-JC 254-346-JC Double walled multitanks W General Construction Approval valid throughout the UK as a storage container for used oil or other water-polluting liquids W Double walled container, either hot dip galvanised inside and out, or inside unpainted and outside painted. The paint is suitable for tanks that are installed in buildings. W High level of safety with permanent leak monitoring W Domed lid with a large inspection opening (Ø 500 mm) W Space saving design W With 2 lifting eyes and accessible pallet for transport when empty W Needs-based, practical solutions for supply and disposal can be created with accessories Accessories Fittings set for multitanks, for storage of new materials Fittings set for multitanks, for storage of waste materials Overflow safety with mounting plate, for storage of liquids with flashpoint over 55°C Pressure sensor for multitanks, for storing liquids with a flashpoint over 55 °C Pressure sensor for multitanks, for storage of liquids with flashpoint < 55 °C 1300 800 x 1200 x 1750 1750 254-339-JC 254-341-JC 254-345-JC 254-347-JC 2000 800 x 1800 x 1750 1750 – 254-342-JC – 254-348-JC Order number 254-529-JC 254-530-JC 254-534-JC 254-531-JC 254-532-JC 2400 800 x 2200 x 1750 1750 – 254-343-JC – 254-349-JC Double-walled storage and collection tanks W Safe storage and disposal of water-polluting substances W Approved e.g. for heating oil, diesel, bio-diesel, lubricating oils, vegetable oils, ethylene glycol, photochemicals, ammonia water, technically pure urea solution, waste oil... W Corrosion free, double-walled fully plastic tank in polyethylene with long life and extreme durability W The inner wall forms the tank, the outer wall acts as a spill pallet W Incl. level indicator and 2” ventilation hood W With DIBt approval W With 4 connections (2") or 2 or 3 connections and an additional 240 mm opening that can be used for submersible pumps or for cleaning purposes, for example. Double-walled tanks with up to 1500 litres volume Design With 4 openings, each 2" With 2 openings, each 2" and hand opening 240 mm With 3 openings, each 2" and hand opening 240 mm Capacity [l] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] DIBt approval Order number 750 780 x 780 x 1710 Z-40.21-310 179-310-JC 1100 1580 x 790 x 1360 Z-40.21-310 179-311-JC 1500 1580 x 790 x 1740 Z-40.21-310 179-312-JC 750 780 x 780 x 1710 Z-40.21-310 285-979-JC 1000 810 x 810 x 1990 Z-40.21-310 285-980-JC 1100 1580 x 790 x 1360 Z-40.21-310 285-981-JC 1500 1580 x 790 x 1740 Z-40.21-310 285-982-JC 378 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

379

PRICE - PERFORMANCE TIP 3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Stationary petrol fuel tanks Model KA as a complete package W Manufactured in accordance with EN 6623-2 and therefore approved throughout the UK as a storage container for flammable, water-polluting liquids (flashpoint < 55°C) W High safety with vacuum principle permanent leak monitor W Petrol fuel tank, as a standing, explosion-proof design W Double walled container in steel, hot dip galvanised inside and outside W For outdoor use W With dipstick W Fill line with lockable safety screw connection W Suction line ready with pump connection W With vent line and connection for gas return pipe W 2 lifting eyes for transport when empty W Set in wing door cabinet, self-priming vane pump (230 V, pumping capacity approx. 50 l/ min), connection cable (10 m long), hose fitting NW 19x4 (4 m long), limit indicator and automatic nozzle - ready to use Includes: - Pump - Hose - Automatic nozzle - Wing door cabinet - Limit indicator Capacity [l] Features External dimensions W x D [mm] Height without equipment [mm] Standard(s) Order number 400 600 995 Pump, wing door cabinet, 4 m hose, automatic nozzle and limit indicator 1000 x 1000 1100 DIN 6623-2 254-560-JC 1000 x 1000 1360 DIN 6623-2 254-561-JC 1250 x 1250 1450 DIN 6623-2 254-562-JC Please request tanks for fuels with a bioethanol level of more than 5 % separately! Mobile petrol fuel tanks Model KI-B as a complete package W Time-unlimited UN approval as a hazardous goods package and without recurring test requirement in accordance with ADR W High level of safety with permanent energy-independent vacuum leak monitoring on both walls W Transport is permitted under simplified conditions without a hazardous goods driver's licence and without vehicle marking W General Construction Approval valid throughout the UK as a storage container for combustible liquids for installation outdoors - even in water protection areas W Double-walled tank, hot dip galvanised inside and out, stackable 3 high, accessible underneath on all sides by forklift /pallet truck W Continual, mechanical level indicator W Filling fittings are lockable with security screw and flame trap (PTB Ex 12-42028) W Suction line shut-offShut-off suction line, as well as ventilation pipe with shut-off ball valve and deflagration safety device W Spring-loaded lid, lockable with cylinder lock and particularly secure 3-point locking system W 4 crane eyes W Earthing connection All products for Fuelling stations and containers can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12751 Includes: - Pump - Hose - Automatic nozzle Capacity [l] Features Nominal voltage pump [V] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] Un-approved DIBt approval Order number 330 330 Pump, 4 m hose and automatic nozzle 12 1215 x 800 x 807 235 D/BAM 15600/1A2W Z-38.12-230 279-006-JC 230 1215 x 800 x 807 235 D/BAM 15600/1A2W Z-38.12-230 279-005-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 379

380

Chemical tanks, 1100 to 4000 litres W For the storage of chemicals and food with a density of max. 1.15 g/cm³ W Sturdy design with an additional galvanised steel frame W Steel flange near the base (without media contact) with a circular opening of 155 mm and eight M10 threads, for connecting the outlet fittings available as accessories W Space saving rectangular construction with a filling dome (DN 400), air-tight closure W Manufactured from food safe polyethylene (PE) 3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Chemical tanks in 5 sizes, from 1100 to 4000 litres Capacity [l] Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] DIBt approval Order number Transparent Order number Black 1100 1 screw connection 720 x 1400 x 1400 – 137-875-JC 269-680-JC 1500 1 screw connection 720 x 1560 x 1640 – 137-876-JC 269-681-JC 2000 3 screw connections 720 x 2070 x 1690 Z-40.21-138 137-877-JC 269-682-JC 3000 3 screw connections 995 x 2230 x 1650 Z-40.21-138 137-878-JC 269-683-JC 4000 3 screw connections 995 x 2430 x 1950 Z-40.21-138 137-879-JC 269-684-JC 2500 3 screw connections 995 x 1870 x 1650 Z-40.21-138 269-742-JC 269-743-JC Chemical tanks, 1100 to 4000 litres Space-saving tanks from 60 to 500 litres, with dispensing tap W In food-safe polyethylene (PE) W Suitable for the safe storage of chemicals W Resistant to many acids and alkalis (specific weight max.1 Kg/l) W 2-part screw lid (Ø 200 mm) and dispensing tap NW18 included W Dispensing nozzle Ø 34 mm W Locking cap with seal W Compact and stackable ( when used with optional stacking frames) Capacity [l] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number 60 100 150 200 300 500 520 x 355 x 530 600 x 410 x 610 680 x 470 x 710 810 x 500 x 770 880 x 610 x 880 1050 x 700 x 1010 189-262-JC 117-940-JC 117-941-JC 117-942-JC 117-943-JC 117-944-JC 189-263-JC 117-945-JC 117-946-JC 117-947-JC 117-948-JC 117-949-JC Stackable steel rack 380 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

381

Industrial tanks, 1100 to 5000 litres Tried and tested e.g. In the area of the food industry (food safe), the chemical industry, environmental and water treatment plants, wastewa- ter treatment plants and refrigeration equipment W Available in natural transparent (visual checking of fill level) or black (protecting from light, e.g. Against the formation of algae) W Suitable for storing chemicals and food W Tried and tested e.g. In the food industry, the chemical industry, environmental and water treatment plants, wastewater treatment plants and refrigeration equipment W In polyethylene (HDPE) with galvanised steel bands W Long lasting and environmentally friendly W Temperature-resistant in continuous operation up to max. +40° C, for short periods, e.g. when filling, also up to +60° C 3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Industrial tanks in various versions: with domed opening (left), manhole (centre) or fittings (right). Capacity [l] Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Colour: Transparent Order number Density max [kg/l]: 1.20 Order number Density max [kg/l]: 1.55 Colour: Natural Order number Density max [kg/l]: 1.20 Order number Density max [kg/l]: 1.55 Colour: Black Order number Density max [kg/l]: 1.20 Order number Density max [kg/l]: 1.55 Industrial tanks, 1100 to 5000 litres 1100 1 dome opening (400 mm), 1 fitting (R2"), 1 spout (R2") 730 x 1400 x 1380 1650 1 dome opening (400 mm), 1 fitting (R2"), 1 spout (R2") 730 x 2000 x 1380 2000 1 dome opening (400 mm), 1 connection piece (external S100 x 8, internal R2" thread) 760 x 2050 x 1698 2500 3000 5000 3 fittings (R2"), 1 fitting (S 160 x 7) 3 fittings (R2"), 1 fitting (S 160 x 7) 3 fittings (R2"), 1 fitting (S 160 x 7) 870 x 2160 x 1670 850 x 2390 x 1980 1350 x 2390 x 1980 – – 179-626-JC 314-502-JC 179-627-JC 314-500-JC – – 179-628-JC 314-503-JC 179-629-JC 314-501-JC – 314-504-JC 179-630-JC – 179-631-JC 314-508-JC 314-512-JC 314-505-JC – – – – – – 179-634-JC 314-506-JC 179-635-JC 314-509-JC – – 179-636-JC 314-507-JC 179-637-JC 314-510-JC All products for Fuelling stations and containers can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12751 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 381

382

Storage and dispensing containers in plastic W Container in food-safe, UV-stabilised polyethylene (LLD-PE) W With large mounting bridge for individual attachment of pumps, stirrers etc W For liquids with a density of max. 1.6 g/cm³ W Optionally available in natural-transparent with volume scale so that the filling level can be seen at any time, or in black (e.g. for light-sensitive media) 3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Storage and dosing containers, available with a volume of 35 to 1000 litres Storage and dispensing contai- ners with a measuring scale Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Opening diameter lid [mm] Order number Transparent Order number Black Accessories Sump Volume [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] DIBt approval Order number Transparent Order number Black 35 320 x 540 160 270-475-JC 270-476-JC – 420 x 395 Z-40.22-518 314-498-JC 314-499-JC 60 420 x 640 160 136-931-JC 136-943-JC 80 500 x 540 Z-40.22-518 179-694-JC 179-702-JC 100 450 x 810 160 136-933-JC 136-964-JC 120 500 x 700 Z-40.22-518 179-695-JC 179-703-JC 200 550 x 1030 160 136-934-JC 136-966-JC Accessory: collection carboy 300 655 x 1110 160 136-936-JC 136-967-JC 210 650 x 740 Z-40.22-518 179-697-JC 179-705-JC 400 770 x 970 Z-40.22-518 179-698-JC 179-706-JC 500 770 x 1230 160 136-937-JC 136-968-JC 500 860 x 980 Z-40.22-518 179-699-JC 179-707-JC 750 970 x 1170 160 136-939-JC 136-969-JC 750 1050 x 980 Z-40.22-518 179-700-JC 179-708-JC 1000 1080 x 1260 160 136-940-JC 136-972-JC 1000 1150 x 1080 Z-40.22-518 179-701-JC 179-709-JC Please always order accessories with the container. Accessory: collection carboy W Suitable for Storage Containers and jugs W For safe absorption of leakages and drip loss W Uv-stabilised, food safe W Sintered litre scale Appr. no. Z-40.22-518 Collection containers for storage and dispensing containers, in natural or black, volumes of 80 to 1000 litres 382 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

383

IBC in stainless steel Whether storage or transport, the cubic IBCs with international approvals for land and sea transport offer maximum flexibility. These IBCs are available in two designs with a volume of 1000 litres each and can be used on existing filling lines for plastic IBCs. Stainless steel IBCs are stackable, craneable and can be cleaned without leaving residues. The IBCs are approved for liquids or paste-like substances with filling densities of 2.0 and 2.1 kg/l respectively. W Approved for liquid hazardous substances in packaging groups II and III W Safe transport and storage of high value raw materials or hazardous chemicals W The bottom level has a ball valve with stainless steel locking cap for optimum emptying of residue W Craneable and accessible underneath, so ideal for transport with W Collect hazardous waste materials or residues for later disposal W Suitable for active and passive storage as dispensing or collection conventional industrial trucks W Also available in food safe design containers W Durable containers in high-quality stainless steel 1.4301 (V2A) or 1.4404 (V4A) W The upper section has a manhole DN 400 with screwed lid and 6 eye bolts, safety valve (preset to 0.4 bar) and vent slits 3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Detailed illustra- tion: screwed lid with 6 eye bolts 2 1 The IBC has a particularly space-saving, light, frameless design. Spill pallets for IBCs in stainless steel See page 43 Detailed illustration: 2” ball valve in stainless steel Can be stacked 5 high thanks to sturdy frame construction in galvanised steel. Capacity [l] Note External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Material Seal Density max [kg/l] Maximum gross weight [kg] Weight [kg] Un-approved Order number Standard Order number Food safe 1 2 1000 In frameless design, stackable 2-high when filled, max. 2215 kg With galvanised outer frame, stackable 3-high when filled, max, 5666 kg 1150 x 1150 x 1160 1015 x 1215 x 1550 Stainless steel 1.4301 (V2A) Nbr 2.0 Stainless steel V4A PTFE 2.0 PTFE 2.0 Stainless steel 1.4301 (V2A) Nbr 2.1 Stainless steel V4A PTFE 2.0 PTFE 2.0 2189 160 31A/Y/... 2324 214 257-240-JC 260-140-JC – 306-055-JC 306-060-JC 306-059-JC 137-266-JC 260-139-JC – 306-057-JC 306-062-JC 306-061-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 383

384

With these tried and tested containers, you can ensure the safe transport of a wide range of liquids. For the transport of dangerous goods, tested versions with UN approval are available. You can also choose between different lids and spout fittings for filling and emptying - always to suit your individual requirements. W Container in polyethylene (HDPE), UV stabilised W Sturdy, galvanised steel tube grids IBC containers, hazardous goods 3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Capacity [l] Colour External dimensions L x W [mm] Height, external [mm] Density max [kg/l] Filler opening Outlet Pallets Un-approved Order number 600 800 Transparent 1200 x 800 1000 1.9 DN 150 DN 50 PE 1200 x 800 1000 1.9 DN 225 DN 80 PE 1200 x 1000 1000 1.9 DN 150 DN 50 PE 1200 x 1000 1160 1.6 DN 150 DN 50 Composite 1200 x 1000 1160 1.6 DN 225 DN 50 Wood 31HA1/Y/…/100 1200 x 1000 1160 1.6 DN 150 DN 50 PE 1000 1200 x 1000 1160 1.9 DN 225 DN 50 PE 1200 x 1000 1160 1.6 DN 150 DN 80 Steel runner Black 1200 x 1000 1160 1.9 DN 150 DN 50 PE 1200 x 1000 1160 1.6 DN 225 DN 50 PE 266-162-JC 266-163-JC 266-164-JC 266-165-JC 266-166-JC 266-167-JC 266-168-JC 266-169-JC 266-170-JC 266-171-JC IBC Funnel "Full Size" - suitable for 600, 800 and 1000 litre plastic IBCs These extra large funnels cover the entire surface of a standard IBC. This gives you plenty of space to quickly and easily collect liquids from various small containers (buckets, canis- ters, bottles or even filters) in your existing IBC. W Placed over the entire surface of the IBC; a firm connection can be made using accessory set 283- 438 W Durable construction in highly resistant polyethylene W Large intake volume for fast emptying W With large central hole through which the liquids flow into the IBC W The optionally available cover (funnel Full Size 1000) can be conveniently hung on the IBC or on the side wall of the funnel (with the 283-438-34 mounting kit) when not in use. Design Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Ø outlet opening internal [mm] Order number Accessories Order number For 600 L IBC 40 860 x 1260 x 168 60 306-067-JC For 800/1000 L IBC 50 1060 x 1260 x 168 60 283-433-JC Stable shelf made of perforated sheet metal, as a level draining surface 306-068-JC 283-437-JC FALCON funnel Full Size 1000, the optionally available lid is hooked onto the side of the funnel when not in use. 384 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

385

W Can be stacked to save space W Large plate for labels W Sealable inlet and outlet W Available with plastic (PE), wooden, steel frame or steel skid pallet, suitable for easy transport by fork-lift, high-lift truck or pallet truck W Filling opening DN 150 or DN 225, with screw lid W Outlet opening DN 50 or DN 80, optionally with ball or butterfly valve W Optionally available in standard or UN-approved dangerous goods version. This is approved for transport by road, rail and sea in accordance with UN / ADR. IBC container Standard version without hazardous goods approval 3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Capacity [l] Colour External dimensions L x W [mm] Height, external [mm] Filler opening Outlet Pallets Order number 600 800 1000 Transparent Black 1200 x 800 1200 x 800 1200 x 1000 1200 x 1000 1200 x 1000 1200 x 1000 1200 x 1000 1200 x 1000 1200 x 1000 1200 x 1000 1200 x 1000 1000 DN 150 DN 50 PE 266-151-JC 1000 DN 225 DN 80 PE 266-152-JC 1000 DN 150 DN 50 PE 266-153-JC 1160 DN 150 DN 50 Wood 266-154-JC 1160 DN 225 DN 50 Composite 266-155-JC 1160 DN 150 DN 50 PE 266-156-JC 1160 DN 225 DN 50 PE 266-157-JC 1160 DN 150 DN 50 Steel frame 266-158-JC 1160 DN 150 DN 80 Steel runner 266-159-JC 1160 DN 225 DN 50 Steel runner 266-160-JC 1160 DN 150 DN 50 PE 266-161-JC IBC container, hazardous goods - Ex version W With UN approval W Can be used in Ex zones 1 and 2 W Inner container optionally available in 2 versions: W Inner container with antistatic outer layer, conductively connected to the frame via an earthing cable W Inner container with sheet steel jacket - to avoid electrostatic charging W Especially resistant to mechanical and thermal loads W With EVOH barrier layer IBC with robust sheet steel jacket - can be used in Ex zones 1 and 2 Capacity [l] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Design Density max [kg/l] Filler opening Outlet Pallets Un-approved Certification / certificate 2 Order number 1000 1200 x 1000 x 1160 Mesh basket 1.6 DN 150 DN 50 1.6 DN 150 DN 50 1.6 DN 225 DN 80 PE Steel runner Steel runner 1.6 DN 150 DN 50 Steel runner 31HA1/Y/…/100 Food-safe 266-173-JC 266-174-JC – 266-175-JC – 277-811-JC Sheet steel jacket 1.6 DN 150 DN 50 Steel runner 31HA1/Y/… – 266-172-JC IBC with mesh basket; with antistatic external layer - can be used in Ex zones 1 and 2 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 385

386

3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Reconditioning describes the process of reprocessing used plastic containers, steel drums and IBC containers. Reconditioned IBCs are not just a cost-effective alternative for the user, but also preserve valuable resources to help protect the environment. Recobulk IBC containers are exclusively reconditioned in certified plants with resource-saving processes to the highest environmental and safety standards. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 New screw cap Brand new inner container Cleaned mesh basket New label panel New original-sealed fittings Cleaning and replacement of the corner protectors if necessary Cleaning and repair of the pallet if necessary W Cost-effective and environmentally-friendly W All parts which come into contact with the product are new (inner container, screw cap, label panel and fittings), mesh box and pallet are cleaned and tested W Outlet with welded sealing cap W Container in HDPE, UV stabilised W Sturdy, galvanised steel tube grids W Can be stacked to save space W Large panel for labelling W Sealable inlet and outlet W With PE, wood, steel frame or steel skid pallet 1 2 3 6 4 5 7 IBC container, reconditioned Use these resource-saving IBCs for a wide range of standard applications that exist in almost every production and storage process. During reconditioning, each IBC has, among other things, been given a brand new inner container and can therefo- re also be used for sensitive liquids. Capacity [l] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Filler opening Outlet Pallets Order number 386 1000 1200 x 1000 x 1160 DN 150 DN 50 Wood 266-176-JC DN 225 DN 50 Wood 266-177-JC DN 225 DN 80 Wood 266-178-JC DN 150 DN 50 PE 266-179-JC DN 225 DN 80 PE 266-181-JC DN 400 DN 80 PE 266-182-JC DN 150 DN 50 Steel frame 266-183-JC DN 225 DN 80 Steel frame 266-185-JC DN 400 DN 80 Steel frame 266-186-JC DN 225 DN 50 Steel runner 266-188-JC DN 225 DN 80 Steel runner 266-189-JC W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

387

IBC container, reconditioned - hazardous goods The testing and certification of these IBCs documents the high quality achieved today in the reconditioning process. You'll therefore be assured of the required safety during transport, in combination with a resource-saving container. 3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Capacity [l] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Density max [kg/l] Filler opening Outlet Pallets Un-approved Order number 1000 1200 x 1000 x 1160 DN 150 DN 80 Wood DN 225 DN 50 Wood DN 150 DN 50 PE DN 150 DN 80 PE DN 225 DN 50 PE 1.6 DN 150 DN 50 Steel frame 31HA1/Y/…/100 DN 150 DN 80 Steel frame DN 225 DN 50 Steel frame DN 150 DN 50 Steel runner DN 150 DN 80 Steel runner DN 225 DN 50 Steel runner 266-191-JC 266-192-JC 266-193-JC 266-194-JC 266-195-JC 266-196-JC 266-197-JC 266-198-JC 266-199-JC 266-200-JC 266-201-JC IBC containers, reconditioned - hazardous goods and UV protection Safety during transport, product protection and sustainability - Choose your resource-saving IBC here, with full UN approval. In addition, these IBCs have optimised UV protection for use with light-sensitive fill media. Capacity [l] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Density max [kg/l] Filler opening Outlet Pallets Un-approved Order number DN 225 DN 80 Wood DN 150 DN 80 PE DN 225 DN 50 PE 266-202-JC 266-203-JC 266-204-JC 1000 1200 x 1000 x 1160 1.6 DN 225 DN 80 PE 31HA1/Y/…/100 266-205-JC DN 150 DN 50 Steel runner DN 225 DN 50 Steel runner DN 225 DN 80 Steel runner 266-206-JC 266-207-JC 266-208-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 387

388

3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Stainless steel bunghole drums W With UN approval and also approved as tested packaging for the transport of dangerous goods W Manufactured in high quality stainless steel SS316 (1.4401) W For food use and also suitable for aggressive and highly corrosive contents W Suitable for filling temperatures up to 200°C W Cover with 3/4 and 2'' TriSure bung holes W Bottom crimped without sealant then welded around the circumference Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Design Material thickness [mm] Bung thread 1 Bung thread 2 Un-approved Certificate Order number 30 312 x 515 Jacket with beads 1.0 3/4" Trisure 2" TriSure 1A1/X1.6/400/.. Food safe 269-236-JC 60 395 x 600 Jacket with beads 1.0 3/4" Trisure 2" TriSure UN 1A1/X1.6/350… Food safe 282-134-JC 100 455 x 700 Jacket with beads 1.0 3/4" Trisure 2" TriSure UN 1A1/X1.6/250… Food safe 282-135-JC 120 465 x 805 Jacket with beads 1.0 3/4" Trisure 2" TriSure 1A1/X1.6/250/.. Food safe 269-237-JC 216 595 x 880 Jacket with beads 1.0 3/4" Trisure 2" TriSure 1A1/X1.6/250/... Food safe 269-238-JC Stainless steel lidded drums W With UN approval, so approved as tested packaging for the transport of dangerous goods HELP IS AT HAND (valid for all lidded drums from 200 litre volume) W Manufactured in high quality stainless steel SS316 (1.4401) W Especially suited to food use and also suitable for aggressive and highly corrosive contents W Suitable for filling temperatures up to 200°C W Cover with 2'' and 3/4'' TriSure bung holes and clamping ring W Bottom crimped without sealant then welded around the circumference W Smooth-walled lidded drums are suitable for stamping pasty substances Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Design Material thickness [mm] Bung thread 1 Bung thread 2 UN approval Approval Order number 30 325 x 515 Smooth-walled jacket 1.0 3/4" Trisure 2" TriSure – Food safe 269-230-JC 30 325 x 515 Jacket with beads 1.0 3/4" Trisure 2" TriSure – Food safe 282-136-JC 60 410 x 585 Smooth-walled jacket 1.0 3/4" Trisure 2" TriSure – Food safe 269-231-JC 120 498 x 795 Smooth-walled jacket 1.0 3/4" Trisure 2" TriSure – Food safe 269-232-JC 213 615 x 890 Jacket with beads 1.0 3/4" Trisure 2" TriSure 1A2/X220/S/... Food safe 269-234-JC 213 615 x 890 Smooth-walled jacket 1.2 3/4" Trisure 2" TriSure 1A2/X220/S/... Food safe 269-235-JC 213 600 x 910 Smooth-walled jacket and groove-free base 1.2 3/4" Trisure 2" TriSure – Food safe 282-137-JC Drum top workstation W Effectively protects against contamination. W Safely restrains dripping residue W For 205 litre steel bung hole drums W Openings for 3/4" and 2" bung hole - for using pumps and/or fill-level indicators W Grooved storage area ensures dispensing containers stand securely Diameter: 610 mm, height: 40 mm Order no. 164-366-JC 388 PE drum lid Effective protection of the drum contents W Manufactured from environmentally friendly polyethylene (PE) W The lip around the edge (approx. 20 mm high) prevents items falling Accessories PE Drum lid, Model DR, blue Drum lid DR in polyethylene (PE), electrically conductive, black Order number 114-743-JC 186-543-JC W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

389

For many decades, steel drums have been known as products that offer a high level of safety and have thus proven themselves millions of times around the world. The lidded drums are intended for solid and powdery substances. Steel bunghole drums, 30 to 216 litres W With UN approval and also approved as tested packaging for the transport of dangerous goods W Made of fine steel sheet according to ISO 3574 / DIN 10130 W Cylindrical design with 2 beads, design according to ISO 15750-2 / EN 210 3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Level indicator Model FS, for 60 and 205 litre drums with 3/4” bung hole, suitable for oils, antifreeze, diesel and heating oil. Order no. 137-715-JC Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Density max [kg/l]* Material thickness [mm] Bung thread 1 Bung thread 2 Inner surface 30 280 x 532 1.8 0.5 3/4" 2" TriSure Raw 30 280 x 532 1.8 0.5 3/4" 2" TriSure painted 60 395 x 570 2.4 – 3/4" 2" BSP Raw 60 355 x 655 1.8 0.6 3/4" 2" TriSure painted 120 460 x 823 1.2 1.0 3/4" 2" TriSure Raw 120 460 x 823 1.2 1.0 3/4" 2" TriSure painted 200 585 x 880 2.4 – 3/4" 2" BSP Raw Approval 1A1/X1.2/250/… 1A1/X1.2/250/… 1A1/X1.6/250... 1A1/X1.2/250/... 1A1/Y1.2/100/… 1A1/Y1.2/100/… 1A1/X1.6/250/.. Property Order number *Valid for packaging group II, values for other groups are different Food safe 266-145-JC – 266-144-JC – 122-851-JC Food safe 266-146-JC – 266-147-JC Food safe 266-148-JC – 117-976-JC 216 585 x 884 1.8 0.9 3/4" 2" TriSure painted 1A1/X/250... and 1A1/X/270/S.. Food safe 266-149-JC Lidded drums in steel, 60 to 205 litres W With UN approval and also approved as tested packaging for the transport of dangerous goods W Made of fine steel sheet according to ISO 3574 / DIN 10130 W Design according to ISO 15750-2 / EN 210 W Tightly closing lid with seal and clamping ring (with galvanised lever lock) Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Bung thread 1 Bung thread 2 Inner surface Un-approved UN approval Order number 60 375 x 615 – – Raw 1A2/X65/S/... – 266-150-JC 60 398 x 570 – – painted 1A2/X100,4/S… – 217-273-JC 120 453 x 830 – – Raw 1A2/X170/S… – 187-202-JC 120 453 x 830 – – painted 1A2/X170/S… – 187-203-JC 212 610 x 880 – – Raw 1A2/X420/S.. 1A2/Y1.5/150/ 174-026-JC 212 610 x 880 – – painted 1A2/X420/S.. 1A2/Y1.5/150/ 174-029-JC 212 610 x 880 3/4" 2" BSP Raw 1A2/X420/S.. 1A2/Y1.5/150/ 174-028-JC 212 610 x 880 3/4" 2" BSP painted 1A2/X420/S.. 1A2/Y1.5/150/ 174-030-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 389

390

By opting for plastic lidded drums, you have a wide range of solutions for the safe transport of solid and powdered hazardous goods. Made of polyethylene, these drums are robust as well as shock and impact resistant. Lidded drums in polyethylene (PE) W With UN approval and also approved as tested packaging for the transport of dangerous goods W With a clamping ring for protection against spillage or contamination of the stored liquid W The large opening simplifies filling. W In highly chemically resistant, environmentally friendly polyethylene, with behaviour which is contents-neutral 3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Lever lock for secure locking of the lid Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Design Un-approved Property Order number 30 30 30 60 60 120 120 220 220 312 x 512 312 x 512 312 x 512 400 x 625 400 x 615 496 x 800 503 x 796 590 x 978 590 x 978 Handles at the side With pressure release valve 1H2/X60/S/… 1H2/X61/S/… – 266-132-JC – 266-131-JC Bung in lid 1H2/Y49/S/... – 266-133-JC Handles at the side With pressure release valve 1H2/X74/S/… 1H2/X88/S/… – 266-135-JC – 266-134-JC – 1H2/X225/S/.. Food safe 273-377-JC With pressure release valve 1H2/X225/S/... Food safe 266-136-JC – 1H2/X320/S/... Food safe 266-138-JC With pressure release valve 1H2/X320/S/... Food safe 266-139-JC Lidded drums in polyethylene (PE) W With UN approval and also approved as tested packaging for the transport of dangerous goods W With a clamping Ring for protection against spillage or contamination of the stored liquid W The large opening simplifies filling. W In highly chemically resistant, environmentally friendly polyethylene, with behaviour which is contents-neutral Capacity [l] Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Un-approved Property Order number 30 300 x 350 x 461 1H2/X65/S/… Food safe 279-039-JC 120 404 x 508 x 894 1H2/X174/S/.. Food safe 279-040-JC 390 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

391

These plastic packs - also called L-ring drums - are closed on all sides with 2 bung openings at the top. This type of plastic drum ensures safe transport and storage of liquids. Polyethylene (PE) bung drums W With UN approval and also approved as tested packaging for the transport of dangerous goods W Also resistant to many acids and alkalis W In highly chemically resistant, environmentally friendly polyethylene, with behaviour which is contents-neutral W Recyclable, robust and shock and impact resistant W Selected sizes have been tested and are therefore food-safe 5 4 2 3 6 1 3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Suitable for Ex Zones 1 and 2 when used with bulk materials in explosion groups IIA and IIB Order no. 266-142-JC Capacity [l] Design Colour Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Bung thread 1 Bung thread 2 Un-approved Property Order number 1 2 3 4 5 120 – Blue 493 x 745 S70x6 (2" coarse) 3/4" 1H1/Y1.9/200/... – 266-140-JC 220 – Blue 581 x 935 S70x6 (2" coarse) S56x4 with ¾" 1H1/X1.3/250/... Food safe 266-141-JC 220 – Blue 581 x 935 S70x6 (2" coarse) S56x4 (2" TriSure) 1H1/Y1.9/200/... Food safe 266-143-JC 220 – Blue 575 x 964 S160x7 S70x6 (2" coarse) 1H2/Y1.6//200/… Food safe 279-038-JC 220 With volume scale Natural 580 x 960 S70x6 (2" coarse) S56x4 (2" TriSure) 1H1/X1.3/250/… Food safe 279-037-JC 6 220 Conductive Black 581 x 935 S70x6 (2" coarse) S56x4 (2" TriSure) 1H1/Y1.6/200/… – 266-142-JC Combi container with UN approval, 6 to 205 litres Ideal for the collection and transport of flammable residues and waste liquids, (with UN approval for all packaging groups) W This combination packaging combines high chemical resistance with stability and overpressure resistance W Highly chemically resistant inner container in polyethylene W Outer container in typical steel drum design - robust and durable W Ideal for collecting and transporting e.g. flammable residues and waste liquids W The handy 6 and 12 litre containers are supplied with a practical plastic spout W With UN approval, valid for all packaging groups W Suitable for food use W Optionally combine with safety funnel in stainless steel Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Thread Ø Un-approved Property Order number Accessories Order number 6 230 x 230 x 200 2" bung S56x4 6HA1/X/300... Food safe 217-945-JC 12 230 x 230 x 348 2" bung S56x4 6HA1/X/300... Food safe 217-946-JC 30 288 x 288 x 560 2" bung S56x4 6HA1/X1.6/300... Food safe 285-973-JC 60 364 x 364 x 683 2" bung S56x4 6HA1/X1.9/250... Food safe 285-974-JC 120 467 x 467 x 815 2 x 2" bungs S56x4 6HA1/X1.6/250... Food safe 285-975-JC 205 565 x 565 x 884 2 x 2" bungs S56x4 6HA1/X1.6/300... Food safe 285-976-JC Safety funnel in stainless steel, for containers with S 56x4 thread, incl. lid and flame arrester 217-947-JC 217-947-JC 217-947-JC 217-947-JC 217-947-JC 217-947-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 391

392

Plastic canisters play an important role in the safe transport and storage of solid and liquid hazardous goods. Made of polyethylene, these canisters are robust as well as shock and impact resistant. Canisters in polyethylene (PE) W With UN approval and also approved as tested packaging for the transport of dangerous goods W In highly chemically resistant, environmentally friendly polyethylene, with behaviour which is contents-neutral W Also resistant to many acids and alkalis W Equipped with carry handle and screw cap with seal W Designed to fit on a pallet, stackable W Recyclable, robust and shock and impact resistant W Tamper evident due to secure ratchet closure 3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Density max [kg/l] Un-approved Certificate Lock Order number Transparent Order number Blue 3 5 10 20 25 30 60 113 x 148 x 236 160 x 195 x 234 202 x 232 x 314 258 x 294 x 385 258 x 296 x 463 288 x 382 x 403 345 x 395 x 648 1.9 – Food safe DIN 45 279-041-JC – 1.3 3H1/X1.3/250/... Food safe DIN 51 266-987-JC 266-993-JC 1.9 3H1/X1.9/250/... Food safe DIN 51 266-988-JC 266-994-JC 1.9 3H1/X1.9/250/… Food safe DIN 61 266-989-JC 266-995-JC 1.9 3H1/X1.9/250/… Food safe DIN 61 266-990-JC 266-996-JC 1.9 3H1/X1.9/250/… Food safe DIN 61 266-991-JC 266-997-JC 1.9 3H1/X1.9/250/… Food safe DIN 71 266-992-JC 266-998-JC Canisters in polyethylene (PE) W With UN approval and also approved as tested packaging for the transport of dangerous goods W In highly chemically resistant, environmentally friendly polyethylene, with behaviour which is contents-neutral W Also resistant to many acids and alkalis W Designed to fit on a pallet, stackable W Tamper evident due to secure ratchet closure W With viewing strips to easily monitor the fill level Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Density max [kg/l] Un-approved Certificate Lock Order number Blue 20 294 x 258 x 385 1.9 3H1/X1.9/250/… Food safe DIN 61 279-042-JC 392 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

393

Dissipative canister for Ex areas W UN approved W Can be used in Ex zones 1 and 2 W Approved for use with combustible liquids in explosion groups II A and II B W Ideal for solvents due to fluorised interior W Highly effective EVOH barrier against gases (e.g. oxygen, carbon dioxide) W Design compatible with pallets, stackable 3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Un-approved Certificate Lock Seal Order number 6 164 x 194 x 269 3H1/Y1.4/150/… Food safe DIN 61 PE 266-999-JC 12 192 x 232 x 376 3H1/Y1.8/150/… Food safe DIN 61 PE 267-000-JC 20 245 x 290 x 399 3H1/Y1.9/150/... and 3H1/Y30/S.. Food safe DIN 61 PE 267-001-JC Stainless steel funnel W For plastic canisters with a union nut W Ideal for the measured filling of small amounts of fluids W Corrosion free and resistant to aggressive media W With overflow prevention W Incl. Lid and flame barrier Reusable hazardous goods container, ex-proof W Internationally approved for active storage and transport of flammable liquids (AI/ AII/AIII) according to class 3 of GGVS/GGVE/GGVSee and TRbF W Suitable for transport and storage of flammable liquids W Use in zones 0, 1, 2, 20, 21 and 22 is permitted if sufficient measures to avoid the risk of ignition from electrostatic discharge are taken, for example earthing containers. The container must be used subject to the “Technical rules for hazardous substances”. W In electrically conductive plastic (PE), electrically conductive, surface resistance < 10⁸ Ohm W With carry handle, screw cap and PE seal W Space-saving design for optimum pallet utilisation W Full use of the filling material due to perfect residual emptying in every pouring position W Service life: 5 years (from date of manufacture) W Containers are stackable up to a height of 3 meters For containers with thread DIN 51 Order no. 187-010-JC For containers with thread DIN 61 Order no. 129-142-JC For containers with thread DIN 71 Order no. 137-515-JC Lid wrench See page 277 10 litre electrically conductive canister 60 litre electrically conductive canister Order no. 148-430-JC Order no. 129-121-JC Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Un-approved Lock Order number Accessories Stainless steel funnel with lid 10 195 x 230 x 340 3H1/Y1.6/200... No. 61 (60 mm) 148-430-JC 30 270 x 375 x 425 3H1/Y1.2/150...EX E1 Stat No. 71 (70 mm) 129-120-JC 60 332 x 396 x 630 3H1/Y1.2/150... No. 71 (70 mm) 129-121-JC 129-142-JC 137-515-JC 137-515-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 393

394

3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Wide-necked drums in plastic W With UN-X approval for solid substances in packaging groups I, II and III W The drums are air and watertight, stackable and sealed with a tamper- proof seal W Quick fit screw lid with integrated seal W Smooth surface for easy cleaning W Barrel hoops prevent damage W Made of high-quality polyethylene (PE) W Suitable for food W Temperature resistant from -25 °C to +70 °C Wide-neck drums model WH for safe storage of powder and compounds Square wide necked drum for optimum use of space. Super-wide-neck drums model SWH in various sizes and colours Wide-necked drums in plastic Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Design Un-approved Order number 3 198 x 171 6 198 x 265 10 274 x 239 15 274 x 328 Opening 137 mm 1H2/X12/S... 179-655-JC 1H2/X20/S... 129-122-JC Opening 204 mm 1H2/X22/S... 179-656-JC 129-123-JC 20 274 x 417 26 316 x 425 Opening 203 mm Opening 204 mm 1H2/X33/S... 129-125-JC 1H2/X27/S... 129-124-JC 42 410 x 418 55 410 x 520 68 410 x 634 Opening 282 mm, 2 handles 1H2/X51/S... 179-657-JC 1H2/X66/S... 129-126-JC 1H2/X81/S... 129-128-JC Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Design Body colour Lid colour Un-approved Order number Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Design Un-approved Order number 26 338 x 358 34 338 x 449 Opening 295 mm, 2 handles White Red Wide-necked drums in plastic 39 338 x 505 Opening 295 mm 55 410 x 495 64 410 x 573 Opening 354 mm, 2 handles 75 410 x 680 1H2/X38/S... 129-129-JC 1H2/X48/S... 129-130-JC 179-658-JC 1H2/X69/S... 129-131-JC Brown Beige 1H2/X81/S... 129-132-JC 1H2/X95/S... 179-659-JC 40 380 x 380 x 399 1H2W/X44/S/.. 265-661-JC Wide-necked drums in plastic 50 380 x 380 x 476 Opening 282 mm, 2 handles 1H2W/X54/S/.. 265-662-JC 66 380 x 380 x 594 1H2W/X70/S/.. 265-663-JC 110 455 x 787 Opening 392 mm, 2 handles White Red 1H2/X90/S... 179-660-JC 80 380 x 380 x 724 UN 1H2W/X84/S/.. 265-664-JC 394 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

395

3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Conductive wide-necked and super-wide-necked drums The safe solution to prevent static when handling solid and smooth materials. W With UN-X approval for solid substances in packaging groups I, II and III W The drums are air and watertight, stackable and sealed with a tamper-proof seal W Quick fit screw lid with integrated seal W Smooth surface for easy cleaning W Barrel hoops protect the drums for damage W Made of high-quality polyethylene (PE) W Electrically conductive, surface resistance ≤ 10,000 Ohm W Temperature resistant from -20º to +70º C Capacity [l] Surface resistance Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Design Un-approved Order number Conductive wide-necked and super-wide-necked drums 6 ≤ 10⁴ Ω 198 x 265 Opening 136 mm 1H2/X20/S/.. 274-303-JC 26 ≤ 10⁴ Ω 316 x 425 Opening 204 mm 1H2/X33/S... 129-134-JC 75 ≤ 10⁴ Ω 410 x 680 Opening 354 mm, 2 handles 1H2/X95/S... 129-136-JC Wide-necked drums in plastic W With UN-X approval for solid substances in packaging groups I, II and III W The drums are air and watertight, stackable and sealed with a tamper-proof seal W Quick fit screw lid with integrated seal W Smooth surface for easy cleaning W Barrel hoops prevent damage W Made of high-quality polyethylene (PE) W Suitable for food W Temperature resistant from -25 °C to +70 °C Wide-necked drums in plastic 15 274 x 328 Opening 204 mm 1H2/X22/S... 179-662-JC 26 316 x 425 1H2/X33/S... 179-663-JC 55 410 x 495 Opening 354 mm, 2 handles 1H2/X69/S... 179-664-JC Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Design Un-approved Order number 6 198 x 265 Opening 136 mm 1H2/X20/S... 179-661-JC Stackable wide-necked drums W UN identification for solid substances W Save valuable space in your storage and production areas! W With a practical screw lid for quick handling W Water vapour tight closure to protect the contents W Watertight closure for all drums from 30 to 75 litres volume W Stable and safe to stack W Suitable for food All nesting wide necked drums from 30 to 60 litres have the same diameter and can be stacked inside each other to save space. Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] 30 374 x 408 40 374 x 570 Stackable wide-necked drums 50 374 x 660 60 374 x 770 Design Un-approved Order number 1H2/X40/S... 217-397-JC Opening 326 mm, 2 handles 1H2/X65/S... 217-399-JC 217-400-JC 217-401-JC 75 450 x 701 Opening 390 mm, 2 handles UN/1H2/X75/S/.. 265-665-JC 120 570 x 732 150 570 x 870 Opening 493 mm, 2 handles 1H2/X100/Y150/Z150/S/.. 265-666-JC 265-667-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 395

396

3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Wide necked bottles in HDPE with UN approval W In resistant polyethylene (HDPE) W Suitable for packaging, sampling, storage and W Simple filling thanks to wide neck opening W Space-saving, square shape transport of solids (e.g. granules) W With tamper-evident seal in polypropylene (PP) with sealing cone Capacity [ml] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Approval Certificate Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number 250 500 1000 1500 2500 4000 59 x 59 x 130 75 x 75 x 162 85 x 85 x 214 108 x 108 x 209 122 x 122 x 260 142 x 142 x 294 3H1/X0.8/S 3H1/X1.5/S 3H1/X2.5/S 3H1/X4/S 3H1/X5/S 3H1/X5.5/S 30 15 Food safe 12 6 6 12 257-561-JC 257-562-JC 257-564-JC 257-565-JC 257-566-JC 257-567-JC Laboratory bottles in PET, sterile, crystal clear, with screw cap and graduation Sterile laboratory bottle for laboratory and industrial use, also suitable for high-purity sub- stances. Good view of the contents due to crystal-clear PET. W In PET, crystal clear W Sterile according to SAL 10-³ (according to W With tamper-evident seal (HDPE) W The raised graduation allows the contents to ISO 11137) be read off quickly W Space-saving and absolutely tight W Ideal for storing and packaging liquids Capacity [ml] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Packaging unit (piece/ pack) Order number 125 250 500 1000 53 x 53 x 105 64 x 64 x 132 76 x 76 x 173 96 x 96 x 212 24 24 24 24 281-747-JC 281-748-JC 281-749-JC 281-750-JC Wide necked bottles in LDPE W In polyethylene (LDPE) W Suitable for sampling and storage of liquid, paste-like and solid media W With screw cap, liquid-tight W Simple filling thanks to wide neck opening Capacity [ml] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number 100 48 x 95 30 250 64 x 127 30 500 77 x 158 16 750 88 x 176 12 1000 94 x 207 1500 108 x 233 2000 120 x 252 12 6 12 281-974-JC 261-405-JC 261-406-JC 261-407-JC 261-408-JC 261-409-JC 261-410-JC Aluminium bottles with UN approval W For storing, transporting and dispatching substances which must remain unaltered W Suitable for food use (exception: foods containing a lot of strong acid or salt) W In pure aluminium (AL 99,5) W Neutral smell, impervious to light and rust-free W With tamper-evident seal in polypropylene (PP) and aluminium inner seal Capacity [ml] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Approval Certificate Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number 60 40 x 88 120 57 x 97 300 57 x 160 600 74 x 192 1B1/X/250/.. Food safe 1200 88 x 248 3000 161 x 215 5600 161 x 340 15 Item(s) 15 Item(s) 15 Item(s) 12 Item(s) 12 Item(s) 4 Item(s) 2 Item(s) 309-731-JC 309-732-JC 269-225-JC 269-226-JC 269-227-JC 269-228-JC 269-229-JC 396 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

397

Wide necked canister, 6 to 31 litres W Practical canisters in transparent plastic (PE) W Extremely wide (88 mm) filler opening for easy internal cleaning W Carry handle and screwed cover for safe, easy transport W 6 and 11 litre canisters have an additional small spout (diameter 18 mm) and a matching pouring spout Drain tap, short form, spout 3/4" Order no. 308-396-JC Drain tap, long form, spout 1/2" Order no. 308-394-JC Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Litre scale sticker 6 132 x 277 x 296 250-188-JC 11 132 x 277 x 435 250-190-JC 22 165 x 365 x 485 250-191-JC 31 240 x 365 x 485 250-193-JC 250-200-JC 250-201-JC 250-202-JC 250-203-JC 3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Stainless steel funnel 1.4301 The stainless steel funnels can be used to easily fill and dispense free-flowing powders, liquids and slightly viscous media. An air duct on the outlet pipe ensures a complete, unob- structed flow. W Made from stainless steel V2A (1.4301) W Autoclavable up to 121 °C W From a diameter of 100 mm, a handle ensures easy handling Diameter [mm] Ø outlet opening external [mm] Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number 60 13 3 281-774-JC 100 13 5 281-775-JC 150 20 5 281-776-JC 300 22 5 281-777-JC Spray and drip bottles in LDPE These proven plastic (polyethylene) spray bottles are ideal for use in laboratories, industry, universities and many other applications. W For storing and dispensing liquids W With screw-off, flexible spray pipe or screw-off drip tip with cap W In durable polyethylene, natural / translucent Model Capacity [ml] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number 125 50 x 160 20 255-927-JC Drip bottle 250 60 x 205 15 255-928-JC 500 75 x 230 10 255-929-JC 125 50 x 200 20 255-924-JC Spray bottle 250 60 x 210 15 255-925-JC 500 75 x 240 10 255-926-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 397

398

3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Storage cans, 3 to 15 litres W Safe, easy transport of liquids W Sturdy, long lasting product W Made from corrosion-protected tin plate or galvanised steel W Practical handle W Ergonomic combination with spout and additional handle Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] Order number 3 5 10 15 170 x 300 x 225 170 x 300 x 310 230 x 350 x 350 230 x 350 x 500 0.6 157-916-JC 0.8 157-917-JC 1.1 157-940-JC 1.5 157-948-JC Laboratory trays in polypropylene (PP), 0.5 - 39 litres W Suitable to be used as sumps for environmentally friendly or aggressive substances, carrying out experiments, storage trays for instruments, trays for medical usage, trays for developing photographs or trays for storing food. W Corrosion resistant and resistant to acids and alkalis W Mechanically resilient, shatter-proof and distortion resistant W Stackable to save space W Strong, rounded edges Laboratory trays are available individually or as a set with one tray each of 0.5 litres, 1.5 litres, 3 litres and 10 litres Included in delivery Capacity [l] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Order number 0.5 230 x 180 x 42 158-100-JC 1.5 310 x 250 x 65 158-104-JC 3.0 370 x 310 x 75 158-105-JC 10.0 520 x 420 x 120 158-107-JC 21.0 634 x 534 x 140 158-110-JC 39.0 846 x 648 x 160 158-113-JC Single tray Set of 4 – 520 x 420 x 120 158-116-JC Plastic cans in HDPE, with UN approval, 300 - 2500 ml W With screw lid W For special chemicals and food ingredients W Protects the contents against damp and dirt Capacity [ml] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Un-approved Certification / certificate 2 Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number 1300 109 x 196 1H2/X0.4/Y0.6/Z0.9/S/… 1H2/X0.7/Y1.0/Z1.5/S/… 1H2/X1.3/Y2.0/Z3.0/S/… 1H2/X1.8/Y2.0/Z3.0/S/… 1000 109 x 157 300 109 x 55 500 109 x 82 1500 131 x 157 1H2/X2.0/S/… 2500 131 x 262 1H2/X3.3/S/… 10 279-043-JC 10 279-044-JC Food-safe 5 279-045-JC 5 279-046-JC 5 279-047-JC 5 279-048-JC All products for Fuelling stations and containers can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12751 398 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

399

3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T FALCON LubriFlex dispensing jugs in polyethylene (PE) W Safe, clean and easy commercial dosing of liquids W Long lasting, chemically resistant, UV stable container W With sturdy handles for ergonomic use W Includes 2 screw-on spouts in different sizes, 18 write-on adhesive labels in 9 signal colours and a multi-language safety sticker for identifying the contents in accordance with GHS regulations W Available with 2, 5 or 10 litre volume 1 1 2 3 4 With long and short screw-on spout as standard. Ergonomic handle with integrated ventilation valve. With litre scale for checking the filling level at any time. 2 x 9 coloured, write-on labels for marking media and areas of use. 2 4 3 FALCON dispensing jugs LubriFlex with large opening for safe, easy filling FALCON dispensing jug LubriFlex with long outlet pipe - ensures safe, clean dispensing even in areas which are hard to reach Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 2 140 x 413 x 316 243-460-JC 5 173 x 413 x 416 243-461-JC 10 260 x 413 x 523 243-462-JC Liquid gauge, 1 to 8 litres W For safe filling and measuring for any requirement W With dust cover, screw-off spout, handle and measurement markings W Manufactured from environmentally friendly polyethylene (PE) W Resistant against oils and many chemicals Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 1.0 2.0 5.0 3.0 6.0 8.0 155 x 115 x 195 180 x 135 x 242 235 x 200 x 292 190 x 340 x 270 230 x 470 x 315 280 x 495 x 340 117-264-JC 117-265-JC 117-267-JC 255-920-JC 255-921-JC 255-922-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 399

400

3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T In the day-to-day handling of hazardous substances and other hazardous materials, the focus is on safety in particular. With FALCON safety jugs and canisters, you'll benefit from a sophisticated safety concept that has been taken into consideration right from the design stage. Smooth-running fine measuring taps, protective rings to protect against mechanical damage and a set of stickers with GHS symbols are just some of these features. Additional protection against electrostatic charge is provided by the versions with earth connection, also suitable for Quick Connect earthing cables. FALCON safety jugs - with screw cap W For storing combustible and aggressive liquids safely W Also suitable for internal transport W Optimum protection against flashback with integral flame arrestor (removable, e.g. for cleaning) for all containers (steel/stainless steel) for flammable liquids W Chemically resistant PTFE seal W Ergonomic handle for safe handling W Plastic protective ring protects the robust body of steel and stainless steel containers from dents and other damage W Optionally available with earthing connection, also suitable for Quick-Connect earthing cable (order no. 283933) 1 2 3 4 7 5 Optionally available with earthing connection suitable for Quick-Connect earthing cable, for all steel and stainless steel jugs Screw cap with pressure relief valve (for steel and stainless steel jugs) Chemical-resistant PTFE seal Integrated flame arrester (for steel and stainless steel jugs) to protect against flashback 1 2 3 4 ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Funnel for safety containers, available in steel and stainless steel FALCON steel funnel, galvanised Order no. 187-536-JC FALCON stainless steel funnel Order no. 187-534-JC Quick-Connect earthing cable Order no. 283-933-JC Material Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number - without earth connection Order number - with earth connection Steel 1 203 x 132 x 181 2 225 x 158 x 226 5 242 x 178 x 336 1 203 x 132 x 181 Stainless steel 2 225 x 158 x 226 Polyethylene 5 242 x 178 x 336 1 100 x 150 x 205 2 100 x 150 x 295 187-522-JC 283-917-JC 187-523-JC 283-918-JC 187-524-JC 283-919-JC 203-965-JC 283-925-JC 203-966-JC 283-926-JC 203-967-JC 283-927-JC 263-211-JC 263-212-JC – – 400 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

401

kennzeichnen. auf Sicherheitsaufkleber aufbringen. Daten eintragen. Sicherheits- aufkleber gut sichtbar auf den Behälter kleben. You are required by law to label your hazardous materials. Remove the appropriate Hazard Symbol from the list above and apply it to safety label. Fill in the necessary information. Apply the label in a clearly visible location to the container. Vous êtes légalement obligé de marquer vos substances dangereuses. Décollez le pictogramme substances dangereuses dans la rangée supérieure et collez-le sur l‘autocollant de sécurité. Complétez les données. Apposez l‘autocollant de sécurité à un endroit bien visible du récipient. Es obligatorio por normativa etiquetar correctamente los recipientes. Escoge el pictograma de riesgo adecuado de la lista superior y pégalo en la etiqueta de seguridad. Completa la información necesaria. Pega la pegatina en una ubicación visible del recipiente. Inhalt / Contents / Contenu / Contenido: Sicherheitshinweise / Warnings / Consignes de sécurité / Consejos de seguridad: All FALCON containers are supplied with multiple-lan- guage safety labels to mark the contents, with danger symbols according to GHS. Menge / Volume / Quantité / Volumen: www.falcon-safe.com FALCON safety jugs with fine measuring tap W For the safe distribution and easy dosing of combustible and aggressive fluids W With screw-off fine dosing tap in stainless steel 1.4301, Inc. Ventilation and chemically-resistant PTFE seal W Optimal protection against flashback thanks to built-in flame arrester (removable, e.g. for cleaning) for all steel and stainless steel containers W Ergonomic handle for safe handling W Plastic protective ring protects the sturdy jug body from damage (for all steel and stainless steel containers) W Optionally available with earthing connection, also suitable for Quick-Connect earthing cable (order no. 283933) 3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T 5 6 7 Ergonomic handle Fine dosing tap in stainless steel - for precision dosing of liquids High-quality body in stainless steel, galvanised steel with coating in safety yellow, or sturdy plastic (polyethylene) 1 5 6 4 3 7 Material Capacity External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number - without earth connection Order number - with earth connection Steel 1 l 203 x 132 x 217 2 l 225 x 158 x 262 5 l 242 x 178 x 372 1 l 203 x 132 x 217 Stainless steel 2 l 225 x 158 x 262 Polyethylene 5 l 242 x 178 x 372 1 l 100 x 165 x 240 2 l 100 x 165 x 330 188-951-JC 283-922-JC 188-952-JC 283-923-JC 188-953-JC 283-924-JC 204-058-JC 283-928-JC 204-059-JC 283-929-JC 204-060-JC 283-930-JC 263-213-JC 263-214-JC – – E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 401

402

Safe cleaning with FALCON spray cans FALCON spray cans in steel and stainless steel W Economical and controlled spraying of surfaces and parts to be cleaned W Ergonomic plastic spray cap with adjustable nozzle W Integral plastic pump W Highly resistant to many cleaning agents W High-quality container made of stainless steel or galvanized steel, powder-coated in safety-yellow 3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T FALCON spray cans allow measured spraying and simple cleaning of contaminated surfaces. kennzeichnen. auf Sicherheitsaufkleber aufbringen. Daten eintragen. Sicherheits- aufkleber gut sichtbar auf den Behälter kleben. You are required by law to label your hazardous materials. Remove the appropriate Hazard Symbol from the list above and apply it to safety label. Fill in the necessary information. Apply the label in a clearly visible location to the container. Vous êtes légalement obligé de marquer vos substances dangereuses. Décollez le pictogramme substances dangereuses dans la rangée supérieure et collez-le sur l‘autocollant de sécurité. Complétez les données. Apposez l‘autocollant de sécurité à un endroit bien visible du récipient. Es obligatorio por normativa etiquetar correctamente los recipientes. Escoge el pictograma de riesgo adecuado de la lista superior y pégalo en la etiqueta de seguridad. Completa la información necesaria. Pega la pegatina en una ubicación visible del recipiente. Inhalt / Contents / Contenu / Contenido: Sicherheitshinweise / Warnings / Consignes de sécurité / Consejos de seguridad: Menge / Volume / Quantité / Volumen: www.falcon-safe.com All FALCON containers are supplied with multiple-lan- guage safety labels to mark the contents, with danger symbols according to GHS. ORDER AT THE SAME TIME FALCON steel funnel, galvanised Order no. 187-536-JC FALCON stainless steel funnel Order no. 187-534-JC Earthing cables for safety when dispensing See page 271 Material Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Order number Steel 1.0 165 x 300 188-956-JC 2.0 190 x 345 188-957-JC Stainless steel 1.0 165 x 300 204-618-JC 2.0 190 x 345 204-619-JC 402 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

403

FALCON safety canisters with / without transport approval W For flammable and aggressive substances W With UN approval for transporting liquids in W Equipped with screw cap W Dispensing nozzle supplied as standard W Comfortable carry handle W Incl. Label with warning symbols and notices packaging groups I, II and III W High quality container in stainless steel (1.4301) or galvanised steel with additional coating in yellow ORDER AT THE SAME TIME FALCON steel funnel, galvanised Order no. 187-536-JC FALCON stainless steel funnel Order no. 187-534-JC Ventilation valve for steady, quick emptying Small volumes of flammable and aggressive sub- stances can be safely dispensed and transported. 3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Containers with mounted dispensing tap available, so that containers can fit on every shelf Material Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Seal: Nbr Order number Seal: Epdm Material Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Seal: Nbr Order number Seal: Epdm FALCON safety canisters with / without transport approval Steel 10 170 x 340 x 280 235-307-JC 309-199-JC Steel 10 170 x 445 x 280 242-250-JC 309-207-JC 20 170 x 340 x 470 235-308-JC 309-200-JC Stainless steel 10 170 x 340 x 280 180-687-JC 309-201-JC FALCON safety canister with filling tap 20 170 x 445 x 470 242-251-JC 309-208-JC Stainless steel 10 170 x 445 x 280 242-252-JC 309-209-JC 20 170 x 340 x 470 180-688-JC 309-202-JC 20 170 x 445 x 470 242-253-JC 309-210-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 403

404

Stainless steel safety canister W For dispensing, internal transport and distributing combustible / flammable liquids W Versions with UN approval are suitable for public transport of flammable liquids W Sturdy, durable containers in high quality stainless steel, with PTFE seal W Also suitable for horizontal storage - without dripping W Optionally available with screw cap (secured against loss) and overpressure valve (integrated in screw cap) or with fine measuring tap or standard tap W With ergonomic carry handles for easy and safe transport ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Stainless steel funnel with an angled neck A special funnel with an angled neck is available as an accessory for stainless steel canisters. This ensures the canisters can be safely filled. 3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T 5 litre Stainless Steel Jerrican with Fine measuring tap 10 litre Stainless Steel Jerrican, with tap and ventilation 20 litre Stainless Steel Jerrican, with screw cap and pressure release valve Order no. 117-341-JC Order no. 117-331-JC Order no. 117-340-JC Order no. 129-113-JC Design Capacity [l] Un-approved External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Design Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Screw cap, overpressure valve Screw cap, transport approval 5 – 130 x 200 x 310 117-335-JC 10 – 130 x 280 x 380 117-338-JC 20 – 175 x 340 x 470 117-340-JC 5 3A1/X1.6/300... 130 x 200 x 310 117-351-JC 10 3A1/X1.6/300... 130 x 280 x 380 117-352-JC 20 3A1/X2.0/300... 175 x 345 x 470 117-353-JC 5 130 x 200 x 310 117-341-JC Fine Measuring tap 10 130 x 280 x 380 117-342-JC 20 175 x 345 x 470 117-344-JC 5 130 x 200 x 310 117-327-JC Tap, ventilation 10 130 x 280 x 380 117-331-JC 20 175 x 345 x 470 117-332-JC Canister for urea solution W Canister in food-safe plastic, specially for the transport of aqueous urea solution AUS 32 W Flexible outlet pipe with integral ventilation W Outlet pipe is retained in the canister and is therefore safe from contamination and loss W Locking cap secured against loss by strap Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 5 152 x 329 x 251 243-134-JC 10 172 x 329 x 341 243-135-JC 20 201 x 381 x 433 243-136-JC 404 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

405

Safety container in stainless steel, with transport approval W For safe storage of larger quantities of combustible / flammable liquids W Explosion-proof with pressure relief valve and removable flame arrester W Container in stainless steel with PTFE seal W Easy to transport with carry handles ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Stainless steel funnel for a safety container A funnel is available to fit all safety containers. This ensures the containers can be safely filled. Order no. 129-117-JC 3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Safety container, 10 litres, with a screw CAP Safety container, 10 litres, with a self-clo- sing, Fine measuring tap and ventilation Safety jar, 25 litres, with self-closing tap and fill-level indicator Safety container, 50 litres, with a self-closing Tap Order no. 119-587-JC Order no. 117-219-JC Order no. 117-359-JC Order no. 117-349-JC Tap and level indicator 10 260 x 330 125-487-JC 25 315 x 540 117-359-JC 50 365 x 600 117-360-JC Design Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Order number 10 260 x 330 119-587-JC Screw lock 25 315 x 540 119-591-JC 50 365 x 600 117-346-JC Measuring Tap 10 260 x 340 117-219-JC 10 260 x 330 117-223-JC Tap 25 315 x 540 117-347-JC 50 365 x 600 117-349-JC Safety container in stainless steel, with transport approval W For safe storage of larger quantities of combustible / flammable liquids W Explosion-proof with pressure relief valve and removable flame arrester W Container in stainless steel with PTFE seal ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Stainless steel storage mount for storing containers horizontally. Order no. 254-834-JC 1 1/2" stainless steel Tap Order no. 117-328-JC Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Un-approved Order number 10 260 x 330 1A1/X2/400.. 256-779-JC 25 315 x 540 1A1/X1.6/400.. 117-357-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 405

406

3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Lithium-ion battery storage container, galvanised steel, fill material PyroBubbles® Safe storage system and quarantine container for the storage of lithium-ion batteries. Also suitable for critically defective batteries. The double-walled metal sides are filled with PyroBubbles®. Batteries or cells, also packed in boxes, are quickly and easily stored in the container W Simple and safe storage solution for lithium-ion batteries. Can also be used as a quarantine container for defective and damaged lithium-ion batteries W Batteries or cells in cardboard boxes, loose or in other storage units are quickly stored. Suitable for storing intact or damaged batteries W The two-layer, galvanised metal walls are filled with PyroBubbles® and provide a safe storage space as a quarantine container. The required distance between the batteries and the outside is thus reliably maintained, and strong heating of the outer walls is avoided in the event of thermal runaway W In the event of thermal runaway of the stored batteries, the immediate environment is protected W Maximum safety, minimum effort and practical handling W The lid is also protected by PyroBubbles® W The stored batteries are also protected against external influences W The storage containers do not have to be placed in a separate fire compartment W Lithium batteries are dangerous goods and are therefore subject to the dangerous goods regulations W There are currently no approval specifications from DIBt. We recommend HSG71 as a basis for the storage of lithium-ion batteries W Container can be locked with optional padlocks The increasing energy density and the increasing use of lithium-ion batteries inevitably leads to a higher hazard potential. The storage and quarantine containers are a practical and imme- diately usable solution. Can be used indoors and outdoors The galvanised double-walls are filled with PyroBubbles® and provide a safe storage location as a quarantine container. The temperatures of the outer walls remain below 100°C, even during and after thermal runaway of a battery Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Maximum load hazardous goods [kg] Maximum gross weight [kg] Capacity [l] Order number 90 805 x 605 x 800 563 x 413 x 395 200 331 92 272-946-JC The galvanized container can also be placed outdoors and locked with an optional padlock 220 1216 x 805 x 800 1013 x 563 x 395 400 617 226 272-947-JC 280 1216 x 1006 x 800 1013 x 743 x 373 400 651 281 272-948-JC 520 1682 x 1479 x 902 1247 x 1047 x 400 400 968 521 272-949-JC 406 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

407

UN-compliant system for transporting lithium-ion batteries For the safe transportation of critically defective Li-ion batteries, no additional filling agent required W Safety system for storage and transport in accordance with Special Provision 376 ADR for damaged, faulty (Packaging Instructions P 908 and LP 904) and unsafe lithium-ion batteries (Packaging Instructions P 911 and LP 906) Due to constant developments in the field of lithium-ion batteries, in particular for performance, a case-by-case examination of the suitability of the transport container is necessary when shipping critically defective batteries. We are happy to provide you with a checklist to help determine important questions such as battery type, number and dimensions in advance W Certified, tested, with UN approval. Scientifically supported by real fire tests W 100% control of any possible thermal runaway. Effective containment of environmental hazards. 3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Maximum load hazardous goods [kg] Maximum gross weight [kg] Capacity [l] Order number PXL-2300 3070 x 2320 x 1075 2540 x 1700 x 270 1371 2986 2300 312-588-JC Fire protection case for the storage and transport of lithium-ion batteries Fire protection case to the highest safety standards. With the additional cable grommet, the batteries can not only be stored but also recharged with peace of mind. The light weight, easy handling and robust design ensure safe use even in enclosed spaces. Including PyroBubbles cushion, one valve and 4 grids for pressure relief, gas and filter system and cable supply for charging a battery. The case is supplied with a handle W Certified for the transport and storage of lithium-ion and lithium-metal cells and batteries. The case meets all legal transport, packaging and shipping guidelines (P903 / P908 / P909 and P910, ADR/IATA) for batteries/rechargeable batteries. W Dust-free and fire-rated interior with special fire and explosion protection material incl. PyroBubbles® Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Maximum load hazardous goods [kg] Maximum gross weight [kg] Order number BSK-1 600 x 400 x 280 520 x 320 x 245 8 22 303-939-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 407

408

UN-conforming system in plastic for the transport of faulty or unsafe Li-ion batteries Safety system for storage and transport in accordance with Special Provision 376, Packing Instruction 908 ADR for damaged and defective lithium-ion batteries. For transport for recycling purposes as defined by Special Provision 377, Packing Instruction 909, for non-damaged and non-defective or EOL (End of Life) lithium-ion batteries Transport container filled with PyroBubbles® in 700 ml PE bag 3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T All containers are supplied with sufficient quantities of PyroBubbles filler Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Maximum load hazardous goods [kg] Maximum gross weight [kg] Capacity [l] Order number XS-BOX 1 Basic 24 PE cushions of PyroBubbles 400 x 300 x 235 360 x 260 x 195 9 13 18 261-764-JC XS-BOX 2 Basic 30 PE cushions of PyroBubbles 400 x 300 x 285 360 x 260 x 245 8 13 23 261-766-JC S-BOX 1 Basic 62 PE cushions of PyroBubbles 600 x 400 x 295 556 x 356 x 276 33 45 56 261-768-JC S-BOX 2 Basic 100 PE cushions of PyroBubbles 600 x 400 x 441 556 x 356 x 422 28 45 84 261-770-JC Transport container with metal basket, PyroBubbles® in separate paper bag The made to measure, powder coated metal basket ensures a distance of 3 cm from the inner edge of the transport box. The batteries can be easily removed using the basket. Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Maximum load hazardous goods [kg] Maximum gross weight [kg] Capacity [l] Order number S-BOX 1 Advanced 12.5 kg Metal basket, 1 paper bag of PyroBubbles 600 x 400 x 295 492 x 292 x 196 30 45 28 261-769-JC S-BOX 2 Advanced Metal basket, 2 paper bags of PyroBubbles 600 x 400 x 441 492 x 292 x 341 24 45 49 261-771-JC XS-BOX Advanced Metal basket, 1 paper bag of PyroBubbles 400 x 300 x 235 298 x 198 x 135 7 13 8 261-765-JC XS-BOX 2 Advanced Metal basket, 1 paper bag of PyroBubbles 400 x 300 x 285 297 x 195 x 190 6 13 11 261-767-JC 408 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

409

Large transport container with metal basket, PyroBubbles® in separate paper bags 3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Maximum load hazardous goods [kg] Maximum gross weight [kg] Capacity [l] Order number M-BOX Advanced Metal basket, 12 paper bags of PyroBubbles 1230 x 1030 x 835 966 x 766 x 404 292 456 299 261-772-JC PyroBubbles® extinguishing media for solid and liquid combustible substances PyroBubbles® are water-neutral and food-safe. They contain very few water-soluble components. The pH value lies between 7 and 9. This value corresponds to a soap solution for normal hand washing and is therefore classified as neutral. The totality of soluble salts changes the conductivity of water significantly less than the normal mineral content of tap water. Conductivity < 150 μS/cm. Paper sack, 12.5 kg PyroBubbles® extinguishing medium can be used in transport containers either as a bulk good filler or in refill packs. Practical PE bag (700 ml) Contents Order number 12.5 kg bag of PyroBubbles 265-741-JC 50 x 700 ml PE cushions of PyroBubbles 265-740-JC 250 kg Big Bag of PyroBubbles 265-742-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 409

410

Reusable hazardous goods containers, 18 to 74 litres For the safe transport of hazardous goods such as paints, spray cans etc W With UN approval for packaging groups II and III W With snap-on lid and secure metal fasteners W Stackable W Manufactured from resistant polypropylene 3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Hazardous materials transport containers with inverted lid and practical fasteners Capacity [l] Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Un-approved Weight [kg] Order number 18 410 x 310 x 238 371 x 271 x 216 27 410 x 310 x 338 371 x 271 x 316 38 610 x 410 x 238 571 x 371 x 215 58 610 x 410 x 338 571 x 371 x 315 74 610 x 410 x 438 571 x 371 x 415 4H2/Y.../S/.../D/BAM... 1.7 174-006-JC 2.0 174-007-JC 3.0 174-008-JC 3.7 174-009-JC 4.3 174-010-JC Reusable, crimson polypropylene containers for transporting hazardous materials, available in 5 different sizes Transport containers for hazardous materials, 26 - 75 litres Use these tested reusable containers for the safe transport of dangerous goods. The compact dimensions and tried-and-tested features, including integrated foam inserts and side carrying straps, are extremely useful for a wide range of applications, both for transport and for in-house storage and logistics. W Type-tested and approved ADR transport boxes for "solids" or "inner packaging" ("S" coding) W With UN approval (suitable for transport of dangerous goods) for packaging groups I, II and III W With sturdy lid and secure tension locks W With two rip-proof, carry straps on the sides W Foam inserts in polypropylene (PP) in the lid and base protect your sensitive goods from possible damage W The removable foam inserts reduce the internal height by approx. 2 x 8 mm Regulation compliant tension locks and tear resistant textile securing straps ensure that the container remains firmly closed during transportation Foam insert in polypropylene (PP) in the lid and base protects your sensitive goods from possible damage Capacity [l] Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Un-approved Weight [kg] Order number 26 47 55 75 400 x 300 x 338 600 x 400 x 293 600 x 400 x 340 600 x 400 x 440 358 x 258 x 280 558 x 358 x 235 558 x 258 x 320 558 x 358 x 410 4H2 / x.. / S... BAM8421 3.0 117-928-JC 4H2 / x.. / S... BAM8421 3.8 117-930-JC 4H2 / x.. / S... BAM8421 5.0 117-931-JC 4H2 / x.. / S... BAM8421 5.5 117-932-JC 410 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

411

3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Plastic bucket, 5.5 and 11 litres W With UN approval W Inc. Carry handle W Conical - can be stacked inside each other W Easy-open flap with tamper-evident protection W Meets food regulations Dissipative plastic bucket, 11 litres W With UN approval W Electrically conductive W Manufactured from resistant polypropylene W With metal handle Design Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Un-approved Pack contents Order number Meets food regulations 5.5 11.0 Electrically conductive 11.0 237 x 208 293 x 245 268 x 268 1H2/Y7/S/.. 10 Item(s) 251-246-JC 1H2/Y12/S/.. 10 Item(s) 251-248-JC 1H2/Y12/S/ 5 Item(s) 251-297-JC Plastic hobbock, 30 litres W With UN approval W Meets food regulations W With ergonomic shell grips W Manufactured from resistant polypropylene W With easy-open snap lid Dissipative plastic hobbock, 30 litres W With UN approval W Electrically conductive W With ergonomic shell grips W Manufactured from resistant polypropylene Design Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Un-approved Order number Meets food regulations 30 379 x 397 1H2/Y45/S/.. 251-255-JC Electrically conductive 30 379 x 397 1H2/Y37(Z45)/S/.. 251-298-JC Collection and transport containers for hazardous goods, 170 and 250 litres For hazardous solid materials in packaging categories II or III W Suitable for used cleaning cloths, oil and chemical binders / granules etc W Sturdy container in polyethylene with lid W Airtight closure thanks to polyurethane seal and stable clips with safety pins W Simple transport with solid rubber wheels with bearings and ergonomic handle W Can be stacked two high Capacity [l] Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Un-approved Order number 170 400 x 600 x 880 1H2W/Y100/S/.. 151-338-JC 250 600 x 600 x 890 1H2W/Y120/S/.. 145-427-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 411

412

IBC containers, hazardous goods With these tried and tested containers, you can ensure the safe transport of a wide range of liquids. For the transport of dangerous goods, tested versions with UN approval are available. You can also choose between different lids and spout fittings for filling and emptying - always to suit your individual requirements. W Container in polyethylene (HDPE), UV stabilised W Sturdy, galvanised steel tube grids W Sealable inlet and outlet W With tried-and-tested butterfly valve 3 S R E N I A T N O C D N A S K N A T Large-area funnel, covers the entire surface of a 1000-litre IBC With integrated ribbing at the base of the funnel so that residu- al liquids from containers or oil filters etc. can drain off Optional coarse strainer available Design Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Filler opening Outlet Pallets Un-approved Order number IBC 1000 1000 x 1200 x 1160 DN 150 DN 50 PE 31HA1/Y/…/100 266-167-JC Funnels 50 1060 x 1260 x 168 – DN 60 – – 283-433-JC All products for Fuelling stations and containers can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12751 412 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

414

4 W O R K S A F S T Y E Q U I P M E N T Protect health The health and protection of employees is of prime importance for every company. In the area of personal safety, our wide range offers a number of preventive equipment options, such as safe and comfortable work flooring, and products and solutions for first aid in emergencies. 416 VARIO Flow containment systems VARIO Flow hazardous materials workstations GAP 418 432 434 Protective gloves Protective clothing 422 At source capture and extraction benches 436 Fall protection 426 Safety glasses 440 First aid 427 428 430 Head protection Breathing protection Hearing protection 444 Emergency Showers and Eye Wash Stations 460 Fire protection 462 Workplace matting 414 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

415

N E W P R O D U C T S F O R 2 0 2 5 Safety throughout the year - with numerous new solutions and services, and new products from the DENIOS world! Here's an overview of the highlights in this chapter. Visit our digital showroom and discover the DENIOS Download Center with a wide range of free specialist publications. Hand - eye shower Eyewash station 4 See page 448 See page 449 Body shower Body shower with eye shower See page 456 See page 457 W O R K S A F E T Y E Q U I P M E N T Hazardous substances pose considerable risks to the health and lives of employees. The “Vision Zero” prevention strategy aims to prevent all accidents at work and work-related illnesses. When working with hazardous substances, the “STOP principle” of TRGS 500 must be observed: Substitute hazards at source, use technical measures such as extraction technology, take organizational mea- sures and use personal protective equipment (PPE). DENIOS supports you in creating a safe working environment with products such as respiratory protection, safety helmets, safety goggles and hearing protection. E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 415

416

C O N T A I N M E N T S Y S T E M S F R O M D E N I O S W O R K I N G S A F E L Y W I T H H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S Personal protection - room protection - product protection: Contaminant detection systems, such as lab workstations and downflow booths, fume hoods or containment room systems from DENIOS, effectively protect your employees and the room from harmful emissions and your substances or mixtures from contamination. G U I D E S C H E C K L I S T S A R T I C L E S V I D E O S F A Q W H I T E P A P E R S I N T E R V I E W S A N D M U C H M O R E ! www.denios.co.uk/containment P R O D U C T G U I D E S M O R E P R A C T I C A L E X A M P L E S F R O M T H E F I E L D O F T H E R M O T E C H N O L O G Y C A N B E F O U N D O N O U R W E B S I T E . The workstations for paints and varnishes guarantee order and ensure that solvent vapours are extracted directly at the point of origin. This ensures that employees are protected when handling paints and varnishes. W H I T E P A P E R " P L A N N I N G D U S T W O R K S T A T I O N S C O R R E C T LY " This free DENIOS white paper contains important information on the following tasks: W Carrying out a risk assessment for workplaces with high exposure to dust that is hazardous to health W Determination of appropriate protective measures W Determination of a technical protective measure www.denios.co.uk/worktables-for-dyes- and-paints www.denios.co.uk/whitepaper-proper- planning-of-dusty-workplaces G U I D E S E F F E C T I V E N E S S O F T E C H N I C A L S A F E T Y F U M E C U P B O A R D S Technical ventilation systems capture dusts and vapours at the source of danger before they are dispersed through the air in the room and enter the breathing zone. However, they differ in their effectiveness due to different types of construction. In the following, we explain the legal basis for the collection of pollutants at the workplace, the so-called STOP principle and the advantages and disadvantages of different extraction systems. P R O D U C T R E Q U E S T A Q U O T E N O W ! Work processes involving the handling of lithium-ion cell materials harbour a considerable health risk. As a rule, these cells contain hazardous substances for which strict occupational exposure limits (OELs) apply. In these critical situations, containment systems from DENIOS are the solution for occupational safety and emission control in the working environment. www.denios.co.uk/effectiveness-of- technical-safety-fume-cupboards www.denios.co.uk/containment-lithium 416

417

S Y S T E M I N P R A C T I C E V A R I O - F L O W S Y S T E M S The name "VARIO Flow" indicates the variability of the containment systems from DENIOS. Depending on the application, various ventilation techniques, sizes and equipment are available. H O R I Z O N T A L D I S P L A C E M E N T F L O W E J E C T O R T E C H N O L O G Y For repeated work processes at intervals For continuous operation Clean air extraction systems with horizontal displacement flow work according to the “vacuum principle”. The air speed in the work area is set high enough so that harmful substances are carried away. Systems with ejector technology direct air via optimally arranged ejec- tor nozzles into the working area (push-pull principle). Airborne harmful substances such as particles or gases are safely captured and extracted by these stable air curtains. Product description W Compact worktables Order no. 263-176-JC W Compact open work stations Order no. 263-179-JC Product description W Premium worktables Order no. 263-177-JC W Laboratory and hazardous materials workstations Order no. 263-180-JC V E R T I C A L D I S P L A C E M E N T F L O W : L A M I N A R D O W N F L O W C O M B I N E D T E C H N O L O G Y : E J E C T O R T E C H N O L O G Y + L A M I N A R D O W N F L O W For dust and powder handling and high cleanliness requirements A clean, turbulent airflow moves vertically through the working area and is extracted near the floor. Airborne particles are captured in a controlled manner and directed away. Airborne particles are captured in a control- led manner and directed away. Meets the strict requirements of the chemical/pharmaceutical industry for personal and product protection The ejector technology used ensures air flows from the entrance towards the extraction vents. The targeted clean air curtain provided by the ejectors, together with the air extraction technology, ensure any harmful substances are safely captured. Product description W Request a quote now! www.denios.co.uk/ laminar-air-flow-booth Product description W Worktables Pharma Order no. 263-178-JC W Pharma open work stations Order no. 263-181-JC 417

418

4 VARIO Flow lab workstation GAP T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W Concept Safety for harmful substance capture Hazardous materials workstations protect workers when handling chemicals, ensure the prescribed workplace limits are respected and offer maximum safety for the user. Suitable for all dispensing, adhesive or cleaning tasks using hazardous substances W Tested according to EN 14175-Part 3 (5.4.4) W Working without draughts W Low operating costs in continuous operation W High retention capacity for harmful substances W High load capacity (300 kg/m²) of the work surfaces W Ensures the workplace exposure limits (WEL) are safely met when handling chemicals W Suitable for all dispensing, adhesive or cleaning tasks using hazardous substances W High levels of safety with integral fresh air curtain technology. Air is blown in via rails on the edge of the work surface and the roof, directly into the workplace W Vapours which are hazardous to health are captured and immediately extracted W Fitted with air supply and extraction monitoring, display, internal lighting and transparent side walls W Hazardous substance workstation, suitable for installation on workbenches and other workplaces W Sturdy construction with side sections and rear wall in 5 mm toughened safety glass or melamine-coated W Ready for customer-side connection to an extraction system and 230 V / 50 Hz electrical connection W Additional equipment such as work surfaces, base frames, underbench cabinets or media connections can be selected as options VARIO Flow GAP combined with optional underbench cabinets. Means that hazardous substances can be stored directly at the workplace. 418 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / E N G I N E E R I N G

419

Construction and basic equipment 1 4 7 Air extraction monitoring with a visual and acoustic alarm, with optional potential free alarm contact, integrated on/off switch and light switch Rear wall and baffle wall are easy to tilt for optimum cleaning, rear wall available in a transparent version as an option, ideal when installed in the centre of a room The worktop is available in a smooth stainless steel, stainless steel tray, Trespa or ceramic version. Alternatively, the hazardous substance workstations are also ideal for installation on existing work tables. 2 5 8 Glare-free lighting with energy saving bulbs, easily accessible, simple to change with removable cover Sturdy, torsion-resistant design in tubular aluminium with anodised surface and high chemical resistance Base frame for standing activities (890 mm height) or height-adjustable base frame (800-1100 mm height) in sturdy stainless steel, optionally with matching panels or with underbench cabinets 3 6 9 Transparent side panels in toughened safety glass ensure optimum light conditions in the hazardous substance workstation Media base in anodised aluminium as an option, for installing various media supplies such as water, gas, compressed air and power sockets Underbench cabinets can be fitted for fire- rated storage of flammable liquids, acids, alkalis etc. 4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W 1 7 2 4 6 5 3 9 8 Suitable underbench cabinets See page 158 Work safely with hazardous substances with VARIO Flow GAP from DENIOS. P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 419

420

4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W Your individual VARIO Flow GAP - in 4 easy steps Step 1: VARIO Flow GAP selection The VARIO Flow GAP is available with 24 Models in 2 heights, 4 widths and 3 depths (see table below). In the Ex version, three further Models are added (see next page) If you wish to install the VARIO Flow GAP at a position which is already available, the following steps are not needed. Step 2: Choose the worktop The worktop is available in different versions: smooth stainless steel, stain- less steel tray, Trespa and ceramic (high resistance to many acids and alka- lis). When selecting the worktop, pay attention to resistance, depending on the media to be used later. Step 3: Choose the base frame You can safely position the VARIO Flow GAP on the base frame for standing activities (H = 890 mm) or the height-adjustable base frame (H = 800-1100 mm). Step 4: Choose the underbench cabinets The required hazardous substances can be safely stored directly in the workplace using DENIOS underbench cabinets. Optional: Selection of media connections 1 4 2 3 1 2 3 4 Provide various media supplies such as water (1), gas (2), compressed air (3) sockets (4) and data (LAN) in combination with an anodised aluminium media base. Suitable underbench cabinets See page 158 All 36 sizes are shown on our website. Request a quote now! www.denios.co.uk/products/274904 420 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

421

Model Comfort Ex DENIOS hazmat workstations for Zone 1 potentially explosive areas offer the user maximum safety: reducing and avoiding potential ha- zards, by installing electrical equipment. They comply with Directive 2014/34/EU for appropriate use in explosion-protected areas. W Air supply and extraction monitoring, display, internal lighting, transparent side walls W Ensures the workplace exposure limits (WEL) are easily met when handling chemicals W High levels of safety thanks to the fresh air curtain, which is blown out at the front edge of the work surface and the roof W Vapours which are hazardous to health are captured and extracted W Prevents the build-up of an explosive atmosphere W Motor protection switch: PTB 01 ATEX 3307 Equipment category II (2) GD W Workplace lighting: PTB 97 ATEX 2223, Zone 1, Equipment category II 2 G, Ex deq II c T4 W Fresh air fan: PTB 03 ATEX 3004 Zone 1 Equipment category II 2 G, Ex c T4 W Isolating amplifier: PTB 00 ATEX 2081 Equipment category II (1) GD EEx ia II c W Differential pressure monitor: BVS 06 ATEX E141 x Equipment category II 2 G Ex ia II B T4 Order no. 274-797-JC On request 4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W Standard equipment: Switch cabinet incl. complete monitoring electronics (must be fitted outside the Ex Zone) 5 mm safety glass at the side Folding baffle wall Melamine resin coated rear wall Stainless steel work surface (V2A/14301) as a liquid tight welded spill tray Base frame (H 865 mm) Work safely with hazardous substances with VARIO Flow GAP from DENIOS. Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm]* Workspace dimensions W x D [mm]** Recommended air extraction volume [m³/h] Differential pressure [Pa]*** Number of exhaust air connections [Stück]**** *Hazardous substance workstations in width 1800 mm, each with 2 air vents. The values given relate to the whole hazardous materials workplace **Max. load capacity work surface: 60 kg/m² ***per support ****Air extraction connection size = DN 160 GAP Ex 125.120.075 1200 x 750 x 1400 1098 x 648 720 330 1 GAP Ex 125.090.075 900 x 750 x 1400 798 x 648 720 175 1 GAP Ex 125.180.075 1800 x 750 x 1400 1698 x 648 1070 199 1 P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 421

422

Mobile bench extractors The laboratory extraction kits contain extraction arms with hoods or nozzles, a speed-adjustable fan and combined standard filter-particle filter with active carbon, hose, connector and table mounting. The extraction kits are suitable for one or more workspaces, and are desig- ned with appropriate contents according to application. W Mobile extraction unit for capturing and filtering smoke, dusts and gases W Extraction of smoke and dust, e.g. soldering, grinding, polishing. The extraction unit can be used for these applications in light to medium industrial use Extraction of liquids: bonding, e.g. painting of electrical components, cleaning, painting work, can also be used here for light, time-limited use W Filter consists of: particle filter, fine filter (HEPA) and active carbon unit W Separation efficiency: 99.97% Model av 1500 Model av 1500 Example of application 4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W Model av 500 Model av 1000 Model av 2500 Model av 3000 The mobile table extraction units are flexible in use and quick to set up at the workplace Model Features AV 500 1 extraction arm, DN 32, with spherical cap and table clamp, length 1 m 42 241-401-JC Absorption capacity [m³/h]* Order number *Suction performance per extraction arm AV 1000 2 extraction arms, DN 32, with spherical cap and table clamp, length 1 m 42 241-402-JC AV 1500 3 extraction arms, DN 32, with spherical cap and table clamp, length 1 m 38 241-403-JC AV 2000 1 extraction arm with DN 50, with combi cap and table clamp, length 1.1 m 100 173-279-JC AV 2500 2 extraction arms, DN 50, with mini cap and table clamp, length 1.1 m 75 241-404-JC AV 3000 1 extraction arm, DN 75, with mini cap and table clamp, length 1.1 m 150 241-405-JC Mobile extraction fans W Extraction of welding fumes, vapours or dust W Filtering for service, repair and other time-limited work W Fresh air supply for working in narrow or enclosed spaces W Compact and powerful W Painted sheet steel housing, impeller in silumin W Intake and outlet side connection diameter 160 mm W Air volumetric flow rate 500 - 2000 m³/h W Pressure: 1500 - 400 PA W 230 V / 5.50 Hz / 750 W / 5.50 A / 2800 rpm Order no. 173-280-JC 422 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

423

ATEX extraction arm with galvanised frame W For protection from explosive gases and dusts, which may be created, for example when weighing, dosing, mixing or sampling W External parallelogram arm with hydraulic dampers W Can be used in EX Zones 1/21 and 2/22 W Marking: ATEX: EX II 2D/G W Handle and funnel in stainless steel (grade 1.4571) W Easy to manoeuvre W Holds its position W Highly flexible W PVC hose, electrically conductive W Surface resistance 10⁴ Ohm W 2 hydraulic dampers W External parallelogram frame W Funnel Ø 300 mm, Ø opening 160 mm W Ideal for a rising thermal DENIOS ONLINE SHOP There’s even more choice in the shop! www.denios.co.uk/extraction-systems 4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W Suction arm length [mm] Recommended volumetric flow rate [m³/h] Pressure loss [Pa] Order number 1500 1200 2500 1200 3000 1200 4000 1200 550 170-003-JC 600 170-019-JC 650 170-021-JC 700 170-022-JC ATEX extraction arm with stainless steel frame Parallelogram arm in polished, acid-resistant stainless steel (1.4571) with hydraulic dampers. Surface roughness Ra <0.8 µm for guaranteed sterility. All pipe ends are closed off for maximum hygi- ene. Includes wall console, Ø 160 mm. W Technical data depending on design with galvanised chassis Suction arm length [mm] Recommended volumetric flow rate [m³/h] Pressure loss [Pa] Order number 1500 1200 2500 1200 3000 1200 4000 1200 550 170-023-JC 600 170-024-JC 650 170-025-JC 700 170-026-JC ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Radial fan for potentially explosive areas Housing in sheet steel with corrosion resistant polyester resin coating, motor: 750 W, 230 / 400 V, AC, Exhaust: Ø 200 mm, air volume flow: 1200m³/h. For direct mounting on extraction arm. Includes intake fittings 160 mm. EX II 2 G T3 ATEX extraction arm with V4A stainless steel frame Stainless steel stop flap W Tight sealing W Stainless steel (1.4571) W Diameter 160 mm Order no. 170-027-JC Motor protection switch Gas explosion protection / Dust explosion protection: Ex II 2 G/D Order no. 170-028-JC Order no. 170-030-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 423

424

D E N I O S M A G A Z I N E A L L Y O U N E E D T O K N O W A B O U T P E R S O N A L P R O T E C T I V E E Q U I P M E N T Personal protective equipment (PPE) protects employees from typical risks associated with work processes. The DENIOS magazine contains interesting information and useful practical tips on the topics of work safety and health and safety. G U I D E S C H E C K L I S T S A R T I C L E S V I D E O S F A Q W H I T E P A P E R S I N T E R V I E W S A N D M U C H M O R E ! www.denios.co.uk/magazine F A Q R I S K A S S E S S M E N T F O R H A Z A R D O U S S U B S T A N C E S Anyone who handles hazardous substances, uses them or even "only" stores them, cannot do so without a risk assessment. For 25 years they have been the central component of workplace safety. In our FAQ we have compiled the answers to the most frequently asked questions concerning "Risk assess- ments for hazardous substances". www.denios.co.uk/faq-risk-assessment A R T I C L E S G U I D E S E R G O N O M I C S A N D B A C K H E A L T H A T T H E W O R K P L A C E H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S S T O R E S V S F I R E - R A T E D S T O R E S In our fact check, you can find out which risk factors affect everyday working life, which occupational groups are particularly at risk and what you should bear in mind when assessing the risks. We also offer 3 proven prevention measures for improved ergonomics and back health at the workplace. If there is an increased fire risk and safety distances can be used to separate spaces, our hazardous materials stores are ideal. They are DIBt-approved and available with additional insulation as an option. A high fire risk usually requires fire-resistant partitioning of the store. Stay safe with our fire-rated stores. They are also DIBt-approved and have certified fire protection. www.denios.co.uk/ergonomics-at-work www.denios.co.uk/hazmat 424

425

P E R S O N A L P R O T E C T I V E E Q U I P M E N T ( P P E ) Personal protective equipment (PPE) is any equipment intended to be used or worn by workers to protect themselves against a risk to their safety and health. In the DENIOS range, we offer a wide variety of high-quality PPE products from leading brand manufacturers. The product portfolio includes the following PPE areas: W Respiratory protection Disposable filtering half masks, half and full face masks as well as respiratory protection filters for use against hazards, e.g. from particles, gases or vapours. www.denios.co.uk/breathing-protection W Eye and face protection Protective goggles to protect the eyes from harm such as metal or wood splinters or hazardous liquids. W Head protection Safety helmets are important safety equipment on construction sites and in the manufacturing industry. www.denios.co.uk/protective-glasses www.denios.co.uk/head-protection W Hearing protection Prevent damage to the inner ear and reduce noise exposure with personal protective equipment. W PPE for falls from a height Especially when working at height, fall protection such as a safety harness is an important means to avert danger. www.denios.co.uk/hearing-protection www.denios.co.uk/fall-protection W Hand protection Protective gloves are used for different risks: against mechanical or chemical risks, to protect against heat or cold. W Protective clothing Disposable protective clothing to protect against physical harm, e.g. for safe work when handling chemicals. www.denios.co.uk/protective-gloves www.denios.co.uk/protection-clothing 425

426

4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W uvex ultrasonic goggles - 9302 W Very light goggles - no pressure problems when wearing continually W Suitable for wearers of glasses W Optimum ventilation W Panoramic field of view W Polycarbonate lens, colourless, UV protection W Complies with EN 166 Model Frame colour Lens colour Lens material Lens features Order number uvex ultrasonic - 9302 Orange / Grey Transparent/clear Polycarbonate Anti-mist, scratch-proof, chemical-resistant 188-854-JC 3M™ Solus™ safety glasses - 2000 W Safety glasses with slim half frame W Side arms can be easily adjusted to adapt the glasses to different head shapes W Secure, comfortable fit W Polycarbonate lens, UV protection W Meets EN 166 W Very good fit Model Frame colour Protective glass colour Lens material Feature - protective glass Order number S2005SGAF-BGR S2001ASP-BLU Grey / turquoise Blue / grey Brown Transparent/clear Polycarbonate Polycarbonate Scratchproof Anti-mist, scratchproof Anti-mist, scratchproof Anti-mist, scratchproof 271-465-JC 271-463-JC S2002SGAF-BGR Grey / turquoise Grey Polycarbonate S2001AF-BLU Blue / grey Transparent/clear Polycarbonate 271-462-JC 271-464-JC 3M™ SecureFit™ safety glasses - 400 W Flexible and comfortable, safety glasses in frameless glass W Adjustable nose pads and bridge with soft padding for increased comfort and secure fit W Special side design for pressure-free comfort W Adapts to fit various head shapes W Very light (only 19 g) W Flat, wide side arms for additional protection of the sides of the eyes W Clear polycarbonate lens, UV protection W In accordance with EN 166 Model Frame colour Lens colour Lens material Lens features Order number SF401AF Black / Green Transparent/clear Polycarbonate Anti-mist, scratchproof 259-075-JC SF402AF Black / Green Grey Polycarbonate Anti-mist, scratchproof 259-076-JC SF403AF Black / Green Yellow Polycarbonate Anti-mist, scratchproof 259-077-JC SF410AS Black / Green Indoor / Outdoor Polycarbonate Scratchproof 259-079-JC Protective boxes for personal protective equipment W Ideal storage boxes to ensure personal protective equipment is readily available in the workplace to provide protection from contaminants, dust and water spray. W Clean and safe storage W Easy to mount on the wall with screws (includes mounting kit) W Marked with the international mandatory symbol in accordance with EN ISO 7010 and ASR A1.3 Model Application External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Blue Order number Transparent MiniBox For eye protection 236 x 120 x 120 116-475-JC 116-476-JC MidiBox 4 For eye protection 236 x 125 x 225 123-604-JC 123-603-JC MaxiBox For head protection 236 x 205 x 315 119-583-JC – 426 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

427

4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W uvex pheos B-WR helmet- 9772 W Industrial safety helmet W 6 point textile strap for optimum fit and comfort W Three adjustable ventilation openings W With wheel system for stepless adjustment W Adjustment range: 52 - 61 cm W uvex visors can be fitted W In accordance with EN 397 Model Colour Order number uvex pheos B-WR - 9772.030 White 210-222-JC uvex pheos B-WR - 9772.130 Yellow 210-223-JC uvex pheos B-WR - 9772.530 Blue 210-224-JC Baumeister safety helmet- 80 W Suitable for up to size 64 W In accordance with EN 397 W Helmet shell in special thermoplastic (PE) with rain gutter W Adjustable ventilation W Simple, sturdy and precise head size adjustment W With 2 side slots for inserting hearing protection and visor mounts W Large front panel for company logo Features Order number White Order number Yellow Order number Orange Order number Blue 6-point belt strap 116-356-JC 116-357-JC 116-358-JC 116-359-JC uvex face shield W With integral forehead cover and additional head protector in impact-resistant polystyrene W Wheel for adjusting to the correct head size W Positioning mechanism holds position at any angle W Cellulose acetate visor, mist-free Order no. 210-205-JC All products for Safety glasses can be found here: All products for Storage boxes can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12857 www.denios.co.uk/kat/12859 All products for Head protection can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12855 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 427

428

4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W Model Filter classes Features Pack contents Order number 3M™ Aura™ filtering half masks - 9300+Gen3 W In accordance with EN 149:2001 W Comfortable to wear, secure seal W Integral nose clip with inner padding, easy to adjust W Elastic, colour coded textile strap for easy recognition of the protection class W Tabs on the bottom and top of the mask to make it easier to put on W 3M™ Cool-Flow™ comfort valve facilitates exhalation and reduces heat and moisture in the mask W Hygienic individual pack 9322+Gen3 FFP2 NR D Folding mask with valve 10 Item(s) 265-982-JC 9332+Gen3 FFP3 NR D Folding mask with valve 10 Item(s) 265-983-JC uvex silv-Air c filtering half masks W In accordance with EN 149:2001 W Optimised design W Soft-edged, high quality material for increased wearer comfort W Head strap for comfort and secure fit W Integral, adjustable nose clip W Sealing lip for high wearer comfort and reliable, tight fit W Mask meets the requirements for high dust loading (D marking, Dolomite dust test) W Compatible with uvex safety glasses W Exhalation valve to reduce exhalation resistance and to reduce heat and damp in the mask Model Filter classes Features Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number uvex silv-Air c 2100 FFP1 NR D Shaped mask without valve 20 Item(s) 210-228-JC uvex Silv-Air c 2200 FFP2 NR D Shaped mask without valve 20 Item(s) 210-229-JC uvex silv-Air c 3210 FFP2 NR D Folding mask with valve 15 Item(s) 210-232-JC uvex silv-Air c 3310 FFP3 NR D Folding mask with valve 15 Item(s) 210-233-JC X-plore® filtering half mask - 1700 W In accordance with EN 149:2001 W Effective protection against dust as well as solid and liquid particles W Very comfortable to wear W High quality filter materials W Low breathing resistance W Flexible nose clip, nose padding W Soft inner fleece W Strap VarioFLEX™ W Hygienic individual pack W CoolMAX™ exhalation valve eases breathing and prevents heat from building up inside the mask Model Filter classes Features Pack contents Order number X-plore 1710 FFP1 NR D Folding mask without valve 20 Item(s) 180-078-JC X-plore 1720 FFP2 NR D Folding mask without valve 20 Item(s) 180-079-JC X-plore 1720V FFP2 NR D Folding mask with valve 10 Item(s) 180-080-JC X-plore 1720V Odour FFP2 NR D Folding mask with valve 10 Item(s) 180-081-JC X-plore 1730V FFP3 NR D Folding mask with valve 10 Item(s) 180-082-JC 428 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

429

X-plore® full mask - 6300 W Complies with EN 136 - Class 2 W Perfect seal seat W Round thread connection Rd40in accordance with EN 148-1 W Comfortable 5 point straps W Plastic membrane W Wide lens Order no. 180-091-JC Fume protection half mask - model 330 W In accordance with EN 140 W Round thread connection Rd40 in accordance with EN 148-1 W The body of the mask is manufactured from skin-friendly, non-aging EPDM W With exhalation valve and under-chin support W Infinitely adjustable straps W Suitable for people, who wear glasses 4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W Order no. 116-612-JC Filter optional 3M™ disposable half masks - 4200 Plus W In accordance with EN 405 W Full mask with integrated filters W Dolomite-dust test (D) guarantees that the particle filters will be highly durable W With exhalation valve to reduce heat accumulation W The strap to hold the mask in place ensures that it sits securely Model Version Filter classes Application Order number 4255 Half mask, disposable FFA2P3 D Protection against organic vapours up to 30 times the exposure limit 149-217-JC 4279 Half mask, disposable FFABEK1P3 D Protection against organic vapours, inorganic and acidic gases as well as ammonia up to 30 times the exposure limit 149-224-JC All products for Respiratory protection can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12854 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 429

430

4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W uvex "one 2 click" dispenser W Simple to use, robust dispenser for wall mounting (supplied without ear plugs) W Suitable for uvex x-fit and uvex com4-fit ear plugs W Transparent design allows the fill level to be checked Model Snr [dB] Colour Equipment Order number Dispenser – Blue 1 dispenser, for 400 pairs of earplugs 210-215-JC uvex x-fit 37 Yellow uvex com4-fit 33 Orange 300 pairs, loose in refill box 300 pairs, loose in refill box 210-216-JC 210-217-JC ULTRAFIT with cord W Very comfortable to wear W Excellent protection from noise W Preformed, reusable ear plugs W Particularly skin-friendly with siliconee W Washable W Complies with EN 352 Model Snr [dB] Size Colour 1 Pack contents Order number uvex x-fit with strap W Very good sound absorption W Excellent speech recognition W Very comfortable to wear Snr [dB] Size Colour Pack contents Order number Ultrafit 32 Universal Yellow 50 Pair 173-073-JC W Preferred for use under very loud conditions W The closed skin of the foam ear plug prevents foreign bodies penetrating the surface. W Complies with EN 352 uvex x-fit - 2112.010 37 Universal Yellow 100 Pair 210-208-JC All products for Hearing protection can be found here: All products for Storage boxes can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12858 www.denios.co.uk/kat/12859 430 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

431

4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W VeriShield™ W Lightweight and padded headband, adjustable to different head sizes W Sturdy ear defenders with generous defender opening W Soft memory foam ear cups W Pleasant fit without applying pressure W For extended use in noisy workplaces W Complies with EN 352 Model Snr [dB] Order number VS100D 26 281-495-JC VS110M 32 281-496-JC VS130D 36 281-497-JC uvex K ear defenders W Padded headband for high comfort, foldable W Infinitely variable length adjustment for perfect positioning W Soft memory foam sealing cushions for a good seal and fit on the head W Optimum capsule geometry for pressure-free enclosure of the outer ear W For long-term use in noisy work areas W In accordance with EN 352-1 NEW Model Snr [dB] Order number K10 30 311-685-JC K20 33 311-686-JC K30 36 311-687-JC Optime™ W Multipurpose ear defenders for extended use in noisy workplaces W The SOFT inner headband padding ensures a comfortable, pressure-free fit W Ear cushions are filled with a combination of liquid and foam W Stepless height adjustment W Complies with EN 352 Model Snr [dB] Order number Optime I 27 173-077-JC Optime II 31 173-078-JC Protective boxes for personal protective equipment W Ideal storage boxes to ensure personal protective equipment is readily available in the workplace to provide protection from contaminants, dust and water spray. W Clean and safe storage W Easy to mount on the wall with screws (includes mounting kit) W Marked with the international mandatory symbol in accordance with EN ISO 7010 and ASR A1.3 Model Application External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Transparent Order number Blue MiniBox For hearing protection 236 x 120 x 120 116-479-JC 119-581-JC MidiBox For hearing protection 236 x 125 x 225 116-485-JC 116-484-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 431

432

4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W EN 388 4131A EN 388 3131X EN 388 4X42B EN 388 EN 407 1542 423444 432 Maxiflex® Ultimate 34-874 W Category II nylon material with patented nitrile microfoam coating, breathable W Backs of the hands and fingers left free W Ergonomic shape with maximum comfort for the wearer and W Excellent grip when the gloves are wet or dry, W Silicone free W Sizes 8 - 10 Area of application: Automobile industry, precision engineering, packing and distribution work Pack = 12 Pair Order no. 164-746-JC uvex phynomic W Category II, protective gloves for mechanical hazards, with knitted trim W Aqua polymer foam coating on palm and fingertips W Excellent sense of touch W Good dry and wet grip W Breathable W Length: approx. 25 cm W Sizes 7 - 10 Area of application: Precision work, fine assembly/assembly, general maintenance work Pack = 10 Pair Order no. 210-275-JC Camapur CUT 627 W Category II, good grip even with slightly oily objects W High mechanical resilience W Thin PU coating ensures good wearer comfort W Resistant to dirt W Length: approx. 25 cm W Sizes 8 - 11 Area of application: Electrical industry, cutting protection, metalworking, precision engineering, automotive industry and suppliers Pack = 10 Pair Order no. 180-482-JC Heat protection gloves W Category III, in accordance with EN 388, EN 407 W For applications up to 1000° C radiant heat W Back of hands: aluminium-coated Preox aramide fabric W Model B: palm aramid woven fabric, contact heat to 500° C W Also suitable as a transport aid or welding spray protection W Size 10 Area of application: Foundries, welding shops Pack = 1 Pair Model B, length 30 cm Pack = 1 Pair Model B, length 38 cm Order no. 182-047-JC Order no. 182-048-JC W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

433

Dermatril W Category III nitrile single use gloves with rough finger tips, paint resistant W Suitable for storing food W Packed in practical dispensing carton W Length 28 cm: coating thickness: 0.2 mm W Sizes 7 - 10 Area of application: Laboratory work, examinations, taking samples, protection against chemicals, industrial and building cleaning, handling foodstuffs Pack = 25 Pair Order no. 158-074-JC Showa-690 W Category III, soft cotton quality, PVC dipped W With heat-sealed PVC gauntlet W Particularly oil and chemical-resistant W Anti-bacterial W Non-allergenic W Length: approx. 60 cm W Sizes 9 - 11 EN ISO 374-1 Typ A JKLOPT EN ISO 374-5 EN ISO 374-1 EN 388 Typ B VIRUS KPT 1000X 4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W Area of application: Food and mineral oil industry, chemical industry, mechanical engineering Pack = 1 Pair Order no. 164-747-JC EN ISO 374-1 EN ISO 374-5 EN 388 Typ B JKL 4121X TOUCH N TUFF® 92-600 W Category III, disposable glove made out of nitrile fingertips W Powder-free, long service life, coating W Protection again many industrial chemicals, 3 x more airtight than latex or PVC disposal gloves W High wearer comfort, smooth surface on the thickness 0.12 mm W Dispenser box of 50 pairs W Length: approx. 24 cm W Sizes 8 - 10 Area of application: Working with pharmaceuticals and chemicals, chemical industry, laboratories, emergency services, automobile assembly Pack = 50 Pair Order no. 180-467-JC EN ISO 374-1 Typ B JKPT EN ISO 374-5 VIRUS All products for Protective gloves can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12861 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 433

434

4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W Chemical protection overall, Tyvek® 500 Xpert, CHF5 W Category III, Model 5B, 6B W Tyvek® material W Grammage: 41 G/m² W Lint free, rip resistant, breathable W Zip cover W Meets EN ISO 13982-1, EN 13034, EN 14126, EN 1073-2, EN 1149-5 W Area of application: power stations, paint shops, ASBESTOS removal, maintenance, cleaning and refurbishment work Size Order number M 129-883-JC L 129-884-JC XL 129-885-JC XXL 129-886-JC Chemical protection overall Tychem® 6000 F, CHA5 W Category III, Model 3B, 4B, 5B, 6B W Tyvek-polyethylene spin-bonded fabric, laminated onto the polymer coated barrier foil W Grammage: 115 G/m² W Heat-sealed seams, 100% liquid-tight W Anti-static on the inside W High mechanical resilience W Tested with 150 chemicals (test data is available) W Meets EN 14605, EN ISO 13982-1, EN 13034, EN 14126, EN 1073-2, EN 1149-5 W Areas of application: chemical industry, disposal, emergency teams, decontamination work Size Order number M 129-879-JC L 129-880-JC XL 129-881-JC XXL 129-882-JC Chemical protection overalls uvex 5/6 W Category III, model 5, 6 W Silicon free disposable overalls, partially spray-tight and particle-tight, suitable for cleanrooms W Bound seams and contrasting elastics W Resealable zipper flap W Meets EN ISO 13982-1, EN 13034, EN 1149-5 W Area of application: Working with dusty chemicals, painting, general maintenance work Size Order number M 210-242-JC L 210-243-JC XL 210-244-JC XXL 210-245-JC XXXL 210-246-JC 434 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

435

4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W Chemical protection overall PolyPlus® W Category III, model 4, 5, 6 W Polyethylene coated polypropylene W Grammage: 66 G/m² W The seams are impervious to liquids and particles and are sealed with tape W Zip cover with self adhesive seal W Meets EN 14605, EN ISO 13982-1, EN 13034 W Area of application: steam blasting, protection from chemicals when working with phosphoric acid, sulphuric acid or sodium hydroxide for example Size Order number XL 129-887-JC XXL 129-888-JC Chemical protection overalls CoverChem®Plus W Category III, Model 3B, 4B, 5B, 6B W Liquid-tight, double seams W Zip fastening with a double, velcro fastening cover panel W Velcro fastener to cover chin W Hooks for thumbs W Tested with 100 chemicals (test data is available) W Meets EN 14605, EN ISO 13982-1, EN 13034, EN 14126, EN 1073-2, EN 1149-5 W Area of application: handling organic and highly concentrated inorganic chemicals and biological hazardous materials Size Order number L 170-432-JC XL 170-433-JC XXL 170-434-JC All products for Protective clothing can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12862 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 435

436

D E N I O S M A G A z I N E A L L Y O U N E E D T O K N O W A B O U T P E R S O N A L P R O T E C T I V E E Q U I P M E N T F O R F A L L S F R O M A H E I G H T At workplaces with a risk of falling that are not protected by general arrangements, the use of personal protective equipment for falls from a height is necessary. Personal protective equipment for falls from a height protects against a fall either by preventing a fall, arresting a free fall or by ensuring a position is held at the relevant workplace. Information on the selection and use of personal protective equipment against falls from a height can be found in DGUV regulation 112-198 "Use of personal protective equipment for falls from a height". G U I D E S C H E C K L I S T S A R T I C L E S V I D E O S F A Q W H I T E P A P E R S I N T E R V I E W S A N D M U C H M O R E ! www.denios.co.uk/magazine G U I D E S S T A N D A R D S Depending on the area and purpose of use, safety harnesses are subject to different standards: EN 358 Belts and lanyards for work positioning For holding in the working position and for restraint in areas where there is a risk of falling (e.g. when working on flat roofs). The restraint points are usually located laterally in the area of the pelvic bone. EN 361 Full body harnesses For fall protection in areas where there is a risk of falling and for arresting falls (e.g. when working on towers, masts, building overhangs). The retention points are located at the back between the shoulder blades (dorsal) or in the chest area (sternal). EN 361 Full body harnesses for use in climbing protection in conjunction with EN 353-1 G U I D E S S A F E W O R K I N G A T H E I G H T For fall protection in areas where there is a risk of falling and for arresting falls in conjunction with fall arresters on a fixed guide - climbing protection (e.g. when working on towers, masts). The climbing protection restraint points are usually located on the abdominal belt, centrally in front of the body. EN 813 Sit harnesses For holding in a seated working position when hanging freely. Sit harness restraint points are located as close as possible to the body's centre of gravity. Lanyards Other standards EN 341 Personal fall protection equipment EN 354 EN 355 Energy absorbers EN 353-2 Guided type fall arresters including a flexible anchor line EN 360 Retractable type fall arresters EN 795 Anchor devices EN 1496 Rescue hoists Learn more about the causes and consequences of falls, which legal regulations apply in the UK and which criteria you should consider in your risk assessment for work on roofs, scaffolding and ladders. In addition, we have put together some professional fall prevention solutions for you. DENIOS expertise. www.denios.co.uk/working-safely-at-height 436

437

Harness set Safety Kit 5 W Safety harness EN 361 W Shock absorbing lanyard, 1.5 m, EN 354, 355 W Transport bag W Max. user weight: 100 kg W For use in trade, building work and industry Order no. 267-180-JC Comfort-Set 1 W Safety harness EN 361 W Fall arrest equipment for working on the move, 10 m, EN 353-2 W Transport case manufactured from steel sheet W Max. user weight: 140 kg W For occasional use e.g. for inspecting containers. 4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W Order no. 172-847-JC Shock absorbing lanyards W In the event of a fall, a woven strap breaks open from within the casing to support the increased load. W EN 354, 355 W Fitted with Model SK 12 kernmantle rope W Max. user weight: 100 kg Version A W With carabiner FS 51 / FS 51 (max. opening 17 mm) Version B W With carabiner FS 51 / FS 90 (max. opening 60 mm) Rope length [m] Order number 1.5 172-843-JC 2.0 172-844-JC Rope length [m] Order number 1.5 172-845-JC 2.0 172-846-JC ERGOGRIP lanyard W To secure directly to equipment / buildings you are working on to ensure maximum safety once in the correct position W Carabiner FS 51 / Model B W EN 354, 358 W Max. user weight: 100 kg Rope length [m] Order number 1.5 172-850-JC 2.0 172-851-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 437

438

4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W Peanut 1 fall arrest equipment W Ultra-compact fall arrest equipment W With plastic housing and belt strap W With carabiner FS 90 ALU at the attachment side and carabiner STAK TRI on the harness side W In accordance with EN 360 W Max. user weight: 135 kg Rope length [m] Weight [kg] Order number 1.8 2 257-252-JC 2.5 2 257-253-JC HMS Steel Tri carabiner W For securing fall arrest equipment to a tripod W Max. user weight: 100 kg Order no. 172-868-JC Lanyard with loop and carabiner W For securing to fall arrest equipment when carrying out construction work W Max. user weight: 100 kg Order no. 191-575-JC MAGIC fall arrest equipment W Fall arrest equipment, aluminium W Small, light and steplessly adjustable W 2 x STAK carabiners on Ø 12 mm kernmantle rope W Sewn at the ends W Complies with EN 353-2 W Ideal for use on ladders and high shelves W Max. user weight: 100 kg Rope length [m] Order number 5 172-860-JC 438 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

439

W Rope can be exchanged, can be used in either W Self-locking in the event of a fall W Meets EN 360, EN 1496 W Max. user weight: 140 kg W To use this equipment you also need the Gordon Rescue kernmantle rope (not included) Gordon Rescue abseiling device W For safe working in manholes, drains or silos and quick rescue in the event of an emergency direction W Ratio 3:1, to pull a person up, an effort of only 33% of the weight of the person is needed; work can be carried out safely while hanging on the rope W Low weight with sturdy, milled aluminium housing Order no. 257-257-JC Transport bag for Safety Roll W Waterproof with rucksack straps Order no. 172-867-JC 4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W Kernmantle rope for Gordon Rescue W Diameter: 10.5 m W Max. user weight: 140 kg Rope length [m] Order number 15 257-258-JC 40 257-259-JC 80 257-260-JC Aluminium tripod W To enable people to abseil into and be pulled up from manholes, for emergency rescue or for lowering people using fall arrest equipment W Quick and easy to set up W 8 height-adjustable legs W 3 suspension points W In accordance with EN 795 W Dimensions once set up: 1750 x 230 x 230 mm, height (set up) 1560 to 2610 mm, max. diameter: 2400 mm Aluminium tripod, load capacity 500 kg, with tension chain Order no. 172-864-JC Winch W The winch is an accessory for the aluminium tripod for quickly ensuring the safety of people working in manholes W Load capacity: 250 kg W With 15 m steel rope incl. holder Order no. 145-113-JC Example of use: abseiling into a drain with a tripod and an abseiling device. By using this equipment an additional safety measure is provided. We recom- mend that a fall arrest set or fall arrest equipment with a pulley should be used. E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 439

440

QuickFix plaster dispenser system Most cuts only need a plaster. The QuickFix plaster dispenser system makes giving first aid simple and safe, anywhere on your premises. W QuickFix plaster dispenser including plaster strips W Plaster wrapping is automatically removed as they are dispensed. W Simple and easy to use one handed W Hygienic, individually wrapped plasters 4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W Contents Order number 2 x 45 pieces, waterproof 179-545-JC 2 x 45 pieces, elastic 179-546-JC 2 x 45 pieces, detectable 179-547-JC Plaster dispenser QuickFix Contents Order number 6 x 45 pieces, waterproof 179-548-JC 6 x 45 pieces, elastic 179-549-JC 6 x 45 pieces, detectable 179-550-JC Plaster dispenser refill 440 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

441

QuickSafe Box, basic W First aid ready at hand in one place W For eyewashing and small cuts W The most important first aid products - practical, easy to see and ready at hand in one place W For quick and easy access in an emergency W Flexible system giving a clear overview, easy to refill W Sturdy dust-proof wall mounted box in impact resistant plastic W Transparent folding lid for practical overview and quick access W Delivery incl. mounting equipment for wall mounting and QuickGuide instructions W Contents: 2 x 500 ml eyewash bottles (saline solution), 1 x 200 ml eyewash bottle (pH neutral), 5 x 20 ml QuickRinse eyewash ampoules (saline solution), 1 x QuickFix Elastic with 45 elastic plaster strips 4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W Order no. 243-634-JC All products for First aid can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12781 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 441

442

D E N I O S M A G A Z I N E A L L Y O U N E E D T O K N O W A B O U T E M E R G E N C Y S H O W E R S A N D E Y E W A S H S O L U T I O N S Whether it's contact with alkalis, acids, heat or heavy contamination: eye wash solutions and emergency showers provide immediate assistance and relief in the event of chemical burns and exposure to foreign bodies. Thanks to their compact design, the products in the DENIOS range can be stored and mounted directly at the workplace and are therefore at hand when they are needed. Equip your workplace with emergency showers and eye wash solutions from DENIOS. G U I D E S C H E C K L I S T S A R T I C L E S V I D E O S F A Q W H I T E P A P E R S I N T E R V I E W S A N D M U C H M O R E ! www.denios.co.uk/magazine F A Q M A K I N G T H E R I G H T C H O I C E E M E R G E N C Y S H O W E R S : 1 0 Q U E S T I O N S , 1 0 A N S W E R S E M E R G E N C Y S H O W E R S E L E C T I O N G U I D E Which product is the right one? The protection of eyes and body is of particular importance when handling hazardous substances. That is why you protect your employees and yourself with personal protective equipment and work safety rules. If, despite all these preventive measures, an emergency does occur, eye and emergency showers must be available quickly for first aid. Fixed eye showers, body emergency showers or combined systems offer further safety. To help you make the right decision, we have put together a clear selection guide. Find the right product for your emergency provisions. www.denios.co.uk/emergency-showers-faqs www.denios.co.uk/shower-selection-guide A R T I C L E S G U I D E S S A F E T Y F O R O P E R A T O R S . F I R S T A I D F O R U S E R S 2-fold protection with emergency showers! E Y E W A S H B O T T L E S F R O M D E N I O S W What types of eye wash bottles are available W What are eye wash bottles suitable for W Are there legal requirements for eyewash bottles Discover the product recommendations from our safety experts, with optimal equipment for many standard applications. Many models have independent DVGW certification for even better operator safety. Find out more! www.denios.co.uk/2-fold-protection www.denios.co.uk/eye-wash-bottles 442

443

E M E R G E N C Y S H O W E R S E L E C T I O N G U I D E F I N D T H E R I G H T P R O D U C T F O R Y O U R A P P L I C A T I O N I M P O R T A N T F A C T O R S F O R Y O U R P R O D U C T S E L E C T I O N : Site conditions (indoor or outdoor installation, availability of water and electricity connections, installation options) Special requirements (use in Ex areas, high hygiene standards, integrated alarm function required) Regions of the body at risk Required flushing time Flow rate E Y E W A S H B O T T L E S E Y E S H O W E R S W I T H A C O N N E C T I O N T O T H E W A T E R M A I N S B O D Y S H O W E R S W I T H A C O N N E C T I O N T O T H E W A T E R M A I N S C O M B I E M E R G E N C Y S H O W E R S W I T H A W A T E R C O N N E C T I O N C O M B I E M E R G E N C Y S H O W E R S W I T H A N I N T E G R A L W A T E R T A N K M O B I L E B O D Y A N D E Y E S H O W E R with water supply with water supply with water supply EN-15154-4 EN-15154-2 EN-15154-1 EN 15154-1, EN 15154-2, EN 15154-5 Release of flushing liquid by squeezing the body of the bottle Release by pressure plate, valve lever or hinged cover Release by pull rod Release by pull rod (body shower) or pressure plate or hinged cover (eye shower) with integrated water tank with integrated water tank EN-15154-5 EN 15154-3 Triggered by pull lever or standing platform or hinged cover (eye shower) Triggered by lever or pressure plate (handheld shower) ü  ü  ü  ü ü* ü ü Mounting options Mobile or wall station Wall, table or floor mounting Wall or ceiling mounting Floor mounting Floor mounting Design in accordance with Functionality Indoor installation Outdoor installation On-site water con- nection required On-site power connection required Eye flushing Body rinsing Flushing time Flow rate In stainless steel for high hygienic requirements Suitable for Ex areas Integrated alarm function Advantages / special product variants   ü  until bottle content is used up 200 - 1000 ml flushing liquid    ü  ü  unlimited > 6 l/min ü**   ü   ü unlimited > 60 l/min ü**   ü ü* ü ü unlimited Eye shower: > 6 l/min Body shower: > 60 l/min ü** ü***   ü ü ü depending on version and according to EN 15154-5 depending on version and according to EN 15154-5 ü ü*** ü**** ü ü5) Mobile   ü ü until the tank contents is used up Eye shower: 7 l/min Body shower: 50 l/min    Can be flexibly provided and taken along when working. Available as single bottles, wall station or dust-pro- tected wall box. Models with a hose can be used in a stationary position (hands free) or by directing the water source to the injured person. Thanks to their particu- larly space-saving wall or ceiling mounting, they can be easily installed in any working environment. Practical combination of eye and body shower. Also available in frost-proof, Ex-proof variants. Can be installed even without a water connection. Models with an integrated alarm system ensure that emergency personnel are informed quickly. Can be provided flexibly and are by the chassis for internal use suitable. For temporary situations such as sporadic activities with hazardous materials. * Frost-proof models with integrated heating ** Stainless steel model variants available *** Ex-protected model variants available **** Model variants with integrated alarm function available Errors and technical changes excepted. The technical information on this page has been compiled carefully and to the best of our knowledge and belief. Nevertheless, DENIOS Ltd. cannot assume any warranty or liability of any kind, whether contractual, tortious or otherwise, for the topicality, completeness and correctness of the information, neither towards the reader nor towards third parties. Use of the information and content for your own or third-party purposes is therefore at your own risk. In all cases, please observe the applicable local and current legislation. 443

444

Eye wash bottles All eye wash bottles have an ergonomically shaped eye dish. Eyelids are open during the washing process so that the sterile solution directly reaches the inside of the injured eye. W To quickly rinse in case of an eye injury, to prevent permanent damage W Special eye bath attachments that help to keep the eyes open W Ergonomically designed eye shield W Handy plastic bottle, sealed and sterile, maintenance free W Simple and safe to use with instruction pictograms on the bottle W Keeps for up to three years unopened W Eyewash bottles, with either saline or ph-neutral phosphate buffer solution W Complies with EN 15154-4 4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Eye wash belt bag, suitable for 200 ml bottles this ensures that an eye wash bottle is immediately to hand when dangerous work is undertaken. Order no. 145-540-JC Model Duo Model Mono Model Version - eye wash solution Number of eye attachments Contents [ml] Rinsing solutions Order number Mono Single bottle 1 200 Saline solution 145-539-JC Mono Single bottle 1 500 Saline solution 123-481-JC Duo Single bottle 2 500 Saline solution 243-632-JC Duo Single bottle 2 1000 Saline solution 188-942-JC Mono Single bottle 1 200 Ph-neutral 145-541-JC Duo Single bottle 2 500 Ph-neutral 188-943-JC 444 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

445

Emergency eyewash station in wall mounted box W Fast treatment in the event of an eye injury W Optimum protection from contamination W Dust-free wall box with fold down front W Emergency eye wash station with 2 eyewash bottles, on hand at all times W Delivery incl. pictogram board with instructions for use and mirror as well as mounting material W Special eye bath attachments that help to keep the eyes open W Ergonomically designed eye shield W Particularly recommended for use in industry and in the workshop W Eyewash bottles, with either saline or ph-neutral phosphate buffer solution W Eye wash bottles in accordance with EN 15154-4 Eye emergency station, with cover Order no. 123-484-JC 4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W Wall mounted box with 2 eyewash bottles, Model Duo (500 ml pH neutral, 500 ml saline solution) Order no. 243-633-JC Eye wash kit in a box Order no. 145-542-JC Model Version - eye wash solution External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Number of eyewash bottles Number of eye attachments Rinsing solutions Contents [ml] Order number Mono Wall box 227 x 110 x 265 2 1 Saline solution 2 x 500 123-484-JC Mono Wall box 227 x 110 x 265 2 1 Ph-neutral + saline solution 200 / 500 145-542-JC Duo Wall box 227 x 110 x 265 2 2 Ph-neutral + saline solution 2 x 500 243-633-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 445

446

Hand - eye showers W Shower head with dust cap, for a uniform, gentle water jet W Automatic flow regulator for a constant flow rate independent of water pressure W Integrated backflow preventer to protect drinking water W Easy operation thanks to locking release handle W Housing in plastic, media-carrying parts in brass W Stainless steel-sheathed hose W In accordance with EN 15154-2 W DIN-DVGW certified 4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W Assembly Model Number of shower heads Version shower heads Material Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Hose length [mm] Order number Wall- / table-mounted BR 712025 1 Straight Brass 7 1/2"-IG 1.5 1500 201-238-JC Wall- / table-mounted BR 713025 1 Curved Brass 7 1/2"-IG 1.5 1500 201-239-JC Wall- / table-mounted BR 714025 2 Curved Brass 14 1/2"-IG 2.5 1500 201-240-JC Hand - eye showers W Shower head with dust cap, for a uniform, gentle water jet W Automatic flow regulator for a constant flow rate independent of water pressure W Integrated backflow preventer to protect drinking water W Simple operation thanks to locking release lever W Stainless steel-sheathed hose W In accordance with EN 15154-2 W DIN-DVGW certified Assembly Model Number of shower heads Version shower heads Material Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Hose length [mm] Order number Table/workbench fitting BR 718020 1 Straight Stainless steel 7 1/2"-IG 1.5 1500 305-244-JC Table/workbench fitting BR 719020 2 Straight Stainless steel 14 1/2"-IG 2.5 1500 305-246-JC Wall-mounted BR 718030 1 Straight Stainless steel 7 1/2"-IG 1.5 1500 305-245-JC Wall-mounted BR 719030 2 Straight Stainless steel 14 1/2"-IG 2.5 1500 305-247-JC 446 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

447

4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W Eye showers W Shower heads with dust cap, for a uniform, gentle water jet W 2 shower heads, angled at 45° W Automatic flow regulator for a constant flow rate independent of water pressure W Simple operation with large pressure plate, luminescent W In accordance with EN 15154-2 2 1 3 1 2 3 Wall-mounted Wall-mounted - flush fitting Wall-mounted - flush fitting BR 210095 Stainless steel Polished 14 3/4"-AG 1.5 305-252-JC BR 210085 Stainless steel powder coated 14 3/4"-AG 1.5 201-242-JC BR 250095 Stainless steel Polished 14 3/4"-IG 1.5 305-251-JC 2 1 Assembly Model Material Surface Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Order number Table/workbench fitting BR 200085 Stainless steel powder coated 14 1/2"-AG 2.5 201-241-JC Wall-mounted BR 250085 Stainless steel powder coated 14 3/4"-IG 1.5 201-243-JC Eye showers W Shower heads with dust cap, for a uniform, gentle water jet W Automatic flow regulator for a constant flow rate independent of water pressure W Simple operation with large pressure plate, luminescent W In accordance with EN 15154-2 W DIN-DVGW certified Assembly Model Material Surface Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Order number 1 2 Wall-mounted BR 300085 Stainless steel powder coated 14 3/4"-IG 2.5 201-244-JC Wall-mounted BR 300095 Stainless steel Polished 14 3/4"-IG 2.5 305-248-JC Eyewash station W Housing, hinged protective cover and basin in impact resistant ABS plastic W 2 shower heads for a uniform, gentle water jet W Simple operation by pulling down the hinged protective cover W Flow control valve for setting the desired jet height and flow rate W Dimensions W x D x H (mm): 355 x 305 x 245 W In accordance with EN 15154-2 W DIN-DVGW certified Assembly Model Material Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Order number Wall-mounted BR 850005 ABS plastic 14 3/8"-AG 2.5 305-253-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 447

448

NEW 4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W 2 NEW 1 Handheld eye showers W Spray head with tight-fitting dust cap and protective rubber cap W Dust cap opens automatically when actuated and remains open. After use, it can simply be closed again by hand W Light weight for easy and continuous handling W Simple operation by means of locking operating button W Glass fibre reinforced plastic handle with stainless steel valve W Stainless steel sheathed hose, with swivel joint for optimum alignment of the hand-eye shower W Integrated backflow preventer protects against backflow W Automatic flow regulator for a constant water jet W Reduced calcification thanks to easy-to-clean spray head W With information signs for eye shower (1 x 3D sign, 1 x adhesive sign), board with instruc- tions and maintenance table W In accordance with EN 15154-2 W DIN-DVGW certified Assembly Number of shower heads Version shower heads Material Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Order number 1 Wall-mounted 1 Curved Plastic 7 1/2"-IG 1.5 306-242-JC 2 Wall-mounted 2 Curved Plastic 14 1/2"-IG 1.5 306-243-JC Handheld eye showers W Spray head with tight-fitting dust cap and protective rubber cap W Dust cap opens automatically when actuated and remains open. After use, it can simply be closed again by hand W Light weight for easy and continuous handling W Simple operation by means of locking operating button W Glass fibre reinforced plastic handle with stainless steel valve W Stainless steel sheathed hose, with swivel joint for optimum alignment of the hand-eye shower and pull-out stop W Integrated backflow preventer protects against backflow W Automatic flow regulator for a constant water jet W Reduced calcification thanks to easy-to-clean spray head W With self-adhesive eye shower information sign W In accordance with EN 15154-2 W DIN-DVGW certified 3 1 1 2 3 4 Assembly Number of shower heads Version shower heads Material Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Order number Table/workbench fitting 1 Curved Plastic Table/workbench fitting 2 Curved Plastic 7 1/2"-IG 1.5 306-244-JC 14 1/2"-IG 1.5 306-245-JC Wall-mounted Wall-mounted 1 Curved Plastic 7 1/2"-IG 1.5 306-246-JC 2 Curved Plastic 14 1/2"-IG 1.5 306-247-JC 2 4 448 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

449

Eye showers W 2 spray heads with tight-fitting dust caps and protective rubber cap W Simple operation by folding down the shower arm W Dust caps open automatically when actuated and remain open. After use, they can simply be closed again by hand W With the eye shower folded up, any existing basin can be fully used W Automatic flow regulator for a constant water jet W Reduced calcification thanks to easy-to-clean spray heads W With information signs for eye shower (1 x 3D sign, 1 x adhesive sign), board with instructions and maintenance table W In accordance with EN 15154-2 W DIN-DVGW certified Assembly Equipment Material Surface Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Order number 1 Table/workbench fitting Vertically swivelling Brass powder coated 16 1/2"-AG 2 306-248-JC 2 Zellenmontage Vertically swivelling Brass powder coated 16 1/2"-AG 2 306-249-JC Eye showers W 2 spray heads with tight-fitting dust caps and protective rubber cap W Simple operation by swivelling the shower arm W Dust caps open automatically when actuated and remain open. After use, they can simply be closed again by hand W Automatic flow regulator for a constant water jet W Reduced calcification thanks to easy-to-clean spray heads W With information signs for eye shower (1 x 3D sign, 1 x adhesive sign), board with instructions and maintenance table W In accordance with EN 15154-2 W DIN-DVGW certified Assembly Equipment Material Surface Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Order number 1 2 Table/workbench fitting Can be swivelled horizontally, mounted to the left of the basin Brass powder coated 16 1/2"-IG 2 306-250-JC Table/workbench fitting Can be swivelled horizontally, mounted to the right of the basin Brass powder coated 16 1/2"-IG 2 306-251-JC Eye showers W 2 spray heads with tight-fitting dust caps and protective rubber cap W Suitable for connection to a ring main W Simple operation by pressing the control panel W Dust caps open automatically when actuated and remain open. After use, they can simply be closed again by hand W Automatic flow regulator for a constant water jet W Reduced calcification thanks to easy-to-clean spray heads W With information signs for eye shower (1 x 3D sign, 1 x adhesive sign), board with instructions and 4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W NEW 1 2 NEW 2 1 NEW maintenance table W In accordance with EN 15154-2 W DIN-DVGW certified Assembly Material Surface Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Order number 1 Wall-mounted Brass powder coated 16 3/4"-IG 1.5 306-255-JC Wall-mounted Brass powder coated 16 5/4"-IG 1.5 306-256-JC 1 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 449

450

4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W 1 1 2 2 Eye showers W Shower heads with dust cap, for a uniform, gentle water jet W Automatic flow regulator for a constant flow rate independent of water pressure W With upper and lower water connection for installation in circulation lines W Simple operation with large pressure plate, luminescent W In accordance with EN 15154-2 W DIN-DVGW certified Assembly Model Material Surface Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Order number 1 Floor mounting BR 305085 Stainless steel powder coated 14 1 1/4"-IG 2.5 305-249-JC 2 Floor mounting BR 305095 Stainless steel Polished 14 1 1/4"-IG 2.5 305-250-JC Eye showers W Housing, hinged protective cover and basin in impact resistant ABS plastic W 2 shower heads for a uniform, gentle water jet W With upper and lower water connection for installation in circulation lines W Simple operation by pulling down the hinged protective cover W Flow control valve for setting the desired jet height and flow rate W Basin dimensions W x D x H (mm): 355 x 305 x 245 W In accordance with EN 15154-2 W DIN-DVGW certified Assembly Model Material 1 Material 2 Surface Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Order number 1 2 Floor mounting BR 852085 ABS plastic Stainless steel powder coated 14 1 1/4"-IG 2.5 305-254-JC Floor mounting BR 852095 ABS plastic Stainless steel Polished 14 1 1/4"-IG 2.5 305-255-JC All products for Eye showers can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12869 450 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

451

4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W 1 1 Body showers W Shower head for a uniform, gentle water jet W Automatic flow regulator for a constant flow rate independent of water pressure W Simple operation with pull rod W In accordance with EN 15154-1, -5 1 2 2 Assembly Model Material Surface Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Volume of water supplied for body shower [l/min]: 75 Without DVGW approval (German Technical and Scientific Association for Gas and Water) Order number Wall-mounted BR 082085 Stainless steel powder coated 3/4"-IG 1.5 Wall-mounted BR 082095 Stainless steel Polished 3/4"-IG 1.5 250-080-JC 250-079-JC Body showers W Shower head for a uniform, gentle water jet W Automatic flow regulator for a constant flow rate independent of water pressure W Pull rod operation on wall flange, can be mounted either left or right of the door W In accordance with EN 15154-1, -5 1 2 2 Over-door mounting BR 084085 Stainless steel powder coated 3/4"-IG 1.5 Assembly Model Material Surface Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Volume of water supplied for body shower [l/min]: 75 Without DVGW approval (German Technical and Scientific Association for Gas and Water) Order number Over-door mounting BR 084095 Stainless steel Polished 3/4"-IG 1.5 250-082-JC 250-081-JC Body showers W Shower head for a uniform, gentle water jet W Automatic flow regulator for a constant flow rate independent of water pressure W Simple operation with pull rod W In accordance with EN 15154-1, -5 2 1 1 2 Assembly Model Material Surface Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Volume of water supplied for body shower [l/min]: 75 Without DVGW approval (German Technical and Scientific Association for Gas and Water) Order number Ceiling-mounted BR 085085 Stainless steel powder coated 3/4"-IG 1.5 Ceiling-mounted BR 085095 Stainless steel Polished 3/4"-IG 1.5 305-260-JC 305-258-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 451

452

Body showers with handheld eye shower W Shower head for a uniform, gentle water jet W Automatic flow regulator for a constant flow rate independent of water pressure W With upper and lower water connection for installation in circulation lines W Simple operation of the body shower with pull rod W Handheld eye shower with 2 shower heads and dust caps W Easy operation of the hand-held eye shower thanks to locking release handle W Stainless steel-sheathed hose W In accordance with EN 15154-1, -2, -5 4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W Assembly Model Material 1 Material 2 Surface Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Volume of water supplied for body shower [l/min]: 75 Without DVGW approval (German Technical and Scientific Association for Gas and Water) Order number Wall-mounted BR 864085 Stainless steel Plastic powder coated 14 3/4"-IG 1.5 305-302-JC Wall-mounted BR 864095 Stainless steel Plastic Polished 14 3/4"-IG 1.5 Over-door mounting BR 874085 Stainless steel Plastic powder coated 14 3/4"-IG 1.5 Over-door mounting BR 874095 Stainless steel Plastic Polished 14 3/4"-IG 1.5 305-304-JC 305-310-JC 305-312-JC All products for Body showers and combi showers can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12870 452 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

453

Body showers with eye shower W Shower head for a uniform, gentle water jet W Automatic flow regulator for a constant flow rate independent of water pressure W Eye shower with 2 shower heads and dust caps W Simple operation of the eye shower with large pressure plate, luminescent W With upper and lower water connection for installation in circulation W In accordance with EN 15154-1, -2, -5 lines W Simple operation of the body shower with pull rod 4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W Assembly Model Features Material 1 Material 2 Surface Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Volume of water supplied for body shower [l/min]: 75 Without DVGW approval (German Technical and Scientific Association for Gas and Water) Order number Wall-mounted BR 861085 Without spill tray Stainless steel Plastic powder coated 14 3/4"-IG 1.5 305-270-JC Wall-mounted BR 861095 Without spill tray Stainless steel Plastic Polished 14 3/4"-IG 1.5 Wall-mounted BR 867085 With spill tray Stainless steel Plastic powder coated 14 3/4"-IG 1.5 Wall-mounted BR 867095 With spill tray Stainless steel Plastic Polished 14 3/4"-IG 1.5 305-272-JC 305-274-JC 305-276-JC Body showers with eye shower W Shower head for a uniform, gentle water jet W Automatic flow regulator for a constant flow rate independent of water pressure W With upper and lower water connection for installation in circulation lines W Simple operation of the body shower with pull rod W Eye shower with housing, hinged protective cover, 2 shower heads and basin, in impact-resistant ABS plastic W Easy operation of the eye shower by pulling down the hinged protective cover W In accordance with EN 15154-1, -2, -5 1 2 1 Assembly Model Features Material Surface Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Volume of water supplied for body shower [l/min]: 75 Without DVGW approval (German Technical and Scientific Association for Gas and Water) Order number Wall-mounted BR 868085 With spill tray and cover Stainless steel powder coated 14 3/4"-IG 1.5 305-286-JC Wall-mounted BR 868095 With spill tray and cover Stainless steel Polished 14 3/4"-IG 1.5 305-288-JC 2 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 453

454

Body showers with handheld eye shower W Shower head for a uniform, gentle water jet W Automatic flow regulator for a constant flow rate independent of water pressure W With upper and lower water connection for installation in circulation lines W Simple operation of the body shower with pull rod W Handheld eye shower optionally with 1 or 2 shower heads and dust protection caps W Easy operation of the handheld eye shower thanks to locking release handle W Stainless steel-sheathed hose W In accordance with EN 15154-1, -2, -5 4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W Floor mounting BR 833085 1 Stainless steel Plastic powder coated Assembly Model Number of shower heads Material 1 Material 2 Surface Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Volume of water supplied for body shower [l/min]: 75 Without DVGW approval (German Technical and Scientific Association for Gas and Water) Order number 305-290-JC 7 1 1/4"-IG 1.5 Floor mounting BR 833095 1 Stainless steel Plastic Polished 7 1 1/4"-IG 1.5 Floor mounting BR 834085 2 Stainless steel Plastic powder coated 14 1 1/4"-IG 1.5 Floor mounting BR 834095 2 Stainless steel Plastic Polished 14 1 1/4"-IG 1.5 305-292-JC 305-294-JC 305-296-JC ORDER AT THE SAME TIME W Emergency showers - test unit for testing operation of emergency showers W Mobile collection container in plastic with 4 castors, 30 litre volume W Two handles moulded into the container W One drain screw for emptying, e.g. over a floor drain Order no. 259-442-JC W Plastic funnel, Ø 440 mm, height 160 mm W Spill pallet and overall height 2100 mm W Aluminium pipe, Ø 47 mm, push fit, not extendable W Comes apart into 3 pieces for space-saving storage W Total weight 7 kg 454 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

455

Body showers with eye shower W Shower head for a uniform, gentle water jet W Automatic flow regulator for a constant flow rate independent of water pressure W With upper and lower water connection for installation in circulation lines W Simple operation of the body shower with pull rod W Eye shower with 2 shower heads and dust caps W Simple operation of the eye shower with large pressure plate, luminescent W In accordance with EN 15154-1, -2, -5 4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W Floor mounting BR 832085 Without spill tray Stainless steel Plastic powder coated Assembly Model Features Material 1 Material 2 Surface Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/ min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Volume of water supplied for body shower [l/min]: 75 Without DVGW approval (German Technical and Scientific Association for Gas and Water) Order number 1 1/4"-IG 1.5 250-083-JC 14 Floor mounting BR 832095 Without spill tray Stainless steel Plastic Polished 14 1 1/4"-IG 1.5 Floor mounting BR 837085 With spill tray Stainless steel Plastic powder coated 14 1 1/4"-IG 1.5 Floor mounting BR 837095 With spill tray Stainless steel Plastic Polished 14 1 1/4"-IG 1.5 250-084-JC 250-085-JC 250-086-JC Body showers with eye shower W Shower head for a uniform, gentle water jet W Automatic flow regulator for a constant flow rate independent of water pressure W With upper and lower water connection for installation in circulation lines W Simple operation of the body shower with pull rod W Eye shower with housing, hinged protective cover, 2 shower heads and basin, in impact-resistant ABS plastic W Easy operation of the eye shower by pulling down the hinged protective cover W In accordance with EN 15154-1, -2, -5 1 Floor mounting BR 838085 With spill tray and cover Stainless steel powder coated Assembly Model Features Material Surface Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Volume of water supplied for body shower [l/min]: 75 Without DVGW approval (German Technical and Scientific Association for Gas and Water) Order number 1 1/4"-IG 1.5 305-282-JC 14 2 Floor mounting BR 838095 With spill tray and cover Stainless steel Polished 14 1 1/4"-IG 1.5 305-284-JC 1 2 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 455

456

NEW 4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W Assembly Equipment Material Surface Volume of water supplied for body shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Order number NEW 1 2 Body showers W Shower head for even, gentle water distribution W Simple operation by pulling down the pull rod W Reduced calcification thanks to easy-to-clean shower head W With pull-bar instruction sign for body shower, board with instructions 1 and maintenance table W In accordance with EN 15154-1, -5 W DIN-DVGW certified Wall-mounted - flush fitting Wall-mounted – Brass powder coated 60 3/4"-AG 1 306-260-JC – Brass powder coated 60 3/4"-IG 1 306-262-JC 1 Wall-mounted Suitable for connection to a ring main Brass powder coated Wall-mounted Suitable for connection to a ring main Brass powder coated 60 3/4"-IG 1 306-263-JC 60 5/4"-IG 1 306-264-JC 2 Zellenmontage – Brass powder coated 60 1/2"-AG 1 306-261-JC Body showers W Shower head for even, gentle water distribution W Simple operation by pulling down the pull rod W Pull rod operation on wall flange, can be mounted either left or right of the door W Reduced calcification thanks to easy-to-clean shower head W With pull-bar instruction sign for body shower, board with instructions and maintenance table W In accordance with EN 15154-1, -5 W DIN-DVGW certified 2 Assembly Equipment Material Surface Volume of water supplied for body shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Order number 2 Over-door mounting – Brass powder coated 60 3/4"-IG 1 306-265-JC 1 Over-door mounting The long shower arm allows installation above a glazed panel above the door (skylight) Brass powder coated 60 3/4"-IG 1 306-266-JC 456 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

457

NEW 4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W NEW 1 Body showers with eye shower W Body shower with shower head for even, gentle water distribution W Suitable for connection to a ring main W Simple operation of the emergency body shower by pulling down the pull rod, of the eye shower by pressing the control panel W Dust caps open automatically when the eye shower is actuated and remain open. After use, they can simply be closed again by hand W Eye shower with basin, 2 spray heads, tight-fitting dust caps and protective rubber cap W Eye shower with automatic flow regulator for a constant water jet W Reduced calcification thanks to easy cleaning of shower head and spray heads W With pull-bar instruction sign for body and eye shower, board with instructions and maintenance table W In accordance with EN 15154-1, -2, -5 W DIN-DVGW certified Assembly Features Material Surface Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/min] Volume of water supplied for body shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Order number 1 Wall-mounted With spill tray Brass powder coated 16 60 3/4"-IG 1.5 306-267-JC Wall-mounted With spill tray Brass powder coated 16 60 5/4"-IG 1.5 306-268-JC Body shower with handheld eye shower W Body shower with shower head for even, gentle water distribution W Lightweight hand-eye shower with 2 spray heads, angled at 45°, dust caps and protective rubber cap W Simple operation of the emergency body shower by pulling down the pull rod, of the hand-eye shower by pressing the locking operating button W Dust caps open automatically when the hand-eye shower is operated and remain open. After use, they can simply be closed again by hand W Brass body shower W Handheld eye shower with fibreglass-reinforced plastic handle, stainless steel sheathed hose and automatic flow regulator W Reduced calcification thanks to easy cleaning of shower head and spray heads W With pull-bar instruction sign for body and eye shower, board with instructions and maintenance table W In accordance with EN 15154-1, -2, -5 W DIN-DVGW certified Assembly Material 1 Material 2 Surface Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/min] Volume of water supplied for body shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Order number Floor mounting Brass Plastic powder coated 14 60 3/4"-IG 1.5 306-270-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 457

458

4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W Frost-proof body showers with eye shower W Free-standing, heated, insulated body shower with eye shower for outdoor use W Galvanised steel pipe, insulated in addition W White plastic casing with white/green safety stripes W Ex proof Ex II 2G Ex h IIC T6 Gb Ex proof Ex II 2D Ex h IIIC T85°C Db W Volume of water supplied for body shower > 80 l/min at 2 bar pressure, water connection 1 1/4'' W Volume of water supplied for eye shower > 12 l/min at 2 bar water pressure W Eye shower with 2 spray nozzles, self-regulating flow control and dust covers W Simple operation of the body shower with pull rod W Hinged protective cover triggers the eye shower W Heating operates with a self-regulating heat tracing wire, electrical connection 230 V, 50 Hz W In accordance with EN 15154-1, -2, -5 FROST-PROOF Assembly Model Version DVGW certification Order number Floor mounting MD 250/50 Frost-proof down to -15°C yes 266-124-JC Floor mounting MD 250/50 Frost-proof down to -15°C No 266-123-JC Floor mounting MB 250/50 Frost-proof down to -30°C yes 266-126-JC Floor mounting MB 250/50 Frost-proof down to -30°C No 266-125-JC Heated underfloor extension pipe for frost-free water supply for eye and body showers MD/MB 250/50, Ex-proof 595 mm Shower Head 60 Degrees Angle Order no. 266-129-JC Ex-proof, with DVGW certificate Order no. 266-130-JC Foot pedal for opening and activating the eye shower Order no. 266-128-JC Lever Eye shower with folding lid Abﬂuss m m 0 5 1 1 Chain made of stainless steel Cone tap Ø 100 mm m m 0 3 2 2 Electric connection Accompanying heating cable m m 5 3 1 Footpedal (optional) 1¼“ Water connection Stainless steel frost-proof emergency body shower For floor mounting in frost-prone areas W Activation takes place by operating the stainless steel pull rod W Frost resistance (to -35 °C) is ensured by a self-regulating belt trace heating system W The spray nozzle is vandal-proof and the large holes serve as limescale protection W Suitable for use in potentially explosive areas W Fully recyclable W Further safety equipment available (e.g. hand shower, standing platform, alarm, position light, etc.) W Other volume flow controllers (e.g. 35 / 75 / 90 l/min) available if required. Water flow for body shower [l/min] Water flow for eye shower (>) [l/min] Standard(s) External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 50 13 EN 15154-1, EN 15154-2, EN 15154-5, Ansi Z358.1 200 x 789 x 2312 274-943-JC 458 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / E N G I N E E R I N G

459

4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W Emergency tank shower GFTS The special design of the emergency tank shower means a permanently installed water supply is no longer needed. Installation options are therefore almost unlimited. W Emergency tank shower in stainless steel combines body and eye showers W Can be operated with or without an on-site water supply W For installation near hazardous work areas indoors and outdoors and in Ex zones 1 and 2 W Triggering of the body shower by push rod or optionally by activating the standing platform W Ready for connection to customer’s power supply W The water in the tank is preserved for up to six month by adding a water preservative W Optional accessories available, such as level indicator, side and rear panels, water temperature indicator, position light Tank volume [l] Minimum rinse duration [min] Water flow [l/min] Standard(s) External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 350 9 40 EN 15154-2, EN 15154-5, Ansi Z358.1 1140 x 940 x 3190 274-938-JC 800 20 40 EN 15154-2, EN 15154-5, Ansi Z358.1 1430 x 1310 x 3330 274-939-JC 1200 30 40 EN 15154-2, EN 15154-5, Ansi Z358.1 1430 x 1310 x 3545 274-940-JC 1350 30 40 EN 15154-2, EN 15154-5, Ansi Z358.1 1430 x 1310 x 3545 274-941-JC Heated emergency shower For installation in unheated production halls, open-air areas in tank stores or in industry as well as in explosion-protected areas W Heated emergency shower with a high-quality stainless steel casing to protect against damage W Stainless steel water tank with different volumes W Activation of the heated emergency shower by stainless steel pull rod W Using a thermostatically controlled mixing valve, the heated emergency shower is supplied with heated water (20°C) W Optional accessories such as eye/face shower with basin and cover, standing platform release, position light etc. are available Tank volume [l] Water flow for body shower [l/min] Water flow for eye shower (>) [l/min] Standard(s) External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 500 50 13 EN 15154-1, EN 15154-2, EN 15154-5, Ansi Z358.1 950 x 1765 x 2450 274-955-JC 300 50 13 EN 15154-1, EN 15154-2, EN 15154-5, Ansi Z358.1 800 x 1760 x 2440 274-956-JC Mobile emergency tank shower For temporary situations such as occasional activities with hazardous substances W To protect employees in case of injuries, situations such as occasional activities with hazardous substances burns, contamination, etc. W The tank with rubber bladder is made of steel W Including hand-eye shower and trolley for in-house use W Operating temperature range: 0°C to +35°C W Mobile tank emergency shower for temporary W Suitable for temporary requirements, such as occasional activities with hazardous substances W Fitted with a standard shower head W Not suitable for use in Ex zone 1 and 2 Tank volume [l] Water flow for body shower [l/min] Water flow for eye shower (>) [l/min] Standard(s) External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 230 50 7 EN 15154-5 760 x 890 x 2247 274-957-JC P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 459

460

4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W Fire protection signs In our range you will find an extensive selection of fire protection signs according to ISO 7010 / ISO 3864 and others. W Fire protection signs indicate facilities or equipment that are important for fire protection W Lightfast and long lasting W All luminescent signs have a luminosity higher than DIN 67510 requires Model Material W x H [mm] Luminescent Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number FIRE EXTINGUISHER Fire extinguishers FIRE EXTINGUISHER Foil Plastic Aluminium 150 x 150 200 x 200 150 x 150 200 x 200 150 x 150 200 x 200 Yes 10 Item(s) 219-108-JC 219-142-JC 285-047-JC 285-048-JC 219-115-JC 219-143-JC 3D fire protection signs In our range you will find an extensive selection of fire protection signs as 3D signs, these protrude into the room and are therefore more visible. W Lightfast and long lasting W All luminescent signs have a luminosity higher than DIN 67510 requires Model Material W x H [mm] Luminescent Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number Angled sign Aluminium Fire alarm Plastic 150 x 150 200 x 200 150 x 150 200 x 200 Yes 5 Item(s) 219-130-JC 219-131-JC 285-066-JC 285-067-JC Fire protection signs as projecting signs In our range you will find an extensive selection of fire protection signs as projecting signs, these protrude into the room and are therefore more visible. W Lightfast and long lasting W All luminescent signs have a luminosity higher than DIN 67510 requires Model Material W x H [mm] Luminescent Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number Ladder Aluminium 150 x 150 200 x 200 Plastic 150 x 150 Yes 5 Item(s) 290-237-JC 290-238-JC 290-239-JC 200 x 200 290-240-JC All products for Fire protection signs can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12910 460 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

461

4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W Fire extinguisher cabinets W Ideal protection for 6 to 12 kg fire extinguishers W Manufactured from steel sheet W Wall-mounted W With sticker "fire extinguisher" W Can be used indoors or outdoors Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] For fire extinguisher equipment Order number FS G With handle recess 300 x 220 x 710 6 - 12 kg 123-592-JC FS Z With cylinder lock 300 x 220 x 710 6 - 12 kg 123-595-JC Fire extinguisher cabinets W Ideal protection for 6 to 12 kg fire extinguishers W For wall mounting or fitting to a lorry W Lightweight, sturdy, impact resistant W Housing, hinges and fasteners in plastic (PP) W Rubber seal ensures protection from spray W 2 closures at the side prevent the box being unintentionally opened W Incl. tension lock for secure mounting of the fire extinguisher Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] For fire extinguishers Order number BB-L 279 x 227 x 643 6 kg 257-074-JC BB-XL 310 x 260 x 770 9 - 12 kg 257-075-JC Fire extinguisher protection hood W For wall mounting W For installing fire extinguishers W Can be used indoors or outdoors W In polyethylene (PE) W Top part of cover is clear, impact, weather and temperature resistant (-20° to +60°) Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] For fire extinguisher equipment Order number FS-6/EK 320 x 210 x 620 6 kg 116-166-JC KWH-12 360 x 220 x 800 12 kg 116-167-JC All products for Fire extinguishers and extinguishing granules can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12782 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 451

462

4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W Explanation of pictograms ESD Resistant to oil Drainage Anti-fatigue Anti-slip Fire protection Welding worksta- tions Wheelchair friendly Light duty Medium duty Heavy duty Outdoor Indoor Safety and comfort in dry work areas W Prevent early signs of fatigue W With non-slip structured surface W Insulation against cold floor, vibration and noise W For light duty W Vinyl foam construction with closed pores at the surface to increase comfort when walking and standing W For dry work areas W Non-slip surface as per DIN 51130 W 4 bevelled edges to prevent tripping W Environmentally produced - free from DOP, DMF and ozone-damaging substances W Silicon free We have three anti-fatigue matting solutions Vinyl foam with groove profile Vinyl foam with structured surface, grey Vinyl foam with structured surface, black with yellow safety edges Ready-made anti-fatigue mats Made to measure anti-fatigue mats Model Version External dimensions W x D [mm] Material thickness [mm] Material Grey Order number Groove profile Order number Structured surface Yellow / black Order number Structured surface S 9.15 Mat 910 x 1500 10 PVC 123-393-JC 123-404-JC S 9.R Roll 910 x 18300 10 PVC 137-049-JC 137-052-JC 123-408-JC 137-056-JC S 6.K 600 yes 10 PVC Model* Width, external [mm] Length optional** Material thickness [mm] Material Grey Order number Groove profile Order number Structured surface Yellow / black Order number Structured surface *Supplied to your required length in 5 cm steps, price per meter **If required, available up to 18.3 m long, tailor made 195-125-JC 195-128-JC 195-130-JC 137-053-JC S 9.K 910 yes 10 PVC 137-054-JC 137-055-JC S 12.K 1220 yes 10 PVC 195-127-JC 195-129-JC 195-131-JC 462 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

463

4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W DS 12.K 1220 yes 13 PVC 4.7 179-376-JC The comfort favourite, with stud plate design W Improved comfort when standing thanks to micro cellular vinyl construction which creates millions of enclosed air bubbles W Protects the feet, joints and spine, improves blood circulation W Prevents cold from rising from the floor W For medium duty use W Durable surface increases life by 50% compared to normal micro cellular vinyl floor matting W For dry work areas W 4 sloping edges to prevent tripping W Anti-slip surface with stud plate structure for comfortable standing and safety when walking W Non-slip surface R10 as per DIN 51130 and BGR 181 W Combustion class 2 as per NFPA safety code 101 BESTSELLER Made to measure anti-fatigue mats DS 6.K 600 yes 13 PVC 2.3 179-375-JC Model* Width, external [mm] Length optional** Material thickness [mm] Material Weight [kg/m] Order number *Supplied to your required length in 5 cm steps, price per meter **If required, available up to 18.3 m long, tailor made DS 9.K 910 yes 13 PVC 3.5 137-058-JC Industrial stud plate design allows free movement Ready-made anti-fatigue mats DS 9.15 Mat 910 x 1500 13 PVC 6 123-414-JC DS 9.R Roll 910 x 18300 13 PVC 64 137-057-JC Model Version External dimensions W x D [mm] Material thickness [mm] Material Weight [kg] Order number The comfort choice with dimpled profile W Very high levels of standing comfort, protects joints with special microcellular vinyl construction W For dry work areas such as order picking W For medium duty use W Heavy duty surface increases life by 50% compared to normal micro cellular vinyl matting W Anti-slip surface with dimples reduces fatigue and ensures safety when walking W Anti-slip R10 in accordance with DIN 51130 and BGR 181 W Combustion class 2 as per NFPA safety code 101 W Sloping edges on all four sides to prevent tripping. Explanation of pictograms See page 462 Dimpled surface for high level of standing comfort Model Version External dimensions W x D [mm] Material thickness [mm] Material Weight [kg] Order number Grey Order number Yellow / black Ready-made anti-fatigue mats BS 6.9 Mat 600 x 910 13 PVC 2.1 247-760-JC 247-765-JC BS 9.15 Mat 910 x 1500 13 PVC 5.3 247-761-JC 247-766-JC Model* Width [mm] Length optional** Material thickness [mm] Material Weight [kg/m] Order number Grey Order number Yellow / black *Supplied to your required length in 5 cm steps, price per meter **If required, available up to 18.3 m long, tailor made Made to measure anti-fatigue mats BS 6.K 600 yes 13 PVC 2.3 247-762-JC 247-767-JC BS 9.K 910 yes 13 PVC 3.5 247-763-JC 247-768-JC BS 12.K 1220 yes 13 PVC 4.7 247-764-JC 247-769-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 463

464

Anti-fatigue mats for dry or oily areas W For medium duty use W In either natural rubber for general use or nitrile rubber for work areas involving contact with grease and oil W High levels of standing comfort W Dimpled surface for safe standing and prevention of fatigue W The mat grips the floor and won’t slip. W Anti-slip R9 in accordance with DIN 51130 and BGR 181 W 4 sloping edges to prevent tripping 4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W Explanation of pictograms See page 462 Dimpled non-slip surface for comfortable walking and standing Model Material External dimensions W x D [mm] Material thickness [mm] Weight [kg] Order number SB 6.9 Natural rubber SB 9.12 Natural rubber SB 9.15 Natural rubber 600 x 900 13 6 247-747-JC 900 x 1200 13 12 247-748-JC 900 x 1500 13 16 247-749-JC Model Material External dimensions W x D [mm] Material thickness [mm] Weight [kg] Order number SB 6.9 Nitrile rubber 600 x 900 13 6 247-750-JC SB 9.12 Nitrile rubber 900 x 1200 13 11 247-751-JC SB 9.15 Nitrile rubber 900 x 1500 13 16 247-752-JC Universal non-slip runner W Reduces the risk of slipping, increases work safety W Suitable for a use in a range of different industries, where the risk of slipping needs to be minimised W Rolls with excellent rip and abrasion resistance W Also suitable for trucks or tool carts W Resistant to a number of acids and chemicals Explanation of pictograms See page 462 Universal non-slip runner as floor covering Universal non-slip runner on which to place tools Oil-resistant Oil-resistant Design External dimensions W x D [mm] Material thickness [mm] Material Weight [kg] Order number Black Order number Grey Fine grooves 1000 x 10000 3 Rubber 33 165-090-JC 165-093-JC Wide grooves 1200 x 10000 6 Rubber 86 165-096-JC – Hammer blow look 1400 x 10000 3 Nitrile rubber 52 165-098-JC – Stud plate look 910 x 22800 4 PVC 91 179-377-JC 179-378-JC 464 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

465

Industry best seller W For dry industrial work areas W Anti-slip surface reduces early fatigue W For intensive use, e.g. multi-shift operations W Anti-slip coating with stud plate structure W Optimum slip prevention, tested to DIN 51130, R10 W Flame-retardant, fire protection class bfl-s1 W Resistant to numerous chemicals W Long life laminated PVC surface with a cushioning layer of vinyl foam W Reduces vibration W RedStop™ non-slip backing prevents the mat moving W Bevelled edges on all sides Explanation of pictograms See page 462 Model Version External dimensions W x D [mm] Material thickness [mm] Material Weight [kg] Order number Ready-made anti-fatigue mats CT 6.9 Mat 600 x 910 14 PVC 4 123-372-JC CT 9.15 Mat 910 x 1520 14 PVC 8 123-373-JC TOP-SELLER 4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W Chamfered on all sides, yellow safety border and RedStop™ non-slip coating on the underside Model* Width [mm] Length optional** Material thickness [mm] Material Weight [kg/m] Order number *Supplied to your required length in 5 cm steps, price per meter **If required, available up to 22.8 M long, tailor made CT 6.K 600 yes 14 PVC 4 162-210-JC Made to measure anti-fatigue mats CT 12.K 1220 yes 14 PVC 7 162-212-JC CT 9.K 910 yes 14 PVC 5 162-211-JC CT 15.K 1520 yes 14 PVC 9 247-759-JC ST 12.K 1220 yes 19 PVC 8 247-757-JC The industrial mat for extra comfort when standing W Especially heavy duty, long lasting and easy to use W For dry industrial work areas W For intensive use, e.g. multi-shift operations W Combination of an extra heavy duty PVC surface and a resistant microcellular vinyl; strong material strength for high levels of comfort when standing W Dimpled anti-slip surface W Anti-slip R9 in accordance with DIN 51130 and BGR 181 W Flame-retardant: fire protection class Cfl-S2 tested per DIN EN 13501 W Resistant to many chemicals W RedStop™ non-slip backing prevents the mat moving W 4 sloping edges to prevent tripping Yellow safety border, chamfered on all sides and RedStop™ non-slip coating on the underside Model Version External dimensions W x D [mm] Material thickness [mm] Material Weight [kg] Order number Ready-made anti-fatigue mats ST 6.9 Mat 600 x 910 19 PVC 4 247-753-JC ST 9.15 Mat 910 x 1500 19 PVC 10 247-754-JC Model* Width [mm] Length optional** Material thickness [mm] Material Weight [kg/m] Order number *Supplied to your required length in 5 cm steps, price per meter **If required, available up to 21.9 m long, tailor made Made to measure anti-fatigue mats ST 6.K 600 yes 19 PVC 5 247-755-JC ST 9.K 910 yes 19 PVC 6 247-756-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 465

466

4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W Connecting system for dry or oily areas W For intensive use W In either natural rubber for general applications or oil resistant, flame retardant nitrile rubber, suitable for welding workstations for example W Flexible connection system for large surface areas or individual adjustment to the customer's available space W High degree of standing comfort and long life W Closed non-slip surface for safe standing and relief of fatigue W Resistant to numerous chemicals (at temperatures up to 60° C) W Silicone-free, therefore also suitable for use in paintshops W Double sided with pre-assembled connecting edges, can be expanded with additional mats or edge strips when laying large areas W Tested for slip resistance R 9 in accordance with DIN 51130 and BGR 181 Explanation of pictograms See page 462 Model Material Field of use External dimensions W x D [mm] Material thickness [mm] Weight [kg] Order number Model Material Field of use External dimensions W x D [mm] Material thickness [mm] Weight [kg] Order number CS 9.9 Natural rubber For general use 910 x 910 19 13 123-376-JC Interlocking floor tiles with closed surface, edge strips available as an option Edge strips with connection dimples CS 9.9 Nitrile rubber Oil resistant, flame retardant, suitable for welding workplaces 910 x 910 19 13 162-184-JC Accessories Colour Order number Smooth Order number With connection dimples Edge strip Yellow 162-186-JC 162-185-JC Black 162-189-JC 162-187-JC Variable interlocking system for large or individual surfaces: The tiles can be easily joined together, edge strips available as an option. Edge strip smooth 466 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

467

Mats for dry or oily areas W Resistant to many industrial oils W The abrasion resistant surface ensures safety, while oil can flow away in the drain channels W Ideal for multi-shift working W For intensive use W Made from 100% nitrile rubber W For dry or oily industrial work areas W Excellent protection against signs of fatigue from standing all day W Anti-slip R10 in accordance with DIN 51130 and BGR 181 W Orange safety sloping edges on 3 sides, more available as an option Explanation of pictog- rams See page 462 4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W Model Design External dimensions W x D [mm] Material thickness [mm] Material Colour Weight [kg] Order number So 9.15 Not chamfered 900 x 1500 20 Nitrile rubber Black 20.3 247-736-JC SR 6.10 Chamfered on 3 sides 660 x 1020 20 Nitrile rubber Black 10.4 247-734-JC SR 9.16 Chamfered on 3 sides 970 x 1630 20 Nitrile rubber Black 24.7 247-735-JC ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Safety edge strips, 152 cm long Order no. 162-180-JC Joining element Safety edge strips, 90 cm long Order no. 162-178-JC Order no. 162-179-JC Skywalker anti-fatigue mat W Ergonomic walking and standing W For dry work areas, for example finishing and dispatch W For medium duty use W SOFT polyurethane mats with even cellular structure W Temperature resistance: -40° C to +80° c W 4 sloping edges to prevent tripping BESTSELLER Skywalker 1, thickness 14 mm. The dimpled design stimulates the muscles ensuring blood circulation Skywalker 2, thickness 13 mm. The flat dimpled design combines freedom of movement and a non-slip surface For workstations where the user frequently twists and turns on the spot Model External dimensions W x D [mm] Material thickness [mm] Material Weight [kg] Order number Skywalker 1, small Skywalker 1, medium 950 x 1250 14 PU foam 6 165-081-JC 650 x 950 14 PU foam 3 165-078-JC Skywalker 1, large 950 x 1850 14 PU foam 9 165-084-JC Skywalker 2, small Skywalker 2, medium 900 x 1250 13 PU foam 6 165-086-JC 650 x 900 13 PU foam 3 165-085-JC Skywalker 2, large 900 x 1850 13 PU foam 8 165-087-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 467

468

Ergonomic safety matting for wet areas For general applications the black mats made from natural rubber mixture are more suitable For handling oil and greases the red mats made from nitrile rubber mixture are more suitable W For medium duty use W Springy rubber for greater comfort when standing and fewer signs of fatigue W The surface remains dry, clean and non-slip as fluid can drain off through large drain holes and raised ribs on the underside W 4 sloping edges for safety and easy vehicle access W Non-slip surface as per DIN 51130 W Cleaning with soap and water is recommended for increased life 4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W Explanation of pictograms See page 462 Model Material External dimensions W x D [mm] Material thickness [mm] Colour Weight [kg] Order number ST 9.15 Natural rubber mix 900 x 1520 13 Black 11 123-362-JC ST 9.30 Natural rubber mix 900 x 2970 13 Black 22 162-166-JC ST 9.60 Natural rubber mix 900 x 5940 13 Black 44 162-170-JC Model Material External dimensions W x D [mm] Material thickness [mm] Colour Weight [kg] Order number ST 9.15 Nitrile rubber mix 900 x 1520 13 Red 11 123-363-JC ST 9.30 Nitrile rubber mix 900 x 2970 13 Red 22 162-168-JC ST 9.60 Nitrile rubber mix 900 x 5940 13 Red 44 162-171-JC 468 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

469

Flooring solutions for wet, dry or oily areas W Flexible connection system makes it easy to lay a large area of workshop matting W For intensive use W Very good anti-fatigue characteristics thanks to extremely flexible design on the underside W For wet, dry or oily areas W The flexible connection system ensures a firm permanent join (no adhesive is required) W Dirt and liquids can flow away through the drainage system W Resistant to synthetic / hydraulic oils W Fire protection class cfl-s2 in accordance with EN ISO 13501 and class 1 W Anti-slip surface for high tread safety, non-slip stud-plate profile, R10 W Anti-slip R10 in accordance with DIN 51130 and BGR 181 W Yellow, sloping safety edges and corners Available with suitable edge strips to minimise the risk of falling and allow easy access 4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W Model Design Material External dimensions W x D [mm] Material thickness [mm] Colour Weight [kg] Order number Fleece flooring DF – PVC Safety edge DF Male connector PVC Safety edge DF Female connector PVC Safety CORNER DF – PVC 305 x 305 25 Black 0.9 179-383-JC 152 x 305 25 Yellow 0.4 179-384-JC 152 x 305 25 Yellow 0.4 179-385-JC 152 x 152 25 Yellow 0.2 179-386-JC Mats for wet, dry or oily areas W Resistant to oils and grease W High levels of comfort and flexibility W For intensive use W Robust 100% nitrile rubber mats, ideal for industrial use W Excellent protection against signs of fatigue from standing all day W For wet, dry or oily areas W Excellent drainage and ventilation ensure a dry, clean workplace W Additional safety edges can be added if required W Anti-slip surface R10 in accordance with DIN51130 and BGR181 Explanation of pictograms See page 462 Model Design Material External dimensions W x D [mm] Material thickness [mm] Colour Weight [kg] Order number So 9.15 Not chamfered Nitrile rubber SR 6.10 Chamfered on 3 sides Nitrile rubber SR 9.16 Chamfered on 3 sides Nitrile rubber SR 9.30 Chamfered on 3 sides Nitrile rubber 900 x 1520 22 Black 16 162-173-JC 660 x 1020 22 Black 9 162-174-JC 970 x 1630 22 Black 21 162-175-JC 970 x 3150 22 Black 38 162-176-JC ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Joining element Safety edge strips, 152 cm long Order no. 162-180-JC Safety edge strips, 90 cm long Order no. 162-178-JC Order no. 162-179-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 469

470

ESD mats W In dissipative natural rubber W High levels of standing comfort W For medium duty use in standing work areas W Dimpled surface for safe standing and prevention of fatigue W The mat grips the floor and won’t slip. W For dry work areas W Meets IEC 61340-4-1 (category DIF), measured resistance Rg 10⁶ - 10⁹ Ohm, Rp 10⁶ - 10⁹ Ohm W Electrostatic load (walking test) meets ISO6356 and EN1815. W Anti-slip R9 in accordance with DIN 51130 and BGR 181 W Sloping edges on all four sides to prevent tripping 4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W Dissipative anti-fatigue matting for protection from static charge. The dimples and the high quality rubber material ensure a high degree of standing comfort. Explanation of pictograms Model External dimensions W x D [mm] Material thickness [mm] Material Weight [kg] Order number SE 6.9 600 x 900 13 Natural rubber 6 247-773-JC SE 9.12 900 x 1200 13 Natural rubber 12 247-774-JC See page 462 SE 9.15 900 x 1500 13 Natural rubber 16 247-775-JC All products for Workplace matting can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12784 470 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

471

ESD mats W Protects workers and sensitive equipment from self-generated static charge, anti-static mats prevent this W Increased comfort and safety W Mat with a hard laminated surface combined with an insulating foam vinyl layer W Stud plate surface to ensure good slip resistance and ease of turning on the mat W For medium duty use in dry work areas W Includes earthing cable, attaches to the mat with a simple press stud W Earthing cable with Ring eye connection or press stud W Fire protection class cfl-s1, tested to EN 13 13501-1 W Meets IEC 61340-4-1 (category DIF), measured resistance Rg 10⁶ - 10⁹ Ohm, Rp 10⁶ - 10⁹ Ohm W Electrostatic load (walking test) meets ISO 6356 and EN 1815 W 4 sloping edges to prevent tripping W With RedStop™ non-slip backing to prevent the mat slipping W Anti-slip R10 in accordance with DIN 51130 and BGR 181 4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W Explanation of pictograms See page 462 Model* Version Anti-static 1 Anti-static 2 Mat Mat Anti-static 3 Ready-made products 910 – yes 14 PVC 910 1500 no 14 PVC 910 3000 no 14 PVC Width, external [mm] Overall length [mm] Length optional** Material thickness [mm] Material Order number Earthing cable Ring connection Order number Earthing cable press stud *Model ANTI-STATIC 3: supplied to your required length in 5 cm steps, price per metre **If required, available up to 22.8 M long, tailor made 165-104-JC 165-106-JC 165-103-JC 165-543-JC 165-545-JC 165-546-JC Stud plate surface to ensure good slip resistance and ease of turning on the mat Detailed illustration: earthing connection with press stud secured to the mat ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Earthing cable W Additional earthing cable for anti-static mats (one for each mat) W 4.5 M long cable with contact for earthing W Earthing cable with Ring connection for earthing W Easy to fit, simply fix the press stud to the mat and connect it to the earthing cable Heel strip W The band has conductive rubber band, which provides the necessary contact between the person and the mat W The dampness of the shoe is used to form a connection with the body Earthing cable with Ring connec- tion for earthing Earthing cable with 10 mm press stud Earthing plug for earthing cable with 10 mm press stud Order no. 165-109-JC Order no. 165-114-JC Order no. 165-115-JC Order no. 165-116-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 471

472

The comfort favourite, with stud plate design W Improved comfort when standing thanks to micro cellular vinyl construction which creates millions of enclosed air bubbles W Protects the feet, joints and spine, improves blood circulation W Prevents cold from rising from the floor W For medium duty use W Durable surface increases life by 50% compared to normal micro cellular vinyl floor matting W For dry work areas W 4 sloping edges to prevent tripping W Anti-slip surface with stud plate structure for comfortable standing and safety when walking 4 T N E M P I U Q E Y T E F A S K R O W Industrial stud plate design allows free movement Order no. 123-414-JC All products for Work safety can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12752 472 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

474

5 C L E A N I N G A N D D I S P O S A L DENIOS offers an indispensable range of products for environmentally friendly cleaning and disposal. Our extensive range of innovative solutions not only ensures your safety, but also makes a significant contribution to protecting our precious environment. With sustainable cleaning and disposal methods, you minimise your ecological footprint and ensure a future worth living. 476 bio.x solvent-free parts cleaning Liquid vacuum cleaners, oil tape skimmers and safety vacuum cleaners 496 480 Ultrasound cleaning 502 Waste oil and hazardous materials collection 484 Industrial parts cleaning with cold cleaner Waste collectors and recyclable materials sorters 516 486 FALCON dip tanks 525 Safety waste paper baskets 489 FALCON Immersion con- tainers and dip tanks 526 Waste sacks 487 FALCON plunger cans and spray cans 528 Waste collectors and baskets for outdoor use 490 Cleaning wipes and cloths 531 Smokers shelters 494 Magnetic collectors for metal scrap 474 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

475

N E W P R O D U C T S F O R 2 0 2 5 Safety throughout the year - with numerous new solutions and services, and new products from the DENIOS world! Here's an overview of the highlights in this chapter. Visit our digital showroom and discover the DENIOS Download Center with a wide range of free specialist publications. Ultrasonic cleaning devi- ces Elmasonic xtra ST Decontamination berms for vehicles Skin cleanser pak-ex for removing PAHs and soot 5 See page 482 See page 483 See page 483 FALCON small parts clea- ner with 20 litre volume Oil skimmers Special collector for bulky waste See page 489 See page 498 See page 517 C L E A N I N G A N D D I S P E N S I N G The correct cleaning and disposal of hazardous material containers is crucial for the protection of the environment and health. Empty hazardous material containers must be cleaned, emptied and disposed of in accordance with safety data sheets and regulations. At DENIOS you will find cleaning technology ranging from spraying and wetting devices to was- hing tables and immersion tanks. Our solvent-free, bio-based parts cleaners offer the best cleaning results without harmful solvents. Well thought-out waste separation and recycling management are just as important - our containers and collectors help you to minimise your ecological footprint. E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 475

476

5 bio.x - biological, solvent-free parts cleaning Solvent-based cold cleaners are often used for cleaning workpieces, machine parts or small parts. However, these harbour considerable risks for humans and the environment. They are released into the environment by evaporation or splashing, and are absorbed through the skin or respiratory tract. In addition, there is a risk of fire and explosion. With the bio.x cleaning system developed by DENIOS, there is no need to use harmful solvents - while still guaranteeing the best cleaning results. bio.x includes bio.x parts washers and bio.x cleaning agents for solvent-free parts cleaning. They have a gentle yet highly effective cleaning action. L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C bio.x cleaners - the biological solvent-free cleaning agents Thanks to powerful surfactants and a high concentration of resistant natural microorganisms, the solvent-free bio.x cleaners demonstrate a high grease-dis- solving ability, reliability and long service life when cleaning small parts. The gentle bio.x cleaners are environmentally friendly, biodegradable, dermatolo- gically tested and very skin-friendly. Sustainable Safe Efficient Economical Oils and fats are biodegraded. bio.x is absolutely free of harmful sol- vents, EDTA and toxins. No risks to the health of the user. No explosion or fire hazard. Very good skin tolerance. bio.x is universally applicable with highly effective cleaning power thanks to proven, selected surfac- tants. Due to continuous self-cleaning, long service lives with consistently high effectiveness are possible. bio.x for user protection and a better solvent balance bio.x completely avoids the use of harmful solvents and thus helps you to protect the health of your employees and to improve your solvent balance. Furthermore, you fulfil the substitution requirement. "Employers must take care to avoid or at least minimise health, fire and explosion hazards when selec- ting the cleaning process, cleaning agents, cleaning fluids and cleaning equipment as part of the risk assessment. In particular, the substitution test in accordance with the German Hazardous Substances Regulation must be taken into account. The outcome of the substitution must be documented." Satisfaction guarantee - Buy without risk! If you are not satisfied with the bio.x parts washer, we will take it back and refund the purchase price. It's that simple*: - Contact our customer service and cancel the purchase within 30 days of receipt of the goods. - Return the goods within 14 days after receipt of the notice of cancellation. - Money back within 14 days. *according to §7 of our Terms and Conditions 476 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

477

Environmentally-friendly parts cleaning with bio.x The biological cleaners are suitable for all common metals (including aluminium and brass), plastic and painted and galvanised surfaces. They remove oils, light greases, cooling lubricants, corrosion protection products, dirt particles and many other types of contamination. The natural micro-organisms break down deposits of oils and greases and therefore extend the cleaning bath life. bio.x cleaners are not subject to the solvent regulations, are solvent free (VOC free), skin-friendly and environmentally-friendly. VOC FREE bio.x cleaner W Bio cleaner as a ready to use solution for removing oils, greases, cooling agents etc. From metal parts W Cleans using natural biological processes W Not subject to solvent regulations W Compatible with oil separators W No special safety measures required W The special micro-organisms break down oils and fats, ensuring that the cleaning fluid can be used for longer while maintaining a high cleaning performance W Fresh apple scent Ready-to-use fluid for bio.x W NSF certified so suitable for food use W Universal use, for everyday contamination Set for initial filling 5 x 20 litre canister Order no. 130-030-JC Parts cleaner fluid for bio.x W Ideal for individual dosing (a mixing ratio of 1:4 is recommended) W Space-saving storage 5 litre canister (concentrate) Order no. 183-543-JC Parts cleaner fluid for bio.x W Ready-to-use solution - even stronger and even faster, because the highly effective ultra formula removes even the strongest contaminants, anti-corrosion waxes and other adhesions from your workpieces in the shortest possible time. 5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C 200-litre drum 20 litre canister Order no. 161-524-JC Order no. 130-032-JC W Optimised degreasing, even for resinous grease W Strongest dirt-removing power W Available in 20 litre canisters 20 litre canister Order no. 194-745-JC bio.x Power Up Increases the cleaning action of the bio.x cleaner. W Can be added to the cleaning bath if necessary when especially heavily contaminated parts are to be cleaned. bio.x Protect Mild alkali corrosion inhibitor. W Can be added to the cleaning bath as needed if a temporary increase in corrosion protection is required. W Suitable for all bio.x cleaners. W The contents of the 5 litre canister are enough for one bath. W Mildly alkaline, VOC free 5 litre canister (concentrate) Order no. 267-681-JC Design Ready-to-use fluid for bio.x Ready-to-use fluid for bio.x Ready-to-use fluid for bio.x Parts cleaner fluid as concentrate Parts cleaner fluid as concentrate Bio cleaner ultra as a ready to use solution bio.x Protect bio.x Power Up W For corrosion-prone grey cast iron, iron and steel. W Very efficient concentrate: One litre of bio.x Protect is sufficient for 100 litre of bio.x cleaning fluid. 5 litre canister (concentrate) Order no. 267-678-JC Containers 20 litre canister Set for initial filling, 5 x 20 litre canister 200-litre drum 5 litre canister (concentrate) Set for initial filling (concentrate), 4 x 5 litre canister 20 litre canister 5 litre canister (concentrate) 5 litre canister (concentrate) E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 Order number 130-032-JC 130-030-JC 161-524-JC 183-543-JC 187-606-JC 194-745-JC 267-678-JC 267-681-JC 477

478

5 BIO.X MADE BY DENIOS L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Cleaning table bio.x B60 with roller set (optional accessory) Optional accessories: The castor set includes swivel castors and brakes and guarantees maximum mobility and easy manoeuvrability. Order no. 274-103-JC 3 6 2 1 4 7 5 3 4 1 6 2 5 8 bio.x B60 The bio.x B60 parts washstand from DENIOS is a compact unit with a new, attractive design for tight spaces and mobile use. The unit is simple to operate and meets the requirements for safe clea- ning without solvents. With integral castors (optional accessory), the manoeuvrable unit can be easily moved and used at different locations. Model Work surface height [mm] Width, useful area [mm] Useful area depth [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Cleaner filling amount [l] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Operating temperature [°C] Order number Base unit Order number Complete set (consisting of device, lid and initial filling of bio.x cleaner, equivalent to 60 l cleaning fluid) Accessories Lid Order number Set of castors Order number Perforated plate insert to protect the work surface Order number bio.x B60 870 790 520 200 60 620 x 890 x 880 41 274-096-JC 274-097-JC 274-098-JC 274-103-JC 274-099-JC bio.x A25 DENIOS has developed the smallest and most mobile cleaning device for biological and solvent-free parts cleaning as a table- top unit. Thanks to its compact dimensions and low weight, it can be used for a wide range of cleaning tasks in maintenance, production and workshops at various locations and is unusually economical. Model Work surface height [mm] Width, useful area [mm] Useful area depth [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Cleaner filling amount [l] Operating temperature [°C] Order number Base unit Order number Complete set (incl. 5 litres of bio.x cleaner concentrate for initial filling) bio.x A25 300 370 410 50 25 41 282-183-JC 274-240-JC 1 2 3 4 478 Stubborn dirt can be removed using the robust flow-through brush. All electronic components of the device are combined in a compact technical unit. Multi-stage filter system consisting of coarse strainer, fine strainer and magnet. Double walled cleaning tank for optimum stability and heat insulation. The submersible pump is switched on and off using the user-friendly control system. The powerful heating system heats the cleaning bath to a pleasant 41 °C and thus ensures optimal washing power of the aqueous cleaner. A washable filter bag (fineness: 100 µm) retains the finest contamination before it reaches the bath. Recessed grips make it easier to lift and transport the device. 5 6 7 8 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

479

BIO.X MADE BY DENIOS bio.x C100 The sturdy bio.x C100 cleaning table from DENIOS combines mo- dern design with maximum functionality and stable construction. The user-friendly device guarantees efficient cleaning by brushing, spraying or soaking in a spacious and barrier-free washbasin. Model Work surface height [mm] Width, useful area [mm] Useful area depth [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Cleaner filling amount [l] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Operating temperature [°C] Nominal voltage [V] Order number Base unit Order number Complete set (consisting of device, lid and initial filling of bio.x cleaner, equivalent to 100 l cleaning fluid) Lid Order number Perforated plate insert to protect the work surface Order number bio.x C100 960 970 600 250 100 770 x 1100 x 1010 41 230 274-084-JC 274-092-JC 274-093-JC 274-095-JC 6 4 2 1 5 3 Cleaning table bio.x C100 5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C bio.x C100 XL The bio.x C100 XL cleaning table is unique in its size and stability. Especially large and bulky parts can be easily cleaned by one or two users at the same time. The barrier-free work surface guarantees maximum comfort and good accessibility from all sides. Model Work surface height [mm] Width, useful area [mm] Useful area depth [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Cleaner filling amount [l] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Operating temperature [°C] Nominal voltage [V] Order number Base unit Order number Complete set (consisting of device, lid and initial filling of bio.x cleaner, equivalent to 100 l cleaning fluid) bio.x C100 XL 990 1450 900 250 100 1050 x 1600 x 1060 41 230 274-177-JC 274-178-JC With a flow-through brush on an extra long hose for convenient brushing of dirty parts. A functional control system guarantees energy savings of approx. 50 % when the energy-saving mode has been selected. With two flow-through brushes on extra long hoses for convenient brushing of dirty parts. Double walled cleaning tank for optimum stability and heat insulation. 1 2 3 4 7 5 6 7 1 5 2 4 Multi-stage filter system consisting of coarse strainer, fine strainer and magnet. In addition, a washable filter bag (fineness: 100 µm) retains the finest contamination before it reaches the bath. The workpieces are rinsed by a nozzle. The nozzle can be fixed in the required position by the flexible hose. The large work surface enables comfortable cleaning of wide and heavy parts. E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 479

480

Elmasonic Select ultrasonic cleaning equipment W The powerful and versatile Elmasonic Select ultrasonic cleaners operate at a frequency of 37 kHz and offer 5 ultrasonic modes. W Practical, configurable functions such as the limit temperature for temperature-sensitive processes and parts as well as the temperature-controlled start W Audible and visible feedback on operating status e.g. at the end of cleaning or overtemperature W Five ultrasonic cleaning modes for best cleaning results and easy sample preparation: Degas: fast degassing of freshly prepared cleaning solutions and of (HPLC) samples; Eco: for gentle cleaning with quiet operation: Sweep: even distribution of ultrasonic power for most cleaning tasks; Pulse: removes stubborn contamination with a pulsating sound field distribution; Dynamic: combines the pulse and sweep ultrasonic modes to increase the overall cleaning performance W Diverse areas of application: Industry: industrial components and parts such as filters, carburettors, circuit boards Laboratory: laboratory instruments, cylinders, pipettes, spatulas, sieves, etc. Cleaning of watches and jewellery 5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Clear, easy-to-read display showing all relevant cleaning parameters such as remaining cleaning time and target/actual temperature for precise setting Model Capacity [l] Basin width [mm] Basin depth [mm] Basin height [mm] Power consumption total [W] Heating capacity [W] Maximum loading [kg] Order number Accessories Order number Stainless steel basket Select 30 2 220 120 95 320 200 1 286-312-JC Select 40 3 215 115 145 320 200 3 286-313-JC Select 60 5 275 125 145 550 400 5 286-314-JC Select 100 7 280 220 145 550 400 6 286-316-JC Select 120 10 300 215 195 1000 800 7 286-317-JC Select 150 9 485 280 95 1100 800 7 286-318-JC Select 180 15 300 370 195 1000 800 8 286-319-JC Select 300 22 475 270 195 1500 1200 10 286-320-JC Select 500 41 500 330 290 2140 1600 20 286-321-JC Select 900 64 600 500 285 2960 2000 30 286-322-JC 306-409-JC 306-410-JC 306-411-JC 306-412-JC 306-413-JC 306-414-JC 306-415-JC 306-416-JC 287-263-JC 179-219-JC Ultrasound cleaners A4 W Alkaline, universally-applicable cleaning concentrate for laboratory and workshop W Removes cooling lubricant emulsions, lapping and polishing agent residues, oils, greases, combustion residues, soot, dust and fingerprints W Demulsifying with most mineral oils and fats W Suitable for stainless steel, aluminium, light metals, brass, non-ferrous and precious metals, nickel, zinc, quartz, glass, ceramics, plastic and rubber W Dose: 2 – 5 % in water Ultrasound cleaners S1 W Liquid, weakly acidic cleaning concentrate for non-ferrous metals, aluminium, brass, stainless steel, glass and plastics W Also suitable for passivation of stainless and chrome alloy steels. The passivation effect on chromium- containing steels is based on the dissolution of iron atoms from the surface, so that the relative chromium content increases. W Removes mineral greases and oils, oxide coatings (e.g. verdigris) as well as rust and limescale W For decalcifying and removing rust as well as for brightening and restoring non-ferrous metals Model Contents of one pack Order number 2.5 litre 179-235-JC A4 10 litres 179-236-JC 25 litres 318-392-JC 2.5 litre 179-229-JC S1 10 litres 179-230-JC 25 litres 318-394-JC 480 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

481

Elmasonic Easy ultrasonic cleaning units W The user-friendly and energy-efficient ultrasonic cleaning units of the Elmasonic Easy series are suitable for many applications in metalworking companies, laboratories, workshops, studios and in industrial component cleaning. They are also ideal for new users. W When used with the appropriate cleaning chemistry, oils and greases, resin, adhesive residues, grinding and polishing pastes, chips, fluxes and organic contaminants can be removed. W Two ultrasound modes: - Eco mode: quieter and gentle cleaning, prolongs the life of the bath. - Dynamic mode: optimised sound field distribution in the cleaning bath for the most stubborn dirt. W Clear and intuitive control panel: easy setting of cleaning time and temperature, switching the cleaning process on and off and changing the ultrasound modes. The unit gives visible and audible signals when the cleaning time and temperature are reached and if there is an error. 5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C The Elmasonic Easy series is a powerful all-rounder for beginners and is characterised by simple and intuitive operation. Design Total volume [l] Basin width [mm] Basin depth [mm] Basin height [mm] Output [W] Heating capacity [W] Order number Accessories Order number Stainless steel basket Easy 10 1 185 80 55 30 – 286-325-JC Easy 20 2 140 125 95 35 – 286-326-JC Easy 10 H 1 185 80 55 90 60 286-327-JC Easy 20 H 2 140 125 95 155 120 286-328-JC Easy 30 H 3 220 120 95 280 200 286-329-JC Easy 40 H 4 215 115 145 320 200 286-330-JC Easy 60 H Easy 100 H Easy 120 H Easy 180 H Easy 300 H 28 475 270 195 1500 1200 286-335-JC 13 275 215 195 1000 800 286-333-JC 18 300 270 195 1000 800 286-334-JC 6 280 130 145 550 400 286-331-JC 10 280 220 145 550 400 286-332-JC 306-407-JC 306-408-JC 306-407-JC 306-408-JC 306-409-JC 306-410-JC 306-411-JC 306-412-JC 306-413-JC 306-415-JC 306-416-JC Elma Dry drying units W With cold and warm air flows (70°C), also suitable for careful drying of sensitive workpieces W Cold air mode can be used to bring parts down to room temperature quickly W Safe for the user and saves material thanks to safety cut out when the limit temperature is reached W A perforated silicon mat (accessory) can be laid in the basket to prevent the parts to be dried from being scratched After cleaning in the ultrasound tank, the cleaned parts are easily and conveniently dried in the stain- less steel basket in the Elma Dry. Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Basin dimensions W x D x H [mm] Maximum loading [kg] Power consumption total [W] Heating capacity [W] Maximum air supply [m³/h] Order number Accessories Stainless steel basket Silicon mat Elma Dry 30 300 x 186 x 219 220 x 120 x 95 1 500 480 160 259-649-JC 306-409-JC 259-652-JC Elma Dry 120 362 x 285 x 322 275 x 215 x 195 7 570 550 160 259-650-JC 306-413-JC 259-653-JC Elma Dry 300 568 x 347 x 322 475 x 270 x 195 12 1140 1100 320 259-651-JC 306-416-JC 259-653-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 481

482

5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Elmasonic xtra ST ultrasonic cleaning device W The durable Elmasonic xtra ST ultrasonic cleaner removes the most NEW stubborn dirt and is particularly suitable for the most demanding industrial parts cleaning applications. W Two ultrasonic frequencies can be selected: 25 kHz for stubborn dirt such as grinding and polishing pastes, resin deposits and adhesive residues. 45 kHz for gentle cleaning of sensitive materials. W Durable clearning tank in high-quality stainless steel with increased wall thickness. Sloped tank base for better draining of the cleaning fluid. W User-friendly operation, splash-proof control panel for selecting the ultrasonic frequency, cleaning duration and temperature (30 °C - 80 °C). W Three ultrasonic cleaning modes for the best cleaning results: Sweep: even distribution of ultrasonic power throughout the bath. Pulse: removes stubborn dirt by increasing the ultrasonic peak power. In addition, operational readiness (reaching the cavitation threshold) is optimised when fresh cleaning fluid has been added and after changing the basket (shortening the cleaning time). Dynamic: combines the Pulse and Sweep ultrasonic modes to increase the overall cleaning performance. The ultrasonic power is temporarily increased by up to 20 %. At the same time, the cleaning effect is enhanced by the even sound field distribution in the ultrasonic bath. W Ideal for industrial companies and laboratories, repair workshops, metalworking companies, watchmakers and jewellery studios. The Elmasonic xtra ST mobile ultrasonic cleaner is designed for the heaviest soiling in industry and workshops and covers the entire cleaning process including pre- cleaning and rinsing thanks to the peripheral devices. The optional Elma Move oscillation device moves the cleaning basket up and down during the cleaning process, maximising the cleaning effect of the ultrasound. The Elma filter with self-priming pump is a useful addition for filtering the cleaning bath, thus extending the service life of the bath and reducing operating costs. Model Recommended work volume [l] Basin dimensions W x D x H [mm] Maximum loading [kg] Nominal voltage [V] Order number Accessories Order number Stainless steel basket Order number Elma filter Order number Stainless steel lid Order number Noise protection cover Order number Elma Move Elmasonic xtra ST 300H Elmasonic xtra ST 500H 22 290 x 265 x 280 12 230 315-012-JC 42 290 x 265 x 480 12 230 315-013-JC Elmasonic xtra ST 600H - 3 x 400 V / N / PE 45 460 x 295 x 330 25 400 315-014-JC Elmasonic xtra ST 600H - 230 - 240 V 45 460 x 295 x 330 25 230 315-015-JC Elmasonic xtra ST 800H Elmasonic xtra ST 1400H Elmasonic xtra ST 1600H Elmasonic xtra ST 2500H 70 460 x 295 x 480 40 400 315-016-JC 97 550 x 565 x 315 50 400 315-017-JC 133 550 x 565 x 415 50 400 315-018-JC 215 615 x 700 x 485 50 400 245-890-JC 315-028-JC 315-046-JC 315-024-JC 315-020-JC 315-035-JC 315-029-JC 315-046-JC 315-024-JC 315-020-JC 315-036-JC 315-030-JC 315-046-JC 315-025-JC 315-030-JC 315-031-JC 315-032-JC 315-033-JC 315-046-JC 315-025-JC 315-046-JC 315-025-JC 315-047-JC 315-026-JC 315-047-JC 315-026-JC 245-892-JC 315-047-JC 245-891-JC 315-021-JC 315-021-JC 315-021-JC 315-022-JC 315-022-JC 315-023-JC 315-037-JC 315-037-JC 315-038-JC 315-039-JC 315-040-JC 315-041-JC 482 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

483

SOLID mobile disinfection tray in a complete set W Mobile disinfection berm for quick, location- independent use in animal disease control and DEKON-G (vehicle decontamination) use. Unpack - roll out - ready! NEW W The berm can be set up by a few emergency personnel in a very short time and can be used as a single module for collecting contaminated wastewater from cleaning as well as just for tyre disinfection. At the same time, the berm is an important component of the "Mobile disinfection system / DEKON-G". W To set up longer disinfection lines (pre- cleaning, disinfection, post-cleaning), the berms can be lined up in any order. W The tear-resistant PES fabric with a very high grammage withstands even heavy use. The side edging is reinforced with foam inserts and prevents the spread of decontamination and rinsing liquids. External dimensions W x D [mm] Order number 6000 x 3900 301-200-JC 9000 x 3900 301-201-JC 14000 x 3900 301-202-JC 20000 x 3900 301-203-JC 20000 x 5000 301-204-JC 5 l a s o p s i d e t s a W d n a g n i n a e l C nano-ex skin cleanser W For effective cleansing of the skin of nanoscale particles from 4 nanometres upwards W For use after unintentional skin contact with nanoparticles in research and industry W Removes more than 99% of nanoparticles from the skin, making it up to 25 times better than conventional soaps in terms of particles remaining on the skin 50 ml tube with sponge applicator for easy applica- tion to the skin Order no. 308-905-JC pak-ex skin cleanser W Effective skin cleansing of soot and carcinogenic PAHs (polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons) W For everyone involved in firefighting operations to clean off PAHs and prevent contamination from fire smoke or through contact with contaminated equipment such as hoses W Also ideal for people who are exposed to an increased risk of skin contamination with PAHs in their everyday work: e.g. in fire damage restoration, chimney sweeps, industrial cleaning, coking plants, welders or during construction and demolition work. Version Order number 50 ml tube 308-903-JC 200 ml tube 308-904-JC powder-ex skin cleanser W For effective, daily cleansing of the skin of very small particles, especially metal powder, plastic powder and ceramic powder. W Employees are exposed to fine powders in many areas of work, e.g. in additive manufacturing, pigment production, compounding, in the cosmetics industry or when polishing, milling, drilling, sintering or in blasting technology. These work areas face particular challenges in work health and safety. powder-ex® ensures reliable skin cleansing without damaging the skin barrier. Version Order number 100 ml tube 308-901-JC 500 ml Bottle 308-902-JC NEW NEW NEW E x p E r t a d v i c E a n d O r d E r l i n E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 483

484

Parts cleaning equipment, for many applications W System parts cleaner in sturdy sheet steel design, painted W For the manual cleaning of greasy components in metal and plastic W Ideal for all repair workshops Parts cleaner, model F2 Parts cleaner, Model G50-I Parts cleaner, model BK50 5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Portable parts cleaner F2 for use at various locations, connection for 50 litre drum (without cleaning fluid) With closed design with increased load capacity, for cleaning bulky parts in a small space, connection for a 50 litre drum Parts cleaner BK50 - painted, light sheet steel cons- truction for flexible workshop use, with connection for 50 litre drum (without cleaning fluid) Order no. 117-512-JC Order no. 259-449-JC Order no. 148-469-JC Model Equipment Work surface height [mm] Width, useful area [mm] Useful area depth [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Nominal voltage [V] Order number Accessories Order number F2, mobile 920 790 490 100 800 x 671 x 1125 230 117-512-JC – – G50-I Connection for 50 litre drum 895 790 490 150 500 x 800 x 1100 230 259-449-JC – – Bk50 820 646 465 50 656 x 475 x 1005 230 148-469-JC Spill pallet 117-511-JC Detergent W Excellent cleaning action W For commercial use as a solvent for industrial parts cleaning and surface degreasing W The cleaning fluid is subject to regular and rigorous controls by independent research institutes, guaranteeing the best quality W Aromatic-free cold cleaner to meet the most stringent requirements, hydrocarbon-based W Suitable for all surfaces W Not classified in accordance with the Industrial safety regulation Cleaner Order number 50 l Order number 200 l Rf 117-505-JC 117-506-JC EL/Extra 117-507-JC 117-508-JC Purgasol 259-447-JC 259-448-JC Replacing the cleaning fluid: there are no prescribed repla- cement intervals. Professional associations recommend at least one drum change per year however. 484 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

485

W Special self-priming pump: works on the circulation principle, energy-saving and maintenance-free, long service life W Area of application: industrial parts cleaning and surface degreasing, maintenance of production equipment, pumps, motors and other machine parts Parts cleaner, model KP Parts cleaner, Model K Parts cleaner, model m 5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Parts cleaner M for cleaning large items, connection for 205 litre drum with bung on the side (without sump and detergent) Order no. 117-492-JC Parts cleaner model MD Parts cleaner KP for cleaning small items, compact design, work area protected on 3 sides, connection for 205 litre drum (without cleaning fluid) Parts cleaner K for cleaning small items, connection for 205 litre drum Order no. 148-465-JC Order no. 117-500-JC Model Equipment Work surface height [mm] Width, useful area [mm] Useful area depth [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Nominal voltage [V] Order number Accessories Order number KP K M MD 920 790 540 80 800 x 550 x 265 230 148-465-JC Connection for 205 litre drum 922 790 540 80 800 x 550 x 525 230 117-500-JC 870 1135 660 250 1145 x 670 x 1050 230 117-492-JC Spill pallet 870 1135 660 250 1165 x 695 x 1055 230 117-491-JC Parts cleaner MD, has the same features as model M, but also has a lid 117-510-JC 117-510-JC 117-509-JC 117-509-JC Order no. 117-491-JC Benefits of model RF: W Slow, uniform evaporation, giving intensive penetration of the contaminated surfaces, evaporation number VZ 550 (ether = 1) W Slight smell, dearomatised W Regreasing, no metal corrosion, with temporary corrosion protection depending on application Benefits of Model EL/Extra: W Fast, residue-free evaporation for quick further processing of the items to be cleaned, evaporation number VZ 90 (ether = 1) W Almost odour free (slight odour), extremely dearomatised W Does not promote corrosion W Suitable for applications in the food industry, with NSF K1 listing, NSF registration number: 145694 Benefits of type Purgasol: W Quick, uniform evaporation, evaporation number EN 212 (ether = 1) W Mild, typical odour W Regreasing, no metal corrosion, with temporary corrosion protection depending on application BESTSELLER E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 485

486

FALCON parts cleaner with dip tank W For cleaning larger parts safely and conveniently at work surface height W Also suitable for placing smaller open containers in the tank W Lid is easily opened using the foot pedal W Equipped with gas pressure spring and stainless steel dispensing tap W The gas spring ensures the lid closes slowly which minimises the risk of catching fingers W Lid and basin in stainless steel 1.4301 (V2A) W Good resistance even to contaminated liquids W Sheet steel base frame designed as a liquid-tight drip tray 5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C The lid is opened by pressing the foot pedal The lid closes automatically when the foot pedal is released A gas spring ensures the lid closes slowly, minimising the risk of catching fingers ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Stainless steel parts basket Stainless steel parts basket, external dimensions w x d x h [mm] 400 x 280 x 90 Strainer in stainless steel Capacity [l] Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Sieve Order number Parts basket 45 680 x 650 x 930 117-268-JC 117-270-JC 117-269-JC 60 680 x 650 x 950 156-554-JC 156-592-JC 117-269-JC 105 990 x 650 x 950 156-553-JC 156-591-JC 117-269-JC A removable strainer, which fits the dimensions of the dip tank is available as an option. 486 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

487

Safe cleaning with FALCON plunger cans FALCON plunger cans W For safe moistening of cleaning cloths and sponges W Economic discharge, residual liquid flows back into the container W Protection due to the reduction of generated fumes W Protection against flashback thanks to built-in flame arrester (for all steel and stainless steel containers) W Easy to operate pump mechanism with spring-mounted plunger plate W High-quality containers in stainless steel 1.4404 (SUS 316 L), galvanised steel with additional coating in safety yellow or as plastic version in polyethylene 5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Easy to operate pump mechanism with spring- mounted dasher plate in stainless steel BESTSELLER All plunger cans in steel and stainless steel are also available with an earthing connection, suitable for Quick-Connect earthing cable 283933 FALCON plunger can in polyethylene, resistant and chemical- ly resistant to many acids and alkalis Material Capacity [l] Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Without earth connection Order number With earthing connection Steel 1.0 Stainless steel 1.4404 (V4A) 2.5 1.0 2.0 Polyethylene 1.0 2.0 178 x 178 x 210 178 x 178 x 285 132 x 132 x 258 158 x 158 x 305 120 x 115 x 265 145 x 155 x 265 187-531-JC 283-920-JC 187-532-JC 283-921-JC 211-600-JC 283-931-JC 211-601-JC 283-932-JC 263-215-JC 263-216-JC – – FALCON safety contai- ners with dispensing tap See page 403 ORDER AT THE SAME TIME FALCON steel funnel, galvanised Order no. 187-536-JC FALCON stainless steel funnel Order no. 187-534-JC Quick-Connect earthing cable Order no. 283-933-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 487

488

5 FALCON small parts cleaners - 2 to 8 litres When cleaning small parts, great care must be taken while protecting people and the environment. FALCON small parts cleaners are tried and tested for this purpose, and also help support operational processes in production, main- tenance and quality assurance. W High quality containers, either in galvanised steel with coating in safety yellow or stainless steel W Ideal for cleaning or degreasing small parts W Integrated recessed handles for easy and safe transport of the container W 2 and 4 litre versions - optionally available with or without spring-loaded immersion strainer (also serves as a flame arrester) for targeted wetting of the parts to be cleaned. Thanks to the optimised perforation and raised rim, also ideal for small parts such as screws etc. W 8 litre version - in the event of fire, the lid closes automatically thanks to the integrated fusible link W With earthing connection as standard, also suitable for Quick Connect earthing cable 283-933 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C 1 2 Small parts cleaner, 2 and 4 litre capacity, with spring-loaded immersion sieve - the immersion sieve serves as a flame barrier and for targeted soaking of the parts to be cleaned. Spring operated immersion strainer also serves as flame arrestor (2 and 4 litre versions) Self-closing lid with integrated fusible link (8 litre version) Earthing connection suitable for Quick- Connect earthing cable 8 litre small parts cleaner with integral parts basket (available as an accessory) 488 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

489

Small parts cleaner, 8 and 20 litre capacity, with fusible link - in the event of fire, the lid closes automatically due to the integra- ted fusible link release 5 6 5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C 3 4 Small parts cleaner, 2 and 4 litre capacity, without immersion sieve - in the event of fire, the lid closes automatically due to the integrated fusible link release ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Quick-Connect earthing cable Stainless steel parts basket Stainless steel parts basket Stainless steel parts basket for 20 litre small parts cleaner Order no. 283-933-JC Order no. 282-410-JC Order no. 314-493-JC Volume [l] Features Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Order number Steel Order number Stainless steel Accessories Order number Earthing cable Order number Stainless steel parts basket 1 2 With immersion w 264 x 102 282-404-JC 282-407-JC 283-933-JC – 2 4 264 x 152 282-405-JC 282-408-JC 283-933-JC – 3 2 – 264 x 102 314-494-JC 314-496-JC 283-933-JC – 4 4 – 264 x 152 314-495-JC 314-497-JC 283-933-JC – 5 6 8 Optionally with parts basket 255 x 262 – 282-409-JC 283-933-JC 282-410-JC 20 – 367 x 289 – 314-492-JC 283-933-JC 314-493-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 489

490

5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C High quality cleaning cloths for industrial use (meeting DIN 61650) Cleaning cloths in compressed bales W High quality, made from clean recycled materials W No foreign bodies such as hooks, buttons or zips Type KB W Light cotton mix fabric for large areas of contamination W Ideal for use in the workshop, construction etc Model TB W Classic knitted cleaning cloths in soft, absorbent coloured cotton W Suitable for workstations, machinery or tanks – anywhere where a lot of liquid needs to be mopped up Type BW W High quality, made from clean recycled materials W No foreign bodies such as hooks, buttons or zips Model BB W In coloured cotton bedlinen material W Especially suitable for sensitive surfaces, practically seamless Model TW W Pure white cotton fabrics, soft, very absorbent, low-lint W Ideally suited for use with solvents Model HB W In coloured, heavy duty terry towelling material W High absorbency, ideal for drying damp surfaces W Highly absorbent and soft, suitable for highly sensitive surfaces Models HW W In white, heavy duty terry towelling material W High absorbency, ideal for drying damp surfaces if dye transfer from cleaning cloths needs to be avoided Order in packs of - 3 x 10 kg compact cubes - 30 x 10 kg compact cubes (full pallet) For high demand and daily cleaning cloth use, full pallets are available at attractive rates. Special prices for bulk buyers on request: 01952 811 991 Model Design Order number 3 x 10 kg press blocks Order number 30 x 10 kg compact cubes Kb TB Calico, coloured Jersey, light coloured 158-019-JC 158-030-JC 158-024-JC 158-037-JC Bb Bedlinen, light colour 246-189-JC 285-746-JC HB Terry, coloured 246-191-JC 285-747-JC TW Jersey, white 158-022-JC 158-034-JC Bw Bedlinen, white 158-027-JC 158-038-JC Hw Terry, white 246-190-JC 285-748-JC All products for Cleaning cloths can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12885 490 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

491

Lint-free cleaning cloths Model AT W Extremely strong, full-bodied absorbent cloth W Ideal replacement for conventional cleaning cloths W For demanding cleaning tasks and removal of stubborn dirt and grease, e.g. degreasing gears W In hygienic cellulose / polypropylene material with high absorption capacity W Suitable for absorbing oils, greases and aqueous solutions W Tear-resistant, lint-free, can be used both wet and dry W Can also be used on rough surfaces W Acid and solvent resistant Design Pack contents Sketches items/pack Cloth size [mm] Mass per unit area [g/m²] Order number Roll, white 1 Roll(s) 500 380 x 400 mm 80 246-182-JC Cloth, white, Q fold 10 Pack 500 380 x 400 mm 80 273-933-JC Especially grippy thanks to honeycomb pattern Environmentally-friendly cleaning cloths Model Bio White W Low-lint, hygienic cloths for almost all light cleaning tasks W 100% biodegradable and compostable, environmentally-friendly alternative to synthetic fibres W Especially strong and absorbent material in cellulose and polyactides 5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Design Pack contents Sketches items/pack Cloth size [mm] Order number Accessories External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Roll, white 2 Roll(s) 1000 300 x 380 mm 246-187-JC – – – Cloth, white, Z fold 8 Pack 720 300 x 380 mm 246-188-JC Dispenser for z-fold cloths 205 x 185 x 90 263-288-JC ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Practical dispenser incl. wall mounting kit W Individual dispensing: the rounded cutting edge teeth can cut the paper towel to any desired length W Maximum hygiene as the user only touches the paper towel he takes out Basic cleaning cloths W Ideal for almost all light cleaning tasks W Ideal for hygiene areas with high volume use W Environmentally friendly and hygienic cloths in high quality cellulose, white W Practical to use, no perforations W Inner winding ensures the cloth is always clean when using the wall- mounted dispenser Model Order number Accessories External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number N 19 Cleaning cloth with inner dispensing, white, 1 ply, pack = 12 x 125 m rolls, width = 22 cm 248-314-JC D 19 Cleaning cloth with inner dispensing, white, 1 ply, pack = 6 x 300 m rolls, width = 22 cm 248-315-JC Practical dispenser incl. wall mounting kit 172 x 180 x 345 249-664-JC 230 x 250 x 365 249-666-JC Practical dispenser box for cleaning cloths Model N 19 and D 19 (see nearby table) E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 491

492

5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Solvent resistant cleaning cloths W For universal use in all demanding high-end areas such as laboratories, electronics industry, automotive, paint, finishing, grey rooms W Textile cloth in a combination of cellulose and polyester, absorbs quickly, resistant to solvents and lint-free W Rip resistant when dry and when wet W Silicon free W Ideal cloth for degreasing, ideally suited to use in the food industry Design Pack contents Sketches items/pack Cloth size [mm] Order number Accessories Order number External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Tissues, white, folded 10 Pack 500 300 x 380 mm 130-040-JC Dispenser for z-fold cloths 263-288-JC 205 x 185 x 90 Tissues, turquoise, folded 1 Box(es) 200 300 x 380 mm 130-041-JC – – – Roll 2 Roll(s) 1000 300 x 380 mm 130-042-JC – – – Absorbent cleaning cloths W Handy cleaning cloth for industrial use and fabrication W Versatile, e.g. For cleaning and maintaining production facilities in workshops and for cleaning buildings W Highly absorbent wipes and cleaning cloths are ideal for absorbing oil and water W The soft structure also makes it suitable for use on surfaces which scratch easily W Cloth size 20 x 30 cm W Particularly resistant to tearing and low-lint Robust cleaning cloths W Ideal for use in all industrial areas, vehicle workshops, etc. W For cleaning and wiping up dirt, oils and greases W Particularly resistant to tearing and low-lint W Particularly suitable for removal of metal chips and for use in maintenance work involving very oily or dirty workpieces W Made from recycled paper (blue) or cellulose (white) Design Pack contents Sketches items/pack Cloth size [mm] Order number Roll 1 Roll(s) 700 260 x 350 mm 130-038-JC Roll 4 Roll(s) 1000 200 x 300 mm 123-192-JC BESTSELLER Design Pack contents Sketches items/pack Cloth size [mm] Material Order number Roll, blue, 3-ply, with EU Ecolabel 1 Roll(s) 989 370 x 380 Recycled cellulose 130-036-JC Roll, white, 3-ply 1 Roll(s) 920 370 x 380 Cellulose 130-037-JC Special prices for bulk buyers on request: 01952 811 991 492 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

493

5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Tissues, folded 6 Pack 300 380 x 400 278-345-JC Dispenser for z-fold cloths 263-288-JC 205 x 185 x 90 Tissues, folded 20 Pack 500 380 x 400 123-197-JC 263-288-JC 205 x 185 x 90 GREAT PRICE Durable and reusable cleaning cloths W Suitable for all industrial areas, e.g. For cleaning and maintaining production machinery and tools W Safely absorb oils, greases and lubricants W Super strong, solvent resistant, washable and reusable W Even stubborn dirt can be removed with this robust and wipe-resistant cloth. W Manufactured in polypropylene Cleaning wipes, sold on the Roll Design Pack contents Sketches items/pack Cloth size [mm] Order number Accessories Order number External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Roll 1 Roll(s) 500 320 x 380 129-659-JC – – – Strong industrial cleaning cloths W Ideal for use in all industrial areas, vehicle workshops, etc. W Especially for use on heavy contamination W Best price-performance ratio: ideal where quantity used is high W Particularly suitable for removal of metal chips and for use for maintenance work involving very oily or dirty workpieces W Heavy duty cloths in recycled cellulose, brown Model Pack contents Design Sketches items/pack Width, external [mm] Order number X 170 2 Roll(s) 2-ply 2520 330 248-316-JC DENSORB® Sample Set UNIVERSAL W The sample set contains four different cleaning cloths for testing. You will receive a pack of 25 to 60 cloths of each type of cleaning cloths. Try out four types of cloths at once and choose the one that suits you best. The cloths are available both in rolls and in cloth format. W We will be happy to advise you if you have any questions about cleaning cloths from DENIOS. Contact us by phone, fax or email. Contents: 25 hard-wearing and reusable cleaning cloths, original item 123197 50 solvent-resistant cleaning cloths, original item 130041 50 All-Tex 80 cleaning cloths, original item 273933 60 Biotextra cleaning cloths, original item 246188 Order no. 289-744-JC Special prices for bulk buyers on request: 01952 811 991 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 493

494

Magnetic sweeping machine W With optimised magnetic field to safely pick up iron parts, even from cracks and grooves W In sturdy housing in stainless steel - also suitable for working outdoors W The wheels are height adjustable for uneven floors and are fitted behind the housing - this means even edges and corners can be properly cleaned (working width: 610 mm). W When the ergonomic foot pedal is operated the collected parts fall down out of the device. W Maintenance-free, proven product e.g. in metalworking companies, on building sites and in recycling works 5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Order no. 257-417-JC As the wheels are located behind the housing, corners and edges are easy to sweep. Stepping on the pedal releases the collected metal- lic parts from the magnets. Order no. 268-052-JC Adjustable magnetic collector W For picking up metallic parts (tools, nuts, bolts, chips, profiles...) from areas which are difficult to access, e.g. under machinery W Magnetic head can be adjusted through 150 degrees W Telescopic handle, extendable from 66 to 104 cm W Sweep area: 84 cm², sweep width: 28 cm Telescopic handle, extendable from 66 to 104 cm Magnetic bar W Ideal for difficult-to-reach areas W For cleaning up metal shavings, nails and chippings from machines (milling cutters, lathes, boring machines) or work benches W Attracts small metal shavings W Light, rust resistant bar W Remove the central bar to easily remove the metal shavings W Total length: 410 mm With ergonomic handle and practical hanger Order no. 268-049-JC 494 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

495

Magnetic broom W For removing hazards W Problem-free collection of chips and other annoying metallic parts which clog up conventional brooms W Magnetic broom removes metal shavings from gaps and cracks where hand brushes, brooms and sweeping machines can’t reach. Magnetic bar "Heavy Duty" W Telescopic handle, extendable from 640 to 1020 mm W Ergonomic handle, grip with finger mouldings and anti-slip protection W Sweep height adjustable from 19 to 38 mm W Extra large, profiled wheels for easy, safe operation Magnetic broom with telescopic handle W The shavings etc. can be removed easily by taking the head of the broom off the handle W Telescopic handle, extendable from 690 to 1020 mm Order no. 268-047-JC 5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Magnetic broom with telescopic handle W For picking up metallic parts from areas which are difficult to access W Magnetic head can be adjusted through 180 degrees W Telescopic handle, extendable from 69 to 102 cm Order no. 268-053-JC The metal shavings can be removed easily by pulling the handle on top of the bar upwards Width of turn External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 455 mm 610 mm 915 mm 570 x 178 x 1300 950 x 190 x 1300 1250 x 200 x 1300 179-680-JC 284-060-JC 284-061-JC Magnetic bar for fork lift trucks W Strong, long lasting magnet for removing hazardous and annoying metal shavings from traffic areas, hall floors etc. W Also suitable for uneven surfaces such as gravel, cracked concrete, cobblestones... W Simply attach to a forklift W The magnetic broom attracts metal shavings from a 14 cm radius. W The metal shavings can be removed easily by pulling the handle on top upwards. W Can collect up to 80 kg W Sweeping width (mm): 910 Order no. 268-046-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 495

496

Liquid vacuum cleaner W Minimises the use of absorption materials and reduces disposal costs W Suitable for vacuuming the bottoms of DIP tanks, removing diesel or oil from vehicles or for emptying spill pallets W Fits all steel drums with 2" fine thread W With compressed air drive W Waste product can be reused W Operates without a filter W Float prevents over filling W Waste product can be reused Liquid vacuum cleaner SV 6.4 Liquid vacuum cleaner SV 6.16 5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Contents: 1 vacuum pump with shut-off valve and fill level limiter 1 connector with 90˚ elbow for 2” opening 2 m vacuum hose, Ø 38 mm Order no. 123-223-JC Liquid vacuum cleaner model SV 6.4, For mounting on a steel bung hole drum (available as an option) Liquid vacuum cleaner SV 6.16 With floor nozzle Accessories Vacuum hose for liquid vacuum cleaner Model SV 6.4 and SV 6.16, 3 m long, Ø 38 mm Drum belt for 200 litre standard drums sieve for 200 ltr. liquid exhauster All products for Drums can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12850 Contents: 1 vacuum pump with shut-off valve and fill level limiter 2 m vacuum hose, Ø 38 mm 1 Camlock quick connector 3-part suction pipe 1 floor nozzle with rubber edge 1 hand nozzle Order no. 123-224-JC Order number 177-326-JC 174-321-JC 179-650-JC 496 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

497

Suction out and dispose of liquids with one machine Compressed-air extractor and pump for liquids with a flashpoint over 55 °C W Disposal costs are lower W Absorbents don't need too be used as often W No moving parts, maintenance free W Sucks clean and contaminated fluids up from the ground, machinery and tanks W Pumps fluids back or into a disposal container W Especially suitable for coolants and separation liquids, oil spills, paints, washing water, diesel, absorbents etc W Ideal to combine with oil tape skimmers W Available in 2 versions: PressOut and PumpOut PressOut The liquid sucked into the container can be forced pneumatically over a distance of 2-3 metres into a disposal collection tank (e.g. IBC). Contents: Venturi pump with fill level limiter Suction hose and pipe Hand and floor nozzle (not for solvents!) 50 litre tank and trolley 5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C The narrow design, ground clearance of 135 mm and a wheel diameter of 100 mm ensure easy manoeuvring even in narrow spaces. Contents: Venturi pump with fill level limiter (for suction) diaphragm pump (for pumping) suction hose and pipe, floor nozzle (not for solvents!) Strainer basket for filtering solid particles 200 litre container and transport trolley drum belt to prevent deformation from underpressure PressOut 257-588-JC PressOut ATEX 257-589-JC Stainless steel strainer basket for filtering foreign bodies 173-840-JC 173-840-JC Design Order number Accessories Order number Pumpout PumpOut sucks up liquid from the ground and pumps it into an IBC container. Oil tape skimmer See page 498 Combined use: PumpOut sucks up cooling water from a machine, separating particles from the liquid. An oil tape skimmer on the 2" mouth of the container skims off the oil from the surface The purified liquid is then pumped back into the machine. Design Order number Pumpout 179-647-JC PumpOut ATEX 186-281-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 497

498

5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Liquid vacuum cleaner model ATEX W54 and ATEX W200 W Can also be used in potentially explosive areas: gas Zone 1 / dust zone 21 W For liquids with flashpoint above +55° C e.g. Washing and cooling water, oil, paint, sludge, glycol, diesel, lubricating oil etc. (Not solvents) W Sucks up liquids from the floor and out of machines and containers using just compressed air W Incl. 2 M suction hose (Ø 38 mm, anti-static), 3-piece metal suction tube, floor nozzle, trolley (with anti-static castors) and tank Liquid vacuum cleaner ATEX W200 with 205 litre painted steel container Order no. 173-292-JC Order no. 179-646-JC Accessories ATEX extension hose for fluid suction device, length 3 metres, Ø 38mm, anti-static Drum belt for 200 litre standard drums Strainer for 50 l ATEX liquid vacuum cleaner, in stainless steel, for filtering out solid objects sieve for 200 ltr. liquid exhauster Order number 173-839-JC 174-321-JC 173-840-JC 179-650-JC NEW Oil tape skimmer W Short-term amortisation W Reduced purchasing and disposal costs W Extended use of material and machinery W Mode of operation: oil adheres better to itself and other objects than to water. It is absorbed by the oil skimmer tape and thus skimmed from the surface of the water W Capacity of up to 4 litres of oil per hour W Can be used indoors and outdoors for water-based washing liquids, coolants and separation liquids to +100 °C W Incl. Timer and a band in stainless steel and in polyurethane (can be quickly exchanged) W Typical applications: cnc, turning and milling machines, separation and cooling water tanks, industrial washing machines, pits, oil traps, car wash and other washing facilities Skimmer bandwidth Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 1 " 2 " Immersion depth 115 mm 110 x 170 x 255 179-651-JC Immersion depth 270 mm 110 x 170 x 410 179-652-JC Immersion depth 420 mm 110 x 170 x 560 179-653-JC Immersion depth 575 mm 110 x 170 x 715 179-654-JC Immersion depth 270 mm 220 x 170 x 460 312-371-JC Immersion depth 420 mm 220 x 170 x 600 312-372-JC Immersion depth 575 mm 220 x 170 x 780 312-373-JC Oil hose skimmer W Reliable function even with fluctuating liquid levels and a maximum temperature of 60 °C W Immersion depth 300 mm W Particularly compact design for confined installation situations W Takes up to 4 litres of oil per hour. W With integrated daily timer W 1-phase motor Oil disc skimmer W A simple solution for tanks in which the liquid has a constantly high level and a maximum temperature of 50 °C W Immersion depth max. 100 mm W Takes up to 4 litres of oil per hour. W 1-phase motor NEW NEW External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 100 x 190 x 150 312-383-JC External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 300 x 360 x 180 312-384-JC 498 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

499

Professional vacuum for metalworking W High suction power with low operating noise W Robust design with exceptional ease of use W Large capacity despite compact design 5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C 1 Wet/dry vacuum cleaner with 4 m suction hose, angled stainless steel hand pipe, filter bag and element and slanted pipe nozzle 2 Wet/dry vacuum cleaner with 4 m suction hose, angled hand pipe and two 0.5 m extension pipes (all in stainless steel), filter bag and element as well as floor and crevice nozzle 3 Vacuum for oils, chips and coolants with 5 m suction hose, chip strainer, drain tap, antistatic hand nozzle and rubber nozzle (other accessories in the illustration are not included!) 4 Vacuum for oils, chips and coolants with 5 m suction hose, angled hand pipe, rubber slanted pipe nozzle, crevice nozzle, chip basket, drain tap as well as air reversal valve for pressure-as- sisted emptying Use Output [W] Underpressure [mbar] Total volume [l] Chip container volume [l] Sound level [dB(A)] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] Order number 6 5 Vacuum for oils, chips and coolants with nozzle for emptying liquids: oil or coolant cleaned of chips can be sustainably returned to your process. 3 4 5 6 Vacuum for oils, chips and coolants 2400 230 52 52 70 580 x 880 x 1230 60 308-316-JC 1300 320 180 180 70 670 x 1050 x 1500 120 308-318-JC 2200 330 180 180 71 670 x 1050 x 1500 135 308-319-JC 1 2 Wet/dry vacuum cleaner 1500 230 70 70 57 605 x 580 x 970 25 308-313-JC 3000 250 70 70 67 580 x 600 x 970 30 308-314-JC 2000 210 37 37 74 560 x 570 x 1027 38 308-315-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 499

500

5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Safety vacuum cleaner for hazardous dusts incl. asbestos W Suitable for hazardous dusts in dust classes L, M and H as well as asbestos W For example, wood dusts, hazardous dusts with TLV values, carcinogenic dusts and/or dusts containing pathogens are safely sucked in and remain in the filter and safety collection container. W Highly effective filtration with a filtration efficiency of at least 99.995 % W Designed to meet the requirements of health protection, safety and noise reduction 1 Wet-dry safety vacuum clea- ner Model S 533-Asbestos with antistatic 4 m suction hose, angled hand pipe and two 505 mm extension pipes (all in stainless steel), flat pleated filter, floor and crevice nozzle as well as antistatic tool adapter 2 Wet-dry safety vacuum cleaner Model S 540-Asbe- stos with 3 m suction hose, angled hand pipe and two 0.5 m extension pipes (all in chrome-plated steel), filter bag and element, floor and slanted pipe nozzle 3 4 5 Wet-dry safety vacuum cleaner Model S 544-As- bestos with antistatic 4 m suction hose, bent hand tube and two 505 mm extension tubes (all made of stainless steel), flat pleated filter, floor and crevice nozzle as well as antistatic tool adapter Wet-dry safety vacuum cleaner Model S 550-Asbestos with 3 m suction hose, angled hand pipe and two 0.5 m extension pipes (all in chrome-plated steel), filter bag and element, as well as floor and slanted pipe nozzle Wet-dry safety vacuum cleaner Model S 560-As- bestos with 3 m suction hose (Ø 36 mm), angled stainless steel hand pipe, filter bag and element, slanted pipe nozzle and appliance socket Model Suitable for dust classes Capacity [l] Output [W] Underpressure [mbar] Sound level [dB(A)] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] Order number Accessories Order number Micro filter element Order number Safety filter bags (Pack=5 pieces) 1 2 3 4 5 S 533-Asbestos L, M, H, ASBESTOS 30 1400 250 60 565 x 385 x 520 15 308-310-JC 308-811-JC 308-810-JC S 540-Asbestos L, M, H, ASBESTOS 30 1500 250 59 400 x 598 x 672 10 210-582-JC 137-982-JC 137-976-JC S 544-Asbestos L, M, H, ASBESTOS 42 1400 250 60 565 x 385 x 605 16 308-311-JC 308-811-JC 308-810-JC S 550-Asbestos L, M, H, ASBESTOS 47 1500 250 59 450 x 380 x 750 11 308-309-JC 137-982-JC 218-633-JC S 560-Asbestos L, M, H, ASBESTOS 70 1200 230 57 600 x 600 x 1000 25 137-971-JC 137-982-JC 137-977-JC Additional accessory sets for the individual safety vacuum cleaners can be found in the denios online shop at www.denios.co.uk/shop 500 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

501

5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Safety vacuum cleaner for hazardous dusts in ATEX zone 22 W Meets the European safety standards and the requirements of professional associations and legislative bodies for working with substances which are harmful to health and / or potentially explosive dusts W Designed to meet the requirements of health protection, safety and noise reduction laws W Motor SOFT start, power is kept low to start with to avoid voltage drop 1 Wet and dry safety vacuum cleaner Model S 940 with 4 m suction hose, angled hand pipe, filter bag and element, motor cooling air filter and slanted pipe nozzle. 2 Wet and dry safety vacuum cleaner Model S 960 with 3.5 m suction hose Ø 27 mm, suction tube holder, filter bag and element, tool adapter, cable reel with 7.5 m mains cable. Model Use Capacity [l] EX protection class (marking) Output [W] Underpressure [mbar] Sound level [dB(A)] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] Order number Accessories Order number Safety filter bags (Pack=5 pieces) Order number Micro filter element 1 1 S 940 L, M, ATEX TYPE 22 37 II 3D EX tD A22 T135 °C IP54 1100 230 60 462 x 596 x 786 19 218-631-JC 218-633-JC 137-984-JC 2 S 960 L, M, ATEX TYPE 22 70 II 3D EX tD A22 T135 °C IP54 1500 250 59 655 x 610 x 1000 33 137-972-JC 137-981-JC 137-984-JC Additional accessory sets for the individual safety vacuum cleaners can be found in the denios online shop at www.denios.co.uk/shop E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 501

502

5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Waste oil containers W For the safe collection of used oils and other non-aggressive liquids in hazard class A-III W Compact collection container with fill level indicator on the side, 2 large fixed castors and 2 swivel castors Design Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number With rectangular funnel 70 800 x 800 x 1100 305-378-JC With round funnel 70 800 x 800 x 1000 305-379-JC 100 800 x 800 x 1250 305-380-JC Waste oil and coolant drain pans W For collecting liquids where collection canisters are not available With round funnel and dispensing With round funnel and suction pump hose 70 800 x 800 x 1000 305-381-JC 100 800 x 800 x 1000 305-382-JC 70 800 x 800 x 1400 305-383-JC 100 1200 x 800 x 1000 305-384-JC Design Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Open, with tray and drain 8 400 x 430 x 110 248-920-JC Design Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Open 11 390 x 520 x 150 248-915-JC 15 450 x 600 x 180 248-916-JC Design Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Open 40 685 x 900 x 135 116-053-JC Design Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 4 310 x 430 x 90 248-917-JC Closed 8 320 x 600 x 135 248-918-JC 8 410 x 580 x 130 248-919-JC 14 450 x 585 x 175 248-921-JC Waste oil collection trolley W For the safe collection of used oils and other non-aggressive liquids in hazard class A-III W Sturdy design with 2 large fixed castors, 2 swivel castors, drain tap and foldable pull-push handle W As an option, emptying is possible via a hydraulic coupling when using a suction pump. Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 95 610 x 1250 x 260 305-377-JC 502 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

503

5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C 205 litre container for solid substances W The container is fitted with a chassis for ease of transportation to special decentralised areas for disposing of solid substances W Hot dip galvanised design W Sturdy key on the lid W Transport: suitable for transporting solid materials, which should be transported in "steel drums with lids that can be removed" in accordance with GGVSEB W Active storage - container must be placed on a solid surface, so that spillages can be detected immediately and cleaned up W Passive storage ORDER AT THE SAME TIME PE sacks to protect against heavy contamination ( pack = 10 item) Order no. 117-968-JC Order no. 117-967-JC Safety collection containers for oil waste W For collecting materials which are proven to contain oil W Galvanised design with easy to manoeuvre wheels W Oil drainage tap and strainer in the base so that residual liquids can be drained from the container Folding leak spill pallets, reusable See page 358 Drum waste disposal top W Domed lid with a self closing flap W Ideal for using existing 200 litre drums for inexpensive waste collection W Manufactured from environmentally friendly polyethylene (PE) W Dimensions Ø x H [mm]: 630 x 321 mm Order no. 265-886-JC Flammex extinguishing cap for drums W Flammex extinguishing head in aluminium W Make a self-extinguishing safety waste container from a 205 litre drum W Flammex principle: in the case of a fire the flue gases accumulate under the lid rim and "suffocate" the fire as no more oxygen can get in the container Order no. 156-779-JC Order no. 116-804-JC All products for Absorbent materials can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/39126 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 503

504

5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Waste oil collector, 400 and 995 litre W Double walled container for collecting used oil or other water-polluting substances W Meets DIN 6623-2 W Approved for collecting liquids with a flashpoint above 55 °C W For indoor and outdoor installation W Hot dip galvanised (inside and outside) to ensure corrosion protection W Manually operated funnel lid, stays upright when open, lockable W Integral vacuum leakage detection system W Easy to use funnel (Ø 500 mm) with strainer insert W Hydraulic overfill protection for protection against overfilling W Drain pipe with safety screwed fitting W Dipstick and ventilation line W Can be transported in-house (empty) Capacity [l] External diameter [mm] Height without ventilation [mm] Weight [kg] Standard(s) Order number 400 1000 1000 200 DIN 6623-2 137-045-JC 990 1250 1335 290 DIN 6623-2 137-047-JC HazMat collector, 250 to 950 litres W With General Construction Approval valid throughout Germany as a storage container for water- polluting substances and flammable liquids with a flash point of less than 55°C, therefore also suitable for waste oil of unknown origin, for example W Double-walled container, explosion-proof W Durable design, hot dip galvanised inside and outside to ensure corrosion protection W Integral vacuum leakage detection system W With hydraulic overfill safety device W Drain line with lockable safety screw connection W With dipstick and ventilation line W 2 lifting eyes for transport when empty - safe cranage according to DGUV-Information 209-013 W For indoor or outdoor installation W Required flashback prevention is available on request W Either for operation by anyone or by an expert Capacity [l] External diameter [mm] Height without ventilation [mm] DIBt approval Order number Usable by an expert Order number Usable by all 250 800 1200 Z-38.12-288 157-075-JC 117-735-JC 400 1000 1025 Z-38.12-288 157-084-JC 117-736-JC 600 1000 1210 Z-38.12-288 157-085-JC 117-737-JC 995 1250 1230 Z-38.12-288 157-086-JC 117-738-JC 504 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

505

5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C ASF containers, single wall A large number of legal regulations etc. must be observed when collecting and, in particular, transporting residual quantities or waste materials. With the ASF (waste collection containers for liquids) and ASP (waste collection containers for pasty and solid substances) containers shown here, we offer tested and approved solutions for a large number of the day-to-day requirements that exist in almost every business. W For the safe collection and transport of liquids W Robust, hot dip galvanised steel construction in single-wall design W Upper section with manhole and (from 445 litres) safety valve 1/2” W Forklift pockets for easy transport W Transport approval according to ADR/RID/IMDG Code, packing groups II and III - transport permitted with no limitation on flashpoint and water hazard class W Active storage: permitted for water-polluting substances (WGK 1 to 3) with a flashpoint greater than 55°C. In case of permanent storage of more than 6 months, the use of a spill pallet is required W Passive storage permitted with no limitation on flashpoint and water-polluting class Upper section with manhole NW 400 and lockable cover Pressure release valve for auto- matic pressure release ASF containers, single wall Capacity [l] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Weight [kg] Un-approved Order number 445 1230 x 1030 x 840 175 D/BAM 0470/31A 117-952-JC 800 1230 x 1030 x 1220 210 D/BAM 0469/31A 117-953-JC 1000 1230 x 1030 x 1400 230 D/BAM 0469/31A 117-955-JC ASF containers, with bottom drain W For the collection and transport of liquids W Hot dip galvanised container in single wall construction, bottom drain & 2” shut off valve W Upper section with manhole NW 400 and safety valve 1/2” W Transport of flammable liquids and substances in all water-polluting classes is permitted with no limitations W Suitable for passive and active storage of substances in WGK 1, 2 and 3 with flashpoint greater than 55 °C when a spill pallet is used Container model asf-b with drain tap at base, 1000 litres. (Stored on an approved spill pallet in accordance with the regulations) Container Model ASF-B with bottom drain, 1000 litres Container Model ASF-B with bottom drain, 445 litres Container Model ASF-B with bottom drain, 800 litres Spill pallets DENIOS classic-line, for 1 x 1000 litre IBC, painted, Order no. 259-383-JC ASF containers, with bottom drain More spill pallets Capacity [l] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Weight [kg] Un-approved Features Order number 445 1230 x 1030 x 1040 200 D/BAM 0470/31A 800 1230 x 1030 x 1420 235 D/BAM 0469/31A 1000 1230 x 1030 x 1600 255 D/BAM 0469/31A Upper section with manhole NW 400 and safety valve 1/2” 117-956-JC 117-957-JC 117-958-JC See page 36 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 505

506

ASF containers, double wall A large number of legal regulations etc. must be observed when collecting and, in particular, transporting residual quantities or waste materials. With the ASF (waste collection containers for liquids) and ASP (waste collection containers for pasty and solid substances) containers shown here, we offer tested and approved solutions for a large number of the day-to-day requirements that exist in almost every business. W For the safe collection and transport of liquids W Robust, hot dip galvanised steel construction in double-walled design W Equipped with vacuum leak indicator for safe monitoring of liquid- W Active storage permitted to 450 litres with no limitation - from 450 litres permitted for substances with flashpoint greater than 55 °C to WGK 3 W Passive storage permitted with no limitation W Storage permitted without additional spill pallet tightness W Upper section with manhole and safety valve W Forklift pockets for easy transport W Transport approval according to ADR/RID/IMDG Code, packing groups II and III - transport permitted with no limitation on flashpoint and water hazard class 5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Container Model ASF-D, 100 litres, double wall Detailed illustration: leak detection for testing container sealing All ASF containers are stackable, allowing compact, space-saving storage. All ASF containers can be stacked so that compact space saving storage is possible Capacity [l] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Weight [kg] Un-approved Features Order number 100 570 x 470 x 700 65 D/BAM 9440/1A2 280 750 x 605 x 1050 120 D/BAM 6480/31A With leak indicator (sight glass) for safe monitoring of liquid-tightness 117-959-JC 120-363-JC ASF containers, double wall 445 1230 x 1030 x 840 220 D/BAM 0471/31A Upper section with manhole (NW 400) and pressure release valve 120-364-JC 800 1230 x 1030 x 1220 285 D/BAM 0472/31A 1000 1230 x 1030 x 1400 310 D/BAM 0472/31A Upper section with manhole (NW 400) and safety valve 1/2” 117-960-JC 117-961-JC 506 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

507

ASP container for collection of solid and paste-like substances and spray cans W For the collection and safe transport of solid and paste-like substances W With transport approval to ADR/RID/IMDG-Code, for packaging groups II and III W Active storage permitted, container must be placed on a solid surface, so that any spillages can be detected immediately and cleaned up W Passive storage permitted W Robust hot dip galvanised steel construction, meeting DIN 30741, Part 1 W Easy-opening lid with hinge springs (supported), locked at two opening angles (70° and 270°) W Sturdy plastic bags are available as accessories to protect the container from contamination 5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C ASP container, 800 litres ASP container 800 litres for empty spray cans Suitable for Capacity [l] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Weight [kg] Un-approved Order number ASP container, 800 litres ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Plastic bags in poly- ethylene, prevent contamination of the container Transport containers for empty aerosol cans See page 511 240 715 x 715 x 845 80 11a/X/.../D/BAM 117-962-JC For solid and paste-like substances 600 1200 x 1000 x 1023 175 11a/X/.../D/BAM 117-964-JC 800 1200 x 1000 x 1212 190 11a/X/.../D/BAM 117-965-JC For empty spray bottles 800 1200 x 1000 x 1212 190 D/BAM 12938 208-417-JC Plastic sacks in polyethylene (PE) prevent contamination of ASP containers (Pack = 10 items) Order number 117-963-JC 117-966-JC 117-966-JC 117-966-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 507

508

5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C geprüfte Sicherheit ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Pictogram set (pack = 6 pieces) Order no. 154-062-JC Wide range of waste bags See page 526 Plastic safety collecting container, 45 and 68 litres W For the safe disposal of cleaning cloths and other waste, which is dampened with aggressive or corrosive liquids W In red coloured polyethylene W Self- closing safety lid W Lid opens easily with foot operation W FM certified Capacity [l] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Order number 45 381 x 413 x 600 274-569-JC 68 375 x 502 x 673 274-570-JC geprüfte Sicherheit Special containers W Sturdy sheet steel construction W Self closing flap on the bin lid W With two handles at the sides W Option: galvanised inner container (see accessories) W 2 practical handles at the sides W Galvanised inner container available as an option Model Capacity [l] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Order number Silver Order number Yellow Accessories Order number AB 100 95 450 x 450 x 870 116-772-JC 116-773-JC Galvanized container for model AB 100 116-761-JC AB 100-v 95 450 x 450 x 870 116-775-JC 116-776-JC – – Waste bin W Sheet steel, hot dip galvanised in accordance with EN ISO 1461 W Equipped with 2 side handles for easy transporting W Optional accessories: galvanised lid Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number 60 380 x 630 137-541-JC 80 400 x 755 137-543-JC Lid, galvanised 100 420 x 835 164-438-JC 137-542-JC 137-544-JC 164-738-JC All products for Hazardous materials collectors can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12773 508 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

509

A clean fire protection solution for your workplace! Oily waste cans W Safe collection of cleaning cloths and other waste, protection from fires starting with self-closing lid, additional safety with base ventilation - prevents overheating and self-ignition W Leak-proof welded container avoids leaking of residual liquids W FM certified W Can be opened easily by operating the large pedal with its anti-skid surface W Big, ergonomic grip at the back serves for easy emptying of the container 5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C The self-closing lid prevents the content from igniting, e.g. by flying sparks Oily waste container made of red painted steel, 35 litres, with self-closing lid and floor ventilation The ergonomic handle makes it easy and safe to empty the container. Damped, self-closing lid mechanism for significant noise reduction and to save material and costs Each disposal container is delivered with a multilingual safety label. Capacity [l] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Order number Steel Order number Stainless steel Accessories Order number 20 382 x 385 x 429 35 440 x 450 x 490 50 495 x 505 x 540 65 535 x 545 x 580 256-104-JC 256-124-JC Waste sacks, blue (1 pack = 500 pieces) Waste sacks, blue (1 pack = 250 pieces) Waste sacks, blue (1 pack = 250 pieces) Waste sacks, blue (1 pack = 250 pieces) 243-872-JC 256-101-JC 256-106-JC 256-103-JC 256-123-JC 256-102-JC 256-122-JC 243-869-JC 243-873-JC 243-869-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 509

510

5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Swing top bin for cotton waste The large flap at the top ensures even bulky waste can be easily accepted W Sturdy design manufactured from steel with handles on 2 sides W Self closing, practical flap without spring action W With a lid that can be removed W Self-extinguishing W Non-combustible, self-extinguishing The swing lid cover can be removed for emptying Collection container in sheet steel, in red (RAL 3000) Collection container in sheet steel, in grey (RAL 7035) with swing lid in blue (RAL 5010) Order no. 210-633-JC Material Capacity [l] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Body colour Lid colour Order number Steel 73 400 x 400 x 680 Grey Blue 210-633-JC Steel 73 400 x 400 x 680 Red Red 117-834-JC All products for Hazardous materials collectors can be All products for Cleaning and disposal can be found here: found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12753 www.denios.co.uk/kat/12773 510 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

511

Transport containers for empty or partial empty aerosol cans W Approved for transport in accordance with ADR in accordance with UN 1950 (waste pressurised gas packs) W Robust, environmentally friendly reusable container W Simple closure system allows easy opening and closing. W Easy transport with large, solid rubber-tyred wheels W Permitted as packaging according to packing instruction P207 in accordance with special packing provision PP 87 (special packing provisions 327, 625, 190 and 344 must be observed) ASP container for empty spray cans See page 507 5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Antistatic, no slot 120 1H2W/X150/S/../A/PA-01/ TGM-K22 Antistatic, with slot 120 1H2W/X150/S/../A/PA-01/ TGM-K22 Not antistatic, no slot Not antistatic, no slot Not antistatic, with slot Not antistatic, with slot 200 1H2W/X160/S/../A/PA-01/ TGM-K23 120 1H2W/X150/S/../A/PA-01/ TGM-K22 120 1H2W/X150/S/../A/ PA-01/TGM-K22 200 1H2W/X160/S/../A/ PA-01/TGM-K23 Design Capacity [l] Approval External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Order number 554 x 498 x 960 674 x 580 x 1045 554 x 498 x 960 674 x 580 x 1045 554 x 498 x 960 554 x 498 x 960 272-856-JC 271-768-JC 271-776-JC 271-779-JC 271-756-JC 271-889-JC Transport containers for hazardous solids W Approved for transport in accordance with ADR W Versatile applications, e.g. for materials (paint residues, waste, etc.), used cleaning cloths, granules as well as oil and chemical binders W Patented lid with sealing system, light- and airtight, especially leak-proof W Simple closure system allows easy opening and closing. W Robust, environmentally friendly reusable container W Easy transport with large, solid rubber-tyred wheels W Permitted as packaging according to packing instruction P002 and derived for solid dangerous substances in packing groups I, II and III, additional equipment: none Design Capacity [l] Approval External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Order number Not antistatic 120 1H2W/X150/S/../A/ PA-01/TGM-K22 200 1H2W/X160/S/../A/ PA-01/TGM-K23 Antistatic 120 1H2W/X150/S/../A/ PA-01/TGM-K22 560 x 498 x 960 674 x 580 x 1045 560 x 498 x 960 271-884-JC 271-885-JC 271-887-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 511

512

5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Round bins, 35 litres W Sturdy, long lasting product W Chemical resistant W Also ideal for outdoor use W With two ergonomic handles W Colour: black Capacity [l] External dimensions W x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number 35 410 x 514 116-870-JC Waste sacks, blue (1 pack = 250 pieces) 243-869-JC Waste container with hinged lid W Sturdy, long lasting construction in hot dip galvanised steel W Bottom grip for easy emptying Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Order number 20 280 x 345 164-719-JC 30 320 x 365 164-721-JC 40 360 x 420 164-723-JC Bucket in galvanised steel, 10 and 12 litres W Resilient classic made out of robust steel W Corrosion-proof due to hot dip galvanising W Stable carry handle with suspension point W Pack = 10 pieces Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Order number 10 265 x 265 180-844-JC 12 290 x 260 181-317-JC All products for Wheelie bins can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12891 512 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

513

Bin W Proven again and again over generations W With hinged lid including lid lifter W All steel parts are hot dip galvanised in accordance with EN ISO 1461 W Especially sturdy design W Manufactured in accordance with DIN 6628/6629 (dust free emptying) Mobile waste bin system with 2 side carry handles, robust tubular handle for pushing and solid rubber wheels with ball bearings, 110 litres 5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C System waste bin with 2 side carry handles, 65 to 110 litres Waste bin system with lid clamp strap and 1 carry handle on the lid, 25 to 50 litres Conductive waste bags See page 527 Capacity [l] Design 25 35 With locking hoop and handle on the lid With locking hoop and handle on the lid Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Order number 400 x 400 164-730-JC 400 x 495 164-731-JC 50 With locking hoop and handle on the lid and two sturdy carry handles 400 x 690 164-732-JC 65 110 110 With two stable handles With two stable handles 400 x 880 164-734-JC 475 x 870 164-736-JC Mobile, 2 carry handles 475 x 870 164-737-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 513

514

5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Order no. 117-888-JC Detailed illustration: 2 compartment system for separate collec- tion of button cells and batteries 1 2 Used battery collection box W Stable design made from high quality, shock resistant plastic W 1 opening for normal batteries and 1 for cell batteries W Lid with catches with security seals Capacity [l] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Internal dimensions L x W x H [mm] Order number 9 300 x 200 x 230 260 x 160 x 215 294-792-JC 20 400 x 300 x 235 355 x 255 x 215 294-793-JC Battery container for used batteries, 670 litres W Meets the ADR and RID regulations for small containers W Stable design made from high quality, shock resistant polypropylene W With additional stiffeners also suitable as a battery box for used batteries W Dimensions W x D x H (mm): Exterior: 1200 x 1000 x 790 Interior: 1100 x 910 x 610 ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Lid In quality, impact resistant plastic Order no. 117-889-JC PolyPro stacking contai- ners, 90 to 400 litre capacity See page 564 Used battery collection container Container in an attractive design for separate collection of but- ton-cell and block batteries with 2-compartment system W In acid resistant plastic W With large viewing panel to monitor the fill level 1 Battery collection container, 30 litres Order no. 129-605-JC 2 Battery collection container, 6 litres Order no. 129-603-JC 3 Battery recycling container, desig- ned for wall-mounting Order no. 129-600-JC 3 Design Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Order number Wall-mounted 6 140 x 375 129-600-JC Standing container 6 140 x 375 129-603-JC 30 200 x 950 129-605-JC 514 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

515

Fluorescent tube collection container W For environmentally friendly collection of light tubes W In galvanised sheet steel W Feet ensure ground clearance; forklift pockets for transport with pallet truck or forklift W With stacking corners and crane eyes W Capacity: approx. 1100 Tubes Ø 25 mm or approx. 500 Tubes Ø 37 mm 5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Safety container for fluorescent tubes with door and hinged lid External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Order number 1670 x 750 x 1000 248-725-JC 2070 x 750 x 1000 248-726-JC Fluorescent tube collection containers W Handy boxes with handle and cover for safe handling of light tubes W For storage and internal transport W Made from light, robust polyethylene W Optionally available: bracket (see accessories), for hanging on forklift or work benches for example ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Bracket to hang the light tube box from a work safety platform, for example, with a strap to secure the box for fluorescent light tubes Order no. 170-972-JC Storage and transport boxes for fluorescent light tubes, 600, 1200 and 1500 mm External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Order number 675 x 210 x 190 169-481-JC 1280 x 210 x 190 169-482-JC 1530 x 190 x 210 169-484-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 515

516

Waste sack stand with hygienic foot operation W The versatile classic for use in stores and production W Both hands remain free and clean thanks to easy foot operation W Stable tubular steel frame and sturdy plastic lid W Suitable for 120 litre waste sacks Free-standing sack holder W Standing waste sack holder for efficient waste collection W Stable tubular steel frame and sturdy lid W Suitable for 120 litre waste sacks 5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Foot operated waste sack stand with powder coated frame and plastic lid Order no. 219-520-JC Free-standing waste sack holder, galvanised steel frame and lid Order no. 164-660-JC Design Order number galvanized Order number powder coated Accessories Order number Standing support, foot operated with plastic lid 219-519-JC 219-520-JC Plastic waste sacks, blue (1 pack = 250 pieces) 145-136-JC Design Order number galvanized Order number powder coated Accessories Order number Free-standing unit with plastic lid 164-658-JC 164-659-JC Free-standing unit with steel lid 164-660-JC 164-661-JC Plastic waste sacks, blue (1 pack = 250 pieces) 145-136-JC 145-136-JC Wall-mounted sack holder W For efficient waste collection W Robust lid W Suitable for 120 litre sacks Wall mounted waste sack stand with powder coated frame and plastic lid Wall mounted sack holder, galvanized, with steel lid Order no. 164-665-JC Design Order number galvanized Order number powder coated Accessories Order number 516 Order no. 164-669-JC Wall unit with plastic lid 164-664-JC 164-665-JC Plastic waste sacks, blue (1 pack = 250 pieces) 145-136-JC Wall unit with steel lid 164-669-JC 164-670-JC 145-136-JC W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

517

5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Mobile waste sack holder with 2 castors, powder coated, with steel lid W Sturdy steel pipe frame on two easy to manoeuvre castors W Robust lid W Additional support plate prevents the wheels getting blocked by the Mobile waste sack holder with 4 castors, powder coated, with steel lid W Sturdy steel pipe frame on easy to manoeuvre castors W Robust lid W For 120 litre waste sacks waste sack during transport W For 120 litre waste sacks The additional support plate pre- vents the wheels getting blocked by the waste sack during transport Mobile waste sack holder with 2 castors, powder coated, with steel lid Order no. 219-509-JC Mobile waste sack holder with 4 castors, powder coated, with steel lid Order no. 219-513-JC Design Order number galvanized Order number powder coated Accessories Order number Mobile with plastic lid 219-506-JC 219-507-JC Mobile with steel lid 219-508-JC 219-509-JC Plastic waste sacks, blue (1 pack = 250 pieces) 145-136-JC 145-136-JC Design Order number galvanized Order number powder coated Accessories Order number Mobile with plastic lid 219-510-JC 219-511-JC Mobile with steel lid 219-512-JC 219-513-JC Plastic waste sacks, blue (1 pack = 250 pieces) 145-136-JC 145-136-JC Special collector for bulky waste W High volume recyclable material container W Sturdy steel frame with large opening W Spare sacks available as an accessory NEW NEW Order no. 164-714-JC Order no. 312-346-JC Order no. 312-350-JC Capacity [l] Design Order number Stationary Order number With castors Order number Free-standing model Order number Mobile Accessories Order number 1000 Without lid 164-713-JC 164-715-JC – – With lid 164-714-JC 165-076-JC – – Spare sacks for wheelie bin, 1000 litres, transparent (Pack = 10 sacks) 165-578-JC 165-578-JC Without lid – – 312-346-JC 312-348-JC 2500 With lid – – 312-347-JC 312-349-JC – – – – – 312-350-JC 165-579-JC 165-579-JC 165-579-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 517

518

Plastic mobile waste containers W Resistant to many chemicals W Space-efficient design W Low own weight ensures high stability W Weather and UV resistant W With four safety swivel castors, two with locking brakes W As standard with safety mounting pins and lockable water drain W In accordance with EN 840 for waste and recyclable material containers 5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Grey Order number Green Order number Blue Order number Yellow 660 1370 x 775 x 1230 319-049-JC 319-048-JC 319-050-JC – 770 1370 x 775 x 1365 319-051-JC 319-055-JC – – 1100 1370 x 1075 x 1330 319-053-JC 319-047-JC 319-054-JC 319-052-JC Steel mobile waste containers W Sliding lid lockable when opened fully and half-way W With rubber strip on the lid for finger protection W In galvanised steel in accordance with EN 840 W With 4 safety swivel castors, 2 with brake W As standard with mounting pins and lockable water drain Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number galvanized 1100 1030 x 1360 x 1440 116-068-JC Galvanised steel waste container 518 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

519

Plastic wheelie bins W Low own weight ensures high stability W Easy to open lid W Weather and UV resistant W Resistant to many chemicals W With sturdy chassis - easy to manoeuvre W Ergonomic handle W In accordance with EN 840 for waste and recyclable material containers Waste sack holder for waste bins, available as an accessory Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Grey Order number Green Order number Yellow Order number Blue Order number Red Accessories Order number Waste sacks 100 µ (pack = 100 pcs) Order number Waste sack holder ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Pictogram set W For recyclable material containers and refuse bin boxes W Pictogram set with symbols: paper, plastics, residual waste, glass, sheet metal/metal and bio-waste W Waterproof and self adhesive W Format (H x W): 180 x 160 mm 5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C 3 4 3 1 80 445 x 520 x 940 116-178-JC 116-184-JC 116-183-JC 116-182-JC 116-181-JC 202-391-JC 197-098-JC 2 1 2 120 480 x 560 x 935 116-186-JC 116-191-JC 116-190-JC 116-189-JC 116-188-JC 165-476-JC 156-997-JC 3 240 580 x 735 x 1065 116-199-JC 116-204-JC 116-203-JC 116-202-JC 116-201-JC 165-477-JC 156-998-JC 4 360 625 x 860 x 1095 116-206-JC 116-210-JC 116-209-JC 116-208-JC 116-207-JC 262-556-JC 273-736-JC Steel wheelie bins W Ideal for external use W In galvanised steel W Combines long service life with optimum corrosion protection W In accordance with EN 840 for waste and recyclable material containers Safety collection containers for oily waste See page 503 Order no. 154-062-JC Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number galvanized 120 240 460 x 568 x 920 570 x 712 x 1050 Galvanised steel wheelie bin 195-363-JC 116-217-JC Order no. 116-217-JC All products for Wheelie bin boxes can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12892 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 519

520

5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Mobile wheelie bin tipper FMT W For easy emptying of wheelie bins W Suitable for 80, 120 and 240 litre wheelie bins W After moving close, the bin is picked up by the hydraulic pump (only 20 double strokes to max Lift height) and is automatically emptied W A relief valve is used for lowering W Sturdy wheels with ball bearing castors for easy manoeuvrability W External dimensions W x D x H (mm): 1000 x 1200 x 1700 W Total height when extended: 3200 mm W Load capacity: 100 kg Large wheelie bins See page 518 Order no. 115-212-JC Bin tipper MT 240 for 240 litre wheelie bins W As a forklift attachment for picking up and emptying a 240 litre wheelie BIN W Hot dip galvanised, long lasting steel construction W The bin is picked up by driving towards it from the rear W The lock is released by the driver when the emptying location is reached W With safety chain to prevent falling W Load capacity: 150 kg Top view MT 240 dimensions in mm Side view MT 240 dimensions in mm Order no. 115-211-JC 520 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

521

Cleaning trolley for waste sacks W Stable steel design with frame for 120 litre waste sacks (incl. rubber band to secure the sack) Cleaning trolley for waste containers W Sturdy, height-adjustable (885-1135 mm) steel design for wheelie bins up to max. width of 470 mm (without wheels) W With large (Ø 300 mm), smooth-running wheels and sturdy plastic lid W Practical holder for brooms, shovels etc W Integral tray for waste sacks, gloves etc. W Ergonomic push handle W With large (Ø 300 mm), smooth-running wheels W Practical holder for brooms, shovels etc W Integral tray for waste sacks, gloves etc. W Ergonomic push handle Wide range of waste bags See page 526 Order no. 265-606-JC Order no. 265-593-JC 5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Gripping tongs W For easy collection of waste W Easy to use W Sturdy, ergonomic handle W Internal cable pulls for a low wear mechanism Portable waste sack holder W Can be used outdoors or indoors W Stable, lightweight frame with ergonomic handle W The integral rubber band ensures the waste sack does not slip out. Order no. 265-610-JC Type A W Exposed point for scratching and loosening stuck-on waste, robust gripper, overall length 900 mm Type B W Soft, anti-slip rubber gripper for smooth objects such as bottles, cans etc overall length 920 mm Model C W Universal application, extremely light and with a particularly comfortable "pistol" handle including finger recesses W Overall length: 820 mm Order no. 163-468-JC Order no. 163-473-JC Order no. 265-643-JC All products for Protective gloves can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12861 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 521

522

5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Recyclable material container model AB 65-b, 65 litres W Fire-inhibiting, odour reducing waste containers W Stationary recyclable material container which stands flat on the ground W With a swing flap, removable cover and removable inner container W With recyclable material labels for easy orientation Design Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Steel Order number Grey Order number Red Order number Blue Order number Yellow Order number Green Accessories Order number AB 65-b 65 380 x 400 x 970 116-778-JC 116-779-JC 116-780-JC 116-781-JC 116-782-JC Waste sacks, blue (1 pack = 250 pieces) 243-872-JC With galvanised inner container as standard Recyclable material container model AB 65-b, available in 5 colours or in stainless steel Recycling collection station W Odour-absorbing and fire-retardant W Non flammable in accordance with DIN 4102 W Made from quality galvanized steel sheet W High-quality powder coating W Lockable doors W Self closing swing flaps W Including three or four, 45 litre, galvanized inner bins Recyclable materials cup- board with 4 inner bins Order no. 188-590-JC Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 4 x 45 litre 320 x 1100 x 975 188-590-JC 3 x 45 litre 320 x 860 x 975 188-591-JC 2 x 45 litre 320 x 620 x 975 210-637-JC 1 x 90 litre 320 x 620 x 975 210-638-JC All products for Recyclable materials separation systems can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12890 522 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

523

Recyclable material containers, 45 to 120 litres W Recyclable material container for industry, retail outlets and busy public places W Fire and odour inhibiting W Non-flammable, self-extinguishing (tested by TÜV / GS) W Hand-operated with waste sack holder W Self closing flap W Incl. 4 Self closing, sturdy pads in grey, blue, yellow and green for marking W Reinforced wing door with sturdy stainless steel handle and magnetic closure, additionally fitted with a square lock as standard W With an easy to use, removable waste sack holder with grip band W 2 levelling feet at the front W 4 different coloured, self adhesive pads for waste sorting are supplied geprüfte Sicherheit Flap with gas damper for silent clo- sure; the rounded top part prevents waste from falling on the container. 5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C For marking waste sorting options, the recyclable material containers come with a set of self adhesive pads in 4 colours Sturdy foot pedal in stainless steel Recyclable material container, manual operation with galvanised inner bin Design Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Design Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Hand-operated with waste sack holder 45 60 75 120 380 x 400 x 800 380 x 400 x 900 380 x 400 x 1000 450 x 450 x 1100 164-288-JC 164-322-JC 164-427-JC 164-456-JC Pedal-operated with waste sack holder 45 60 75 120 380 x 400 x 800 380 x 400 x 900 380 x 400 x 1000 450 x 450 x 1100 164-310-JC 164-412-JC 164-441-JC 164-474-JC Design Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Design Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Hand-operated with galvanised inner bin 45 60 75 120 380 x 400 x 800 380 x 400 x 900 380 x 400 x 1000 450 x 450 x 1100 164-294-JC 164-328-JC 164-434-JC 164-465-JC Pedal-operated with galvanised inner bin 45 60 75 120 380 x 400 x 800 380 x 400 x 900 380 x 400 x 1000 450 x 450 x 1100 164-316-JC 164-419-JC 164-448-JC 164-484-JC ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Plastic waste sacks 100 µ, blue (1 pack = 100 pieces) Pictogram set (pack = 6 pieces) Castor kit for recyclable material container with hand operation Accessories for recyclable material container with manual operation: wheel set with 4 swivel castors, 2 with brakes Order no. 202-391-JC Order no. 154-062-JC Order no. 242-451-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 523

524

Modular recycling bins The modular recyclable material containers can be joined or extended by adding on extra containers. With 6 colours to choose from, the coloured lids make it easy to sort refuse. Each container comes with a set of pictograms for aiding easy recycling and clips for refuse bags. W Modular, extendable waste and recycling bins W Ideal for disposing of all waste products hygienically without unpleasant smells W Manufactured from weather- and impact-resistant material components All products for Recyclable materials separation systems can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12890 5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Modular recycling bins consisting of 4 bins, each with 40 litre capacity. (lids are available as an option) Order no. 137-020-JC Modular recycling bins consisting of 3 bins, each with 60 litre capacity Order no. 137-029-JC (lids are available as an option) Design 1 x 40 litre 2 x 40 litre 3 x 40 litre 4 x 40 litre 40 80 120 160 250 x 405 x 570 405 x 505 x 570 405 x 760 x 570 405 x 1010 x 570 250 x 405 x 570 Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number 137-011-JC 262-554-JC 137-018-JC 137-019-JC 137-020-JC Plastic waste sacks, grey (1 pack = 250 pieces) 262-554-JC 262-554-JC 262-554-JC Design 1 x 60 litre 2 x 60 litre 3 x 60 litre 4 x 60 litre 60 120 180 240 360 x 405 x 570 405 x 710 x 570 405 x 1060 x 570 405 x 1410 x 570 360 x 405 x 570 137-023-JC 137-024-JC 137-029-JC 137-031-JC Waste sacks, blue (1 pack = 250 pieces) 243-872-JC 243-872-JC 243-872-JC 243-872-JC 137-034-JC 243-872-JC 1 x 40 litre extension module 40 137-022-JC 262-554-JC 1 x 60 litre extension module 60 Waste bags are simple and quick to secure with the supplied clamps Accessories Order number Grey Order number Blue Order number Yellow Order number Green Order number Brown Order number Red Lid for 40 litre module 137-039-JC 137-041-JC 137-042-JC 137-043-JC 137-044-JC 137-046-JC Lid for 60 litre module 137-061-JC 137-062-JC 137-063-JC 137-064-JC 137-065-JC 137-066-JC Inner bucket The inner buckets are manufactured out of hot dip galvanised sheet metal and are anthracite powder coated. When using the inner buckets, the use of trolleys is recommended for transport. Accessories External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Internal bucket for 40 litre module 300 x 210 x 530 137-067-JC Plastic waste sacks, grey (1 pack = 250 pieces) 262-554-JC Internal bucket for 60 litre module 300 x 310 x 530 137-068-JC Waste sacks, blue (1 pack = 250 pieces) 243-872-JC Trolley The trolley enables easy transportation of the bins. The bins slide in and out, so that different numbers of bins and different types of bins can be slotted into the trolley. Accessories Design Length adjustable from ... to [mm] External dimensions W x H [mm] Order number Trolley For 2 x 40, 3 x 40 or 2 x 60 litre containers 510 - 860 415 x 110 137-069-JC Trolley For 4x 40, 3 x 40 or 4x 60 litre containers 1010 - 1410 415 x 110 137-071-JC 524 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

525

Flammex waste paper bin in steel and stainless steel, 15 to 50 litres W Self-extinguishing in accordance with the Flammex principle W Ideal for fire protection in many locations W Flammex principle: in the event of a fire, the combustion gases accumulate under the lid rim and "suffocate" the fire as no more oxygen can get in to the container. 5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Also for tougher requirements in harsh environ- ments: self-extinguishing, corrosion-protected 50 litre stainless steel waste basket The Flammex method for extinguishing a fire Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Steel Order number Black Stainless steel Order number Stainless steel 15 250 x 375 30 350 x 490 50 350 x 690 172-140-JC 172-145-JC 172-150-JC 172-144-JC 172-149-JC 172-154-JC Flammex waste paper bins, 16 and 24 litres, for wall mounting Self-extinguishing waste bin in accordance with the Flammex principle: in the event of a fire the combustion gases accumulate under the black-coated aluminium lid rim and "suffocate" the fire as no more oxygen can get in the container. W With tilt function for emptying W Incl. safety lock and triangular key The Flammex method for extinguishing a fire Practical tipping function for easy emptying Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Order number Red Order number Black Order number Light grey Order number Nickel silver 16 245 x 340 180-743-JC 180-745-JC 180-746-JC 180-748-JC 24 295 x 370 180-750-JC 180-752-JC 180-753-JC 180-755-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 525

526

Waste bin sacks, 16 to 60 litres W In high-quality polyethylene W High tear resistance Paper waste sacks, 70 and 120 litre W Made from 2 ply, wet strength special paper W Sturdy and stable with cross-form base, also suitable for heavy, angular waste 5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Capacity [l] Opening diameter [mm] Colour Pack contents Order number 16 287 Transparent 2000 Item(s) 165-469-JC 24 344 Transparent 2000 Item(s) 165-470-JC 30 318 Grey 2000 Item(s) 165-471-JC 60 401 Transparent 2000 Item(s) 165-472-JC Capacity [l] Opening diameter [mm] Pack contents Order number 70 350 100 Item(s) 116-711-JC 120 446 100 Item(s) 116-712-JC Drawstring waste sacks, 120 litres W With practical drawstring for fast, clean and safe closure without the need for an additional tool W Manufactured from environmentally friendly polyethylene Spare sacks for wheelie bin, 1000 to 2500 litres W Practical recyclable material sacks for efficient waste collection W Specially for high volume recyclable material containers W Transparent Capacity [l] Opening diameter [mm] Colour Pack contents Order number 120 446 Blue 250 Item(s) 180-689-JC Capacity [l] Opening diameter [mm] Pack contents Order number 1000 955 10 Item(s) 165-578-JC 2500 1338 10 Item(s) 165-579-JC All products for Wheelie bins can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12891 526 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

527

Plastic refuse sacks W Available in 2 sizes, 3 material strengths and 6 colours W Three material thicknesses to suit the application W The right sack for every application W Groundwater-neutral and releases no harmful gases or substances 5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Capacity [l] Material thickness [mm] Opening diameter [mm] Pack contents Order number Transparent Order number Yellow Order number Blue Order number Grey Order number Red Order number Black Nylon ties W To seal bin bags Pack = 1000 Item(s) Order no. 165-475-JC 70 20 366 500 Item(s) 165-481-JC 165-482-JC 165-483-JC 165-484-JC 165-485-JC – 120 20 446 500 Item(s) 165-457-JC 165-458-JC 165-459-JC 165-460-JC 165-461-JC – 70 40 366 250 Item(s) 116-713-JC 128-410-JC 116-717-JC 165-462-JC 145-534-JC 173-566-JC 120 40 446 250 Item(s) 116-714-JC 116-716-JC 116-718-JC 165-466-JC 145-535-JC 173-569-JC 120 70 466 250 Item(s) 145-134-JC 145-135-JC 145-136-JC – 145-137-JC – Conductive waste bags W According to TRGS 727 W For all waste bins in areas with explosive atmosphere W For avoiding mechanical “electro-static” ignition sources W Free from silicones Capacity [l] Opening diameter [mm] Colour Pack contents Order number 120 446 Black 100 Item(s) 195-361-JC All products for Waste sack holders can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12897 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 527

528

5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Waste basket, 45 litres, green, incl. Galvanised pillar Order no. 137-538-JC Emptied with the help of the bottom flap, the triangular key is included in the delivery Waste baskets in steel, 45 litres W In sheet steel, hot dip galvanised in accordance with EN ISO 1461 W Empty via lockable base flap W Incl. Triangular key W “Tidy man” sticker optionally available Available in 4 colours Design Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] powder coated Order number Red Order number Blue Order number Green Order number Grey Hot dip galvanised Order number Array Wall-mounted With pillar 45 330 x 425 x 590 330 x 425 x 590 195-526-JC 137-532-JC 137-533-JC 137-534-JC 195-527-JC 137-537-JC 137-538-JC 137-539-JC 137-529-JC 137-535-JC Waste collectors, 120 litres W With hinged lid and 1-wing door W In galvanised sheet steel with high quality powder coating for corrosion protection W Designed to be fixed to the ground W Holder for 120 litre waste sack External dimensions W x H [mm] Features Capacity [l] Order number Green Order number White Order number Red Order number Silver Order number Anthracite Order number Gentian violet Order number Yellow Order number Grey Order number Galvanised Order number Moss green Order number Brown Order number Micaceous iron ore Accessories Order number 450 x 900 – 120 304-690-JC 304-691-JC 304-692-JC 304-693-JC 304-694-JC 304-696-JC 304-697-JC – – – 304-695-JC – 500 x 980 – 120 – – – – – – – 304-698-JC 304-700-JC 304-699-JC – – 440 x 1040 With lock 120 – – – – – – – – – 304-701-JC 304-702-JC 304-703-JC Waste sacks 100 µ (pack = 100 pcs) 165-476-JC 165-476-JC 165-476-JC Variant with lock (see table) ORDER AT THE SAME TIME ”Keep Britain tidy” label Transparent / black Order no. 137-526-JC Transparent / white Order no. 137-527-JC 528 Find it quickly: the DENIOS online shop with over 20,000 products. www.denios.co.uk/shop W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

529

5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Combined waste bin and ash trays in steel, 38 to 72 litres W Sturdy stand manufactured from galvanised steel, powder coated W Weather protection cover and ashtray insert including screen can be removed. W With removable galvanised inner bin W Incl. hot dip galvanised base frame to secure it to the floor With galvanised inner container as standard Detail: removable hood ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Quartz sand for ashtray, 25 kg Order no. 116-720-JC Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Silver Order number Anthracite Order number White Order number Red Order number Green Order number Blue 38 395 x 395 x 910 130-245-JC 129-450-JC 129-446-JC 129-447-JC 129-448-JC 129-449-JC 72 500 x 500 x 955 130-246-JC 129-455-JC 129-451-JC 129-452-JC 129-453-JC 129-454-JC Waste bin and ashtray, anthracite, 38 litres Ashtray and waste bin, 40 and 50 litres W Sheet metal container (removable) W Universal mount for wall or post mounting W Supplied with a triangular key to release the lock holding the bin in place Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Galvanised cover without ashtray Order number Orange painted cover without ashtray Order number Galvanised cover with ashtray Order number Orange painted cover with ashtray 40 310 x 600 x 360 50 310 x 685 x 360 116-876-JC 116-883-JC 116-877-JC 116-931-JC 116-881-JC 116-884-JC 116-882-JC 116-932-JC Waste bin 50 litres, galvanised, with ashtray and orange painted cover Waste bin 50 litres with ashtray, galvanised Order no. 116-932-JC Order no. 116-882-JC All products for Waste bins with ashtray can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12895 ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Tube post Ø 2“ to be set in concrete, height 1500 mm Order no. 116-893-JC Tube post with foot plate to screw to the floor, height 1500 mm Order no. 173-603-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 529

530

5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Safety ash tray stand W Cigarettes dropped in are put out quickly as the narrow opening minimises the amount of oxygen that can enter W The low centre of gravity ensures a high level of stability. W Incl. galvanised inner container for cigarette ends W Integrated hook for attachment to the floor Perforated stainless steel plate for stubbing out cigarettes. Integrated eyelet for anti-theft protec- tion, e.g. for a lock. To empty the aluminium inner container, the upper part of the ashtray can simply be removed after loosening the two knurled-he- ad screws. External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Black Order number Grey 430 x 430 x 1140 279-709-JC 281-559-JC Slim ashtray stand, elegant design W With user-friendly height of opening W With safety screen and floor plate W In powder coated aluminium and steel design for outdoor use W Easy to empty Easy to empty: unlock the top using the key then remove The roomy inner bucket can be simply removed from the ashtray with the handle External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Silver Order number Black 356 x 150 x 1041 164-358-JC 164-357-JC 530 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

531

Smokers shelters W Optimum weather protection for your smokers W The large transparent roof in polycarbonate ensures a clean, welcoming atmosphere W Sturdy construction - either in galvanised steel or weather-resistant wood W Includes bench W Supplied flat pack for customer assembly Smoking shelter with wooden construction, for 3 people, free standing, including bench seat 5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Smoking shelter with steel design, for 6 people, free standing, including bench seat Smoking shelter with steel design, for 6 people, for wall mounting Length of legs [in] Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Steel Order number Wood For 3 people For 6 people For 9 people Wall-mounted Free standing Wall-mounted Free standing Wall-mounted Free standing 2350 x 1220 x 2205 181-984-JC 210-529-JC 181-985-JC 210-530-JC 2350 x 2260 x 2205 181-986-JC 210-531-JC 173-446-JC 210-533-JC 2350 x 3300 x 2205 181-987-JC 210-534-JC 173-447-JC 210-535-JC Canopy smoking shelter W For quick and easy mounting at the desired location W Ideal for company grounds and public areas: optimum weather protection for up to 3 people W Weather-resistant design in galvanised steel W Sturdy roof in transparent polycarbonate Smokers shelters Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number For 3 people Projecting roof 2350 x 1220 x 500 181-988-JC All products for Smoking shelters can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12800 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 531

532

Safety vacuum cleaner for hazardous dusts in ATEX zone 22 W Meets the European safety standards and the requirements of professional associations and legislative bodies for working with substances which are harmful to health and / or potentially explosive dusts W Designed to meet the requirements of health protection, safety and noise reduction laws W Motor SOFT start, power is kept low to start with to avoid voltage drop 5 L A S O P S I D E T S A W D N A G N I N A E L C Order no. 218-631-JC All products for Cleaning and disposal can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12753 532 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

534

6 P R O D U C T I O N A N D O P E R A T I O N E Q U I P M E N T At DENIOS you will find a wide range of products that help prevent accidents and minimise hazards. Our high-quality solutions help create a secure environment for your investments and employees and comply with all relevant regulations and standards. 536 Transport trolleys 590 Work chairs and stools 550 Lifting equipment and lifting technology 597 Safety barriers and impact protection 556 Tipping skips 618 Hose and cable bridges 562 Mesh box pallet and accessories 620 Industrial and traffic mirrors 564 570 Used battery container 628 Security and locking equipment Aluminium boxes 630 Access control 572 Open-fronted storage bins and shelf bins 634 Helmet lamps and torches 574 Big Bags and accessories 636 Scales 576 Grit bin 640 Spark-free tools 580 Storage shelves 643 Cutting tools 584 Equipment cabinets and social room facilities 644 Signs and markings 534 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

535

N E W P R O D U C T S F O R 2 0 2 5 Safety throughout the year - with numerous new solutions and services, and new products from the DENIOS world! Here's an overview of the highlights in this chapter. Visit our digital showroom and discover the DENIOS Download Center with a wide range of free specialist publications. Stereo microscopes Ultrasonic material thickness gauge 6 See page 638 See page 638 Hardness tester Flow meter See page 639 See page 639 P R O D U C T I O N A N D O P E R A T I O N E Q U I P M E N T Functional operating equipment improves work processes and increases productivity. Tidiness and cleanliness in the workplace increase occupational safety and prevent injuries. At DENIOS you will find a wide range of business equipment, from storage and transport containers to bicycle racks. Our solutions ensure that escape routes remain clear and accidents caused by objects lying around are avoided. Improve efficiency, organisation and safety in your company with our high-quality business equipment. E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 535

536

Workshop trolley DENIOS classic-line, with steel spill trays With watertight spill pallet for safe working W Sturdy tubular steel design, impact and scratch resistant powder coated W With oil-tight steel spill tray, edge height 40 mm, with either 2 or 3 shelves W Smooth running TPE tyres with groove ball bearings, 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with foot guard, ErgoStop central braking W Ergonomic working height, sturdy handle for easy transport W Optional design with grid and drain tap or with removable spill pallet 6 t n e m P i u q e n o i t a r e P o d n a n o i t c u d o r P Workshop trolley with steel spill trays and practical ErgoStop central brake W Removable sheet steel spill tray at the top, with 2 handles, H 200 mm W Edge height of lower spill tray: 25 mm Model Number of spill pallets Platform dimensions W x D [mm] Additional equipment Overall load capacity/shelf [kg] Wheel diameter [mm] Order number Workshop trolley with steel spill trays 495 x 845 – 400 / 100 160 258-220-JC 2 695 x 995 – 200 258-221-JC 595 x 995 Grid, drain tap 595 x 995 Removable spill pallet 250 / 80 125 258-226-JC 258-876-JC 3 495 x 845 – 500 / 100 160 258-222-JC 536 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o P

537

Workshop trolley DENIOS classic-line, with plastic spill trays Ideal for transporting e.g. hazardous substances in small containers W Workshop trolley in steel with 2 removable spill trays in chemical-resistant polyethylene W 2 handles and 2 swivel castors and fixed castors in polypropylene (Ø 100 mm), for easy, safe manoeuvring Model Containment volume [L] External dimensions W x D x H [mm]* Overall load capacity [kg] Grid Order number *Overall height including handle Workshop trolley with plastic spill trays 2 x 30 1041 x 660 x 920 170 without 115-214-JC Transport trolley DENIOS classic-line, with plastic spill pallet Compact size: easy, safe manoeuvring even in confined spaces and passages W Sturdy steel trolley with removable spill pallet in chemical-resistant polyethylene W Ideal for transporting e.g. hazardous substances in small containers W With handle and 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors, easy to manoeuvre, in polypropylene (Ø 100 mm) W Either without or with grid in galvanised steel or plastic 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Model Containment volume [L] External dimensions W x D x H [mm]* Overall load capacity [kg] Grid Order number *Overall height including handle Transport trolley with plastic spill tray 1 x 30 1110 x 602 x 1074 150 galvanized 114-839-JC without 114-837-JC plastic 114-841-JC Transportwagen, mit verzinktem Gitterrost als Stellfläche (alternativ auch mit PE-Gitterrost) E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 537

538

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P General purpose plastic trolley DENIOS base-line Versatile and lightweight trolley with handles and quiet, easy to manoeuvre wheels W High resistance to acids and alkalis W Shelves and handle in plastic (PP) with smooth surfaces - easy to clean W Smooth running TPE swivel castors including 2 with brakes W Version TOOL: easy open draws (an automatic lock prevents the draw being fully removed by accident) ORDER AT THE SAME TIME 3 2 1 1 Collection container for hanging at the side, h 200 mm Order no. 180-045-JC 2 Waste container for hanging at the side, h 470 mm Order no. 180-043-JC 3 Rectangular containers fit inside, h 180 mm Order no. 180-044-JC The right trolley for every job Version PRO and TOOL: Extreme tempe- rature resistance plastic surfaces -20° to +140°C! Version Design Number of levels Overall load capacity [kg] Platform dimensions W x D [mm] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf height [mm] Ø wheel [mm] Order number Pro Sides open 2 160 Enclosed on 3 sides 3 240 3 240 Tool 2 drawers 2 160 1 drawer 3 240 480 x 850 x 950 180 / 820 / 480 x 850 x 1000 180 / 520 / 860 180-037-JC 180-038-JC 450 x 680 480 x 850 x 1000 180 / 520 / 860 100 180-041-JC 480 x 850 x 950 180 / 820 / 480 x 850 x 1000 180 / 520 / 860 180-039-JC 180-040-JC Service Sides open 3 120 350 x 480 370 x 650 x 900 140 / 460 / 780 75 180-042-JC 538 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

539

Steel transport trolley DENIOS base-line Alu transport trolley DENIOS base-line Ideal for transporting small containers internally With lightweight, aluminium platform W With adhesive anti-slip layer and all round guard strip, powder coated in blue W Blue-grey smooth running solid rubber tyres, 2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors W The collapsible handle saves storage space W Platform with anti-slip surface and corner protectors 1 2 4 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P 3 DENIOS base-line - cost-effective, reliable transport trolley with useful features, universal use in many operational areas Material Platform dimensions W x D [mm] Number of levels Features Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Ø wheel [mm] Weight [kg] Order number 1 480 x 740 1 1 folding handle 150 480 x 740 x 860 100 15 157-604-JC Steel 2 610 x 910 1 250 610 x 910 x 860 125 20 157-605-JC 3 480 x 740 3 2 handles 120 480 x 740 x 860 100 26 157-607-JC 4 Aluminium 470 x 645 1 1 folding handle 150 470 x 750 x 980 100 10 164-407-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 539

540

DENIOS classic-line transport equipment Reliable, everyday transport equipment at a fair price and with smart accessories e.g.: W Sturdy design, impact and scratch resistant powder coating W Smooth running TPE tyres with groove ball bearings, 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with foot guard W ErgoStop central brake - Quick and easy operation of the pedal, even when wearing safety shoes, works immediately on both swivel castors. Light duty platform trolley DENIOS classic-line Optimum price & performance W Compact transport trolley for universal use W Sturdy, ergonomic handle W Anti-slip, sealed loading surfaces - available in 2 dimensions W With either fixed or folding handle W Sturdy design, impact and scratch resistant powder coating W Smooth running TPE tyres with groove ball bearings, 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with foot guard, ErgoStop central braking Heavy duty platform trolley DENIOS classic-line With a high load capacity for industrial use W Ideally suited to easy transport of heavy goods W Sturdy, ergonomic handle W Anti-slip, sealed loading surfaces - available in 4 dimensions W Sturdy design, impact and scratch resistant powder coating W Smooth running TPE tyres with groove ball bearings, 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with foot guard, ErgoStop central braking 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Compact, light duty trolley with fixed handle Folding handle with simple foot operation - perfect for transport or when there is a space restriction Model Platform dimensions W x D [mm] Design Overall load capacity [kg] Wheel diameter [mm] Order number Light duty platform trolley 450 x 720 600 x 1000 450 x 850 600 x 900 Fixed handle 200 125 258-199-JC 258-200-JC 258-202-JC Folding handle 150 250 160 258-203-JC Model Platform dimensions W x D [mm] Design Overall load capacity [kg] Wheel diameter [mm] Order number Heavy duty platform trolleys 500 x 880 600 x 1030 700 x 1030 800 x 1230 400 160 258-213-JC Fixed handle 500 200 258-214-JC 258-212-JC 258-215-JC 540 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

541

All products for Business equipment can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12754 Light duty workshop trolley DENIOS classic-line The professional product for internal transport W Anti-slip, sealed loading surfaces with edge W Available with 2 or 3 shelves, each in 2 dimensions W Either with space-saving straight or ergonomic high transport handle W Sturdy design, impact and scratch resistant powder coating W Smooth running TPE tyres with groove ball bearings, 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with foot guard, ErgoStop central braking Heavy duty workshop trolley DENIOS classic-line Load capacity up to 500 kg - for industrial use W Ergonomic handle for easy transport W Anti-slip, sealed loading surfaces W Available in 4 loading surface dimensions W Sturdy design, impact and scratch resistant powder coating W Smooth running TPE tyres with groove ball bearings, 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with foot guard, ErgoStop central braking Especially comfortable to hold thanks to high handle 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P The straight handle makes transport easy, even for bulky loads ErgoStop central brake: Safe, quick braking in any wheel position. Model Number of levels Platform dimensions W x D [mm] Overall load capacity/shelf [kg] Wheel diameter [mm] Order number High handle Order number Straight handle Light duty workshop trolleys 2 3 490 x 835 590 x 985 490 x 835 590 x 985 250 / 80 125 258-174-JC 258-209-JC 258-175-JC 258-208-JC 258-187-JC 258-211-JC 258-186-JC 258-210-JC Model Number of levels Platform dimensions W x D [mm] Overall load capacity/shelf [kg] Wheel diameter [mm] Order number Heavy duty workshop trolleys 500 x 850 400 / 200 160 258-196-JC 2 600 x 1000 800 x 1200 700 x 1000 500 / 200 200 258-197-JC 258-198-JC 258-195-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 541

542

Workshop trolley DENIOS classic-line, with steel spill trays With watertight spill pallet for safe working W Sturdy tubular steel design, impact and scratch resistant powder coated W With oil-tight steel spill tray, edge height 40 mm, with either 2 or 3 shelves W Smooth running TPE tyres with groove ball bearings, 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with foot guard, ErgoStop central braking W Ergonomic working height, sturdy handle for easy transport W Optional design with grid and drain tap or with removable spill pallet Workshop trolley with steel spill trays and practical ErgoStop central brake 6 t n e m P i u q e n o i t a r e P o d n a n o i t c u d o r P Model Number of spill pallets Platform dimensions W x D [mm] Additional equipment Overall load capacity/shelf [kg] Wheel diameter [mm] Order number Workshop trolley with steel spill trays 495 x 845 – 400 / 100 160 258-220-JC 2 695 x 995 – 200 258-221-JC 595 x 995 Grid, drain tap 595 x 995 Removable spill pallet 250 / 80 125 258-226-JC 258-876-JC 3 495 x 845 – 500 / 100 160 258-222-JC 542 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o P

543

Transport trolley DENIOS classic-line, with plastic spill pallet Compact size: easy, safe manoeuvring even in confined spaces and passages W Sturdy steel trolley with removable spill pallet in chemical-resistant polyethylene W Ideal for transporting e.g. hazardous substances in small containers W With handle and 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors, easy to manoeuvre, in polypropylene (Ø 100 mm) W Either without or with grid in galvanised steel or plastic Model Containment volume [L] External dimensions W x D x H [mm]* Overall load capacity [kg] Grid Order number *Overall height including handle Transport trolley with plastic spill tray 1 x 30 1110 x 602 x 1074 150 galvanized 114-839-JC without 114-837-JC plastic 114-841-JC Workshop trolley DENIOS classic-line, with plastic spill trays Ideal for transporting e.g. hazardous substances in small containers W Workshop trolley in steel with 2 removable spill trays in chemical-resistant polyethylene W 2 handles and 2 swivel castors and fixed castors in polypropylene (Ø 100 mm), for easy, safe manoeuvring 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Model Containment volume [L] External dimensions W x D x H [mm]* Overall load capacity [kg] Grid Order number *Overall height including handle Workshop trolley with plastic spill trays 2 x 30 1041 x 660 x 920 170 without 115-214-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 543

544

VARIOfit tiered trolleys Professional trolley for universal use - e.g. for distributing packets and materials W Sturdy steel design W Base and shelves in high quality MDF board, beech finish W Smooth running tyres in thermoplastic rubber on plastic rims with precision groove ball bearings W High-quality powder coating, RAL 5010, gentian blue W 2 swivel castors with EasySTOP and 2 fixed castors W Swivel castors with foot guards 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Design Platform dimensions W x D [mm] Number of levels Overall load capacity/shelf [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Diameter, Roll [mm] Order number Open tiered trolley 850 x 500 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 Tiered trolleys mesh 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 400 / 80 500 x 910 x 1530 5 250 / 80 4 500 / 80 700 x 1060 x 1530 800 x 1260 x 1530 725 x 1190 x 1820 825 x 1390 x 1820 160 200 272-690-JC 272-691-JC 272-692-JC 272-693-JC 272-694-JC VARIOfit occasional trolleys, with open frame Practical aid for quick and easy access to materials W Sturdy tubular steel design, professional W Available as fixed and tiltable versions W Smooth running tyres in thermoplastic rubber on plastic rims with precision groove ball bearings W High-quality powder coating, RAL 5010, gentian blue W 2 swivel castors with EasySTOP and 2 fixed castors W Swivel castors with foot guards ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Suitable Euro standard available as accessories! Suitable Euro standard available as accessories! Order no. 272-645-JC Suitable Euro standard available as accessories! Order no. 272-646-JC Model Design Maximum load [kg] Load [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Occasional trolley Fixed shelves 200 50 455 x 815 x 1185 272-643-JC Tiltable shelves 272-644-JC 544 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

545

VARIOfit box trolley, with 2-wing door Lockable box trolley in high quality industrial finish W Sturdy steel design W Lockable 2-wing door with espagnolette lock, handle and cylinder lock W Smooth running tyres in thermoplastic rubber on plastic rims with precision groove ball bearings W High-quality powder coating, RAL 5010, gentian blue W 2 swivel castors with EasySTOP and 2 fixed castors W Swivel castors with foot guards 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Design Platform dimensions W x D [mm] Overall load capacity/shelf [kg] Diameter, Roll [mm] Order number Number of levels: 3 Order number Number of levels: 5 Box trolley wire mesh 1045 x 685 272-681-JC 272-683-JC 1245 x 785 500 / 80 200 272-682-JC 272-684-JC Box trolleys sheet metal 1045 x 685 1245 x 785 272-685-JC 272-687-JC 272-686-JC 272-688-JC VARIOfit shelf trolleys, with variable shelves Ideal for carrying larger quantities of materials W Sturdy steel design W Open or with tilting shelves, up to 17° or 32° W Smooth running tyres in thermoplastic rubber on plastic rims with precision groove ball bearings W High-quality powder coating, RAL 5010, gentian blue W 2 swivel castors with EasySTOP and 2 fixed castors W Swivel castors with foot guards Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Load [kg] Diameter, Roll [mm] Order number Number of levels: 3 Order number Number of levels: 4 Euro box trolley 665 x 935 x 1125 200 50 125 272-647-JC – Tiered trolleys 650 x 1805 x 1275 650 x 1805 x 1575 400 200 80 272-648-JC – 272-649-JC – 550 x 1510 x 1815 250 650 x 1805 x 1855 400 160 – 272-650-JC 200 – 272-651-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 545

546

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P The innovative Swedish manufacturer KONGAMEK has deve- loped a range of practical, well-designed transport equip- ment. Here you’ll find a selection of products for seamless in-house transport. DENIOS ONLINE SHOP Many other KONGAMEK products can be found in our online shop! >> www.denios.co.uk/shop << KM Ergo steel table trolley, height-adjustable from 720 mm to 1100 mm Practical and versatile table trolley with a load capacity of 200 kg W High quality powder coating, W x D: 400 x 600 mm W Simple height adjustment for ergonomic working W 4 swivel castors (2 with brakes) made of non-marking PA Order no. 315-973-JC KM Ergo gas cylinder trolley Ergonomic gas cylinder trolley for effort- less changing of gas cylinders W Simple to use, no heavy lifting - see video W Electrogalvanised W For 1 gas cylinder x 50 litres (max. Ø 235 mm) KM chassis for pallets Ergonomic trolley for improved access to products with swivelling turntable W Version with ergonomically improved platform: 810 - 1338 mm, load capacity 800 kg W Turntable: Lockable in 8 positions (45-degree increments) W Construction: Solid construction with 4 smooth-running swivel castors KM narrow platform trolleys Highly versatile with 4 swivel castors, 2 with brakes. W Electrogalvanised, load capacity 150 kg W 2 melamine coated shelves, plastic coated handle for secure grip Order no. 315-985-JC Order no. 255-319-JC Order no. 315-984-JC Order no. 255-335-JC KM narrow transport trolley, shelves in white Order no. 255-334-JC KM narrow transport trolley, shelves in red KM scooter, with footbrake Easy to use scooter for safe, fast transport between workstations. W Rubberised handle for ergonomic grip, foot plate with anti-slip surface for safe standing W 3 wheels with puncture-proof tyres KM stainless steel trolley, with folding handle Multipurpose, versatile plat- form trolley in stainless steel W Platform W x D: 520 x 825 mm, load capacity 100 kg W Folding handle for space-saving storage Order no. 255-373-JC Order no. 255-348-JC 546 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

547

Kongamek shelf trolley, sustainable, with variable number of shelves Why the sustainable Kongamek shelf trolley? SUSTAINABILITY W Sustainability: Made from recycled materials to protect the environment W Quality: High processing quality despite recycled components W Flexibility: Customisable number of shelves for different areas of use W Safety: Sturdy construction and reliable swivel castors with brakes W Load capacity 250 kg DENIOS ONLINE SHOP Other versions (other sizes, door options and accessories) can be found in the Online Shop! >> www.denios.co.uk/kat/12754 << Order no. 316-000-JC KM stable long materials trolleys Ideal for long goods such as pipes, easy to move even when heavily loaded. W Length adjustable to 2500, 3500 and 4000 mm W With 4 corner posts, handle and coupling eye, load capacity 3500 kg W Pneumatic tyres, Ø 540 mm KM ESD tiered trolley, with 2 height adjustable shelves Multipurpose, tested trolley for use in ESD areas, e.g. for protec- tion when transporting or storing electrical components W Multipurpose shelf trolley for use in ESD areas, e.g. for protection of electrical components during transport and provisioning W Electrogalvanised, with electrically conductive mats and 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P shelves W All shelves can be steplessly adjusted for height, handle available as an accessory W 4 solid rubber swivel castors, electrically conductive W With 2 coated shelves Order no. 267-581-JC Order no. 267-582-JC KM heavy duty cleaning trolley Sturdy cleaning trolley for everyday use indoors and outdoors in workshops, warehouses, production, car parks etc. W Large pneumatic tyres on steel rims for a smooth ride W Practical holders for the safe attachment of brooms, shovels, waste sacks, gloves etc. W Easy to manoeuvre thanks to ergonomic handle KM stable heavy duty trolleys Equipped with handle with coupling eye and parking brake W Powder coated tubular frame, plywood floor, W x D: 1000 x 2000 mm W Load capacity: 750 kg dynamic, 1500 kg static W Pneumatic tyres, Ø 400 mm Order no. 267-578-JC Order no. 267-580-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 547

548

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Roll box pallet in steel, Euro dimensions Heavy duty container makes the ideal transport logistics solution for your business W Sturdy tubular steel design with square tube frame, wire mesh 50 x 50 mm, galvanised blue W 4 swivel castors in grey, smooth running rubber, 2 x brakes W Also available as a large version (1350 x 950 mm) for use with Euro All products for Business equipment can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12754 pallets Optionally as an anti-theft container, closed on all sides with roof: W For protection against unauthorised access Intermediate shelf, see accessories External dimensions W x D [mm] Features Height [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Ø roll [mm] Order number Order number Mesh intermediate shelf, 20 mm edge, slanted attachment Order number Mesh intermediate shelf, variable attachment Open on 2 sides 1200 x 800 – 1820 600 125 266-078-JC 266-085-JC Open on 1 sides Closed 1200 x 800 – 1820 600 125 266-079-JC 266-085-JC 1350 x 950 – 1820 800 125 266-088-JC – 1200 x 800 1350 x 950 2 doors, device for padlock 1820 600 125 266-081-JC 266-085-JC 1820 800 125 266-089-JC – Closed, with top 1350 x 950 1820 800 125 266-090-JC – 266-083-JC 266-083-JC 266-091-JC 266-083-JC 266-091-JC 266-091-JC Stackable roll box pallet Simple, quick to nest container - ideal for transport when empty and space saving storage W Nesting roll box pallet with mesh walls, galvanised in blue W Stable Ø 22 mm tubular construction, load capacity: 500 kg W With 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors in polyamide, Ø 108 mm W Base can be folded back to the side with spring assist, nestable for optimum transport when empty Optionally as an anti-theft container, closed on all sides with roof: W Lockable door (padlock not included in the delivery) W Wire mesh 50 x 50 mm, plastic top to provide rain protection Order no. 266-105-JC Order no. 266-098-JC Nestable roll box pallet, saves space when nested inside each other Open on 2 sides Open on 1 sides Closed Features Steel shelf Steel shelf External dimensions W x D [mm] Height [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Diameter, Roll [mm] Order number 700 x 800 1665 500 108 266-096-JC 700 x 800 1665 500 108 266-097-JC Plastic shelf, 2 plastic intermediate shelves 729 x 818 1770 500 125 266-105-JC Steel shelf, per 1 door, rear and front wall, CT closure 700 x 800 1665 500 108 266-098-JC Steel shelf, 1 steel intermediate shelf, 1 door, CT closure 729 x 818 1660 500 125 266-099-JC Closed, with top Plastic shelf, 1 plastic intermediate shelf, 1 door 728 x 823 1880 500 125 266-108-JC 548 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

549

Classic logistics boxes Proven roll holder with patented clamp technology W Dimensions to suit truck standard W Sturdy Ø 22 mm tubular construction W Zinc-plated W Can be used from +60° C to -20° c W Distance between shelves 300 mm W 2 swivel castors, 2 fixed castors, Ø 108 mm, plastic wheels DENIOS ONLINE SHOP Other versions (other sizes, door options and accessories) can be found in the Online Shop! www.denios.co.uk/ kat/12754 >> << Platform dimensions W x D [mm] Height [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Order number Without wheel brake Order number With wheel brake Accessories Order number Logistics box model CL 2, open on 2 sides Logistics box model CL 3, 2 side walls and 1 rear wall. (Shelf and rubber strap for transport safety available as an accessory) Logistic-box model CL 4, closed design with folding door Open on 2 sides 660 x 815 1660 500 172-200-JC 172-201-JC Open on 1 sides 660 x 775 1660 500 172-202-JC 172-203-JC Shelf (load capacity 150 kg), max. 4 Shelves per trolley 268-074-JC 268-073-JC Closed 660 x 745 1660 500 172-118-JC 172-204-JC 172-121-JC Roll box pallet with plastic base Classic roll box pallet with narrow mesh walls W 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors in polypropylene (brakes extra, see Shop for cost) W Sturdy tubular steel design on rolling base, gentian blue, wire mesh 50 x 50 mm, galvanised blue 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Optionally as an anti-theft container, closed on all sides with roof: W Lockable door (padlock not included in the delivery) W 1 folding intermediate shelf, fixed W Also available on a steel roller base with 2-part door Features External dimensions W x D [mm] Height [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Ø roll [mm] Order number Accessories Rubber strap (for open version) Rubber tension strap, 1 wire hook / 1 wire loop E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 Open on 1 sides Closed Closed, with top Plastic plate 724 x 815 1210 500 108 266-050-JC Plastic plate, 1-part door 724 x 815 1550 500 108 266-052-JC Plastic plate, 2-part door, intermediate shelf 724 x 815 1800 500 108 266-057-JC Steel plate, 2-part door, intermediate shelf 710 x 800 1790 500 108 266-064-JC Order number 172-120-JC 266-067-JC 549

550

Basic BR pallet truck W Economical, versatile model W Wheels manufactured from nylon W The rear wheels are manufactured from polyurethane W Extremely versatile due to ability to be used on all surfaces W Quiet operation Model Overall load capacity [kg] Number of load rollers Fork length [mm] Supporting width [mm] Overall length [mm] Lift height max [mm] Order number BR 4 4 BR 2 2200 2 1150 525 1550 200 128-383-JC 128-384-JC 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Pro PR pallet truck W For heavy duty, industrial usage W The high load capacity of 2500 kg ensures use in most applications W Wheel manufactured from hard wearing nylon W Extremely versatile due to ability to be used on all surfaces W Quiet operation Model Overall load capacity [kg] Number of load rollers Fork length [mm] Supporting width [mm] Overall length [mm] Lift height max [mm] Order number PR 4 4 PR 2 2500 2 1150 525 1550 200 128-385-JC 128-386-JC 550 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

551

Pallet truck with scales Model HW Combine the comfort of a pallet truck with the functionality of a drum transport and lifting trolley W Ideal combination for lifting and weighing in one unit W Extremely sturdy - ideal for heavy duty and industrial use W Scales and display built in to protective steel housing W Functions: tare, zero, addition function for weighing, counting reference parts etc W Weight range 1 to 2200 kg in 1 kg steps Tandem driving wheels in polyurethane Detail: scales with large LCD display (30 mm) for easy-to-read data 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Pallet truck HW with integrated scales Order no. 128-380-JC Rubber swivel castors Drum lifting truck for 205 litre steel drums For straightforward lifting, placing and transporting of a 200 litre steel drum on level ground W Combine the comfort of a pallet truck with the functionality of a drum transport and lifting trolley W For straightforward lifting, placing and transporting of a 200 litre steel drum on level ground W Load capacity: 350 kg W The clamp opens when lowered and picks up the drum W Wheels manufactured from nylon Drum lifting truck for 205 litre steel drums, load capacity 350 kg Order no. 158-052-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 551

552

Mobile material stands Versatile equipment for loading or for direct use in the workplace. Ideal for use with standard plastic boxes up to 800 x 600 mm. Optimal and ergonomic working position, the height can be adjusted and the stand can be tilted at 5 different levels from 0º to 40º. W Model FH - hydraulic height adjustment W Easy transport and placement of boxes and baskets W Optimal and ergonomic working position, the height can be adjusted W Powder-coated in blue (RAL 5010) W Steel sheet platform with raised edge (30 mm) W Simple, easy stepless height adjustment (even under load) with foot pedal W 5 step angle adjustment from 0° to 40° and the stand can be tilted at 5 different levels from 0º to 40º W 4 swivel castors, Ø 75 mm with brakes 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Order no. 154-085-JC All products for Lifting tables can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/24580 552 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

553

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Scissor lifting table Quick to reach the workstation - with an optimal working height W Quick to reach the workstation - with an optimal working height W Profiled steel/ steel sheet design W Sturdy pushbar - with a protective plate to prevent slipping through W Hydraulic pump with chrome plated pistons W Operated via a foot pedal W Valve to lower platform operated by handle W 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors, wheels with polyurethane tyres, swivel castors with brake in accordance with EN 1570 Single scissor lift table 1 Load capacity: 150 kg 2 3 Load capacity: 250 kg Load capacity: 500 kg With collapsible handle 1 Mobile lifting table Load capacity: 900 kg W Profile steel / steel sheet design with rounded platform W 4 telescope pillars ensure a stable footing 4 5 Load capacity: 300 kg Load capacity: 500 kg Double scissor lift table W Raising and lowering via 2 separate foot pedals W Handle W Powder-coated in blue (RAL 5010) W Each with 2 swivel and fixed polyurethane wheels W Available in 2 sizes Locking devices with lowerable support ensure secure standing. (Can be released again with light foot pressure) 6 7 Platform dimensions W x D [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Lift height max [mm] Lift height min [mm] External dimensions W x D [mm] Ø wheel [mm] Order number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Single scissor lift table 450 x 700 150 755 265 450 x 950 100 157-623-JC 500 x 830 250 910 330 500 x 1010 125 157-624-JC 520 x 1010 500 1000 435 520 x 1185 150 157-625-JC Double scissor lift table 520 x 1010 300 1585 435 520 x 1260 150 157-628-JC 520 x 1010 500 1575 440 520 x 1260 150 157-629-JC Mobile lifting table 610 x 915 900 1220 760 610 x 915 100 180-035-JC 815 x 1220 900 1220 760 815 x 1220 100 180-036-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 553

554

Crane arms, various versions Available as rigid version, extendable version and extendable as well as height-adjustable version M a de in Germ a n y W The crane arm converts the forklift into a practical crane for medium to heavy loads W The reach of the forklift is significantly extended W For lifting loads which cannot be picked up from underneath by the forklift blades W Excellent aid when goods need to be lifted over a barrier for example or when removing or refitting machine components W Safety first: chain protection against slipping off the forklift blades W The crane arms are available in the following versions: rigid, extendable, extendable and height adjustable Available in 7 colours RAL 3000 RAL 5010 RAL 6011 RAL 2004 RAL 5018 RAL 7005 RAL 7016 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Crane arm, extendable version (6 extension positions) Crane arm, extendable and height-adjustable version (6 extension positions, 5 height adjustments up to 45°) Design Maximum load [kg] Jib length II (mm) / Max. load capacity [kg]* Forklift pocket W x H [mm] Distance between fork pockets [mm] Blue Order number Anthracite Order number *Max. Load capacity for fully extended crane arm Pull-out version Pull-out and height adjustable version Pull-out version Pull-out and height adjustable version 3000 3600 / 650 102 5000 3600 / 1000 188 x 88 8000 3600 / 1250 169 102 169 193 145-446-JC 145-447-JC 276-446-JC 276-460-JC 276-468-JC 276-445-JC 276-459-JC 276-452-JC 276-466-JC 276-474-JC 554 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

555

Load arms, various versions Available as rigid version, extendable version with 25° incline and telescopic version with 25° incline M a de in Germ a n y W The load arm converts the forklift into a practical crane for low to medium loads W The reach of the forklift is extended W For lifting loads which cannot be picked up from underneath by the forklift blades W Excellent aid when goods need to be lifted over a barrier for example or when removing or refitting machine components W Safety first: chain protection against slipping off the forklift blades Available in 6 colours RAL 3000 RAL 5010 RAL 6011 RAL 2004 RAL 5018 RAL 7005 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Design Maximum load [kg] Jib length II (mm) / Max. load capacity [kg]* Forklift pocket W x H [mm] Distance between fork pockets [mm] Blue Order number Red Order number *Max. Load capacity for fully extended crane arm 1450 / 250 276-384-JC 276-385-JC Load arm, telescopic version with 25° angle Load arm, rigid version 1000 Rigid version 2500 Rigid version, with 25° angle Telescopic version, with 25° angle 5000 1000 2350 / 100 1450 / 550 2350 / 250 1450 / 1050 2350 / 500 1345 / 350 2270 / 175 220 x 77 160 276-391-JC 276-398-JC 276-405-JC 276-412-JC 276-419-JC 276-426-JC 276-392-JC 276-399-JC 276-406-JC 276-413-JC 276-420-JC 276-427-JC 276-433-JC 276-434-JC Fork lift extensions If the length of the forklift blades is not sufficient for transport, fork extensions are a quick, cost-effective solution. The closed box profile tapers at the front and underneath so that the attachment can be used to pick up pallets from below. M a de in Germ a n y W Practical fork extension made of 6 mm sheet steel with closed bottom W For the transport of large-volume goods W Safety first: secured against slipping with locking pins W The fork extension must rest at least 60% on the forks of the truck W The prices quoted are per pair W Available in the following lengths [mm]: 1600, 1800, 2000, 2200, 2400, 2600, 2800, 3000 W Available for the following forklift blade dimensions [mm]: 80x40, 100x40, 100x45, 100x50, 120x40, 120x50, 125x45, 125x50, 150x50 Suitable tine dimension WxH [mm] 1600 Order number 1800 Order number 2000 Order number 2200 Order number 2400 Order number 2600 Order number Fork lift extensions 120 x 40 125 x 50 150 x 50 276-315-JC 276-318-JC 276-319-JC 276-324-JC 276-327-JC 276-328-JC 276-333-JC 276-336-JC 276-337-JC 276-342-JC 276-345-JC 276-346-JC 276-351-JC 276-354-JC 276-355-JC 276-360-JC 276-363-JC 276-364-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 555

556

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P PolySkip tipping skips and tipping containers Particularly stable, seamlessly manufactured tipping skips and containers in weather-resistant plastic (PE). These containers are also leakproof and are therefore suitable for collecting materials that may leak fluid. W Large capacity containers for provision of small parts or separate collection of waste and recyclable materials W Corrosion-free, weather-resistant polyethylene (PE) W Easy to clean PolySkip tipping skips and containers, from 300 to 1000 litres PolySkip tipping skip W Watertight W For manual transport of waste and recyclable materials, for example to a central collection point W Easy to move due to large castors (Ø 200 mm) and swivel castors (Ø 125 mm) of polyamide, lockable W The skip can be emptied by manually tipping the container over the axle of the wheels into a ditch or a low basin etc W Optionally available with 2-part folding lid in PE (grey) ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Pictogram set W For recyclable material containers and refuse bin boxes W Pictogram set with symbols: paper, plastics, residual waste, glass, sheet metal/metal and bio-waste W Waterproof and self adhesive W Format (H x W): 180 x 160 mm Order no. 154-062-JC PolySkip tipping skip, with castors Available in 3 colours 2 part PE lid, grey Capacity [l] Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Bulk goods edge height [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number Blue Order number Grey Order number Red Accessories Order number 300 2 swivel castors, 2 fixed castors 920 x 1320 x 625 405 150 30 148-372-JC 153-536-JC 153-535-JC 500 2 swivel castors, 2 fixed castors 960 x 1440 x 825 460 150 38 136-459-JC 153-540-JC 153-539-JC 750 2 swivel castors, 2 fixed castors 1145 x 1560 x 925 560 250 44 136-460-JC 153-566-JC 153-563-JC 1000 2 swivel castors, 2 fixed castors 1173 x 1586 x 1095 670 250 49 181-684-JC 181-687-JC 181-686-JC 185-837-JC 2 part PE lid, grey 185-838-JC 185-839-JC 185-840-JC 556 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

557

PolySkip tipping skip W Watertight W With forklift pockets W Release via cable pull from the driver’s seat W With integrated spring scissor mechanism for limiting the tilting process and to protect the container against damage W Optionally available with 2-part folding lid in PE (grey) 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P PolySkip tipping skip, with forklift pockets PolySkip tipping skip, with forklift pockets and castors Polyamide castors Available in 3 colours Capacity Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Bulk goods edge height [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number Blue Order number Grey Order number Red Accessories Order number Capacity [l] Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Bulk goods edge height [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number Blue Order number Grey Order number Red Accessories Order number Size of fork-lift truck pockets in mm 150 226 (for models with 300/500 ltr capacity) 326 (for models with 750 / 1 000 ltr capacity) 150 300 500 750 1000 With forklift pockets and castors With forklift pockets and castors With forklift pockets and castors With forklift pockets and castors 1173 x 1660 x 1095 670 250 67 181-692-JC 181-695-JC 181-694-JC 1145 x 1650 x 925 560 250 62 144-623-JC 153-603-JC 153-602-JC 960 x 1530 x 830 460 150 53 144-622-JC 153-599-JC 153-597-JC 920 x 1420 x 660 405 150 45 148-379-JC 153-594-JC 153-593-JC 185-837-JC 2 part PE lid, grey 185-838-JC 185-839-JC 185-840-JC 300 With forklift pockets 920 x 1420 x 625 370 150 43 148-377-JC 153-572-JC 153-571-JC 185-837-JC 500 With forklift pockets 960 x 1530 x 790 420 150 50 136-449-JC 153-578-JC 153-576-JC 750 With forklift pockets 1145 x 1650 x 890 520 250 59 136-450-JC 153-591-JC 153-590-JC 1000 With forklift pockets 1173 x 1660 x 1060 635 250 64 181-688-JC 181-691-JC 181-690-JC 2 part PE lid, grey 185-838-JC 185-839-JC 185-840-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 557

558

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Tipping skip For collecting and transporting bulk goods of any type W Tipping skips in long lasting welded steel design with manual tipping container W Metal thickness of the container 2 mm W With forklift pockets (160 x 90 mm) W With swivel and fixed castors in solid rubber (Ø 200 mm) W Sturdy handle to enable manual operation Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Bulk goods edge height [mm] Forklift pocket W x H [mm] Distance between fork pockets [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number powder coated Order number Hot dip galvanised Accessories Order number 250 400 600 895 x 1180 x 915 930 x 1440 x 1000 1040 x 1560 x 1125 825 160 x 90 360 600 60 145-021-JC 145-024-JC 910 160 x 90 400 600 85 145-022-JC 145-025-JC 1030 160 x 90 510 600 110 145-023-JC 145-026-JC 2-part lid, galvanised 195-522-JC 145-055-JC 145-055-JC Tipping skips with 250, 400 or 600 litre volume, load capacity 600 kg (all versions) More colour options can be found in our online shop. ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Strainer insert and drain tap The strainer insert prevents coarse dirt from blocking the drain tap Order no. 145-061-JC Tipping skip For collecting and transporting bulk goods of any type W Compact design, low height W Study frame manufactured from u-channels, the tipping trough is manufactured from 3mm steel sheet with reinforcement at the edges W With forklift pockets (200 x 70 mm) (min. Fork length 800 mm) W With swivel and fixed castors in polyamide (Ø 175 mm) W Sturdy handle to enable manual operation W Release via cable pull from the forklift seat W Easy tipping over the side W Integrated control mechanism for limiting the tilting process and to protect the container against damage W Additional chain protection to prevent slipping from the the forklift blades Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Bulk goods edge height [mm] Forklift pocket W x H [mm] Distance between fork pockets [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number powder coated Order number Hot dip galvanised Accessories Order number 300 500 830 x 1350 x 810 1280 x 1350 x 810 700 200 x 70 60 1000 140 145-028-JC 145-032-JC 700 200 x 70 280 750 115 145-027-JC 145-031-JC 750 1200 x 1640 x 1060 925 200 x 70 60 1350 175 145-029-JC 145-033-JC 1000 1580 x 1640 x 1060 925 200 x 70 500 1350 205 145-030-JC 145-034-JC 2-part lid, galvanised 195-522-JC 145-055-JC 145-055-JC 145-057-JC Detailed illustration: unlocking device and forklift pockets ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Strainer insert and drain tap The strainer insert prevents coarse dirt from blocking the drain tap Order no. 145-061-JC 558 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

559

Tipping skip NB W Low height W For collecting and transporting bulk goods of any type W Ideal as an occasional use container for a machine W The body of the skip is manufactured from 3 mm steel sheet with circumferential reinforcement at the edges W With forklift pockets W Release via cable pull from the forklift seat W Shock absorber device between the floor of the skip and the supporting frame enables easy emptying W Additional chain protection to prevent slipping from the the forklift blades More colour options can be found in our online shop. Size of fork-lift truck pockets in mm 500 (for models with 50 ltr capacity) 200 (for models with 300 / 500 ltr capacity) 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Wheel set consisting of 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors (one with brake) manufactured from polyamide For loads up to 1350 kg The 2-part lid (see table) protects the contents Order no. 145-063-JC For loads up to 2500 kg Order no. 145-064-JC Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Bulk goods edge height [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number powder coated Order number Hot dip galvanised Accessories Order number 300 680 x 1400 x 580 500 900 100 145-041-JC 145-046-JC 500 780 x 1400 x 680 600 1200 115 145-042-JC 145-047-JC 750 1240 x 1520 x 800 700 1500 162 145-043-JC 145-048-JC 1000 1240 x 1620 x 800 600 1800 184 145-044-JC 145-049-JC 2-part lid, galvanised 1250 1130 x 1570 x 980 730 2000 195 145-430-JC 145-431-JC 1500 1330 x 1570 x 980 730 2000 205 145-045-JC 145-050-JC 195-522-JC 145-055-JC 145-055-JC 145-057-JC 145-057-JC 145-057-JC All products for Tipping skips can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12843 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 559

560

Bulk material containers W For collecting and transporting solid substances or bulk goods W Long-lasting steel frame and sheet steel construction W Easy emptying - the bottom flap is opened by cable pull directly from the seat of the forklift truck W Flap self-closes when touching the floor or the edge of the collection trough W Bottom flap with large aperture angle to fully empty W Forklift pockets for forklift access (W x H: 180 x 100 mm) Forklift pockets dimensions (mm), 350 mm for 1000 litres Example of usage: the base of the skip opens easily when the fork lift truck driver pulls the attached cable 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Colour Weight [kg] Order number 500 750 1000 900 x 1250 x 850 900 x 1250 x 1150 900 x 1650 x 1150 500 Blue 125 163-424-JC 750 Blue 152 164-784-JC 1000 Blue 178 164-787-JC Tipping skips for shavings W For collecting and transporting chips and other materials with fluid like adhesion W Integrated collecting basin to collect residues from oil and coolants, for example. A ball valve enables the systematic emptying of the collection basin W Long-lasting steel frame and sheet steel construction W Easy emptying - the bottom flap is opened by cable pull directly from the seat of the forklift truck W Flap self-closes when touching the floor or the edge of the collection trough W Bottom flap with large aperture angle to fully empty W Forklift pockets for forklift access (W x H: 180 x 100 mm) Detailed illustra- tion: drain Tap Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Colour Weight [kg] Order number 500 750 1000 900 x 1250 x 850 900 x 1250 x 1150 900 x 1650 x 1150 500 Red 125 164-887-JC 750 Red 155 164-888-JC 1000 Red 180 164-889-JC 560 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

561

Compact tipper for shavings W Effective separation of liquids and solids W Welded, oil- and water-tight W Low height W Ideal as an occasional use container for a machine W Equipped as standard with perforated metal raised floor and dispensing Tap W The body of the skip is manufactured from 3 mm steel sheet with circumferential reinforcement at the edges W The perforated metal floor can be removed for easy cleaning W With forklift pockets W Release via cable pull from the forklift seat W Shock absorber device between the floor of the skip and the supporting frame enables easy emptying W With chain protection to prevent the forklift blades from slipping W 2 part galvanised lid and wheel set are available as an accessory ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Wheel set consisting of 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors (one with brake) manufactured from polyamide For loads up to 1350 kg Order no. 145-063-JC For loads up to 2500 kg Order no. 145-064-JC Detailed illustration: floor manu- factured from perforated plate Shavings compact tipper, available in different sizes (wheel set optional) Detailed illustration: drain Tap 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P More colour options can be found in our online shop. Size of fork-lift truck pockets in mm 500 (for models with 50 ltr capacity) 200 (for models with 300 / 500 ltr capacity) Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Bulk goods edge height [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number Accessories Order number 300 680 x 1400 x 580 500 900 125 181-503-JC 500 780 x 1400 x 680 600 1200 140 181-504-JC 750 1240 x 1520 x 800 700 1500 172 181-505-JC 1000 1240 x 1620 x 800 600 1800 209 181-506-JC 1250 1130 x 1570 x 980 730 2000 220 181-507-JC 1500 1330 x 1570 x 980 730 2000 230 181-508-JC 195-522-JC 145-055-JC 145-055-JC 145-057-JC 145-057-JC 145-057-JC 2-part lid, galvanised E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 561

562

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Euro pallet cages, model PG Optimal storage for pallets W Welded steel tube design W Can be stacked 4 high W The sides are manufactured from steel mesh, size of mesh is 100 x 100 mm W One side has a fold down flap W Quick to fit W Painted: blue (RAL 5012) Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Stackable Weight [kg] Order number PG 8 1200 x 800 x 800 1000 4 times 24.5 129-236-JC PG 10 1200 x 800 x 1000 1000 4 times 27.5 129-237-JC PG 12 1200 x 800 x 1200 750 4 times 31.0 129-238-JC PG 16 1200 x 800 x 1600 750 4 times 40.0 129-239-JC Euro pallet stacking frames, model PH Optimal storage for pallets W Sturdy welded steel tube design W With 2 stabilising tubes and 4 stacking corners W Quick to fit W Can be stacked 3 high W Painted: blue (RAL 5012) Stackable frame PH with 2 stabilising tubes and 4 stackable corners Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Stackable Weight [kg] Order number PH 8 1200 x 800 x 800 1500 3 times 21.5 129-243-JC PH 10 1200 x 800 x 1000 1500 3 times 24.0 129-244-JC PH 12 1200 x 800 x 1200 750 3 times 27.5 129-245-JC PH 16 1200 x 800 x 1600 750 3 times 31.5 129-246-JC Mesh box pallet turner The mesh box is picked up from underneath on the long side. A lever is operated to secure it and arms grip the feet of the mesh box. The mesh box is tilted by releasing a winch. The mesh box returns to an upright position when the forklift is reversed. The Mesh box pallet turner can be secured to the forklift truck via a chain. W For emptying Euro mesh boxes in accordance with UIC standard 435-3 W For turning mesh boxes using a forklift Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number Mesh box pallet turner 570 x 1640 x 450 450 90 145-437-JC 562 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

563

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Euro mesh box exchange pallet Ideal for storage and transport purposes W Complies with international laws and regulations for transportation on goods vehicles by road and rail (in accordance with UIC standard 435-3) W Front of the mesh box has two flaps and two boards W 4 feet enable the mesh box to be picked up by a forklift from all 4 sides W With stacking corners for stacking the mesh boxes W Paint: stone grey (RAL 7030) W Load capacity: 1500 kg Mesh box pallet lid W Plastic cover for protecting stored goods in a mesh box W In impact resistant, seamless polyethylene (PE) W The cover fits into the angled edge around the mesh box pallet W The mesh box cover can be secured at the front with a padlock (available as an optional accessory) ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Padlock with chain Order no. 114-900-JC Mesh box pallet covers Practical accessories for Euro mesh boxes W Protect stored goods from dirt and weather W High-quality textile hood, tear and weather resistant W Secure carabiner and bungee fastening W Integral DIN A4 document pocket Mesh box pallet inserts These inserts enable you to extend the possibilities of the standard mesh box pallet to create a universally useable storage and logis- tics container W For storage, collection, and loss-free transport of small packages, loose bulk goods etc W Chemical-resistant polyethylene construction W For all mesh boxes in accordance with UIC standard 435-3 Euro mesh box exchange pallet (lid and spill pallet optional) Order no. 129-203-JC Mesh box pallet lid Order no. 106-176-JC Mesh box pallet cover, closed Mesh box pallet cover, front side opening Order no. 145-339-JC Order no. 145-343-JC Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] Order number Closed 1195 x 795 x 780 11 145-341-JC Without front panel 1195 x 795 x 780 11 145-342-JC Mesh box pallet insert without front panel Mesh box pallet insert, closed Order no. 145-342-JC Order no. 145-341-JC Mesh box cross bar For lifting and transporting a mesh box W Easy and safe handling of regulation compliant mesh box pallets W Welded steel design with a crane eye W Bracket lifts to assist hanging W The low construction height allows the full capacity of the crane to be used W Painted yellow (RAL 1004) Mesh box cross bar with 1000 kg load capacity Mesh box cross bar with 2000 kg load capacity Order no. 129-204-JC Order no. 129-205-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 563

564

PolyPro PE stackable containers W Space-saving collection and provision of your warehouse goods and recyclable materials W In environmentally friendly polyethylene (PE) W Corrosion free and durable W Liquid-tight, can also be used as a spill pallet for water-polluting substances and can be stacked 2-high W Stable with a low dead weight W Easy to clean W Easy to access by pallet truck or fork lift from front or sides W Can be stacked 5 high, can also be stacked with steel stacking containers of the same dimensions W Safe storage of containers for holding acids or alkalis, non-flammable cleaning solutions etc. Available in 3 colours 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P PolyPro plastic stacking containers, in different sizes and designs PE box inserts for PolyPro stacking containers The PE box inserts were specially developed to bring an overview and order to PolyPro stacking containers. With ergonomic handles for easy insertion and removal. The PE box inserts are stackable. The matching box insert sizes can be combined within the same PolyPro stacking container size (see example). Arrangement example PE insert box, suitable for External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Colour Max. Number per stacking container Order number PolyPro with 260 litre volume 437 x 685 x 440 100 Grey 2 272-436-JC PolyPro with 300 litre volume PolyPro with 400 litre volume 351 x 331 x 440 40 Grey 6 272-437-JC 351 x 667 x 440 80 Grey 3 272-438-JC 351 x 430 x 440 50 Grey 6 272-439-JC 351 x 865 x 440 100 Grey 3 272-440-JC 564 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

565

Advantage - the stackable container with added value W Useful, versatile container for your facilities As universal plastic container As manoeuvrable container The stacking PE containers can be easily transported indoors using a forklift or a pallet truck 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P The need for safe storage has been ideally combined here with the optimum trans- port options. High load capacity – with a permitted stacked load of max. 2.5 t, up to 5 stackable containers can be stacked safely. Available in 3 colours Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l]* Overall load capacity [kg] Stacked load [kg] Access width (long side) [mm] Access width (short side) [mm] Order number *When used as spill pallet 90 800 x 500 x 500 70 500 2500 280 340 185-800-JC 260 1000 x 800 x 600 240 500 2500 350 250 185-805-JC 300 1200 x 800 x 600 280 500 2500 420 220 185-815-JC 400 1200 x 1000 x 600 360 500 2500 420 320 185-825-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 565

566

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Multipurpose pallet boxes, model PB 8 and PB 10 Sturdy polyethylene (PE) construction, with rounded internal corners W Can be fully emptied and is easy to clean thanks to rounded internal corners W Suitable for storing food W Ideal for the storage and transport of a wide range of fillers W Ideal for large quantities W Accessible from all four sides W Easy to stack W Closed on 4 sides or available with a fold-down section on one long side W Enclosed on 4 sides (watertight) ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Collecting box model PB (lid optional) Lid for model PB 8 Order no. 117-884-JC Lid for model PB 10 Order no. 117-889-JC Model Features Version Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number PB 8-F 4 feet – 535 1200 x 800 x 760 1110 x 710 x 610 500 35 117-880-JC PB 8-FK 4 feet Front flap 535 1200 x 800 x 760 1110 x 710 x 610 500 35 117-882-JC PB 8-K 2 runners – 330 1200 x 800 x 600 1110 x 710 x 420 470 33 217-096-JC PB 8-K 3 runners – 535 1200 x 800 x 790 1110 x 710 x 610 500 41 117-883-JC PB 8-R 4 swivel castors – 535 1200 x 800 x 915 1110 x 710 x 610 500 47 117-881-JC PB 8-RK 4 swivel castors Front flap 535 1200 x 800 x 915 1110 x 710 x 610 500 47 217-095-JC Model Features Version Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number PB 10-F 4 feet – 670 1200 x 1000 x 760 1110 x 910 x 610 500 40 117-885-JC PB 10-FK 4 feet Front flap 670 1200 x 1000 x 760 1110 x 910 x 610 500 40 117-886-JC PB 10-K 2 runners – 430 1200 x 1000 x 600 1110 x 910 x 420 510 39 217-099-JC PB 10-K 3 runners – 670 1200 x 1000 x 790 1110 x 910 x 610 500 46 117-887-JC PB 10-R 4 swivel castors – 670 1200 x 1000 x 915 1110 x 910 x 610 500 44 217-097-JC PB 10-RK 4 swivel castors Front flap 670 1200 x 1000 x 915 1110 x 910 x 610 500 44 217-098-JC 566 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

567

Profi stackable container For transport and warehouse goods W For equipment and recyclable materials W Extremely sturdy transport and stackable steel container W Sturdy, hollow feet W Corner posts with crane eyes (stacking containers can be lifted using a crane beam, only in vertical direction) W Foot plates for storage without damaging the floor W Easy to transport and stack W Available either in blue (RAL 5010), grey (RAL 7005) or Hot-dip galvanised 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Profi stacking container, with 4 crane eyes for easy, safe handling Profi stacking containers, available in different sizes and designs Model Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Stacked load [kg] Access width (long side) [mm] Access width (short side) [mm] Weight [kg] Surface: painted Order number Grey Order number Blue Surface: Hot dip galvanised Order number Array SP 5080 160 800 x 500 x 500 2000 10000 660 360 27 129-279-JC 129-280-JC 129-281-JC SP 8010 400 1000 x 800 x 600 2000 10000 860 660 44 129-285-JC 129-286-JC 129-287-JC SP 8012 480 1200 x 800 x 600 2000 10000 1060 660 49 129-291-JC 129-292-JC 129-293-JC SP 1012 600 1200 x 1000 x 600 2000 10000 1060 860 57 129-297-JC 129-298-JC 129-299-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 567

568

Reusable stacking container DENIOS classic-line D For efficient storage, transport and picking W In food safe polypropylene (PP) W Can be stacked to save space W Versions with stacking brackets and folding lid can be stacked one on top of each other W Useful handles on 4 sides W Temperature resistant from -10 °C to +60 °C For containers without a lid and with stacking corners, the right lid can be found in the Online Shop. 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Available in 4 colours External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Features Overall load capacity [kg] Stacked load [kg] Pack contents Order number Blue Order number Red Order number Yellow Order number Green 600 x 400 x 173 600 x 400 x 273 600 x 400 x 323 600 x 400 x 173 600 x 400 x 273 600 x 400 x 323 600 x 400 x 199 600 x 400 x 299 600 x 400 x 349 Without lid 25 200 3 Item(s) 265-231-JC 265-232-JC 265-233-JC 265-234-JC Without lid 30 200 3 Item(s) 265-235-JC 265-236-JC 265-237-JC 265-238-JC Without lid 35 200 2 Item(s) 265-239-JC 265-240-JC 265-241-JC 265-242-JC Stacking frame 25 200 3 Item(s) 265-251-JC 265-252-JC 265-253-JC 265-254-JC Stacking frame 30 200 3 Item(s) 265-255-JC 265-256-JC 265-257-JC 265-258-JC Stacking frame 35 200 2 Item(s) 265-259-JC 265-260-JC 265-261-JC 265-262-JC Folding lids 25 200 3 Item(s) 265-263-JC 265-264-JC 265-265-JC 265-266-JC Folding lids 30 200 3 Item(s) 265-267-JC 265-268-JC 265-269-JC 265-270-JC Folding lids 35 200 2 Item(s) 265-271-JC 265-272-JC 265-273-JC 265-274-JC 568 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

569

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Euro stacking container DENIOS classic-line B High quality, stable Euro container for transport and storage W In food safe polypropylene (PP) W Sturdy stable shape with rib-reinforced sides and edge all around W Ergonomic handle W Temperature resistant from -10 °C to +60 °C W Versions available with moulded handles or handle openings in various colours W Lockable with hinged lid or normal lid (accessory) ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Slide fasteners for lid, set of 4 Colour Order number Blue 265-222-JC Red 265-223-JC Hinge fasteners for hinged lid, set of 4 Colour Order number Grey / blue 265-224-JC Grey / red 265-225-JC Handle variants Closed moulded handles in grey or red, handle openings in grey or blue External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Stacked load [kg] Pack contents Features: Moulded handles Order number Colour: Grey Order number Colour: Grey / red Features: grip openings Order number Colour: Grey Order number Colour: Grey / blue Accessories Order number Lid (without locks) Order number Hinged lid (without locks) 400 x 300 x 120 400 x 300 x 170 400 x 300 x 220 400 x 300 x 320 600 x 400 x 120 600 x 400 x 170 600 x 400 x 220 600 x 400 x 320 40 400 3 Item(s) 25 300 16 Item(s) 25 300 10 Item(s) 25 300 8 Item(s) 25 300 4 Item(s) 40 400 8 Item(s) 40 400 5 Item(s) 40 400 4 Item(s) 265-186-JC 265-202-JC 265-187-JC 265-203-JC 265-188-JC 265-204-JC 265-189-JC 265-205-JC 265-190-JC 265-206-JC 265-191-JC 265-207-JC 265-192-JC 265-208-JC 265-193-JC 265-209-JC 265-194-JC 265-210-JC 265-195-JC 265-211-JC 265-196-JC 265-212-JC 265-197-JC 265-213-JC 265-198-JC 265-214-JC 265-199-JC 265-215-JC 265-200-JC 265-216-JC 265-201-JC 265-217-JC 265-226-JC 265-228-JC 265-226-JC 265-228-JC 265-226-JC 265-228-JC 265-226-JC 265-228-JC 265-227-JC 265-229-JC 265-227-JC 265-229-JC 265-227-JC 265-229-JC 265-227-JC 265-229-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 569

570

Aluminium transport boxes with / without stacking corners W For storing and transporting valuable goods W Extra stable and robust W In 1 mm thick aluminium sheet W Reinforcing fins ensure good stability W Rubber seal in the profile edge ensures protection from dust and spray W Corrosion, weather and temperature resistant W Low net weight W Sturdy hinged fasteners W Sturdy folding lid with straps to support the hinges W Self-folding safety transport handle with plastic coating W Cylinder lock available as an option W Areas of application: collecting, storing and protecting valuable goods and equipment, transport of assembly equipment, tooling, small parts etc. 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Aluminium transport boxes with stacking corners Aluminium transport boxes without stacking corners Version Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number 30 W/out corners 73 48 92 140 ORDER AT THE SAME TIME 430 x 335 x 273 580 x 385 x 265 580 x 385 x 398 780 x 385 x 367 900 x 495 x 367 400 x 300 x 248 550 x 350 x 248 550 x 350 x 381 750 x 350 x 350 870 x 460 x 350 40 3.1 136-684-JC 60 4.2 136-686-JC 70 4.9 254-866-JC 90 6.0 136-688-JC 90 7.7 136-689-JC W Cylinder lock with 2 keys Order no. 136-696-JC Version Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number 30 48 73 With corners 140 92 425 430 x 335 x 277 580 x 385 x 277 580 x 385 x 410 780 x 385 x 379 900 x 495 x 379 782 x 585 x 410 1182 x 385 x 410 782 x 585 x 619 1192 x 790 x 514 400 x 300 x 248 550 x 350 x 248 550 x 350 x 381 750 x 350 x 350 870 x 460 x 350 750 x 550 x 381 1150 x 350 x 381 750 x 550 x 590 1160 x 755 x 485 110 14.5 144-769-JC 90 8.7 144-768-JC 100 8.9 136-695-JC 70 4.8 136-691-JC 90 5.7 136-692-JC 90 7.2 136-693-JC 90 7.4 254-893-JC 157 153 243 40 3.1 254-867-JC 60 4.0 136-690-JC 570 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

571

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Aluminium transport boxes without stacking corners W For safe storage and easy transport W With 2 cylinder locks as standard W Aluminium thickness: 0.8 mm, high stability with special aluminium profiles and ribbing W Rubber seal in the profile edge ensures protection from dust and spray W Corrosion, weather and temperature resistant W Low weight ensures easy transport W Self-folding safety transport handle with plastic coating W Sturdy hinged fasteners W Lockable with cylinder locks, 2 keys included W Sturdy folding lid with straps to support the hinges Retaining straps to support the hinges Safety transport handle with plastic coating 1 2 6 3 4 5 Cylinder lock with 2 keys, integrated as standard Aluminium transport boxes without stacking corners, available in 6 practical sizes 1 2 3 4 5 6 Version Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number 30 430 x 335 x 270 405 x 300 x 250 40 2.6 254-860-JC 48 575 x 385 x 270 550 x 350 x 250 60 3.4 254-861-JC W/out corners 68 575 x 385 x 375 550 x 350 x 355 70 3.8 254-862-JC 93 775 x 385 x 375 750 x 350 x 355 90 4.6 254-863-JC 142 895 x 495 x 375 870 x 460 x 355 90 5.9 254-864-JC 186 785 x 565 x 482 760 x 530 x 462 70 6.3 254-865-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 571

572

Shelf bins DENIOS classic-line A For optimum overview and quick access to small parts W In polypropylene (PP) W Secure stacking, keeps its shape and sturdy W Textured base for improved removal of small parts W Moulded handles on the front side for secure handling W Temperature resistant from -10 °C to +60 °C 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P ESD shelf bins are available in the DENIOS Online Shop. ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Labels with protective foil for individual labelling Order no. 265-166-JC Transparent dividers for better overview Order no. 265-163-JC Pull out stops allow angled shelf positioning Order no. 265-165-JC Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Stacked load [kg] Pack contents Order number Blue Order number Red Accessories Order number Labels (1 pack = 20 pieces) Order number Dividers (1 pack = 4 pieces) Order number Pull out stops (1 pack = 10 pieces) A1-S 91 x 300 x 81 2 6 16 Item(s) 265-151-JC 265-152-JC 265-166-JC 265-163-JC 265-165-JC A1-B 185 x 300 x 81 5 15 8 Item(s) 265-153-JC 265-154-JC 265-167-JC 265-164-JC 265-165-JC A2-S 91 x 400 x 81 2 6 16 Item(s) 265-155-JC 265-156-JC 265-166-JC 265-163-JC 265-165-JC A2-B 185 x 400 x 81 5 15 8 Item(s) 265-157-JC 265-158-JC 265-167-JC 265-164-JC 265-165-JC A3-S 91 x 500 x 81 2 6 16 Item(s) – 265-160-JC 265-166-JC 265-163-JC 265-165-JC A3-B 185 x 500 x 81 5 15 8 Item(s) 265-161-JC 265-162-JC 265-167-JC 265-164-JC 265-165-JC 572 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

573

Open-fronted storage bins DENIOS pro-line A TÜV tested quality, for clear, safe storage of small parts W In polypropylene (PP) W Safe to stack, with sturdy stable shape with edge all around W Comfortable moulded handle on the front W Smooth inner surfaces for quick, easy cleaning W Temperature resistant from -10 °C to +60 °C W Strip at the rear for attaching to wall mounts (only for versions A1 to A3) W Moulded handle on the rear for simple handling when full (only for versions A4 and A5) ESD open-fronted storage bins are available in the DENIOS Online Shop. ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Wall mounting in metal, for open- fronted storage bins variants A1 to A3 Order no. 265-145-JC 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Stacked load [kg] Pack contents Order number Blue Order number Red Order number Yellow Order number Green Order number Grey Accessories Order number Labels (1 pack = 20 pieces) A1 100 x 100 x 60 2 6 30 Item(s) 265-106-JC 265-107-JC 265-108-JC 265-109-JC 265-110-JC A2 100 x 160 x 75 3 9 24 Item(s) 265-111-JC 265-112-JC 265-113-JC 265-114-JC 265-115-JC A2-B 135 x 160 x 82 3 9 20 Item(s) 265-136-JC 265-137-JC 265-138-JC 265-139-JC 265-140-JC A2-L 100 x 215 x 75 3 9 20 Item(s) 265-131-JC 265-132-JC 265-133-JC 265-134-JC 265-135-JC A3 150 x 235 x 125 10 40 24 Item(s) 265-116-JC 265-117-JC 265-118-JC 265-119-JC 265-120-JC A4 205 x 355 x 150 25 100 12 Item(s) 265-121-JC 265-122-JC 265-123-JC 265-124-JC 265-125-JC A5 310 x 500 x 200 35 140 6 Item(s) 265-126-JC 265-127-JC 265-128-JC 265-129-JC 265-130-JC 265-141-JC 265-141-JC 265-141-JC 265-141-JC 265-142-JC 265-143-JC 265-144-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 573

574

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Big Bags for storage, operations and disposal W Flexible storage, transport and disposal containers W With 4 lifting loops for transport by forklift, crane etc W Minimal space requirement when not filled 1 3 1 For bulk goods - Big Bag S 1000 W For bulk goods such as plastic granulate, recycling material, fertiliser, corn and much more W Made out of uncoated polypropylene fabric W With in and outlet 4 4 Big Bags for storage, operations and disposal W For stones, sand, gravel, green waste, bark, mulch etc W Made out of uncoated polypropylene fabric W Top open W Closed floor 1 2 Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Big Bag safety factor Big Bag opening Floor Big Bag Pack contents Order number S 1.000 910 x 910 x 1750 1000 5:1 Filling pipe (Ø 500 mm) S 1.250 910 x 910 x 1250 1250 5:1 Filling pipe (Ø 400 mm) Dispensing nozzle (Ø 400 mm) Dispensing nozzle (Ø 400 mm) 10 Item(s) 173-999-JC 10 Item(s) 174-000-JC 3 2 5 Versatile - Big Bag L/e 1000 W For Universal use from interim storage to disposal (e.G. as a leaf sack etc.) W Made out of uncoated polypropylene fabric W With apron for upper cover W Closed floor Dust proof - Big Bag S 1250 (without picture) W For all pulverised, dusty bulk goods W Made out of uncoated polypropylene fabric W Seam welding W With in and outlet Big Bag Asbest (without image) W Specifically for disposing ASBESTOS W Made out of uncoated polypropylene fabric W “Asbestos” sign W With apron for upper cover W Closed floor 3 L / E 1.000 910 x 910 x 1100 1000 5:1 Apron Closed 10 Item(s) 173-998-JC 4 L / E 1.500 900 x 900 x 900 1500 5:1 Open Closed 10 Item(s) 173-996-JC 5 Asbestos 900 x 900 x 1100 1000 5:1 Apron Closed 10 Item(s) 173-997-JC 574 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

575

Big Bag beams W For lifting and transporting Big Bags by crane W Crossbeam in robust steel construction W Centre-mounted suspension eyelet W Support arms with inner and outer holders for the Big Bag loops W For safe handling of Big Bags in different sizes NEW Support arms with inner and outer holders for the big bag loops - for safe handling of big bags in different sizes 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Colour External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] [kg] Order number Blue 1270 x 1270 x 250 1000 314-050-JC Red 1270 x 1270 x 250 1000 314-051-JC Orange 1270 x 1270 x 250 1000 314-052-JC Turquoise blue 1270 x 1270 x 250 1000 314-053-JC Green 1270 x 1270 x 250 1000 314-054-JC Grey 1270 x 1270 x 250 1000 314-055-JC All products for Big Bags and accessories can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12846 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 575

576

Grit bin model SB Grit bins from DENIOS W Robust and weather-resistant grit bin in polyethylene (PE) W Corrosion-proof and impact-resistant W Lid can be removed easily without the need for tools W Lockable container (lock not supplied) W Body available in light grey with coloured lid in yellow, orange or green W Available with or without dispensing hatch 6 t n e m P i u q e n o i t a r e P o d n a n o i t c u d o r P Grit bins in 7 sizes, optionally with or without dispensing hatch, available in three lid colours. Grit bin Model SB 200-O, 200 litre volume, with dispensing hatch and controlled flow rate of grit Order no. 145-274-JC Grit bin SB 100 with 100 litre capacity Order no. 136-420-JC Model Features Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Orange Order number Green Order number Yellow Model Features Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Orange Order number Green Order number Yellow SB 60 SB 100 SB 200 SB 400 SB 550 SB 700 SB 1000 Without dispensing hatch 60 620 x 510 x 450 201-265-JC – – 100 975 x 705 x 460 145-284-JC 145-285-JC 136-420-JC 200 975 x 705 x 665 145-286-JC 145-287-JC 129-346-JC 400 1210 x 785 x 780 145-288-JC 145-289-JC 122-904-JC 550 1400 x 1070 x 748 145-290-JC 145-291-JC 136-421-JC 700 1400 x 1070 x 930 145-292-JC 145-293-JC 136-423-JC 1000 1800 x 1350 x 960 156-600-JC 156-599-JC 156-598-JC SB 100-o SB 200-o SB 400-o SB 550-o SB 700-o SB 1000-o With dispensing hatch 100 975 x 705 x 460 145-272-JC 145-273-JC 136-424-JC 200 975 x 705 x 665 145-274-JC 145-275-JC 129-347-JC 400 1210 x 785 x 780 145-276-JC 145-279-JC 122-905-JC 550 1400 x 1070 x 748 145-280-JC 145-281-JC 136-425-JC 700 1400 x 1070 x 930 145-282-JC 145-283-JC 136-426-JC 1000 1800 x 1350 x 960 156-604-JC 156-603-JC 156-602-JC 576 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o P

577

Grit bin model SB 400-0, 400 litres volume, with dispensing hatch and controlled flow rate of grit Order no. 145-276-JC 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Functional information and accessories Models SB 100 - 1000 can be stacked inside each other This means the grit bins can be stored for example over the summer without taking up much room The sturdy positive hinges are long lasting and maintenance-free Models SB 100 to 550 are available either with castors or with feet (see accesso- ries). Grit bin type SB 400, volume 400 litres, without dispen- sing hatch, base frame with 4 swivel castors can be supplied as an accessory.. Order no. 145-289-JC Swivel castors Swivel castors ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Grit bins SB 100 to SB 550 are available with either swivel castors or feet (for SB 400 and SB 550 with stabilising base frame ). This enables the bin to be transported by pallet truck or forklift truck, even when full. For model Order number 4 swivel castors Order number 4 legs SB 100/200 SB 400 SB 550 129-348-JC 130-033-JC 136-494-JC 129-349-JC 130-034-JC 136-495-JC Base frame with 4 swivel castors, for model SB 400 and SB 550 Base frame with 4 base feet, for model SB 400 and SB 550 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 577

578

Grit bin model GB W Robust grit bin in polyethylene (PE) W Impact resistant, durable and weather resistant W Forklift pockets for simple access underneath and transport by a pallet truck or forklift W Space saving design with and without lid, stackable up to 5 high W With inbuilt lock to protect against unauthorised access W Overhanging lid prevents precipitation from penetrating and therefore protects the grit from clumping W Sturdy handles at the sides for manually transporting the container when empty W Lid with robust hinge, light and easy to fit/remove without the need for tooling W Dark grey body with coloured lid (either yellow or orange) Grit bin model GB 300 with 300 litre capacity, ideal ideal for storing salt, grit or sand 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Lid colour Order number 150 1015 x 675 x 660 Yellow 241-875-JC 150 1015 x 675 x 660 Orange 241-876-JC 300 1150 x 810 x 845 Yellow 241-877-JC 300 1150 x 810 x 845 Orange 241-878-JC Shovels W Ideal for using with grit, salt and other aggressive substances W In polypropylene (PP) W Corrosion free, long lasting W UV stabilised and impact resistant W Low net weight Snow shovel W Ideal for using with grit, salt and other aggressive substances W Base in polypropylene (PP) and handle in wood W Corrosion free W High stability with a low net weight ensure ergonomic work and long life W UV stabilised and impact resistant W UV stabilised W Shovel dimensions W x D (mm) 500 x 355, with handle H (mm) 1300 Order no. 165-638-JC Model Scoop Scoop Shovel with d-handle Shovel with d-handle External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Red 138 x 187 x 310 167 x 230 x 355 247 x 315 x 966 257 x 350 x 1032 165-377-JC 165-378-JC 165-380-JC 165-383-JC 578 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

579

Winter grit without salt WinterSafe, 50 l bag Environmentally friendly granules of volcanic origin. W Stumps sidewalks and traffic areas. Prevents slipping. W Immediate and long-lasting effect. W Without salt - marked with the Blue Angel environmental symbol. No danger to plants, animals or the environment. The sustainable alternative to de-icing salt. W High yielding. Sufficient for an area of 1,200 - 1,800 m². W WinterSafe grit can be distributed mechanically or manually. There are no temperature restrictions for use as with salts, as it works independently of temperature. Order no. 269-723-JC GritCaddy GRIT TROLLEY W Make sure granules, sand, absorbents and other granular materials are always available where you need them fast, both indoors and outdoors W Optimum centre of gravity to make handling easier W Slightly sloping lid to ensure water runs off: can also be used as a carrying surface W With smooth-running wheels and large, comfortable handle W In environmentally-friendly, highly chemical resistant polyethylene (PE) W Weatherproof W Easy to clean W Fully recyclable Granules and compact hand shovels can be stowed away in the roomy storage area of the GritCaddy 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Grit bins See page 576 The GritCaddy is your reliable tool for distributing granules of all types It has an ergonomic handle, which can be gripped even with thick gloves, a slightly sloping lid to allow water to run off and easy to move 200 mm diameter wheels Model Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Gritcaddy 60 700 x 670 x 1145 216-690-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 579

580

Storage shelves W Flexible, sturdy storage system with push-fit, easy assembly W For the professional and individual storage of workshop materials, production accessories etc. W Galvanised frame W 4 galvanised shelves for storage W Sturdy construction with reinforcing crossbars W Shelving height can be adjusted in 25 mm increments W Can be expanded at any time W Delivered flat packed with instructions for easy self assembly Open-fronted storage bins and shelf bins See page 573 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P All products for Shelving can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12793 580 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

581

Each basic shelving unit consists of 2 galvanised frames, extension shelving units have one frame. The galvanised shelves are fitted in special reinforced cross members. This allows just a few individual components to create a stable yet flexible shelving system. 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Equipment - shelves Load [kg] Rack load [kg] Height, external [mm] Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number 1000 x 500 1000 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 600 1300 x 500 1300 x 500 1300 x 600 1300 x 600 4 x shelf, galvanised 150 1300 1800 4 x shelf, galvanised 150 1300 2300 4 x shelf, galvanised 150 1300 1800 4 x shelf, galvanised 150 1300 2300 4 x shelf, galvanised 250 1300 1800 4 x shelf, galvanised 250 1300 2300 4 x shelf, galvanised 250 1300 1800 4 x shelf, galvanised 250 1300 2300 1060 x 537 x 1800 1060 x 537 x 2300 1060 x 637 x 1800 1060 x 637 x 2300 1360 x 537 x 1800 1360 x 537 x 2300 1360 x 637 x 1800 1360 x 637 x 2300 199-677-JC 199-679-JC 199-681-JC 199-683-JC 199-685-JC 199-687-JC 199-689-JC 199-691-JC 1012 x 537 x 1800 1012 x 537 x 2300 1010 x 637 x 1800 1012 x 637 x 2300 1312 x 537 x 1800 1312 x 537 x 2300 1312 x 637 x 1800 1312 x 637 x 2300 199-678-JC Additional surface 199-693-JC 199-680-JC Additional surface 199-693-JC 199-682-JC Additional surface 199-694-JC 199-684-JC Additional surface 199-694-JC 199-686-JC Additional surface 199-695-JC 199-688-JC Additional surface 199-695-JC 199-690-JC 199-692-JC Additional surface Additional surface 199-696-JC 199-696-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 581

582

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Pallet racking W Pallet racks save space, reduce processing time, improve working practices and so increase productivity W Sturdy shelving system for all loading aids for example Euro or mesh box pallets W Ideal for efficient, orderly and adaptable pallet storage W Shelving frame galvanised, cross members powder coated red-orange (RAL 2001) W 2 pairs of cross members as storage levels W Adjustable shelf height through hole distance of 50 mm W Can be expanded at any time W Delivered flat-pack, with instructions for assembly ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Additional rack collision protection See page 602 Collision protection CORNER Order no. 203-606-JC Order no. 129-203-JC Euro mesh box exchange pallet meeting UIC standard 435-3, ideal for storage and transport ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Galvanised shelves allow direct storage of individual packets for example, see table; not suitable for pallet storage or use with a forklift. Galvanised grids to store different sized storage media next to each other or to create commissioning areas in shelves, see table. Shelf guards prevent the load carrier / pallets from being pushed too far, see table. Angular supports are required for the storage of mesh boxes in the rack. The lateral guide of the angular support ensures safe storage of the mesh box. Frame extension, 500 mm this ensures that the required drop protection of a minimum of 500 mm from the upper edge of the upper cross member is maintained Order no. 199-673-JC Order no. 199-670-JC 582 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

583

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Each shelf level is supplied with 2 pairs of transverse members, additional transverse members can be used (see accessories table). Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Load [kg] Rack load [kg] Height, external [mm] Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Shelf guard, galvanised Order number Additional transverse pairs Order number Shelves, galvanised Order number Grids / shelves, galvanised 1825 x 1100 2200 4400 2700 1825 x 1100 2200 4400 3800 2700 x 1100 3540 7080 2700 2700 x 1100 3540 7080 3800 3300 x 1100 3780 7560 2700 3300 x 1100 3780 7560 3800 2025 x 1100 x 2700 266-319-JC 2025 x 1100 x 3800 266-321-JC 2900 x 1100 x 2700 199-699-JC 2900 x 1100 x 3800 199-705-JC 3500 x 1100 x 2700 199-701-JC 3500 x 1100 x 3800 199-707-JC 1925 x 1100 x 2700 266-320-JC 1925 x 1100 x 3800 266-322-JC 2800 x 1100 x 2700 199-700-JC 2800 x 1100 x 3800 199-706-JC 3400 x 1100 x 2700 199-702-JC 3400 x 1100 x 3800 199-708-JC 266-325-JC 266-323-JC 199-674-JC 200-237-JC 266-325-JC 266-323-JC 199-674-JC 200-237-JC 199-540-JC 199-710-JC 199-675-JC 120-232-JC 199-540-JC 199-710-JC 199-675-JC 120-232-JC 199-545-JC 199-711-JC 199-676-JC 145-616-JC 199-545-JC 199-711-JC 199-676-JC 145-616-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 583

584

Equipment and tooling cabinets with drawers and galvanised shelves W Designed for everyday industrial use W Drawers with telescopic slides - can be pulled out to 80% W High quality, impact and scratch resistant powder coating W Wing doors with handle, 3 point lock and 2 keys W Height adjustable in increments of 33 mm 2 4 1 3 5 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Features 1 drawer, 2 shelves 3 drawers, 1 shelf 2 drawers, 2 shelves, full-width 2 drawers, centre partition, 4 shelves 6 drawers, centre partition, 2 shelves 1 2 3 4 5 Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Drawer load capacity [kg] Order number Doors light grey Order number Doors gentian blue 500 x 500 x 1000 500 x 500 x 1000 1000 x 500 x 1000 1000 x 500 x 1000 1000 x 500 x 1000 50 25 251-800-JC 251-801-JC 50 25 251-802-JC 251-803-JC 50 25 251-808-JC 251-809-JC 50 25 251-804-JC 251-805-JC 50 25 251-806-JC 251-807-JC 1 3 2 The numerous drawers allow small objects to be stored with order and clarity 1 2 3 Features 4 shelves, full-width 8 shelves, centre partition Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Drawer load capacity [kg] Order number Doors light grey Order number Doors gentian blue 1000 x 500 x 1800 50 25 251-810-JC 251-811-JC 1000 x 500 x 1800 50 25 251-812-JC 251-813-JC 4 shelves, centre partition, 16 drawers 1000 x 500 x 1800 50 25 251-814-JC 251-815-JC 584 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

585

Equipment and tooling cabinets with slide-out spill trays and drawers 2 1 Drawers and spill trays can be fully pulled out DENIOS ONLINE SHOP There’s even more choice in the shop! >> www.denios.co.uk/shop << 3 5 4 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P 1 2 3 4 5 Features 4 spill trays, can be pulled out 1 drawer 100 mm, 3 spill trays, can be pulled out Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Load capacity of shelf [kg] Order number Doors light grey Order number Doors gentian blue 500 x 500 x 1800 35 251-844-JC 251-845-JC 500 x 500 x 1800 35 251-848-JC 251-849-JC 3 drawers 100 mm, 3 spill trays full-width, can be pulled out 1000 x 500 x 1800 35 251-858-JC 251-859-JC 6 drawers 100 mm, 2 drawers 200 mm, centre partition, 6 spill trays, can be pulled out 1000 x 500 x 1800 35 251-868-JC 251-869-JC 14 drawers 100 mm, centre partition, 4 spill trays, can be pulled out 1000 x 500 x 1800 35 251-872-JC 251-873-JC XXL- cabinets - ideal for bulky objects W Equipment cabinets with high storage volume - 80 mm cabinet depth W Long lasting steel construction, body light grey, with high-quality stove-enamelling W Shelves are height adjustable in increments of 15 mm W Viewing window in acrylic glass (3 mm) - gives a quick overview of the cabinet contents W Load capacity of shelf: 70 kg, cabinet load capacity 450 kg W 3-bolt recessed handle lock Ergo-Lock 4.0, with 2 keys and patented mechanism: Simply press to close. Easy to use when wearing gloves Roomy storage - the sturdy, proven XXL cabinets in the Cabo range offer more storage than conventional equipment cabinets. Model Design Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door version Order number Doors light grey Order number Doors gentian blue 930-4 4 inlay shelves 930 x 800 x 1950 hinged door 255-974-JC 255-975-JC 930-4 4 inlay shelves 930 x 800 x 1950 Wing door with viewing window 255-978-JC 255-979-JC 1200-4 4 inlay shelves 1200 x 800 x 1950 hinged door 256-010-JC 256-011-JC 1200-4 4 inlay shelves 1200 x 800 x 1950 Wing door with viewing window 256-014-JC 256-015-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 585

586

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Inox stainless steel multipurpose cabinet - various uses W Long-term protection against corrosion W Easy to clean and hygienic W Suitable for damp and wet rooms W Flexible use, in medical or chemical industries for example W Stainless steel V2A-4301, 1 mm thick, brushed on one side W Chemically resistant, anti-magnetic W Hinged door(s) with cylinder lock W Shelves adjustable in steps of approx. 20 mm, load capacity 70 kg W 3 cabinet depths W Windows in acrylic glass DENIOS ONLINE SHOP There’s even more choice in the shop! >> www.denios.co.uk/shop << Model Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Design Door version Order number 1000-4 1000-4 1000-4 1000-2 1000-2 1000-2 1000-4 1000-4 1000-4 1000 x 400 x 1950 1000 x 500 x 1950 1000 x 600 x 1950 1000 x 400 x 1050 1000 x 500 x 1050 1000 x 600 x 1050 1000 x 400 x 1950 1000 x 500 x 1950 1000 x 600 x 1950 4 shelves 4 shelves 4 shelves 2 shelves 2 shelves 2 shelves hinged door hinged door hinged door hinged door hinged door hinged door 251-569-JC 251-570-JC 251-571-JC 251-581-JC 251-582-JC 251-583-JC 4 shelves hinged door with glass insert 251-584-JC 4 shelves hinged door with glass insert 251-585-JC 4 shelves hinged door with glass insert 251-586-JC Cabo sliding door cabinets Practical sliding door cabinets need just a small footprint and have large, secure doors, suitable for use even in a tough environment. Body in light grey (RAL 7035), doors in either gentian blue (RAL 5010) or light grey (RAL 7035) W Space-saving sliding doors on castors, easy to manoeuvre and secure W Long lasting steel construction, with high-quality stove enamelling W Height adjustable shelves (in increments of 15 mm), galvanised, load capacity 70 kg W Push cylinder lock with 2 keys, interchangeable core type cylinder W 1600 mm wide models with centre panel, 4 shelves each on the left and right W Ergonomic, metal handle Model Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Design Order number Doors gentian blue Order number Doors light grey 1200-4 1200 x 400 x 1950 4 inlay shelves 255-932-JC 255-931-JC 1200-4 1200 x 500 x 1950 4 inlay shelves 255-936-JC 255-935-JC 1200-4 1200 x 600 x 1950 4 inlay shelves 255-942-JC 255-941-JC 1600-8 1600 x 400 x 1950 8 shelves 255-944-JC 255-943-JC 1600-8 1600 x 500 x 1950 8 shelves 255-946-JC 255-945-JC 1600-8 1600 x 600 x 1950 8 shelves 255-948-JC 255-947-JC 586 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

587

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Vertical cabinets - maximum ease of use thanks to direct access from both sides Vertical cabinets allow space-saving storage of tools, work materials and more in a confined space. W Maximum storage space on a minimum footprint - pure efficiency W High load capacities, vertical pull-outs can be loaded up to 200 kg W Sturdy steel construction, frame load capacity up to 1000 kg, powder-coated light grey, RAL 7035 W Perfect running smoothness, even at high loads W Reassuring safety with standard single drawer locking for tip prevention W Highest operating comfort, with direct access to tools and small parts on both sides W For space-saving storage of tools, working materials in confined spaces. Maximum storage space, minimum footprint Pull-out perforated walls are used for flexible storage of the stored goods With slide out and adjustable shelves, for clear and systematic storage Design Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] powder coated 4 pull-outs with perforated walls, (H x D) 1700 x 560 mm 3 pull-outs with perforated walls, (H x D) 1700 x 560 mm 4 pull-outs with perforated walls, (H x D) 1700 x 612 mm 3 pull-outs with 4 height-adjustable shelves 3 pull-outs with perforated walls, (H x D) 1700 x 612 mm, can be used on both sides 4 pull-outs with 4 height-adjustable shelves 1000 x 600 x 1950 1000 x 600 x 1950 1000 x 695 x 1950 1000 x 695 x 1950 1000 x 695 x 1950 1000 x 695 x 1950 103 273-119-JC 98 273-120-JC 185 273-121-JC 167 273-122-JC 157 273-123-JC 188 273-124-JC Heavy duty cabinets - highest stability for high loads Heavy duty cabinets are suitable for storing heavy materials. Maximum stability is guaran- teed by a frame load capacity of up to 1500 kg. W Available with swing-in or wing doors W High loads, 160 kg per shelf/200 kg per drawer W Housing with impact and abrasion resistant surface W Reassuring safety with individual drawer lock to prevent tipping over on heavy-duty cabinets with hinged doors W Can be adapted to new stored goods at any time thanks to the flexible installation and conversion of drawers, pull-out shelves and adjustable shelves in 25 mm increments W Welded sheet steel construction with integrated support column system W Key lock = standard locking with exchangeable cylinder incl. 2 keys with key number. Simple adaptation to existing locking systems. Use as main locking system (max. 100 cylinders), different or same locking Hinged doors - disappear into the enclosure when opened for the clearest possible access to the contents of the cabinet Design Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door version Weight [kg] powder coated 4 shelves 1146 x 690 x 1950 Hinged doors 155 273-077-JC 2 shelves, 2 slide-out shelves, 3 drawers (2 x H 75, 1 x H 150 mm) 1146 x 690 x 1950 Hinged doors 212 273-078-JC 4 shelves, galvanised, 35 mm 1100 x 641 x 1950 hinged door 212 273-079-JC 3 shelves, galvanised, 35 mm, 2 drawers, each 1 x H 100/150 mm 1100 x 641 x 1950 hinged door 141 273-080-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 587

588

Cabo tool and equipment cabinets with wing doors, for workshops and offices Long-lasting steel design for storing tools and equipment in a tough environment. W Highly flexible, incl. 4 height adjustable (in steps of 15 mm), galvanised shelves W High degree of operational safety and resistance to wear W 3-bolt recessed handle lock Ergo-Lock, with 2 keys and patented mechanism: Simply press to close! Easy to use when wearing gloves. W Attractive design, incl. base W Available as a standard or heavy duty cabinet BESTSELLER 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Standard cabinet: W Doors open to approx. 110° W Door stiffener ensures high door stability W Load capacity per galvanised shelf 70 kg W Cabinet load 450 kg Heavy duty cabinet: W Doors hung on external hinges, approx. 180° opening angle W Doors reinforced for high door stability and hidden locking bar W High load capacity per galvanised shelf: 110 kg W Cabinet load 700 kg Model Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Order number Doors grey Order number Doors blue Standard Standard Standard Standard 930 x 400 x 1950 930 x 500 x 1950 930 x 600 x 1950 1200 x 500 x 1950 70 70 70 70 243-720-JC 243-721-JC 255-971-JC 243-722-JC 243-746-JC 243-747-JC 255-970-JC 243-748-JC Model Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Order number Doors grey Order number Doors blue Heavy duty Heavy duty Heavy duty Heavy duty 930 x 400 x 1950 930 x 500 x 1950 930 x 600 x 1950 1200 x 500 x 1950 110 110 110 110 255-958-JC 243-723-JC 243-724-JC 255-986-JC 255-957-JC 243-749-JC 243-750-JC 255-987-JC 588 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

589

Clothing cabinets W Clothes lockers with full-length door W Sturdy steel construction with high-quality stove enamelling W Break-open protected construction in accordance with level B of DIN 4547 W Reinforced doors hinged on the right with stop damper, ventilation gills and label frame as well as security rotary bolt lock for padlock (locker cabinets with smooth doors and cylinder lock) W Narrow side edges for a homogeneous look in row position, without duplications at the locker joints W Compartment shelves can be swept smooth W Additional ventilation through ventilation openings in the compartment floor and roof, as a self-ventilation concept thanks to a structurally optimised flow pattern W Clearance dimensions per door: 1749 x 240/340 (compartment width 300 or 400) x 477 mm (H x W x D) Base or feet (made of plastic) as substructure, height 100 mm Also available without feet or plinth, floor-standing Standard equipment: 1 shelf per compartment, firmly welded, 1 coat rail with 3 anti-twist double sliding hooks 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Order no. 317-356-JC Order no. 315-545-JC Order no. 315-557-JC External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door colour Design Order number External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door colour Design Order number External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door colour Design Order number 600 x 500 x 1950 900 x 500 x 1950 1200 x 500 x 1950 600 x 500 x 1950 900 x 500 x 1950 1200 x 500 x 1950 Gentian violet on plinth, 2 cupboard compartments 317-354-JC Gentian violet on plinth, 3 cupboard compartments 317-355-JC Gentian violet on plinth, 4 cupboard compartments 317-356-JC Light grey on plinth, 2 cupboard compartments 317-361-JC Light grey on plinth, 3 cupboard compartments 317-362-JC Light grey on plinth, 4 cupboard compartments 317-364-JC 600 x 500 x 1950 900 x 500 x 1950 1200 x 500 x 1950 600 x 500 x 1950 900 x 500 x 1950 1200 x 500 x 1950 Gentian violet on feet, 2 cupboard compartments 315-557-JC Gentian violet on feet, 3 cupboard compartments 315-558-JC Gentian violet on feet, 4 cupboard compartments 315-559-JC Light grey on feet, 2 cupboard compartments 315-541-JC Light grey on feet, 3 cupboard compartments 315-542-JC Light grey on feet, 4 cupboard compartments 315-543-JC 600 x 500 x 1850 900 x 500 x 1850 1200 x 500 x 1850 600 x 500 x 1850 900 x 500 x 1850 1200 x 500 x 1850 Light grey Floor-standing, 2 cupboard compartments 315-544-JC Light grey Floor-standing, 3 cupboard compartments 315-545-JC Light grey Floor-standing, 4 cupboard compartments 315-546-JC Gentian violet Floor-standing, 2 cupboard compartments 315-528-JC Gentian violet Floor-standing, 3 cupboard compartments 315-529-JC Gentian violet Floor-standing, 4 cupboard compartments 315-530-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 589

590

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Version Surface Colour Height, seat [mm] Order number Material, base: Plastic Order number Material, base: Aluminium ESD work chairs W Ergonomic shaped work chair for very demanding applications in production and workshops W Adjust the seat angle and height to your size with synchronous adjustments W With seat depth adjustment W Sturdy and stable with wide base W Seat and back are height adjustable W Robust, abrasion-resistant cover Standard ESD Artificial leather Black Pu Black 440 mm - 600 mm 440 mm - 600 mm 440 mm - 600 mm 440 mm - 600 mm 440 mm - 600 mm 440 mm - 600 mm 440 mm - 600 mm 440 mm - 600 mm – Artificial leather Black 266-917-JC 266-921-JC 266-909-JC 266-913-JC Material Black 266-925-JC – – Material Black Material Blue Material Red Pu Black 266-910-JC 266-914-JC 266-918-JC 266-922-JC 266-926-JC 266-931-JC 266-933-JC 266-935-JC ESD clean room chairs W Ergonomic shaped work chair for demanding applications W Adjust the seat angle and height to your size with synchronous adjustments W With seat depth adjustment W Seat and back are height adjustable W Robust surface in imitation leather Surface Cleanroom-suitable Design Height, seat [mm] Colour Material, base Order number Yes ESD Artificial leather No Standard seat height 430 mm - 590 mm Black No Standard seat height Aluminium 266-942-JC 266-939-JC Plastic 266-938-JC 24 hour chairs W For long term use, e.g. in control centres or monitoring rooms W With comfortable upholstery for high seating requirements W Ergonomically shaped back W Improved synchronous technology with infinitely lockable synchronous movement W Meets EN 1335 and DIN 66877 Model Colour Height, seat [mm] Material, base Order number without lumbar support Order number With lumbar support 24 hour chairs 1-piece headrest/backrest Black Blue Backrest with separate headrest Grey Black Blue Grey 410 mm - 530 mm Aluminium 319-438-JC 319-440-JC 319-442-JC 319-444-JC 319-446-JC 319-448-JC 319-439-JC 319-441-JC 319-443-JC 319-445-JC 319-447-JC 319-449-JC 590 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

591

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Workster / ESD task chairs W Workster Pro - the ideal work chair, even for the most extreme demands, loadable up to 170 kg W Adjustable seat and backrest inclination, anti-shock protection W Upholstered seat and back in high quality PU foam W Optionally available in standard or ESD version Design Base frame Height, seat [mm] Colour Material, base Order number Rolls 470-610 Black Steel 294-858-JC Normal Slider 440-580 Black Steel 294-859-JC Rolls 480-610 Black Steel 294-862-JC Slider 490-630 Black Steel 294-863-JC Unitec work chairs W Ergonomic seat and backrest, optionally with imitation leather upholstery, black, soft and comfortable, washable and easy to clean or made of PU foam, black, extremely resistant and robust, cut-resistant, durable, easy to clean W Unitec work chairs are a good and inexpensive entry-level model for proper sitting in production W The permanent contact backrest optimally supports seated work in the production area W The generously dimensioned seats and backrests provide additional support and ensure the best industrial ergonomics W Height-adjustable backrest W Additional tilt adjustment for the backrest W Gas spring-assisted seat height adjustment Height, seat [mm] Surface Base frame Base frame 2 Order number 580-850 440-620 Artificial leather Slider Foot ring 294-850-JC PU foam Slider Foot ring 294-851-JC Artificial leather Rolls – 294-852-JC PU foam Rolls – 294-853-JC Tec 40 universal chairs W Industrial swivel chair for universal use, easy to clean, wipe clean and easy to maintain W Ergonomic seat and large backrest with hard-wearing polyurethane (PU) foam W Backrest adjustable for height and inclination, with permanent contact mechanism for adjusting the backrest angle, lockable W Seat height adjustable via gas spring Height, seat [mm] Base frame Design Material, base Material, cover Order number 410 - 540 Rolls – Aluminium 590 - 840 Slider – Polyamide with foot ring Aluminium with foot ring Polyamide Polyurethane foam 294-889-JC 294-890-JC 294-887-JC 294-888-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 591

592

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Assembly step in aluminium The proven, lightweight aluminium access step for demanding industrial applications with anti-slip steps W Sturdy aluminium work platform for maintenance and assembly work W Sturdy welded tube design W Safe ascent and comfortable standing with 240 mm deep steps and upper area (520 x 305 mm) in aluminium treadplate W Slip resistant feet W GS tested, compliant to EN 14183 A B Work surface height a [m] Stand height B [m] Number of steps/levels Weight [kg] Order number 2.2 0.2 1 2.4 156-809-JC 2.4 0.4 2 5.0 156-813-JC 2.6 0.6 3 7.0 156-814-JC 2.8 0.8 4 9.8 156-815-JC 3.0 1.0 5 12.0 156-817-JC Aluminium step ladders, with wheels The mobile and colourful aluminium step for climbing applications, working height 2.45 m (2.65 m in the 3-step version) W Sturdy, stable, light and handy working podium W Under a load, the 4 wheels sink up into the feet to ensure maximum stability W The 80 mm steps have a profiled surface to reduce slipping when climbing and standing W Only 190 mm when folded up W Quick to store with space saving dimensions W Sturdy lock prevents unintentional folding W TÜV tested, compliant to EN 14183 20 cm Sturdy prevention against unintentional folding Wheels/automatic brake Number of steps/levels Stand height [m] Colour Weight [kg] Order number 2 x 2 0.45 – 2.0 137-482-JC 2 x 2 0.45 Green 2.0 257-456-JC 2 x 2 0.45 Pink 2.0 257-457-JC 2 x 2 0.45 Yellow 2.0 137-489-JC 2 x 2 0.45 Blue 2.0 137-494-JC 2 x 3 0.65 – 3.0 137-487-JC 592 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

593

Assembly step in aluminium, with grid steps The robust, proven aluminium access step with deep, anti-slip grid steps and large platform is ideal for all damp and oily working envi- ronments. W For use at workplaces where slippery substances are used, or workrooms where there is an increased risk of slipping W Improved safety with grid steps with a toothed surface, meeting the strictest requirements for slip reduction (assessment group R13 in accordance with BGR 181) W Upper standing area: 520 x 305 mm W Step depth: 240 mm W Safe ascent and comfortable standing with stable tubular aluminium design and additional grip profiles on the step edges W Slip resistant feet Work surface height a [m] Stand height B [m] Number of steps/levels Weight [kg] Order number 2.2 0.2 1 2.5 156-827-JC 2.4 0.4 2 5.4 156-828-JC 2.6 0.6 3 8.0 156-829-JC 2.8 0.8 4 11.0 156-830-JC 3.0 1.0 5 13.5 156-831-JC Assembly step in aluminium, with handrail and rollers The mobile, lightweight aluminium access step for demanding industrial applications with anti-slip steps and rail W Handrail for improved safety W Two wheels enable it to be easily moved to a new location W Sturdy aluminium work platform for maintenance and assembly work W Sturdy welded tube design W Safe ascent and comfortable standing with 240 mm deep steps and upper area (520 x 305 mm) in aluminium treadplate W Slip resistant feet W GS tested, compliant to EN 14183 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Work surface height a [m] Stand height B [m] Number of steps/levels Weight [kg] Order number 2.6 0.6 3 8.5 156-818-JC 2.8 0.8 4 11.3 156-824-JC 3.0 1.0 5 16.0 156-825-JC A B ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Foot plate with rubber matting W Can compensate for floor unevenness up to max. 50 mm W Particularly secure rubber matting - grease, oil and acid resistant W Foot is movable (20 degrees) W For easy self-assembly (1 set = 4 pieces) Order no. 156-835-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 593

594

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Integral tray in safety hoop Stepladders in aluminium The sturdy aluminium stepladder with multifunction tray and bucket hook for professional use W Accessible from one side, with large, secure platform for professional use W Large work platform for safe standing when working for long periods W Safe to step on and comfortable to stand on with profiled, 80 mm deep steps which are braced to the rails W High safety handle with integral tray W With 2 safety harnesses when working above 3.40 m W Slip-resistant, two component foot stops for improved standing safety W Linkage stoppers to prevent crushing W GS tested, in accordance with EN 131 Work surface height a [m] Work surface height B [m] Worksurface height C [m] Number of steps/levels Weight [kg] Order number Without castors 4.80 2.80 3.70 12 15.6 4.35 2.35 3.20 10 13.0 3.90 2.90 2.70 8 10.5 3.65 1.65 2.46 7 9.5 3.40 1.40 2.21 6 8.4 3.20 1.20 1.95 5 7.3 2.95 0.95 1.70 4 6.4 156-876-JC 156-875-JC 156-874-JC 156-873-JC 156-872-JC 156-871-JC 156-870-JC AA B C Integral castors provide mobility In accordance with DGUV Information 208-016, the tension- and pressure-resistant sprea- ding safety devices must be inserted when using mobile stepladders. Work surface height a [m] Work surface height B [m] Worksurface height C [m] Number of steps/levels Weight [kg] Order number With rollers 4.80 4.35 3.90 3.65 3.40 3.20 2.95 2.80 3.70 12 17.9 156-885-JC 2.35 3.20 10 15.3 156-884-JC 1.90 2.70 8 12.5 156-882-JC 1.65 2.46 7 11.7 156-881-JC 1.40 2.21 6 10.7 156-880-JC 1.20 1.95 5 9.7 156-879-JC 0.95 1.70 4 8.7 156-878-JC Aluminium step ladders, loadable up to 250 kg R 13 tread for certified slip resistance on steps that may be most used reduction of accidents at work W 80mm deep steps, with certified, anti-slip clip-step R13 treads for use in wet and oily work areas W Lower rail ends with nivello® anti-skid feet. The nivello®feet with 2-axis tilting technology provide complete floor support and ensure a high level of work safety W The ergo-pad® is an ergonomically shaped grip zone on stepladders which is attached to the optimal carrying point of the ladder. This allows the ladder to be carried at its centre of gravity without strain on the back W High quality for industrial use, the ladders meet the requirements of EN 131-1 and - 2 W The high stability and slip resistance of the ladders allow even better prevention and Working height up to approx. [m] Number of steps/levels Weight [kg] Order number 2.25 2 x 3 7 262-181-JC 2.50 2 x 4 8 262-182-JC 2.75 2 x 5 10 262-183-JC 3.00 2 x 6 12 262-184-JC 3.25 2 x 7 14 262-185-JC 3.50 2 x 8 15 262-186-JC 594 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

595

Podium ladder in aluminium, mobile Single sided access podium ladder W Three-sided platform railing, 1.00 m high, 40 mm diameter with integrated reinforced knee rail W Narrow standing width, ideal for working close to shelves, platform size 600 x 700 mm, grooved aluminium W Stepless transition from the platform railing to the separately available stair handrails - no need to reach round from stair handrail to platform railing handrail and vice versa W Four swivel castors Ø 125 mm that lock under load, two of which have parking brakes, ensure easy movement and prevent unintentional rolling away when stepping onto the stairs W 100 mm high base board for increased safety (100 % higher than required by the EN 131-7 standard) W Delivered in sections with assembly instructions, for quick on-site assembly W Optional accessories: handrails, can be fitted on the right or left (from a platform/standing height of 1.0 m, handrails are required on both sides in accordance with DIN EN 131-7). Handrails are not included in the delivery Double-sided platform ladder Single-sided platform ladder A B 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Handrail in aluminium Available for left and / or right hand podium sides (order number covers both single and dual-sided access podium ladders) Work surface height a [m] Work surface height B [m] Number of steps/levels Weight [kg] Order number 2.50 0.50 2 29.2 312-163-JC 2.75 0.75 3 32.2 312-164-JC Single sided access podium ladder 3.45 1.45 6 42.3 312-167-JC 3.20 1.20 5 39.0 312-166-JC 3.00 1.00 4 35.7 312-165-JC 3.70 1.70 7 53.9 312-168-JC 3.95 1.95 8 65.4 312-169-JC For 3 or 4 stepsx For 5 or 6 steps For 7 or 8 steps Order number Handrail right 312-176-JC 312-177-JC 312-178-JC Work surface height a [m] Work surface height B [m] Number of steps/levels Weight [kg] Order number 2.75 0.75 2x3 Steps 34.9 312-170-JC 3.00 1.00 2x4 Steps 40.5 312-171-JC 3.20 1.20 2x5 Steps 46.0 312-172-JC 3.45 1.45 2x6 Steps 51.6 312-173-JC 3.70 1.70 2x7 Steps 57.8 312-174-JC 3.95 1.95 2x8 Steps 63.8 312-175-JC Dual sided access podium ladder Stepladder with large platform Single sided access aluminium stepladder with 2 handrails W Meets the requirements of BGV D 36 and BGI 637 W Extra high, ergonomic safety hoop for working hands-free while preventing back pain W Profiled, 80 mm deep steps, crimped tightly to the rails, for safe climbing and comfortable standing W Integral tray for tools W Includes 2 castors for simple, safe transport W Slip resistant foot stops for improved stability Especially high safety hoop (1.0 M) Large, safe platform 500 x 450 mm AA B C Work surface height a [m] Stand height B [m] Ladder length C [m] Number of steps/levels Weight [kg] Width, external [mm] Order number 3.40 3.65 3.90 4.10 4.35 4.80 5.30 1.40 2.60 6 18.5 580 209-566-JC 1.65 2.85 7 20.0 580 209-567-JC 1.90 3.10 8 21.0 580 209-568-JC 2.10 3.35 9 22.0 580 209-569-JC 2.35 3.60 10 23.5 580 209-570-JC 2.80 4.10 12 26.0 580 209-571-JC 3.30 4.60 14 29.0 580 209-572-JC 2 castors for simple, safe transport E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 595

596

Machine protection system 9900 - variable and versatile Maximum safety in the workplace plays an important role in companies, e.g. on automatic systems or robots. The mesh size of 50 x 25 mm prevents reaching through and complies with EN ISO 13857. W Perfect accident protection on automatic systems and robots - for maximum safety in the workplace W Design meets machinery directive 2006/42/EC W Simple assembly with panels screwed into the connecting posts. Included in the delivery are anchors (for concrete floors) and fixing straps (for wall elements and posts which are separately available) W Height: 2000 mm W Frame profile with flat mesh 50 / 25 mm to prevent reaching through, complies with EN ISO 13857 W Ground clearance: 180 mm W Coating in yellow (RAL 1018), posts in black (RAL 9005) 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Design Wall element Wall element Wall element Wall element Single door can be used left or right handed 2-wing double door Sliding door with guide rail End posts Central post T post CORNER post External dimensions W x H [mm] 500 x 2000 750 x 2000 1000 x 2000 1250 x 2000 1000 x 2000 2000 x 2000 1000 x 2000 70 x 2000 70 x 2000 70 x 2000 70 x 2000 Order number 129-333-JC 129-334-JC 129-335-JC 129-336-JC 129-337-JC 129-338-JC 129-339-JC 129-340-JC 129-341-JC 130-292-JC 129-342-JC Machine protection system 9900 - variable and versatile Wall panels in 4 widths, height: 2000 mm, ground clearance: 200 mm Sliding door With rails and bumper stops. Magnetic closure with handle Double door As single door, but 2-wing Single door Can be used right or left handed, lockable handle Order no. 129-333-JC Order no. 129-339-JC Order no. 129-338-JC Order no. 129-337-JC 596 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

597

Partition wall system 9200- the all-round system for industrial use A modular system, the individual elements can be combined for an individual solution. The partition wall system in flat mesh and C-profile frames guarantees maximum safety and is proven in practice W Variable, multipurpose system for separating operational and storage areas W For quick do-it-yourself construction of barriers, warehouse walls and room partitions W Ideally suited to securing work areas or protective valuable goods W Posts that can be ordered as an option are required to connect panels (exception for 2-wing and folding doors). W We would be pleased to provide you with advice. Send us a simple sketch with dimensions and we will prepare a customised quote. A sketch is required for an order with sliding doors W Easy to assemble and can be extended at any time W Flat mesh 40 x 40 x 3.8 mm, set in 30 mm frame profile (standard panels) W Module design - join several sections together W Wide range of door options W Ground clearance 100 mm Element by element, adds up to the right solution We would be pleased to provide you with advice. Based on a simple sketch, we can create an individual offer. Find an extensive selection of different elements in our online shop. 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P The simple and logical structure makes it easy to combine different elements into a customised solution Order example with service window (blue coloured element) All products for Partition wall systems can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12798 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 597

598

Solid protection and safety railing Extremely robust with solid protection and safety railing in profile steel for indoor and outdoor use. Clearly separates roadways (forklift trucks/pedestrians) and protects working areas, stock and buildings 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P W Variable system with posts and rails W Quick, easy installation W Ideal for object specific solutions W Interlocking, easy to extend, railing gate suitable for all posts W Height: 1000 mm W Floor mounting using 4 Universal anchor bolts per post (10/100) or 4 through anchor bolts (12/120) for concrete floors (optional) W Wall thickness 3 mm, base plate: 200 x 200 x 10 mm W For outdoor use: hot dip galvanised and plastic coated in yellow W For indoor use: plastic coated in yellow End post Central post CORNER post Accessories Order number Through-anchor (for concrete floors) 12/120, 1 piece 233-428-JC Universal anchor bolt (with bolt) 10/100, 1 piece 233-427-JC Quick, simple assembly Closed construction, no clips or screws Design Start/end post Central post CORNER post Crossbar 1000 mm Crossbar 1200 mm Crossbar 1500 mm Crossbar 2000 mm Railing gate with protective panel External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number plastic coated Order number hot dip galvanised / plastic coated 100 x 100 x 1000 100 x 100 x 1000 100 x 100 x 1000 1000 x 80 x 120 1200 x 80 x 120 1500 x 80 x 120 2000 x 80 x 120 905 x 30 x 520 180-229-JC 180-230-JC 180-231-JC 180-232-JC 180-233-JC 180-234-JC 180-235-JC 180-263-JC 180-236-JC 180-264-JC 180-237-JC 180-265-JC 180-262-JC 180-266-JC 240-912-JC – 598 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

599

Impact protection boards for sturdy yet flexible object protection Effective protection of columns, posts, working areas etc. Against the damage typically caused by forklift trucks and operational traffic. The impact protection boards are supplied in a C profile, with A 3 mm wall thickness. W Flexible impact protection system for use inside and outside W Solid steel elements ensure maximum force absorption W Easy single-handed assembly W Suitable for long straight stretches or routes with numerous bends W Wall thickness 3 mm, base plate: 160 x 140 x 10 mm W 4 bolts are needed per post Impact protection boards will protect your valuable equipment and ensure your operations run smoothly and safely 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Product short description External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number plastic coated Order number hot dip galvanised / plastic coated Impact protection board W 1000 mm 1000 x 40 x 100 207-484-JC 207-488-JC Impact protection board W 1200 mm 1200 x 40 x 100 207-485-JC 207-489-JC Impact protection board W 1500 mm 1500 x 40 x 100 207-486-JC 207-490-JC Impact protection board W 2000 mm 2000 x 40 x 100 207-487-JC 207-491-JC Post 80 x 80 x 465 207-478-JC 207-479-JC W End panel joint in alu, can be used either as an inner or outer corner, angle set between 90° and 180° End panel joint, angle can be set to between 90° and 180° Order no. 248-487-JC Product short description Order number plastic coated Order number hot dip galvanised / plastic coated External CORNER, see diagram above for dimensions 207-493-JC 207-494-JC Internal CORNER, see diagram above for dimensions 207-496-JC 207-497-JC ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Accessories Order number Impact prot. Board extension set, yellow C-profile edge impact prot. Board cap Universal anchor bolt 8/100, 1 piece 233-427-JC 207-498-JC 207-500-JC Through-wall anchors (1 pcs) 233-428-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 599

600

Light duty crash protection rails Sturdy protective rails in profile steel for indoor and outdoor use. Clearly and cost-effectively separates traffic routes (pedestrian and light forklift traffic), protects work areas, stock and buildings. 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P W Simple, variable system with posts and rails for easy assembly W Slim, compact dimensions W Closed construction: no clips or screws W Can be adjusted to suit requirements W Floor mounting using 4 universal anchor bolts per post (10/100) or 4 through anchor bolts (12/120) for concrete floors (optional) W Posts, 3 mm thick with black cap, base plate 140 x 160 x 10 mm W Crossbars, 3 mm thick, 60 x 40 mm, 1 each W For outdoor use: hot dip galvanised and plastic coated in yellow W For indoor use: plastic coated in yellow End post Central post CORNER post Accessories Order number Through-anchor (for con- crete floors) 12/120, 1 piece 233-428-JC Universal anchor bolt (with bolt) 10/100, 1 piece 233-427-JC Rails, 1000, 1200, 1500 or 2000 mm long Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number plastic coated Order number hot dip galvanised / plastic coated Start/end post Central post CORNER post Crossbar 1000 mm Crossbar 1200 mm Crossbar 1500 mm Crossbar 2000 mm 70 x 70 x 1000 70 x 70 x 1000 70 x 70 x 1000 1000 x 40 x 60 1200 x 40 x 60 1500 x 40 x 60 2000 x 40 x 60 248-367-JC 248-368-JC 248-365-JC 248-366-JC 248-363-JC 248-364-JC 248-355-JC 248-359-JC 248-356-JC 248-360-JC 248-357-JC 248-361-JC 248-358-JC 248-362-JC 600 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

601

Flexible collision protection - the hybrid railing The best of two worlds - combines the advantages of steel and plastic. The flexible steel posts and the plastic crossbars absorb impact energy and minimise the load in the event of a collision, especially for the floor. The risk of damage to the floor is significantly reduced. W The flexible railing system W The posts are equipped with a spring element in PU and bend under load up to 10°, approx. 175 mm. This significantly reduces the load on the hall floor and minimises possible damage to the floor. W The crossbars are made of a special polypropylene with high resistance. The elastic material absorbs the impact energy W Additional protection is provided by the steel underride bars, which can be optionally mounted between the posts 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P The posts are supplied including UV-resistant PU spring element Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number plastic coated Order number hot dip galvanised / plastic coated Start/end post 100 x 100 x 1040 271-633-JC 271-636-JC Central post 100 x 100 x 1040 271-634-JC 271-637-JC CORNER post 100 x 100 x 1040 271-635-JC 271-638-JC Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Crossbar W 1500 mm 1500 x 52 x 74 284-933-JC Crossbar W 2000 mm 2000 x 52 x 74 284-934-JC Crossbar W 2300 mm 2300 x 52 x 74 271-641-JC Crossbar for corner post, 1500 mm 1500 x 52 x 74 284-936-JC Crossbar for corner post, 2000 mm 2000 x 52 x 74 284-937-JC Crossbar for corner post, 2300 mm 2300 x 52 x 74 271-644-JC Always use the bevelled crossbars in combination with a corner post Steel underride guard, Ø 76 mm ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Order no. 207-475-JC Underride protection 1250 mm Mounting set (galvanised) for 2 spring ele- ments (1 impact protection rail or 2 posts) Design Item explanation Order number plastic coated Order number hot dip galvanised / plastic coated Suitable for crossbar 1500 mm Underride protection 1250 mm 271-645-JC Suitable for crossbar 2000 mm Underride protection 1750 mm 271-646-JC Suitable for crossbar 2300 mm Underride protection 2050 mm 271-647-JC 271-648-JC 271-649-JC 271-650-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 601

602

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Collision protection plate W Protection for stock, buildings and employees W Ideal to protect shelving, corners, supports etc W Steel, plastic coated, yellow, with black safety stripes W Required collision protection for fixed racks where industrial trucks are used, if these are not on rails Collision protection is required for fixed racks where industrial trucks are used. These collision protection plates are ideally suited for protecting rack sup- ports, corners or transit areas. Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Material thickness [mm] Order number Angle profile 160 x 160 x 400 5 248-457-JC Angle profile 160 x 160 x 400 6 180-221-JC Angle profile 160 x 160 x 800 6 180-222-JC Angle profile 160 x 160 x 1200 6 180-223-JC U profile 160 x 160 x 400 5 248-458-JC U profile 160 x 160 x 400 6 180-224-JC U profile 160 x 160 x 800 6 240-900-JC U profile 160 x 160 x 1200 6 240-901-JC 4 mounting dowels (angle profile) are needed for the impact protection CORNER and 6 are needed for the U profile Accessories Order number Universal anchor bolt (with bolt) 10/100, 1 piece 233-427-JC Through-anchor (for concrete floors) 12/120, 1 piece 233-428-JC Model Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Material thickness [mm] Order number U profile Inc. 2 Guide rollers 160 x 160 x 400 6 219-757-JC angle profile Inc. 1 Guide roller 160 x 160 x 400 6 219-756-JC Impact protection corner incl. guide rollers to channel away a large part of side collision forces. Shelving collision protection W Can be assembled in seconds, does not need fixing to the ground W Impact absorption up to an impact force of up to 2.4 Tonnes W Elastic, resilient, dimensionally stable - returns to initial shape W For the safety and protection of shelving, prevents accidents and minimises time and cost of repairs W Advantageous slim design, no loss of shelf space W Suitable for refrigerated warehouses down to -40° W Optimum fit, cannot be ripped off when moving the pallets in and out W DEKRA tested and certified to European and international standards, FEM 10.2.02, AS4084 W Height: 600 mm Model Rack stand width Order number M 88-100 mm 207-401-JC L 101-120 mm 207-402-JC XXL 111-120 mm 240-233-JC This easy to fit shelf protection system is non-toxic, fully recyclable and long lasting 602 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

603

Rack collision protection in steel W For protecting racking at the front W Adjustable (up to 200 mm per protective CORNER) W Multi-sided shelf post protection W For indoor use W Consists of two large protective corners, two boards (C profile) and 4 clips W Steel, yellow plastic coated with black signal stripes W Floor mounting using 12 universal anchor bolts (10/100) or 12 through anchor bolts (12/120) for concrete floors (optional) W Easy assembly Adjustable width (up to 200 mm per protective CORNER) 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Model Design External dimensions D x H [mm] Order number E 1 For shelf widths from 900 to 1300 mm 190 x 500 233-420-JC D 2 For shelf widths from 1700 to 2100 mm 190 x 500 233-421-JC D 2.1 For shelf widths from 2300 to 2700 mm 190 x 500 233-422-JC CORNER protection barrier W Visible warning W Long life W Quick and easy attachment due to predrilled holes with enclosed screws and dowels W Protect corners, edges, pillars etc. with the minimum outlay. W High impact resistance and shape retention W Suitable for indoor and outdoor use W Height: 900 mm, width of lateral edges: 84 mm, thickness: 14 mm W Supplied in pairs The Universal protective CORNER is made from resis- tant plastic with a strengthening metal inner core Model Order number Yellow / black 207-403-JC Yellow / black reflective 207-405-JC Red/white 207-404-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 603

604

Protective barrier Ø 76 mm W Improved protection and safety for people and machinery W Robust steel safety system (thickness 3 mm) for protecting sensitive areas, routes or shelving W Tube material (Ø 76 mm) drawn from one piece - no weld seams W Floor mounting using 8 Universal anchor bolts (10/100) or 8 through anchor bolts (12/120) for concrete floors (optional) W For indoor use: yellow plastic coated, with black signal stripes W For indoor and outdoor use: hot dip galvanised, yellow plastic coated, with black signal stripes W With welded base plate (160 x 140 x 10 mm) for securing with anchor bolts 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Model External dimensions W x H [mm] Order number Interior Order number Indoors and outdoors R 3.3 375 x 350 145-165-JC 145-176-JC R 7.3 750 x 350 145-167-JC 145-177-JC R 10.3 1000 x 350 145-171-JC 145-178-JC R 7.6 750 x 600 145-172-JC 145-179-JC R 10.6 1000 x 600 145-173-JC 145-180-JC R 12.7 750 x 1200 145-174-JC 145-181-JC R 12.10 1000 x 1200 145-175-JC 145-182-JC Extreme impact protection guard W 108 mm diameter, thickness 3.6 mm W Protects from the hardest impacts W Solid impact protection to protect key installations W No weld seams W Extremely strong round barrier in high grade steel to protect against collision damage W Floor mounting with 8 through anchor bolts (16/140), optionally available W For indoor use: yellow plastic coated, with black signal stripes W Base plates: 200 x 140 x 10 mm W For indoor and outdoor use: hot dip galvanised, yellow plastic coated, with black signal stripes Model External dimensions W x H [mm] Order number Interior Order number Indoors and outdoors 6.5 650 x 600 207-456-JC 207-460-JC 10 1000 x 600 207-457-JC 207-461-JC 15 1500 x 600 207-458-JC 207-462-JC 20 2000 x 600 207-459-JC H 6.5 650 x 1200 207-464-JC H 10 1000 x 1200 207-465-JC H 15 1500 x 1200 207-466-JC 207-463-JC 207-468-JC 207-470-JC 207-471-JC H 20 2000 x 1200 207-467-JC 207-472-JC Accessories Order number Universal anchor bolt (with bolt) 10/100, 1 piece 233-427-JC Through-anchor (for concrete floors) 12/120, 1 piece 233-428-JC Through-anchor 16/140, 1 piece 207-473-JC 604 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

605

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Flexible impact protection rail W Flexible protection bars (up to 10°) in high quality steel W Incl. UV resistant spring element in PU W Minimises impact and repair damage, the floor is loaded less in the event of an impact W 3 mm wall thickness, Ø 76 mm, base plate: 160 x 140 x 10 mm W Maximum tilt: 55 mm at a height of 390 mm 95 mm at a height of 640 mm 190 mm at a height of 1240 mm W For indoor use: yellow plastic coated, with black signal stripes W For indoor and outdoor use: hot dip galvanised, yellow plastic coated, with black signal stripes W A mounting kit is needed for mounting each bar (order No. 207475) ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Mounting set (galvanised) for 2 spring elements (1 impact protec- tion rail or 2 posts) Order no. 207-475-JC Model External dimensions W x H [mm] Order number Inner Order number Indoors and outdoors R 3.3 N 375 x 390 248-330-JC 248-337-JC R 7.3 N 750 x 390 248-331-JC 248-338-JC R 10.3 N 1000 x 390 248-332-JC 248-339-JC R. 7.6 N 750 x 640 248-333-JC 248-340-JC R 10.6 N 1000 x 640 248-334-JC 248-341-JC R 12.7 N 750 x 1240 248-335-JC 248-342-JC R 12.10 N 1000 x 1240 248-336-JC 248-343-JC Impact protection rail with underride protection, Ø 76 mm W With integrated underride protection W Sturdy protective barrier in high grade steel W With 4 mm thick steel plates for anchor bolts W Prevents dangerous insertion of the fork lift truck forks into racking areas or other equipment worthy of protection W Steel protection hoop (Ø 76 mm), yellow plastic coated, with black signal stripes W 4 mm thick underride protection, height 150 mm - overall height 350 mm, height 400 mm - overall height 600 mm W For internal usage W Floor mounting using 8 universal anchor bolts (10/100) or 8 through anchor bolts (12/120) for concrete floors (optional). 12 anchors are required for each corner protection bracket External dimensions W x H [mm] Order number 750 x 350 172-870-JC 1000 x 350 172-871-JC 750 x 600 172-872-JC 1000 x 600 172-873-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 605

606

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Low level protection bars W Stops pallet trucks, Roll containers and trolleys W Protects machinery, switchboxes, safety equipment etc. From collision damage W Acts as spacer for wall-mounted items, switchboxes etc W Yellow plastic coated with black signal stripes W Sturdy tubular structure of 3 mm high grade steel W Diameter: 76 mm, overall height: 86 mm W Low design, so an area is protected and nevertheless remains accessible W Floor mounting using 4/6 universal anchor bolts (10/100) or 4/6 through anchor bolts (12/120) for concrete floors (optional) W Can also be supplied in special dimensions on request You can also protect curves and corners with CORNER impact protection bars Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 638 x 638 x 86 207-453-JC CORNER protection barrier W Optimum protection for corners against being rammed by trolleys, forklifts, etc W Robust curved tubular construction in 3 mm high grade steel W Diameter: 76 mm W The CORNER protectors should be attached with special bolts (12 per CORNER) which are also available W Available in 3 heights Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number plastic coated Order number hot dip galvanised / plastic coated RE 4 RE 6 RE 12 600 x 600 x 350 600 x 600 x 600 600 x 600 x 1200 165-530-JC 165-531-JC 165-532-JC 165-533-JC 165-534-JC 165-535-JC 12 special bolts required for each CORNER protection hoop, see accessories Accessories Order number Universal anchor bolt (with bolt) 10/100, 1 piece 233-427-JC Through-anchor (for concrete floors) 12/120, 1 piece 233-428-JC 606 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

607

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Impact and object protection Protection for shelving, machinery and fire extinguishers for example W Sturdy tubular structure (Ø 42.4 mm, thickness 3.25 mm) W Powder coated in yellow warning colour (RAL 1018) with black warning W Primed in zinc prior to painting W Delivered with supports to fix into concrete to hold the barrier in place rings (anchor dowel 12 x 110 galv.) CORNER protection barrier 90° Impact protection barrier W For shelving Impact protection barrier W To fix on the wall or shelves Dimensions L x H (mm): 350 x 300 Dimensions L x H (mm): 1250 x 300 Dimensions L x H (mm): 750 x 300 Order no. 157-923-JC Order no. 157-928-JC Order no. 157-941-JC Dimensions L x H (mm): 350 x 600 Dimensions L x H (mm): 1250 x 600 Dimensions L x H (mm): 1000 x 300 Order no. 157-946-JC Order no. 157-944-JC Order no. 157-943-JC Dimensions L x H (mm): 350 x 300 Order no. 157-932-JC Protective barrier W For securing and marking thoroughfares and hazardous areas W Tube Ø: 42 mm, with foot plate, Ø 120 mm W Thickness of steel: 2 mm W Delivered with supports to fix into concrete to hold the barrier in place (anchor dowel 12 x 110 galv.) W In hot dip galvanised design or with additional powder coating in warning yellow, RAL 1018 and black warning markings (adhesive) Model External dimensions W x H [mm] Surface Order number SB L1 1000 x 1000 painted 157-947-JC SB L2 1500 x 1000 painted 157-949-JC SB L3 2000 x 1000 painted 157-951-JC SB V1 1000 x 1000 galvanized 157-952-JC SB V2 1500 x 1000 galvanized 157-955-JC SB V3 2000 x 1000 galvanized 157-956-JC Removable impact protection rail Ø 76 Saves costly disassembly of fixed impact protection barriers For temporary blocking or clearing for example paths or shelving aisles W With 4 mm thick steel plates for anchor bolts W Steel protection barrier (Ø 76 mm), yellow plastic coated, with black signal stripes W The u-bar is placed in the base plate, pushed W For internal usage back and fastened W A cover plate protects it from slipping out of place and against dirt W Floor mounting using 8 Universal anchor bolts (10/100) or 8 through anchor bolts (12/120) for concrete floors (optional) W Sturdy protective barrier in high grade steel W x H [mm] Order number plastic coated 750 x 350 1000 x 350 750 x 600 1000 x 600 180-225-JC 180-226-JC 180-227-JC 180-228-JC Accessories Order number Universal anchor bolt (with bolt) 10/100, 1 piece 233-427-JC Through-anchor (for concrete floors) 12/120, 1 piece 233-428-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 607

608

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Steel impact protection bollard W Improved safety for people and machinery W For demarcation and securing of traffic routes, thoroughfares etc. Or as collision protection for machinery, racking, columns or corners of buildings Model Height [mm] Diameter [mm] Features Order number For ground anchoring Order number For setting into concrete Accessories Order number S 1200 90 Incl. floor plate 200 x 200 x 10 mm L 1200 159 Incl. floor plate 250 x 250 x 15 mm XL 1200 194 Incl. floor plate 250 x 250 x 15 mm XXL 1200 273 Fillable, incl. floor plate 350 x 350 x 15 mm 252-184-JC 145-187-JC 180-214-JC 180-216-JC S 1600 90 – – L 1600 159 – – XL 1600 194 – – XXL 1600 273 Fillable – – – – – 252-185-JC 145-184-JC 180-215-JC 180-217-JC 1 special bolt 14/110, with screws 145-188-JC 1 special bolt 14/110, with screws 145-188-JC Through-anchor 16/140, 1 piece 207-473-JC Through-anchor 16/140, 1 piece 207-473-JC – – – – – – – – Flexible impact protection bollard Flexible collision protection barrier in steel with bend angle of up to 25° W Absorbs impact, then automatically returns to original position W Minimises damage to bollard and to vehicles W Floor mounting using 4 universal anchor bolts (10/100) or 4 through anchor bolts (12/120) for concrete floors (optional) Accessories Order number Universal anchor bolt (with bolt) 10/100, 1 piece 233-427-JC Through-anchor (for concrete floors) 12/120, 1 piece 233-428-JC Model Height [mm] Diameter [mm] Surface Order number A 665 159 hot dip galvanised / plastic coated 207-449-JC I 665 159 plastic coated 207-448-JC Tubular steel bollard Heavy duty impact protection bollard For securing gateways, protecting buildings etc W With welded steel cap W For concreting in or using anchor bolts W Hot dip galvanised or coated in white, with three reflective red stripes W Tubular steel bollard for use with anchor bolts, incl. base plate. Diameter 152 mm: 220 x 220 mm Diameter 193 mm: 360 x 360 mm 4 mounting screws 16 x 50 mm, mounting anchor Order no. 249-381-JC Height [mm] Diameter [mm] Surface Colour Order number For ground anchoring Order number For setting into concrete 1000 152 Hot dip galvanised – 249-348-JC – 1000 152 hot dip galvanised / plastic coated Red / white 249-351-JC – 1000 193 Hot dip galvanised – 249-354-JC – 1500 152 Hot dip galvanised – – 249-346-JC 1500 152 hot dip galvanised / plastic coated Red / white – 249-349-JC 1500 193 hot dip galvanised / plastic coated Red / white – 249-355-JC 2000 152 Hot dip galvanised – – 249-347-JC 2000 152 hot dip galvanised / plastic coated Red / white – 249-350-JC 608 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

609

Protective bollards and protective bars in steel for eye-catching protection for charging points Charging points for electric vehicles will become a significant factor in modern traffic in the future. Attractive protective bollards/ bars are an ideal solution to protect them from collision damage during hectic everyday life and to make them stand out visually. W Protect your charging infrastructure and sensitive, electronic components W Visually appealing and effective protection for charging points The brackets are available in widths of 360 or 500 mm, with a bracket height of 800 mm and an overfloor height of approx. 500 mm. Safety and appearance in perfect harmony Dimensions W x H [mm] Diameter [mm] Surface Colour Design Order number 360 x 500 60 Hot dip galvanised Blue For ground anchoring 280-387-JC 500 x 500 60 Hot dip galvanised Blue For ground anchoring 280-388-JC 360 x 500 60 Hot dip galvanised Green For ground anchoring 280-389-JC 500 x 500 60 Hot dip galvanised Green For ground anchoring 280-390-JC 360 x 500 60 Hot dip galvanised Red For ground anchoring 280-391-JC 360 x 800 60 Hot dip galvanised Blue For setting into concrete 280-393-JC 500 x 800 60 Hot dip galvanised Blue For setting into concrete 280-394-JC 360 x 800 60 Hot dip galvanised Green For setting into concrete 280-395-JC 500 x 800 60 Hot dip galvanised Green For setting into concrete 280-396-JC 360 x 800 60 Hot dip galvanised Red For setting into concrete 280-397-JC 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P The protective bollards are also available hot dip galvanised and white coated. You can find this combination in our online shop Without reflective rings, for use with anchor bolts Reflective rings red (also available in other colours), for setting in concrete According to the Charging station regulation (LSV), operators must ensure the safe operation of charging stations, e.g. through regular inspections in accordance with BetrSichV or the Accident prevention guidelines Height [mm] Diameter [mm] Surface Colour Design Order number Accessories Order number 800 108 Hot dip galvanised – For ground anchoring 280-367-JC 800 108 Hot dip galvanised White For ground anchoring 280-368-JC 800 108 Hot dip galvanised Blue For ground anchoring 280-369-JC 800 108 Hot dip galvanised Green For ground anchoring 280-370-JC 800 108 Hot dip galvanised Red For ground anchoring 280-371-JC 1200 108 Hot dip galvanised – For setting into concrete 280-372-JC 1200 108 Hot dip galvanised White For setting into concrete 280-373-JC 1200 108 Hot dip galvanised Blue For setting into concrete 280-374-JC 1200 108 Hot dip galvanised Green For setting into concrete 280-375-JC 1200 108 Hot dip galvanised Red For setting into concrete 280-376-JC Universal anchor bolt (with bolt) 10/100, 1 piece 233-427-JC Through-anchor (for concrete floors) 12/120, 1 piece 233-428-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 609

610

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Different shapes for application in every area W Protection elements indicate sources of danger and prevent impact injuries W Simple to cut with a sharp knife W Strong adhesive ≥ 9N/25 mm W Protects both people and equipment in busy storage and production areas W UV resistant, abrasion resistant warning marker in warning colours (in accordance with ASR A 1.3), Yellow / black W In highly flexible, age resistant polyurethane foam W Use on machinery, vehicles or roadways, inside or outdoors W Temperature resistant from - -40° C to 90° c W Can be fitted to curved surfaces W Fire class UL 94 W Self adhesive foam pieces for protecting large areas Example of application Impact protection for production Various forms for every area of application Impact protection Foam pieces for protecting large areas Option: magnetic version (instead of self-adhesive, only available with 1000 mm length) 40 32 C 40 40 Cc 50 173-027-JC 173-040-JC Self adhesive 173-026-JC 173-039-JC 20 D 173-028-JC 173-041-JC C Cc D Magnetic 194-890-JC 194-889-JC 194-891-JC 20 67 20 37 20 50 40 80 R 30 60 100 85 125 R 50 Self adhesive 173-037-JC 173-038-JC R 30 R 50 Magnetic 194-896-JC 194-897-JC Hoop 135 129-668-JC Hoop 135 194-888-JC Model Design Order number 1000 mm Order number 5000 mm Model Design Order number 1000 mm (L 1000 mm: Pack = 1 pce L 5000 mm: Pack = 1 Roll) Model Design Order number 1000 mm Model Design Order number 1000 610 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

611

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Safe working conditions with profile protection Quick, simple assembly Impact protection Pieces with cutouts for easy assembly onto profiles or edges Option: magnetic version (instead of self-adhesive, only available with 1000 mm length) 20 (25) 40 10 (7) 20 (19) 40 40 30 (26) 60 (47) 10 (12) 50 (35) Model Design Order number 1000 mm Order number 5000 mm A 173-034-JC 173-047-JC Aa Self adhesive 173-033-JC 173-046-JC E H 173-035-JC 173-048-JC 173-036-JC 173-049-JC Measurements in brackets are for length (L) 5000 mm Model Design Order number 1000 mm A Aa Magnetic E H 194-893-JC 194-892-JC 194-894-JC 194-895-JC 8 20 40 B 173-031-JC 173-044-JC 40 8 20 40 30 8 20 25 Bb To clip-on 173-030-JC 173-043-JC G Trapez 40.80 173-032-JC 173-045-JC 129-666-JC – Model Design Order number 1000 mm Order number 5000 mm E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 611

612

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Barriers and spacers Model K 400 W For internal and external usage W Aluminium posts with integrated, retractable webbing belts (max. Length 3000 mm) W Each post can be freely positioned and can take 3 belts W The robust plastic base can be filled with sand or gravel. It can also be anchored to the floor using an integrated dowel anchor W Total weight: 3 kg (empty), 13 kg (full) W Height: 985 mm, belt width 50 mm W Base Ø 330 mm, belt post Ø 60 mm W Post colour red or yellow Colour of belt Colour of posts Order number Yellow / black Yellow 157-645-JC Yellow Yellow 157-646-JC Red / white Red 157-647-JC Red Red 157-648-JC Order no. 157-647-JC Tape barrier systems Model Basic W Functional, stable tape barrier systems in plastic W Plastic foot can be filled with sand, gravel etc W Quick assembly and disassembly W Space saving storage: upper part can be easily separated from the base plate W Belt rewinds in a controlled manner W Can be used indoors and outdoors W Dimensions: height 950 mm, belt length 3 m, belt width 50 mm, base plate diameter 360 mm, belt post diameter 50 mm W Weighs only 1.8 kg (approx. 9 kg when filled) Colour of belt Colour of posts Order number Red / white Red / white 240-911-JC Yellow / black Yellow / black 240-910-JC Order no. 240-911-JC Model WK 230 Ideal for erecting barriers without posts W Wall holder, ready for easy wall mounting, includes mounting materials W With 3 meter webbing belt, belt width 50 mm Belt connector Replaces a post to connect 2 belts together to extend the barrier to 6 M Wall clip Clip to hold the opposite end of barrier belts that are connected to a wall holder or a post Model WK 230 with black / yellow belt Order no. 157-639-JC Colour Yellow / black Red / white Order number 157-639-JC 157-640-JC Black / red / black 157-641-JC Black / silver / black 157-642-JC Order no. 157-643-JC Order no. 157-873-JC 612 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

613

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Traffic tape barrier system W Visually attractive and decorative marking and blocking of routes W Helps mark out permitted routes and block off other areas W Each post can be freely positioned and can take 3 belts W High quality, automatic roller mechanism W Can be used indoors and outdoors W Various colours for posts and belts are available W Belt widths 50 or 100 mm, extended length up to 9 metres W Very stable Ideal for securing large areas 9 M 1 W Belt width: 50 mm W Extended belt length 10 M W Post and base plate in metal, black W Height 1000 mm, diameter of base plate 350 mm Model Colour of belt Colour of posts Order number 8.5 Yellow / black Black 241-380-JC 8.5 Red / white Black 241-382-JC 1 2 W Belt width: 100 mm W Extended belt length 3.80 M W Height 1000 mm, diameter of base plate 410 mm, posts and base plate can be separated W Base plate composite material, 100% recycled W Plastic posts Model Colour of belt Colour of posts Order number 2.6 Yellow / black Yellow 241-383-JC 2.6 Red / white Red 241-384-JC W Belt width: 100 mm W Extended belt length: 3.80 W Height 1000 mm, diameter of base plate 350 mm W Base plate in cast iron, with black plastic covering W Plastic posts Belt colours available for model 2.9 2 ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Wall clip for belt width 50 mm Order no. 241-397-JC Wall clip for belt width 100 mm Order no. 241-398-JC DIN A4 portrait format sign holder, for models 2.6 And 2.9 Order no. 241-399-JC DIN A 4 portrait format sign holder, can be used for model 8.5 Order no. 241-400-JC Model Colour of belt Colour of posts Order number 2.9 Yellow / black Yellow 241-386-JC 2.9 Red / white Black 241-387-JC 2.9 Yellow / black Black 241-389-JC 2.9 Black Black 241-390-JC 2.9 Red Black 241-391-JC 2.9 Blue Black 241-394-JC 2.9 Black / red Black 241-396-JC 2.9 Black / red Red 241-963-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 613

614

Barrier posts For safeguarding building sites, for example, for keeping through roads clear or for reserving car parking space or other such areas Recycled plastic post, square, 140 x 140 mm Bollard in recycled plastic for setting in concrete W Recycled plastic post square, 140 x 140 mm, with 2 milled holes, 15 mm wide and 2 reflective bands, top red, bottom white W Incl. mounting anchors W For bordering or blocking green areas, paths and other structures Barrier posts W Hot dip galvanised and painted W With floor plate for setting in concrete W Folding steel barrier post W For keeping through roads clear or for reserving car parking or storage spaces W With triangle or cylinder lock ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Triangular key for fire brigade Order no. 236-891-JC 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Order no. 280-697-JC Design Order number Red / white External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Round cylinder lock 236-883-JC 70 x 70 x 1000 Triangular lock 236-884-JC 70 x 70 x 1000 For setting into concrete With welded floor plate for securing with screws Barrier posts to set in concrete, 1330 mm high above ground and 330 mm underground The version for anchor bolts uses a base plate (160 x 140 x 10 mm) for anchoring the barrier post. Height 1000 mm Steel barrier posts (red white) for marking traffic routes, pedestrian routes, parking bays etc Design Features Surface Order number Diameter [mm]: 60 Order number Diameter [mm]: 76 For setting into concrete Without chain loops hot-dip galvanised / painted 236-885-JC 248-369-JC For setting into concrete 1 chain loop hot-dip galvanised / painted 236-886-JC 248-370-JC For setting into concrete 2 chain loops hot-dip galvanised / painted 236-887-JC 248-371-JC For ground anchoring Without chain loops hot-dip galvanised / painted 236-888-JC 248-372-JC For ground anchoring 1 chain loop hot-dip galvanised / painted 236-889-JC 248-373-JC For ground anchoring 2 chain loops hot-dip galvanised / painted 236-890-JC 248-374-JC 614 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

615

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Chain barrier posts with foot W Can be used indoors or temporarily outdoors W High visibility W Mobile, stable plastic construction for moving to different locations W In addition the foot can be filled with water or sand W With plastic cap and 4 integral chain holders W Size excluding foot H x Ø (mm): 870 x 40 W Size of foot Ø (mm): 300 Features Height [mm] Order number Red / white Order number Yellow / black With plastic cap and 4 integral chain holders 870 236-875-JC 236-877-JC Heavy chain stands with base plate The barriers are very sturdy and can be used in a flexible manner. The base trays can be filled on site with water, gravel etc. Ring cap for threading chain through W Sturdy, long lasting and stable W For permanent and temporary barriers W Available in red/white or yellow/black W Tray posts: plastic coated, screwed, with two rings for inserting a chain: Dimensions: Ø 60 mm, 1000 mm high, tray size 300 x 300 mm W Recycled base posts: hot dip galvanised and painted, with ring cap for pulling through a chain (Ø 6 mm). Ø 60 mm, 1000 mm high. Recycled base dimensions: Ø 450 mm W Dimensions: 60 mm Ø, 1000 mm high Version - foot Equipment - barrier posts Order number Red / white Order number Yellow / black Base tray with handle, sheet steel Base tray without handle, sheet steel 2 chain loops 180-251-JC 236-896-JC 2 chain loops 180-252-JC 236-897-JC Round recycled plastic base, plastic, 15 kg Ring CAP 180-253-JC 236-898-JC Barrier chains Available in different combinations of colours, choice of synthetic material or hot-dip galvanized steel 1 2 3 4 5 Chain link diameter [mm] Roll goods length [mm] Material Surface Order number Yellow / black Order number Red / white Order number Silver 6 10000 Plastic – 236-899-JC 8 25000 Plastic – – 6 15000 Steel hot dip galvanised / plastic coated 6 30000 Steel Hot dip galvanised – – 236-900-JC – 236-901-JC – 236-902-JC – – 236-904-JC 1 2 3 4 5 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 615

616

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Plastic barrier For marking off work sites, roads and spaces. Ideal for events, guiding and separating foot traffic W In high-quality UV resistant PE W In bright orange warning colour with red/white reflective stripes. Highly visible, day and night W Wide base for stability. On the pedestrian side the base is smaller to prevent tripping. W Low weight ensures easy transport. Base can be turned to the side. W Limitless hook and eye mounting system Order no. 240-915-JC Manhole barrier W Barrier to provide a warning for open drains W For securing access points and potential danger areas W Signs can be fixed onto all sides of the barrier W Several drain barriers can be joined together, 2 barriers can protect an area of approx. 4 m², for example W Sturdy steel tube design with red reflex stripes W Dimensions (L x W x H) 1000 x 1000 x 900 mm W Weight: 14 kg Order no. 116-538-JC Expanding barrier W Can be installed quickly in front of potential hazards W Warning barriers that can be installed quickly in front of dangerous areas W Ideal for construction sites, reserving parking places, marking roadways or blocking off access points W Extends to 3.6 M W Manufactured from steel with red reflex stripes W Complete with 2 feet W Height: 1000 mm W Total weight: 14 kg Order no. 123-588-JC Expanding barrier Expanding barrier, stepless expansion. Each half of the case also forms a foot to support the barrier. W Adjustable, expanding barrier for quick, effective protection of danger areas W Each half of the case forms the feet to support the barrier W The transport case halves can be filled with sand or water, to further increase stability W Sturdy design manufactured from polyethylene with UV stabilisation W Max. Width: 2300 mm W Height: 1060 mm W Weight: 7 kg Example of application Order no. 145-513-JC 616 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

617

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Reflective flexible post W Universal reflective cone e.g. for carparks, parking areas or as lane dividers W Highly visible, day and night W For indoor and outdoor use W A bayonet connection connects the cylinder with the sturdy rubber foot W Neither cone nor vehicle are damaged if driven over W Fully reflective cone in PE W Dimensions: base Ø 270 mm, cylinder Ø 100 mm Height [mm] Features Order number 460 2 white rings 236-892-JC 760 2 white rings 236-894-JC 1000 2 white rings 236-895-JC Comeback cylinder W Bends 360°, self-righting W Signal red with reflex stripes W Universal reflective cone e.g. for carparks, parking areas or as lane dividers W Highly visible, day and night W For indoor and outdoor use W High resistance to wear W One piece red cone with integral foot for use with anchor bolts W Composite thermoplastic polyurethane material W Dimensions: base Ø 200 mm, cylinder Ø 80 mm Height [mm] Features Order number 460 2 white rings 240-902-JC 760 3 white rings 240-903-JC 1000 4 white rings 240-904-JC Height limiter, reflective, red/white, incl. bracket Secures driveways, subways and superstructures with limited clearance height without damaging vehicles W Height limiter in lightweight construction, secures driveways, subways and superstructures without damaging vehicles W Round cylinder in plastic (PE), red-white reflective, black side edgings W No edges W Suspension by two knotted chains, galvanised, each 2 m long. Chain end with steel ring for hanging (ceiling hooks on site) Dimensions Ø x B [mm] Colour Order number 100 x 950 Red / white 271-666-JC 100 x 950 Yellow / black 271-667-JC Fold down barrier W Hoop barrier for securing parking spaces, roads or entrances against unauthorised use W Sturdy design manufactured from hot dip galvanized steel W When flat, the highest part of the barrier is 68 mm, so it can be driven over easily W With cylinder lock (includes 2 keys) W Stand 70 x 50 mm W Dimensions: W x H (mm) 780 x 570, when assembled Hoop barrier for concreting in Order no. 236-882-JC Hoop barrier for anchor bolts Order no. 236-879-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 617

618

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Cable bridge, W 885 mm, with 3 cable ducts for up to 12 t axle load Suitable for lorry and forklift & heavy goods vehicle traffic W Recommended drive-over speed 5 km/h W Good load bearing capacity with special hard rubber compound (recycled hard rubber) W Warning yellow cover in high quality plastic with anti-slip surface W 3 cable ducts (W x H): 2 ducts, 68 x 50 mm and 1 duct 55 x 50 mm W Drive-over height 75 mm W Permanent mounting using integral anchor bolts is possible W For easy driving over and protection of cables and hoses W No limit to number of sections which can be joined together, net width when combined 885 mm Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Design Order number 12 885 x 600 x 75 Cable bridge with 3 cable ducts Model 12 248-348-JC 12 WL 500 x 600 x 75 Left hand angle section 248-349-JC 12 WR 500 x 600 x 75 Right hand angle section 248-350-JC Ez 283 x 600 x 75 End section - tongue 248-351-JC EN 283 x 600 x 75 End section - groove 248-352-JC Kerb ramp in hard rubber, black, reflective yellow W Kerb ramp in sturdy hard rubber W Barrier-free access to footpaths and paved areas W Optimum safety with yellow reflective stripes and profiled anti-slip surface. Rainwater flows away through the holes on the sides. May also be used as a cable duct. W Loading up to 40 t Roll-up cable bridge, 10 m, 1 cable / hose duct Ø 20 mm W Space saving, can be cut to size W Suitable for lorry and forklift traffic W Recommended drive-over speed: 5 to 20 km/h W Drive-over height only 30 mm, roll length: 10,000 mm, depth 100 mm W Flexible, strong rubber compound with profiled surface making it easy to travel over W For easy driving over and protection of cables and hoses Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 100 600 x 300 x 100 248-346-JC 150 600 x 360 x 150 248-347-JC Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 10 10000 x 100 x 30 248-354-JC Cable bridge with 5 cable ducts, for up to 8 t axle load, Model 8 For easy driving over and protection of cables and hoses W In special, vulcanised hard rubber compound (recycled rubber) W No limit to number of sections which can be joined together, net width when combined: 900 mm Small cable bridge, recycled rubber, with 3 cable ducts For easy driving over and protection of cables and hoses W 3 cable ducts, 2 x 20 mm and 1 x 45 mm W Anti-slip rubber lips on the bottom, grippy top surface INNOVATION W 5 cable ducts (W x H): 36 x 34 mm W Incl. protective lid and handle W Suitable for car and lorry traffic. Avoid heavy goods vehicle traffic W Recommended drive-over speed: 5 to 10 km/h Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number W Suitable for lorry and forklift traffic. Also suitable for occasional heavy goods traffic W Recommended drive-over speed: 5 to 10 km/h Order no. 248-345-JC 8 900 x 590 x 50 248-353-JC Model Colour External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number G3 Yellow 1200 x 210 x 65 248-344-JC S3 Black 1200 x 210 x 65 248-345-JC 618 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

619

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Speed ramps Speed ramps are available in 2 different designs. They ensure that the designated speed limit is adhered to. W Greater safety W Suitable for use with cars, lorries or fork lift trucks W Sturdy design, manufactured from a special plastic / rubber mixture W Rounded ends protect pedestrians and cyclists W 25 mounting bolts are optionally available as accessories Speed ramp, yellow-black, available in 2 different sizes ORDER AT THE SAME TIME 5 m m ) 0 m m 3 ( 2 1 2 10 mounting bolts, 4 bolts are needed for a centre section, 2 bolts for an end section Order no. 165-406-JC Item explanation Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] Order number Yellow Order number Black Hose ramps W Ensure that cables and hoses can be driven over safely W Protects them from damage W Sturdy design, manufactured from special rip resistant rubber W The joining sections attached at the side enable attachment of a hose bridge combination to cover a larger surface ( 4 2 4 7 0 0 m m m m ) 0 m m 0 5 0 m m 0 5 Dimensions for construction height 75 mm, clamp values for construction height 50 mm Up to 10 km/H Middle section 500 x 470 x 75 15 165-397-JC 165-398-JC Up to 10 km/H End piece 230 x 470 x 75 5 165-400-JC 165-401-JC Up to 20 km/H Middle section 500 x 420 x 50 8 165-402-JC 165-403-JC Up to 20 km/H End piece 215 x 420 x 50 3 165-404-JC 165-405-JC For hoses / tubes up to External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] Order number Diameter: 120 mm 290 x 1010 x 135 22 165-395-JC Diameter: 75 mm 300 x 855 x 85 12 236-878-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 619

620

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Industrial safety mirrors W For observing hazardous areas W Ideal for production and storage areas W Manufactured from shock proof perspex W Yellow plastic frame with black warning stripes according to ASR A 1.3 (DIN 4844) W Ready for use (mounting integrated in frame, type 76 clamps) W For indoor and sheltered outdoor use Model Mirror shape External dimensions W x H [mm] Observer distance [m] Order number G 1 Square 600 x 400 5 165-536-JC ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Support arm W The mirror can be mounted on the wall vertically or horizontally W Dimensions (W x D x H (mm): 75 x 270 x 190 Order no. 165-541-JC G 2 Square 800 x 600 10 165-537-JC G 3 Square 1000 x 800 15 165-538-JC Round mirror with magnetic mount W Round acrylic glass mirror, with strong magnetic base W For attaching to flat, smooth steel surfaces W Impact-resistant mirror with excellent reflective quality W Wide angle effect for observing larger areas W Incl. Swan neck mount (200 mm) for adjusting angle of view as required ABS plastic mirror case. Can therefore be used indoors and outdoors if shielded from the wind. Model External diameter [mm] Observer distance [m] Order number 300 300 3 207-516-JC 450 450 5 207-517-JC 600 600 7 240-908-JC Observation mirror W Brilliant reflection W For monitoring production processes, traffic safety and traffic control W Impact and shock resistant with SEKURIT safety glass. The glass can be replaced if breakage (shattering) has occurred W Weather and UV-resistant, white plastic frame. Reflecting red surfaces W The bracket allows the mirror to be fixed in any position. The clamp has a diameter of 76 mm Model External dimensions W x H [mm] Max observation distance [m] Order number S4 600 x 400 6 271-599-JC S6 800 x 600 12 271-600-JC S8 1000 x 800 18 271-601-JC Detective's observation mirror W Impact resistant and feather light W Wide angle effect: recommended for short observer distances and moderate to large field of observation W Acrylic glass monitoring and observation mirror W For indoor use Model External diameter [mm] Observer distance [m] Order number 400 400 3 207-508-JC W Ideal for areas with foot traffic W Distance from wall for standard design: approx 250 mm, with optional extended wall arm 550 Mm W Includes holder, for mounting on flat surfaces 500 500 5 207-509-JC 600 600 7 207-510-JC 800 800 11 207-512-JC Available with an extended wall bracket, approx. 550 mm. Order no. 207-515-JC The Detective observation mirrors can be attached to virtually any flat surface (walls, supports) with the mounting supplied. The mirrors can be easily adjusted to observe any point required. 620 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

621

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Traffic mirror W Acrylic glass traffic mirror, high quality W For indoor and outdoor use W With curved mirror surface W Housing is weather resistant and UV resistant W Mounting clips (Ø 76 mm) are included W For observing hazardous areas Model External dimensions W x H [mm] Min observation distance [m] Order number ORDER AT THE SAME TIME VS 1 600 x 400 5 129-681-JC VS 2 800 x 600 10 129-682-JC VS 3 1000 x 800 15 129-683-JC Tubular post, hot-dip galvanised, for mirror type VS, height 3000, Ø 76 mm Tubular post, hot-dip galvanised, for mirror type VS, height 4000, Ø 76 mm Support arm for mirror Model VS, distance from wall approx. 500 mm Order no. 129-669-JC Order no. 129-670-JC Order no. 129-671-JC Wide angled traffic mirrors for indoor and outdoor use W For observing hazardous areas W Ideal for checking entrances W Round mirror in special impact resistant plastic W With wall mounting (250 mm) Model External diameter [mm] Observer distance [m] Order number SR 400 400 3 129-673-JC SR 600 600 7 129-675-JC SR 800 800 11 129-677-JC Panoramic traffic mirror W Ideal for use to enhance safety when using warehouse vehicles W Traffic mirror manufactured from perspex ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Set of chains for model PS 360, to suspend mirror from the roof 4 metre length Order no. 129-684-JC Panoramic mirror model PS 360 for ceiling mounting. (Chain set available as an option) Model Design Feature - mirrors External dimensions W x D x H [mm] External diameter [mm] Min observation distance [m] Order number PS 180-6 Wall-mounted Three way mirror, 180° PS 180-9 Wall-mounted Three way mirror, 180° PS 360-6 Ceiling-mounted Four way mirror, 360° PS 360-9 Ceiling-mounted Four way mirror, 360° PS 360-13 Ceiling-mounted Four way mirror, 360° 600 x 240 x 320 900 x 250 x 450 – 5 129-685-JC – 7 129-688-JC – 600 3 129-689-JC – 900 5 129-690-JC – 1250 8 129-692-JC All products for Business equipment can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12754 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 621

622

Outdoor marking paint W High abrasion resistance W Excellent adhesion W Use: 5 L container for approx. 25 m² for one coat coverage W High quality, single component marking paint W Adheres to concrete, screed, asphalt and interlocking paving stones W Quick drying, high coverage W Weather resistant, long lasting W Highly resistant to oil W Specially for operational and indoor marking of surfaces and lines W Silicone free 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P 2K floor marking paint W Suitable for forklifts W Highly resistant and long lasting W Use: 5 L container (3.9 L paint +1.1 L hardener) for approx. 20-25 m² for one coat coverage W Solvent free W Water based two component paint W For heavily trafficked industrial flooring, indoors W Adheres to concrete, coated floors, asphalt, screed, interlocking paving stones and porous floor tiles W Dirt-repellent, easy to clean W For use as a solvent free colourless primer we recommend 2K impregnating primer, item no. 235873 W Silicone free Colour Approximately equivalent to Order number White RAL 9016 233-413-JC Yellow RAL 1023 233-414-JC Red RAL 3020 233-415-JC Blue RAL 5017 233-416-JC Grey RAL 7043 233-417-JC Permeating primer, solvent free and colourless W Solvent free, colourless primer W For pre-treating mineral and highly absorbent substrates W Improves adhesion and neutralises contamination W Use approx. 4.5 L for approx. 40 m² Contents Order number 4.5 L for approx. 40 m² 235-873-JC Colour Approximately equivalent to Order number White RAL 9016 233-408-JC Yellow RAL 1003 233-409-JC Silver grey RAL 7001 233-411-JC Stone grey RAL 7030 233-412-JC Blue RAL 5017 233-410-JC 622 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

623

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Colour Approximately equivalent to Order number White RAL 9016 180-209-JC Yellow RAL 1003 180-210-JC Red RAL 3001 180-212-JC Silver grey RAL 7001 180-207-JC Stone grey RAL 7030 180-208-JC Blue RAL 5017 180-213-JC Floor marking paint W High coverage, quick drying W Abrasion resistant and chemical resistant W Use: 5 L container for approx. 20 - 25 m² for one coat coverage W Single component paint for indoor use W Highly resistant to oil, solvents and cleaning agents W Suitable for forklifts W Highly resistant and long lasting W For heavy traffic industrial and workshop floors, storage and sales rooms W Silicone free W Adheres to concrete, asphalt, screed, interlocking paving stones and porous floor tiles Antislip floor marking paint W Slip prevention R 10 (DIN 51130/bgr 181) W High coverage, quick drying W Use: 5 L container for approx. 20 m² for one coat coverage W Quartz granules give surface grip W Resistant and durable W Single component paint for indoor use W Adheres to concrete, asphalt, screed W Highly resistant to oil, solvents and cleaning agents W Suitable for forklifts W Silicone free Colour Approximately equivalent to Order number White RAL 9016 233-402-JC Yellow RAL 1003 233-403-JC Blue RAL 5017 233-404-JC Silver grey RAL 7001 233-405-JC Stone grey RAL 7030 233-407-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 623

624

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Floor marking equipment W Offers a simple and cost effective way to mark out fire escapes, dangerous areas, areas designated for vehicles and transport, storage areas, entries and exits W For indoor flooring, ensures that vehicle areas and other designated areas can be marked out accurately, cleanly and economically W Ergonomic, sturdy, free standing equipment for marking the floor with floor marking tape W A knife is included, floor marking tapes are available separately W Suitable for rolls that are 50 and 75 mm wide Marking tape equipment (without floor marking tapes) Order no. 137-114-JC Floor marking tape The vinyl floor marking tape can be removed from most floors without leaving a mark. It is ideal for short to medium term use and long term use in areas where it will not be walked on / driven over regularly. W For indoor flooring W Temperature resistant to 80° C W Length of tape 33 m W Supplied in packs containing 2 or 6 rolls (pack = 2 rolls) W Rolls are available in 2 different widths: 50 and 75 mm Colour Order number Width [mm]: 50 Order number Width [mm]: 75 White 137-132-JC 137-138-JC Yellow 137-133-JC 137-139-JC Blue 137-134-JC 137-140-JC Red 137-135-JC 137-141-JC Green 137-136-JC 137-142-JC Orange Yellow / black 157-694-JC 152-341-JC 137-137-JC 137-143-JC Red / white 157-695-JC 157-696-JC Floor marking tapes in 8 different colour combinations and 2 Roll widths 624 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

625

Mobile marking unit, for one or two cans of Proline marking paint Simple, precise, durable marking of roads, parking areas, storage areas or hazardous areas, etc.and more. Maintenance free, simple oper- ation. No need to clean after changing the colour. Paint cans are not included. W Available in two sizes: Model 50 for line widths of 50 to 75 mm Model 100 for line widths of 100 to 130 mm 2 tools in 1! The mobile floor marking equipment can be quickly and easily turned from a 4 wheel marker (designed for marking long lines) into a 2 wheel marker for marking a thick straight line in front of walls, shelves, machinery etc. Simple adjustment of the line width using the adjuster 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Mobile marking device, Model 50 for 1 can marking paint Application example as A 2 wheel device Mobile marking device, Model 100 for 2 can marking paint. Order no. 137-164-JC Mobile marking device, Model 50 for 1 can marking paint Order no. 137-163-JC Template set In heavy duty plastic, con- tains all the letters of the alphabet and the numbers 0 to 9, available in 2 heights: 150 or 300 mm Equipment for marking lines by hand Manual marking equipment, especially suited to marking with templates. The 2 handed operation ensures the manual marking equipment produces accurate results. (paint can is not supplied as standard) Model Order number Template set 150 mm 137-177-JC Template set 300 mm 137-178-JC Order no. 137-165-JC Proline marking paint Abrasion resistant and chemical resistant W Manual spray button for quicker marking W Available as large cans (750 ml) or as individual cans or as a pack of 6 cans W 50 to 90 m of lines 50 mm wide can be marked, depending on the surface being marked W Quick drying - can be walked on after just a few minutes W Adheres to practically any floor surface e.g. concrete, asphalt, tar, metal or tiles.... W Available in a range of colours including grey and black to cover up existing lines Colour Order number White 137-169-JC Yellow 137-170-JC Orange 147-028-JC Red 137-172-JC Green 137-173-JC Blue 137-174-JC Grey 137-175-JC Black 137-176-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 625

626

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P m2-anti-slip tape™ Universal The universal tape for almost any surface. Excellent suitability for anti-slip marking in workshops, production halls or warehouses. Available in rolls of different widths. W Permanent adhesion thanks to acrylic adhesive layer, self-adhesive reverse side with peel-off foil to protect the adhesive layer W Can be used on almost all substrates, concrete or wood recommended. Cannot be used on asphalt W High abrasion resistance (approx. 1 million steps) W UV stable, tear-proof and can be driven over by a forklift, easy to clean W Can be stepped on immediately, can be loaded 6-8 hours after application, maximum adhesion after 72 hours W Suitable for indoors and outdoors, for medium to high loads W Firm adhesion to smooth, damp or oily/greasy surfaces 60 grit aluminium oxide Anti-slip surface with aluminium oxide grit, excellent slip resistance R 13, DGUV Rule 108-003 (previously BGR 181). For the quick removal and marking out of hazardous areas Colour Order number Roll width 19 mm* Order number Roll width 25 mm* Order number Roll width 50 mm* Order number Roll width 75 mm* Order number Roll width 100 mm* Order number Roll width 150 mm* *each 1 roll, 18.3 m Black 263-629-JC 263-631-JC 263-633-JC 263-635-JC 263-637-JC 263-639-JC Grey 263-709-JC 263-711-JC 263-713-JC 263-715-JC 263-717-JC 263-719-JC Yellow 263-658-JC 263-660-JC 263-662-JC 263-664-JC 263-666-JC 263-668-JC Blue 263-733-JC 263-734-JC 263-736-JC 263-738-JC 263-741-JC 263-743-JC Red 263-757-JC 263-759-JC 263-761-JC 263-763-JC 263-765-JC 263-767-JC Transparent 263-682-JC 263-684-JC 263-686-JC 263-688-JC 263-691-JC 263-693-JC m2-anti-slip tape™ warning symbols Marking of hazardous areas and anti-slip function in a single product. W Prevention of slip accidents and the resulting costs. Ideal for entrances and passageways, pavements, stairs, ascents or ramps for example W Anti-slip floor marking for workshops, production rooms, warehouses and more W Warning of long-term, temporary or special hazardous areas W Integral product (not laminated) W Permanent adhesion thanks to acrylic adhesive layer, self-adhesive reverse side with peel-off foil to protect the adhesive layer W Can be used on almost all substrates, concrete or wood recommended. Cannot be used on asphalt W UV stable, tear-proof and can be driven over by a forklift, easy to clean Yellow / black 263-909-JC 263-911-JC 263-913-JC 263-915-JC 263-917-JC Red / white 263-933-JC 263-935-JC 263-937-JC 263-939-JC 263-940-JC 60 grit aluminium oxide Colour Order number Roll width 25 mm* Order number Roll width 50 mm* Order number Roll width 75 mm* Order number Roll width 100 mm* Order number Roll width 150 mm* *each 1 roll, 18.3 m 626 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

627

Large floor marking symbols With clear, long lasting print and anti-slip surface (60 grit). Available with warning symbols (triangle with side length 600 mm) and prohibition/mandatory symbols (circle with diameter 400 mm) DENIOS ONLINE SHOP There’s even more choice in the shop! >> www.denios.co.uk/shop << Colour Order number Yellow / black 264-070-JC Red / white 264-075-JC Blue / white 264-083-JC Warning - forklifts Pedestrians prohibited For pedestrians m2 anti-slip tape™ Public 46 W High abrasion resistance (approx. 1 million steps) W Long lasting warning W Prevention of slip accidents and the resulting costs. Ideal for entrances and passageways, pavements, stairs, ascents or ramps for example W Permanent adhesion thanks to acrylic adhesive layer, self-adhesive reverse side with peel- off foil to protect the adhesive layer W Can be used on almost all substrates, concrete or wood recommended. Cannot be used on asphalt W UV stable, tear-proof and can be driven over by a forklift, easy to clean W Anti-slip floor marking for workshops, production rooms, warehouses and more 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Colour Order number Roll width 25 mm* Order number Roll width 50 mm* Order number Roll width 100 mm* Order number Roll width 150 mm* *each 1 roll, 18.3 m Yellow 264-257-JC 264-258-JC 264-259-JC 264-260-JC 46 grit aluminium oxide m2-anti-slip tape™ deformable The flexible aluminium backing moulds well to the shape of the substrate, for example ripple plate, corrugated sheet and stud plate. W Prevention of slip accidents and the resulting costs. Ideal for entrances and passageways, pavements, stairs, ascents or ramps for example W Anti-slip floor marking for workshops, production rooms, warehouses and more W Also suitable for edgings Colour Order number Roll width 25 mm* Order number Roll width 50 mm* Order number Roll width 100 mm* Order number Roll width 150 mm* *each 1 roll, 18.3 m Black 264-194-JC 264-196-JC 264-198-JC – Yellow 264-212-JC 264-213-JC 264-214-JC 264-215-JC Yellow / black 264-223-JC 264-224-JC 264-225-JC 264-226-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 627

628

Securing industrial equipment in accordance with the works safety regulations EC directive 89/655 sets out "minimum guidelines" for safety and health protection. Article 3 states that the employer must ensure that working equipment is provided in such a way that when used, the safety and protection of the health of the employee is guaranteed. Each piece of working equipment must be provided with clearly visible devices so that it can be shut it off from each individual source of energy. W Safe working during maintenance, cleaning or repair work W Prevents injury or damage to property W Clear, visible indication of locking/blocking Gate valve lockout/tagout systems W Suitable for handwheels with diameter of 25 to 320 mm W Long lasting polypropylene W Resistant to temperature variations between -40° and 150° C W Available in 5 sizes and 4 colours W Locking system for gate valves W For locks with a shackle diameter of max. 6.5 mm and a shackle length of min. 38 mm 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Model Order number Red Order number Yellow Order number Green Order number Blue Diameter 25-64 mm 209-715-JC 209-720-JC 209-725-JC 209-730-JC Diameter 64-127 mm 209-716-JC 209-721-JC 209-726-JC 209-731-JC Diameter 127-165 mm 209-717-JC 209-722-JC 209-727-JC 209-732-JC Diameter 165-254 mm 209-718-JC 209-723-JC 209-728-JC 209-733-JC Diameter 254-320 mm 209-719-JC 209-724-JC 209-729-JC 209-734-JC Adjustable locking system for valve handwheels W Suitable for handwheels with diameter of 25 to 165 mm W Long lasting polypropylene W Resistant to large temperature variations between -20° and 80° C W For locks with a shackle diameter of max. 7 mm and a shackle length of min. 20 mm Order no. 209-714-JC General purpose locking systems W For locking valves, isolating switches, circuit breakers etc W Lock several control points with one piece of equipment W Cable is simple to tighten with the practical hand tensioner W Grip in sturdy, impact resistant nylon, corrosion-free and chemical resistant W Cable length 2.44 m W Suitable for up to 4 locks with a shackle diameter of max. 7 mm and a shackle length of min. 20 mm Model Order number Nylon cable (non-conductive) 209-735-JC Steel cable, (vinyl coated) 209-736-JC 628 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

629

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Universal valve locks - one piece of equipment for a wide range of applications The Universal lock sets a new standard for locking technology. No other lock can be used for so many different types of valve and valve size. W Ideal for locking ball valves and butterfly valves W Individually adjustable hook also fits locked pipe clamps and large handles W For locking open and closed valves W In steel and nylon for long life and resistance to chemicals W Suitable for locks with a shackle diameter of max. 9 mm and a shackle length of min. 20 mm With the separately available locking post, the device may also be used to lock ball valves Locking butterfly valves with the Universal valve shut-off device: the hook is attached to the butterfly valve handle The valve setting may no longer be altered Small valve shut-off device: lift 19 mm, large valve shut-off device: lift 32 mm Model Order number Small valve lock 209-708-JC Small blocking post 209-710-JC Large valve lock 209-709-JC Large blocking post 209-711-JC Maximum lever width (width of a ball valve lever or grip on a butterfly valve): small valve shut-off device (item 209708) max 25 mm, large valve shut-off device (item 209709) max 41 mm Locks for electrical/ pneumatic connections W Space for an electric plug connection with a diameter of up to 89 mm and a length of 127 mm W Also suitable for air hose connections W Made from polystyrol W Suitable for up to 4 locks with a shackle diameter of max. 7 mm and a shackle length of min. 20 mm Order no. 209-739-JC Locks for electrical socket connections W Simple to use W Effectively prevents unauthorised or inadvertent use of electrical equipment W Suitable for locks with a shackle diameter of max. 7 mm and a shackle length of min. 20 mm Model Order number Cable diameter max. 10 mm 209-741-JC Cable diameter max. 22 mm 209-751-JC Locks for industrial socket connections W Effective protection to all industrial plug connections W Suitable for locks with a shackle diameter of max. 7 mm and a shackle length of min. 20 mm W Small lock: for connectors, max. 70 mm Ø, max. Length 120 mm, cable Ø max. 25 Mm W Large lock: for connectors, max. 100 mm Ø, max. Length 250 mm, cable Ø max. 35 Mm Multi-lock clips W For taking up to 6 locks, so multiple people can secure a piece of equipment W In vinyl coated stainless steel W Suitable for locks with a shackle diameter of max. 9.5 mm and a shackle length of min. 20 mm Model Order number Cable diameter up to 25 mm 209-742-JC Cable diameter up to 35 mm 209-743-JC Model Colour 1 Order number Ring diameter 25 mm Red 209-698-JC Ring diameter 38 mm Red 209-699-JC Ring diameter 25 mm Yellow 209-700-JC Ring diameter 38 mm Yellow 209-701-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 629

630

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Emergency exit door handle covers Emergency exit door handle covers are fitted over the emer- gency exit door handle to create a barrier. This prevents acci- dental use of the handle. In the event of danger, the cover may be easily removed and the handle operated. The emergency exit door handle covers are made from macrolon. They can be remo- ved without danger of injury. The cover itself is not damaged and can be reused. Only new top plates are required. W Saves the need for complex monitoring systems W For securing emergency exits and exit windows W Patented mounting system W Can also be used with fire-rated doors W Recommended by the fire brigade and professional associations Emergency exit door covers models D2 and E, for securing espagno- lette bolts Single handed door guard alarm in accordance with EN 179 and EN 1125 W Saves the need for complex monitoring systems W Cost-effective security For doors and emergency exits W Simple, wire free fitting under the door handle W Ready to use - delivery includes key, battery, pictogram and mounting kit W Patented escape route security - open with one handle W In sturdy metal housing (die cast zinc), RAL 6029 (green) W Visual and audible barrier to misuse W Also available with a pre-alarm as an option W Alarm (95 dB /m) on operation Pre-alarm Emergency exit Pressing the door guard alarm silen- ces the pre-alarm When the handle is released, the alarm falls silent again When the door handle is pressed down the EH door guard alarm automati- cally moves down and enables the emergency exit door to be used with only one handle A permanent alarm is triggered, which can be silenced using the device key Emergency exit door cover Model K for securing door handles Single use Permanent use Version External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Contents Order number Emergency exit door cover Model D2 for bolt on normal frames Emergency exit door covers Model E for bolt on narrow frames Emergency exit door cover Model K for door handles 80 x 72 x 361 65 x 90 x 330 215 x 100 x 99 Cover D2, with 2 green bottom plates, 6 red top plates, 1 pictogram 209-403-JC Cover E, with 2 green bottom plates, 6 red top plates, 1 pictogram 209-404-JC Cover K with 2 mounting brackets, 3 end covers, 2 green and 6 red top plates, 1 pictogram 209-410-JC Accessories Emergency exit door handle cover openers Padlock with 2 keys, keyed alike Padlock with 2 keys, keyed to differ Box lock without cylinder Box lock with profile half cylinder Sticker set for emergency exit door handle covers, special adhesive on aluminium sheet, incl. Sandpaper Order number 209-405-JC 209-406-JC 209-407-JC 209-408-JC 209-409-JC 209-413-JC Authorised persons do not need to use the handle, they open the door using the key to bypass the alarm With the device key the door guard alarm can be pushed down without triggering the alarm to a permanently open position In this position, the door can be used normally 630 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

631

Emergency exits must be accessible at all times, but are easy to misuse. Door guard alarms offer cost-effective protection from unauthorised use and ensure reliable monitoring. All door guard alarms are supplied in green (RAL 6029). 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P For door handles in accordance with EN 179 Overview of the door guard alarm range On the left, beginning with the BASIC design without a pre-alarm, in the centre with a pre-alarm Then the version For doors with rod handles Door guard alarm design Use External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Door guard alarms without pre-alarm Security For doors with handles 52 x 77 x 175 209-389-JC Door guard alarms with pre-alarm Security For doors with handles 52 x 77 x 190 209-390-JC Door guard alarms without pre-alarm Security For doors with panic bars 52 x 77 x 220 209-394-JC Door guard alarms with pre-alarm Security For doors with panic bars 52 x 77 x 220 209-395-JC 1 1 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 Door handle mounting plates for glass frame doors for normal door plates Door handle mounting plates for glass frame doors for long door plates Door handle mounting plate for standard and fire protection doors Elbow mounting plate for panic bars, glass frame door left, offset 30 mm Elbow mounting plate for panic bars, glass frame door right, offset 30 mm Elbow mounting plate for panic bars, glass frame door left, offset 50 mm Elbow mounting plate for panic bars, glass frame door right, offset 50 mm Spacer, 30 mm thick (for solid doors) Spacer, 50 mm thick (for solid doors) Spacer, 60 mm thick (for solid doors) ORDER AT THE SAME TIME External dimensions W x H [mm] 170 x 175 170 x 205 52 x 175 170 x 175 170 x 175 170 x 175 170 x 175 52 x 175 52 x 175 52 x 175 Order number 209-391-JC 209-392-JC 209-393-JC 209-396-JC 209-397-JC 209-398-JC 209-399-JC 209-400-JC 209-401-JC 209-402-JC 1 Mounting plate for mounting to glass frames Can be used for right or left hand doors 2 Steel mounting plate for standard and fire-rated doors Can be used for right or left hand doors 3 Elbow mounting plate with an offset of 30 or 50 mm, for mounting on glass frame doors with bar handles 4 Spacers, available in 30, 50 or 60 mm sizes, can be used when adapting the door guard alarm to a bar handle / panic bar E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 631

632

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Key cabinets W In aluminium - timeless design W Ready to be screwed to the wall, mounting kit supplied W Incl. Colour coded sample pack of 6 key tags ORDER AT THE SAME TIME Key tag set 6 tags in red, black, blue or yellow, or mixed colours (2 x black and blue and 1 each x red and white) Design Order number Red Order number Black Order number Blue Order number Yellow Order number Assorted colours Key tag set 157-439-JC 157-440-JC 157-441-JC 157-443-JC 157-444-JC Number of key hooks Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 12 Deadlock 305 x 120 x 160 157-433-JC 18 Cylinder lock 305 x 120 x 280 157-434-JC 36 Cylinder lock 305 x 120 x 280 157-435-JC 36 Combination lock 305 x 120 x 280 172-630-JC 48 Cylinder lock 305 x 120 x 400 157-437-JC 54 Cylinder lock 305 x 120 x 280 157-436-JC 72 Cylinder lock 305 x 120 x 400 157-438-JC 72 Combination lock 305 x 120 x 400 172-631-JC Key cabinets W For wall attachment W With cylinder lock W Sheet steel housing With inscribable hook strips Number of key hooks [Stück] Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] Order number With fold down inner board 96 Key hook strips can be written on 380 x 50 x 595 7 248-554-JC 57 With fold down inner board 215 x 70 x 280 3 248-555-JC 74 With fold down inner board 245 x 85 x 330 4 248-556-JC All products for Business equipment can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12754 632 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

633

Key safe KEY SAFE W For the safe storage of keys and other valuables W Highly resistant die-cast zinc W 4-digit individually adjustable number combinations W 10,000 freely-settable, resettable combinations W For wall mounting in inddor or sheltered outdoor locations (incl. mounting kit) W 0-0-0-0 auto-stop makes opening easier in poor lighting External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Use 61 x 39 x 85 For keys up to 7 cm in length 83 x 46 x 135 For keys up to 12 cm in length Contents Order number Integrated key hooks Magnetic key hooks 263-541-JC 263-542-JC 83 x 46 x 135 For keys up to 9 cm in length Number wheel protected by sliding protective flap 263-543-JC 105 x 55 x 145 For keys up to 11 cm in length Number wheel protected by sliding protective flap 263-544-JC Sturdy cylinder lock W Solid brass body W Many applications, solid quality Adjustable combination padlock W Solid brass body 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Clear ring height [mm] Ring thickness [mm] Clear ring width [mm] Order number 30 x 12 x 48 16.00 5.00 14.30 248-527-JC 40 x 13 x 60 22.00 6.00 20.00 248-528-JC 50 x 14 x 71 26.00 7.00 25.00 248-529-JC Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Clear ring height [mm] Ring thickness [mm] Clear ring width [mm] Order number 30 x 16 x 75 27.00 5.00 12.00 248-530-JC 40 x 16 x 90 32.50 6.50 18.50 248-531-JC Cylinder padlock for exchangeable profile half cylinders W Sea-water resistant hi-tech lock for exchangeable profile half cylinders W Stainless steel shackle, double locking W Lock body ready for assembly W Suitable for almost all DIN-compliant profile half cylinders with lockable locking latch (length 10/30 mm). Quick assembly, disassembly and replacement. Cylinder does not need to be machined for assembly. W Supplied without cylinder Design Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Clear ring height [mm] Ring thickness [mm] Clear ring width [mm] Order number Double bolt 55 x 33 x 104 40.00 8.00 27.00 263-545-JC Seawater resistant, double bolt 55 x 33 x 104 40.00 8.00 27.00 263-546-JC Seawater resistant, double bolt 55 x 33 x 104 80.00 8.00 27.00 263-547-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 633

634

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P 1 2 Approved for ex-zone 0 3 4 5 Led penlight W Impact resistant ABS housing, waterproof W Space-saving and powerful in the danger zone W Safety-certified ATEX Zone 0 (Category 1) W Switch at torch end for full/intermittent light W Also fits a helmet mount or between the teeth (helmet mount optionally available) LED worklights, compact and powerful W Powerful pocket torches for harsh environments W High performance LED, exceeds DIN 14649 W Grippy, sturdy housing W Wrist strap and battery compartment key W IPX7 spray protection LED torches W Lamp head swivels by 120 W 3 mode switch (full power, reduced power, flashing) W Four LEDs, powered by the latest generation of Ni-MH batteries, illuminate a distance of up to 272 metres. Mobile LED lighting system W Completely extendable rod with a 360º rotating head section W Shaft extension lock W Fully collapsible, easy to transport, quickly ready for use LED headlamp for Ex-Zone 0, 4 light modes W Offers different orientations: high, low, down and flashing modes. W Contains an elastic band for helmets and a fabric band for wearing directly on the head Light lifetime [h] Battery Battery included in delivery Light range [m] Light intensity [lumens] [lm] 1 2 2 x AAA, 1.5 V yes 24 117 EX protection class (marking) Ex II 1G Ex ia op is IIC T4 Ga Order number 274-270-JC 2 3 4 5 19 3 x AA yes 164 110 EX II 1 D EX ia IIIC t130°c Da EX II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga 226-099-JC 12 4 x D Ni-MH yes 272 530 10 NiMH yes – 1600 14 3AAA yes 78 141 Ex II 1G Ex ia op is IIC T4 Ga Ex II 1G Ex ia op is IIC T4 Ga Ex II 1G Ex ia op is IIC T4 Ga 274-276-JC 274-268-JC 274-271-JC 634 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

635

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P All products for Business equipment can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12754 Torch and helmet light Model 2410-Z, for Ex Zone 0 W Can be used as a helmet light (helmet mounting kit Order No. 173913 is required) W With powerful LED W Powerful pocket torches for harsh environments W Impact resistant ABS housing, waterproof W Ex-proof torch and helmet light Model 2410-Z, powerful, sturdy LED light for professional use. W Suitable for use in Ex-Zone 0 LED torch for Ex zone 0, with spotlight and floodlight function W 3 light levels (high, medium, low) W 4 modes: Spotlight, floodlight or both LEDs together, flashing W Head swivels 90° W Mounting clip with integral magnet LED head torch for Ex zone 0, with flashing light W Lamps for helmets and head torches are useful when both hands need to be free while working W Fit the lamp to a helmet or wear it on your head W Cushioned straps and Lightweight to ensure user comfort W Batteries (alkaline) supplied Torches W Powerful pocket torches for harsh environments W Impact resistant ABS housing, waterproof W 4 operating modes, glare-free illumination of the floor W Battery charge capacity indicator 1 2 3 4 Light lifetime [h] Battery Battery included in delivery Light range [m] Light intensity [lumens] [lm] EX protection class (marking) Order number 1 2 3 4 7 4 x AA no 161 126 EX II 1 D EX ia IIIC T135°C Da EX II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga 173-889-JC 15 3xAA no 134 329 16 3 x AAA yes 61 115 Ex II 1G Ex ia op is IIC T4 Ga Ex II 1G Ex ia op is IIC T4 Ga 267-004-JC 267-006-JC 8 4 x AA no 249 189 EX II 1 D EX ia IIIC T 130° Da EX II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga 217-952-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 635

636

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P KERN precision balances EMB, weighing range up to 6 kg W Entry-level model for basic applications W High mobility, with battery operation (batteries included) W Simple, easy to use 2-button operation W Special flat design Weighing range max. Readability d Weighing plate diameter [mm] Reproducibility Linearity Order number Order number DAkkS calibration certificate 100 g 1 mg 82 200 g 10 mg 105 200 g 1 mg 82 500 g 100 mg 150 600 g 10 mg 105 1,0 kg 10 mg 150 1,2 kg 100 mg 150 2,0 kg 10 mg 150 2,2 kg 1 g 150 3,0 kg 100 mg 150 5,2 kg 1 g 150 6,0 kg 100 mg 150 1 mg 5 mg 266-401-JC 10 mg 20 mg 266-402-JC 1 mg 5 mg 266-403-JC 100 mg 200 mg 266-404-JC 10 mg 30 mg 266-405-JC 10 mg 50 mg 266-406-JC 100 mg 300 mg 266-407-JC 10 mg 50 mg 266-408-JC 1 g 2 g 266-409-JC 100 mg 300 mg 266-410-JC 1 g 3 g 266-411-JC 100 mg 300 mg 266-412-JC 266-677-JC 266-677-JC 266-677-JC 266-677-JC 266-677-JC 266-677-JC 266-677-JC 266-677-JC 266-677-JC 266-677-JC 266-678-JC 266-678-JC KERN precision balances 572, weighing range up to 24 kg W Many laboratory functions such as recipe function and percentage determination W Parts counting and vibration-free weighing for industrial use W Freely programmable weighing unit W Level indicator - exact levelling of the scale W As standard with RS-232 interface for sending values to the PC or printer Weighing range max. Readability d Weighing plate dimensions [mm] Weighing plate diameter Reproducibility Linearity Order number Order number DAkkS calibration certificate 240 g 1 mg – 106 mm 1 mg 3 mg 266-433-JC 266-677-JC 420 g 1 mg – 105 mm 2 mg 5 mg 266-434-JC 266-677-JC 2,4 kg 10 mg – 150 mm 10 mg 30 mg 266-436-JC 266-677-JC 4,2 kg 10 mg – 150 mm 20 mg 50 mg 266-437-JC 266-677-JC 10 kg 100 mg 160 x 200 – 100 mg 300 mg 266-438-JC 266-678-JC 12 kg 50 mg 160 x 200 – 50 mg 150 mg 266-439-JC 266-678-JC 16 kg 100 mg 160 x 200 – 100 mg 300 mg 266-441-JC 266-678-JC 20 kg 50 mg 160 x 200 – 100 mg 250 mg 266-442-JC 266-678-JC 24 kg 100 mg 160 x 200 – 100 mg 300 mg 266-443-JC 266-678-JC KERN parcel scales EOB, weighing range up to 300 kg W Multipurpose, e.g. in parcel dispatch or as a check scale W Simple 4-button operation W Stainless steel weighing plate W Wall mounted display W Safe operation via power supply unit Weighing range max. Readability d Weighing plate dimensions [mm] Reproducibility Linearity Order number Order number DAkkS calibration certificate 15 kg 5 g 305 x 315 5 g 10 g 266-549-JC 266-678-JC 35 kg 10 g 305 x 315 10 g 20 g 266-550-JC 266-678-JC 60 kg 20 g 305 x 315 20 g 40 g 266-551-JC 266-679-JC 60 kg 20 g 550 x 550 20 g 40 g 266-552-JC 266-679-JC 150 kg 50 g 305 x 315 50 g 100 g 266-553-JC 266-679-JC 150 kg 50 g 550 x 550 50 g 100 g 266-554-JC 266-679-JC 150 kg 50 g 950 x 500 50 g 100 g 266-555-JC 266-679-JC 300 kg 100 g 305 x 315 100 g 200 g 266-556-JC 266-679-JC 300 kg 100 g 550 x 550 100 g 200 g 266-557-JC 266-679-JC 300 kg 100 g 950 x 500 100 g 200 g 266-558-JC 266-679-JC 636 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

637

KERN two-range floor scales BID, also available with verification licence, for up to 3 t W For weighing large loads in tough industrial environments W Two-range scale - automatically switches to the next largest weighing range W Weighing bridge in non-slip steel chequer plate W Dust and water spray protection weighing bridge IP 67 and display IP 65 W Verifiable (please order verification at the same time!) W Scale can be queried and controlled by computer or external controller via KPC and RS-232 interface W Notice: For verified scales, the weighing bridge must be fixed to the floor (either with an access ramp, a pair of base plates or a pit frame) Weighing range max. Weighing plate dimensions [mm] Readability d Reproducibility Linearity Order number Order number DAkkS calibration certificate Order number Verification 300 kg | 600 kg 1000 x 1000 100 g | 200 g 100 g | 200 g 300 g | 600 g 266-596-JC 266-680-JC 266-673-JC 300 kg | 600 kg 1500 x 1200 100 g | 200 g 100 g | 200 g 300 g | 600 g 266-597-JC 266-680-JC 266-673-JC 600 kg | 1500 kg 1000 x 1000 200 g | 500 g 200 g | 500 g 600 g | 1500 g 266-598-JC 266-680-JC 266-673-JC 600 kg | 1500 kg 1500 x 1200 200 g | 500 g 200 g | 500 g 600 g | 1500 g 266-599-JC 266-680-JC 266-673-JC 1,5 t | 3 t 1500 x 1200 500 g | 1000 g 500 g | 1000 g 1,500 kg | 3 kg 266-600-JC 266-682-JC 266-675-JC 1,5 t | 3 t 1500 x 1500 500 g | 1000 g 500 g | 1000 g 1,500 kg | 3 kg 266-601-JC 266-682-JC 266-675-JC KERN premium three-range crane scales HFD, weighing range up to 12 t W Especially robust for use in tough industrial environments W Three-range scale - automatically switches to the next largest weighing range W With radio-controlled remote operation (20 m range) W Can be used as a check scale in production, warehouse, quality control and dispatch for example W High mobility, with long lasting battery operation Weighing range max. Readability d Order number Order number DAkkS calibration certificate 150 kg | 300 kg | 600 kg 50 g | 100 g | 200 g 266-647-JC 300 kg | 600 kg | 1500 kg 100 g | 200 g | 500 g 266-648-JC 600 kg | 1500 kg | 3000 kg 200 g | 500 g | 1000 g 266-649-JC 1,5 t | 3 t | 6 t 500 g | 1000 g | 2000 g 266-650-JC 266-692-JC 266-692-JC 266-694-JC 266-694-JC 3 t | 6 t | 12 t 1 kg | 2 kg | 5 kg 266-651-JC 266-695-JC 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Accessories Dot matrix printer for balance model 572 Rolls of paper for dot matrix printer for balance model 572, 10 pieces Internal battery operation, for scale model HFD Hook with safety lock, galvanised and painted, for scale model HFD up to 1.5 t Hook with safety lock, galvanised and painted, for scale model HFD up to 3 t Hook with safety lock, galvanised and painted, for scale model HFD up to 12 t Pair of base plates for mounting the weighing bridge to the floor, for scale model BID Access ramp for scale model BID with weighing plate 1000 × 1000 mm Access ramp for scale model BID with weighing plate 1200 × 1500 mm Access ramp for scale model BID with weighing plate 1500 × 1500 mm Pit frame for scale model BID with weighing plate 1000 × 1000 mm Pit frame for scale model BID with weighing plate 1200 × 1500 mm Pit frame for scale model BID with weighing plate 1500 × 1500 mm Order number 266-446-JC 266-447-JC 266-655-JC 266-652-JC 266-653-JC 266-654-JC 266-602-JC 266-603-JC 266-604-JC 266-605-JC 266-606-JC 266-607-JC 266-608-JC All products for Scales can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/36133 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 637

638

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Sauter digital force gauges FK W Robust digital force gauge for tensile and compressive force measurements W Reversible display: automatic direction detection W Safe operation with ergonomic housing design W Peak hold function for recording the peak value or track function for continuous measurement display W Selectable units: N, lb, kg, oz W Auto-Power-Off Model Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Max. measuring range [N] Readability [N] Order number Digital 195 x 82 x 35 10 N 0,005 N 283-610-JC Digital 132 x 84 x 35 25 N 0,01 N 283-611-JC Digital 195 x 82 x 35 50 N 0,02 N 283-612-JC Digital 195 x 84 x 35 100 N 0,05 N 283-613-JC Digital 195 x 82 x 35 250 N 0,1 N 283-614-JC Digital 195 x 84 x 35 500 N 0,2 N 283-615-JC Digital 195 x 84 x 35 1 kN 0,5 N 283-616-JC Sauter ultrasonic material thickness gauges TN-US W Hand-held measuring device for determining the material thickness W External measuring head W Data interface USB, standard (only for models with readability [d] = 0.01 mm) W Scan mode (10 measurements per second) or single measuring point selectable W Internal data memory for up to 20 files (with up to 100 individual values per file) W Selectable units: mm, inch W Supplied in a robust carrying case Model Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Max. measurable material thickness Readability d Order number TN 80-0.1US 150 x 74 x 32 80 mm 0,1 mm 283-668-JC TN 230-0.1US 150 x 74 x 32 230 mm 0,1 mm 283-669-JC TN 300-0.1US 150 x 74 x 32 300 mm 0,1 mm 283-670-JC TN 80-0.01US 150 x 74 x 32 80 mm 0,01 mm 283-671-JC TN 230-0.01US 150 x 74 x 32 230 mm 0,01 mm 283-672-JC TN 300-0.01US 150 x 74 x 32 300 mm 0,01 mm 283-673-JC Kern Stereo Zoom Microscopes OZL-46 W The practical and flexible stereo zoom microscope with integrated LED ring illumination and large zoom range W Fields of application: quality control, in vitro fertilisation, detection of parasites, zoology and botany, tissue preparation, dissection W The LED incident light and transmitted light illumination included as standard ensures optimal illumination of your sample W The zoom lens offers you continuous magnification from 7×-45× W A dust cover, eye cups and multilingual operating instructions are included in the delivery Model Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Lenses Lens barrel type Order number OZL 463 Standard lighting 300 x 240 x 420 0,7 x - 4,5 x Binocular 283-698-JC OZL 464 Standard lighting 300 x 240 x 420 0,7 x - 4,5 x Trinocular 283-699-JC OZL 465 Ring lighting 300 x 240 x 420 0,7 x - 4,5 x Binocular 283-700-JC OZL 466 Ring lighting 300 x 240 x 420 0,7 x - 4,5 x Trinocular 283-701-JC OZL 467 Standard lighting 300 x 240 x 420 0,7 x - 4,5 x Binocular 283-702-JC OZL 468 Standard lighting 300 x 240 x 420 0,7 x - 4,5 x Trinocular 283-703-JC 638 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

639

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Flow measuring devices PCE-TDS 200+ W Flowmeters are precise instruments for accurately measuring the flow of liquids in various applications W The application of flow meters enables optimised resource utilisation, improved process control and efficient quality control, resulting in increased efficiency and cost savings W Measurement parameters: flow velocity, volume flow, volume, temperature, heat output, heat quantity W For various media & pipe materials W Sensor type: Ultrasonic sensor W Measuring range: ± 32 m/s W Resolution: 0.001 m/s Model Nominal size sensor External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number ISO calibration certificate included Order number PCE-TDS 200+ L DN 300-6000 85 x 165 x 32 307-114-JC PCE-TDS 200+ M DN 50-700 85 x 165 x 32 307-116-JC PCE-TDS 200+ ML DN 50-700, DN 300-6000 85 x 165 x 32 307-118-JC PCE-TDS 200+ S DN 15-100 85 x 165 x 32 307-122-JC PCE-TDS 200+ SL PCE-TDS 200+ SM DN 15-100, DN 300-6000 DN 15-100, DN 50-700 85 x 165 x 32 307-126-JC 85 x 165 x 32 307-124-JC 307-115-JC 307-117-JC 307-119-JC 307-123-JC 307-125-JC 307-127-JC Sound level measuring devices PCE-322 W Sound level meters are precise instruments for detecting and measuring sound levels in different environments and applications W Class II sound level meter with data logger W With USB interface and software W LC display and memory for up to 32700 measured values Model Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number ISO calibration certificate included Order number PCE-322A Standard 95 x 280 x 45 307-441-JC PCE-322ALEQ With LEQ Software 95 x 280 x 45 307-443-JC PCE-322-SC43 With sound calibrator 95 x 280 x 45 307-445-JC 307-442-JC 307-444-JC – Hardness measuring devices PCE-DD A/D W Hardness testers are precise tools for accurately measuring the hardness of material surfaces in various applications and industries W With easy to read digital display Model Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Hardness measuring range min Hardness measuring range max Hardness accuracy Order number PCE DD-A Shore A 60 x 115 x 25 0 Shore A 100 Shore A 2 Shore A 307-160-JC PCE DD-D Shore D 60 x 85 x 25 0 Shore D 100 Shore D 2 Shore D 307-161-JC All products for Measuring devices can be found here: All products for Optical equipment can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/410952 www.denios.co.uk/kat/410953 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 639

640

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Universal drum wrench in special bronze, spark-free For safe working in potentially explosive areas! W In special bronze (aluminium multi-alloy bronze) W Fine sand-blasted surface W For 22 drum closures W Approved for Ex-zones 1, 21 Length [mm] 380 Order number 250-295-JC Open end spanner set in special bronze, spark-free For safe working in potentially explosive areas! W Similar to DIN 3110 W The tools are highly corrosion-resistant, even to saltwater. Wrench width 6 x 7 mm 8 x 9 mm 10 x 11 mm 12 x 13 mm 16 x 17 mm 17 x 19 mm 20 x 22 mm 24 x 27 mm 30 x 32 mm Length [mm] 125 125 140 160 200 225 240 270 300 Order number 250-297-JC 250-298-JC 250-310-JC 250-311-JC 250-312-JC 250-313-JC 250-314-JC 250-315-JC 250-316-JC Combi pliers in CuBe, spark-free For safe working in potentially explosive areas! W Tools in copper beryllium (CuBe) are non-magnetic. W The tools are highly corrosion-resistant, even to saltwater. W Approved for Ex-zones 1, 21 Length [mm] 200 Order number 250-374-JC Pipe wrench in CuBe, spark-free For safe working in potentially explosive areas! W Tools in copper beryllium (CuBe) are non-magnetic. W Spark-free tools in special non-ferrous alloys. Certified for use in zones with combustible or highly flammable vapours, liquids or dusts. Jaw width max. 30 mm Length [mm] 250 Order number 250-376-JC 640 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

641

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Ratchet set 1/4" in CuBe, spark-free For safe working in potentially explosive areas! W 16 part set with: Plastic box with foam inlay, 1x ratchet, extension 100 mm, socket wrench set 4/4.5/5/5.5/6/7/8/9/10/11/12/13/14 mm W Tools in copper beryllium (CuBe) are non-magnetic. Model Ratchet set 1/4” Wrench width 4-14 mm Order number 250-345-JC Ratchet set 1/2" in CuBe, spark-free For safe working in potentially explosive areas! W 27 part set with: Plastic box with foam inlay, 1x ratchet, extension 250 mm, crossbar 320 mm, jointed handle 380 mm, socket wrench set 10/11/12/13/14/15/16/17/18/19/20/21/22/23/24/25/26/27/28/ 29/30/32 mm Model Ratchet set 1/2” Wrench width 10-32 mm Order number 250-346-JC Workshop screwdriver in CuBe, spark-free For safe working in potentially explosive areas! W Slot and Phillips screwdriver in copper beryllium in various sizes W Spark-free tools in special non-ferrous alloys. Certified for use in zones with combustible or highly flammable vapours, liquids or dusts. Blade 4.5 mm 6 mm 8 mm 10 mm Length [mm] 100 150 150 200 Order number Slot screwdriver 250-357-JC 250-358-JC 250-359-JC 250-360-JC Sledgehammer in special bronze, spark-free For safe working in potentially explosive areas! W Similar to DIN 1042 W With hickory shaft W Approved for Ex-zones 1, 21 W The tools are highly corrosion-resistant, even to saltwater. Model Sledgehammer Weight [g] 3000 5000 Order number 250-381-JC 250-382-JC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 641

642

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Shovels and spades in special bronze, spark-free For safe working in potentially explosive areas! W In special bronze (aluminium multi-alloy bronze) W Approved for Ex-zones 1, 21 W The tools are highly corrosion-resistant, even to saltwater. Model Scoop Scoop shovel, straight handle Scoop shovel, D handle Size 180 x 220 mm 240 x 290 mm 240 x 290 mm Length [mm] 550 1600 1270 Order number 250-408-JC 250-405-JC 265-043-JC Combination wrench in special bronze, spark-free For safe working in potentially explosive areas! W Similar to DIN 3113 Wrench width 6 mm 7 mm 8 mm 10 mm 12 mm 13 mm 14 mm 17 mm 19 mm 24 mm 27 mm 30 mm 32 mm Length [mm] 130 130 135 150 190 190 190 210 230 270 280 300 300 Order number 250-327-JC 250-328-JC 250-329-JC 250-330-JC 250-331-JC 250-332-JC 250-333-JC 250-334-JC 250-335-JC 250-336-JC 250-337-JC 250-338-JC 250-339-JC Crowbars in special bronze, spark-free For safe working in potentially explosive areas! W Also available in versions with point and edge W Approved for Ex-zones 1, 21 W The tools are highly corrosion-resistant, even to saltwater. Length [mm] Order number Crowbar 450 600 750 1000 1500 1800 250-412-JC 262-949-JC 262-950-JC 262-952-JC 262-953-JC 262-954-JC Order number Crowbar with point and edge – – – 262-956-JC 262-958-JC 262-959-JC All products for Spark-free tools can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/25302 642 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

643

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Safety knife SECUNORM W Automatic blade retraction ensures high safety W As soon as you start cutting, release the slider - so the blade immediately disappears back into the handle after cutting W Suitable for right and left handers W Easy blade change Model Material Cutting depth [mm] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number SECUNORM 500 Aluminium 17 22 x 154 x 38 288-990-JC SECUNORM 300 Glass fibre reinforced plastic 17 22 x 154 x 38 288-991-JC Safety knife SECUPRO W Fully automatic blade retraction ensures very high safety W As soon as the blade leaves the cutting material, it retracts into the handle on its own, even if you are still holding down the slider or lever W Easy blade change - the integrated magnet prevents the blade from falling out W Suitable for right and left handers Model Material Cutting depth [mm] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number SECUPRO MARTEGO Aluminium 9 22 x 160 x 58 288-995-JC SECUPRO MERAK Glass fibre reinforced plastic 9 22 x 138 x 55 288-994-JC Safety knife SECUMAX W Concealed blade for maximum safety W The SECUMAX protects against cuts and damage to goods W Easy, safe blade change W Suitable for right and left handers Model Material Cutting depth [mm] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] SECUMAX 350 Glass fibre reinforced plastic 6 16 x 157 x 42 288-999-JC SECUMAX 320 Glass fibre reinforced plastic 4 19 x 168 x 62 289-000-JC Safety knife accessories W Rugged belt pack W Easy transport of work equipment W Space for all compact MARTOR safety knives as well as the safety shears Model Belt pack S Belt pack M Belt pack L Material Nylon Nylon Nylon Order number 289-038-JC 289-039-JC 289-040-JC All products for Cutting tools can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/ kat/573509 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 643 Belt pouches without contents

644

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Prohibition signs according to ISO 7010 In our range you will find an extensive selection of prohibition signs according to ISO 7010 as well as proven prohibition signs. W Prohibition signs prevent certain behaviour that could cause a hazard W Easily recognisable by their round shape and red colour, prohibition signs make a significant contribution to safety in the workplace W Lightfast and long lasting Model Material Diameter [mm] Order number Foil 100 267-591-JC 200 219-110-JC No smoking Plastic 100 285-109-JC 200 285-110-JC 100 290-517-JC Aluminium 200 266-729-JC 300 266-728-JC Mandatory sign according to ISO 7010 In our range you will find an extensive selection of mandatory signs according to ISO 7010 as well as proven mandatory signs. W Mandatory signs indicate protective measures as well as the risks and hazards at the workplace in order to prevent accidents and damage to health W Mandatory signs not only contribute to work safety but also to the protection of your employees' health W Lightfast and long lasting Model Material Diameter [mm] Order number Wear eye protection Foil 30 285-081-JC 50 285-082-JC 100 266-795-JC 200 266-793-JC Plastic 200 285-083-JC 300 285-084-JC Aluminium 200 266-794-JC Hazard signs according to ISO 7010 In our range you will find an extensive selection of hazard signs according to ISO 7010 as well as proven hazard signs. W Hazard signs identify potential sources of danger and obstacles, contributing not only to better awareness among employees but also to work safety in general W Lightfast and long lasting Model Material Side length [mm] Order number Warning of hot surface Foil 25 285-163-JC 50 285-164-JC 100 266-706-JC 200 266-703-JC Plastic 200 285-165-JC Aluminium 100 266-705-JC 200 266-704-JC All products for Hazard signs can be found here: All products for Mandatory signs can be found here: All products for Prohibition signs can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/ kat/458981 www.denios.co.uk/ kat/458982 www.denios.co.uk/ kat/458983 644 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

645

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Fire protection signs In our range you will find an extensive selection of fire protection signs according to ISO 7010 / ISO 3864 and others. W Fire protection signs indicate facilities or equipment that are important for fire protection W Lightfast and long lasting W All luminescent signs have a luminosity higher than DIN 67510 requires Model Material W x H [mm] Luminescent Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number FIRE EXTINGUISHER Fire extinguishers FIRE EXTINGUISHER Foil Plastic Aluminium 150 x 150 200 x 200 150 x 150 200 x 200 150 x 150 200 x 200 Yes 10 Item(s) 219-108-JC 219-142-JC 285-047-JC 285-048-JC 219-115-JC 219-143-JC 3D fire protection signs In our range you will find an extensive selection of fire protection signs as 3D signs, these protrude into the room and are therefore more visible. W Lightfast and long lasting W All luminescent signs have a luminosity higher than DIN 67510 requires Model Material W x H [mm] Luminescent Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number Angled sign Aluminium Fire alarm Plastic 150 x 150 200 x 200 150 x 150 200 x 200 Yes 5 Item(s) 219-130-JC 219-131-JC 285-066-JC 285-067-JC Fire protection signs as projecting signs In our range you will find an extensive selection of fire protection signs as projecting signs, these protrude into the room and are therefore more visible. W Lightfast and long lasting W All luminescent signs have a luminosity higher than DIN 67510 requires Model Material W x H [mm] Luminescent Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number Ladder Aluminium Plastic 150 x 150 200 x 200 150 x 150 200 x 200 Yes 5 Item(s) 290-237-JC 290-238-JC 290-239-JC 290-240-JC All products for Fire protection signs can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12910 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 645

646

6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Emergency signs according to ISO 7010 In our range you will find an extensive selection of emergency signs according to ISO 7010 / ISO 3864 and others. W Emergency signs indicate facilities, equipment or escape routes that are important for the rescue of people W Lightfast and long lasting W All luminescent signs have a luminosity higher than DIN 67510 requires Model Material W x H [mm] Luminescent Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number EMERGENCY EXIT Foil Aluminium Emergency exit downwards Plastic 300 x 150 400 x 200 300 x 150 400 x 200 300 x 150 400 x 200 219-138-JC 10 Item(s) 219-139-JC 219-140-JC 5 Item(s) 219-141-JC 10 Item(s) 284-988-JC 5 Item(s) 284-989-JC Yes 3D emergency signs In our range you will find an extensive selection of emergency signs as 3D signs, these protrude into the room and are therefore more visible. W Lightfast and long lasting W All luminescent signs have a luminosity higher than DIN 67510 requires Model Material W x H [mm] Luminescent Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number Angled sign Aluminium First aid Plastic 150 x 150 200 x 200 150 x 150 200 x 200 Yes 5 Item(s) 173-703-JC 173-704-JC 285-014-JC 285-015-JC Emergency signs as projecting signs In our range you will find an extensive selection of emergency signs as projecting signs, these protrude into the room and are therefore more visible. W Lightfast and long lasting W All luminescent signs have a luminosity higher than DIN 67510 requires Model Material W x H [mm] Luminescent Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number Projecting sign Aluminium Emergency eye wash Plastic 150 x 150 200 x 200 150 x 150 200 x 200 Yes 5 Item(s) 173-709-JC 173-710-JC 290-444-JC 285-033-JC All products for Rescue signs can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12909 646 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

647

Test stickers (different versions, sizes and years) W Test stickers show when machines, systems and equipment were last inspected and provide information on when the next inspection must take place W Potentially dangerous devices and machines in particular must be checked regularly by a specialist W Difficult to remove and tamper-proof (cannot be stuck back down again) Test plate year Colour Material Diameter [mm] Pack contents Order number 2025 Brown 2026 Yellow Document film 30 5 Sheet 2027 Orange 2028 Violet 290-130-JC 290-131-JC 290-132-JC 316-139-JC Available in different versions, sizes and years. Please feel free to visit our online shop. Cable test stickers (different versions, sizes and years) W Test stickers show when machines, systems and equipment were last inspected and provide information on when the next inspection must take place W Potentially dangerous devices and machines in particular must be checked regularly by a specialist W Self-adhesive foil with excellent adhesive strength 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Test plate year Material W x H [mm] Pack contents Order number 2025 2026 Foil 60 x 20 5 Sheet 2027 2028 290-112-JC 290-113-JC 290-114-JC Sheet 318-611-JC Available in different versions, sizes and years. Please feel free to visit our online shop. Hazardous substance labels according to GHS W Hazardous substance labels according to GHS (Globally Harmonised System) clearly indicate corrosive, toxic or explosive chemicals W Since 2015, identification of these chemicals and mixtures with hazardous substance labels has been mandatory W The self-adhesive PVC film makes the marking easy to apply W All nine pictograms are available in different sizes Model W x H [mm] Material Order number 15 x 15 21 x 21 26 x 26 37 x 37 52 x 52 105 x 105 Exclamation mark symbol Foil 285-076-JC 191-810-JC 193-048-JC 191-812-JC 193-049-JC 193-050-JC Please note that the actual classification of your hazardous substances may only be carried out by authorised persons. All products for Test labels and quality marking can be found here: All products for Hazmat symbols can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12908 www.denios.co.uk/kat/12907 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 647

648

MultiMaster 5 multi-purpose ladder, aluminium, suitable for use on stairs, valued by professionals in construction, maintenance and industry One ladder, 5 modes: stepladder, stepladder for use on stairs, single ladder in off-set mode, single ladder and extended single ladder in one 6 T N E M P I U Q E N O I T A R E P O D N A N O I T C U D O R P Order no. 319-058-JC All products for Business equipment can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12754 648 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

649

A Absorbent Cushions .................. 319-333 Absorbent Materials . 311-345, 357, 493 Absorbent Mats ................ 315-330, 357 Absorbent Rolls ................. 315-330, 357 Absorbents ................ 311-333, 357, 493 Absorbent Socks ....................... 319-326 Absorption mats ................ 315-332, 357 Accessories for IBCs . 280-281, 384, 412 Acid / alkali cabinets ................ 114-119 Acid absorbents ........ 331, 342-345, 357 Acid cabinets............................. 114-119 Acid pumps................................ 246-248 Adapter.............................. 244-248, 276 Adblue filling station .........................370 ADR sets..................... 312-313, 334-341 Adsorbent cushions................... 319-333 Adsorbent socks ........................ 319-333 Air freight pallets ......................166, 562 Alkalis cabinets ......................... 114-119 Alu ladders ........................ 592-595, 648 Aluminium bottles .............................396 Aluminium boxes....................... 570-571 Aluminium box trolley ............... 570-571 Aluminium transportation boxes............. ................................................... 570-571 Alu platforms.....................................595 Anti-fatigue flooring .................. 462-472 Anti-fatigue Mats..............................464 Anti-slip coatings ...................... 622-627 Anti-slip flooring........................ 626-627 Anti-slip Mats ........................... 462-472 Anti-slip Mats linings................ 626-627 Anti-slip tape............................. 626-627 Anti-static matting .................... 470-471 Anti-static sets ..........................244, 270 Anti-static Storage Containers . 385-395 Approved showers (DIN standard) .......... ................................................... 446-458 ASBESTOS vacuum ...........................500 ASF containers .......................... 505-506 Ash trays ................................... 529-530 Ash tray stand ........................... 529-530 ASP containers ..................................507 Assembly lifting table .......................553 Assembly service ....... 127-134, 147-154 Assembly trolley........................ 536-546 ATEX compressed air mixers ..... 260-261 ATEX container pumps .............. 249-257 ATEX drum heaters .................... 266-267 ATEX drum lifters ...................... 304-305 ATEX drum pumps ..................... 249-257 ATEX earthing cable .......... 270-273, 400 ATEX gearing mixers ................. 260-261 ATEX heating jackets ................ 266-267 ATEX mixers .............................. 260-261 ATEX pumps .............................. 249-257 ATEX spiral earth cable ..... 270-273, 400 ATEX torches ............................. 634-635 ATEX vacuum cleaners ...... 497-501, 532 At source capture ...................... 422-423 Automatic tilter ......................... 558-561 B Ball valves .........................................107 Barrier chains ....................................615 Barrier posts ......................................614 Barriers ...................................... 599-601 Barrier tapes.............................. 612-613 Base cabinets ............................ 158-159 Base trolley ............................... 521-524 BASIC spill pallets........... 12-43, 81-101, ...........................................................507 Battery collection containers ............514 Battery Pumps ...................................248 Battery recycling containers .............514 Battery room.............................. 230-231 Battery store.............................. 230-231 Beakers..............................................397 Belt barriers............................... 612-613 Big Bag lifting cross .................. 574-575 Big bags..................................... 574-575 Big Bag stacking frame ............. 574-575 Bin bags..................................... 509-527 Bio.X .......................................... 476-479 Bio cleaner ................................ 476-479 Body showers ............................ 451-459 Bollard ...............................................614 Bollards ..................................... 608-614 Bottles ...............................................396 Bridge ramps .....................................619 Brush washing tables................ 476-485 Bucket........................................411, 512 Bulk material containers ........... 556-561 Bunded spill flooring .......... 44-47, 76-77 Bung drums ............................... 388-389 Bung hole drums ...............................389 C Cabinet spill kit .............. 32-33, 166-179 Cable bridges ............................ 618-619 Camouflage Mats ..............................320 Camouflage matting ..........................320 Canister ............................. 107, 392-404 Canister pumps ......................... 244-246 Cans...................................................398 Capture of dangerous substances .......... ................................................... 417-423 Carboy carts ..............................185, 289 Carboys.............................. 107, 392-397 Carboy tipper .............................185, 289 Castors ..............................................321 Centrifugal pumps .............................254 Chain barrier posts ............................615 Chains................................................615 Chair ..................................................590 Charging room for lithium batteries ................................................... 230-231 Chemical absorbents................ 311-345, ...................................................357, 493 Chemical Bottles ....................... 396-399 Chemical container ...........................398 Chemical containers......... 107, 360-361, ................................................... 383-412 Chemical gloves ................................433 Chemical protection gloves...............433 Chemical protection overalls .... 434-435 Chemical Pumps ................ 244-257, 369 Chemicals cabinets ........... 102-161, 191 Chemical spill pallets ......... 12-101, 289, ........................................... 357-358, 507 Chemicals stores ....................... 187-213 Chemicals tanks ................ 378-387, 412 Chemical storage racks ... 31, 69, 80-101 Chip magnet .............................. 494-495 Clamping gripper ............... 291-293, 360 Cleaning cloth container ... 411, 503-513 Cleaning cloths.......................... 490-493 Cleaning fluids........................... 477-480 Cleaning tables ......................... 476-486 Cleaning trolley .................................521 Cleaning utensils trolley ...................521 Cleaning without solvents ........ 476-479 Cleanroom chair ................................590 Climate chamber ...............................235 Cold chamber ....................................235 Cold cleaner ......................................484 Collapsible sumps ..................... 356-358 Collection boxes .................. 55, 562-582 Collection container .. 349, 411, 502-515 Collection spill pallets 12-101, 289, 507 Collection tanks.......... 368-380, 504-507 Collision protection ..... 99, 582, 598-616 Colours ...................................... 622-625 Combi shelving ............................81, 101 Comeback cylinder ............................617 Compact tippers ........................ 558-561 Compact tipping containers ...... 557-558 Company posters....................... 339-341 Component lifter ....................... 552-553 Compressed air mixers.............. 260-261 Conductive canister...........................393 Conductive drums...................... 391-395 Conductive shovel .............................342 Conical plugs .....................................354 Container Mixers....................... 260-261 Container pumps ............... 248-257, 369 Containers ......... 107, 174, 378-412, 512 Container shelving .......... 31, 69, 80-101 Containers with taps ................. 404-405 Containment shelves....... 31, 69, 80-101 Containment Shelving ................... 80-89 Control mirrors .......................... 620-621 Convex mirrors ..................................621 Cooling chamber ...............................235 CORNER impact protectors ....... 603-611 CORNER protection hoop .......... 599-607 Counter chair .....................................590 Cover .................................................524 Cover fleece.......................................321 Covers............................................ 18-36 Crane arms ................................ 554-555 Crane scale........................................637 Cut-resistant safety gloves ...............432 Cutting tools ......................................643 D Dangerous substances depots ..... 32-33, ................................................... 166-179 Dauphin chair ............................ 590-591 Delivery gauge ........... 248-257, 369-376 DENSORB Absorbents.............. 311-345, ...................................................357, 493 Detergents......................... 343, 477-484 Diesel filling station accessories ......376 Diesel filling stations ................ 370-377 Diesel pumps............. 174, 247-258, 369 Diesel tanks............................... 368-378 DIN 15154 ................................. 444-458 DIN cabinets...................... 104-161, 191 Product Index A - Z DIP and wash tanks........... 402, 487-489 DIP baskets........................................489 Dipsticks ....................................276, 389 DIP tank container ..................... 487-489 Dip Tanks ................................... 476-489 Discharge cables ....................... 270-273 Dispensing accessories.... 30, 68-74, 90, ............ 107, 174, 274-281, 384-412, 487 Dispensing cabinets ..........................107 Dispensing canisters ......... 107, 392-405 Dispensing centres................ 50-75, 289 Dispensing container ....... 174, 378-380, ................................................... 398-405 Dispensing containers...............174, 399 Dispensing funnels............ 400-405, 487 Dispensing jugs ......................... 399-401 Dispensing platforms ......... 19-41, 58-64 Dispensing pumps ............. 244-258, 369 Dispensing shelves ........... 31, 69, 81-93 Dispensing spill pallets ... 12, 50-75, 289 Dispensing tables...................... 417-421 Dispensing taps........ 30, 68-74, 90, 107, .................................... 274-275, 397-405 Dispensing tray ................. 30-41, 68, 90 Disposable masks ..................... 428-429 Disposable protective clothing . 434-435 Disposable suits ........................ 434-435 Disposal containers.. 349, 411, 502-529, ........................................... 556-558, 574 Disposal tanks ............ 368-378, 504-507 Dollies ...............................................524 Door alarm................................. 630-631 Door latch guard........................ 630-631 Door monitor ............................. 630-631 Dosing cabinets.................................107 Dosing stations ...................................12 Double-walled plastic tanks .............378 Double-walled tanks ......... 376-379, 504 Double diaphragm pumps ......... 249-257 Drain Covers .............................. 348-353 Drain seals ........................ 348-359, 401 Drain taps ................. 30, 68-74, 90, 107, .................................... 274-275, 397-405 Drip protection .......................... 356-358 Drip tray..................................... 356-358 Drip trays ...........................382, 398, 502 Drop-down barrier ..................... 604-607 Dropper Bottles .................................397 Drum accessories ..... 30, 68-74, 90, 107, ............................ 174, 274-280, 388-399 Drum adapters...................................276 Drum bandages .................................355 Drum Cabinets................ 32-33, 160-179 Drum cabinets for flammable liquids 160 Drum Carts ........................ 288-290, 551 Drum clamps ..................... 291-293, 360 Drum covers .................................. 18-36 Drum depots .............................. 166-179 Drum dispensing shelf ............ 53, 70-71 Drum dispensing stations ..... 12-93, 289 Drum Dollies...... 286-290, 360, 389, 551 Drum funnel....... 174, 278-280, 370-373, ........................................... 389-405, 487 Drum funnels ...... 174, 278-280, 389-391 Drum Grippers .......... 161, 269, 291-303, ...........................................................360 Drum handling .. 161, 185, 269, 286-305, ...........................................360, 389, 551 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 649

650

Product Index A - Z Drum Heaters ............. 264-269, 362-364 Drum lids ...........................................388 Drum Lifters............... 161, 269, 294-305 Drum lifting clamps ... 161, 269, 291-303 Drum lifting equipment ............161, 269, ................................... 290-303, 360, 551 Drum Mixers.............................. 260-261 Drum openers ............................ 275-277 Drum pallets ....................... 19-26, 52-67 Drum pallet trucks ..... 269, 290-303, 551 Drum Pumps .............. 174, 244-257, 369 Drum racks .............. 31, 69, 81-101, 583 Drums ........................................ 388-395 Drum spill pallets ....... 12-33, 44-97, 289 Drum storage boxes ....... 32-33, 166-179 Drum store. Hazmat store ........ 196-205, ................................................... 218-229 Drum supports .................... 19-41, 58-64 Drum Taps ................ 30, 68-74, 90, 107, ........................................... 274-275, 397 Drum Tongs ....................... 291-293, 360 Drum transport ......... 161, 185, 241-257, ............269-270, 286-306, 328, 339-349, ................................... 360-362, 389, 551 Drum transportation lifters ..............269, ........................................... 288-303, 551 Drum trolleys ..................... 288-290, 551 Drum turners .....................................296 Drum warmers............ 264-269, 362-364 Drum wrench ............................. 275-277 Drying equipment ..............................481 E Ear defenders ....................................431 Earplugs.............................................430 Ear plugs............................................430 Earthing cable .... 244-251, 270-273, 400 Earthing clamps......... 244, 270-273, 400 Earthing equipment ... 244, 270-273, 400 Electrical drum pumps....... 248-258, 369 Electric Mixers .......................... 260-261 Electric pumps ............ 248-258, 369-373 Electronic level indicators ......... 370-373 Emergency body showers ......... 451-459 Emergency boxes ....... 312-313, 334-341 Emergency equipment............... 440-441 Emergency exit door handle covers ........ ................................................... 630-631 Emergency eye wash stations .. 444-450 Emergency Showers.................. 444-459 Emergency signs ...............................646 Emergency spill kits ... 312-313, 334-341 Emergency spill pallets ............. 356-358 Emergency tank showers ..................459 Emergency walkway alarm ....... 630-631 Emergency walkway markings..........646 EN 14470 ........................... 104-161, 191 EN 15154 ................................... 444-458 EN cabinets ....................... 104-161, 191 Energy-absorbing lanyard .................437 EN showers ............................... 446-458 Environmental cabinets..... 102-161, 191 Equipment cabinets................... 584-588 Equipotential bonding .............. 244-251, ........................................... 270-273, 400 Escape route markings ......................646 Escape route security ................ 630-631 ESD canisters ....................................393 ESD chair ...........................................590 ESD drums ................................. 391-395 ESD Mats .................................. 470-471 ESD shovels.......................................342 ESD waste sacks ...............................527 Euro mesh boxes ......... 55, 562-563, 582 Euro pallet mesh sides ......................562 Euro pallets ...............................166, 562 Euro stacking containers ...................569 Ex-proof compressed air mixers 260-261 Ex-proof earthing cables ... 270-273, 400 Ex-proof extraction equipment..........423 Ex-proof geared mixers ............. 260-261 Ex-Proof Heating Jackets .......... 266-267 Ex-proof mixers ......................... 260-261 Ex-proof pumps .................................251 Ex-proof spiral earthing cable .. 270-273, ...........................................................400 Ex-proof vacuum cleaners . 497-501, 532 Explosion proof tools................. 640-642 EX proof drum lifter ................... 304-305 Extendable barriers ...........................616 Extinguishing drum fitting .................503 Extraction arms ......................... 422-423 Extraction connection for storage tanks ................................................... 370-373 Extraction fans .......................... 422-423 Extraction systems .................... 417-423 Extractor fans ....................................422 Extractor hood systems ............. 417-421 Extra wide necked drums ..................394 Eye showers .............................. 444-458 Eye wash bottles ....................... 444-445 Eye wash fluids ......................... 444-445 F F 90 fire-rated storage container .....163, .................................... 192-193, 214-229 Face shower systems ................ 446-450 Falcon ................................ 399-403, 486 FALCON containers .... 399-403, 486-489 Falcon funnel ..... 174, 278-281, 384, 412 FALCON safety containers ....... 399-405, ................................................... 486-487 Fall arrest equipment ................ 438-439 Fall arrest harnesses ................. 437-438 Fall arresting devices ................ 437-439 Fall protection ........................... 437-439 Filling stations ...................................379 Filter masks ............................... 428-429 Fine dust filter masks ................ 428-429 Fine measuring jugs .................. 400-401 Fire-proof cabinets ..... 104-161, 191-193 Fire-rated cabinets .... 122-140, 158-159, ................................................... 190-193 Fire-rated hazardous material cabinets ................................................... 124-151 Fire-rated hazmat storage container....... ............................ 163, 192-193, 214-229 Fire-rated storage container. Shelving systems ...................... 222-229 Fire-rated storage container. Walk-in ........................................... 163, 214-217 Fire-rated storage container with sliding doors .............................. 226-231 Fire-rated store... 163, 192-193, 214-231 Fire-resistant cabinets ...... 104-161, 191 Fire safety signs ................................645 Fire service signs...............................645 First aid box ............................... 440-441 First aid cabinets ....................... 440-441 First aid kit................................. 440-441 First aid materials ..................... 440-441 First aid products....................... 440-441 Flange safety spray shields...............355 Flange seals ......................................355 Flat lid................................................524 Floor colour................................ 622-625 Floor covering ............................ 622-625 Flooring..............................................321 Floor marking paints.................. 622-625 Floor marking systems .............. 622-627 Floor marking tape .................... 624-627 Floor Mats ................................. 460-472 Floor protection .................................321 Floor scale .........................................637 Flow meter ................. 248-257, 369-376 Fluid barriers ...... 327-328, 348-359, 401 Fluid containers ................. 174, 384-412 Fluid pumps ....................... 174, 244-258 Fluid tanks ................. 368-387, 412, 504 Fluorescent tube boxes .............349, 515 Fold down barrier post .............. 614-617 Folding door cabinets ........ 104-161, 191 Fork extensions ......................... 554-555 Fork lift attachments ........ 161, 291-297, ........................................... 520, 554-563 Fork lift extensions .................... 554-555 Fork lift hook......................................291 Four-way pallets ........................166, 562 Frost-free storage.............. 163, 187-231 Frost-proof emergency showers .......458 Fuel canister .............................. 403-405 Fuelling station.......................... 378-379 Fuel pumps ........................ 252-258, 369 Fuel tanks .................................. 368-379 Full masks..........................................429 Full vision goggles.............................426 Funnel ......... 174, 278-280, 389-405, 487 Funnel for canisters and small containers.................. 278, 393-397, 487 Funnel with lid.... 278-281, 384-393, 412 G Galvanised grids........... 18-46, 61-62, 91 Gas Cylinder Cabinets ....... 183-193, 236 Gas cylinder containers............. 186-193 Gas cylinder depots........... 183-193, 236 Gas cylinder fire-rated storage . 190-193 Gas cylinder locks ..................... 628-629 Gas cylinder mountings.....................307 Gas cylinder pallet .... 189, 308-309, 546 Gas cylinder pallets...................189, 309 Gas cylinders stands .........................307 Gas Cylinder Storage ........ 183-193, 236 Gas cylinder trolley ...........189, 309, 546 Gas cylinder wall brackets ................307 Gearing mixers .......................... 260-261 General purpose trolley............. 536-549 GGVSE containers ..... 383-387, 398, 412 GHS danger symbol...........................647 Glass beakers ....................................397 Glasses ..............................................426 Glasses protection boxes .......... 426-431 Gloves................................................433 Granules .................................... 342-345 Grid load surfaces ........ 18-46, 61-62, 91 Grid shelves.................. 18-46, 61-62, 91 Griffin beakers ...................................397 Grit bin....................................... 576-578 Grit shovel .................................342, 578 Grit spreader .....................................579 Gritting trolley ...................................579 Grit trolley .........................................579 Ground barriers ................. 351-359, 606 Gully stop .................................. 348-353 H Half masks.........................................429 Handle .................................................55 Hand mixers ............... 260-261, 370-373 Hand operated rotary pumps .... 247-257 Hand pumps ...................... 174, 244-258 Hanging scales ..................................637 Hazardous goods container...... 383-387, ...........................................................412 Hazardous goods containers ..... 383-412 Hazardous goods symbols.................647 Hazardous goods transport ...... 360-361, ................................................... 383-412 Hazardous material depots .......... 32-33, ........................................... 166-179, 504 Hazardous material racks 31, 69, 80-101 Hazardous materials cabinets...... 32-33, ........................................... 102-179, 191 Hazardous materials canister ... 392-393 Hazardous materials collection........349, ........................................... 411, 502-515 Hazardous materials container ............... ........................................... 383-387, 412 Hazardous materials storage .... 187-213 Hazardous materials symbols ...........647 Hazardous materials tanks....... 368-379, ...........................................................504 Hazardous materials transport.. 410-411 Hazardous materials work stations ........ ................................................... 417-421 Hazardous substance canisters 392-405 Hazardous substance collection stations.............................. 411, 502-513 Hazardous substance stations ...... 32-33 Hazard signs .............................. 644-647 Hazard symbols .................................647 Hazmat storage container. Shelving systems ...................... 196-201, 222-229 Hazmat storage container with fire protection ........... 163, 192-193, 214-229 Head lamps ............................... 634-635 Head lights ................................ 634-635 Head protection.................................427 Hearing protection .................... 430-431 Hearing protection boxes .......... 426-431 Heat chamber ............................ 234-235 Heated container....................... 234-235 Heated emergency shower ...............459 Heat engineering....... 234-235, 264-269, ................................................... 362-364 Heater boxes ............................. 234-235 Heating Belt ............... 264-269, 362-364 650 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

651

Heating cabinets ....................... 234-235 Heating Jackets ......... 264-269, 362-364 Heating oil tanks ....................... 368-378 Heat protection gloves ......................432 Heavy duty containers............... 564-569 Heavy duty tipping skip ............. 556-561 Helmet lamp .............................. 634-635 Helmets .............................................427 High lift pallet truck ..........................553 Hinged-bottom container ..................560 Hinged step ............................... 592-593 Hobbocks ...........................................411 Hose ramps ............................... 618-619 Humidifiers ................................ 487-489 Hygiene pallets .........................166, 562 I IBC ..................................... 383-387, 412 IBC accessories ......... 280-281, 384, 412 IBC container ..................... 383-387, 412 IBC funnel .................. 280-281, 384, 412 IBC Heating Jackets ... 264-269, 362-364 IBC lid openers .............................. 72-74 IBC Mixers ................................. 260-261 IBC racks................................ 81, 98-101 IBC spill pallets ....................... 53, 70-75 IBC stations ............................. 53, 70-75 IBC storage ...32-33, 53, 70-75, 166-179, .................................... 196-205, 218-229 IBC sumps..... 15, 34-53, 70-75, 101, 507 Identification ..... 508, 519-523, 556-558, ................................................... 644-647 Immersion containers................ 487-489 Impact protection ........ 99, 582, 598-614 Impact protection bollard ..................608 Impact protection hoop ............. 604-607 Impact protection rail ................ 599-601 Impact protection systems ................611 Indoor storage. Hazmat store...........163, ................................................... 196-229 Induction heating equipment ............268 Industrial absorbent materials . 311-320, ...........................................331, 357, 493 Industrial bucket........................411, 512 Industrial chair ..................................590 Industrial emergency shower.... 451-459 Industrial mesh box pallets ................55, ........................................... 562-563, 582 Industrial pallets .......................166, 562 Industrial pumps................ 248-258, 369 Industrial safety mirror.............. 620-621 Industrial tanks.......................... 378-380 Industrial vacuums ............ 496-501, 532 Inlay spill pallets .............. 25-42, 95-101 Inliner ............................... 25-42, 95-101 Instruction signs ........................ 644-647 Insulated hazmat storage container ....... ........................................... 163, 196-229 ISO7010 ..................................... 644-647 J Joining elements........................... 45-47 Joining rails................................... 45-47 K Key cabinet........................................632 Key cabinets ......................................632 Key safes ...........................................632 L L-ring drums ......................................391 Laboratory Beakers ...........................397 Laboratory Bottles .............................396 Laboratory bucket..............................411 Laboratory cabinets........... 102-161, 191 Laboratory canisters.......... 107, 397-405 Laboratory chair ................................590 Laboratory containers .......................398 Laboratory fume cupboards ...... 417-422 Laboratory funnels .... 278, 393-405, 487 Laboratory Jugs......................... 400-401 Laboratory Pumps.............. 248-257, 369 Laboratory Spill Pallets ..... 12-17, 50-57, ...................................................289, 398 Laboratory tables ...................... 417-421 Laboratory Trays ................................398 Laboratory workplaces .............. 417-421 Ladder........................................ 594-595 Ladders ..............................................594 Lamps ................................ 312, 634-635 Large wheelie bins .................... 503-519 Leakage barriers................ 348-363, 401 Leakage catchers ...................... 356-358 Leakage kits ............... 312-313, 334-341 Leakage management ....... 19-23, 59-74, ............................ 100-114, 346-363, 401 Leakage Mats............................ 348-352 Leakage spill pallets ................. 356-358 Leakage systems ...............................356 Leak Detection .................. 19-23, 59-74, ........................................... 100-114, 346 Leak Detector .................... 19-23, 59-74, ........................................... 100-114, 346 Leak Indicator .................... 19-23, 59-74, ........................................... 100-114, 346 Leak Monitoring ................ 19-23, 59-74, ........................................... 100-114, 346 Leak Sensor .19-23, 59-74, 100-114, 346 LED lights .......................... 312, 634-635 Level indicator ........... 276, 370-373, 389 Lever pumps .............................. 244-257 Library steps .............................. 592-593 Lid ..............................................388, 524 Lidded drums ............................. 388-389 Lifebelts..................................... 437-439 Lifter .................................. 269, 298-303 Lifting and transporting drums.........161, ....185, 241-257, 269-270, 286-306, 328, .................... 339-349, 360-362, 389, 551 Lifting equipment .............161, 185, 269, ................................................... 289-303 Lifting equipment service......... 127-134, ................................................... 147-154 Lifting trolley ............................. 550-551 Lift tables .................................. 552-553 Light alloy transport trolley ....... 570-571 Light metal bottles ............................396 Lights ................................. 312, 634-635 Limit indicator ...................................376 Liquid barriers ................... 348-363, 401 Liquid gas cylinder cabinets..... 183-193, ...........................................................236 Lithium Battery Storage Rooms 230-231 Lockable funnels 278-281, 384-393, 412 Locking systems ................................629 Lock with chain .................................630 Logistics trolley ......................... 537-546 M Machinery protection mesh grids .....596 Magnetic broom ........................ 494-495 Magnetic collector .................... 494-495 Manhole barriers...............................616 Manual push mixer ................... 370-373 Marking equipment ................... 624-625 Marking strips ...................................624 Masks ........................................ 428-429 Materials stand ......................... 552-553 Mats ..................................................321 Measuring canisters ......... 107, 397-404 Measuring jug ...................................397 Measuring jugs .........................174, 399 Measuring taps ........ 30, 68-74, 90, 107, .................................... 274-275, 397-405 Medicine cabinets..................... 440-441 Membrane pumps ..................... 249-257 Mesh box cross bars .........................563 Mesh boxes ................. 55, 562-563, 582 Mesh box handling.................... 562-563 Mesh box lids .............. 55, 562-563, 582 Mesh box pallet inserts ....................563 Mesh box sumps .................................55 Mesh box transport ..... 55, 562-563, 582 Mesh box turning device...................562 Mesh frames .....................................562 Metal chip collector .................. 494-495 Metal collector .......................... 494-495 Metal detector .......................... 494-495 MGB tipping container ......................520 Mineral oil pumps ............. 247-258, 369 Mini plaster dispenser ......................440 Mirrors....................................... 620-621 Mixer ......................................... 260-261 Mixer and container pumps ..............250 Mixers ........................ 250-261, 370-373 Mobile diesel filling station ...... 370-377 Mobile emergency showers..............459 Mobile emergency tank showers......459 Mobile extraction systems................422 Mobile extraction ventilation systems ...........................................................422 Mobile fuelling stations .... 258, 370-379 Mobile leak spill pallets............... 12-17, ............................................... 50-55, 289 Mobile material stands ............. 552-553 Mobile petrol tanks ................... 370-379 Mobile recycling material containers .................................... 508-524, 556-558 Mobile spill pallets .... 12-27, 50-58, 289 Mobile tanks ............................. 368-379 Mobile waste containers .................503, ........................................... 516-517, 547 Mobile workbenches................. 536-543 Multi-purpose absorbent .......... 342-345 Multi-purpose boxes ................. 566-578 Multi-purpose trolleys............... 537-546 Multicontainer...................................504 Product Index A - Z N Narrow necked bottles.............. 396-397 Nitril Gloves ......................................433 Non-woven rolls ................................321 No smoking sign................................531 Notices ...................................... 339-341 Nylon knitted gloves .........................432 O Observation mirror .................... 620-621 Odour protection masks ............ 428-429 Office trolleys ............................ 536-549 Oil absorbent materials..... 322-327, 357 Oil absorbents .... 315-327, 342-345, 357 Oil absorbent socks ...........................326 Oil barriers................................. 327-329 Oil Cabinets ............................... 102-119 Oil cans.............................. 174, 398-399 Oil containers .................... 174, 398-399 Oil cushions ............................... 319-333 Oil drum pumps ................. 174, 247-257 Oil pumps .......................... 174, 247-259 Oil shelving...................... 31, 69, 80-101 Oil skimmers......................................498 Oil spill pallets ............ 12-101, 289, 507 Oil storage cans ................ 174, 398-399 Oil stores ...........................................187 Oil Tanks .................................... 368-378 Oil tape skimmers .............................498 Oil traps .............................................498 Oily waste can...................................509 Open fronted storage bins ................573 Outdoor matting ................................327 Outdoor Storage ............. 32-33, 163-229 Outdoor storage. Hazmat store ........163, ................................................... 196-229 Outdoor waste containers.................529 Outside ashtray .................................530 Overalls ..................................... 434-435 Overfill indicators ......................276, 389 P Package trolleys ........................ 537-546 Padlocks ............................................630 Painter’s fleece ..................................321 Paints......................................... 622-625 Palettes .....................................166, 562 Pallet boxes .......................................566 Pallet frame .......................................562 Pallet Racking....................................562 Pallet spill pallets.............. 20-27, 50-81, ............................................... 94-97, 289 Pallet storage ....................................562 Pallet truck ................................ 550-551 Pallet truck with scale.......................551 Panoramic goggles ............................426 Panoramic traffic mirror .....................621 Paper sacks .......................................526 Parking barriers .................................617 Parking bay marker and wheel stop..617 Particle filter masks................... 428-429 Partition wall systems.......................597 Parts basket for washing container ........ ................................................... 487-489 Parts baskets ............................. 486-489 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 651

652

Product Index A - Z Parts baskets for cleaner tanks 486-489 Parts baskets for DIP tanks ....... 487-489 Parts cleaner ............................. 476-489 Parts cleaner tanks.................... 486-489 Parts cleaner units ........... 402, 476-501, ...................................................521, 532 Parts cleaning............................ 486-489 Parts cleaning equipment .................486 Parts washing equipment ......... 476-485 PE bottles .................................. 396-397 PE canisters, ...................... 107, 392-404 PE cans ..............................................398 Pedal bins .................................. 516-523 PE dispensing jugs ............ 174, 399-400 PE dispensing stations .......... 50-75, 289 PE drip trays .................................. 51-67 PE drum pallets ............................. 19-67 PE drums.................................... 390-395 PE floor spill pallets for shelving........81, ....................................................... 94-97 PE funnels................. 174, 279-281, 384, ........................................... 400-412, 487 PE grids......................... 18-46, 61-62, 91 PE inlay spill pallets ......... 25-42, 95-101 PE lidded drums......................... 390-395 PE lids ........................................388, 524 PE mobile tanks ......................... 370-374 PE multi-purpose containers .............382 PE pallets....................................... 51-67 Personal protective equipment . 426-439 Personnel barriers ..................... 604-607 PE sacks..................................... 509-528 PE safety containers.. 382, 399-400, 487 PE safety jugs ............................399, 487 PE safety spill pallets ........ 20-27, 50-81, ....................................... 94-97, 289, 382 PE shelving spill pallets 50-57, 81, 94-97 PE spill pallet grids....... 18-46, 61-62, 91 PE spill pallets .20-27, 50-81, 94-97, 289 PE spill trays for shelving ........ 81, 94-97 PE stackable containers ....................565 Pesticide cabinets ..................... 122-123 PE system shelving spill pallets .........81, ....................................................... 94-97 PE tanks ..................................... 370-380 PET bottles ........................................396 PE tipping skips ......................... 556-557 Petrol canister ........................... 403-405 Petrol filling ............................... 370-379 Petrol pumps .....................................247 Petrol tanks ............................... 370-379 PE waste sacks.......................... 509-528 Pharma fume cupboards ........... 417-421 Piston pumps .....................................246 Plaster dispenser...............................440 Plastic beakers ..................................397 Plastic bottles............................ 396-397 Plastic Bottles ................... 174, 396-399 Plastic buckets ..................................411 Plastic Cabinets......................... 114-119 Plastic canisters ................ 107, 392-404 Plastic cans .......................................398 Plastic containers ...................... 380-382 Plastic drums ............................. 394-395 Plastic Drums ............................ 390-395 Plastic funnel..... 174, 279-281, 384, 412 Plastic impact protection .......... 598-616 Plastic jugs ................................174, 399 Plastic lids .................................388, 524 Plastic sacks .............................. 509-528 Plastic spill pallets ............ 20-27, 50-81, ............................................... 94-97, 289 Plastic square containers ..................410 Plastic stacking containers ...............565 Plastic tanks .............................. 370-380 Plastic taps ........................107, 275, 397 Plastic tipping containers.......... 556-557 Plastic tipping skips .................. 556-557 Platforms ................................... 370-380 Platform step ladders ........................595 Platform trolley.......................... 536-546 Platform trolleys ................................637 Plunger Cans ............................. 487-489 Plunger cans ......................................487 Plunger cans in PE .............................487 Plunger cans in stainless steel .........487 Plunger cans in steel .........................487 Pneumatic pumps ...................... 249-257 Pocket torches ........................... 634-635 Poison cabinets ................. 102-161, 191 PolySafe hazardous material depots ................................................... 166-171 PolySafe systems ...20-27, 50-81, 94-97, ........................................... 166-171, 289 Powder funnel ...................................397 PP beakers .........................................397 Ppe............................................. 426-439 PPE protection boxes................. 426-431 Precision balances ............................636 Pressurised gas cylinder cabinets........... ........................................... 183-193, 236 Prohibition signs................................644 Protection masks ....................... 428-429 Protection profiles ..................... 602-611 Protective bank.................. 348-359, 401 Protective clothing .................... 434-435 Protective gloves ....................... 432-433 Protective hoods............................ 18-36 Protective overalls..................... 434-435 Protective spill pallets........ 12-101, 289, ................................................... 502-507 Protective suits.......................... 434-435 PSM cabinets .................... 104-161, 191 Pull strap sacks .................................526 Pump action spray bottle ..................402 Pumps ................................ 248-258, 369 Pumps for emptying residues... 248-257, ...........................................................369 Puro-X cleaning fluids .......................343 Push trolley................................ 537-546 Q Quartz sand for ash trays ..................529 R Racking canister ................................397 Racking pallets .............................. 80-89 Railroad matting................................327 Rainwater protection ................ 356-358 Ramps................................................619 Recirculating air filter sets ........147, 160 Recyclable material collection .. 522-523 Recyclable materials collection containers........... 508, 519-524, 556-558 Recyclable materials containers ......508, .................................... 519-524, 556-558 Recyclable waste separation .... 522-523 Recycling sorting containers ............508, .................................... 519-524, 556-558 Recycling sorting systems................508, .................................... 519-524, 556-558 Reflective flexible cone .....................617 Refuelling .................................. 368-379 Refuelling depots ...................... 370-379 REI 120 fire-rated storage container 163, .................................... 192-193, 214-229 Repair service............. 127-134, 147-154 Respirator masks....................... 428-429 Respiratory protection boxes .... 426-431 Reusable container ...........................382 Reusable masks ................................429 Ribbed drums ............................ 388-389 Road salt bin ............................. 576-578 Room linings....................... 44-47, 76-77 Room systems ................... 163, 196-235 Ropes.................................................437 Rotary pumps ............................ 247-257 Round Bottles ....................................396 Round container ................................398 Round drums ............................. 388-395 Route indication marks .....................646 Rubber Mats.............................. 460-472 Rubber matting.......................... 460-464 S Safe depots .................... 32-33, 166-179 Safe pallets ................. 12-101, 289, 507 Safety ashtrays ......................... 529-530 Safety ash tray stand ........................530 Safety belts ............................... 437-438 Safety boards ............................ 339-341 Safety Cabinets ...... 32-33, 104-179, 191 Safety canister .................. 107, 392-397 Safety canisters ........ 107, 392-402, 487 Safety cases .............................. 426-431 Safety chains.....................................615 Safety clothing .......................... 434-435 Safety collection containers ..... 504-514 Safety containers ...... 399-411, 487-489, ................................................... 503-513 Safety dispensing container ..... 399-405 Safety drums ............................. 360-361 Safety fume cupboards ............. 417-421 Safety funnel .................... 174, 278-280, ............................................. 89-405, 487 Safety Glasses ..................................426 Safety Gloves ............................ 432-433 Safety harness ..................................437 Safety harness sets...........................437 Safety helmets ..................................427 Safety jars .........................................405 Safety jugs ........................ 399-402, 487 Safety knife .......................................643 Safety lights ...................... 312, 634-635 Safety markings ........................ 644-647 Safety Mats............................... 460-472 Safety Mirrors ........................... 620-621 Safety notices ........................... 339-341 Safety railings ........................... 599-601 Safety ropes ......................................437 Safety runners ........................... 460-464 Safety Showers ......................... 444-459 Safety signs............................... 644-647 Safety spill pallets ..... 12-101, 289, 382, ...........................................................507 Safety straps ............................. 437-439 Safety switch locks ...........................629 Safety symbols .......................... 644-647 Safety vacuum cleaner...... 496-501, 532 Salvage Drums .......................... 360-361 Sampling liquids................................282 Sampling solids .................................283 Scales ........................................ 636-637 Scissor lifting table ...........................553 Scissor lift table ................................553 Scissor pallet trucks ..........................553 Scoops ...............................................342 Screw Bottles ....................................396 Sealant Mats............................. 348-351 Sealing bank...................... 348-363, 401 Sealing barriers .......... 327-329, 351-359 Sealing cushion .................................352 Separation barriers .................. 327-329, ............................................. 48-363, 401 Service . Customer Service ...... 127-134, ................................................... 147-154 Shaving disposal ....................... 494-495 Shavings collector ..................... 494-495 Shelving................... 31, 69, 80-101, 583 Shelving bins .....................................572 Shelving impact protection ........99, 582, ................................................... 602-607 Shelving spill trays .................. 81, 94-97 Shovels ..............................................342 Sieves ................................................486 Signposts...........................................646 Signs.......................................... 644-647 Single lens goggles ...........................426 Skimmer ............................................498 Sliding doors. Fire-rated storage container ................................... 226-231 Small container cabinets .. 102-161, 191 Small container shelving... 31, 69, 80-93 Small container spill pallets ........ 12-17, ....................................................... 50-57 Small container spill trays ........... 12-17, ............................................... 50-57, 289 Small parts cleaner ................... 476-489 Smokecenter .....................................531 Smoke extractor ................................531 Smokers' booths ................................531 Snow shovel ......................................578 Solids container ................................503 Solvent pumps........................... 244-251 Spacer for bunded spill flooring .... 45-47 Space saving canister .......................397 Space saving tanks ................... 378-380 Spare parts service .... 127-134, 147-154 Spark-free tools......................... 640-642 Special absorbent materials ..... 342-345 Special absorbent Mats .... 330-333, 357 Speed ramps ............................. 618-619 Spillage decking ................. 44-52, 66-77 Spillage decking for racks ....... 81, 94-97 Spillage decking in stainless steel .....76 Spill Barriers.............................. 362-363 Spill blocker....................... 348-363, 401 SpillGuard® ..19-23, 59-74, 100-114, 346 652 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P

653

Spill Kits ..................... 312-313, 334-341 Spill Pallets .. 12-101, 289, 382, 502-507 Spill pallets for shelving ........ 50-57, 81, ....................................................... 94-97 Spill pallets in stainless steel ...... 12-17, .......................................................29, 43 Spill Trays .................... 12-101, 289, 507 Spiral earth lead........................ 270-272 Splashguard .................................. 34-41 Splashguard wall .......................... 34-41 Splashguard walls......................... 34-41 Spray bottle .......................................402 Spray bottles .....................................397 Spray Cans ........................................402 Spray protection covers ............ 355-356 Square containers .............................398 Stackable frames ..............................562 Stackable shelving ............ 31, 69, 81-93 Stackable stainless steel containers ................................................... 404-405 Stacking depots............................. 32-33 Stacking frames ................................380 Stainless steel buckets .....................411 Stainless steel canisters ........... 403-405 Stainless steel containers........ 383-388, ................................................... 400-405 Stainless steel drums........................388 Stainless steel funnel 278, 389-405, 487 Stainless steel jugs ................... 400-401 Stainless steel laboratory canisters ................................................... 403-405 Stainless steel laboratory jugs . 400-401 Stainless steel nozzle container 404-405 Stainless steel plunger cans .............487 Stainless steel safety containers............ ........................................... 400-404, 487 Stainless steel shelving ................ 80-88 Stainless steel spillage decking .. 12-17, .............................................................76 Stainless steel spill pallets 12-17, 29, 43 Stainless steel spray cans ................402 Stainless steel sumps ....... 14-15, 29, 43 Stainless steel taps...........................274 Stainless steel transport containers ....... ........................................... 388, 403-405 Stainless waste collector..................525 Steel can ...........................................398 Steel collection container .................504 Steel cylinder trolley .........189, 309, 546 Steel drum dollies ..... 286-287, 360, 389 Steel drums .......................................389 Steel Drums.......................................389 Steel funnel ............... 278, 400-405, 487 Steel funnels .....................................278 Steel plunger cans ............................487 SteelSafe hazardous material depots ................................................... 172-179 Steel safety container ....... 400-403, 504 Steel safety containers ............ 400-403, .................................... 486-489, 504-507 Steel spill pallets ..... 12-43, 81-101, 507 Steel sumps.............. 12-53, 70-101, 507 Step index fibre ropes .......................437 Step ladders .............................. 592-595 Steps ......................................... 370-373 Storage and waste tanks .......... 368-378 Storage Cabinets............... 102-161, 191 Storage Containers .... 196-201, 222-229 Storage pallets ..........................166, 562 Storage platforms .............................405 Storage racks .................... 31, 69, 81-93 Storage rooms ........................... 187-213 Storage shelves....... 31, 69, 80-101, 583 Storage system ......................... 426-431 Storage Tanks ............................ 368-380 Stores for Lithium Batteries ...... 230-231 Styrofoam collectors .........................517 Sumps.......................... 12-101, 289, 507 Supply tanks .............................. 368-380 Surface protection systems ......... 44-47, ........................................ 76-77, 603-610 Swivel chair.......................................590 Synthetic funnel 174, 279-281, 384, 412 Synthetic pallets ..... 53, 74-75, 166, 562 System parts cleaners............... 476-485 System shelving spill pallets .. 81, 94-97 T T-code drums .....................................360 Tank accessories .......................107, 376 Tanks .................. 368-387, 412, 504-507 Taps ........... 30, 68-74, 90, 107, 274-275, ................................................... 397-405 Technical room systems .... 163, 196-235 Thread adapters ................ 244-248, 276 Tiered trolley ............................. 537-546 Tiered trolleys............................ 537-546 Tin bucket ..................................411, 512 Tipping equipment for waste containers ...........................................................520 Tipping skip ............................... 556-561 Tipping skip for shavings........... 558-561 Tipping skips for shavings ......... 558-561 Tooling cabinets ........................ 584-588 Tools, spark-free ........................ 640-642 Torch .......................................... 634-635 Traffic barriers ........................... 617-619 Traffic mirror .............................. 620-621 Traffic safety .............................. 598-621 Transport Bottles ...............................396 Transport boxes .................................398 Transport canister ..................... 392-405 Transport container .... 55, 107, 360-361, .....................383-412, 512-514, 562-582 Transport equipment ......... 521, 536-549 Transport frame .................................521 Transport jugs .................... 174, 398-400 Transport roller .................. 521-524, 546 Transport spill pallets ...... 12-67, 81-101, ...................................................289, 507 Transport trolley ......... 521-524, 536-549 Transport trolleys 288-290, 521-524, 551 TRG cabinets ............................. 188-193 Trolley ................................................524 Trolley with back panel ............. 537-546 Turning devices ......... 185, 289, 301-305 U Ufa .............................................147, 160 Ultra-clean.........................................246 Ultrasound cleaning .................. 480-481 Ultrasound equipment.......................481 UN Bottles .........................................396 UN cans .............................................398 UN containers ........................... 383-412 Universal absorbent materials . 311-345, ...................................................357, 493 Universal absorbents ................316, 357 Universal trolley ........................ 536-549 Universal trolleys ...................... 537-546 Unloading service....... 127-134, 147-154 Urea containers .........................370, 404 Used battery container.............. 564-569 Used battery recycling bin ................514 Used oil tanks.................... 368-378, 504 Used Oil Tanks ................... 368-378, 504 V Vacuum cleaner .................................500 Valve locks ................................ 628-629 Varioflow systems ..................... 417-421 Vario racks ....................... 31, 69, 80-101 VA shelving ................................... 80-88 VA spill pallets .................. 14-15, 29, 43 VA taps ..............................................274 VbF cabinets ......................................160 Ventilation cabinets .................. 149-151 Vertical cabinet .................................143 Visors .................................................427 Volume preselection ......... 248-256, 369 W Walk-in hazmat store 163, 187, 206-217 Wall-mounted ash tray .....................530 Wall waste collector .........................516 Warning profiles ........................ 603-611 Washing container ............ 402, 487-489 Washstands .............................. 476-486 Waste and ash tray combinations .......... ................................................... 529-530 Waste bag ................................. 507-527 Waste bags ............................... 509-528 Waste Bins ........................................519 Waste bins ................ 411, 503-529, 547 Waste buckets ..................................503 Waste CADDY ...................................521 Waste collectors ....... 411, 503-529, 547 Waste container tipper equipment ...520 Waste oil container ................... 502-504 Waste oil containers ................. 502-504 Waste oil drain pans .........................502 Waste sack ................................ 509-528 Waste sack - sack holder ........................ ........................................... 516-517, 547 Waste sack holder ............ 516-521, 547 Waste sack holders ........... 516-521, 547 Waste sacks .............................. 509-528 Waste sack stand .............. 516-517, 547 Waste separation containers ...........508, .................................... 519-524, 556-558 Waste sorting ............................ 522-524 Water buckets ...........................411, 512 Water protection pallets .... 12-101, 289, ...........................................................507 Water protection spill pallets .... 12-101, ...................................................289, 507 Welding fume extraction .......... 422-423 Wet vacuum cleaner ................. 496-498 Product Index A - Z Wheelie bin tipper equipment ..........520 Wide-angled mirror ...........................621 Wide Necked Bottles ........................396 Wide necked drums .................. 394-395 Winter products ........................ 576-579 Wire partition ....................................597 Work chair .........................................590 Work clothing ............................ 434-435 Work gloves .............................. 432-433 Work place Mats ....................... 460-472 Workplace matting .................... 460-464 Work Platforms ......................... 592-593 Work safety helmet ...........................427 Works first aid ........................... 440-441 Works first aid kit ...................... 440-441 Workshop chair .................................590 Workshop trolleys ..................... 536-546 Workstation extraction systems ............. ................................................... 417-423 Work tables ............................... 417-421 Worktop extraction ...........................422 The terms and conditions of DENIOS Ltd. apply. www.denios.co.uk/ teryms-conditions E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 653

654

D I G I T A L - S E R V I C E S It is impressive what possibilities digitalisation offers us. Just imagine: You're on the road, while temperature sensors and gas detectors and gas detectors monitor the condition of your room system. If a problem occurs - for example, smoke develops or a fire breaks out, you are informed in real time - via DENIOS connect on your smartphone. You can react immediately. This makes the storage of hazardous materials even safer. Do you store your hazardous substances in compliance with the law? When do you need a hazardous materials cabinet or a hazardous materials storage facility? How much may you store outside? Companies ask themselves all these questions when, for example, a new hazardous substance is to be stored or an existing storage situation is to be reviewed. You could read pages and pages of regulations - or simply use the DENIOS Quantity Checker. D E N I O S C O N N E C T D I G I T A L S H O W - R O O M S A F E LY N E T W O R K E D W I T H C O N D I T I O N M O N I T O R I N G V I R T U A L S H O W R O O M DENIOS connect is a world innovation in the storage of hazardous materials, which for the first time integrates spill pallets and hazardous material storage into the company network thanks to narrowband IoT technology and thus brings the topic of hazardous material storage into the digital age. Discover the DENIOS product world digitally in 3D. Take a look at products from the areas of hazardous materials storage, handling, lithium-ion storage, room systems and digital services "up close and personal". www.denios.co.uk/connect www.denios.co.uk/showroom D E N I O S O N L I N E S H O P D E N I O S H A Z M A T - S T O R A G E - C H E C K E R - A P P M A R K E T L E A D E R F O R H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S S T O R A G E A N D O C C U P A T I O N A L S A F E T Y DO YOU STORE YOUR DIFFERENT HAZARDOUS MATERI- ALS TOGETHER IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS? With our more than 20,000 products, we support manufacturing industries worldwide industries from a wide variety of sectors worldwide – with decades of experience and the know-how of the manufacturer. With the HSEQ software from Quentic, DENIOS offers modular, cloud- based software with which you can meet all the requirements of occupational safety and environmental protection as well as quality and sustainability management comfortably under control. www.denios.co.uk/shop www.denios.co.uk/ hazmat-storage-checker-app Discover all DENIOS Digital Services on our homepage: www.denios.co.uk/digital-services

655

S E R V I C E & M A I N T E N A N C E Are you looking for a partner to provide a comprehensive and worry-free service? DENIOS is the perfect choice, with our holistic service offering! We don‘t just make your work considerably easier, but also ensure that you, as the operator, fulfil all your obligations in accordance with the law. E V E R Y T H I N G F R O M A S I N G L E S O U R C E A L L F R O M A S I N G L E S O U R C E T H E D E N I O S M A I N T E N A N C E S E R V I C E C O V E R S O U R M A I N T E N A N C E S E R V I C E W One-off inspection or maintenance contract W On-site service: repair of defects and damage (as far as possible); W larger repairs will be quoted for and carried out separately W Production of a service report and test report, including affixing W One-off inspection or main- tenance contract W Trained and certified service technicians W On-site repair of defects and damage as far as possible; W larger scale repairs will be quoted for and carried out separately W Preparation of service reports and inspection records W Fitting the test sticker(s) W Travel costs and small consumables are always included in the maintenance price www.denios.co.uk/hazmat www.denios.ie/service-maintenance K E Y A C C O U N T M A N A G E M E N T E - P R O C U R E M E N T W I T H D E N I O S R E A C H T H E P E A K T H E W H O L E W O R L D S E A M L E S S L Y I N T E G R A T E D We achieve the best possible result for your group of companies. W One-Face to the Customer W Individual on-site consulting W Individual & proactive performance optimisation W Special price conditions As a developer and manufacturer, we offer the largest range in the field of safety-relevant business equipment and occupational safety. The installation of the catalogue data is: W simple W at short notice W reliable W secure We at DENIOS go one step further: There is no technical challenge for us. We can handle any interface! Everything is tailored to your individual requirements in a country-specific and in compliance with the law. A selection of our e-procurement partners: Your direct contact to us: P H O N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 E - M A I L : I N F O @ D E N I O S . C O . U K www.denios.co.uk/e-procurement

656

E M E R G E N C Y S H O W E R S F O R I M M E D I A T E A I D Discover our diverse range of high quality emergency showers, specifically designed to ensure optimal safety in various work environments and emergency situations. Our emergency showers effectively remove hazardous substances and ensure immediate first aid for burns or chemical burns. With our extensive range, we also offer solutions for every individual requirement. BESTSELLER B O D Y S H O W E R W I T H E Y E S H O W E R W Shower head for a uniform, gentle water jet W Automatic flow regulator for a constant flow rate independent of water pressure W For floor mounting W With upper and lower water connection for installation in circulation lines W Simple operation of the body shower with pull rod W Standpipe for body shower in stainless steel, ball valve in brass, basin in plastic W Chemical-resistant polyester powder coating W Eye shower with 2 shower heads and dust caps W Simple operation of the eye shower with large pressure plate, luminescent W With self-adhesive eye shower and body shower information signs W In accordance with EN 15154-1, -2, -5 Eye wash station with dust caps to prevent contamination Order no. 250-085-JC S T A Y I N T O U C H ! D E N I O S LT D . S A L E S O R D E R : + 4 4 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 N O V A H O U S E S U I T E 1 E - M A I L : I N F O @ D E N I O S . C O . U K A U D L E Y A V E E N T E R P R I S E P A R K N E W P O R T , S H R O P S H I R E D E N I O S I N T E R N A T I O N A L T F 1 0 7 D W W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / C O N T A C T e h t f o t n e p i i c e r e h t o t d r a g e r h t i w n o i t a m r o f n i e h t f o y c a r u c c a d n a s s e n e t e p m o c , l e r u t a n e t a d o t p u e h t r o f r e n n a m r e h t o y n a r o t r o t n i r o t c a r t n o c n i r e h t i e , y t n a r r a w r o y t i l i b a i l o n s e m u s s a E S S O N E D I , r e v e w o H . f e i l l e b d n a e g d e w o n k r u o f o t s e b e h t o t d e r a p e r p n e e b s a h e r u h c o r b s i h t n i n o i t a m r o f n i t s i l a i c e p s e h T . e s a c h c a e n i d e v r e s b o e b t s u m n o i t a l s i g e l d i l a v y l t n e r r u c d n a l a c o L . k s i r n w o s ’ r e s u e h t t a o s l a s i s e s o p r u p r e h t o r o n w o r o f t n e t n o c d n a n o i t a m r o f n i e h t f o e s u e h T . y t r a p d r i h t r e h t o y n a r o e r u h c o r b . s e g n a h c l a c i n h c e t e k a m o t t h g i r e h t e v r e s e r e W | I E S S O N E D y b t h g i r y p o C © | 1 0 _ K H _ 5 2 _ K U

HAZARDOUS MATERIAL STORAGE

HANDLING HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

TANKS AND CONTAINERS

WORK SAFETY EQUIPMENT

CLEANING AND WASTE DISPOSAL

PRODUCTION AND OPERATION EQUIPMENT

PRODUCT INDEX A-Z